1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- 2 @c $NetBSD: awk.texi,v 1.1 2010/12/13 06:21:53 mrg Exp $ 3 @c %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) 4 @setfilename awk.info 5 @settitle The GNU Awk User's Guide 6 @c %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) 7 8 @dircategory Text creation and manipulation 9 @direntry 10 * Gawk: (awk). A text scanning and processing language. 11 @end direntry 12 @dircategory Individual utilities 13 @direntry 14 * awk: (awk)Invoking gawk. Text scanning and processing. 15 @end direntry 16 17 @set xref-automatic-section-title 18 19 @c The following information should be updated here only! 20 @c This sets the edition of the document, the version of gawk it 21 @c applies to and all the info about who's publishing this edition 22 23 @c These apply across the board. 24 @set UPDATE-MONTH June, 2003 25 @set VERSION 3.1 26 @set PATCHLEVEL 3 27 28 @set FSF 29 30 @set TITLE GAWK: Effective AWK Programming 31 @set SUBTITLE A User's Guide for GNU Awk 32 @set EDITION 3 33 34 @iftex 35 @set DOCUMENT book 36 @set CHAPTER chapter 37 @set APPENDIX appendix 38 @set SECTION section 39 @set SUBSECTION subsection 40 @set DARKCORNER @inmargin{@image{lflashlight,1cm}, @image{rflashlight,1cm}} 41 @end iftex 42 @ifinfo 43 @set DOCUMENT Info file 44 @set CHAPTER major node 45 @set APPENDIX major node 46 @set SECTION minor node 47 @set SUBSECTION node 48 @set DARKCORNER (d.c.) 49 @end ifinfo 50 @ifhtml 51 @set DOCUMENT Web page 52 @set CHAPTER chapter 53 @set APPENDIX appendix 54 @set SECTION section 55 @set SUBSECTION subsection 56 @set DARKCORNER (d.c.) 57 @end ifhtml 58 @ifxml 59 @set DOCUMENT book 60 @set CHAPTER chapter 61 @set APPENDIX appendix 62 @set SECTION section 63 @set SUBSECTION subsection 64 @set DARKCORNER (d.c.) 65 @end ifxml 66 67 @c some special symbols 68 @iftex 69 @set LEQ @math{@leq} 70 @end iftex 71 @ifnottex 72 @set LEQ <= 73 @end ifnottex 74 75 @set FN file name 76 @set FFN File Name 77 @set DF data file 78 @set DDF Data File 79 @set PVERSION version 80 @set CTL Ctrl 81 82 @ignore 83 Some comments on the layout for TeX. 84 1. Use at least texinfo.tex 2000-09-06.09 85 2. I have done A LOT of work to make this look good. There are `@page' commands 86 and use of `@group ... @end group' in a number of places. If you muck 87 with anything, it's your responsibility not to break the layout. 88 @end ignore 89 90 @c merge the function and variable indexes into the concept index 91 @ifinfo 92 @synindex fn cp 93 @synindex vr cp 94 @end ifinfo 95 @iftex 96 @syncodeindex fn cp 97 @syncodeindex vr cp 98 @end iftex 99 @ifxml 100 @syncodeindex fn cp 101 @syncodeindex vr cp 102 @end ifxml 103 104 @c If "finalout" is commented out, the printed output will show 105 @c black boxes that mark lines that are too long. Thus, it is 106 @c unwise to comment it out when running a master in case there are 107 @c overfulls which are deemed okay. 108 109 @iftex 110 @finalout 111 @end iftex 112 113 @copying 114 Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 115 @sp 2 116 117 This is Edition @value{EDITION} of @cite{@value{TITLE}: @value{SUBTITLE}}, 118 for the @value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL} (or later) version of the GNU 119 implementation of AWK. 120 121 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document 122 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or 123 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the 124 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', the Front-Cover 125 texts being (a) (see below), and with the Back-Cover Texts being (b) 126 (see below). A copy of the license is included in the section entitled 127 ``GNU Free Documentation License''. 128 129 @enumerate a 130 @item 131 ``A GNU Manual'' 132 133 @item 134 ``You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU 135 software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise 136 funds for GNU development.'' 137 @end enumerate 138 @end copying 139 140 @c Comment out the "smallbook" for technical review. Saves 141 @c considerable paper. Remember to turn it back on *before* 142 @c starting the page-breaking work. 143 144 @c 4/2002: Karl Berry recommends commenting out this and the 145 @c `@setchapternewpage odd', and letting users use `texi2dvi -t' 146 @c if they want to waste paper. 147 @c @smallbook 148 149 150 @c Uncomment this for the release. Leaving it off saves paper 151 @c during editing and review. 152 @c @setchapternewpage odd 153 154 @titlepage 155 @title @value{TITLE} 156 @subtitle @value{SUBTITLE} 157 @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION} 158 @subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH} 159 @author Arnold D. Robbins 160 161 @c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage environment so 162 @c that headings are turned off. Headings on and off do not work. 163 164 @page 165 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll 166 @ignore 167 The programs and applications presented in this book have been 168 included for their instructional value. They have been tested with care 169 but are not guaranteed for any particular purpose. The publisher does not 170 offer any warranties or representations, nor does it accept any 171 liabilities with respect to the programs or applications. 172 So there. 173 @sp 2 174 UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. @* 175 Microsoft, MS and MS-DOS are registered trademarks, and Windows is a 176 trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other 177 countries. @* 178 Atari, 520ST, 1040ST, TT, STE, Mega and Falcon are registered trademarks 179 or trademarks of Atari Corporation. @* 180 DEC, Digital, OpenVMS, ULTRIX and VMS are trademarks of Digital Equipment 181 Corporation. @* 182 @end ignore 183 ``To boldly go where no man has gone before'' is a 184 Registered Trademark of Paramount Pictures Corporation. @* 185 @c sorry, i couldn't resist 186 @sp 3 187 Published by: 188 @sp 1 189 190 Free Software Foundation @* 191 59 Temple Place --- Suite 330 @* 192 Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* 193 Phone: +1-617-542-5942 @* 194 Fax: +1-617-542-2652 @* 195 Email: @email{gnu@@gnu.org} @* 196 URL: @uref{http://www.gnu.org/} @* 197 198 @c This one is correct for gawk 3.1.0 from the FSF 199 ISBN 1-882114-28-0 @* 200 @sp 2 201 @insertcopying 202 @sp 2 203 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa. 204 @end titlepage 205 206 @c Thanks to Bob Chassell for directions on doing dedications. 207 @iftex 208 @headings off 209 @page 210 @w{ } 211 @sp 9 212 @center @i{To Miriam, for making me complete.} 213 @sp 1 214 @center @i{To Chana, for the joy you bring us.} 215 @sp 1 216 @center @i{To Rivka, for the exponential increase.} 217 @sp 1 218 @center @i{To Nachum, for the added dimension.} 219 @sp 1 220 @center @i{To Malka, for the new beginning.} 221 @w{ } 222 @page 223 @w{ } 224 @page 225 @headings on 226 @end iftex 227 228 @iftex 229 @headings off 230 @evenheading @thispage@ @ @ @strong{@value{TITLE}} @| @| 231 @oddheading @| @| @strong{@thischapter}@ @ @ @thispage 232 @end iftex 233 234 @ifnottex 235 @ifnotxml 236 @node Top 237 @top General Introduction 238 @c Preface node should come right after the Top 239 @c node, in `unnumbered' sections, then the chapter, `What is gawk'. 240 @c Licensing nodes are appendices, they're not central to AWK. 241 242 This file documents @command{awk}, a program that you can use to select 243 particular records in a file and perform operations upon them. 244 245 @insertcopying 246 247 @end ifnotxml 248 @end ifnottex 249 250 @menu 251 * Foreword:: Some nice words about this 252 @value{DOCUMENT}. 253 * Preface:: What this @value{DOCUMENT} is about; brief 254 history and acknowledgments. 255 * Getting Started:: A basic introduction to using 256 @command{awk}. How to run an @command{awk} 257 program. Command-line syntax. 258 * Regexp:: All about matching things using regular 259 expressions. 260 * Reading Files:: How to read files and manipulate fields. 261 * Printing:: How to print using @command{awk}. Describes 262 the @code{print} and @code{printf} 263 statements. Also describes redirection of 264 output. 265 * Expressions:: Expressions are the basic building blocks 266 of statements. 267 * Patterns and Actions:: Overviews of patterns and actions. 268 * Arrays:: The description and use of arrays. Also 269 includes array-oriented control statements. 270 * Functions:: Built-in and user-defined functions. 271 * Internationalization:: Getting @command{gawk} to speak your 272 language. 273 * Advanced Features:: Stuff for advanced users, specific to 274 @command{gawk}. 275 * Invoking Gawk:: How to run @command{gawk}. 276 * Library Functions:: A Library of @command{awk} Functions. 277 * Sample Programs:: Many @command{awk} programs with complete 278 explanations. 279 * Language History:: The evolution of the @command{awk} 280 language. 281 * Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} under various 282 operating systems. 283 * Notes:: Notes about @command{gawk} extensions and 284 possible future work. 285 * Basic Concepts:: A very quick intoduction to programming 286 concepts. 287 * Glossary:: An explanation of some unfamiliar terms. 288 * Copying:: Your right to copy and distribute 289 @command{gawk}. 290 * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this @value{DOCUMENT}. 291 * Index:: Concept and Variable Index. 292 293 @detailmenu 294 * History:: The history of @command{gawk} and 295 @command{awk}. 296 * Names:: What name to use to find @command{awk}. 297 * This Manual:: Using this @value{DOCUMENT}. Includes 298 sample input files that you can use. 299 * Conventions:: Typographical Conventions. 300 * Manual History:: Brief history of the GNU project and this 301 @value{DOCUMENT}. 302 * How To Contribute:: Helping to save the world. 303 * Acknowledgments:: Acknowledgments. 304 * Running gawk:: How to run @command{gawk} programs; 305 includes command-line syntax. 306 * One-shot:: Running a short throwaway @command{awk} 307 program. 308 * Read Terminal:: Using no input files (input from terminal 309 instead). 310 * Long:: Putting permanent @command{awk} programs in 311 files. 312 * Executable Scripts:: Making self-contained @command{awk} 313 programs. 314 * Comments:: Adding documentation to @command{gawk} 315 programs. 316 * Quoting:: More discussion of shell quoting issues. 317 * Sample Data Files:: Sample data files for use in the 318 @command{awk} programs illustrated in this 319 @value{DOCUMENT}. 320 * Very Simple:: A very simple example. 321 * Two Rules:: A less simple one-line example using two 322 rules. 323 * More Complex:: A more complex example. 324 * Statements/Lines:: Subdividing or combining statements into 325 lines. 326 * Other Features:: Other Features of @command{awk}. 327 * When:: When to use @command{gawk} and when to use 328 other things. 329 * Regexp Usage:: How to Use Regular Expressions. 330 * Escape Sequences:: How to write nonprinting characters. 331 * Regexp Operators:: Regular Expression Operators. 332 * Character Lists:: What can go between @samp{[...]}. 333 * GNU Regexp Operators:: Operators specific to GNU software. 334 * Case-sensitivity:: How to do case-insensitive matching. 335 * Leftmost Longest:: How much text matches. 336 * Computed Regexps:: Using Dynamic Regexps. 337 * Locales:: How the locale affects things. 338 * Records:: Controlling how data is split into records. 339 * Fields:: An introduction to fields. 340 * Nonconstant Fields:: Nonconstant Field Numbers. 341 * Changing Fields:: Changing the Contents of a Field. 342 * Field Separators:: The field separator and how to change it. 343 * Regexp Field Splitting:: Using regexps as the field separator. 344 * Single Character Fields:: Making each character a separate field. 345 * Command Line Field Separator:: Setting @code{FS} from the command-line. 346 * Field Splitting Summary:: Some final points and a summary table. 347 * Constant Size:: Reading constant width data. 348 * Multiple Line:: Reading multi-line records. 349 * Getline:: Reading files under explicit program 350 control using the @code{getline} function. 351 * Plain Getline:: Using @code{getline} with no arguments. 352 * Getline/Variable:: Using @code{getline} into a variable. 353 * Getline/File:: Using @code{getline} from a file. 354 * Getline/Variable/File:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 355 file. 356 * Getline/Pipe:: Using @code{getline} from a pipe. 357 * Getline/Variable/Pipe:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 358 pipe. 359 * Getline/Coprocess:: Using @code{getline} from a coprocess. 360 * Getline/Variable/Coprocess:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 361 coprocess. 362 * Getline Notes:: Important things to know about 363 @code{getline}. 364 * Getline Summary:: Summary of @code{getline} Variants. 365 * Print:: The @code{print} statement. 366 * Print Examples:: Simple examples of @code{print} statements. 367 * Output Separators:: The output separators and how to change 368 them. 369 * OFMT:: Controlling Numeric Output With 370 @code{print}. 371 * Printf:: The @code{printf} statement. 372 * Basic Printf:: Syntax of the @code{printf} statement. 373 * Control Letters:: Format-control letters. 374 * Format Modifiers:: Format-specification modifiers. 375 * Printf Examples:: Several examples. 376 * Redirection:: How to redirect output to multiple files 377 and pipes. 378 * Special Files:: File name interpretation in @command{gawk}. 379 @command{gawk} allows access to inherited 380 file descriptors. 381 * Special FD:: Special files for I/O. 382 * Special Process:: Special files for process information. 383 * Special Network:: Special files for network communications. 384 * Special Caveats:: Things to watch out for. 385 * Close Files And Pipes:: Closing Input and Output Files and Pipes. 386 * Constants:: String, numeric and regexp constants. 387 * Scalar Constants:: Numeric and string constants. 388 * Nondecimal-numbers:: What are octal and hex numbers. 389 * Regexp Constants:: Regular Expression constants. 390 * Using Constant Regexps:: When and how to use a regexp constant. 391 * Variables:: Variables give names to values for later 392 use. 393 * Using Variables:: Using variables in your programs. 394 * Assignment Options:: Setting variables on the command-line and a 395 summary of command-line syntax. This is an 396 advanced method of input. 397 * Conversion:: The conversion of strings to numbers and 398 vice versa. 399 * Arithmetic Ops:: Arithmetic operations (@samp{+}, @samp{-}, 400 etc.) 401 * Concatenation:: Concatenating strings. 402 * Assignment Ops:: Changing the value of a variable or a 403 field. 404 * Increment Ops:: Incrementing the numeric value of a 405 variable. 406 * Truth Values:: What is ``true'' and what is ``false''. 407 * Typing and Comparison:: How variables acquire types and how this 408 affects comparison of numbers and strings 409 with @samp{<}, etc. 410 * Boolean Ops:: Combining comparison expressions using 411 boolean operators @samp{||} (``or''), 412 @samp{&&} (``and'') and @samp{!} (``not''). 413 * Conditional Exp:: Conditional expressions select between two 414 subexpressions under control of a third 415 subexpression. 416 * Function Calls:: A function call is an expression. 417 * Precedence:: How various operators nest. 418 * Pattern Overview:: What goes into a pattern. 419 * Regexp Patterns:: Using regexps as patterns. 420 * Expression Patterns:: Any expression can be used as a pattern. 421 * Ranges:: Pairs of patterns specify record ranges. 422 * BEGIN/END:: Specifying initialization and cleanup 423 rules. 424 * Using BEGIN/END:: How and why to use BEGIN/END rules. 425 * I/O And BEGIN/END:: I/O issues in BEGIN/END rules. 426 * Empty:: The empty pattern, which matches every 427 record. 428 * Using Shell Variables:: How to use shell variables with 429 @command{awk}. 430 * Action Overview:: What goes into an action. 431 * Statements:: Describes the various control statements in 432 detail. 433 * If Statement:: Conditionally execute some @command{awk} 434 statements. 435 * While Statement:: Loop until some condition is satisfied. 436 * Do Statement:: Do specified action while looping until 437 some condition is satisfied. 438 * For Statement:: Another looping statement, that provides 439 initialization and increment clauses. 440 * Switch Statement:: Switch/case evaluation for conditional 441 execution of statements based on a value. 442 * Break Statement:: Immediately exit the innermost enclosing 443 loop. 444 * Continue Statement:: Skip to the end of the innermost enclosing 445 loop. 446 * Next Statement:: Stop processing the current input record. 447 * Nextfile Statement:: Stop processing the current file. 448 * Exit Statement:: Stop execution of @command{awk}. 449 * Built-in Variables:: Summarizes the built-in variables. 450 * User-modified:: Built-in variables that you change to 451 control @command{awk}. 452 * Auto-set:: Built-in variables where @command{awk} 453 gives you information. 454 * ARGC and ARGV:: Ways to use @code{ARGC} and @code{ARGV}. 455 * Array Intro:: Introduction to Arrays 456 * Reference to Elements:: How to examine one element of an array. 457 * Assigning Elements:: How to change an element of an array. 458 * Array Example:: Basic Example of an Array 459 * Scanning an Array:: A variation of the @code{for} statement. It 460 loops through the indices of an array's 461 existing elements. 462 * Delete:: The @code{delete} statement removes an 463 element from an array. 464 * Numeric Array Subscripts:: How to use numbers as subscripts in 465 @command{awk}. 466 * Uninitialized Subscripts:: Using Uninitialized variables as 467 subscripts. 468 * Multi-dimensional:: Emulating multidimensional arrays in 469 @command{awk}. 470 * Multi-scanning:: Scanning multidimensional arrays. 471 * Array Sorting:: Sorting array values and indices. 472 * Built-in:: Summarizes the built-in functions. 473 * Calling Built-in:: How to call built-in functions. 474 * Numeric Functions:: Functions that work with numbers, including 475 @code{int}, @code{sin} and @code{rand}. 476 * String Functions:: Functions for string manipulation, such as 477 @code{split}, @code{match} and 478 @code{sprintf}. 479 * Gory Details:: More than you want to know about @samp{\} 480 and @samp{&} with @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, 481 and @code{gensub}. 482 * I/O Functions:: Functions for files and shell commands. 483 * Time Functions:: Functions for dealing with timestamps. 484 * Bitwise Functions:: Functions for bitwise operations. 485 * I18N Functions:: Functions for string translation. 486 * User-defined:: Describes User-defined functions in detail. 487 * Definition Syntax:: How to write definitions and what they 488 mean. 489 * Function Example:: An example function definition and what it 490 does. 491 * Function Caveats:: Things to watch out for. 492 * Return Statement:: Specifying the value a function returns. 493 * Dynamic Typing:: How variable types can change at runtime. 494 * I18N and L10N:: Internationalization and Localization. 495 * Explaining gettext:: How GNU @code{gettext} works. 496 * Programmer i18n:: Features for the programmer. 497 * Translator i18n:: Features for the translator. 498 * String Extraction:: Extracting marked strings. 499 * Printf Ordering:: Rearranging @code{printf} arguments. 500 * I18N Portability:: @command{awk}-level portability issues. 501 * I18N Example:: A simple i18n example. 502 * Gawk I18N:: @command{gawk} is also internationalized. 503 * Nondecimal Data:: Allowing nondecimal input data. 504 * Two-way I/O:: Two-way communications with another 505 process. 506 * TCP/IP Networking:: Using @command{gawk} for network 507 programming. 508 * Portal Files:: Using @command{gawk} with BSD portals. 509 * Profiling:: Profiling your @command{awk} programs. 510 * Command Line:: How to run @command{awk}. 511 * Options:: Command-line options and their meanings. 512 * Other Arguments:: Input file names and variable assignments. 513 * AWKPATH Variable:: Searching directories for @command{awk} 514 programs. 515 * Obsolete:: Obsolete Options and/or features. 516 * Undocumented:: Undocumented Options and Features. 517 * Known Bugs:: Known Bugs in @command{gawk}. 518 * Library Names:: How to best name private global variables 519 in library functions. 520 * General Functions:: Functions that are of general use. 521 * Nextfile Function:: Two implementations of a @code{nextfile} 522 function. 523 * Assert Function:: A function for assertions in @command{awk} 524 programs. 525 * Round Function:: A function for rounding if @code{sprintf} 526 does not do it correctly. 527 * Cliff Random Function:: The Cliff Random Number Generator. 528 * Ordinal Functions:: Functions for using characters as numbers 529 and vice versa. 530 * Join Function:: A function to join an array into a string. 531 * Gettimeofday Function:: A function to get formatted times. 532 * Data File Management:: Functions for managing command-line data 533 files. 534 * Filetrans Function:: A function for handling data file 535 transitions. 536 * Rewind Function:: A function for rereading the current file. 537 * File Checking:: Checking that data files are readable. 538 * Empty Files:: Checking for zero-length files. 539 * Ignoring Assigns:: Treating assignments as file names. 540 * Getopt Function:: A function for processing command-line 541 arguments. 542 * Passwd Functions:: Functions for getting user information. 543 * Group Functions:: Functions for getting group information. 544 * Running Examples:: How to run these examples. 545 * Clones:: Clones of common utilities. 546 * Cut Program:: The @command{cut} utility. 547 * Egrep Program:: The @command{egrep} utility. 548 * Id Program:: The @command{id} utility. 549 * Split Program:: The @command{split} utility. 550 * Tee Program:: The @command{tee} utility. 551 * Uniq Program:: The @command{uniq} utility. 552 * Wc Program:: The @command{wc} utility. 553 * Miscellaneous Programs:: Some interesting @command{awk} programs. 554 * Dupword Program:: Finding duplicated words in a document. 555 * Alarm Program:: An alarm clock. 556 * Translate Program:: A program similar to the @command{tr} 557 utility. 558 * Labels Program:: Printing mailing labels. 559 * Word Sorting:: A program to produce a word usage count. 560 * History Sorting:: Eliminating duplicate entries from a 561 history file. 562 * Extract Program:: Pulling out programs from Texinfo source 563 files. 564 * Simple Sed:: A Simple Stream Editor. 565 * Igawk Program:: A wrapper for @command{awk} that includes 566 files. 567 * V7/SVR3.1:: The major changes between V7 and System V 568 Release 3.1. 569 * SVR4:: Minor changes between System V Releases 3.1 570 and 4. 571 * POSIX:: New features from the POSIX standard. 572 * BTL:: New features from the Bell Laboratories 573 version of @command{awk}. 574 * POSIX/GNU:: The extensions in @command{gawk} not in 575 POSIX @command{awk}. 576 * Contributors:: The major contributors to @command{gawk}. 577 * Gawk Distribution:: What is in the @command{gawk} distribution. 578 * Getting:: How to get the distribution. 579 * Extracting:: How to extract the distribution. 580 * Distribution contents:: What is in the distribution. 581 * Unix Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} under various 582 versions of Unix. 583 * Quick Installation:: Compiling @command{gawk} under Unix. 584 * Additional Configuration Options:: Other compile-time options. 585 * Configuration Philosophy:: How it's all supposed to work. 586 * Non-Unix Installation:: Installation on Other Operating Systems. 587 * Amiga Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on an Amiga. 588 * BeOS Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on BeOS. 589 * PC Installation:: Installing and Compiling @command{gawk} on 590 MS-DOS and OS/2. 591 * PC Binary Installation:: Installing a prepared distribution. 592 * PC Compiling:: Compiling @command{gawk} for MS-DOS, Windows32, 593 and OS/2. 594 * PC Using:: Running @command{gawk} on MS-DOS, Windows32 and 595 OS/2. 596 * PC Dynamic:: Compiling @command{gawk} for dynamic 597 libraries. 598 * Cygwin:: Building and running @command{gawk} for 599 Cygwin. 600 * VMS Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on VMS. 601 * VMS Compilation:: How to compile @command{gawk} under VMS. 602 * VMS Installation Details:: How to install @command{gawk} under VMS. 603 * VMS Running:: How to run @command{gawk} under VMS. 604 * VMS POSIX:: Alternate instructions for VMS POSIX. 605 * Unsupported:: Systems whose ports are no longer 606 supported. 607 * Atari Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on the Atari ST. 608 * Atari Compiling:: Compiling @command{gawk} on Atari. 609 * Atari Using:: Running @command{gawk} on Atari. 610 * Tandem Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on a Tandem. 611 * Bugs:: Reporting Problems and Bugs. 612 * Other Versions:: Other freely available @command{awk} 613 implementations. 614 * Compatibility Mode:: How to disable certain @command{gawk} 615 extensions. 616 * Additions:: Making Additions To @command{gawk}. 617 * Adding Code:: Adding code to the main body of 618 @command{gawk}. 619 * New Ports:: Porting @command{gawk} to a new operating 620 system. 621 * Dynamic Extensions:: Adding new built-in functions to 622 @command{gawk}. 623 * Internals:: A brief look at some @command{gawk} 624 internals. 625 * Sample Library:: A example of new functions. 626 * Internal File Description:: What the new functions will do. 627 * Internal File Ops:: The code for internal file operations. 628 * Using Internal File Ops:: How to use an external extension. 629 * Future Extensions:: New features that may be implemented one 630 day. 631 * Basic High Level:: The high level view. 632 * Basic Data Typing:: A very quick intro to data types. 633 * Floating Point Issues:: Stuff to know about floating-point numbers. 634 @end detailmenu 635 @end menu 636 637 @c dedication for Info file 638 @ifinfo 639 @center To Miriam, for making me complete. 640 @sp 1 641 @center To Chana, for the joy you bring us. 642 @sp 1 643 @center To Rivka, for the exponential increase. 644 @sp 1 645 @center To Nachum, for the added dimension. 646 @sp 1 647 @center To Malka, for the new beginning. 648 @end ifinfo 649 650 @summarycontents 651 @contents 652 653 @node Foreword 654 @unnumbered Foreword 655 656 Arnold Robbins and I are good friends. We were introduced 11 years ago 657 by circumstances---and our favorite programming language, AWK. 658 The circumstances started a couple of years 659 earlier. I was working at a new job and noticed an unplugged 660 Unix computer sitting in the corner. No one knew how to use it, 661 and neither did I. However, 662 a couple of days later it was running, and 663 I was @code{root} and the one-and-only user. 664 That day, I began the transition from statistician to Unix programmer. 665 666 On one of many trips to the library or bookstore in search of 667 books on Unix, I found the gray AWK book, a.k.a. Aho, Kernighan and 668 Weinberger, @cite{The AWK Programming Language}, Addison-Wesley, 669 1988. AWK's simple programming paradigm---find a pattern in the 670 input and then perform an action---often reduced complex or tedious 671 data manipulations to few lines of code. I was excited to try my 672 hand at programming in AWK. 673 674 Alas, the @command{awk} on my computer was a limited version of the 675 language described in the AWK book. I discovered that my computer 676 had ``old @command{awk}'' and the AWK book described ``new @command{awk}.'' 677 I learned that this was typical; the old version refused to step 678 aside or relinquish its name. If a system had a new @command{awk}, it was 679 invariably called @command{nawk}, and few systems had it. 680 The best way to get a new @command{awk} was to @command{ftp} the source code for 681 @command{gawk} from @code{prep.ai.mit.edu}. @command{gawk} was a version of 682 new @command{awk} written by David Trueman and Arnold, and available under 683 the GNU General Public License. 684 685 (Incidentally, 686 it's no longer difficult to find a new @command{awk}. @command{gawk} ships with 687 Linux, and you can download binaries or source code for almost 688 any system; my wife uses @command{gawk} on her VMS box.) 689 690 My Unix system started out unplugged from the wall; it certainly was not 691 plugged into a network. So, oblivious to the existence of @command{gawk} 692 and the Unix community in general, and desiring a new @command{awk}, I wrote 693 my own, called @command{mawk}. 694 Before I was finished I knew about @command{gawk}, 695 but it was too late to stop, so I eventually posted 696 to a @code{comp.sources} newsgroup. 697 698 A few days after my posting, I got a friendly email 699 from Arnold introducing 700 himself. He suggested we share design and algorithms and 701 attached a draft of the POSIX standard so 702 that I could update @command{mawk} to support language extensions added 703 after publication of the AWK book. 704 705 Frankly, if our roles had 706 been reversed, I would not have been so open and we probably would 707 have never met. I'm glad we did meet. 708 He is an AWK expert's AWK expert and a genuinely nice person. 709 Arnold contributes significant amounts of his 710 expertise and time to the Free Software Foundation. 711 712 This book is the @command{gawk} reference manual, but at its core it 713 is a book about AWK programming that 714 will appeal to a wide audience. 715 It is a definitive reference to the AWK language as defined by the 716 1987 Bell Labs release and codified in the 1992 POSIX Utilities 717 standard. 718 719 On the other hand, the novice AWK programmer can study 720 a wealth of practical programs that emphasize 721 the power of AWK's basic idioms: 722 data driven control-flow, pattern matching with regular expressions, 723 and associative arrays. 724 Those looking for something new can try out @command{gawk}'s 725 interface to network protocols via special @file{/inet} files. 726 727 The programs in this book make clear that an AWK program is 728 typically much smaller and faster to develop than 729 a counterpart written in C. 730 Consequently, there is often a payoff to prototype an 731 algorithm or design in AWK to get it running quickly and expose 732 problems early. Often, the interpreted performance is adequate 733 and the AWK prototype becomes the product. 734 735 The new @command{pgawk} (profiling @command{gawk}), produces 736 program execution counts. 737 I recently experimented with an algorithm that for 738 @math{n} lines of input, exhibited 739 @tex 740 $\sim\! Cn^2$ 741 @end tex 742 @ifnottex 743 ~ C n^2 744 @end ifnottex 745 performance, while 746 theory predicted 747 @tex 748 $\sim\! Cn\log n$ 749 @end tex 750 @ifnottex 751 ~ C n log n 752 @end ifnottex 753 behavior. A few minutes poring 754 over the @file{awkprof.out} profile pinpointed the problem to 755 a single line of code. @command{pgawk} is a welcome addition to 756 my programmer's toolbox. 757 758 Arnold has distilled over a decade of experience writing and 759 using AWK programs, and developing @command{gawk}, into this book. If you use 760 AWK or want to learn how, then read this book. 761 762 @display 763 Michael Brennan 764 Author of @command{mawk} 765 @end display 766 767 @node Preface 768 @unnumbered Preface 769 @c I saw a comment somewhere that the preface should describe the book itself, 770 @c and the introduction should describe what the book covers. 771 @c 772 @c 12/2000: Chuck wants the preface & intro combined. 773 774 Several kinds of tasks occur repeatedly 775 when working with text files. 776 You might want to extract certain lines and discard the rest. 777 Or you may need to make changes wherever certain patterns appear, 778 but leave the rest of the file alone. 779 Writing single-use programs for these tasks in languages such as C, C++, or Pascal 780 is time-consuming and inconvenient. 781 Such jobs are often easier with @command{awk}. 782 The @command{awk} utility interprets a special-purpose programming language 783 that makes it easy to handle simple data-reformatting jobs. 784 785 The GNU implementation of @command{awk} is called @command{gawk}; it is fully 786 compatible with the System V Release 4 version of 787 @command{awk}. @command{gawk} is also compatible with the POSIX 788 specification of the @command{awk} language. This means that all 789 properly written @command{awk} programs should work with @command{gawk}. 790 Thus, we usually don't distinguish between @command{gawk} and other 791 @command{awk} implementations. 792 793 @cindex @command{awk}, POSIX and, See Also POSIX @command{awk} 794 @cindex @command{awk}, POSIX and 795 @cindex POSIX, @command{awk} and 796 @cindex @command{gawk}, @command{awk} and 797 @cindex @command{awk}, @command{gawk} and 798 @cindex @command{awk}, uses for 799 Using @command{awk} allows you to: 800 801 @itemize @bullet 802 @item 803 Manage small, personal databases 804 805 @item 806 Generate reports 807 808 @item 809 Validate data 810 811 @item 812 Produce indexes and perform other document preparation tasks 813 814 @item 815 Experiment with algorithms that you can adapt later to other computer 816 languages 817 @end itemize 818 819 @cindex @command{awk}, See Also @command{gawk} 820 @cindex @command{gawk}, See Also @command{awk} 821 @cindex @command{gawk}, uses for 822 In addition, 823 @command{gawk} 824 provides facilities that make it easy to: 825 826 @itemize @bullet 827 @item 828 Extract bits and pieces of data for processing 829 830 @item 831 Sort data 832 833 @item 834 Perform simple network communications 835 @end itemize 836 837 This @value{DOCUMENT} teaches you about the @command{awk} language and 838 how you can use it effectively. You should already be familiar with basic 839 system commands, such as @command{cat} and @command{ls},@footnote{These commands 840 are available on POSIX-compliant systems, as well as on traditional 841 Unix-based systems. If you are using some other operating system, you still need to 842 be familiar with the ideas of I/O redirection and pipes.} as well as basic shell 843 facilities, such as input/output (I/O) redirection and pipes. 844 845 @cindex GNU @command{awk}, See @command{gawk} 846 Implementations of the @command{awk} language are available for many 847 different computing environments. This @value{DOCUMENT}, while describing 848 the @command{awk} language in general, also describes the particular 849 implementation of @command{awk} called @command{gawk} (which stands for 850 ``GNU awk''). @command{gawk} runs on a broad range of Unix systems, 851 ranging from 80386 PC-based computers up through large-scale systems, 852 such as Crays. @command{gawk} has also been ported to Mac OS X, 853 MS-DOS, Microsoft Windows (all versions) and OS/2 PCs, Atari and Amiga 854 microcomputers, BeOS, Tandem D20, and VMS. 855 856 @menu 857 * History:: The history of @command{gawk} and 858 @command{awk}. 859 * Names:: What name to use to find @command{awk}. 860 * This Manual:: Using this @value{DOCUMENT}. Includes sample 861 input files that you can use. 862 * Conventions:: Typographical Conventions. 863 * Manual History:: Brief history of the GNU project and this 864 @value{DOCUMENT}. 865 * How To Contribute:: Helping to save the world. 866 * Acknowledgments:: Acknowledgments. 867 @end menu 868 869 @node History 870 @unnumberedsec History of @command{awk} and @command{gawk} 871 @cindex recipe for a programming language 872 @cindex programming language, recipe for 873 @center Recipe For A Programming Language 874 875 @multitable {2 parts} {1 part @code{egrep}} {1 part @code{snobol}} 876 @item @tab 1 part @code{egrep} @tab 1 part @code{snobol} 877 @item @tab 2 parts @code{ed} @tab 3 parts C 878 @end multitable 879 880 @quotation 881 Blend all parts well using @code{lex} and @code{yacc}. 882 Document minimally and release. 883 884 After eight years, add another part @code{egrep} and two 885 more parts C. Document very well and release. 886 @end quotation 887 888 @cindex Aho, Alfred 889 @cindex Weinberger, Peter 890 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 891 @cindex @command{awk}, history of 892 The name @command{awk} comes from the initials of its designers: Alfred V.@: 893 Aho, Peter J.@: Weinberger and Brian W.@: Kernighan. The original version of 894 @command{awk} was written in 1977 at AT&T Bell Laboratories. 895 In 1985, a new version made the programming 896 language more powerful, introducing user-defined functions, multiple input 897 streams, and computed regular expressions. 898 This new version became widely available with Unix System V 899 Release 3.1 (SVR3.1). 900 The version in SVR4 added some new features and cleaned 901 up the behavior in some of the ``dark corners'' of the language. 902 The specification for @command{awk} in the POSIX Command Language 903 and Utilities standard further clarified the language. 904 Both the @command{gawk} designers and the original Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 905 designers provided feedback for the POSIX specification. 906 907 @cindex Rubin, Paul 908 @cindex Fenlason, Jay 909 @cindex Trueman, David 910 Paul Rubin wrote the GNU implementation, @command{gawk}, in 1986. 911 Jay Fenlason completed it, with advice from Richard Stallman. John Woods 912 contributed parts of the code as well. In 1988 and 1989, David Trueman, with 913 help from me, thoroughly reworked @command{gawk} for compatibility 914 with the newer @command{awk}. 915 Circa 1995, I became the primary maintainer. 916 Current development focuses on bug fixes, 917 performance improvements, standards compliance, and occasionally, new features. 918 919 In May of 1997, J@"urgen Kahrs felt the need for network access 920 from @command{awk}, and with a little help from me, set about adding 921 features to do this for @command{gawk}. At that time, he also 922 wrote the bulk of 923 @cite{TCP/IP Internetworking with @command{gawk}} 924 (a separate document, available as part of the @command{gawk} distribution). 925 His code finally became part of the main @command{gawk} distribution 926 with @command{gawk} @value{PVERSION} 3.1. 927 928 @xref{Contributors}, 929 for a complete list of those who made important contributions to @command{gawk}. 930 931 @node Names 932 @section A Rose by Any Other Name 933 934 @cindex @command{awk}, new vs. old 935 The @command{awk} language has evolved over the years. Full details are 936 provided in @ref{Language History}. 937 The language described in this @value{DOCUMENT} 938 is often referred to as ``new @command{awk}'' (@command{nawk}). 939 940 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of 941 Because of this, many systems have multiple 942 versions of @command{awk}. 943 Some systems have an @command{awk} utility that implements the 944 original version of the @command{awk} language and a @command{nawk} utility 945 for the new 946 version. 947 Others have an @command{oawk} version for the ``old @command{awk}'' 948 language and plain @command{awk} for the new one. Still others only 949 have one version, which is usually the new one.@footnote{Often, these systems 950 use @command{gawk} for their @command{awk} implementation!} 951 952 @cindex @command{nawk} utility 953 @cindex @command{oawk} utility 954 All in all, this makes it difficult for you to know which version of 955 @command{awk} you should run when writing your programs. The best advice 956 I can give here is to check your local documentation. Look for @command{awk}, 957 @command{oawk}, and @command{nawk}, as well as for @command{gawk}. 958 It is likely that you already 959 have some version of new @command{awk} on your system, which is what 960 you should use when running your programs. (Of course, if you're reading 961 this @value{DOCUMENT}, chances are good that you have @command{gawk}!) 962 963 Throughout this @value{DOCUMENT}, whenever we refer to a language feature 964 that should be available in any complete implementation of POSIX @command{awk}, 965 we simply use the term @command{awk}. When referring to a feature that is 966 specific to the GNU implementation, we use the term @command{gawk}. 967 968 @node This Manual 969 @section Using This Book 970 @cindex @command{awk}, terms describing 971 972 The term @command{awk} refers to a particular program as well as to the language you 973 use to tell this program what to do. When we need to be careful, we call 974 the language ``the @command{awk} language,'' 975 and the program ``the @command{awk} utility.'' 976 This @value{DOCUMENT} explains 977 both the @command{awk} language and how to run the @command{awk} utility. 978 The term @dfn{@command{awk} program} refers to a program written by you in 979 the @command{awk} programming language. 980 981 @cindex @command{gawk}, @command{awk} and 982 @cindex @command{awk}, @command{gawk} and 983 @cindex POSIX @command{awk} 984 Primarily, this @value{DOCUMENT} explains the features of @command{awk}, 985 as defined in the POSIX standard. It does so in the context of the 986 @command{gawk} implementation. While doing so, it also 987 attempts to describe important differences between @command{gawk} 988 and other @command{awk} implementations.@footnote{All such differences 989 appear in the index under the 990 entry ``differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}.''} 991 Finally, any @command{gawk} features that are not in 992 the POSIX standard for @command{awk} are noted. 993 994 @ifnotinfo 995 This @value{DOCUMENT} has the difficult task of being both a tutorial and a reference. 996 If you are a novice, feel free to skip over details that seem too complex. 997 You should also ignore the many cross-references; they are for the 998 expert user and for the online Info version of the document. 999 @end ifnotinfo 1000 1001 There are 1002 subsections labelled 1003 as @strong{Advanced Notes} 1004 scattered throughout the @value{DOCUMENT}. 1005 They add a more complete explanation of points that are relevant, but not likely 1006 to be of interest on first reading. 1007 All appear in the index, under the heading ``advanced features.'' 1008 1009 Most of the time, the examples use complete @command{awk} programs. 1010 In some of the more advanced sections, only the part of the @command{awk} 1011 program that illustrates the concept currently being described is shown. 1012 1013 While this @value{DOCUMENT} is aimed principally at people who have not been 1014 exposed 1015 to @command{awk}, there is a lot of information here that even the @command{awk} 1016 expert should find useful. In particular, the description of POSIX 1017 @command{awk} and the example programs in 1018 @ref{Library Functions}, and in 1019 @ref{Sample Programs}, 1020 should be of interest. 1021 1022 @ref{Getting Started}, 1023 provides the essentials you need to know to begin using @command{awk}. 1024 1025 @ref{Regexp}, 1026 introduces regular expressions in general, and in particular the flavors 1027 supported by POSIX @command{awk} and @command{gawk}. 1028 1029 @ref{Reading Files}, 1030 describes how @command{awk} reads your data. 1031 It introduces the concepts of records and fields, as well 1032 as the @code{getline} command. 1033 I/O redirection is first described here. 1034 1035 @ref{Printing}, 1036 describes how @command{awk} programs can produce output with 1037 @code{print} and @code{printf}. 1038 1039 @ref{Expressions}, 1040 describes expressions, which are the basic building blocks 1041 for getting most things done in a program. 1042 1043 @ref{Patterns and Actions}, 1044 describes how to write patterns for matching records, actions for 1045 doing something when a record is matched, and the built-in variables 1046 @command{awk} and @command{gawk} use. 1047 1048 @ref{Arrays}, 1049 covers @command{awk}'s one-and-only data structure: associative arrays. 1050 Deleting array elements and whole arrays is also described, as well as 1051 sorting arrays in @command{gawk}. 1052 1053 @ref{Functions}, 1054 describes the built-in functions @command{awk} and 1055 @command{gawk} provide, as well as how to define 1056 your own functions. 1057 1058 @ref{Internationalization}, 1059 describes special features in @command{gawk} for translating program 1060 messages into different languages at runtime. 1061 1062 @ref{Advanced Features}, 1063 describes a number of @command{gawk}-specific advanced features. 1064 Of particular note 1065 are the abilities to have two-way communications with another process, 1066 perform TCP/IP networking, and 1067 profile your @command{awk} programs. 1068 1069 @ref{Invoking Gawk}, 1070 describes how to run @command{gawk}, the meaning of its 1071 command-line options, and how it finds @command{awk} 1072 program source files. 1073 1074 @ref{Library Functions}, and 1075 @ref{Sample Programs}, 1076 provide many sample @command{awk} programs. 1077 Reading them allows you to see @command{awk} 1078 solving real problems. 1079 1080 @ref{Language History}, 1081 describes how the @command{awk} language has evolved since 1082 first release to present. It also describes how @command{gawk} 1083 has acquired features over time. 1084 1085 @ref{Installation}, 1086 describes how to get @command{gawk}, how to compile it 1087 under Unix, and how to compile and use it on different 1088 non-Unix systems. It also describes how to report bugs 1089 in @command{gawk} and where to get three other freely 1090 available implementations of @command{awk}. 1091 1092 @ref{Notes}, 1093 describes how to disable @command{gawk}'s extensions, as 1094 well as how to contribute new code to @command{gawk}, 1095 how to write extension libraries, and some possible 1096 future directions for @command{gawk} development. 1097 1098 @ref{Basic Concepts}, 1099 provides some very cursory background material for those who 1100 are completely unfamiliar with computer programming. 1101 Also centralized there is a discussion of some of the issues 1102 surrounding floating-point numbers. 1103 1104 The 1105 @ref{Glossary}, 1106 defines most, if not all, the significant terms used 1107 throughout the book. 1108 If you find terms that you aren't familiar with, try looking them up here. 1109 1110 @ref{Copying}, and 1111 @ref{GNU Free Documentation License}, 1112 present the licenses that cover the @command{gawk} source code 1113 and this @value{DOCUMENT}, respectively. 1114 1115 @node Conventions 1116 @section Typographical Conventions 1117 1118 @cindex Texinfo 1119 This @value{DOCUMENT} is written using Texinfo, the GNU documentation 1120 formatting language. 1121 A single Texinfo source file is used to produce both the printed and online 1122 versions of the documentation. 1123 @ifnotinfo 1124 Because of this, the typographical conventions 1125 are slightly different than in other books you may have read. 1126 @end ifnotinfo 1127 @ifinfo 1128 This @value{SECTION} briefly documents the typographical conventions used in Texinfo. 1129 @end ifinfo 1130 1131 Examples you would type at the command-line are preceded by the common 1132 shell primary and secondary prompts, @samp{$} and @samp{>}. 1133 Output from the command is preceded by the glyph ``@print{}''. 1134 This typically represents the command's standard output. 1135 Error messages, and other output on the command's standard error, are preceded 1136 by the glyph ``@error{}''. For example: 1137 1138 @example 1139 $ echo hi on stdout 1140 @print{} hi on stdout 1141 $ echo hello on stderr 1>&2 1142 @error{} hello on stderr 1143 @end example 1144 1145 @ifnotinfo 1146 In the text, command names appear in @code{this font}, while code segments 1147 appear in the same font and quoted, @samp{like this}. Some things are 1148 emphasized @emph{like this}, and if a point needs to be made 1149 strongly, it is done @strong{like this}. The first occurrence of 1150 a new term is usually its @dfn{definition} and appears in the same 1151 font as the previous occurrence of ``definition'' in this sentence. 1152 @value{FN}s are indicated like this: @file{/path/to/ourfile}. 1153 @end ifnotinfo 1154 1155 Characters that you type at the keyboard look @kbd{like this}. In particular, 1156 there are special characters called ``control characters.'' These are 1157 characters that you type by holding down both the @kbd{CONTROL} key and 1158 another key, at the same time. For example, a @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} is typed 1159 by first pressing and holding the @kbd{CONTROL} key, next 1160 pressing the @kbd{d} key and finally releasing both keys. 1161 1162 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 1163 @subsubheading Dark Corners 1164 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 1165 @quotation 1166 @i{Dark corners are basically fractal --- no matter how much 1167 you illuminate, there's always a smaller but darker one.}@* 1168 Brian Kernighan 1169 @end quotation 1170 1171 @cindex d.c., See dark corner 1172 @cindex dark corner 1173 Until the POSIX standard (and @cite{The Gawk Manual}), 1174 many features of @command{awk} were either poorly documented or not 1175 documented at all. Descriptions of such features 1176 (often called ``dark corners'') are noted in this @value{DOCUMENT} with 1177 @iftex 1178 the picture of a flashlight in the margin, as shown here. 1179 @value{DARKCORNER} 1180 @end iftex 1181 @ifnottex 1182 ``(d.c.)''. 1183 @end ifnottex 1184 They also appear in the index under the heading ``dark corner.'' 1185 1186 As noted by the opening quote, though, any 1187 coverage of dark corners 1188 is, by definition, something that is incomplete. 1189 1190 @node Manual History 1191 @unnumberedsec The GNU Project and This Book 1192 1193 @cindex FSF (Free Software Foundation) 1194 @cindex Free Software Foundation (FSF) 1195 @cindex Stallman, Richard 1196 The Free Software Foundation (FSF) is a nonprofit organization dedicated 1197 to the production and distribution of freely distributable software. 1198 It was founded by Richard M.@: Stallman, the author of the original 1199 Emacs editor. GNU Emacs is the most widely used version of Emacs today. 1200 1201 @cindex GNU Project 1202 @cindex GPL (General Public License) 1203 @cindex General Public License, See GPL 1204 @cindex documentation, online 1205 The GNU@footnote{GNU stands for ``GNU's not Unix.''} 1206 Project is an ongoing effort on the part of the Free Software 1207 Foundation to create a complete, freely distributable, POSIX-compliant 1208 computing environment. 1209 The FSF uses the ``GNU General Public License'' (GPL) to ensure that 1210 their software's 1211 source code is always available to the end user. A 1212 copy of the GPL is included 1213 @ifnotinfo 1214 in this @value{DOCUMENT} 1215 @end ifnotinfo 1216 for your reference 1217 (@pxref{Copying}). 1218 The GPL applies to the C language source code for @command{gawk}. 1219 To find out more about the FSF and the GNU Project online, 1220 see @uref{http://www.gnu.org, the GNU Project's home page}. 1221 This @value{DOCUMENT} may also be read from 1222 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/manual/gawk/, their web site}. 1223 1224 A shell, an editor (Emacs), highly portable optimizing C, C++, and 1225 Objective-C compilers, a symbolic debugger and dozens of large and 1226 small utilities (such as @command{gawk}), have all been completed and are 1227 freely available. The GNU operating 1228 system kernel (the HURD), has been released but is still in an early 1229 stage of development. 1230 1231 @cindex Linux 1232 @cindex GNU/Linux 1233 @cindex operating systems, BSD-based 1234 @cindex Alpha (DEC) 1235 Until the GNU operating system is more fully developed, you should 1236 consider using GNU/Linux, a freely distributable, Unix-like operating 1237 system for Intel 80386, DEC Alpha, Sun SPARC, IBM S/390, and other 1238 systems.@footnote{The terminology ``GNU/Linux'' is explained 1239 in the @ref{Glossary}.} 1240 There are 1241 many books on GNU/Linux. One that is freely available is @cite{Linux 1242 Installation and Getting Started}, by Matt Welsh. 1243 Many GNU/Linux distributions are often available in computer stores or 1244 bundled on CD-ROMs with books about Linux. 1245 (There are three other freely available, Unix-like operating systems for 1246 80386 and other systems: NetBSD, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD. All are based on the 1247 4.4-Lite Berkeley Software Distribution, and they use recent versions 1248 of @command{gawk} for their versions of @command{awk}.) 1249 1250 @ifnotinfo 1251 The @value{DOCUMENT} you are reading is actually free---at least, the 1252 information in it is free to anyone. The machine-readable 1253 source code for the @value{DOCUMENT} comes with @command{gawk}; anyone 1254 may take this @value{DOCUMENT} to a copying machine and make as many 1255 copies as they like. (Take a moment to check the Free Documentation 1256 License in @ref{GNU Free Documentation License}.) 1257 1258 Although you could just print it out yourself, bound books are much 1259 easier to read and use. Furthermore, 1260 the proceeds from sales of this book go back to the FSF 1261 to help fund development of more free software. 1262 @end ifnotinfo 1263 1264 @ignore 1265 @cindex Close, Diane 1266 The @value{DOCUMENT} itself has gone through several previous, 1267 preliminary editions. 1268 Paul Rubin wrote the very first draft of @cite{The GAWK Manual}; 1269 it was around 40 pages in size. 1270 Diane Close and Richard Stallman improved it, yielding the 1271 version which I started working with in the fall of 1988. 1272 It was around 90 pages long and barely described the original, ``old'' 1273 version of @command{awk}. After substantial revision, the first version of 1274 the @cite{The GAWK Manual} to be released was Edition 0.11 Beta in 1275 October of 1989. The manual then underwent more substantial revision 1276 for Edition 0.13 of December 1991. 1277 David Trueman, Pat Rankin and Michal Jaegermann contributed sections 1278 of the manual for Edition 0.13. 1279 That edition was published by the 1280 FSF as a bound book early in 1992. Since then there were several 1281 minor revisions, notably Edition 0.14 of November 1992 that was published 1282 by the FSF in January of 1993 and Edition 0.16 of August 1993. 1283 1284 Edition 1.0 of @cite{GAWK: The GNU Awk User's Guide} represented a significant re-working 1285 of @cite{The GAWK Manual}, with much additional material. 1286 The FSF and I agreed that I was now the primary author. 1287 @c I also felt that the manual needed a more descriptive title. 1288 1289 In January 1996, SSC published Edition 1.0 under the title @cite{Effective AWK Programming}. 1290 In February 1997, they published Edition 1.0.3 which had minor changes 1291 as a ``second edition.'' 1292 In 1999, the FSF published this same version as Edition 2 1293 of @cite{GAWK: The GNU Awk User's Guide}. 1294 1295 Edition @value{EDITION} maintains the basic structure of Edition 1.0, 1296 but with significant additional material, reflecting the host of new features 1297 in @command{gawk} @value{PVERSION} @value{VERSION}. 1298 Of particular note is 1299 @ref{Array Sorting}, 1300 @ref{Bitwise Functions}, 1301 @ref{Internationalization}, 1302 @ref{Advanced Features}, 1303 and 1304 @ref{Dynamic Extensions}. 1305 @end ignore 1306 1307 @cindex Close, Diane 1308 The @value{DOCUMENT} itself has gone through a number of previous editions. 1309 Paul Rubin wrote the very first draft of @cite{The GAWK Manual}; 1310 it was around 40 pages in size. 1311 Diane Close and Richard Stallman improved it, yielding a 1312 version that was 1313 around 90 pages long and barely described the original, ``old'' 1314 version of @command{awk}. 1315 1316 I started working with that version in the fall of 1988. 1317 As work on it progressed, 1318 the FSF published several preliminary versions (numbered 0.@var{x}). 1319 In 1996, Edition 1.0 was released with @command{gawk} 3.0.0. 1320 The FSF published the first two editions under 1321 the title @cite{The GNU Awk User's Guide}. 1322 1323 This edition maintains the basic structure of Edition 1.0, 1324 but with significant additional material, reflecting the host of new features 1325 in @command{gawk} @value{PVERSION} @value{VERSION}. 1326 Of particular note is 1327 @ref{Array Sorting}, 1328 as well as 1329 @ref{Bitwise Functions}, 1330 @ref{Internationalization}, 1331 and also 1332 @ref{Advanced Features}, 1333 and 1334 @ref{Dynamic Extensions}. 1335 1336 @cite{@value{TITLE}} will undoubtedly continue to evolve. 1337 An electronic version 1338 comes with the @command{gawk} distribution from the FSF. 1339 If you find an error in this @value{DOCUMENT}, please report it! 1340 @xref{Bugs}, for information on submitting 1341 problem reports electronically, or write to me in care of the publisher. 1342 1343 @node How To Contribute 1344 @unnumberedsec How to Contribute 1345 1346 As the maintainer of GNU @command{awk}, 1347 I am starting a collection of publicly available @command{awk} 1348 programs. 1349 For more information, 1350 see @uref{ftp://ftp.freefriends.org/arnold/Awkstuff}. 1351 If you have written an interesting @command{awk} program, or have written a 1352 @command{gawk} extension that you would like to 1353 share with the rest of the world, please contact me (@email{arnold@@gnu.org}). 1354 Making things available on the Internet helps keep the 1355 @command{gawk} distribution down to manageable size. 1356 1357 @node Acknowledgments 1358 @unnumberedsec Acknowledgments 1359 1360 The initial draft of @cite{The GAWK Manual} had the following acknowledgments: 1361 1362 @quotation 1363 Many people need to be thanked for their assistance in producing this 1364 manual. Jay Fenlason contributed many ideas and sample programs. Richard 1365 Mlynarik and Robert Chassell gave helpful comments on drafts of this 1366 manual. The paper @cite{A Supplemental Document for @command{awk}} by John W.@: 1367 Pierce of the Chemistry Department at UC San Diego, pinpointed several 1368 issues relevant both to @command{awk} implementation and to this manual, that 1369 would otherwise have escaped us. 1370 @end quotation 1371 1372 @cindex Stallman, Richard 1373 I would like to acknowledge Richard M.@: Stallman, for his vision of a 1374 better world and for his courage in founding the FSF and starting the 1375 GNU Project. 1376 1377 The following people (in alphabetical order) 1378 provided helpful comments on various 1379 versions of this book, up to and including this edition. 1380 Rick Adams, 1381 Nelson H.F. Beebe, 1382 Karl Berry, 1383 Dr.@: Michael Brennan, 1384 Rich Burridge, 1385 Claire Cloutier, 1386 Diane Close, 1387 Scott Deifik, 1388 Christopher (``Topher'') Eliot, 1389 Jeffrey Friedl, 1390 Dr.@: Darrel Hankerson, 1391 Michal Jaegermann, 1392 Dr.@: Richard J.@: LeBlanc, 1393 Michael Lijewski, 1394 Pat Rankin, 1395 Miriam Robbins, 1396 Mary Sheehan, 1397 and 1398 Chuck Toporek. 1399 1400 @cindex Berry, Karl 1401 @cindex Chassell, Robert J.@: 1402 @c @cindex Texinfo 1403 Robert J.@: Chassell provided much valuable advice on 1404 the use of Texinfo. 1405 He also deserves special thanks for 1406 convincing me @emph{not} to title this @value{DOCUMENT} 1407 @cite{How To Gawk Politely}. 1408 Karl Berry helped significantly with the @TeX{} part of Texinfo. 1409 1410 @cindex Hartholz, Marshall 1411 @cindex Hartholz, Elaine 1412 @cindex Schreiber, Bert 1413 @cindex Schreiber, Rita 1414 I would like to thank Marshall and Elaine Hartholz of Seattle and 1415 Dr.@: Bert and Rita Schreiber of Detroit for large amounts of quiet vacation 1416 time in their homes, which allowed me to make significant progress on 1417 this @value{DOCUMENT} and on @command{gawk} itself. 1418 1419 @cindex Hughes, Phil 1420 Phil Hughes of SSC 1421 contributed in a very important way by loaning me his laptop GNU/Linux 1422 system, not once, but twice, which allowed me to do a lot of work while 1423 away from home. 1424 1425 @cindex Trueman, David 1426 David Trueman deserves special credit; he has done a yeoman job 1427 of evolving @command{gawk} so that it performs well and without bugs. 1428 Although he is no longer involved with @command{gawk}, 1429 working with him on this project was a significant pleasure. 1430 1431 @cindex Drepper, Ulrich 1432 @cindex GNITS mailing list 1433 @cindex mailing list, GNITS 1434 The intrepid members of the GNITS mailing list, and most notably Ulrich 1435 Drepper, provided invaluable help and feedback for the design of the 1436 internationalization features. 1437 1438 @cindex Beebe, Nelson 1439 @cindex Brown, Martin 1440 @cindex Buening, Andreas 1441 @cindex Deifik, Scott 1442 @cindex Hankerson, Darrel 1443 @cindex Hasegawa, Isamu 1444 @cindex Jaegermann, Michal 1445 @cindex Kahrs, J@"urgen 1446 @cindex Rankin, Pat 1447 @cindex Rommel, Kai Uwe 1448 @cindex Zaretskii, Eli 1449 Nelson Beebe, 1450 Martin Brown, 1451 Andreas Buening, 1452 Scott Deifik, 1453 Darrel Hankerson, 1454 Isamu Hasegawa, 1455 Michal Jaegermann, 1456 J@"urgen Kahrs, 1457 Pat Rankin, 1458 Kai Uwe Rommel, 1459 and Eli Zaretskii 1460 (in alphabetical order) 1461 make up the 1462 @command{gawk} ``crack portability team.'' Without their hard work and 1463 help, @command{gawk} would not be nearly the fine program it is today. It 1464 has been and continues to be a pleasure working with this team of fine 1465 people. 1466 1467 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 1468 David and I would like to thank Brian Kernighan of Bell Laboratories for 1469 invaluable assistance during the testing and debugging of @command{gawk}, and for 1470 help in clarifying numerous points about the language. We could not have 1471 done nearly as good a job on either @command{gawk} or its documentation without 1472 his help. 1473 1474 Chuck Toporek, Mary Sheehan, and Claire Coutier of O'Reilly & Associates contributed 1475 significant editorial help for this @value{DOCUMENT} for the 1476 3.1 release of @command{gawk}. 1477 1478 @cindex Robbins, Miriam 1479 @cindex Robbins, Jean 1480 @cindex Robbins, Harry 1481 @cindex G-d 1482 I must thank my wonderful wife, Miriam, for her patience through 1483 the many versions of this project, for her proofreading, 1484 and for sharing me with the computer. 1485 I would like to thank my parents for their love, and for the grace with 1486 which they raised and educated me. 1487 Finally, I also must acknowledge my gratitude to G-d, for the many opportunities 1488 He has sent my way, as well as for the gifts He has given me with which to 1489 take advantage of those opportunities. 1490 @sp 2 1491 @noindent 1492 Arnold Robbins @* 1493 Nof Ayalon @* 1494 ISRAEL @* 1495 March, 2001 1496 1497 @ignore 1498 @c Try this 1499 @iftex 1500 @page 1501 @headings off 1502 @majorheading I@ @ @ @ The @command{awk} Language and @command{gawk} 1503 Part I describes the @command{awk} language and @command{gawk} program in detail. 1504 It starts with the basics, and continues through all of the features of @command{awk} 1505 and @command{gawk}. It contains the following chapters: 1506 1507 @itemize @bullet 1508 @item 1509 @ref{Getting Started}. 1510 1511 @item 1512 @ref{Regexp}. 1513 1514 @item 1515 @ref{Reading Files}. 1516 1517 @item 1518 @ref{Printing}. 1519 1520 @item 1521 @ref{Expressions}. 1522 1523 @item 1524 @ref{Patterns and Actions}. 1525 1526 @item 1527 @ref{Arrays}. 1528 1529 @item 1530 @ref{Functions}. 1531 1532 @item 1533 @ref{Internationalization}. 1534 1535 @item 1536 @ref{Advanced Features}. 1537 1538 @item 1539 @ref{Invoking Gawk}. 1540 @end itemize 1541 1542 @page 1543 @evenheading @thispage@ @ @ @strong{@value{TITLE}} @| @| 1544 @oddheading @| @| @strong{@thischapter}@ @ @ @thispage 1545 @end iftex 1546 @end ignore 1547 1548 @node Getting Started 1549 @chapter Getting Started with @command{awk} 1550 @c @cindex script, definition of 1551 @c @cindex rule, definition of 1552 @c @cindex program, definition of 1553 @c @cindex basic function of @command{awk} 1554 @cindex @command{awk}, function of 1555 1556 The basic function of @command{awk} is to search files for lines (or other 1557 units of text) that contain certain patterns. When a line matches one 1558 of the patterns, @command{awk} performs specified actions on that line. 1559 @command{awk} keeps processing input lines in this way until it reaches 1560 the end of the input files. 1561 1562 @cindex @command{awk}, uses for 1563 @c comma here is NOT for secondary 1564 @cindex programming languages, data-driven vs. procedural 1565 @cindex @command{awk} programs 1566 Programs in @command{awk} are different from programs in most other languages, 1567 because @command{awk} programs are @dfn{data-driven}; that is, you describe 1568 the data you want to work with and then what to do when you find it. 1569 Most other languages are @dfn{procedural}; you have to describe, in great 1570 detail, every step the program is to take. When working with procedural 1571 languages, it is usually much 1572 harder to clearly describe the data your program will process. 1573 For this reason, @command{awk} programs are often refreshingly easy to 1574 read and write. 1575 1576 @cindex program, definition of 1577 @cindex rule, definition of 1578 When you run @command{awk}, you specify an @command{awk} @dfn{program} that 1579 tells @command{awk} what to do. The program consists of a series of 1580 @dfn{rules}. (It may also contain @dfn{function definitions}, 1581 an advanced feature that we will ignore for now. 1582 @xref{User-defined}.) Each rule specifies one 1583 pattern to search for and one action to perform 1584 upon finding the pattern. 1585 1586 Syntactically, a rule consists of a pattern followed by an action. The 1587 action is enclosed in curly braces to separate it from the pattern. 1588 Newlines usually separate rules. Therefore, an @command{awk} 1589 program looks like this: 1590 1591 @example 1592 @var{pattern} @{ @var{action} @} 1593 @var{pattern} @{ @var{action} @} 1594 @dots{} 1595 @end example 1596 1597 @menu 1598 * Running gawk:: How to run @command{gawk} programs; includes 1599 command-line syntax. 1600 * Sample Data Files:: Sample data files for use in the @command{awk} 1601 programs illustrated in this @value{DOCUMENT}. 1602 * Very Simple:: A very simple example. 1603 * Two Rules:: A less simple one-line example using two 1604 rules. 1605 * More Complex:: A more complex example. 1606 * Statements/Lines:: Subdividing or combining statements into 1607 lines. 1608 * Other Features:: Other Features of @command{awk}. 1609 * When:: When to use @command{gawk} and when to use 1610 other things. 1611 @end menu 1612 1613 @node Running gawk 1614 @section How to Run @command{awk} Programs 1615 1616 @cindex @command{awk} programs, running 1617 There are several ways to run an @command{awk} program. If the program is 1618 short, it is easiest to include it in the command that runs @command{awk}, 1619 like this: 1620 1621 @example 1622 awk '@var{program}' @var{input-file1} @var{input-file2} @dots{} 1623 @end example 1624 1625 @cindex command line, formats 1626 When the program is long, it is usually more convenient to put it in a file 1627 and run it with a command like this: 1628 1629 @example 1630 awk -f @var{program-file} @var{input-file1} @var{input-file2} @dots{} 1631 @end example 1632 1633 This @value{SECTION} discusses both mechanisms, along with several 1634 variations of each. 1635 1636 @menu 1637 * One-shot:: Running a short throwaway @command{awk} 1638 program. 1639 * Read Terminal:: Using no input files (input from terminal 1640 instead). 1641 * Long:: Putting permanent @command{awk} programs in 1642 files. 1643 * Executable Scripts:: Making self-contained @command{awk} programs. 1644 * Comments:: Adding documentation to @command{gawk} 1645 programs. 1646 * Quoting:: More discussion of shell quoting issues. 1647 @end menu 1648 1649 @node One-shot 1650 @subsection One-Shot Throwaway @command{awk} Programs 1651 1652 Once you are familiar with @command{awk}, you will often type in simple 1653 programs the moment you want to use them. Then you can write the 1654 program as the first argument of the @command{awk} command, like this: 1655 1656 @example 1657 awk '@var{program}' @var{input-file1} @var{input-file2} @dots{} 1658 @end example 1659 1660 @noindent 1661 where @var{program} consists of a series of @var{patterns} and 1662 @var{actions}, as described earlier. 1663 1664 @cindex single quote (@code{'}) 1665 @cindex @code{'} (single quote) 1666 This command format instructs the @dfn{shell}, or command interpreter, 1667 to start @command{awk} and use the @var{program} to process records in the 1668 input file(s). There are single quotes around @var{program} so 1669 the shell won't interpret any @command{awk} characters as special shell 1670 characters. The quotes also cause the shell to treat all of @var{program} as 1671 a single argument for @command{awk}, and allow @var{program} to be more 1672 than one line long. 1673 1674 @cindex shells, scripts 1675 @cindex @command{awk} programs, running, from shell scripts 1676 This format is also useful for running short or medium-sized @command{awk} 1677 programs from shell scripts, because it avoids the need for a separate 1678 file for the @command{awk} program. A self-contained shell script is more 1679 reliable because there are no other files to misplace. 1680 1681 @ref{Very Simple}, 1682 @ifnotinfo 1683 later in this @value{CHAPTER}, 1684 @end ifnotinfo 1685 presents several short, 1686 self-contained programs. 1687 1688 @c Removed for gawk 3.1, doesn't really add anything here. 1689 @ignore 1690 As an interesting side point, the command 1691 1692 @example 1693 awk '/foo/' @var{files} @dots{} 1694 @end example 1695 1696 @noindent 1697 is essentially the same as 1698 1699 @cindex @command{egrep} utility 1700 @example 1701 egrep foo @var{files} @dots{} 1702 @end example 1703 @end ignore 1704 1705 @node Read Terminal 1706 @subsection Running @command{awk} Without Input Files 1707 1708 @cindex standard input 1709 @cindex input, standard 1710 @cindex input files, running @command{awk} without 1711 You can also run @command{awk} without any input files. If you type the 1712 following command line: 1713 1714 @example 1715 awk '@var{program}' 1716 @end example 1717 1718 @noindent 1719 @command{awk} applies the @var{program} to the @dfn{standard input}, 1720 which usually means whatever you type on the terminal. This continues 1721 until you indicate end-of-file by typing @kbd{@value{CTL}-d}. 1722 (On other operating systems, the end-of-file character may be different. 1723 For example, on OS/2 and MS-DOS, it is @kbd{@value{CTL}-z}.) 1724 1725 @cindex files, input, See input files 1726 @cindex input files, running @command{awk} without 1727 @cindex @command{awk} programs, running, without input files 1728 As an example, the following program prints a friendly piece of advice 1729 (from Douglas Adams's @cite{The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy}), 1730 to keep you from worrying about the complexities of computer programming 1731 (@code{BEGIN} is a feature we haven't discussed yet): 1732 1733 @example 1734 $ awk "BEGIN @{ print \"Don't Panic!\" @}" 1735 @print{} Don't Panic! 1736 @end example 1737 1738 @cindex quoting 1739 @cindex double quote (@code{"}) 1740 @cindex @code{"} (double quote) 1741 @cindex @code{\} (backslash) 1742 @cindex backslash (@code{\}) 1743 This program does not read any input. The @samp{\} before each of the 1744 inner double quotes is necessary because of the shell's quoting 1745 rules---in particular because it mixes both single quotes and 1746 double quotes.@footnote{Although we generally recommend the use of single 1747 quotes around the program text, double quotes are needed here in order to 1748 put the single quote into the message.} 1749 1750 This next simple @command{awk} program 1751 emulates the @command{cat} utility; it copies whatever you type on the 1752 keyboard to its standard output (why this works is explained shortly). 1753 1754 @example 1755 $ awk '@{ print @}' 1756 Now is the time for all good men 1757 @print{} Now is the time for all good men 1758 to come to the aid of their country. 1759 @print{} to come to the aid of their country. 1760 Four score and seven years ago, ... 1761 @print{} Four score and seven years ago, ... 1762 What, me worry? 1763 @print{} What, me worry? 1764 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 1765 @end example 1766 1767 @node Long 1768 @subsection Running Long Programs 1769 1770 @cindex @command{awk} programs, running 1771 @cindex @command{awk} programs, lengthy 1772 @cindex files, @command{awk} programs in 1773 Sometimes your @command{awk} programs can be very long. In this case, it is 1774 more convenient to put the program into a separate file. In order to tell 1775 @command{awk} to use that file for its program, you type: 1776 1777 @example 1778 awk -f @var{source-file} @var{input-file1} @var{input-file2} @dots{} 1779 @end example 1780 1781 @cindex @code{-f} option 1782 @cindex command line, options 1783 @cindex options, command-line 1784 The @option{-f} instructs the @command{awk} utility to get the @command{awk} program 1785 from the file @var{source-file}. Any @value{FN} can be used for 1786 @var{source-file}. For example, you could put the program: 1787 1788 @example 1789 BEGIN @{ print "Don't Panic!" @} 1790 @end example 1791 1792 @noindent 1793 into the file @file{advice}. Then this command: 1794 1795 @example 1796 awk -f advice 1797 @end example 1798 1799 @noindent 1800 does the same thing as this one: 1801 1802 @example 1803 awk "BEGIN @{ print \"Don't Panic!\" @}" 1804 @end example 1805 1806 @cindex quoting 1807 @noindent 1808 This was explained earlier 1809 (@pxref{Read Terminal}). 1810 Note that you don't usually need single quotes around the @value{FN} that you 1811 specify with @option{-f}, because most @value{FN}s don't contain any of the shell's 1812 special characters. Notice that in @file{advice}, the @command{awk} 1813 program did not have single quotes around it. The quotes are only needed 1814 for programs that are provided on the @command{awk} command line. 1815 1816 @c STARTOFRANGE sq1x 1817 @cindex single quote (@code{'}) 1818 @c STARTOFRANGE qs2x 1819 @cindex @code{'} (single quote) 1820 If you want to identify your @command{awk} program files clearly as such, 1821 you can add the extension @file{.awk} to the @value{FN}. This doesn't 1822 affect the execution of the @command{awk} program but it does make 1823 ``housekeeping'' easier. 1824 1825 @node Executable Scripts 1826 @subsection Executable @command{awk} Programs 1827 @cindex @command{awk} programs 1828 @cindex @code{#} (number sign), @code{#!} (executable scripts) 1829 @cindex number sign (@code{#}), @code{#!} (executable scripts) 1830 @cindex Unix, @command{awk} scripts and 1831 @cindex @code{#} (number sign), @code{#!} (executable scripts), portability issues with 1832 @cindex number sign (@code{#}), @code{#!} (executable scripts), portability issues with 1833 1834 Once you have learned @command{awk}, you may want to write self-contained 1835 @command{awk} scripts, using the @samp{#!} script mechanism. You can do 1836 this on many Unix systems@footnote{The @samp{#!} mechanism works on 1837 Linux systems, 1838 systems derived from the 4.4-Lite Berkeley Software Distribution, 1839 and most commercial Unix systems.} as well as on the GNU system. 1840 For example, you could update the file @file{advice} to look like this: 1841 1842 @example 1843 #! /bin/awk -f 1844 1845 BEGIN @{ print "Don't Panic!" @} 1846 @end example 1847 1848 @noindent 1849 After making this file executable (with the @command{chmod} utility), 1850 simply type @samp{advice} 1851 at the shell and the system arranges to run @command{awk}@footnote{The 1852 line beginning with @samp{#!} lists the full @value{FN} of an interpreter 1853 to run and an optional initial command-line argument to pass to that 1854 interpreter. The operating system then runs the interpreter with the given 1855 argument and the full argument list of the executed program. The first argument 1856 in the list is the full @value{FN} of the @command{awk} program. The rest of the 1857 argument list contains either options to @command{awk}, or @value{DF}s, 1858 or both.} as if you had 1859 typed @samp{awk -f advice}: 1860 1861 @example 1862 $ chmod +x advice 1863 $ advice 1864 @print{} Don't Panic! 1865 @end example 1866 1867 @noindent 1868 (We assume you have the current directory in your shell's search 1869 path variable (typically @code{$PATH}). If not, you may need 1870 to type @samp{./advice} at the shell.) 1871 1872 Self-contained @command{awk} scripts are useful when you want to write a 1873 program that users can invoke without their having to know that the program is 1874 written in @command{awk}. 1875 1876 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 1877 @subheading Advanced Notes: Portability Issues with @samp{#!} 1878 @cindex portability, @code{#!} (executable scripts) 1879 1880 Some systems limit the length of the interpreter name to 32 characters. 1881 Often, this can be dealt with by using a symbolic link. 1882 1883 You should not put more than one argument on the @samp{#!} 1884 line after the path to @command{awk}. It does not work. The operating system 1885 treats the rest of the line as a single argument and passes it to @command{awk}. 1886 Doing this leads to confusing behavior---most likely a usage diagnostic 1887 of some sort from @command{awk}. 1888 1889 @cindex @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables, portability and 1890 @cindex portability, @code{ARGV} variable 1891 Finally, 1892 the value of @code{ARGV[0]} 1893 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}) 1894 varies depending upon your operating system. 1895 Some systems put @samp{awk} there, some put the full pathname 1896 of @command{awk} (such as @file{/bin/awk}), and some put the name 1897 of your script (@samp{advice}). Don't rely on the value of @code{ARGV[0]} 1898 to provide your script name. 1899 1900 @node Comments 1901 @subsection Comments in @command{awk} Programs 1902 @cindex @code{#} (number sign), commenting 1903 @cindex number sign (@code{#}), commenting 1904 @cindex commenting 1905 @cindex @command{awk} programs, documenting 1906 1907 A @dfn{comment} is some text that is included in a program for the sake 1908 of human readers; it is not really an executable part of the program. Comments 1909 can explain what the program does and how it works. Nearly all 1910 programming languages have provisions for comments, as programs are 1911 typically hard to understand without them. 1912 1913 In the @command{awk} language, a comment starts with the sharp sign 1914 character (@samp{#}) and continues to the end of the line. 1915 The @samp{#} does not have to be the first character on the line. The 1916 @command{awk} language ignores the rest of a line following a sharp sign. 1917 For example, we could have put the following into @file{advice}: 1918 1919 @example 1920 # This program prints a nice friendly message. It helps 1921 # keep novice users from being afraid of the computer. 1922 BEGIN @{ print "Don't Panic!" @} 1923 @end example 1924 1925 You can put comment lines into keyboard-composed throwaway @command{awk} 1926 programs, but this usually isn't very useful; the purpose of a 1927 comment is to help you or another person understand the program 1928 when reading it at a later time. 1929 1930 @cindex quoting 1931 @cindex single quote (@code{'}), vs. apostrophe 1932 @cindex @code{'} (single quote), vs. apostrophe 1933 @strong{Caution:} As mentioned in 1934 @ref{One-shot}, 1935 you can enclose small to medium programs in single quotes, in order to keep 1936 your shell scripts self-contained. When doing so, @emph{don't} put 1937 an apostrophe (i.e., a single quote) into a comment (or anywhere else 1938 in your program). The shell interprets the quote as the closing 1939 quote for the entire program. As a result, usually the shell 1940 prints a message about mismatched quotes, and if @command{awk} actually 1941 runs, it will probably print strange messages about syntax errors. 1942 For example, look at the following: 1943 1944 @example 1945 $ awk '@{ print "hello" @} # let's be cute' 1946 > 1947 @end example 1948 1949 The shell sees that the first two quotes match, and that 1950 a new quoted object begins at the end of the command line. 1951 It therefore prompts with the secondary prompt, waiting for more input. 1952 With Unix @command{awk}, closing the quoted string produces this result: 1953 1954 @example 1955 $ awk '@{ print "hello" @} # let's be cute' 1956 > ' 1957 @error{} awk: can't open file be 1958 @error{} source line number 1 1959 @end example 1960 1961 @cindex @code{\} (backslash) 1962 @cindex backslash (@code{\}) 1963 Putting a backslash before the single quote in @samp{let's} wouldn't help, 1964 since backslashes are not special inside single quotes. 1965 The next @value{SUBSECTION} describes the shell's quoting rules. 1966 1967 @node Quoting 1968 @subsection Shell-Quoting Issues 1969 @cindex quoting, rules for 1970 1971 For short to medium length @command{awk} programs, it is most convenient 1972 to enter the program on the @command{awk} command line. 1973 This is best done by enclosing the entire program in single quotes. 1974 This is true whether you are entering the program interactively at 1975 the shell prompt, or writing it as part of a larger shell script: 1976 1977 @example 1978 awk '@var{program text}' @var{input-file1} @var{input-file2} @dots{} 1979 @end example 1980 1981 @cindex shells, quoting, rules for 1982 @cindex Bourne shell, quoting rules for 1983 Once you are working with the shell, it is helpful to have a basic 1984 knowledge of shell quoting rules. The following rules apply only to 1985 POSIX-compliant, Bourne-style shells (such as @command{bash}, the GNU Bourne-Again 1986 Shell). If you use @command{csh}, you're on your own. 1987 1988 @itemize @bullet 1989 @item 1990 Quoted items can be concatenated with nonquoted items as well as with other 1991 quoted items. The shell turns everything into one argument for 1992 the command. 1993 1994 @item 1995 Preceding any single character with a backslash (@samp{\}) quotes 1996 that character. The shell removes the backslash and passes the quoted 1997 character on to the command. 1998 1999 @item 2000 @cindex @code{\} (backslash) 2001 @cindex backslash (@code{\}) 2002 @cindex single quote (@code{'}) 2003 @cindex @code{'} (single quote) 2004 Single quotes protect everything between the opening and closing quotes. 2005 The shell does no interpretation of the quoted text, passing it on verbatim 2006 to the command. 2007 It is @emph{impossible} to embed a single quote inside single-quoted text. 2008 Refer back to 2009 @ref{Comments}, 2010 for an example of what happens if you try. 2011 2012 @item 2013 @cindex double quote (@code{"}) 2014 @cindex @code{"} (double quote) 2015 Double quotes protect most things between the opening and closing quotes. 2016 The shell does at least variable and command substitution on the quoted text. 2017 Different shells may do additional kinds of processing on double-quoted text. 2018 2019 Since certain characters within double-quoted text are processed by the shell, 2020 they must be @dfn{escaped} within the text. Of note are the characters 2021 @samp{$}, @samp{`}, @samp{\}, and @samp{"}, all of which must be preceded by 2022 a backslash within double-quoted text if they are to be passed on literally 2023 to the program. (The leading backslash is stripped first.) 2024 Thus, the example seen 2025 @ifnotinfo 2026 previously 2027 @end ifnotinfo 2028 in @ref{Read Terminal}, 2029 is applicable: 2030 2031 @example 2032 $ awk "BEGIN @{ print \"Don't Panic!\" @}" 2033 @print{} Don't Panic! 2034 @end example 2035 2036 @cindex single quote (@code{'}), with double quotes 2037 @cindex @code{'} (single quote), with double quotes 2038 Note that the single quote is not special within double quotes. 2039 2040 @item 2041 Null strings are removed when they occur as part of a non-null 2042 command-line argument, while explicit non-null objects are kept. 2043 For example, to specify that the field separator @code{FS} should 2044 be set to the null string, use: 2045 2046 @example 2047 awk -F "" '@var{program}' @var{files} # correct 2048 @end example 2049 2050 @noindent 2051 @cindex null strings, quoting and 2052 Don't use this: 2053 2054 @example 2055 awk -F"" '@var{program}' @var{files} # wrong! 2056 @end example 2057 2058 @noindent 2059 In the second case, @command{awk} will attempt to use the text of the program 2060 as the value of @code{FS}, and the first @value{FN} as the text of the program! 2061 This results in syntax errors at best, and confusing behavior at worst. 2062 @end itemize 2063 2064 @cindex quoting, tricks for 2065 Mixing single and double quotes is difficult. You have to resort 2066 to shell quoting tricks, like this: 2067 2068 @example 2069 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Here is a single quote <'"'"'>" @}' 2070 @print{} Here is a single quote <'> 2071 @end example 2072 2073 @noindent 2074 This program consists of three concatenated quoted strings. The first and the 2075 third are single-quoted, the second is double-quoted. 2076 2077 This can be ``simplified'' to: 2078 2079 @example 2080 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Here is a single quote <'\''>" @}' 2081 @print{} Here is a single quote <'> 2082 @end example 2083 2084 @noindent 2085 Judge for yourself which of these two is the more readable. 2086 2087 Another option is to use double quotes, escaping the embedded, @command{awk}-level 2088 double quotes: 2089 2090 @example 2091 $ awk "BEGIN @{ print \"Here is a single quote <'>\" @}" 2092 @print{} Here is a single quote <'> 2093 @end example 2094 2095 @noindent 2096 @c ENDOFRANGE sq1x 2097 @c ENDOFRANGE qs2x 2098 This option is also painful, because double quotes, backslashes, and dollar signs 2099 are very common in @command{awk} programs. 2100 2101 If you really need both single and double quotes in your @command{awk} 2102 program, it is probably best to move it into a separate file, where 2103 the shell won't be part of the picture, and you can say what you mean. 2104 2105 @node Sample Data Files 2106 @section @value{DDF}s for the Examples 2107 @c For gawk >= 3.2, update these data files. No-one has such slow modems! 2108 2109 @cindex input files, examples 2110 @cindex @code{BBS-list} file 2111 Many of the examples in this @value{DOCUMENT} take their input from two sample 2112 @value{DF}s. The first, @file{BBS-list}, represents a list of 2113 computer bulletin board systems together with information about those systems. 2114 The second @value{DF}, called @file{inventory-shipped}, contains 2115 information about monthly shipments. In both files, 2116 each line is considered to be one @dfn{record}. 2117 2118 In the @value{DF} @file{BBS-list}, each record contains the name of a computer 2119 bulletin board, its phone number, the board's baud rate(s), and a code for 2120 the number of hours it is operational. An @samp{A} in the last column 2121 means the board operates 24 hours a day. A @samp{B} in the last 2122 column means the board only operates on evening and weekend hours. 2123 A @samp{C} means the board operates only on weekends: 2124 2125 @c 2e: Update the baud rates to reflect today's faster modems 2126 @example 2127 @c system if test ! -d eg ; then mkdir eg ; fi 2128 @c system if test ! -d eg/lib ; then mkdir eg/lib ; fi 2129 @c system if test ! -d eg/data ; then mkdir eg/data ; fi 2130 @c system if test ! -d eg/prog ; then mkdir eg/prog ; fi 2131 @c system if test ! -d eg/misc ; then mkdir eg/misc ; fi 2132 @c file eg/data/BBS-list 2133 aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B 2134 alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A 2135 barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A 2136 bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A 2137 camelot 555-0542 300 C 2138 core 555-2912 1200/300 C 2139 fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 2140 foot 555-6699 1200/300 B 2141 macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A 2142 sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A 2143 sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 2144 @c endfile 2145 @end example 2146 2147 @cindex @code{inventory-shipped} file 2148 The @value{DF} @file{inventory-shipped} represents 2149 information about shipments during the year. 2150 Each record contains the month, the number 2151 of green crates shipped, the number of red boxes shipped, the number of 2152 orange bags shipped, and the number of blue packages shipped, 2153 respectively. There are 16 entries, covering the 12 months of last year 2154 and the first four months of the current year. 2155 2156 @example 2157 @c file eg/data/inventory-shipped 2158 Jan 13 25 15 115 2159 Feb 15 32 24 226 2160 Mar 15 24 34 228 2161 Apr 31 52 63 420 2162 May 16 34 29 208 2163 Jun 31 42 75 492 2164 Jul 24 34 67 436 2165 Aug 15 34 47 316 2166 Sep 13 55 37 277 2167 Oct 29 54 68 525 2168 Nov 20 87 82 577 2169 Dec 17 35 61 401 2170 2171 Jan 21 36 64 620 2172 Feb 26 58 80 652 2173 Mar 24 75 70 495 2174 Apr 21 70 74 514 2175 @c endfile 2176 @end example 2177 2178 @ifinfo 2179 If you are reading this in GNU Emacs using Info, you can copy the regions 2180 of text showing these sample files into your own test files. This way you 2181 can try out the examples shown in the remainder of this document. You do 2182 this by using the command @kbd{M-x write-region} to copy text from the Info 2183 file into a file for use with @command{awk} 2184 (@xref{Misc File Ops, , Miscellaneous File Operations, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, 2185 for more information). Using this information, create your own 2186 @file{BBS-list} and @file{inventory-shipped} files and practice what you 2187 learn in this @value{DOCUMENT}. 2188 2189 @cindex Texinfo 2190 If you are using the stand-alone version of Info, 2191 see @ref{Extract Program}, 2192 for an @command{awk} program that extracts these @value{DF}s from 2193 @file{gawk.texi}, the Texinfo source file for this Info file. 2194 @end ifinfo 2195 2196 @node Very Simple 2197 @section Some Simple Examples 2198 2199 The following command runs a simple @command{awk} program that searches the 2200 input file @file{BBS-list} for the character string @samp{foo} (a 2201 grouping of characters is usually called a @dfn{string}; 2202 the term @dfn{string} is based on similar usage in English, such 2203 as ``a string of pearls,'' or ``a string of cars in a train''): 2204 2205 @example 2206 awk '/foo/ @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list 2207 @end example 2208 2209 @noindent 2210 When lines containing @samp{foo} are found, they are printed because 2211 @w{@samp{print $0}} means print the current line. (Just @samp{print} by 2212 itself means the same thing, so we could have written that 2213 instead.) 2214 2215 You will notice that slashes (@samp{/}) surround the string @samp{foo} 2216 in the @command{awk} program. The slashes indicate that @samp{foo} 2217 is the pattern to search for. This type of pattern is called a 2218 @dfn{regular expression}, which is covered in more detail later 2219 (@pxref{Regexp}). 2220 The pattern is allowed to match parts of words. 2221 There are 2222 single quotes around the @command{awk} program so that the shell won't 2223 interpret any of it as special shell characters. 2224 2225 Here is what this program prints: 2226 2227 @example 2228 $ awk '/foo/ @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list 2229 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 2230 @print{} foot 555-6699 1200/300 B 2231 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A 2232 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 2233 @end example 2234 2235 @cindex actions, default 2236 @cindex patterns, default 2237 In an @command{awk} rule, either the pattern or the action can be omitted, 2238 but not both. If the pattern is omitted, then the action is performed 2239 for @emph{every} input line. If the action is omitted, the default 2240 action is to print all lines that match the pattern. 2241 2242 @cindex actions, empty 2243 Thus, we could leave out the action (the @code{print} statement and the curly 2244 braces) in the previous example and the result would be the same: all 2245 lines matching the pattern @samp{foo} are printed. By comparison, 2246 omitting the @code{print} statement but retaining the curly braces makes an 2247 empty action that does nothing (i.e., no lines are printed). 2248 2249 @cindex @command{awk} programs, one-line examples 2250 Many practical @command{awk} programs are just a line or two. Following is a 2251 collection of useful, short programs to get you started. Some of these 2252 programs contain constructs that haven't been covered yet. (The description 2253 of the program will give you a good idea of what is going on, but please 2254 read the rest of the @value{DOCUMENT} to become an @command{awk} expert!) 2255 Most of the examples use a @value{DF} named @file{data}. This is just a 2256 placeholder; if you use these programs yourself, substitute 2257 your own @value{FN}s for @file{data}. 2258 For future reference, note that there is often more than 2259 one way to do things in @command{awk}. At some point, you may want 2260 to look back at these examples and see if 2261 you can come up with different ways to do the same things shown here: 2262 2263 @itemize @bullet 2264 @item 2265 Print the length of the longest input line: 2266 2267 @example 2268 awk '@{ if (length($0) > max) max = length($0) @} 2269 END @{ print max @}' data 2270 @end example 2271 2272 @item 2273 Print every line that is longer than 80 characters: 2274 2275 @example 2276 awk 'length($0) > 80' data 2277 @end example 2278 2279 The sole rule has a relational expression as its pattern and it has no 2280 action---so the default action, printing the record, is used. 2281 2282 @cindex @command{expand} utility 2283 @item 2284 Print the length of the longest line in @file{data}: 2285 2286 @example 2287 expand data | awk '@{ if (x < length()) x = length() @} 2288 END @{ print "maximum line length is " x @}' 2289 @end example 2290 2291 The input is processed by the @command{expand} utility to change tabs 2292 into spaces, so the widths compared are actually the right-margin columns. 2293 2294 @item 2295 Print every line that has at least one field: 2296 2297 @example 2298 awk 'NF > 0' data 2299 @end example 2300 2301 This is an easy way to delete blank lines from a file (or rather, to 2302 create a new file similar to the old file but from which the blank lines 2303 have been removed). 2304 2305 @item 2306 Print seven random numbers from 0 to 100, inclusive: 2307 2308 @example 2309 awk 'BEGIN @{ for (i = 1; i <= 7; i++) 2310 print int(101 * rand()) @}' 2311 @end example 2312 2313 @item 2314 Print the total number of bytes used by @var{files}: 2315 2316 @example 2317 ls -l @var{files} | awk '@{ x += $5 @} 2318 END @{ print "total bytes: " x @}' 2319 @end example 2320 2321 @item 2322 Print the total number of kilobytes used by @var{files}: 2323 2324 @c Don't use \ continuation, not discussed yet 2325 @example 2326 ls -l @var{files} | awk '@{ x += $5 @} 2327 END @{ print "total K-bytes: " (x + 1023)/1024 @}' 2328 @end example 2329 2330 @item 2331 Print a sorted list of the login names of all users: 2332 2333 @example 2334 awk -F: '@{ print $1 @}' /etc/passwd | sort 2335 @end example 2336 2337 @item 2338 Count the lines in a file: 2339 2340 @example 2341 awk 'END @{ print NR @}' data 2342 @end example 2343 2344 @item 2345 Print the even-numbered lines in the @value{DF}: 2346 2347 @example 2348 awk 'NR % 2 == 0' data 2349 @end example 2350 2351 If you use the expression @samp{NR % 2 == 1} instead, 2352 the program would print the odd-numbered lines. 2353 @end itemize 2354 2355 @node Two Rules 2356 @section An Example with Two Rules 2357 @cindex @command{awk} programs 2358 2359 The @command{awk} utility reads the input files one line at a 2360 time. For each line, @command{awk} tries the patterns of each of the rules. 2361 If several patterns match, then several actions are run in the order in 2362 which they appear in the @command{awk} program. If no patterns match, then 2363 no actions are run. 2364 2365 After processing all the rules that match the line (and perhaps there are none), 2366 @command{awk} reads the next line. (However, 2367 @pxref{Next Statement}, 2368 and also @pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 2369 This continues until the program reaches the end of the file. 2370 For example, the following @command{awk} program contains two rules: 2371 2372 @example 2373 /12/ @{ print $0 @} 2374 /21/ @{ print $0 @} 2375 @end example 2376 2377 @noindent 2378 The first rule has the string @samp{12} as the 2379 pattern and @samp{print $0} as the action. The second rule has the 2380 string @samp{21} as the pattern and also has @samp{print $0} as the 2381 action. Each rule's action is enclosed in its own pair of braces. 2382 2383 This program prints every line that contains the string 2384 @samp{12} @emph{or} the string @samp{21}. If a line contains both 2385 strings, it is printed twice, once by each rule. 2386 2387 This is what happens if we run this program on our two sample @value{DF}s, 2388 @file{BBS-list} and @file{inventory-shipped}: 2389 2390 @example 2391 $ awk '/12/ @{ print $0 @} 2392 > /21/ @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list inventory-shipped 2393 @print{} aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B 2394 @print{} alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A 2395 @print{} barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A 2396 @print{} bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A 2397 @print{} core 555-2912 1200/300 C 2398 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 2399 @print{} foot 555-6699 1200/300 B 2400 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A 2401 @print{} sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A 2402 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 2403 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 2404 @print{} Jan 21 36 64 620 2405 @print{} Apr 21 70 74 514 2406 @end example 2407 2408 @noindent 2409 Note how the line beginning with @samp{sabafoo} 2410 in @file{BBS-list} was printed twice, once for each rule. 2411 2412 @node More Complex 2413 @section A More Complex Example 2414 2415 Now that we've mastered some simple tasks, let's look at 2416 what typical @command{awk} 2417 programs do. This example shows how @command{awk} can be used to 2418 summarize, select, and rearrange the output of another utility. It uses 2419 features that haven't been covered yet, so don't worry if you don't 2420 understand all the details: 2421 2422 @example 2423 ls -l | awk '$6 == "Nov" @{ sum += $5 @} 2424 END @{ print sum @}' 2425 @end example 2426 2427 @cindex @command{csh} utility, backslash continuation and 2428 @cindex @command{ls} utility 2429 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), continuing lines and, in @command{csh} 2430 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), continuing lines and, in @command{csh} 2431 This command prints the total number of bytes in all the files in the 2432 current directory that were last modified in November (of any year). 2433 @footnote{In the C shell (@command{csh}), you need to type 2434 a semicolon and then a backslash at the end of the first line; see 2435 @ref{Statements/Lines}, for an 2436 explanation. In a POSIX-compliant shell, such as the Bourne 2437 shell or @command{bash}, you can type the example as shown. If the command 2438 @samp{echo $path} produces an empty output line, you are most likely 2439 using a POSIX-compliant shell. Otherwise, you are probably using the 2440 C shell or a shell derived from it.} 2441 The @w{@samp{ls -l}} part of this example is a system command that gives 2442 you a listing of the files in a directory, including each file's size and the date 2443 the file was last modified. Its output looks like this: 2444 2445 @example 2446 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 1933 Nov 7 13:05 Makefile 2447 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 10809 Nov 7 13:03 awk.h 2448 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 983 Apr 13 12:14 awk.tab.h 2449 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 31869 Jun 15 12:20 awk.y 2450 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 22414 Nov 7 13:03 awk1.c 2451 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 37455 Nov 7 13:03 awk2.c 2452 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 27511 Dec 9 13:07 awk3.c 2453 -rw-r--r-- 1 arnold user 7989 Nov 7 13:03 awk4.c 2454 @end example 2455 2456 @noindent 2457 @cindex line continuations, with C shell 2458 The first field contains read-write permissions, the second field contains 2459 the number of links to the file, and the third field identifies the owner of 2460 the file. The fourth field identifies the group of the file. 2461 The fifth field contains the size of the file in bytes. The 2462 sixth, seventh, and eighth fields contain the month, day, and time, 2463 respectively, that the file was last modified. Finally, the ninth field 2464 contains the name of the file.@footnote{On some 2465 very old systems, you may need to use @samp{ls -lg} to get this output.} 2466 2467 @c @cindex automatic initialization 2468 @cindex initialization, automatic 2469 The @samp{$6 == "Nov"} in our @command{awk} program is an expression that 2470 tests whether the sixth field of the output from @w{@samp{ls -l}} 2471 matches the string @samp{Nov}. Each time a line has the string 2472 @samp{Nov} for its sixth field, the action @samp{sum += $5} is 2473 performed. This adds the fifth field (the file's size) to the variable 2474 @code{sum}. As a result, when @command{awk} has finished reading all the 2475 input lines, @code{sum} is the total of the sizes of the files whose 2476 lines matched the pattern. (This works because @command{awk} variables 2477 are automatically initialized to zero.) 2478 2479 After the last line of output from @command{ls} has been processed, the 2480 @code{END} rule executes and prints the value of @code{sum}. 2481 In this example, the value of @code{sum} is 80600. 2482 2483 These more advanced @command{awk} techniques are covered in later sections 2484 (@pxref{Action Overview}). Before you can move on to more 2485 advanced @command{awk} programming, you have to know how @command{awk} interprets 2486 your input and displays your output. By manipulating fields and using 2487 @code{print} statements, you can produce some very useful and 2488 impressive-looking reports. 2489 2490 @node Statements/Lines 2491 @section @command{awk} Statements Versus Lines 2492 @cindex line breaks 2493 @cindex newlines 2494 2495 Most often, each line in an @command{awk} program is a separate statement or 2496 separate rule, like this: 2497 2498 @example 2499 awk '/12/ @{ print $0 @} 2500 /21/ @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list inventory-shipped 2501 @end example 2502 2503 @cindex @command{gawk}, newlines in 2504 However, @command{gawk} ignores newlines after any of the following 2505 symbols and keywords: 2506 2507 @example 2508 , @{ ? : || && do else 2509 @end example 2510 2511 @noindent 2512 A newline at any other point is considered the end of the 2513 statement.@footnote{The @samp{?} and @samp{:} referred to here is the 2514 three-operand conditional expression described in 2515 @ref{Conditional Exp}. 2516 Splitting lines after @samp{?} and @samp{:} is a minor @command{gawk} 2517 extension; if @option{--posix} is specified 2518 (@pxref{Options}), then this extension is disabled.} 2519 2520 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), continuing lines and 2521 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), continuing lines and 2522 If you would like to split a single statement into two lines at a point 2523 where a newline would terminate it, you can @dfn{continue} it by ending the 2524 first line with a backslash character (@samp{\}). The backslash must be 2525 the final character on the line in order to be recognized as a continuation 2526 character. A backslash is allowed anywhere in the statement, even 2527 in the middle of a string or regular expression. For example: 2528 2529 @example 2530 awk '/This regular expression is too long, so continue it\ 2531 on the next line/ @{ print $1 @}' 2532 @end example 2533 2534 @noindent 2535 @cindex portability, backslash continuation and 2536 We have generally not used backslash continuation in the sample programs 2537 in this @value{DOCUMENT}. In @command{gawk}, there is no limit on the 2538 length of a line, so backslash continuation is never strictly necessary; 2539 it just makes programs more readable. For this same reason, as well as 2540 for clarity, we have kept most statements short in the sample programs 2541 presented throughout the @value{DOCUMENT}. Backslash continuation is 2542 most useful when your @command{awk} program is in a separate source file 2543 instead of entered from the command line. You should also note that 2544 many @command{awk} implementations are more particular about where you 2545 may use backslash continuation. For example, they may not allow you to 2546 split a string constant using backslash continuation. Thus, for maximum 2547 portability of your @command{awk} programs, it is best not to split your 2548 lines in the middle of a regular expression or a string. 2549 @c 10/2000: gawk, mawk, and current bell labs awk allow it, 2550 @c solaris 2.7 nawk does not. Solaris /usr/xpg4/bin/awk does though! sigh. 2551 2552 @cindex @command{csh} utility 2553 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), continuing lines and, in @command{csh} 2554 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), continuing lines and, in @command{csh} 2555 @strong{Caution:} @emph{Backslash continuation does not work as described 2556 with the C shell.} It works for @command{awk} programs in files and 2557 for one-shot programs, @emph{provided} you are using a POSIX-compliant 2558 shell, such as the Unix Bourne shell or @command{bash}. But the C shell behaves 2559 differently! There, you must use two backslashes in a row, followed by 2560 a newline. Note also that when using the C shell, @emph{every} newline 2561 in your awk program must be escaped with a backslash. To illustrate: 2562 2563 @example 2564 % awk 'BEGIN @{ \ 2565 ? print \\ 2566 ? "hello, world" \ 2567 ? @}' 2568 @print{} hello, world 2569 @end example 2570 2571 @noindent 2572 Here, the @samp{%} and @samp{?} are the C shell's primary and secondary 2573 prompts, analogous to the standard shell's @samp{$} and @samp{>}. 2574 2575 Compare the previous example to how it is done with a POSIX-compliant shell: 2576 2577 @example 2578 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 2579 > print \ 2580 > "hello, world" 2581 > @}' 2582 @print{} hello, world 2583 @end example 2584 2585 @command{awk} is a line-oriented language. Each rule's action has to 2586 begin on the same line as the pattern. To have the pattern and action 2587 on separate lines, you @emph{must} use backslash continuation; there 2588 is no other option. 2589 2590 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), continuing lines and, comments and 2591 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), continuing lines and, comments and 2592 @cindex commenting, backslash continuation and 2593 Another thing to keep in mind is that backslash continuation and 2594 comments do not mix. As soon as @command{awk} sees the @samp{#} that 2595 starts a comment, it ignores @emph{everything} on the rest of the 2596 line. For example: 2597 2598 @example 2599 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ print "dont panic" # a friendly \ 2600 > BEGIN rule 2601 > @}' 2602 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN rule 2603 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error 2604 @end example 2605 2606 @noindent 2607 In this case, it looks like the backslash would continue the comment onto the 2608 next line. However, the backslash-newline combination is never even 2609 noticed because it is ``hidden'' inside the comment. Thus, the 2610 @code{BEGIN} is noted as a syntax error. 2611 2612 @cindex statements, multiple 2613 @cindex @code{;} (semicolon) 2614 @cindex semicolon (@code{;}) 2615 When @command{awk} statements within one rule are short, you might want to put 2616 more than one of them on a line. This is accomplished by separating the statements 2617 with a semicolon (@samp{;}). 2618 This also applies to the rules themselves. 2619 Thus, the program shown at the start of this @value{SECTION} 2620 could also be written this way: 2621 2622 @example 2623 /12/ @{ print $0 @} ; /21/ @{ print $0 @} 2624 @end example 2625 2626 @noindent 2627 @strong{Note:} The requirement that states that rules on the same line must be 2628 separated with a semicolon was not in the original @command{awk} 2629 language; it was added for consistency with the treatment of statements 2630 within an action. 2631 2632 @node Other Features 2633 @section Other Features of @command{awk} 2634 2635 @cindex variables 2636 The @command{awk} language provides a number of predefined, or 2637 @dfn{built-in}, variables that your programs can use to get information 2638 from @command{awk}. There are other variables your program can set 2639 as well to control how @command{awk} processes your data. 2640 2641 In addition, @command{awk} provides a number of built-in functions for doing 2642 common computational and string-related operations. 2643 @command{gawk} provides built-in functions for working with timestamps, 2644 performing bit manipulation, and for runtime string translation. 2645 2646 As we develop our presentation of the @command{awk} language, we introduce 2647 most of the variables and many of the functions. They are defined 2648 systematically in @ref{Built-in Variables}, and 2649 @ref{Built-in}. 2650 2651 @node When 2652 @section When to Use @command{awk} 2653 2654 @cindex @command{awk}, uses for 2655 Now that you've seen some of what @command{awk} can do, 2656 you might wonder how @command{awk} could be useful for you. By using 2657 utility programs, advanced patterns, field separators, arithmetic 2658 statements, and other selection criteria, you can produce much more 2659 complex output. The @command{awk} language is very useful for producing 2660 reports from large amounts of raw data, such as summarizing information 2661 from the output of other utility programs like @command{ls}. 2662 (@xref{More Complex}.) 2663 2664 Programs written with @command{awk} are usually much smaller than they would 2665 be in other languages. This makes @command{awk} programs easy to compose and 2666 use. Often, @command{awk} programs can be quickly composed at your terminal, 2667 used once, and thrown away. Because @command{awk} programs are interpreted, you 2668 can avoid the (usually lengthy) compilation part of the typical 2669 edit-compile-test-debug cycle of software development. 2670 2671 Complex programs have been written in @command{awk}, including a complete 2672 retargetable assembler for eight-bit microprocessors (@pxref{Glossary}, for 2673 more information), and a microcode assembler for a special-purpose Prolog 2674 computer. However, @command{awk}'s capabilities are strained by tasks of 2675 such complexity. 2676 2677 @cindex @command{awk} programs, complex 2678 If you find yourself writing @command{awk} scripts of more than, say, a few 2679 hundred lines, you might consider using a different programming 2680 language. Emacs Lisp is a good choice if you need sophisticated string 2681 or pattern matching capabilities. The shell is also good at string and 2682 pattern matching; in addition, it allows powerful use of the system 2683 utilities. More conventional languages, such as C, C++, and Java, offer 2684 better facilities for system programming and for managing the complexity 2685 of large programs. Programs in these languages may require more lines 2686 of source code than the equivalent @command{awk} programs, but they are 2687 easier to maintain and usually run more efficiently. 2688 2689 @node Regexp 2690 @chapter Regular Expressions 2691 @cindex regexp, See regular expressions 2692 @c STARTOFRANGE regexp 2693 @cindex regular expressions 2694 2695 A @dfn{regular expression}, or @dfn{regexp}, is a way of describing a 2696 set of strings. 2697 Because regular expressions are such a fundamental part of @command{awk} 2698 programming, their format and use deserve a separate @value{CHAPTER}. 2699 2700 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}) 2701 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash) 2702 A regular expression enclosed in slashes (@samp{/}) 2703 is an @command{awk} pattern that matches every input record whose text 2704 belongs to that set. 2705 The simplest regular expression is a sequence of letters, numbers, or 2706 both. Such a regexp matches any string that contains that sequence. 2707 Thus, the regexp @samp{foo} matches any string containing @samp{foo}. 2708 Therefore, the pattern @code{/foo/} matches any input record containing 2709 the three characters @samp{foo} @emph{anywhere} in the record. Other 2710 kinds of regexps let you specify more complicated classes of strings. 2711 2712 @ifnotinfo 2713 Initially, the examples in this @value{CHAPTER} are simple. 2714 As we explain more about how 2715 regular expressions work, we will present more complicated instances. 2716 @end ifnotinfo 2717 2718 @menu 2719 * Regexp Usage:: How to Use Regular Expressions. 2720 * Escape Sequences:: How to write nonprinting characters. 2721 * Regexp Operators:: Regular Expression Operators. 2722 * Character Lists:: What can go between @samp{[...]}. 2723 * GNU Regexp Operators:: Operators specific to GNU software. 2724 * Case-sensitivity:: How to do case-insensitive matching. 2725 * Leftmost Longest:: How much text matches. 2726 * Computed Regexps:: Using Dynamic Regexps. 2727 * Locales:: How the locale affects things. 2728 @end menu 2729 2730 @node Regexp Usage 2731 @section How to Use Regular Expressions 2732 2733 @cindex regular expressions, as patterns 2734 A regular expression can be used as a pattern by enclosing it in 2735 slashes. Then the regular expression is tested against the 2736 entire text of each record. (Normally, it only needs 2737 to match some part of the text in order to succeed.) For example, the 2738 following prints the second field of each record that contains the string 2739 @samp{foo} anywhere in it: 2740 2741 @example 2742 $ awk '/foo/ @{ print $2 @}' BBS-list 2743 @print{} 555-1234 2744 @print{} 555-6699 2745 @print{} 555-6480 2746 @print{} 555-2127 2747 @end example 2748 2749 @cindex regular expressions, operators 2750 @cindex operators, string-matching 2751 @c @cindex operators, @code{~} 2752 @cindex string-matching operators 2753 @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 2754 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 2755 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 2756 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 2757 @c @cindex operators, @code{!~} 2758 @cindex @code{if} statement 2759 @cindex @code{while} statement 2760 @cindex @code{do}-@code{while} statement 2761 @c @cindex statements, @code{if} 2762 @c @cindex statements, @code{while} 2763 @c @cindex statements, @code{do} 2764 Regular expressions can also be used in matching expressions. These 2765 expressions allow you to specify the string to match against; it need 2766 not be the entire current input record. The two operators @samp{~} 2767 and @samp{!~} perform regular expression comparisons. Expressions 2768 using these operators can be used as patterns, or in @code{if}, 2769 @code{while}, @code{for}, and @code{do} statements. 2770 (@xref{Statements}.) 2771 For example: 2772 2773 @example 2774 @var{exp} ~ /@var{regexp}/ 2775 @end example 2776 2777 @noindent 2778 is true if the expression @var{exp} (taken as a string) 2779 matches @var{regexp}. The following example matches, or selects, 2780 all input records with the uppercase letter @samp{J} somewhere in the 2781 first field: 2782 2783 @example 2784 $ awk '$1 ~ /J/' inventory-shipped 2785 @print{} Jan 13 25 15 115 2786 @print{} Jun 31 42 75 492 2787 @print{} Jul 24 34 67 436 2788 @print{} Jan 21 36 64 620 2789 @end example 2790 2791 So does this: 2792 2793 @example 2794 awk '@{ if ($1 ~ /J/) print @}' inventory-shipped 2795 @end example 2796 2797 This next example is true if the expression @var{exp} 2798 (taken as a character string) 2799 does @emph{not} match @var{regexp}: 2800 2801 @example 2802 @var{exp} !~ /@var{regexp}/ 2803 @end example 2804 2805 The following example matches, 2806 or selects, all input records whose first field @emph{does not} contain 2807 the uppercase letter @samp{J}: 2808 2809 @example 2810 $ awk '$1 !~ /J/' inventory-shipped 2811 @print{} Feb 15 32 24 226 2812 @print{} Mar 15 24 34 228 2813 @print{} Apr 31 52 63 420 2814 @print{} May 16 34 29 208 2815 @dots{} 2816 @end example 2817 2818 @cindex regexp constants 2819 @cindex regular expressions, constants, See regexp constants 2820 When a regexp is enclosed in slashes, such as @code{/foo/}, we call it 2821 a @dfn{regexp constant}, much like @code{5.27} is a numeric constant and 2822 @code{"foo"} is a string constant. 2823 2824 @node Escape Sequences 2825 @section Escape Sequences 2826 2827 @cindex escape sequences 2828 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), in escape sequences 2829 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), in escape sequences 2830 Some characters cannot be included literally in string constants 2831 (@code{"foo"}) or regexp constants (@code{/foo/}). 2832 Instead, they should be represented with @dfn{escape sequences}, 2833 which are character sequences beginning with a backslash (@samp{\}). 2834 One use of an escape sequence is to include a double-quote character in 2835 a string constant. Because a plain double quote ends the string, you 2836 must use @samp{\"} to represent an actual double-quote character as a 2837 part of the string. For example: 2838 2839 @example 2840 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print "He said \"hi!\" to her." @}' 2841 @print{} He said "hi!" to her. 2842 @end example 2843 2844 The backslash character itself is another character that cannot be 2845 included normally; you must write @samp{\\} to put one backslash in the 2846 string or regexp. Thus, the string whose contents are the two characters 2847 @samp{"} and @samp{\} must be written @code{"\"\\"}. 2848 2849 Backslash also represents unprintable characters 2850 such as TAB or newline. While there is nothing to stop you from entering most 2851 unprintable characters directly in a string constant or regexp constant, 2852 they may look ugly. 2853 2854 The following table lists 2855 all the escape sequences used in @command{awk} and 2856 what they represent. Unless noted otherwise, all these escape 2857 sequences apply to both string constants and regexp constants: 2858 2859 @table @code 2860 @item \\ 2861 A literal backslash, @samp{\}. 2862 2863 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, V.4 version 2864 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\a} escape sequence 2865 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\a} escape sequence 2866 @item \a 2867 The ``alert'' character, @kbd{@value{CTL}-g}, ASCII code 7 (BEL). 2868 (This usually makes some sort of audible noise.) 2869 2870 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\b} escape sequence 2871 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\b} escape sequence 2872 @item \b 2873 Backspace, @kbd{@value{CTL}-h}, ASCII code 8 (BS). 2874 2875 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\f} escape sequence 2876 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\f} escape sequence 2877 @item \f 2878 Formfeed, @kbd{@value{CTL}-l}, ASCII code 12 (FF). 2879 2880 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\n} escape sequence 2881 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\n} escape sequence 2882 @item \n 2883 Newline, @kbd{@value{CTL}-j}, ASCII code 10 (LF). 2884 2885 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\r} escape sequence 2886 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\r} escape sequence 2887 @item \r 2888 Carriage return, @kbd{@value{CTL}-m}, ASCII code 13 (CR). 2889 2890 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\t} escape sequence 2891 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\t} escape sequence 2892 @item \t 2893 Horizontal TAB, @kbd{@value{CTL}-i}, ASCII code 9 (HT). 2894 2895 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, V.4 version 2896 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\v} escape sequence 2897 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\v} escape sequence 2898 @item \v 2899 Vertical tab, @kbd{@value{CTL}-k}, ASCII code 11 (VT). 2900 2901 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\}@var{nnn} escape sequence 2902 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\}@var{nnn} escape sequence 2903 @item \@var{nnn} 2904 The octal value @var{nnn}, where @var{nnn} stands for 1 to 3 digits 2905 between @samp{0} and @samp{7}. For example, the code for the ASCII ESC 2906 (escape) character is @samp{\033}. 2907 2908 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, V.4 version 2909 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 2910 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\x} escape sequence 2911 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\x} escape sequence 2912 @item \x@var{hh}@dots{} 2913 The hexadecimal value @var{hh}, where @var{hh} stands for a sequence 2914 of hexadecimal digits (@samp{0}--@samp{9}, and either @samp{A}--@samp{F} 2915 or @samp{a}--@samp{f}). Like the same construct 2916 in ISO C, the escape sequence continues until the first nonhexadecimal 2917 digit is seen. However, using more than two hexadecimal digits produces 2918 undefined results. (The @samp{\x} escape sequence is not allowed in 2919 POSIX @command{awk}.) 2920 2921 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\/} escape sequence 2922 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\/} escape sequence 2923 @item \/ 2924 A literal slash (necessary for regexp constants only). 2925 This expression is used when you want to write a regexp 2926 constant that contains a slash. Because the regexp is delimited by 2927 slashes, you need to escape the slash that is part of the pattern, 2928 in order to tell @command{awk} to keep processing the rest of the regexp. 2929 2930 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\"} escape sequence 2931 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\"} escape sequence 2932 @item \" 2933 A literal double quote (necessary for string constants only). 2934 This expression is used when you want to write a string 2935 constant that contains a double quote. Because the string is delimited by 2936 double quotes, you need to escape the quote that is part of the string, 2937 in order to tell @command{awk} to keep processing the rest of the string. 2938 @end table 2939 2940 In @command{gawk}, a number of additional two-character sequences that begin 2941 with a backslash have special meaning in regexps. 2942 @xref{GNU Regexp Operators}. 2943 2944 In a regexp, a backslash before any character that is not in the previous list 2945 and not listed in 2946 @ref{GNU Regexp Operators}, 2947 means that the next character should be taken literally, even if it would 2948 normally be a regexp operator. For example, @code{/a\+b/} matches the three 2949 characters @samp{a+b}. 2950 2951 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), in escape sequences 2952 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), in escape sequences 2953 @cindex portability 2954 For complete portability, do not use a backslash before any character not 2955 shown in the previous list. 2956 2957 To summarize: 2958 2959 @itemize @bullet 2960 @item 2961 The escape sequences in the table above are always processed first, 2962 for both string constants and regexp constants. This happens very early, 2963 as soon as @command{awk} reads your program. 2964 2965 @item 2966 @command{gawk} processes both regexp constants and dynamic regexps 2967 (@pxref{Computed Regexps}), 2968 for the special operators listed in 2969 @ref{GNU Regexp Operators}. 2970 2971 @item 2972 A backslash before any other character means to treat that character 2973 literally. 2974 @end itemize 2975 2976 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 2977 @subheading Advanced Notes: Backslash Before Regular Characters 2978 @cindex portability, backslash in escape sequences 2979 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, backslashes in string constants 2980 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), in escape sequences, POSIX and 2981 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), in escape sequences, POSIX and 2982 2983 @cindex troubleshooting, backslash before nonspecial character 2984 If you place a backslash in a string constant before something that is 2985 not one of the characters previously listed, POSIX @command{awk} purposely 2986 leaves what happens as undefined. There are two choices: 2987 2988 @c @cindex automatic warnings 2989 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 2990 @table @asis 2991 @item Strip the backslash out 2992 This is what Unix @command{awk} and @command{gawk} both do. 2993 For example, @code{"a\qc"} is the same as @code{"aqc"}. 2994 (Because this is such an easy bug both to introduce and to miss, 2995 @command{gawk} warns you about it.) 2996 Consider @samp{FS = @w{"[ \t]+\|[ \t]+"}} to use vertical bars 2997 surrounded by whitespace as the field separator. There should be 2998 two backslashes in the string @samp{FS = @w{"[ \t]+\\|[ \t]+"}}.) 2999 @c I did this! This is why I added the warning. 3000 3001 @cindex @command{gawk}, escape sequences 3002 @cindex Unix @command{awk}, backslashes in escape sequences 3003 @item Leave the backslash alone 3004 Some other @command{awk} implementations do this. 3005 In such implementations, typing @code{"a\qc"} is the same as typing 3006 @code{"a\\qc"}. 3007 @end table 3008 3009 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 3010 @subheading Advanced Notes: Escape Sequences for Metacharacters 3011 @cindex metacharacters, escape sequences for 3012 3013 Suppose you use an octal or hexadecimal 3014 escape to represent a regexp metacharacter. 3015 (See @ref{Regexp Operators}.) 3016 Does @command{awk} treat the character as a literal character or as a regexp 3017 operator? 3018 3019 @cindex dark corner, escape sequences, for metacharacters 3020 Historically, such characters were taken literally. 3021 @value{DARKCORNER} 3022 However, the POSIX standard indicates that they should be treated 3023 as real metacharacters, which is what @command{gawk} does. 3024 In compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}), 3025 @command{gawk} treats the characters represented by octal and hexadecimal 3026 escape sequences literally when used in regexp constants. Thus, 3027 @code{/a\52b/} is equivalent to @code{/a\*b/}. 3028 3029 @node Regexp Operators 3030 @section Regular Expression Operators 3031 @c STARTOFRANGE regexpo 3032 @cindex regular expressions, operators 3033 3034 You can combine regular expressions with special characters, 3035 called @dfn{regular expression operators} or @dfn{metacharacters}, to 3036 increase the power and versatility of regular expressions. 3037 3038 The escape sequences described 3039 @ifnotinfo 3040 earlier 3041 @end ifnotinfo 3042 in @ref{Escape Sequences}, 3043 are valid inside a regexp. They are introduced by a @samp{\} and 3044 are recognized and converted into corresponding real characters as 3045 the very first step in processing regexps. 3046 3047 Here is a list of metacharacters. All characters that are not escape 3048 sequences and that are not listed in the table stand for themselves: 3049 3050 @table @code 3051 @cindex backslash (@code{\}) 3052 @cindex @code{\} (backslash) 3053 @item \ 3054 This is used to suppress the special meaning of a character when 3055 matching. For example, @samp{\$} 3056 matches the character @samp{$}. 3057 3058 @cindex regular expressions, anchors in 3059 @cindex Texinfo, chapter beginnings in files 3060 @cindex @code{^} (caret) 3061 @cindex caret (@code{^}) 3062 @item ^ 3063 This matches the beginning of a string. For example, @samp{^@@chapter} 3064 matches @samp{@@chapter} at the beginning of a string and can be used 3065 to identify chapter beginnings in Texinfo source files. 3066 The @samp{^} is known as an @dfn{anchor}, because it anchors the pattern to 3067 match only at the beginning of the string. 3068 3069 It is important to realize that @samp{^} does not match the beginning of 3070 a line embedded in a string. 3071 The condition is not true in the following example: 3072 3073 @example 3074 if ("line1\nLINE 2" ~ /^L/) @dots{} 3075 @end example 3076 3077 @cindex @code{$} (dollar sign) 3078 @cindex dollar sign (@code{$}) 3079 @item $ 3080 This is similar to @samp{^}, but it matches only at the end of a string. 3081 For example, @samp{p$} 3082 matches a record that ends with a @samp{p}. The @samp{$} is an anchor 3083 and does not match the end of a line embedded in a string. 3084 The condition in the following example is not true: 3085 3086 @example 3087 if ("line1\nLINE 2" ~ /1$/) @dots{} 3088 @end example 3089 3090 @cindex @code{.} (period) 3091 @cindex period (@code{.}) 3092 @item . 3093 This matches any single character, 3094 @emph{including} the newline character. For example, @samp{.P} 3095 matches any single character followed by a @samp{P} in a string. Using 3096 concatenation, we can make a regular expression such as @samp{U.A}, which 3097 matches any three-character sequence that begins with @samp{U} and ends 3098 with @samp{A}. 3099 3100 @c comma before using does NOT do tertiary 3101 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, period (@code{.}), using 3102 In strict POSIX mode (@pxref{Options}), 3103 @samp{.} does not match the @sc{nul} 3104 character, which is a character with all bits equal to zero. 3105 Otherwise, @sc{nul} is just another character. Other versions of @command{awk} 3106 may not be able to match the @sc{nul} character. 3107 3108 @cindex @code{[]} (square brackets) 3109 @cindex square brackets (@code{[]}) 3110 @cindex character lists 3111 @cindex character sets, See Also character lists 3112 @cindex bracket expressions, See character lists 3113 @item [@dots{}] 3114 This is called a @dfn{character list}.@footnote{In other literature, 3115 you may see a character list referred to as either a 3116 @dfn{character set}, a @dfn{character class}, or a @dfn{bracket expression}.} 3117 It matches any @emph{one} of the characters that are enclosed in 3118 the square brackets. For example, @samp{[MVX]} matches any one of 3119 the characters @samp{M}, @samp{V}, or @samp{X} in a string. A full 3120 discussion of what can be inside the square brackets of a character list 3121 is given in 3122 @ref{Character Lists}. 3123 3124 @cindex character lists, complemented 3125 @item [^ @dots{}] 3126 This is a @dfn{complemented character list}. The first character after 3127 the @samp{[} @emph{must} be a @samp{^}. It matches any characters 3128 @emph{except} those in the square brackets. For example, @samp{[^awk]} 3129 matches any character that is not an @samp{a}, @samp{w}, 3130 or @samp{k}. 3131 3132 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar) 3133 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}) 3134 @item | 3135 This is the @dfn{alternation operator} and it is used to specify 3136 alternatives. 3137 The @samp{|} has the lowest precedence of all the regular 3138 expression operators. 3139 For example, @samp{^P|[[:digit:]]} 3140 matches any string that matches either @samp{^P} or @samp{[[:digit:]]}. This 3141 means it matches any string that starts with @samp{P} or contains a digit. 3142 3143 The alternation applies to the largest possible regexps on either side. 3144 3145 @cindex @code{()} (parentheses) 3146 @cindex parentheses @code{()} 3147 @item (@dots{}) 3148 Parentheses are used for grouping in regular expressions, as in 3149 arithmetic. They can be used to concatenate regular expressions 3150 containing the alternation operator, @samp{|}. For example, 3151 @samp{@@(samp|code)\@{[^@}]+\@}} matches both @samp{@@code@{foo@}} and 3152 @samp{@@samp@{bar@}}. 3153 (These are Texinfo formatting control sequences. The @samp{+} is 3154 explained further on in this list.) 3155 3156 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{*} operator, as regexp operator 3157 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{*} operator, as regexp operator 3158 @item * 3159 This symbol means that the preceding regular expression should be 3160 repeated as many times as necessary to find a match. For example, @samp{ph*} 3161 applies the @samp{*} symbol to the preceding @samp{h} and looks for matches 3162 of one @samp{p} followed by any number of @samp{h}s. This also matches 3163 just @samp{p} if no @samp{h}s are present. 3164 3165 The @samp{*} repeats the @emph{smallest} possible preceding expression. 3166 (Use parentheses if you want to repeat a larger expression.) It finds 3167 as many repetitions as possible. For example, 3168 @samp{awk '/\(c[ad][ad]*r x\)/ @{ print @}' sample} 3169 prints every record in @file{sample} containing a string of the form 3170 @samp{(car x)}, @samp{(cdr x)}, @samp{(cadr x)}, and so on. 3171 Notice the escaping of the parentheses by preceding them 3172 with backslashes. 3173 3174 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign) 3175 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}) 3176 @item + 3177 This symbol is similar to @samp{*}, except that the preceding expression must be 3178 matched at least once. This means that @samp{wh+y} 3179 would match @samp{why} and @samp{whhy}, but not @samp{wy}, whereas 3180 @samp{wh*y} would match all three of these strings. 3181 The following is a simpler 3182 way of writing the last @samp{*} example: 3183 3184 @example 3185 awk '/\(c[ad]+r x\)/ @{ print @}' sample 3186 @end example 3187 3188 @cindex @code{?} (question mark) 3189 @cindex question mark (@code{?}) 3190 @item ? 3191 This symbol is similar to @samp{*}, except that the preceding expression can be 3192 matched either once or not at all. For example, @samp{fe?d} 3193 matches @samp{fed} and @samp{fd}, but nothing else. 3194 3195 @cindex interval expressions 3196 @item @{@var{n}@} 3197 @itemx @{@var{n},@} 3198 @itemx @{@var{n},@var{m}@} 3199 One or two numbers inside braces denote an @dfn{interval expression}. 3200 If there is one number in the braces, the preceding regexp is repeated 3201 @var{n} times. 3202 If there are two numbers separated by a comma, the preceding regexp is 3203 repeated @var{n} to @var{m} times. 3204 If there is one number followed by a comma, then the preceding regexp 3205 is repeated at least @var{n} times: 3206 3207 @table @code 3208 @item wh@{3@}y 3209 Matches @samp{whhhy}, but not @samp{why} or @samp{whhhhy}. 3210 3211 @item wh@{3,5@}y 3212 Matches @samp{whhhy}, @samp{whhhhy}, or @samp{whhhhhy}, only. 3213 3214 @item wh@{2,@}y 3215 Matches @samp{whhy} or @samp{whhhy}, and so on. 3216 @end table 3217 3218 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, interval expressions in 3219 Interval expressions were not traditionally available in @command{awk}. 3220 They were added as part of the POSIX standard to make @command{awk} 3221 and @command{egrep} consistent with each other. 3222 3223 @cindex @command{gawk}, interval expressions and 3224 However, because old programs may use @samp{@{} and @samp{@}} in regexp 3225 constants, by default @command{gawk} does @emph{not} match interval expressions 3226 in regexps. If either @option{--posix} or @option{--re-interval} are specified 3227 (@pxref{Options}), then interval expressions 3228 are allowed in regexps. 3229 3230 For new programs that use @samp{@{} and @samp{@}} in regexp constants, 3231 it is good practice to always escape them with a backslash. Then the 3232 regexp constants are valid and work the way you want them to, using 3233 any version of @command{awk}.@footnote{Use two backslashes if you're 3234 using a string constant with a regexp operator or function.} 3235 @end table 3236 3237 @cindex precedence, regexp operators 3238 @cindex regular expressions, operators, precedence of 3239 In regular expressions, the @samp{*}, @samp{+}, and @samp{?} operators, 3240 as well as the braces @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}, 3241 have 3242 the highest precedence, followed by concatenation, and finally by @samp{|}. 3243 As in arithmetic, parentheses can change how operators are grouped. 3244 3245 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, regular expressions and 3246 @cindex @command{gawk}, regular expressions, precedence 3247 In POSIX @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, the @samp{*}, @samp{+}, and @samp{?} operators 3248 stand for themselves when there is nothing in the regexp that precedes them. 3249 For example, @samp{/+/} matches a literal plus sign. However, many other versions of 3250 @command{awk} treat such a usage as a syntax error. 3251 3252 If @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 3253 (@pxref{Options}), 3254 POSIX character classes and interval expressions are not available in 3255 regular expressions. 3256 @c ENDOFRANGE regexpo 3257 3258 @node Character Lists 3259 @section Using Character Lists 3260 @c STARTOFRANGE charlist 3261 @cindex character lists 3262 @cindex character lists, range expressions 3263 @cindex range expressions 3264 3265 Within a character list, a @dfn{range expression} consists of two 3266 characters separated by a hyphen. It matches any single character that 3267 sorts between the two characters, using the locale's 3268 collating sequence and character set. For example, in the default C 3269 locale, @samp{[a-dx-z]} is equivalent to @samp{[abcdxyz]}. Many locales 3270 sort characters in dictionary order, and in these locales, 3271 @samp{[a-dx-z]} is typically not equivalent to @samp{[abcdxyz]}; instead it 3272 might be equivalent to @samp{[aBbCcDdxXyYz]}, for example. To obtain 3273 the traditional interpretation of bracket expressions, you can use the C 3274 locale by setting the @env{LC_ALL} environment variable to the value 3275 @samp{C}. 3276 3277 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), in character lists 3278 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), in character lists 3279 @cindex @code{^} (caret), in character lists 3280 @cindex caret (@code{^}), in character lists 3281 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), in character lists 3282 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), in character lists 3283 To include one of the characters @samp{\}, @samp{]}, @samp{-}, or @samp{^} in a 3284 character list, put a @samp{\} in front of it. For example: 3285 3286 @example 3287 [d\]] 3288 @end example 3289 3290 @noindent 3291 matches either @samp{d} or @samp{]}. 3292 3293 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, character lists and 3294 @cindex Extended Regular Expressions (EREs) 3295 @cindex EREs (Extended Regular Expressions) 3296 @cindex @command{egrep} utility 3297 This treatment of @samp{\} in character lists 3298 is compatible with other @command{awk} 3299 implementations and is also mandated by POSIX. 3300 The regular expressions in @command{awk} are a superset 3301 of the POSIX specification for Extended Regular Expressions (EREs). 3302 POSIX EREs are based on the regular expressions accepted by the 3303 traditional @command{egrep} utility. 3304 3305 @cindex character lists, character classes 3306 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, character lists and, character classes 3307 @dfn{Character classes} are a new feature introduced in the POSIX standard. 3308 A character class is a special notation for describing 3309 lists of characters that have a specific attribute, but the 3310 actual characters can vary from country to country and/or 3311 from character set to character set. For example, the notion of what 3312 is an alphabetic character differs between the United States and France. 3313 3314 A character class is only valid in a regexp @emph{inside} the 3315 brackets of a character list. Character classes consist of @samp{[:}, 3316 a keyword denoting the class, and @samp{:]}. Here are the character 3317 classes defined by the POSIX standard. 3318 3319 @c the regular table is commented out while trying out the multitable. 3320 @c leave it here in case we need to go back, but make sure the text 3321 @c still corresponds! 3322 3323 @ignore 3324 @table @code 3325 @item [:alnum:] 3326 Alphanumeric characters. 3327 3328 @item [:alpha:] 3329 Alphabetic characters. 3330 3331 @item [:blank:] 3332 Space and TAB characters. 3333 3334 @item [:cntrl:] 3335 Control characters. 3336 3337 @item [:digit:] 3338 Numeric characters. 3339 3340 @item [:graph:] 3341 Characters that are printable and visible. 3342 (A space is printable but not visible, whereas an @samp{a} is both.) 3343 3344 @item [:lower:] 3345 Lowercase alphabetic characters. 3346 3347 @item [:print:] 3348 Printable characters (characters that are not control characters). 3349 3350 @item [:punct:] 3351 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letters, digits, 3352 control characters, or space characters). 3353 3354 @item [:space:] 3355 Space characters (such as space, TAB, and formfeed, to name a few). 3356 3357 @item [:upper:] 3358 Uppercase alphabetic characters. 3359 3360 @item [:xdigit:] 3361 Characters that are hexadecimal digits. 3362 @end table 3363 @end ignore 3364 3365 @multitable {@code{[:xdigit:]}} {Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is} 3366 @item @code{[:alnum:]} @tab Alphanumeric characters. 3367 @item @code{[:alpha:]} @tab Alphabetic characters. 3368 @item @code{[:blank:]} @tab Space and TAB characters. 3369 @item @code{[:cntrl:]} @tab Control characters. 3370 @item @code{[:digit:]} @tab Numeric characters. 3371 @item @code{[:graph:]} @tab Characters that are both printable and visible. 3372 (A space is printable but not visible, whereas an @samp{a} is both.) 3373 @item @code{[:lower:]} @tab Lowercase alphabetic characters. 3374 @item @code{[:print:]} @tab Printable characters (characters that are not control characters). 3375 @item @code{[:punct:]} @tab Punctuation characters (characters that are not letters, digits, 3376 control characters, or space characters). 3377 @item @code{[:space:]} @tab Space characters (such as space, TAB, and formfeed, to name a few). 3378 @item @code{[:upper:]} @tab Uppercase alphabetic characters. 3379 @item @code{[:xdigit:]} @tab Characters that are hexadecimal digits. 3380 @end multitable 3381 3382 For example, before the POSIX standard, you had to write @code{/[A-Za-z0-9]/} 3383 to match alphanumeric characters. If your 3384 character set had other alphabetic characters in it, this would not 3385 match them, and if your character set collated differently from 3386 ASCII, this might not even match the ASCII alphanumeric characters. 3387 With the POSIX character classes, you can write 3388 @code{/[[:alnum:]]/} to match the alphabetic 3389 and numeric characters in your character set. 3390 3391 @cindex character lists, collating elements 3392 @cindex character lists, non-ASCII 3393 @cindex collating elements 3394 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. 3395 These apply to non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols 3396 (called @dfn{collating elements}) that are represented with more than one 3397 character. They can also have several characters that are equivalent for 3398 @dfn{collating}, or sorting, purposes. (For example, in French, a plain ``e'' 3399 and a grave-accented ``@`e'' are equivalent.) 3400 These sequences are: 3401 3402 @table @asis 3403 @cindex character lists, collating symbols 3404 @cindex collating symbols 3405 @item Collating symbols 3406 Multicharacter collating elements enclosed between 3407 @samp{[.} and @samp{.]}. For example, if @samp{ch} is a collating element, 3408 then @code{[[.ch.]]} is a regexp that matches this collating element, whereas 3409 @code{[ch]} is a regexp that matches either @samp{c} or @samp{h}. 3410 3411 @cindex character lists, equivalence classes 3412 @item Equivalence classes 3413 Locale-specific names for a list of 3414 characters that are equal. The name is enclosed between 3415 @samp{[=} and @samp{=]}. 3416 For example, the name @samp{e} might be used to represent all of 3417 ``e,'' ``@`e,'' and ``@'e.'' In this case, @code{[[=e=]]} is a regexp 3418 that matches any of @samp{e}, @samp{@'e}, or @samp{@`e}. 3419 @end table 3420 3421 These features are very valuable in non-English-speaking locales. 3422 3423 @cindex internationalization, localization, character classes 3424 @cindex @command{gawk}, character classes and 3425 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, character lists and, character classes 3426 @strong{Caution:} The library functions that @command{gawk} uses for regular 3427 expression matching currently recognize only POSIX character classes; 3428 they do not recognize collating symbols or equivalence classes. 3429 @c maybe one day ... 3430 @c ENDOFRANGE charlist 3431 3432 @node GNU Regexp Operators 3433 @section @command{gawk}-Specific Regexp Operators 3434 3435 @c This section adapted (long ago) from the regex-0.12 manual 3436 3437 @c STARTOFRANGE regexpg 3438 @cindex regular expressions, operators, @command{gawk} 3439 @c STARTOFRANGE gregexp 3440 @cindex @command{gawk}, regular expressions, operators 3441 @cindex operators, GNU-specific 3442 @cindex regular expressions, operators, for words 3443 @cindex word, regexp definition of 3444 GNU software that deals with regular expressions provides a number of 3445 additional regexp operators. These operators are described in this 3446 @value{SECTION} and are specific to @command{gawk}; 3447 they are not available in other @command{awk} implementations. 3448 Most of the additional operators deal with word matching. 3449 For our purposes, a @dfn{word} is a sequence of one or more letters, digits, 3450 or underscores (@samp{_}): 3451 3452 @table @code 3453 @c @cindex operators, @code{\w} (@command{gawk}) 3454 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\w} operator (@command{gawk}) 3455 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\w} operator (@command{gawk}) 3456 @item \w 3457 Matches any word-constituent character---that is, it matches any 3458 letter, digit, or underscore. Think of it as shorthand for 3459 @w{@code{[[:alnum:]_]}}. 3460 3461 @c @cindex operators, @code{\W} (@command{gawk}) 3462 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\W} operator (@command{gawk}) 3463 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\W} operator (@command{gawk}) 3464 @item \W 3465 Matches any character that is not word-constituent. 3466 Think of it as shorthand for 3467 @w{@code{[^[:alnum:]_]}}. 3468 3469 @c @cindex operators, @code{\<} (@command{gawk}) 3470 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\<} operator (@command{gawk}) 3471 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\<} operator (@command{gawk}) 3472 @item \< 3473 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word. 3474 For example, @code{/\<away/} matches @samp{away} but not 3475 @samp{stowaway}. 3476 3477 @c @cindex operators, @code{\>} (@command{gawk}) 3478 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\>} operator (@command{gawk}) 3479 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\>} operator (@command{gawk}) 3480 @item \> 3481 Matches the empty string at the end of a word. 3482 For example, @code{/stow\>/} matches @samp{stow} but not @samp{stowaway}. 3483 3484 @c @cindex operators, @code{\y} (@command{gawk}) 3485 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\y} operator (@command{gawk}) 3486 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\y} operator (@command{gawk}) 3487 @c comma before using does NOT do secondary 3488 @cindex word boundaries, matching 3489 @item \y 3490 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the 3491 end of a word (i.e., the word boundar@strong{y}). For example, @samp{\yballs?\y} 3492 matches either @samp{ball} or @samp{balls}, as a separate word. 3493 3494 @c @cindex operators, @code{\B} (@command{gawk}) 3495 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\B} operator (@command{gawk}) 3496 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\B} operator (@command{gawk}) 3497 @item \B 3498 Matches the empty string that occurs between two 3499 word-constituent characters. For example, 3500 @code{/\Brat\B/} matches @samp{crate} but it does not match @samp{dirty rat}. 3501 @samp{\B} is essentially the opposite of @samp{\y}. 3502 @end table 3503 3504 @cindex buffers, operators for 3505 @cindex regular expressions, operators, for buffers 3506 @cindex operators, string-matching, for buffers 3507 There are two other operators that work on buffers. In Emacs, a 3508 @dfn{buffer} is, naturally, an Emacs buffer. For other programs, 3509 @command{gawk}'s regexp library routines consider the entire 3510 string to match as the buffer. 3511 The operators are: 3512 3513 @table @code 3514 @item \` 3515 @c @cindex operators, @code{\`} (@command{gawk}) 3516 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\`} operator (@command{gawk}) 3517 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\`} operator (@command{gawk}) 3518 Matches the empty string at the 3519 beginning of a buffer (string). 3520 3521 @c @cindex operators, @code{\'} (@command{gawk}) 3522 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{\'} operator (@command{gawk}) 3523 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{\'} operator (@command{gawk}) 3524 @item \' 3525 Matches the empty string at the 3526 end of a buffer (string). 3527 @end table 3528 3529 @cindex @code{^} (caret) 3530 @cindex caret (@code{^}) 3531 @cindex @code{?} (question mark) 3532 @cindex question mark (@code{?}) 3533 Because @samp{^} and @samp{$} always work in terms of the beginning 3534 and end of strings, these operators don't add any new capabilities 3535 for @command{awk}. They are provided for compatibility with other 3536 GNU software. 3537 3538 @cindex @command{gawk}, word-boundary operator 3539 @cindex word-boundary operator (@command{gawk}) 3540 @cindex operators, word-boundary (@command{gawk}) 3541 In other GNU software, the word-boundary operator is @samp{\b}. However, 3542 that conflicts with the @command{awk} language's definition of @samp{\b} 3543 as backspace, so @command{gawk} uses a different letter. 3544 An alternative method would have been to require two backslashes in the 3545 GNU operators, but this was deemed too confusing. The current 3546 method of using @samp{\y} for the GNU @samp{\b} appears to be the 3547 lesser of two evils. 3548 3549 @c NOTE!!! Keep this in sync with the same table in the summary appendix! 3550 @c 3551 @c Should really do this with file inclusion. 3552 @cindex regular expressions, @command{gawk}, command-line options 3553 @cindex @command{gawk}, command-line options 3554 The various command-line options 3555 (@pxref{Options}) 3556 control how @command{gawk} interprets characters in regexps: 3557 3558 @table @asis 3559 @item No options 3560 In the default case, @command{gawk} provides all the facilities of 3561 POSIX regexps and the 3562 @ifnotinfo 3563 previously described 3564 GNU regexp operators. 3565 @end ifnotinfo 3566 @ifnottex 3567 GNU regexp operators described 3568 in @ref{Regexp Operators}. 3569 @end ifnottex 3570 However, interval expressions are not supported. 3571 3572 @item @code{--posix} 3573 Only POSIX regexps are supported; the GNU operators are not special 3574 (e.g., @samp{\w} matches a literal @samp{w}). Interval expressions 3575 are allowed. 3576 3577 @item @code{--traditional} 3578 Traditional Unix @command{awk} regexps are matched. The GNU operators 3579 are not special, interval expressions are not available, nor 3580 are the POSIX character classes (@code{[[:alnum:]]}, etc.). 3581 Characters described by octal and hexadecimal escape sequences are 3582 treated literally, even if they represent regexp metacharacters. 3583 3584 @item @code{--re-interval} 3585 Allow interval expressions in regexps, even if @option{--traditional} 3586 has been provided. (@option{--posix} automatically enables 3587 interval expressions, so @option{--re-interval} is redundant 3588 when @option{--posix} is is used.) 3589 @end table 3590 @c ENDOFRANGE gregexp 3591 @c ENDOFRANGE regexpg 3592 3593 @node Case-sensitivity 3594 @section Case Sensitivity in Matching 3595 3596 @c STARTOFRANGE regexpcs 3597 @cindex regular expressions, case sensitivity 3598 @c STARTOFRANGE csregexp 3599 @cindex case sensitivity, regexps and 3600 Case is normally significant in regular expressions, both when matching 3601 ordinary characters (i.e., not metacharacters) and inside character 3602 sets. Thus, a @samp{w} in a regular expression matches only a lowercase 3603 @samp{w} and not an uppercase @samp{W}. 3604 3605 The simplest way to do a case-independent match is to use a character 3606 list---for example, @samp{[Ww]}. However, this can be cumbersome if 3607 you need to use it often, and it can make the regular expressions harder 3608 to read. There are two alternatives that you might prefer. 3609 3610 One way to perform a case-insensitive match at a particular point in the 3611 program is to convert the data to a single case, using the 3612 @code{tolower} or @code{toupper} built-in string functions (which we 3613 haven't discussed yet; 3614 @pxref{String Functions}). 3615 For example: 3616 3617 @example 3618 tolower($1) ~ /foo/ @{ @dots{} @} 3619 @end example 3620 3621 @noindent 3622 converts the first field to lowercase before matching against it. 3623 This works in any POSIX-compliant @command{awk}. 3624 3625 @cindex @command{gawk}, regular expressions, case sensitivity 3626 @cindex case sensitivity, @command{gawk} 3627 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, regular expressions 3628 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 3629 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 3630 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 3631 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 3632 @cindex @code{IGNORECASE} variable 3633 @c @cindex variables, @code{IGNORECASE} 3634 Another method, specific to @command{gawk}, is to set the variable 3635 @code{IGNORECASE} to a nonzero value (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 3636 When @code{IGNORECASE} is not zero, @emph{all} regexp and string 3637 operations ignore case. Changing the value of 3638 @code{IGNORECASE} dynamically controls the case-sensitivity of the 3639 program as it runs. Case is significant by default because 3640 @code{IGNORECASE} (like most variables) is initialized to zero: 3641 3642 @example 3643 x = "aB" 3644 if (x ~ /ab/) @dots{} # this test will fail 3645 3646 IGNORECASE = 1 3647 if (x ~ /ab/) @dots{} # now it will succeed 3648 @end example 3649 3650 In general, you cannot use @code{IGNORECASE} to make certain rules 3651 case-insensitive and other rules case-sensitive, because there is no 3652 straightforward way 3653 to set @code{IGNORECASE} just for the pattern of 3654 a particular rule.@footnote{Experienced C and C++ programmers will note 3655 that it is possible, using something like 3656 @samp{IGNORECASE = 1 && /foObAr/ @{ @dots{} @}} 3657 and 3658 @samp{IGNORECASE = 0 || /foobar/ @{ @dots{} @}}. 3659 However, this is somewhat obscure and we don't recommend it.} 3660 To do this, use either character lists or @code{tolower}. However, one 3661 thing you can do with @code{IGNORECASE} only is dynamically turn 3662 case-sensitivity on or off for all the rules at once. 3663 3664 @code{IGNORECASE} can be set on the command line or in a @code{BEGIN} rule 3665 (@pxref{Other Arguments}; also 3666 @pxref{Using BEGIN/END}). 3667 Setting @code{IGNORECASE} from the command line is a way to make 3668 a program case-insensitive without having to edit it. 3669 3670 Prior to @command{gawk} 3.0, the value of @code{IGNORECASE} 3671 affected regexp operations only. It did not affect string comparison 3672 with @samp{==}, @samp{!=}, and so on. 3673 Beginning with @value{PVERSION} 3.0, both regexp and string comparison 3674 operations are also affected by @code{IGNORECASE}. 3675 3676 @c @cindex ISO 8859-1 3677 @c @cindex ISO Latin-1 3678 Beginning with @command{gawk} 3.0, 3679 the equivalences between upper- 3680 and lowercase characters are based on the ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin-1) 3681 character set. This character set is a superset of the traditional 128 3682 ASCII characters, which also provides a number of characters suitable 3683 for use with European languages. 3684 3685 The value of @code{IGNORECASE} has no effect if @command{gawk} is in 3686 compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 3687 Case is always significant in compatibility mode. 3688 @c ENDOFRANGE csregexp 3689 @c ENDOFRANGE regexpcs 3690 3691 @node Leftmost Longest 3692 @section How Much Text Matches? 3693 3694 @cindex regular expressions, leftmost longest match 3695 @c @cindex matching, leftmost longest 3696 Consider the following: 3697 3698 @example 3699 echo aaaabcd | awk '@{ sub(/a+/, "<A>"); print @}' 3700 @end example 3701 3702 This example uses the @code{sub} function (which we haven't discussed yet; 3703 @pxref{String Functions}) 3704 to make a change to the input record. Here, the regexp @code{/a+/} 3705 indicates ``one or more @samp{a} characters,'' and the replacement 3706 text is @samp{<A>}. 3707 3708 The input contains four @samp{a} characters. 3709 @command{awk} (and POSIX) regular expressions always match 3710 the leftmost, @emph{longest} sequence of input characters that can 3711 match. Thus, all four @samp{a} characters are 3712 replaced with @samp{<A>} in this example: 3713 3714 @example 3715 $ echo aaaabcd | awk '@{ sub(/a+/, "<A>"); print @}' 3716 @print{} <A>bcd 3717 @end example 3718 3719 For simple match/no-match tests, this is not so important. But when doing 3720 text matching and substitutions with the @code{match}, @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, 3721 and @code{gensub} functions, it is very important. 3722 @ifinfo 3723 @xref{String Functions}, 3724 for more information on these functions. 3725 @end ifinfo 3726 Understanding this principle is also important for regexp-based record 3727 and field splitting (@pxref{Records}, 3728 and also @pxref{Field Separators}). 3729 3730 @node Computed Regexps 3731 @section Using Dynamic Regexps 3732 3733 @c STARTOFRANGE dregexp 3734 @cindex regular expressions, computed 3735 @c STARTOFRANGE regexpd 3736 @cindex regular expressions, dynamic 3737 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 3738 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 3739 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 3740 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 3741 @c @cindex operators, @code{~} 3742 @c @cindex operators, @code{!~} 3743 The righthand side of a @samp{~} or @samp{!~} operator need not be a 3744 regexp constant (i.e., a string of characters between slashes). It may 3745 be any expression. The expression is evaluated and converted to a string 3746 if necessary; the contents of the string are used as the 3747 regexp. A regexp that is computed in this way is called a @dfn{dynamic 3748 regexp}: 3749 3750 @example 3751 BEGIN @{ digits_regexp = "[[:digit:]]+" @} 3752 $0 ~ digits_regexp @{ print @} 3753 @end example 3754 3755 @noindent 3756 This sets @code{digits_regexp} to a regexp that describes one or more digits, 3757 and tests whether the input record matches this regexp. 3758 3759 @c @strong{Caution:} 3760 When using the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} 3761 @strong{Caution:} When using the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} 3762 operators, there is a difference between a regexp constant 3763 enclosed in slashes and a string constant enclosed in double quotes. 3764 If you are going to use a string constant, you have to understand that 3765 the string is, in essence, scanned @emph{twice}: the first time when 3766 @command{awk} reads your program, and the second time when it goes to 3767 match the string on the lefthand side of the operator with the pattern 3768 on the right. This is true of any string-valued expression (such as 3769 @code{digits_regexp}, shown previously), not just string constants. 3770 3771 @cindex regexp constants, slashes vs. quotes 3772 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), regexp constants 3773 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), regexp constants 3774 @cindex @code{"} (double quote), regexp constants 3775 @cindex double quote (@code{"}), regexp constants 3776 What difference does it make if the string is 3777 scanned twice? The answer has to do with escape sequences, and particularly 3778 with backslashes. To get a backslash into a regular expression inside a 3779 string, you have to type two backslashes. 3780 3781 For example, @code{/\*/} is a regexp constant for a literal @samp{*}. 3782 Only one backslash is needed. To do the same thing with a string, 3783 you have to type @code{"\\*"}. The first backslash escapes the 3784 second one so that the string actually contains the 3785 two characters @samp{\} and @samp{*}. 3786 3787 @cindex troubleshooting, regexp constants vs. string constants 3788 @cindex regexp constants, vs. string constants 3789 @cindex string constants, vs. regexp constants 3790 Given that you can use both regexp and string constants to describe 3791 regular expressions, which should you use? The answer is ``regexp 3792 constants,'' for several reasons: 3793 3794 @itemize @bullet 3795 @item 3796 String constants are more complicated to write and 3797 more difficult to read. Using regexp constants makes your programs 3798 less error-prone. Not understanding the difference between the two 3799 kinds of constants is a common source of errors. 3800 3801 @item 3802 It is more efficient to use regexp constants. @command{awk} can note 3803 that you have supplied a regexp and store it internally in a form that 3804 makes pattern matching more efficient. When using a string constant, 3805 @command{awk} must first convert the string into this internal form and 3806 then perform the pattern matching. 3807 3808 @item 3809 Using regexp constants is better form; it shows clearly that you 3810 intend a regexp match. 3811 @end itemize 3812 3813 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 3814 @subheading Advanced Notes: Using @code{\n} in Character Lists of Dynamic Regexps 3815 @cindex regular expressions, dynamic, with embedded newlines 3816 @cindex newlines, in dynamic regexps 3817 3818 Some commercial versions of @command{awk} do not allow the newline 3819 character to be used inside a character list for a dynamic regexp: 3820 3821 @example 3822 $ awk '$0 ~ "[ \t\n]"' 3823 @error{} awk: newline in character class [ 3824 @error{} ]... 3825 @error{} source line number 1 3826 @error{} context is 3827 @error{} >>> <<< 3828 @end example 3829 3830 @cindex newlines, in regexp constants 3831 But a newline in a regexp constant works with no problem: 3832 3833 @example 3834 $ awk '$0 ~ /[ \t\n]/' 3835 here is a sample line 3836 @print{} here is a sample line 3837 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 3838 @end example 3839 3840 @command{gawk} does not have this problem, and it isn't likely to 3841 occur often in practice, but it's worth noting for future reference. 3842 @c ENDOFRANGE dregexp 3843 @c ENDOFRANGE regexpd 3844 @c ENDOFRANGE regexp 3845 3846 @node Locales 3847 @section Where You Are Makes A Difference 3848 3849 Modern systems support the notion of @dfn{locales}: a way to tell 3850 the system about the local character set and language. The current 3851 locale setting can affect the way regexp matching works, often 3852 in surprising ways. In particular, many locales do case-insensitive 3853 matching, even when you may have specified characters of only 3854 one particular case. 3855 3856 The following example uses the @code{sub} function, which 3857 does text replacement 3858 (@pxref{String Functions}). 3859 Here, the intent is to remove trailing uppercase characters: 3860 3861 @example 3862 $ echo something1234abc | gawk '@{ sub("[A-Z]*$", ""); print @}' 3863 @print{} something1234 3864 @end example 3865 3866 @noindent 3867 This output is unexpected, since the @samp{abc} at the end of @samp{something1234abc} 3868 should not normally match @samp{[A-Z]*}. This result is due to the 3869 locale setting (and thus you may not see it on your system). 3870 There are two fixes. The first is to use the POSIX character 3871 class @samp{[[:upper:]]}, instead of @samp{[A-Z]}. 3872 The second is to change the locale setting in the environment, 3873 before running @command{gawk}, 3874 by using the shell statements: 3875 3876 @example 3877 LANG=C LC_ALL=C 3878 export LANG LC_ALL 3879 @end example 3880 3881 The setting @samp{C} forces @command{gawk} to behave in the traditional 3882 Unix manner, where case distinctions do matter. 3883 You may wish to put these statements into your shell startup file, 3884 e.g., @file{$HOME/.profile}. 3885 3886 Similar considerations apply to other ranges. For example, 3887 @samp{["-/]} is perfectly valid in ASCII, but is not valid in many 3888 Unicode locales, such as @samp{en_US.UTF-8}. (In general, such 3889 ranges should be avoided; either list the characters individually, 3890 or use a POSIX character class such as @samp{[[:punct:]]}.) 3891 3892 For the normal case of @samp{RS = "\n"}, the locale is largely irrelevant. 3893 For other single byte record separators, using @samp{LC_ALL=C} will give you 3894 much better performance when reading records. Otherwise, @command{gawk} has 3895 to make several function calls, @emph{per input character} to find the record 3896 terminator. 3897 3898 @node Reading Files 3899 @chapter Reading Input Files 3900 3901 @c STARTOFRANGE infir 3902 @cindex input files, reading 3903 @cindex input files 3904 @cindex @code{FILENAME} variable 3905 In the typical @command{awk} program, all input is read either from the 3906 standard input (by default, this is the keyboard, but often it is a pipe from another 3907 command) or from files whose names you specify on the @command{awk} 3908 command line. If you specify input files, @command{awk} reads them 3909 in order, processing all the data from one before going on to the next. 3910 The name of the current input file can be found in the built-in variable 3911 @code{FILENAME} 3912 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 3913 3914 @cindex records 3915 @cindex fields 3916 The input is read in units called @dfn{records}, and is processed by the 3917 rules of your program one record at a time. 3918 By default, each record is one line. Each 3919 record is automatically split into chunks called @dfn{fields}. 3920 This makes it more convenient for programs to work on the parts of a record. 3921 3922 @cindex @code{getline} command 3923 On rare occasions, you may need to use the @code{getline} command. 3924 The @code{getline} command is valuable, both because it 3925 can do explicit input from any number of files, and because the files 3926 used with it do not have to be named on the @command{awk} command line 3927 (@pxref{Getline}). 3928 3929 @menu 3930 * Records:: Controlling how data is split into records. 3931 * Fields:: An introduction to fields. 3932 * Nonconstant Fields:: Nonconstant Field Numbers. 3933 * Changing Fields:: Changing the Contents of a Field. 3934 * Field Separators:: The field separator and how to change it. 3935 * Constant Size:: Reading constant width data. 3936 * Multiple Line:: Reading multi-line records. 3937 * Getline:: Reading files under explicit program control 3938 using the @code{getline} function. 3939 @end menu 3940 3941 @node Records 3942 @section How Input Is Split into Records 3943 3944 @c STARTOFRANGE inspl 3945 @cindex input, splitting into records 3946 @c STARTOFRANGE recspl 3947 @cindex records, splitting input into 3948 @cindex @code{NR} variable 3949 @cindex @code{FNR} variable 3950 The @command{awk} utility divides the input for your @command{awk} 3951 program into records and fields. 3952 @command{awk} keeps track of the number of records that have 3953 been read 3954 so far 3955 from the current input file. This value is stored in a 3956 built-in variable called @code{FNR}. It is reset to zero when a new 3957 file is started. Another built-in variable, @code{NR}, is the total 3958 number of input records read so far from all @value{DF}s. It starts at zero, 3959 but is never automatically reset to zero. 3960 3961 @cindex separators, for records 3962 @cindex record separators 3963 Records are separated by a character called the @dfn{record separator}. 3964 By default, the record separator is the newline character. 3965 This is why records are, by default, single lines. 3966 A different character can be used for the record separator by 3967 assigning the character to the built-in variable @code{RS}. 3968 3969 @cindex newlines, as record separators 3970 @cindex @code{RS} variable 3971 Like any other variable, 3972 the value of @code{RS} can be changed in the @command{awk} program 3973 with the assignment operator, @samp{=} 3974 (@pxref{Assignment Ops}). 3975 The new record-separator character should be enclosed in quotation marks, 3976 which indicate a string constant. Often the right time to do this is 3977 at the beginning of execution, before any input is processed, 3978 so that the very first record is read with the proper separator. 3979 To do this, use the special @code{BEGIN} pattern 3980 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 3981 For example: 3982 3983 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern 3984 @example 3985 awk 'BEGIN @{ RS = "/" @} 3986 @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list 3987 @end example 3988 3989 @noindent 3990 changes the value of @code{RS} to @code{"/"}, before reading any input. 3991 This is a string whose first character is a slash; as a result, records 3992 are separated by slashes. Then the input file is read, and the second 3993 rule in the @command{awk} program (the action with no pattern) prints each 3994 record. Because each @code{print} statement adds a newline at the end of 3995 its output, this @command{awk} program copies the input 3996 with each slash changed to a newline. Here are the results of running 3997 the program on @file{BBS-list}: 3998 3999 @example 4000 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ RS = "/" @} 4001 > @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list 4002 @print{} aardvark 555-5553 1200 4003 @print{} 300 B 4004 @print{} alpo-net 555-3412 2400 4005 @print{} 1200 4006 @print{} 300 A 4007 @print{} barfly 555-7685 1200 4008 @print{} 300 A 4009 @print{} bites 555-1675 2400 4010 @print{} 1200 4011 @print{} 300 A 4012 @print{} camelot 555-0542 300 C 4013 @print{} core 555-2912 1200 4014 @print{} 300 C 4015 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400 4016 @print{} 1200 4017 @print{} 300 B 4018 @print{} foot 555-6699 1200 4019 @print{} 300 B 4020 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 1200 4021 @print{} 300 A 4022 @print{} sdace 555-3430 2400 4023 @print{} 1200 4024 @print{} 300 A 4025 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200 4026 @print{} 300 C 4027 @print{} 4028 @end example 4029 4030 @noindent 4031 Note that the entry for the @samp{camelot} BBS is not split. 4032 In the original @value{DF} 4033 (@pxref{Sample Data Files}), 4034 the line looks like this: 4035 4036 @example 4037 camelot 555-0542 300 C 4038 @end example 4039 4040 @noindent 4041 It has one baud rate only, so there are no slashes in the record, 4042 unlike the others which have two or more baud rates. 4043 In fact, this record is treated as part of the record 4044 for the @samp{core} BBS; the newline separating them in the output 4045 is the original newline in the @value{DF}, not the one added by 4046 @command{awk} when it printed the record! 4047 4048 @cindex record separators, changing 4049 @cindex separators, for records 4050 Another way to change the record separator is on the command line, 4051 using the variable-assignment feature 4052 (@pxref{Other Arguments}): 4053 4054 @example 4055 awk '@{ print $0 @}' RS="/" BBS-list 4056 @end example 4057 4058 @noindent 4059 This sets @code{RS} to @samp{/} before processing @file{BBS-list}. 4060 4061 Using an unusual character such as @samp{/} for the record separator 4062 produces correct behavior in the vast majority of cases. However, 4063 the following (extreme) pipeline prints a surprising @samp{1}: 4064 4065 @example 4066 $ echo | awk 'BEGIN @{ RS = "a" @} ; @{ print NF @}' 4067 @print{} 1 4068 @end example 4069 4070 There is one field, consisting of a newline. The value of the built-in 4071 variable @code{NF} is the number of fields in the current record. 4072 4073 @cindex dark corner, input files 4074 Reaching the end of an input file terminates the current input record, 4075 even if the last character in the file is not the character in @code{RS}. 4076 @value{DARKCORNER} 4077 4078 @cindex null strings 4079 @cindex strings, empty, See null strings 4080 The empty string @code{""} (a string without any characters) 4081 has a special meaning 4082 as the value of @code{RS}. It means that records are separated 4083 by one or more blank lines and nothing else. 4084 @xref{Multiple Line}, for more details. 4085 4086 If you change the value of @code{RS} in the middle of an @command{awk} run, 4087 the new value is used to delimit subsequent records, but the record 4088 currently being processed, as well as records already processed, are not 4089 affected. 4090 4091 @cindex @code{RT} variable 4092 @cindex records, terminating 4093 @cindex terminating records 4094 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, record separators 4095 @cindex regular expressions, as record separators 4096 @cindex record separators, regular expressions as 4097 @cindex separators, for records, regular expressions as 4098 After the end of the record has been determined, @command{gawk} 4099 sets the variable @code{RT} to the text in the input that matched 4100 @code{RS}. 4101 When using @command{gawk}, 4102 the value of @code{RS} is not limited to a one-character 4103 string. It can be any regular expression 4104 (@pxref{Regexp}). 4105 In general, each record 4106 ends at the next string that matches the regular expression; the next 4107 record starts at the end of the matching string. This general rule is 4108 actually at work in the usual case, where @code{RS} contains just a 4109 newline: a record ends at the beginning of the next matching string (the 4110 next newline in the input), and the following record starts just after 4111 the end of this string (at the first character of the following line). 4112 The newline, because it matches @code{RS}, is not part of either record. 4113 4114 When @code{RS} is a single character, @code{RT} 4115 contains the same single character. However, when @code{RS} is a 4116 regular expression, @code{RT} contains 4117 the actual input text that matched the regular expression. 4118 4119 The following example illustrates both of these features. 4120 It sets @code{RS} equal to a regular expression that 4121 matches either a newline or a series of one or more uppercase letters 4122 with optional leading and/or trailing whitespace: 4123 4124 @example 4125 $ echo record 1 AAAA record 2 BBBB record 3 | 4126 > gawk 'BEGIN @{ RS = "\n|( *[[:upper:]]+ *)" @} 4127 > @{ print "Record =", $0, "and RT =", RT @}' 4128 @print{} Record = record 1 and RT = AAAA 4129 @print{} Record = record 2 and RT = BBBB 4130 @print{} Record = record 3 and RT = 4131 @print{} 4132 @end example 4133 4134 @noindent 4135 The final line of output has an extra blank line. This is because the 4136 value of @code{RT} is a newline, and the @code{print} statement 4137 supplies its own terminating newline. 4138 @xref{Simple Sed}, for a more useful example 4139 of @code{RS} as a regexp and @code{RT}. 4140 4141 If you set @code{RS} to a regular expression that allows optional 4142 trailing text, such as @samp{RS = "abc(XYZ)?"} it is possible, due 4143 to implementation constraints, that @command{gawk} may match the leading 4144 part of the regular expression, but not the trailing part, particularly 4145 if the input text that could match the trailing part is fairly long. 4146 @command{gawk} attempts to avoid this problem, but currently, there's 4147 no guarantee that this will never happen. 4148 4149 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{RS}/@code{RT} variables 4150 The use of @code{RS} as a regular expression and the @code{RT} 4151 variable are @command{gawk} extensions; they are not available in 4152 compatibility mode 4153 (@pxref{Options}). 4154 In compatibility mode, only the first character of the value of 4155 @code{RS} is used to determine the end of the record. 4156 4157 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 4158 @subheading Advanced Notes: @code{RS = "\0"} Is Not Portable 4159 4160 @cindex advanced features, @value{DF}s as single record 4161 @cindex portability, @value{DF}s as single record 4162 There are times when you might want to treat an entire @value{DF} as a 4163 single record. The only way to make this happen is to give @code{RS} 4164 a value that you know doesn't occur in the input file. This is hard 4165 to do in a general way, such that a program always works for arbitrary 4166 input files. 4167 @c can you say `understatement' boys and girls? 4168 4169 You might think that for text files, the @sc{nul} character, which 4170 consists of a character with all bits equal to zero, is a good 4171 value to use for @code{RS} in this case: 4172 4173 @example 4174 BEGIN @{ RS = "\0" @} # whole file becomes one record? 4175 @end example 4176 4177 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, strings, storing 4178 @command{gawk} in fact accepts this, and uses the @sc{nul} 4179 character for the record separator. 4180 However, this usage is @emph{not} portable 4181 to other @command{awk} implementations. 4182 4183 @cindex dark corner, strings, storing 4184 All other @command{awk} implementations@footnote{At least that we know 4185 about.} store strings internally as C-style strings. C strings use the 4186 @sc{nul} character as the string terminator. In effect, this means that 4187 @samp{RS = "\0"} is the same as @samp{RS = ""}. 4188 @value{DARKCORNER} 4189 4190 @cindex records, treating files as 4191 @cindex files, as single records 4192 The best way to treat a whole file as a single record is to 4193 simply read the file in, one record at a time, concatenating each 4194 record onto the end of the previous ones. 4195 @c ENDOFRANGE inspl 4196 @c ENDOFRANGE recspl 4197 4198 @node Fields 4199 @section Examining Fields 4200 4201 @cindex examining fields 4202 @cindex fields 4203 @cindex accessing fields 4204 @c STARTOFRANGE fiex 4205 @cindex fields, examining 4206 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, field separators and 4207 @cindex field separators, POSIX and 4208 @cindex separators, field, POSIX and 4209 When @command{awk} reads an input record, the record is 4210 automatically @dfn{parsed} or separated by the interpreter into chunks 4211 called @dfn{fields}. By default, fields are separated by @dfn{whitespace}, 4212 like words in a line. 4213 Whitespace in @command{awk} means any string of one or more spaces, 4214 tabs, or newlines;@footnote{In POSIX @command{awk}, newlines are not 4215 considered whitespace for separating fields.} other characters, such as 4216 formfeed, vertical tab, etc.@: that are 4217 considered whitespace by other languages, are @emph{not} considered 4218 whitespace by @command{awk}. 4219 4220 The purpose of fields is to make it more convenient for you to refer to 4221 these pieces of the record. You don't have to use them---you can 4222 operate on the whole record if you want---but fields are what make 4223 simple @command{awk} programs so powerful. 4224 4225 @cindex @code{$} field operator 4226 @cindex field operator @code{$} 4227 @cindex @code{$} (dollar sign), @code{$} field operator 4228 @cindex dollar sign (@code{$}), @code{$} field operator 4229 @c The comma here does NOT mark a secondary term: 4230 @cindex field operators, dollar sign as 4231 A dollar-sign (@samp{$}) is used 4232 to refer to a field in an @command{awk} program, 4233 followed by the number of the field you want. Thus, @code{$1} 4234 refers to the first field, @code{$2} to the second, and so on. 4235 (Unlike the Unix shells, the field numbers are not limited to single digits. 4236 @code{$127} is the one hundred twenty-seventh field in the record.) 4237 For example, suppose the following is a line of input: 4238 4239 @example 4240 This seems like a pretty nice example. 4241 @end example 4242 4243 @noindent 4244 Here the first field, or @code{$1}, is @samp{This}, the second field, or 4245 @code{$2}, is @samp{seems}, and so on. Note that the last field, 4246 @code{$7}, is @samp{example.}. Because there is no space between the 4247 @samp{e} and the @samp{.}, the period is considered part of the seventh 4248 field. 4249 4250 @cindex @code{NF} variable 4251 @cindex fields, number of 4252 @code{NF} is a built-in variable whose value is the number of fields 4253 in the current record. @command{awk} automatically updates the value 4254 of @code{NF} each time it reads a record. No matter how many fields 4255 there are, the last field in a record can be represented by @code{$NF}. 4256 So, @code{$NF} is the same as @code{$7}, which is @samp{example.}. 4257 If you try to reference a field beyond the last 4258 one (such as @code{$8} when the record has only seven fields), you get 4259 the empty string. (If used in a numeric operation, you get zero.) 4260 4261 The use of @code{$0}, which looks like a reference to the ``zero-th'' field, is 4262 a special case: it represents the whole input record 4263 when you are not interested in specific fields. 4264 Here are some more examples: 4265 4266 @example 4267 $ awk '$1 ~ /foo/ @{ print $0 @}' BBS-list 4268 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 4269 @print{} foot 555-6699 1200/300 B 4270 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A 4271 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 4272 @end example 4273 4274 @noindent 4275 This example prints each record in the file @file{BBS-list} whose first 4276 field contains the string @samp{foo}. The operator @samp{~} is called a 4277 @dfn{matching operator} 4278 (@pxref{Regexp Usage}); 4279 it tests whether a string (here, the field @code{$1}) matches a given regular 4280 expression. 4281 4282 By contrast, the following example 4283 looks for @samp{foo} in @emph{the entire record} and prints the first 4284 field and the last field for each matching input record: 4285 4286 @example 4287 $ awk '/foo/ @{ print $1, $NF @}' BBS-list 4288 @print{} fooey B 4289 @print{} foot B 4290 @print{} macfoo A 4291 @print{} sabafoo C 4292 @end example 4293 @c ENDOFRANGE fiex 4294 4295 @node Nonconstant Fields 4296 @section Nonconstant Field Numbers 4297 @cindex fields, numbers 4298 @cindex field numbers 4299 4300 The number of a field does not need to be a constant. Any expression in 4301 the @command{awk} language can be used after a @samp{$} to refer to a 4302 field. The value of the expression specifies the field number. If the 4303 value is a string, rather than a number, it is converted to a number. 4304 Consider this example: 4305 4306 @example 4307 awk '@{ print $NR @}' 4308 @end example 4309 4310 @noindent 4311 Recall that @code{NR} is the number of records read so far: one in the 4312 first record, two in the second, etc. So this example prints the first 4313 field of the first record, the second field of the second record, and so 4314 on. For the twentieth record, field number 20 is printed; most likely, 4315 the record has fewer than 20 fields, so this prints a blank line. 4316 Here is another example of using expressions as field numbers: 4317 4318 @example 4319 awk '@{ print $(2*2) @}' BBS-list 4320 @end example 4321 4322 @command{awk} evaluates the expression @samp{(2*2)} and uses 4323 its value as the number of the field to print. The @samp{*} sign 4324 represents multiplication, so the expression @samp{2*2} evaluates to four. 4325 The parentheses are used so that the multiplication is done before the 4326 @samp{$} operation; they are necessary whenever there is a binary 4327 operator in the field-number expression. This example, then, prints the 4328 hours of operation (the fourth field) for every line of the file 4329 @file{BBS-list}. (All of the @command{awk} operators are listed, in 4330 order of decreasing precedence, in 4331 @ref{Precedence}.) 4332 4333 If the field number you compute is zero, you get the entire record. 4334 Thus, @samp{$(2-2)} has the same value as @code{$0}. Negative field 4335 numbers are not allowed; trying to reference one usually terminates 4336 the program. (The POSIX standard does not define 4337 what happens when you reference a negative field number. @command{gawk} 4338 notices this and terminates your program. Other @command{awk} 4339 implementations may behave differently.) 4340 4341 As mentioned in @ref{Fields}, 4342 @command{awk} stores the current record's number of fields in the built-in 4343 variable @code{NF} (also @pxref{Built-in Variables}). The expression 4344 @code{$NF} is not a special feature---it is the direct consequence of 4345 evaluating @code{NF} and using its value as a field number. 4346 4347 @node Changing Fields 4348 @section Changing the Contents of a Field 4349 4350 @c STARTOFRANGE ficon 4351 @cindex fields, changing contents of 4352 The contents of a field, as seen by @command{awk}, can be changed within an 4353 @command{awk} program; this changes what @command{awk} perceives as the 4354 current input record. (The actual input is untouched; @command{awk} @emph{never} 4355 modifies the input file.) 4356 Consider the following example and its output: 4357 4358 @example 4359 $ awk '@{ nboxes = $3 ; $3 = $3 - 10 4360 > print nboxes, $3 @}' inventory-shipped 4361 @print{} 25 15 4362 @print{} 32 22 4363 @print{} 24 14 4364 @dots{} 4365 @end example 4366 4367 @noindent 4368 The program first saves the original value of field three in the variable 4369 @code{nboxes}. 4370 The @samp{-} sign represents subtraction, so this program reassigns 4371 field three, @code{$3}, as the original value of field three minus ten: 4372 @samp{$3 - 10}. (@xref{Arithmetic Ops}.) 4373 Then it prints the original and new values for field three. 4374 (Someone in the warehouse made a consistent mistake while inventorying 4375 the red boxes.) 4376 4377 For this to work, the text in field @code{$3} must make sense 4378 as a number; the string of characters must be converted to a number 4379 for the computer to do arithmetic on it. The number resulting 4380 from the subtraction is converted back to a string of characters that 4381 then becomes field three. 4382 @xref{Conversion}. 4383 4384 When the value of a field is changed (as perceived by @command{awk}), the 4385 text of the input record is recalculated to contain the new field where 4386 the old one was. In other words, @code{$0} changes to reflect the altered 4387 field. Thus, this program 4388 prints a copy of the input file, with 10 subtracted from the second 4389 field of each line: 4390 4391 @example 4392 $ awk '@{ $2 = $2 - 10; print $0 @}' inventory-shipped 4393 @print{} Jan 3 25 15 115 4394 @print{} Feb 5 32 24 226 4395 @print{} Mar 5 24 34 228 4396 @dots{} 4397 @end example 4398 4399 It is also possible to also assign contents to fields that are out 4400 of range. For example: 4401 4402 @example 4403 $ awk '@{ $6 = ($5 + $4 + $3 + $2) 4404 > print $6 @}' inventory-shipped 4405 @print{} 168 4406 @print{} 297 4407 @print{} 301 4408 @dots{} 4409 @end example 4410 4411 @cindex adding, fields 4412 @cindex fields, adding 4413 @noindent 4414 We've just created @code{$6}, whose value is the sum of fields 4415 @code{$2}, @code{$3}, @code{$4}, and @code{$5}. The @samp{+} sign 4416 represents addition. For the file @file{inventory-shipped}, @code{$6} 4417 represents the total number of parcels shipped for a particular month. 4418 4419 Creating a new field changes @command{awk}'s internal copy of the current 4420 input record, which is the value of @code{$0}. Thus, if you do @samp{print $0} 4421 after adding a field, the record printed includes the new field, with 4422 the appropriate number of field separators between it and the previously 4423 existing fields. 4424 4425 @cindex @code{OFS} variable 4426 @cindex output field separator, See @code{OFS} variable 4427 @cindex field separators, See Also @code{OFS} 4428 This recomputation affects and is affected by 4429 @code{NF} (the number of fields; @pxref{Fields}). 4430 For example, the value of @code{NF} is set to the number of the highest 4431 field you create. 4432 The exact format of @code{$0} is also affected by a feature that has not been discussed yet: 4433 the @dfn{output field separator}, @code{OFS}, 4434 used to separate the fields (@pxref{Output Separators}). 4435 4436 Note, however, that merely @emph{referencing} an out-of-range field 4437 does @emph{not} change the value of either @code{$0} or @code{NF}. 4438 Referencing an out-of-range field only produces an empty string. For 4439 example: 4440 4441 @example 4442 if ($(NF+1) != "") 4443 print "can't happen" 4444 else 4445 print "everything is normal" 4446 @end example 4447 4448 @noindent 4449 should print @samp{everything is normal}, because @code{NF+1} is certain 4450 to be out of range. (@xref{If Statement}, 4451 for more information about @command{awk}'s @code{if-else} statements. 4452 @xref{Typing and Comparison}, 4453 for more information about the @samp{!=} operator.) 4454 4455 It is important to note that making an assignment to an existing field 4456 changes the 4457 value of @code{$0} but does not change the value of @code{NF}, 4458 even when you assign the empty string to a field. For example: 4459 4460 @example 4461 $ echo a b c d | awk '@{ OFS = ":"; $2 = "" 4462 > print $0; print NF @}' 4463 @print{} a::c:d 4464 @print{} 4 4465 @end example 4466 4467 @noindent 4468 The field is still there; it just has an empty value, denoted by 4469 the two colons between @samp{a} and @samp{c}. 4470 This example shows what happens if you create a new field: 4471 4472 @example 4473 $ echo a b c d | awk '@{ OFS = ":"; $2 = ""; $6 = "new" 4474 > print $0; print NF @}' 4475 @print{} a::c:d::new 4476 @print{} 6 4477 @end example 4478 4479 @noindent 4480 The intervening field, @code{$5}, is created with an empty value 4481 (indicated by the second pair of adjacent colons), 4482 and @code{NF} is updated with the value six. 4483 4484 @c FIXME: Verify that this is in POSIX 4485 @cindex dark corner, @code{NF} variable, decrementing 4486 @cindex @code{NF} variable, decrementing 4487 Decrementing @code{NF} throws away the values of the fields 4488 after the new value of @code{NF} and recomputes @code{$0}. 4489 @value{DARKCORNER} 4490 Here is an example: 4491 4492 @example 4493 $ echo a b c d e f | awk '@{ print "NF =", NF; 4494 > NF = 3; print $0 @}' 4495 @print{} NF = 6 4496 @print{} a b c 4497 @end example 4498 4499 @c the comma before decrementing does NOT represent a tertiary entry 4500 @cindex portability, @code{NF} variable, decrementing 4501 @strong{Caution:} Some versions of @command{awk} don't 4502 rebuild @code{$0} when @code{NF} is decremented. Caveat emptor. 4503 4504 Finally, there are times when it is convenient to force 4505 @command{awk} to rebuild the entire record, using the current 4506 value of the fields and @code{OFS}. To do this, use the 4507 seemingly innocuous assignment: 4508 4509 @example 4510 $1 = $1 # force record to be reconstituted 4511 print $0 # or whatever else with $0 4512 @end example 4513 4514 @noindent 4515 This forces @command{awk} rebuild the record. It does help 4516 to add a comment, as we've shown here. 4517 4518 There is a flip side to the relationship between @code{$0} and 4519 the fields. Any assignment to @code{$0} causes the record to be 4520 reparsed into fields using the @emph{current} value of @code{FS}. 4521 This also applies to any built-in function that updates @code{$0}, 4522 such as @code{sub} and @code{gsub} 4523 (@pxref{String Functions}). 4524 @c ENDOFRANGE ficon 4525 4526 @node Field Separators 4527 @section Specifying How Fields Are Separated 4528 4529 @menu 4530 * Regexp Field Splitting:: Using regexps as the field separator. 4531 * Single Character Fields:: Making each character a separate field. 4532 * Command Line Field Separator:: Setting @code{FS} from the command-line. 4533 * Field Splitting Summary:: Some final points and a summary table. 4534 @end menu 4535 4536 @cindex @code{FS} variable 4537 @cindex fields, separating 4538 @c STARTOFRANGE fisepr 4539 @cindex field separators 4540 @c STARTOFRANGE fisepg 4541 @cindex fields, separating 4542 The @dfn{field separator}, which is either a single character or a regular 4543 expression, controls the way @command{awk} splits an input record into fields. 4544 @command{awk} scans the input record for character sequences that 4545 match the separator; the fields themselves are the text between the matches. 4546 4547 In the examples that follow, we use the bullet symbol (@bullet{}) to 4548 represent spaces in the output. 4549 If the field separator is @samp{oo}, then the following line: 4550 4551 @example 4552 moo goo gai pan 4553 @end example 4554 4555 @noindent 4556 is split into three fields: @samp{m}, @samp{@bullet{}g}, and 4557 @samp{@bullet{}gai@bullet{}pan}. 4558 Note the leading spaces in the values of the second and third fields. 4559 4560 @cindex troubleshooting, @command{awk} uses @code{FS} not @code{IFS} 4561 The field separator is represented by the built-in variable @code{FS}. 4562 Shell programmers take note: @command{awk} does @emph{not} use the 4563 name @code{IFS} that is used by the POSIX-compliant shells (such as 4564 the Unix Bourne shell, @command{sh}, or @command{bash}). 4565 4566 @cindex @code{FS} variable, changing value of 4567 The value of @code{FS} can be changed in the @command{awk} program with the 4568 assignment operator, @samp{=} (@pxref{Assignment Ops}). 4569 Often the right time to do this is at the beginning of execution 4570 before any input has been processed, so that the very first record 4571 is read with the proper separator. To do this, use the special 4572 @code{BEGIN} pattern 4573 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 4574 For example, here we set the value of @code{FS} to the string 4575 @code{","}: 4576 4577 @example 4578 awk 'BEGIN @{ FS = "," @} ; @{ print $2 @}' 4579 @end example 4580 4581 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern 4582 @noindent 4583 Given the input line: 4584 4585 @example 4586 John Q. Smith, 29 Oak St., Walamazoo, MI 42139 4587 @end example 4588 4589 @noindent 4590 this @command{awk} program extracts and prints the string 4591 @samp{@bullet{}29@bullet{}Oak@bullet{}St.}. 4592 4593 @cindex field separators, choice of 4594 @cindex regular expressions as field separators 4595 @cindex field separators, regular expressions as 4596 Sometimes the input data contains separator characters that don't 4597 separate fields the way you thought they would. For instance, the 4598 person's name in the example we just used might have a title or 4599 suffix attached, such as: 4600 4601 @example 4602 John Q. Smith, LXIX, 29 Oak St., Walamazoo, MI 42139 4603 @end example 4604 4605 @noindent 4606 The same program would extract @samp{@bullet{}LXIX}, instead of 4607 @samp{@bullet{}29@bullet{}Oak@bullet{}St.}. 4608 If you were expecting the program to print the 4609 address, you would be surprised. The moral is to choose your data layout and 4610 separator characters carefully to prevent such problems. 4611 (If the data is not in a form that is easy to process, perhaps you 4612 can massage it first with a separate @command{awk} program.) 4613 4614 @cindex newlines, as field separators 4615 @cindex whitespace, as field separators 4616 Fields are normally separated by whitespace sequences 4617 (spaces, tabs, and newlines), not by single spaces. Two spaces in a row do not 4618 delimit an empty field. The default value of the field separator @code{FS} 4619 is a string containing a single space, @w{@code{" "}}. If @command{awk} 4620 interpreted this value in the usual way, each space character would separate 4621 fields, so two spaces in a row would make an empty field between them. 4622 The reason this does not happen is that a single space as the value of 4623 @code{FS} is a special case---it is taken to specify the default manner 4624 of delimiting fields. 4625 4626 If @code{FS} is any other single character, such as @code{","}, then 4627 each occurrence of that character separates two fields. Two consecutive 4628 occurrences delimit an empty field. If the character occurs at the 4629 beginning or the end of the line, that too delimits an empty field. The 4630 space character is the only single character that does not follow these 4631 rules. 4632 4633 @node Regexp Field Splitting 4634 @subsection Using Regular Expressions to Separate Fields 4635 4636 @c STARTOFRANGE regexpfs 4637 @cindex regular expressions, as field separators 4638 @c STARTOFRANGE fsregexp 4639 @cindex field separators, regular expressions as 4640 The previous @value{SUBSECTION} 4641 discussed the use of single characters or simple strings as the 4642 value of @code{FS}. 4643 More generally, the value of @code{FS} may be a string containing any 4644 regular expression. In this case, each match in the record for the regular 4645 expression separates fields. For example, the assignment: 4646 4647 @example 4648 FS = ", \t" 4649 @end example 4650 4651 @noindent 4652 makes every area of an input line that consists of a comma followed by a 4653 space and a TAB into a field separator. 4654 @ifinfo 4655 (@samp{\t} 4656 is an @dfn{escape sequence} that stands for a TAB; 4657 @pxref{Escape Sequences}, 4658 for the complete list of similar escape sequences.) 4659 @end ifinfo 4660 4661 For a less trivial example of a regular expression, try using 4662 single spaces to separate fields the way single commas are used. 4663 @code{FS} can be set to @w{@code{"[@ ]"}} (left bracket, space, right 4664 bracket). This regular expression matches a single space and nothing else 4665 (@pxref{Regexp}). 4666 4667 There is an important difference between the two cases of @samp{FS = @w{" "}} 4668 (a single space) and @samp{FS = @w{"[ \t\n]+"}} 4669 (a regular expression matching one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines). 4670 For both values of @code{FS}, fields are separated by @dfn{runs} 4671 (multiple adjacent occurrences) of spaces, tabs, 4672 and/or newlines. However, when the value of @code{FS} is @w{@code{" "}}, 4673 @command{awk} first strips leading and trailing whitespace from 4674 the record and then decides where the fields are. 4675 For example, the following pipeline prints @samp{b}: 4676 4677 @example 4678 $ echo ' a b c d ' | awk '@{ print $2 @}' 4679 @print{} b 4680 @end example 4681 4682 @noindent 4683 However, this pipeline prints @samp{a} (note the extra spaces around 4684 each letter): 4685 4686 @example 4687 $ echo ' a b c d ' | awk 'BEGIN @{ FS = "[ \t\n]+" @} 4688 > @{ print $2 @}' 4689 @print{} a 4690 @end example 4691 4692 @noindent 4693 @cindex null strings 4694 @cindex strings, null 4695 @cindex empty strings, See null strings 4696 In this case, the first field is @dfn{null} or empty. 4697 4698 The stripping of leading and trailing whitespace also comes into 4699 play whenever @code{$0} is recomputed. For instance, study this pipeline: 4700 4701 @example 4702 $ echo ' a b c d' | awk '@{ print; $2 = $2; print @}' 4703 @print{} a b c d 4704 @print{} a b c d 4705 @end example 4706 4707 @noindent 4708 The first @code{print} statement prints the record as it was read, 4709 with leading whitespace intact. The assignment to @code{$2} rebuilds 4710 @code{$0} by concatenating @code{$1} through @code{$NF} together, 4711 separated by the value of @code{OFS}. Because the leading whitespace 4712 was ignored when finding @code{$1}, it is not part of the new @code{$0}. 4713 Finally, the last @code{print} statement prints the new @code{$0}. 4714 @c ENDOFRANGE regexpfs 4715 @c ENDOFRANGE fsregexp 4716 4717 @node Single Character Fields 4718 @subsection Making Each Character a Separate Field 4719 4720 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, single-character fields 4721 @cindex single-character fields 4722 @cindex fields, single-character 4723 There are times when you may want to examine each character 4724 of a record separately. This can be done in @command{gawk} by 4725 simply assigning the null string (@code{""}) to @code{FS}. In this case, 4726 each individual character in the record becomes a separate field. 4727 For example: 4728 4729 @example 4730 $ echo a b | gawk 'BEGIN @{ FS = "" @} 4731 > @{ 4732 > for (i = 1; i <= NF; i = i + 1) 4733 > print "Field", i, "is", $i 4734 > @}' 4735 @print{} Field 1 is a 4736 @print{} Field 2 is 4737 @print{} Field 3 is b 4738 @end example 4739 4740 @cindex dark corner, @code{FS} as null string 4741 @cindex FS variable, as null string 4742 Traditionally, the behavior of @code{FS} equal to @code{""} was not defined. 4743 In this case, most versions of Unix @command{awk} simply treat the entire record 4744 as only having one field. 4745 @value{DARKCORNER} 4746 In compatibility mode 4747 (@pxref{Options}), 4748 if @code{FS} is the null string, then @command{gawk} also 4749 behaves this way. 4750 4751 @node Command Line Field Separator 4752 @subsection Setting @code{FS} from the Command Line 4753 @cindex @code{-F} option 4754 @cindex options, command-line 4755 @cindex command line, options 4756 @cindex field separators, on command line 4757 @c The comma before "setting" does NOT represent a tertiary 4758 @cindex command line, @code{FS} on, setting 4759 @cindex @code{FS} variable, setting from command line 4760 4761 @code{FS} can be set on the command line. Use the @option{-F} option to 4762 do so. For example: 4763 4764 @example 4765 awk -F, '@var{program}' @var{input-files} 4766 @end example 4767 4768 @noindent 4769 sets @code{FS} to the @samp{,} character. Notice that the option uses 4770 an uppercase @samp{F} instead of a lowercase @samp{f}. The latter 4771 option (@option{-f}) specifies a file 4772 containing an @command{awk} program. Case is significant in command-line 4773 options: 4774 the @option{-F} and @option{-f} options have nothing to do with each other. 4775 You can use both options at the same time to set the @code{FS} variable 4776 @emph{and} get an @command{awk} program from a file. 4777 4778 The value used for the argument to @option{-F} is processed in exactly the 4779 same way as assignments to the built-in variable @code{FS}. 4780 Any special characters in the field separator must be escaped 4781 appropriately. For example, to use a @samp{\} as the field separator 4782 on the command line, you would have to type: 4783 4784 @example 4785 # same as FS = "\\" 4786 awk -F\\\\ '@dots{}' files @dots{} 4787 @end example 4788 4789 @noindent 4790 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), as field separators 4791 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), as field separators 4792 Because @samp{\} is used for quoting in the shell, @command{awk} sees 4793 @samp{-F\\}. Then @command{awk} processes the @samp{\\} for escape 4794 characters (@pxref{Escape Sequences}), finally yielding 4795 a single @samp{\} to use for the field separator. 4796 4797 @c @cindex historical features 4798 As a special case, in compatibility mode 4799 (@pxref{Options}), 4800 if the argument to @option{-F} is @samp{t}, then @code{FS} is set to 4801 the TAB character. If you type @samp{-F\t} at the 4802 shell, without any quotes, the @samp{\} gets deleted, so @command{awk} 4803 figures that you really want your fields to be separated with tabs and 4804 not @samp{t}s. Use @samp{-v FS="t"} or @samp{-F"[t]"} on the command line 4805 if you really do want to separate your fields with @samp{t}s. 4806 4807 For example, let's use an @command{awk} program file called @file{baud.awk} 4808 that contains the pattern @code{/300/} and the action @samp{print $1}: 4809 4810 @example 4811 /300/ @{ print $1 @} 4812 @end example 4813 4814 Let's also set @code{FS} to be the @samp{-} character and run the 4815 program on the file @file{BBS-list}. The following command prints a 4816 list of the names of the bulletin boards that operate at 300 baud and 4817 the first three digits of their phone numbers: 4818 4819 @c tweaked to make the tex output look better in @smallbook 4820 @example 4821 $ awk -F- -f baud.awk BBS-list 4822 @print{} aardvark 555 4823 @print{} alpo 4824 @print{} barfly 555 4825 @print{} bites 555 4826 @print{} camelot 555 4827 @print{} core 555 4828 @print{} fooey 555 4829 @print{} foot 555 4830 @print{} macfoo 555 4831 @print{} sdace 555 4832 @print{} sabafoo 555 4833 @end example 4834 4835 @noindent 4836 Note the second line of output. The second line 4837 in the original file looked like this: 4838 4839 @example 4840 alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A 4841 @end example 4842 4843 The @samp{-} as part of the system's name was used as the field 4844 separator, instead of the @samp{-} in the phone number that was 4845 originally intended. This demonstrates why you have to be careful in 4846 choosing your field and record separators. 4847 4848 @c The comma after "password files" does NOT start a tertiary 4849 @cindex Unix @command{awk}, password files, field separators and 4850 Perhaps the most common use of a single character as the field 4851 separator occurs when processing the Unix system password file. 4852 On many Unix systems, each user has a separate entry in the system password 4853 file, one line per user. The information in these lines is separated 4854 by colons. The first field is the user's logon name and the second is 4855 the user's (encrypted or shadow) password. A password file entry might look 4856 like this: 4857 4858 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 4859 @example 4860 arnold:xyzzy:2076:10:Arnold Robbins:/home/arnold:/bin/bash 4861 @end example 4862 4863 The following program searches the system password file and prints 4864 the entries for users who have no password: 4865 4866 @example 4867 awk -F: '$2 == ""' /etc/passwd 4868 @end example 4869 4870 @node Field Splitting Summary 4871 @subsection Field-Splitting Summary 4872 4873 It is important to remember that when you assign a string constant 4874 as the value of @code{FS}, it undergoes normal @command{awk} string 4875 processing. For example, with Unix @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, 4876 the assignment @samp{FS = "\.."} assigns the character string @code{".."} 4877 to @code{FS} (the backslash is stripped). This creates a regexp meaning 4878 ``fields are separated by occurrences of any two characters.'' 4879 If instead you want fields to be separated by a literal period followed 4880 by any single character, use @samp{FS = "\\.."}. 4881 4882 The following table summarizes how fields are split, based on the value 4883 of @code{FS} (@samp{==} means ``is equal to''): 4884 4885 @table @code 4886 @item FS == " " 4887 Fields are separated by runs of whitespace. Leading and trailing 4888 whitespace are ignored. This is the default. 4889 4890 @item FS == @var{any other single character} 4891 Fields are separated by each occurrence of the character. Multiple 4892 successive occurrences delimit empty fields, as do leading and 4893 trailing occurrences. 4894 The character can even be a regexp metacharacter; it does not need 4895 to be escaped. 4896 4897 @item FS == @var{regexp} 4898 Fields are separated by occurrences of characters that match @var{regexp}. 4899 Leading and trailing matches of @var{regexp} delimit empty fields. 4900 4901 @item FS == "" 4902 Each individual character in the record becomes a separate field. 4903 (This is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not specified by the 4904 POSIX standard.) 4905 @end table 4906 4907 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 4908 @subheading Advanced Notes: Changing @code{FS} Does Not Affect the Fields 4909 4910 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, field separators and 4911 @cindex field separators, POSIX and 4912 According to the POSIX standard, @command{awk} is supposed to behave 4913 as if each record is split into fields at the time it is read. 4914 In particular, this means that if you change the value of @code{FS} 4915 after a record is read, the value of the fields (i.e., how they were split) 4916 should reflect the old value of @code{FS}, not the new one. 4917 4918 @cindex dark corner, field separators 4919 @cindex @command{sed} utility 4920 @cindex stream editors 4921 However, many implementations of @command{awk} do not work this way. Instead, 4922 they defer splitting the fields until a field is actually 4923 referenced. The fields are split 4924 using the @emph{current} value of @code{FS}! 4925 @value{DARKCORNER} 4926 This behavior can be difficult 4927 to diagnose. The following example illustrates the difference 4928 between the two methods. 4929 (The @command{sed}@footnote{The @command{sed} utility is a ``stream editor.'' 4930 Its behavior is also defined by the POSIX standard.} 4931 command prints just the first line of @file{/etc/passwd}.) 4932 4933 @example 4934 sed 1q /etc/passwd | awk '@{ FS = ":" ; print $1 @}' 4935 @end example 4936 4937 @noindent 4938 which usually prints: 4939 4940 @example 4941 root 4942 @end example 4943 4944 @noindent 4945 on an incorrect implementation of @command{awk}, while @command{gawk} 4946 prints something like: 4947 4948 @example 4949 root:nSijPlPhZZwgE:0:0:Root:/: 4950 @end example 4951 4952 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 4953 @subheading Advanced Notes: @code{FS} and @code{IGNORECASE} 4954 4955 The @code{IGNORECASE} variable 4956 (@pxref{User-modified}) 4957 affects field splitting @emph{only} when the value of @code{FS} is a regexp. 4958 It has no effect when @code{FS} is a single character, even if 4959 that character is a letter. Thus, in the following code: 4960 4961 @example 4962 FS = "c" 4963 IGNORECASE = 1 4964 $0 = "aCa" 4965 print $1 4966 @end example 4967 4968 @noindent 4969 The output is @samp{aCa}. If you really want to split fields on an 4970 alphabetic character while ignoring case, use a regexp that will 4971 do it for you. E.g., @samp{FS = "[c]"}. In this case, @code{IGNORECASE} 4972 will take effect. 4973 4974 @c ENDOFRANGE fisepr 4975 @c ENDOFRANGE fisepg 4976 4977 @node Constant Size 4978 @section Reading Fixed-Width Data 4979 4980 @ifnotinfo 4981 @strong{Note:} This @value{SECTION} discusses an advanced 4982 feature of @command{gawk}. If you are a novice @command{awk} user, 4983 you might want to skip it on the first reading. 4984 @end ifnotinfo 4985 4986 @ifinfo 4987 (This @value{SECTION} discusses an advanced feature of @command{awk}. 4988 If you are a novice @command{awk} user, you might want to skip it on 4989 the first reading.) 4990 @end ifinfo 4991 4992 @cindex data, fixed-width 4993 @cindex fixed-width data 4994 @cindex advanced features, fixed-width data 4995 @command{gawk} @value{PVERSION} 2.13 introduced a facility for dealing with 4996 fixed-width fields with no distinctive field separator. For example, 4997 data of this nature arises in the input for old Fortran programs where 4998 numbers are run together, or in the output of programs that did not 4999 anticipate the use of their output as input for other programs. 5000 5001 An example of the latter is a table where all the columns are lined up by 5002 the use of a variable number of spaces and @emph{empty fields are just 5003 spaces}. Clearly, @command{awk}'s normal field splitting based on @code{FS} 5004 does not work well in this case. Although a portable @command{awk} program 5005 can use a series of @code{substr} calls on @code{$0} 5006 (@pxref{String Functions}), 5007 this is awkward and inefficient for a large number of fields. 5008 5009 @c comma before specifying is part of tertiary 5010 @cindex troubleshooting, fatal errors, field widths, specifying 5011 @cindex @command{w} utility 5012 @cindex @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable 5013 The splitting of an input record into fixed-width fields is specified by 5014 assigning a string containing space-separated numbers to the built-in 5015 variable @code{FIELDWIDTHS}. Each number specifies the width of the field, 5016 @emph{including} columns between fields. If you want to ignore the columns 5017 between fields, you can specify the width as a separate field that is 5018 subsequently ignored. 5019 It is a fatal error to supply a field width that is not a positive number. 5020 The following data is the output of the Unix @command{w} utility. It is useful 5021 to illustrate the use of @code{FIELDWIDTHS}: 5022 5023 @example 5024 @group 5025 10:06pm up 21 days, 14:04, 23 users 5026 User tty login@ idle JCPU PCPU what 5027 hzuo ttyV0 8:58pm 9 5 vi p24.tex 5028 hzang ttyV3 6:37pm 50 -csh 5029 eklye ttyV5 9:53pm 7 1 em thes.tex 5030 dportein ttyV6 8:17pm 1:47 -csh 5031 gierd ttyD3 10:00pm 1 elm 5032 dave ttyD4 9:47pm 4 4 w 5033 brent ttyp0 26Jun91 4:46 26:46 4:41 bash 5034 dave ttyq4 26Jun9115days 46 46 wnewmail 5035 @end group 5036 @end example 5037 5038 The following program takes the above input, converts the idle time to 5039 number of seconds, and prints out the first two fields and the calculated 5040 idle time: 5041 5042 @strong{Note:} 5043 This program uses a number of @command{awk} features that 5044 haven't been introduced yet. 5045 5046 @example 5047 BEGIN @{ FIELDWIDTHS = "9 6 10 6 7 7 35" @} 5048 NR > 2 @{ 5049 idle = $4 5050 sub(/^ */, "", idle) # strip leading spaces 5051 if (idle == "") 5052 idle = 0 5053 if (idle ~ /:/) @{ 5054 split(idle, t, ":") 5055 idle = t[1] * 60 + t[2] 5056 @} 5057 if (idle ~ /days/) 5058 idle *= 24 * 60 * 60 5059 5060 print $1, $2, idle 5061 @} 5062 @end example 5063 5064 Running the program on the data produces the following results: 5065 5066 @example 5067 hzuo ttyV0 0 5068 hzang ttyV3 50 5069 eklye ttyV5 0 5070 dportein ttyV6 107 5071 gierd ttyD3 1 5072 dave ttyD4 0 5073 brent ttyp0 286 5074 dave ttyq4 1296000 5075 @end example 5076 5077 Another (possibly more practical) example of fixed-width input data 5078 is the input from a deck of balloting cards. In some parts of 5079 the United States, voters mark their choices by punching holes in computer 5080 cards. These cards are then processed to count the votes for any particular 5081 candidate or on any particular issue. Because a voter may choose not to 5082 vote on some issue, any column on the card may be empty. An @command{awk} 5083 program for processing such data could use the @code{FIELDWIDTHS} feature 5084 to simplify reading the data. (Of course, getting @command{gawk} to run on 5085 a system with card readers is another story!) 5086 5087 @ignore 5088 Exercise: Write a ballot card reading program 5089 @end ignore 5090 5091 @cindex @command{gawk}, splitting fields and 5092 Assigning a value to @code{FS} causes @command{gawk} to use 5093 @code{FS} for field splitting again. Use @samp{FS = FS} to make this happen, 5094 without having to know the current value of @code{FS}. 5095 In order to tell which kind of field splitting is in effect, 5096 use @code{PROCINFO["FS"]} 5097 (@pxref{Auto-set}). 5098 The value is @code{"FS"} if regular field splitting is being used, 5099 or it is @code{"FIELDWIDTHS"} if fixed-width field splitting is being used: 5100 5101 @example 5102 if (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FS") 5103 @var{regular field splitting} @dots{} 5104 else 5105 @var{fixed-width field splitting} @dots{} 5106 @end example 5107 5108 This information is useful when writing a function 5109 that needs to temporarily change @code{FS} or @code{FIELDWIDTHS}, 5110 read some records, and then restore the original settings 5111 (@pxref{Passwd Functions}, 5112 for an example of such a function). 5113 5114 @node Multiple Line 5115 @section Multiple-Line Records 5116 5117 @c STARTOFRANGE recm 5118 @cindex records, multiline 5119 @c STARTOFRANGE imr 5120 @cindex input, multiline records 5121 @c STARTOFRANGE frm 5122 @cindex files, reading, multiline records 5123 @cindex input, files, See input files 5124 In some databases, a single line cannot conveniently hold all the 5125 information in one entry. In such cases, you can use multiline 5126 records. The first step in doing this is to choose your data format. 5127 5128 @cindex record separators, with multiline records 5129 One technique is to use an unusual character or string to separate 5130 records. For example, you could use the formfeed character (written 5131 @samp{\f} in @command{awk}, as in C) to separate them, making each record 5132 a page of the file. To do this, just set the variable @code{RS} to 5133 @code{"\f"} (a string containing the formfeed character). Any 5134 other character could equally well be used, as long as it won't be part 5135 of the data in a record. 5136 5137 @cindex @code{RS} variable, multiline records and 5138 Another technique is to have blank lines separate records. By a special 5139 dispensation, an empty string as the value of @code{RS} indicates that 5140 records are separated by one or more blank lines. When @code{RS} is set 5141 to the empty string, each record always ends at the first blank line 5142 encountered. The next record doesn't start until the first nonblank 5143 line that follows. No matter how many blank lines appear in a row, they 5144 all act as one record separator. 5145 (Blank lines must be completely empty; lines that contain only 5146 whitespace do not count.) 5147 5148 @cindex leftmost longest match 5149 @cindex matching, leftmost longest 5150 You can achieve the same effect as @samp{RS = ""} by assigning the 5151 string @code{"\n\n+"} to @code{RS}. This regexp matches the newline 5152 at the end of the record and one or more blank lines after the record. 5153 In addition, a regular expression always matches the longest possible 5154 sequence when there is a choice 5155 (@pxref{Leftmost Longest}). 5156 So the next record doesn't start until 5157 the first nonblank line that follows---no matter how many blank lines 5158 appear in a row, they are considered one record separator. 5159 5160 @cindex dark corner, multiline records 5161 There is an important difference between @samp{RS = ""} and 5162 @samp{RS = "\n\n+"}. In the first case, leading newlines in the input 5163 @value{DF} are ignored, and if a file ends without extra blank lines 5164 after the last record, the final newline is removed from the record. 5165 In the second case, this special processing is not done. 5166 @value{DARKCORNER} 5167 5168 @cindex field separators, in multiline records 5169 Now that the input is separated into records, the second step is to 5170 separate the fields in the record. One way to do this is to divide each 5171 of the lines into fields in the normal manner. This happens by default 5172 as the result of a special feature. When @code{RS} is set to the empty 5173 string, @emph{and} @code{FS} is a set to a single character, 5174 the newline character @emph{always} acts as a field separator. 5175 This is in addition to whatever field separations result from 5176 @code{FS}.@footnote{When @code{FS} is the null string (@code{""}) 5177 or a regexp, this special feature of @code{RS} does not apply. 5178 It does apply to the default field separator of a single space: 5179 @samp{FS = " "}.} 5180 5181 The original motivation for this special exception was probably to provide 5182 useful behavior in the default case (i.e., @code{FS} is equal 5183 to @w{@code{" "}}). This feature can be a problem if you really don't 5184 want the newline character to separate fields, because there is no way to 5185 prevent it. However, you can work around this by using the @code{split} 5186 function to break up the record manually 5187 (@pxref{String Functions}). 5188 If you have a single character field separator, you can work around 5189 the special feature in a different way, by making @code{FS} into a 5190 regexp for that single character. For example, if the field 5191 separator is a percent character, instead of 5192 @samp{FS = "%"}, use @samp{FS = "[%]"}. 5193 5194 Another way to separate fields is to 5195 put each field on a separate line: to do this, just set the 5196 variable @code{FS} to the string @code{"\n"}. (This single 5197 character seperator matches a single newline.) 5198 A practical example of a @value{DF} organized this way might be a mailing 5199 list, where each entry is separated by blank lines. Consider a mailing 5200 list in a file named @file{addresses}, which looks like this: 5201 5202 @example 5203 Jane Doe 5204 123 Main Street 5205 Anywhere, SE 12345-6789 5206 5207 John Smith 5208 456 Tree-lined Avenue 5209 Smallville, MW 98765-4321 5210 @dots{} 5211 @end example 5212 5213 @noindent 5214 A simple program to process this file is as follows: 5215 5216 @example 5217 # addrs.awk --- simple mailing list program 5218 5219 # Records are separated by blank lines. 5220 # Each line is one field. 5221 BEGIN @{ RS = "" ; FS = "\n" @} 5222 5223 @{ 5224 print "Name is:", $1 5225 print "Address is:", $2 5226 print "City and State are:", $3 5227 print "" 5228 @} 5229 @end example 5230 5231 Running the program produces the following output: 5232 5233 @example 5234 $ awk -f addrs.awk addresses 5235 @print{} Name is: Jane Doe 5236 @print{} Address is: 123 Main Street 5237 @print{} City and State are: Anywhere, SE 12345-6789 5238 @print{} 5239 @print{} Name is: John Smith 5240 @print{} Address is: 456 Tree-lined Avenue 5241 @print{} City and State are: Smallville, MW 98765-4321 5242 @print{} 5243 @dots{} 5244 @end example 5245 5246 @xref{Labels Program}, for a more realistic 5247 program that deals with address lists. 5248 The following 5249 table 5250 summarizes how records are split, based on the 5251 value of 5252 @ifinfo 5253 @code{RS}. 5254 (@samp{==} means ``is equal to.'') 5255 @end ifinfo 5256 @ifnotinfo 5257 @code{RS}: 5258 @end ifnotinfo 5259 5260 @table @code 5261 @item RS == "\n" 5262 Records are separated by the newline character (@samp{\n}). In effect, 5263 every line in the @value{DF} is a separate record, including blank lines. 5264 This is the default. 5265 5266 @item RS == @var{any single character} 5267 Records are separated by each occurrence of the character. Multiple 5268 successive occurrences delimit empty records. 5269 5270 @item RS == "" 5271 Records are separated by runs of blank lines. The newline character 5272 always serves as a field separator, in addition to whatever value 5273 @code{FS} may have. Leading and trailing newlines in a file are ignored. 5274 5275 @item RS == @var{regexp} 5276 Records are separated by occurrences of characters that match @var{regexp}. 5277 Leading and trailing matches of @var{regexp} delimit empty records. 5278 (This is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not specified by the 5279 POSIX standard.) 5280 @end table 5281 5282 @cindex @code{RT} variable 5283 In all cases, @command{gawk} sets @code{RT} to the input text that matched the 5284 value specified by @code{RS}. 5285 @c ENDOFRANGE recm 5286 @c ENDOFRANGE imr 5287 @c ENDOFRANGE frm 5288 5289 @node Getline 5290 @section Explicit Input with @code{getline} 5291 5292 @c STARTOFRANGE getl 5293 @cindex @code{getline} command, explicit input with 5294 @cindex input, explicit 5295 So far we have been getting our input data from @command{awk}'s main 5296 input stream---either the standard input (usually your terminal, sometimes 5297 the output from another program) or from the 5298 files specified on the command line. The @command{awk} language has a 5299 special built-in command called @code{getline} that 5300 can be used to read input under your explicit control. 5301 5302 The @code{getline} command is used in several different ways and should 5303 @emph{not} be used by beginners. 5304 The examples that follow the explanation of the @code{getline} command 5305 include material that has not been covered yet. Therefore, come back 5306 and study the @code{getline} command @emph{after} you have reviewed the 5307 rest of this @value{DOCUMENT} and have a good knowledge of how @command{awk} works. 5308 5309 @cindex @code{ERRNO} variable 5310 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{getline} command 5311 @cindex @code{getline} command, return values 5312 The @code{getline} command returns one if it finds a record and zero if 5313 it encounters the end of the file. If there is some error in getting 5314 a record, such as a file that cannot be opened, then @code{getline} 5315 returns @minus{}1. In this case, @command{gawk} sets the variable 5316 @code{ERRNO} to a string describing the error that occurred. 5317 5318 In the following examples, @var{command} stands for a string value that 5319 represents a shell command. 5320 5321 @menu 5322 * Plain Getline:: Using @code{getline} with no arguments. 5323 * Getline/Variable:: Using @code{getline} into a variable. 5324 * Getline/File:: Using @code{getline} from a file. 5325 * Getline/Variable/File:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 5326 file. 5327 * Getline/Pipe:: Using @code{getline} from a pipe. 5328 * Getline/Variable/Pipe:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 5329 pipe. 5330 * Getline/Coprocess:: Using @code{getline} from a coprocess. 5331 * Getline/Variable/Coprocess:: Using @code{getline} into a variable from a 5332 coprocess. 5333 * Getline Notes:: Important things to know about @code{getline}. 5334 * Getline Summary:: Summary of @code{getline} Variants. 5335 @end menu 5336 5337 @node Plain Getline 5338 @subsection Using @code{getline} with No Arguments 5339 5340 The @code{getline} command can be used without arguments to read input 5341 from the current input file. All it does in this case is read the next 5342 input record and split it up into fields. This is useful if you've 5343 finished processing the current record, but want to do some special 5344 processing on the next record @emph{right now}. For example: 5345 5346 @example 5347 @{ 5348 if ((t = index($0, "/*")) != 0) @{ 5349 # value of `tmp' will be "" if t is 1 5350 tmp = substr($0, 1, t - 1) 5351 u = index(substr($0, t + 2), "*/") 5352 while (u == 0) @{ 5353 if (getline <= 0) @{ 5354 m = "unexpected EOF or error" 5355 m = (m ": " ERRNO) 5356 print m > "/dev/stderr" 5357 exit 5358 @} 5359 t = -1 5360 u = index($0, "*/") 5361 @} 5362 # substr expression will be "" if */ 5363 # occurred at end of line 5364 $0 = tmp substr($0, u + 2) 5365 @} 5366 print $0 5367 @} 5368 @end example 5369 5370 This @command{awk} program deletes all C-style comments (@samp{/* @dots{} 5371 */}) from the input. By replacing the @samp{print $0} with other 5372 statements, you could perform more complicated processing on the 5373 decommented input, such as searching for matches of a regular 5374 expression. (This program has a subtle problem---it does not work if one 5375 comment ends and another begins on the same line.) 5376 5377 @ignore 5378 Exercise, 5379 write a program that does handle multiple comments on the line. 5380 @end ignore 5381 5382 This form of the @code{getline} command sets @code{NF}, 5383 @code{NR}, @code{FNR}, and the value of @code{$0}. 5384 5385 @strong{Note:} The new value of @code{$0} is used to test 5386 the patterns of any subsequent rules. The original value 5387 of @code{$0} that triggered the rule that executed @code{getline} 5388 is lost. 5389 By contrast, the @code{next} statement reads a new record 5390 but immediately begins processing it normally, starting with the first 5391 rule in the program. @xref{Next Statement}. 5392 5393 @node Getline/Variable 5394 @subsection Using @code{getline} into a Variable 5395 @c comma before using is NOT for tertiary 5396 @cindex variables, @code{getline} command into, using 5397 5398 You can use @samp{getline @var{var}} to read the next record from 5399 @command{awk}'s input into the variable @var{var}. No other processing is 5400 done. 5401 For example, suppose the next line is a comment or a special string, 5402 and you want to read it without triggering 5403 any rules. This form of @code{getline} allows you to read that line 5404 and store it in a variable so that the main 5405 read-a-line-and-check-each-rule loop of @command{awk} never sees it. 5406 The following example swaps every two lines of input: 5407 5408 @example 5409 @{ 5410 if ((getline tmp) > 0) @{ 5411 print tmp 5412 print $0 5413 @} else 5414 print $0 5415 @} 5416 @end example 5417 5418 @noindent 5419 It takes the following list: 5420 5421 @example 5422 wan 5423 tew 5424 free 5425 phore 5426 @end example 5427 5428 @noindent 5429 and produces these results: 5430 5431 @example 5432 tew 5433 wan 5434 phore 5435 free 5436 @end example 5437 5438 The @code{getline} command used in this way sets only the variables 5439 @code{NR} and @code{FNR} (and of course, @var{var}). The record is not 5440 split into fields, so the values of the fields (including @code{$0}) and 5441 the value of @code{NF} do not change. 5442 5443 @node Getline/File 5444 @subsection Using @code{getline} from a File 5445 5446 @cindex input redirection 5447 @cindex redirection of input 5448 @cindex @code{<} (left angle bracket), @code{<} operator (I/O) 5449 @cindex left angle bracket (@code{<}), @code{<} operator (I/O) 5450 @cindex operators, input/output 5451 Use @samp{getline < @var{file}} to read the next record from @var{file}. 5452 Here @var{file} is a string-valued expression that 5453 specifies the @value{FN}. @samp{< @var{file}} is called a @dfn{redirection} 5454 because it directs input to come from a different place. 5455 For example, the following 5456 program reads its input record from the file @file{secondary.input} when it 5457 encounters a first field with a value equal to 10 in the current input 5458 file: 5459 5460 @example 5461 @{ 5462 if ($1 == 10) @{ 5463 getline < "secondary.input" 5464 print 5465 @} else 5466 print 5467 @} 5468 @end example 5469 5470 Because the main input stream is not used, the values of @code{NR} and 5471 @code{FNR} are not changed. However, the record it reads is split into fields in 5472 the normal manner, so the values of @code{$0} and the other fields are 5473 changed, resulting in a new value of @code{NF}. 5474 5475 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{<} operator and 5476 @c Thanks to Paul Eggert for initial wording here 5477 According to POSIX, @samp{getline < @var{expression}} is ambiguous if 5478 @var{expression} contains unparenthesized operators other than 5479 @samp{$}; for example, @samp{getline < dir "/" file} is ambiguous 5480 because the concatenation operator is not parenthesized. You should 5481 write it as @samp{getline < (dir "/" file)} if you want your program 5482 to be portable to other @command{awk} implementations. 5483 5484 @node Getline/Variable/File 5485 @subsection Using @code{getline} into a Variable from a File 5486 @c comma before using is NOT for tertiary 5487 @cindex variables, @code{getline} command into, using 5488 5489 Use @samp{getline @var{var} < @var{file}} to read input 5490 from the file 5491 @var{file}, and put it in the variable @var{var}. As above, @var{file} 5492 is a string-valued expression that specifies the file from which to read. 5493 5494 In this version of @code{getline}, none of the built-in variables are 5495 changed and the record is not split into fields. The only variable 5496 changed is @var{var}. 5497 For example, the following program copies all the input files to the 5498 output, except for records that say @w{@samp{@@include @var{filename}}}. 5499 Such a record is replaced by the contents of the file 5500 @var{filename}: 5501 5502 @example 5503 @{ 5504 if (NF == 2 && $1 == "@@include") @{ 5505 while ((getline line < $2) > 0) 5506 print line 5507 close($2) 5508 @} else 5509 print 5510 @} 5511 @end example 5512 5513 Note here how the name of the extra input file is not built into 5514 the program; it is taken directly from the data, specifically from the second field on 5515 the @samp{@@include} line. 5516 5517 @cindex @code{close} function 5518 The @code{close} function is called to ensure that if two identical 5519 @samp{@@include} lines appear in the input, the entire specified file is 5520 included twice. 5521 @xref{Close Files And Pipes}. 5522 5523 One deficiency of this program is that it does not process nested 5524 @samp{@@include} statements 5525 (i.e., @samp{@@include} statements in included files) 5526 the way a true macro preprocessor would. 5527 @xref{Igawk Program}, for a program 5528 that does handle nested @samp{@@include} statements. 5529 5530 @node Getline/Pipe 5531 @subsection Using @code{getline} from a Pipe 5532 5533 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|} operator (I/O) 5534 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|} operator (I/O) 5535 @cindex input pipeline 5536 @cindex pipes, input 5537 @cindex operators, input/output 5538 The output of a command can also be piped into @code{getline}, using 5539 @samp{@var{command} | getline}. In 5540 this case, the string @var{command} is run as a shell command and its output 5541 is piped into @command{awk} to be used as input. This form of @code{getline} 5542 reads one record at a time from the pipe. 5543 For example, the following program copies its input to its output, except for 5544 lines that begin with @samp{@@execute}, which are replaced by the output 5545 produced by running the rest of the line as a shell command: 5546 5547 @example 5548 @{ 5549 if ($1 == "@@execute") @{ 5550 tmp = substr($0, 10) 5551 while ((tmp | getline) > 0) 5552 print 5553 close(tmp) 5554 @} else 5555 print 5556 @} 5557 @end example 5558 5559 @noindent 5560 @cindex @code{close} function 5561 The @code{close} function is called to ensure that if two identical 5562 @samp{@@execute} lines appear in the input, the command is run for 5563 each one. 5564 @ifnottex 5565 @xref{Close Files And Pipes}. 5566 @end ifnottex 5567 @c Exercise!! 5568 @c This example is unrealistic, since you could just use system 5569 Given the input: 5570 5571 @example 5572 foo 5573 bar 5574 baz 5575 @@execute who 5576 bletch 5577 @end example 5578 5579 @noindent 5580 the program might produce: 5581 5582 @cindex Robbins, Bill 5583 @cindex Robbins, Miriam 5584 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 5585 @example 5586 foo 5587 bar 5588 baz 5589 arnold ttyv0 Jul 13 14:22 5590 miriam ttyp0 Jul 13 14:23 (murphy:0) 5591 bill ttyp1 Jul 13 14:23 (murphy:0) 5592 bletch 5593 @end example 5594 5595 @noindent 5596 Notice that this program ran the command @command{who} and printed the previous result. 5597 (If you try this program yourself, you will of course get different results, 5598 depending upon who is logged in on your system.) 5599 5600 This variation of @code{getline} splits the record into fields, sets the 5601 value of @code{NF}, and recomputes the value of @code{$0}. The values of 5602 @code{NR} and @code{FNR} are not changed. 5603 5604 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{|} I/O operator and 5605 @c Thanks to Paul Eggert for initial wording here 5606 According to POSIX, @samp{@var{expression} | getline} is ambiguous if 5607 @var{expression} contains unparenthesized operators other than 5608 @samp{$}---for example, @samp{@w{"echo "} "date" | getline} is ambiguous 5609 because the concatenation operator is not parenthesized. You should 5610 write it as @samp{(@w{"echo "} "date") | getline} if you want your program 5611 to be portable to other @command{awk} implementations. 5612 5613 @node Getline/Variable/Pipe 5614 @subsection Using @code{getline} into a Variable from a Pipe 5615 @c comma before using is NOT for tertiary 5616 @cindex variables, @code{getline} command into, using 5617 5618 When you use @samp{@var{command} | getline @var{var}}, the 5619 output of @var{command} is sent through a pipe to 5620 @code{getline} and into the variable @var{var}. For example, the 5621 following program reads the current date and time into the variable 5622 @code{current_time}, using the @command{date} utility, and then 5623 prints it: 5624 5625 @example 5626 BEGIN @{ 5627 "date" | getline current_time 5628 close("date") 5629 print "Report printed on " current_time 5630 @} 5631 @end example 5632 5633 In this version of @code{getline}, none of the built-in variables are 5634 changed and the record is not split into fields. 5635 5636 @ifinfo 5637 @c Thanks to Paul Eggert for initial wording here 5638 According to POSIX, @samp{@var{expression} | getline @var{var}} is ambiguous if 5639 @var{expression} contains unparenthesized operators other than 5640 @samp{$}; for example, @samp{@w{"echo "} "date" | getline @var{var}} is ambiguous 5641 because the concatenation operator is not parenthesized. You should 5642 write it as @samp{(@w{"echo "} "date") | getline @var{var}} if you want your 5643 program to be portable to other @command{awk} implementations. 5644 @end ifinfo 5645 5646 @node Getline/Coprocess 5647 @subsection Using @code{getline} from a Coprocess 5648 @cindex coprocesses, @code{getline} from 5649 @c comma before using is NOT for tertiary 5650 @cindex @code{getline} command, coprocesses, using from 5651 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 5652 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 5653 @cindex operators, input/output 5654 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, input/output operators 5655 5656 Input into @code{getline} from a pipe is a one-way operation. 5657 The command that is started with @samp{@var{command} | getline} only 5658 sends data @emph{to} your @command{awk} program. 5659 5660 On occasion, you might want to send data to another program 5661 for processing and then read the results back. 5662 @command{gawk} allows you start a @dfn{coprocess}, with which two-way 5663 communications are possible. This is done with the @samp{|&} 5664 operator. 5665 Typically, you write data to the coprocess first and then 5666 read results back, as shown in the following: 5667 5668 @example 5669 print "@var{some query}" |& "db_server" 5670 "db_server" |& getline 5671 @end example 5672 5673 @noindent 5674 which sends a query to @command{db_server} and then reads the results. 5675 5676 The values of @code{NR} and 5677 @code{FNR} are not changed, 5678 because the main input stream is not used. 5679 However, the record is split into fields in 5680 the normal manner, thus changing the values of @code{$0}, of the other fields, 5681 and of @code{NF}. 5682 5683 Coprocesses are an advanced feature. They are discussed here only because 5684 this is the @value{SECTION} on @code{getline}. 5685 @xref{Two-way I/O}, 5686 where coprocesses are discussed in more detail. 5687 5688 @node Getline/Variable/Coprocess 5689 @subsection Using @code{getline} into a Variable from a Coprocess 5690 @c comma before using is NOT for tertiary 5691 @cindex variables, @code{getline} command into, using 5692 5693 When you use @samp{@var{command} |& getline @var{var}}, the output from 5694 the coprocess @var{command} is sent through a two-way pipe to @code{getline} 5695 and into the variable @var{var}. 5696 5697 In this version of @code{getline}, none of the built-in variables are 5698 changed and the record is not split into fields. The only variable 5699 changed is @var{var}. 5700 5701 @ifinfo 5702 Coprocesses are an advanced feature. They are discussed here only because 5703 this is the @value{SECTION} on @code{getline}. 5704 @xref{Two-way I/O}, 5705 where coprocesses are discussed in more detail. 5706 @end ifinfo 5707 5708 @node Getline Notes 5709 @subsection Points to Remember About @code{getline} 5710 Here are some miscellaneous points about @code{getline} that 5711 you should bear in mind: 5712 5713 @itemize @bullet 5714 @item 5715 When @code{getline} changes the value of @code{$0} and @code{NF}, 5716 @command{awk} does @emph{not} automatically jump to the start of the 5717 program and start testing the new record against every pattern. 5718 However, the new record is tested against any subsequent rules. 5719 5720 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, implementation limitations 5721 @cindex implementation issues, @command{gawk}, limits 5722 @cindex @command{awk}, implementations, limits 5723 @cindex @command{gawk}, implementation issues, limits 5724 @item 5725 Many @command{awk} implementations limit the number of pipelines that an @command{awk} 5726 program may have open to just one. In @command{gawk}, there is no such limit. 5727 You can open as many pipelines (and coprocesses) as the underlying operating 5728 system permits. 5729 5730 @cindex side effects, @code{FILENAME} variable 5731 @c The comma before "setting with" does NOT represent a tertiary 5732 @cindex @code{FILENAME} variable, @code{getline}, setting with 5733 @cindex dark corner, @code{FILENAME} variable 5734 @cindex @code{getline} command, @code{FILENAME} variable and 5735 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{getline} and 5736 @item 5737 An interesting side effect occurs if you use @code{getline} without a 5738 redirection inside a @code{BEGIN} rule. Because an unredirected @code{getline} 5739 reads from the command-line @value{DF}s, the first @code{getline} command 5740 causes @command{awk} to set the value of @code{FILENAME}. Normally, 5741 @code{FILENAME} does not have a value inside @code{BEGIN} rules, because you 5742 have not yet started to process the command-line @value{DF}s. 5743 @value{DARKCORNER} 5744 (@xref{BEGIN/END}, 5745 also @pxref{Auto-set}.) 5746 5747 @item 5748 Using @code{FILENAME} with @code{getline} 5749 (@samp{getline < FILENAME}) 5750 is likely to be a source for 5751 confusion. @command{awk} opens a separate input stream from the 5752 current input file. However, by not using a variable, @code{$0} 5753 and @code{NR} are still updated. If you're doing this, it's 5754 probably by accident, and you should reconsider what it is you're 5755 trying to accomplish. 5756 @end itemize 5757 5758 @node Getline Summary 5759 @subsection Summary of @code{getline} Variants 5760 @cindex @code{getline} command, variants 5761 5762 The following table summarizes the eight variants of @code{getline}, 5763 listing which built-in variables are set by each one. 5764 5765 @multitable {@var{command} @code{|& getline} @var{var}} {1234567890123456789012345678901234567890} 5766 @item @code{getline} @tab Sets @code{$0}, @code{NF}, @code{FNR}, and @code{NR} 5767 5768 @item @code{getline} @var{var} @tab Sets @var{var}, @code{FNR}, and @code{NR} 5769 5770 @item @code{getline <} @var{file} @tab Sets @code{$0} and @code{NF} 5771 5772 @item @code{getline @var{var} < @var{file}} @tab Sets @var{var} 5773 5774 @item @var{command} @code{| getline} @tab Sets @code{$0} and @code{NF} 5775 5776 @item @var{command} @code{| getline} @var{var} @tab Sets @var{var} 5777 5778 @item @var{command} @code{|& getline} @tab Sets @code{$0} and @code{NF}. 5779 This is a @command{gawk} extension 5780 5781 @item @var{command} @code{|& getline} @var{var} @tab Sets @var{var}. 5782 This is a @command{gawk} extension 5783 @end multitable 5784 @c ENDOFRANGE getl 5785 @c ENDOFRANGE inex 5786 @c ENDOFRANGE infir 5787 5788 @node Printing 5789 @chapter Printing Output 5790 5791 @c STARTOFRANGE prnt 5792 @cindex printing 5793 @cindex output, printing, See printing 5794 One of the most common programming actions is to @dfn{print}, or output, 5795 some or all of the input. Use the @code{print} statement 5796 for simple output, and the @code{printf} statement 5797 for fancier formatting. 5798 The @code{print} statement is not limited when 5799 computing @emph{which} values to print. However, with two exceptions, 5800 you cannot specify @emph{how} to print them---how many 5801 columns, whether to use exponential notation or not, and so on. 5802 (For the exceptions, @pxref{Output Separators}, and 5803 @ref{OFMT}.) 5804 For printing with specifications, you need the @code{printf} statement 5805 (@pxref{Printf}). 5806 5807 @c STARTOFRANGE prnts 5808 @cindex @code{print} statement 5809 @cindex @code{printf} statement 5810 Besides basic and formatted printing, this @value{CHAPTER} 5811 also covers I/O redirections to files and pipes, introduces 5812 the special @value{FN}s that @command{gawk} processes internally, 5813 and discusses the @code{close} built-in function. 5814 5815 @menu 5816 * Print:: The @code{print} statement. 5817 * Print Examples:: Simple examples of @code{print} statements. 5818 * Output Separators:: The output separators and how to change them. 5819 * OFMT:: Controlling Numeric Output With @code{print}. 5820 * Printf:: The @code{printf} statement. 5821 * Redirection:: How to redirect output to multiple files and 5822 pipes. 5823 * Special Files:: File name interpretation in @command{gawk}. 5824 @command{gawk} allows access to inherited file 5825 descriptors. 5826 * Close Files And Pipes:: Closing Input and Output Files and Pipes. 5827 @end menu 5828 5829 @node Print 5830 @section The @code{print} Statement 5831 5832 The @code{print} statement is used to produce output with simple, standardized 5833 formatting. Specify only the strings or numbers to print, in a 5834 list separated by commas. They are output, separated by single spaces, 5835 followed by a newline. The statement looks like this: 5836 5837 @example 5838 print @var{item1}, @var{item2}, @dots{} 5839 @end example 5840 5841 @noindent 5842 The entire list of items may be optionally enclosed in parentheses. The 5843 parentheses are necessary if any of the item expressions uses the @samp{>} 5844 relational operator; otherwise it could be confused with a redirection 5845 (@pxref{Redirection}). 5846 5847 The items to print can be constant strings or numbers, fields of the 5848 current record (such as @code{$1}), variables, or any @command{awk} 5849 expression. Numeric values are converted to strings and then printed. 5850 5851 @cindex records, printing 5852 @cindex lines, blank, printing 5853 @cindex text, printing 5854 The simple statement @samp{print} with no items is equivalent to 5855 @samp{print $0}: it prints the entire current record. To print a blank 5856 line, use @samp{print ""}, where @code{""} is the empty string. 5857 To print a fixed piece of text, use a string constant, such as 5858 @w{@code{"Don't Panic"}}, as one item. If you forget to use the 5859 double-quote characters, your text is taken as an @command{awk} 5860 expression, and you will probably get an error. Keep in mind that a 5861 space is printed between any two items. 5862 5863 @node Print Examples 5864 @section Examples of @code{print} Statements 5865 5866 Each @code{print} statement makes at least one line of output. However, it 5867 isn't limited to only one line. If an item value is a string that contains a 5868 newline, the newline is output along with the rest of the string. A 5869 single @code{print} statement can make any number of lines this way. 5870 5871 @cindex newlines, printing 5872 The following is an example of printing a string that contains embedded newlines 5873 (the @samp{\n} is an escape sequence, used to represent the newline 5874 character; @pxref{Escape Sequences}): 5875 5876 @example 5877 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print "line one\nline two\nline three" @}' 5878 @print{} line one 5879 @print{} line two 5880 @print{} line three 5881 @end example 5882 5883 @cindex fields, printing 5884 The next example, which is run on the @file{inventory-shipped} file, 5885 prints the first two fields of each input record, with a space between 5886 them: 5887 5888 @example 5889 $ awk '@{ print $1, $2 @}' inventory-shipped 5890 @print{} Jan 13 5891 @print{} Feb 15 5892 @print{} Mar 15 5893 @dots{} 5894 @end example 5895 5896 @cindex @code{print} statement, commas, omitting 5897 @c comma does NOT start tertiary 5898 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{print} statement, omitting commas 5899 A common mistake in using the @code{print} statement is to omit the comma 5900 between two items. This often has the effect of making the items run 5901 together in the output, with no space. The reason for this is that 5902 juxtaposing two string expressions in @command{awk} means to concatenate 5903 them. Here is the same program, without the comma: 5904 5905 @example 5906 $ awk '@{ print $1 $2 @}' inventory-shipped 5907 @print{} Jan13 5908 @print{} Feb15 5909 @print{} Mar15 5910 @dots{} 5911 @end example 5912 5913 @c comma does NOT start tertiary 5914 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, headings, adding 5915 To someone unfamiliar with the @file{inventory-shipped} file, neither 5916 example's output makes much sense. A heading line at the beginning 5917 would make it clearer. Let's add some headings to our table of months 5918 (@code{$1}) and green crates shipped (@code{$2}). We do this using the 5919 @code{BEGIN} pattern 5920 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}) 5921 so that the headings are only printed once: 5922 5923 @example 5924 awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Month Crates" 5925 print "----- ------" @} 5926 @{ print $1, $2 @}' inventory-shipped 5927 @end example 5928 5929 @noindent 5930 When run, the program prints the following: 5931 5932 @example 5933 Month Crates 5934 ----- ------ 5935 Jan 13 5936 Feb 15 5937 Mar 15 5938 @dots{} 5939 @end example 5940 5941 @noindent 5942 The only problem, however, is that the headings and the table data 5943 don't line up! We can fix this by printing some spaces between the 5944 two fields: 5945 5946 @example 5947 @group 5948 awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Month Crates" 5949 print "----- ------" @} 5950 @{ print $1, " ", $2 @}' inventory-shipped 5951 @end group 5952 @end example 5953 5954 @c comma does NOT start tertiary 5955 @cindex @code{printf} statement, columns, aligning 5956 @cindex columns, aligning 5957 Lining up columns this way can get pretty 5958 complicated when there are many columns to fix. Counting spaces for two 5959 or three columns is simple, but any more than this can take up 5960 a lot of time. This is why the @code{printf} statement was 5961 created (@pxref{Printf}); 5962 one of its specialties is lining up columns of data. 5963 5964 @cindex line continuations, in @code{print} statement 5965 @cindex @code{print} statement, line continuations and 5966 @strong{Note:} You can continue either a @code{print} or 5967 @code{printf} statement simply by putting a newline after any comma 5968 (@pxref{Statements/Lines}). 5969 @c ENDOFRANGE prnts 5970 5971 @node Output Separators 5972 @section Output Separators 5973 5974 @cindex @code{OFS} variable 5975 As mentioned previously, a @code{print} statement contains a list 5976 of items separated by commas. In the output, the items are normally 5977 separated by single spaces. However, this doesn't need to be the case; 5978 a single space is only the default. Any string of 5979 characters may be used as the @dfn{output field separator} by setting the 5980 built-in variable @code{OFS}. The initial value of this variable 5981 is the string @w{@code{" "}}---that is, a single space. 5982 5983 The output from an entire @code{print} statement is called an 5984 @dfn{output record}. Each @code{print} statement outputs one output 5985 record, and then outputs a string called the @dfn{output record separator} 5986 (or @code{ORS}). The initial 5987 value of @code{ORS} is the string @code{"\n"}; i.e., a newline 5988 character. Thus, each @code{print} statement normally makes a separate line. 5989 5990 @cindex output, records 5991 @cindex output record separator, See @code{ORS} variable 5992 @cindex @code{ORS} variable 5993 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{OFS}/@code{ORS} variables, assigning values to 5994 In order to change how output fields and records are separated, assign 5995 new values to the variables @code{OFS} and @code{ORS}. The usual 5996 place to do this is in the @code{BEGIN} rule 5997 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}), so 5998 that it happens before any input is processed. It can also be done 5999 with assignments on the command line, before the names of the input 6000 files, or using the @option{-v} command-line option 6001 (@pxref{Options}). 6002 The following example prints the first and second fields of each input 6003 record, separated by a semicolon, with a blank line added after each 6004 newline: 6005 6006 @ignore 6007 Exercise, 6008 Rewrite the 6009 @example 6010 awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Month Crates" 6011 print "----- ------" @} 6012 @{ print $1, " ", $2 @}' inventory-shipped 6013 @end example 6014 program by using a new value of @code{OFS}. 6015 @end ignore 6016 6017 @example 6018 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ OFS = ";"; ORS = "\n\n" @} 6019 > @{ print $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6020 @print{} aardvark;555-5553 6021 @print{} 6022 @print{} alpo-net;555-3412 6023 @print{} 6024 @print{} barfly;555-7685 6025 @dots{} 6026 @end example 6027 6028 If the value of @code{ORS} does not contain a newline, the program's output 6029 is run together on a single line. 6030 6031 @node OFMT 6032 @section Controlling Numeric Output with @code{print} 6033 @cindex numeric, output format 6034 @c the comma does NOT start a secondary 6035 @cindex formats, numeric output 6036 When the @code{print} statement is used to print numeric values, 6037 @command{awk} internally converts the number to a string of characters 6038 and prints that string. @command{awk} uses the @code{sprintf} function 6039 to do this conversion 6040 (@pxref{String Functions}). 6041 For now, it suffices to say that the @code{sprintf} 6042 function accepts a @dfn{format specification} that tells it how to format 6043 numbers (or strings), and that there are a number of different ways in which 6044 numbers can be formatted. The different format specifications are discussed 6045 more fully in 6046 @ref{Control Letters}. 6047 6048 @cindex @code{sprintf} function 6049 @cindex @code{OFMT} variable 6050 @c the comma before OFMT does NOT start a tertiary 6051 @cindex output, format specifier, @code{OFMT} 6052 The built-in variable @code{OFMT} contains the default format specification 6053 that @code{print} uses with @code{sprintf} when it wants to convert a 6054 number to a string for printing. 6055 The default value of @code{OFMT} is @code{"%.6g"}. 6056 The way @code{print} prints numbers can be changed 6057 by supplying different format specifications 6058 as the value of @code{OFMT}, as shown in the following example: 6059 6060 @example 6061 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 6062 > OFMT = "%.0f" # print numbers as integers (rounds) 6063 > print 17.23, 17.54 @}' 6064 @print{} 17 18 6065 @end example 6066 6067 @noindent 6068 @cindex dark corner, @code{OFMT} variable 6069 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{OFMT} variable and 6070 @cindex @code{OFMT} variable, POSIX @command{awk} and 6071 According to the POSIX standard, @command{awk}'s behavior is undefined 6072 if @code{OFMT} contains anything but a floating-point conversion specification. 6073 @value{DARKCORNER} 6074 6075 @node Printf 6076 @section Using @code{printf} Statements for Fancier Printing 6077 6078 @c STARTOFRANGE printfs 6079 @cindex @code{printf} statement 6080 @cindex output, formatted 6081 @cindex formatting output 6082 For more precise control over the output format than what is 6083 normally provided by @code{print}, use @code{printf}. 6084 @code{printf} can be used to 6085 specify the width to use for each item, as well as various 6086 formatting choices for numbers (such as what output base to use, whether to 6087 print an exponent, whether to print a sign, and how many digits to print 6088 after the decimal point). This is done by supplying a string, called 6089 the @dfn{format string}, that controls how and where to print the other 6090 arguments. 6091 6092 @menu 6093 * Basic Printf:: Syntax of the @code{printf} statement. 6094 * Control Letters:: Format-control letters. 6095 * Format Modifiers:: Format-specification modifiers. 6096 * Printf Examples:: Several examples. 6097 @end menu 6098 6099 @node Basic Printf 6100 @subsection Introduction to the @code{printf} Statement 6101 6102 @cindex @code{printf} statement, syntax of 6103 A simple @code{printf} statement looks like this: 6104 6105 @example 6106 printf @var{format}, @var{item1}, @var{item2}, @dots{} 6107 @end example 6108 6109 @noindent 6110 The entire list of arguments may optionally be enclosed in parentheses. The 6111 parentheses are necessary if any of the item expressions use the @samp{>} 6112 relational operator; otherwise, it can be confused with a redirection 6113 (@pxref{Redirection}). 6114 6115 @cindex format strings 6116 The difference between @code{printf} and @code{print} is the @var{format} 6117 argument. This is an expression whose value is taken as a string; it 6118 specifies how to output each of the other arguments. It is called the 6119 @dfn{format string}. 6120 6121 The format string is very similar to that in the ISO C library function 6122 @code{printf}. Most of @var{format} is text to output verbatim. 6123 Scattered among this text are @dfn{format specifiers}---one per item. 6124 Each format specifier says to output the next item in the argument list 6125 at that place in the format. 6126 6127 The @code{printf} statement does not automatically append a newline 6128 to its output. It outputs only what the format string specifies. 6129 So if a newline is needed, you must include one in the format string. 6130 The output separator variables @code{OFS} and @code{ORS} have no effect 6131 on @code{printf} statements. For example: 6132 6133 @example 6134 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 6135 > ORS = "\nOUCH!\n"; OFS = "+" 6136 > msg = "Dont Panic!" 6137 > printf "%s\n", msg 6138 > @}' 6139 @print{} Dont Panic! 6140 @end example 6141 6142 @noindent 6143 Here, neither the @samp{+} nor the @samp{OUCH} appear when 6144 the message is printed. 6145 6146 @node Control Letters 6147 @subsection Format-Control Letters 6148 @cindex @code{printf} statement, format-control characters 6149 @cindex format specifiers, @code{printf} statement 6150 6151 A format specifier starts with the character @samp{%} and ends with 6152 a @dfn{format-control letter}---it tells the @code{printf} statement 6153 how to output one item. The format-control letter specifies what @emph{kind} 6154 of value to print. The rest of the format specifier is made up of 6155 optional @dfn{modifiers} that control @emph{how} to print the value, such as 6156 the field width. Here is a list of the format-control letters: 6157 6158 @table @code 6159 @item %c 6160 This prints a number as an ASCII character; thus, @samp{printf "%c", 6161 65} outputs the letter @samp{A}. (The output for a string value is 6162 the first character of the string.) 6163 6164 @item %d@r{,} %i 6165 These are equivalent; they both print a decimal integer. 6166 (The @samp{%i} specification is for compatibility with ISO C.) 6167 6168 @item %e@r{,} %E 6169 These print a number in scientific (exponential) notation; 6170 for example: 6171 6172 @example 6173 printf "%4.3e\n", 1950 6174 @end example 6175 6176 @noindent 6177 prints @samp{1.950e+03}, with a total of four significant figures, three of 6178 which follow the decimal point. 6179 (The @samp{4.3} represents two modifiers, 6180 discussed in the next @value{SUBSECTION}.) 6181 @samp{%E} uses @samp{E} instead of @samp{e} in the output. 6182 6183 @item %f 6184 This prints a number in floating-point notation. 6185 For example: 6186 6187 @example 6188 printf "%4.3f", 1950 6189 @end example 6190 6191 @noindent 6192 prints @samp{1950.000}, with a total of four significant figures, three of 6193 which follow the decimal point. 6194 (The @samp{4.3} represents two modifiers, 6195 discussed in the next @value{SUBSECTION}.) 6196 6197 @item %g@r{,} %G 6198 These print a number in either scientific notation or in floating-point 6199 notation, whichever uses fewer characters; if the result is printed in 6200 scientific notation, @samp{%G} uses @samp{E} instead of @samp{e}. 6201 6202 @item %o 6203 This prints an unsigned octal integer. 6204 6205 @item %s 6206 This prints a string. 6207 6208 @item %u 6209 This prints an unsigned decimal integer. 6210 (This format is of marginal use, because all numbers in @command{awk} 6211 are floating-point; it is provided primarily for compatibility with C.) 6212 6213 @item %x@r{,} %X 6214 These print an unsigned hexadecimal integer; 6215 @samp{%X} uses the letters @samp{A} through @samp{F} 6216 instead of @samp{a} through @samp{f}. 6217 6218 @item %% 6219 This isn't a format-control letter, but it does have meaning---the 6220 sequence @samp{%%} outputs one @samp{%}; it does not consume an 6221 argument and it ignores any modifiers. 6222 @end table 6223 6224 @cindex dark corner, format-control characters 6225 @cindex @command{gawk}, format-control characters 6226 @strong{Note:} 6227 When using the integer format-control letters for values that are 6228 outside the range of the widest C integer type, @command{gawk} switches to the 6229 the @samp{%g} format specifier. If @option{--lint} is provided on the 6230 command line (@pxref{Options}), @command{gawk} 6231 warns about this. Other versions of @command{awk} may print invalid 6232 values or do something else entirely. 6233 @value{DARKCORNER} 6234 6235 @node Format Modifiers 6236 @subsection Modifiers for @code{printf} Formats 6237 6238 @c STARTOFRANGE pfm 6239 @cindex @code{printf} statement, modifiers 6240 @c the comma here does NOT start a secondary 6241 @cindex modifiers, in format specifiers 6242 A format specification can also include @dfn{modifiers} that can control 6243 how much of the item's value is printed, as well as how much space it gets. 6244 The modifiers come between the @samp{%} and the format-control letter. 6245 We will use the bullet symbol ``@bullet{}'' in the following examples to 6246 represent 6247 spaces in the output. Here are the possible modifiers, in the order in 6248 which they may appear: 6249 6250 @table @code 6251 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{print}/@code{printf} statements 6252 @cindex @code{printf} statement, positional specifiers 6253 @c the command does NOT start a secondary 6254 @cindex positional specifiers, @code{printf} statement 6255 @item @var{N}$ 6256 An integer constant followed by a @samp{$} is a @dfn{positional specifier}. 6257 Normally, format specifications are applied to arguments in the order 6258 given in the format string. With a positional specifier, the format 6259 specification is applied to a specific argument, instead of what 6260 would be the next argument in the list. Positional specifiers begin 6261 counting with one. Thus: 6262 6263 @example 6264 printf "%s %s\n", "don't", "panic" 6265 printf "%2$s %1$s\n", "panic", "don't" 6266 @end example 6267 6268 @noindent 6269 prints the famous friendly message twice. 6270 6271 At first glance, this feature doesn't seem to be of much use. 6272 It is in fact a @command{gawk} extension, intended for use in translating 6273 messages at runtime. 6274 @xref{Printf Ordering}, 6275 which describes how and why to use positional specifiers. 6276 For now, we will not use them. 6277 6278 @item - 6279 The minus sign, used before the width modifier (see later on in 6280 this table), 6281 says to left-justify 6282 the argument within its specified width. Normally, the argument 6283 is printed right-justified in the specified width. Thus: 6284 6285 @example 6286 printf "%-4s", "foo" 6287 @end example 6288 6289 @noindent 6290 prints @samp{foo@bullet{}}. 6291 6292 @item @var{space} 6293 For numeric conversions, prefix positive values with a space and 6294 negative values with a minus sign. 6295 6296 @item + 6297 The plus sign, used before the width modifier (see later on in 6298 this table), 6299 says to always supply a sign for numeric conversions, even if the data 6300 to format is positive. The @samp{+} overrides the space modifier. 6301 6302 @item # 6303 Use an ``alternate form'' for certain control letters. 6304 For @samp{%o}, supply a leading zero. 6305 For @samp{%x} and @samp{%X}, supply a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} for 6306 a nonzero result. 6307 For @samp{%e}, @samp{%E}, and @samp{%f}, the result always contains a 6308 decimal point. 6309 For @samp{%g} and @samp{%G}, trailing zeros are not removed from the result. 6310 6311 @cindex dark corner 6312 @item 0 6313 A leading @samp{0} (zero) acts as a flag that indicates that output should be 6314 padded with zeros instead of spaces. 6315 This applies even to non-numeric output formats. 6316 @value{DARKCORNER} 6317 This flag only has an effect when the field width is wider than the 6318 value to print. 6319 6320 @item @var{width} 6321 This is a number specifying the desired minimum width of a field. Inserting any 6322 number between the @samp{%} sign and the format-control character forces the 6323 field to expand to this width. The default way to do this is to 6324 pad with spaces on the left. For example: 6325 6326 @example 6327 printf "%4s", "foo" 6328 @end example 6329 6330 @noindent 6331 prints @samp{@bullet{}foo}. 6332 6333 The value of @var{width} is a minimum width, not a maximum. If the item 6334 value requires more than @var{width} characters, it can be as wide as 6335 necessary. Thus, the following: 6336 6337 @example 6338 printf "%4s", "foobar" 6339 @end example 6340 6341 @noindent 6342 prints @samp{foobar}. 6343 6344 Preceding the @var{width} with a minus sign causes the output to be 6345 padded with spaces on the right, instead of on the left. 6346 6347 @item .@var{prec} 6348 A period followed by an integer constant 6349 specifies the precision to use when printing. 6350 The meaning of the precision varies by control letter: 6351 6352 @table @asis 6353 @item @code{%e}, @code{%E}, @code{%f} 6354 Number of digits to the right of the decimal point. 6355 6356 @item @code{%g}, @code{%G} 6357 Maximum number of significant digits. 6358 6359 @item @code{%d}, @code{%i}, @code{%o}, @code{%u}, @code{%x}, @code{%X} 6360 Minimum number of digits to print. 6361 6362 @item @code{%s} 6363 Maximum number of characters from the string that should print. 6364 @end table 6365 6366 Thus, the following: 6367 6368 @example 6369 printf "%.4s", "foobar" 6370 @end example 6371 6372 @noindent 6373 prints @samp{foob}. 6374 @end table 6375 6376 The C library @code{printf}'s dynamic @var{width} and @var{prec} 6377 capability (for example, @code{"%*.*s"}) is supported. Instead of 6378 supplying explicit @var{width} and/or @var{prec} values in the format 6379 string, they are passed in the argument list. For example: 6380 6381 @example 6382 w = 5 6383 p = 3 6384 s = "abcdefg" 6385 printf "%*.*s\n", w, p, s 6386 @end example 6387 6388 @noindent 6389 is exactly equivalent to: 6390 6391 @example 6392 s = "abcdefg" 6393 printf "%5.3s\n", s 6394 @end example 6395 6396 @noindent 6397 Both programs output @samp{@w{@bullet{}@bullet{}abc}}. 6398 Earlier versions of @command{awk} did not support this capability. 6399 If you must use such a version, you may simulate this feature by using 6400 concatenation to build up the format string, like so: 6401 6402 @example 6403 w = 5 6404 p = 3 6405 s = "abcdefg" 6406 printf "%" w "." p "s\n", s 6407 @end example 6408 6409 @noindent 6410 This is not particularly easy to read but it does work. 6411 6412 @c @cindex lint checks 6413 @cindex troubleshooting, fatal errors, @code{printf} format strings 6414 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{printf} format strings and 6415 C programmers may be used to supplying additional 6416 @samp{l}, @samp{L}, and @samp{h} 6417 modifiers in @code{printf} format strings. These are not valid in @command{awk}. 6418 Most @command{awk} implementations silently ignore these modifiers. 6419 If @option{--lint} is provided on the command line 6420 (@pxref{Options}), 6421 @command{gawk} warns about their use. If @option{--posix} is supplied, 6422 their use is a fatal error. 6423 @c ENDOFRANGE pfm 6424 6425 @node Printf Examples 6426 @subsection Examples Using @code{printf} 6427 6428 The following is a simple example of 6429 how to use @code{printf} to make an aligned table: 6430 6431 @example 6432 awk '@{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6433 @end example 6434 6435 @noindent 6436 This command 6437 prints the names of the bulletin boards (@code{$1}) in the file 6438 @file{BBS-list} as a string of 10 characters that are left-justified. It also 6439 prints the phone numbers (@code{$2}) next on the line. This 6440 produces an aligned two-column table of names and phone numbers, 6441 as shown here: 6442 6443 @example 6444 $ awk '@{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6445 @print{} aardvark 555-5553 6446 @print{} alpo-net 555-3412 6447 @print{} barfly 555-7685 6448 @print{} bites 555-1675 6449 @print{} camelot 555-0542 6450 @print{} core 555-2912 6451 @print{} fooey 555-1234 6452 @print{} foot 555-6699 6453 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 6454 @print{} sdace 555-3430 6455 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 6456 @end example 6457 6458 In this case, the phone numbers had to be printed as strings because 6459 the numbers are separated by a dash. Printing the phone numbers as 6460 numbers would have produced just the first three digits: @samp{555}. 6461 This would have been pretty confusing. 6462 6463 It wasn't necessary to specify a width for the phone numbers because 6464 they are last on their lines. They don't need to have spaces 6465 after them. 6466 6467 The table could be made to look even nicer by adding headings to the 6468 tops of the columns. This is done using the @code{BEGIN} pattern 6469 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}) 6470 so that the headers are only printed once, at the beginning of 6471 the @command{awk} program: 6472 6473 @example 6474 awk 'BEGIN @{ print "Name Number" 6475 print "---- ------" @} 6476 @{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6477 @end example 6478 6479 The above example mixed @code{print} and @code{printf} statements in 6480 the same program. Using just @code{printf} statements can produce the 6481 same results: 6482 6483 @example 6484 awk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%-10s %s\n", "Name", "Number" 6485 printf "%-10s %s\n", "----", "------" @} 6486 @{ printf "%-10s %s\n", $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6487 @end example 6488 6489 @noindent 6490 Printing each column heading with the same format specification 6491 used for the column elements ensures that the headings 6492 are aligned just like the columns. 6493 6494 The fact that the same format specification is used three times can be 6495 emphasized by storing it in a variable, like this: 6496 6497 @example 6498 awk 'BEGIN @{ format = "%-10s %s\n" 6499 printf format, "Name", "Number" 6500 printf format, "----", "------" @} 6501 @{ printf format, $1, $2 @}' BBS-list 6502 @end example 6503 6504 @c !!! exercise 6505 At this point, it would be a worthwhile exercise to use the 6506 @code{printf} statement to line up the headings and table data for the 6507 @file{inventory-shipped} example that was covered earlier in the @value{SECTION} 6508 on the @code{print} statement 6509 (@pxref{Print}). 6510 @c ENDOFRANGE printfs 6511 6512 @node Redirection 6513 @section Redirecting Output of @code{print} and @code{printf} 6514 6515 @cindex output redirection 6516 @cindex redirection of output 6517 So far, the output from @code{print} and @code{printf} has gone 6518 to the standard 6519 output, usually the terminal. Both @code{print} and @code{printf} can 6520 also send their output to other places. 6521 This is called @dfn{redirection}. 6522 6523 A redirection appears after the @code{print} or @code{printf} statement. 6524 Redirections in @command{awk} are written just like redirections in shell 6525 commands, except that they are written inside the @command{awk} program. 6526 6527 @c the commas here are part of the see also 6528 @cindex @code{print} statement, See Also redirection, of output 6529 @cindex @code{printf} statement, See Also redirection, of output 6530 There are four forms of output redirection: output to a file, output 6531 appended to a file, output through a pipe to another command, and output 6532 to a coprocess. They are all shown for the @code{print} statement, 6533 but they work identically for @code{printf}: 6534 6535 @table @code 6536 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>} operator (I/O) 6537 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>} operator (I/O) 6538 @cindex operators, input/output 6539 @item print @var{items} > @var{output-file} 6540 This type of redirection prints the items into the output file named 6541 @var{output-file}. The @value{FN} @var{output-file} can be any 6542 expression. Its value is changed to a string and then used as a 6543 @value{FN} (@pxref{Expressions}). 6544 6545 When this type of redirection is used, the @var{output-file} is erased 6546 before the first output is written to it. Subsequent writes to the same 6547 @var{output-file} do not erase @var{output-file}, but append to it. 6548 (This is different from how you use redirections in shell scripts.) 6549 If @var{output-file} does not exist, it is created. For example, here 6550 is how an @command{awk} program can write a list of BBS names to one 6551 file named @file{name-list}, and a list of phone numbers to another file 6552 named @file{phone-list}: 6553 6554 @example 6555 $ awk '@{ print $2 > "phone-list" 6556 > print $1 > "name-list" @}' BBS-list 6557 $ cat phone-list 6558 @print{} 555-5553 6559 @print{} 555-3412 6560 @dots{} 6561 $ cat name-list 6562 @print{} aardvark 6563 @print{} alpo-net 6564 @dots{} 6565 @end example 6566 6567 @noindent 6568 Each output file contains one name or number per line. 6569 6570 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>>} operator (I/O) 6571 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>>} operator (I/O) 6572 @item print @var{items} >> @var{output-file} 6573 This type of redirection prints the items into the pre-existing output file 6574 named @var{output-file}. The difference between this and the 6575 single-@samp{>} redirection is that the old contents (if any) of 6576 @var{output-file} are not erased. Instead, the @command{awk} output is 6577 appended to the file. 6578 If @var{output-file} does not exist, then it is created. 6579 6580 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|} operator (I/O) 6581 @cindex pipes, output 6582 @cindex output, pipes 6583 @item print @var{items} | @var{command} 6584 It is also possible to send output to another program through a pipe 6585 instead of into a file. This type of redirection opens a pipe to 6586 @var{command}, and writes the values of @var{items} through this pipe 6587 to another process created to execute @var{command}. 6588 6589 The redirection argument @var{command} is actually an @command{awk} 6590 expression. Its value is converted to a string whose contents give 6591 the shell command to be run. For example, the following produces two 6592 files, one unsorted list of BBS names, and one list sorted in reverse 6593 alphabetical order: 6594 6595 @ignore 6596 10/2000: 6597 This isn't the best style, since COMMAND is assigned for each 6598 record. It's done to avoid overfull hboxes in TeX. Leave it 6599 alone for now and let's hope no-one notices. 6600 @end ignore 6601 6602 @example 6603 awk '@{ print $1 > "names.unsorted" 6604 command = "sort -r > names.sorted" 6605 print $1 | command @}' BBS-list 6606 @end example 6607 6608 The unsorted list is written with an ordinary redirection, while 6609 the sorted list is written by piping through the @command{sort} utility. 6610 6611 The next example uses redirection to mail a message to the mailing 6612 list @samp{bug-system}. This might be useful when trouble is encountered 6613 in an @command{awk} script run periodically for system maintenance: 6614 6615 @example 6616 report = "mail bug-system" 6617 print "Awk script failed:", $0 | report 6618 m = ("at record number " FNR " of " FILENAME) 6619 print m | report 6620 close(report) 6621 @end example 6622 6623 The message is built using string concatenation and saved in the variable 6624 @code{m}. It's then sent down the pipeline to the @command{mail} program. 6625 (The parentheses group the items to concatenate---see 6626 @ref{Concatenation}.) 6627 6628 The @code{close} function is called here because it's a good idea to close 6629 the pipe as soon as all the intended output has been sent to it. 6630 @xref{Close Files And Pipes}, 6631 for more information. 6632 6633 This example also illustrates the use of a variable to represent 6634 a @var{file} or @var{command}---it is not necessary to always 6635 use a string constant. Using a variable is generally a good idea, 6636 because @command{awk} requires that the string value be spelled identically 6637 every time. 6638 6639 @cindex coprocesses 6640 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 6641 @cindex operators, input/output 6642 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, input/output operators 6643 @item print @var{items} |& @var{command} 6644 This type of redirection prints the items to the input of @var{command}. 6645 The difference between this and the 6646 single-@samp{|} redirection is that the output from @var{command} 6647 can be read with @code{getline}. 6648 Thus @var{command} is a @dfn{coprocess}, which works together with, 6649 but subsidiary to, the @command{awk} program. 6650 6651 This feature is a @command{gawk} extension, and is not available in 6652 POSIX @command{awk}. 6653 @xref{Two-way I/O}, 6654 for a more complete discussion. 6655 @end table 6656 6657 Redirecting output using @samp{>}, @samp{>>}, @samp{|}, or @samp{|&} 6658 asks the system to open a file, pipe, or coprocess only if the particular 6659 @var{file} or @var{command} you specify has not already been written 6660 to by your program or if it has been closed since it was last written to. 6661 6662 @cindex troubleshooting, printing 6663 It is a common error to use @samp{>} redirection for the first @code{print} 6664 to a file, and then to use @samp{>>} for subsequent output: 6665 6666 @example 6667 # clear the file 6668 print "Don't panic" > "guide.txt" 6669 @dots{} 6670 # append 6671 print "Avoid improbability generators" >> "guide.txt" 6672 @end example 6673 6674 @noindent 6675 This is indeed how redirections must be used from the shell. But in 6676 @command{awk}, it isn't necessary. In this kind of case, a program should 6677 use @samp{>} for all the @code{print} statements, since the output file 6678 is only opened once. 6679 6680 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, implementation limitations 6681 @c the comma here does NOT start a secondary 6682 @cindex implementation issues, @command{gawk}, limits 6683 @cindex @command{awk}, implementation issues, pipes 6684 @cindex @command{gawk}, implementation issues, pipes 6685 @ifnotinfo 6686 As mentioned earlier 6687 (@pxref{Getline Notes}), 6688 many 6689 @end ifnotinfo 6690 @ifnottex 6691 Many 6692 @end ifnottex 6693 @command{awk} implementations limit the number of pipelines that an @command{awk} 6694 program may have open to just one! In @command{gawk}, there is no such limit. 6695 @command{gawk} allows a program to 6696 open as many pipelines as the underlying operating system permits. 6697 6698 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 6699 @subheading Advanced Notes: Piping into @command{sh} 6700 @cindex advanced features, piping into @command{sh} 6701 @cindex shells, piping commands into 6702 6703 A particularly powerful way to use redirection is to build command lines 6704 and pipe them into the shell, @command{sh}. For example, suppose you 6705 have a list of files brought over from a system where all the @value{FN}s 6706 are stored in uppercase, and you wish to rename them to have names in 6707 all lowercase. The following program is both simple and efficient: 6708 6709 @c @cindex @command{mv} utility 6710 @example 6711 @{ printf("mv %s %s\n", $0, tolower($0)) | "sh" @} 6712 6713 END @{ close("sh") @} 6714 @end example 6715 6716 The @code{tolower} function returns its argument string with all 6717 uppercase characters converted to lowercase 6718 (@pxref{String Functions}). 6719 The program builds up a list of command lines, 6720 using the @command{mv} utility to rename the files. 6721 It then sends the list to the shell for execution. 6722 @c ENDOFRANGE outre 6723 @c ENDOFRANGE reout 6724 6725 @node Special Files 6726 @section Special @value{FFN}s in @command{gawk} 6727 @c STARTOFRANGE gfn 6728 @cindex @command{gawk}, @value{FN}s in 6729 6730 @command{gawk} provides a number of special @value{FN}s that it interprets 6731 internally. These @value{FN}s provide access to standard file descriptors, 6732 process-related information, and TCP/IP networking. 6733 6734 @menu 6735 * Special FD:: Special files for I/O. 6736 * Special Process:: Special files for process information. 6737 * Special Network:: Special files for network communications. 6738 * Special Caveats:: Things to watch out for. 6739 @end menu 6740 6741 @node Special FD 6742 @subsection Special Files for Standard Descriptors 6743 @cindex standard input 6744 @cindex input, standard 6745 @cindex standard output 6746 @cindex output, standard 6747 @cindex error output 6748 @cindex file descriptors 6749 @cindex files, descriptors, See file descriptors 6750 6751 Running programs conventionally have three input and output streams 6752 already available to them for reading and writing. These are known as 6753 the @dfn{standard input}, @dfn{standard output}, and @dfn{standard error 6754 output}. These streams are, by default, connected to your terminal, but 6755 they are often redirected with the shell, via the @samp{<}, @samp{<<}, 6756 @samp{>}, @samp{>>}, @samp{>&}, and @samp{|} operators. Standard error 6757 is typically used for writing error messages; the reason there are two separate 6758 streams, standard output and standard error, is so that they can be 6759 redirected separately. 6760 6761 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, error messages 6762 @cindex error handling 6763 In other implementations of @command{awk}, the only way to write an error 6764 message to standard error in an @command{awk} program is as follows: 6765 6766 @example 6767 print "Serious error detected!" | "cat 1>&2" 6768 @end example 6769 6770 @noindent 6771 This works by opening a pipeline to a shell command that can access the 6772 standard error stream that it inherits from the @command{awk} process. 6773 This is far from elegant, and it is also inefficient, because it requires a 6774 separate process. So people writing @command{awk} programs often 6775 don't do this. Instead, they send the error messages to the 6776 terminal, like this: 6777 6778 @example 6779 print "Serious error detected!" > "/dev/tty" 6780 @end example 6781 6782 @noindent 6783 This usually has the same effect but not always: although the 6784 standard error stream is usually the terminal, it can be redirected; when 6785 that happens, writing to the terminal is not correct. In fact, if 6786 @command{awk} is run from a background job, it may not have a terminal at all. 6787 Then opening @file{/dev/tty} fails. 6788 6789 @command{gawk} provides special @value{FN}s for accessing the three standard 6790 streams, as well as any other inherited open files. If the @value{FN} matches 6791 one of these special names when @command{gawk} redirects input or output, 6792 then it directly uses the stream that the @value{FN} stands for. 6793 These special @value{FN}s work for all operating systems that @command{gawk} 6794 has been ported to, not just those that are POSIX-compliant: 6795 6796 @cindex @value{FN}s, standard streams in @command{gawk} 6797 @cindex @code{/dev/@dots{}} special files (@command{gawk}) 6798 @cindex files, @code{/dev/@dots{}} special files 6799 @c @cindex @code{/dev/stdin} special file 6800 @c @cindex @code{/dev/stdout} special file 6801 @c @cindex @code{/dev/stderr} special file 6802 @c @cindex @code{/dev/fd} special files 6803 @table @file 6804 @item /dev/stdin 6805 The standard input (file descriptor 0). 6806 6807 @item /dev/stdout 6808 The standard output (file descriptor 1). 6809 6810 @item /dev/stderr 6811 The standard error output (file descriptor 2). 6812 6813 @item /dev/fd/@var{N} 6814 The file associated with file descriptor @var{N}. Such a file must 6815 be opened by the program initiating the @command{awk} execution (typically 6816 the shell). Unless special pains are taken in the shell from which 6817 @command{gawk} is invoked, only descriptors 0, 1, and 2 are available. 6818 @end table 6819 6820 The @value{FN}s @file{/dev/stdin}, @file{/dev/stdout}, and @file{/dev/stderr} 6821 are aliases for @file{/dev/fd/0}, @file{/dev/fd/1}, and @file{/dev/fd/2}, 6822 respectively. However, they are more self-explanatory. 6823 The proper way to write an error message in a @command{gawk} program 6824 is to use @file{/dev/stderr}, like this: 6825 6826 @example 6827 print "Serious error detected!" > "/dev/stderr" 6828 @end example 6829 6830 @cindex troubleshooting, quotes with @value{FN}s 6831 Note the use of quotes around the @value{FN}. 6832 Like any other redirection, the value must be a string. 6833 It is a common error to omit the quotes, which leads 6834 to confusing results. 6835 @c Exercise: What does it do? :-) 6836 6837 @node Special Process 6838 @subsection Special Files for Process-Related Information 6839 6840 @cindex files, for process information 6841 @cindex process information, files for 6842 @command{gawk} also provides special @value{FN}s that give access to information 6843 about the running @command{gawk} process. Each of these ``files'' provides 6844 a single record of information. To read them more than once, they must 6845 first be closed with the @code{close} function 6846 (@pxref{Close Files And Pipes}). 6847 The @value{FN}s are: 6848 6849 @c @cindex @code{/dev/pid} special file 6850 @c @cindex @code{/dev/pgrpid} special file 6851 @c @cindex @code{/dev/ppid} special file 6852 @c @cindex @code{/dev/user} special file 6853 @table @file 6854 @item /dev/pid 6855 Reading this file returns the process ID of the current process, 6856 in decimal form, terminated with a newline. 6857 6858 @item /dev/ppid 6859 Reading this file returns the parent process ID of the current process, 6860 in decimal form, terminated with a newline. 6861 6862 @item /dev/pgrpid 6863 Reading this file returns the process group ID of the current process, 6864 in decimal form, terminated with a newline. 6865 6866 @item /dev/user 6867 Reading this file returns a single record terminated with a newline. 6868 The fields are separated with spaces. The fields represent the 6869 following information: 6870 6871 @table @code 6872 @item $1 6873 The return value of the @code{getuid} system call 6874 (the real user ID number). 6875 6876 @item $2 6877 The return value of the @code{geteuid} system call 6878 (the effective user ID number). 6879 6880 @item $3 6881 The return value of the @code{getgid} system call 6882 (the real group ID number). 6883 6884 @item $4 6885 The return value of the @code{getegid} system call 6886 (the effective group ID number). 6887 @end table 6888 6889 If there are any additional fields, they are the group IDs returned by 6890 the @code{getgroups} system call. 6891 (Multiple groups may not be supported on all systems.) 6892 @end table 6893 6894 These special @value{FN}s may be used on the command line as @value{DF}s, 6895 as well as for I/O redirections within an @command{awk} program. 6896 They may not be used as source files with the @option{-f} option. 6897 6898 @c @cindex automatic warnings 6899 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 6900 @strong{Note:} 6901 The special files that provide process-related information are now considered 6902 obsolete and will disappear entirely 6903 in the next release of @command{gawk}. 6904 @command{gawk} prints a warning message every time you use one of 6905 these files. 6906 To obtain process-related information, use the @code{PROCINFO} array. 6907 @xref{Auto-set}. 6908 6909 @node Special Network 6910 @subsection Special Files for Network Communications 6911 @cindex networks, support for 6912 @cindex TCP/IP, support for 6913 6914 Starting with @value{PVERSION} 3.1 of @command{gawk}, @command{awk} programs 6915 can open a two-way 6916 TCP/IP connection, acting as either a client or a server. 6917 This is done using a special @value{FN} of the form: 6918 6919 @example 6920 @file{/inet/@var{protocol}/@var{local-port}/@var{remote-host}/@var{remote-port}} 6921 @end example 6922 6923 The @var{protocol} is one of @samp{tcp}, @samp{udp}, or @samp{raw}, 6924 and the other fields represent the other essential pieces of information 6925 for making a networking connection. 6926 These @value{FN}s are used with the @samp{|&} operator for communicating 6927 with a coprocess 6928 (@pxref{Two-way I/O}). 6929 This is an advanced feature, mentioned here only for completeness. 6930 Full discussion is delayed until 6931 @ref{TCP/IP Networking}. 6932 6933 @node Special Caveats 6934 @subsection Special @value{FFN} Caveats 6935 6936 Here is a list of things to bear in mind when using the 6937 special @value{FN}s that @command{gawk} provides: 6938 6939 @itemize @bullet 6940 @cindex compatibility mode (@command{gawk}), @value{FN}s 6941 @cindex @value{FN}s, in compatibility mode 6942 @item 6943 Recognition of these special @value{FN}s is disabled if @command{gawk} is in 6944 compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 6945 6946 @c @cindex automatic warnings 6947 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 6948 @cindex @code{PROCINFO} array 6949 @item 6950 @ifnottex 6951 The 6952 @end ifnottex 6953 @ifnotinfo 6954 As mentioned earlier, the 6955 @end ifnotinfo 6956 special files that provide process-related information are now considered 6957 obsolete and will disappear entirely 6958 in the next release of @command{gawk}. 6959 @command{gawk} prints a warning message every time you use one of 6960 these files. 6961 @ifnottex 6962 To obtain process-related information, use the @code{PROCINFO} array. 6963 @xref{Built-in Variables}. 6964 @end ifnottex 6965 6966 @item 6967 Starting with @value{PVERSION} 3.1, @command{gawk} @emph{always} 6968 interprets these special @value{FN}s.@footnote{Older versions of 6969 @command{gawk} would interpret these names internally only if the system 6970 did not actually have a @file{/dev/fd} directory or any of the other 6971 special files listed earlier. Usually this didn't make a difference, 6972 but sometimes it did; thus, it was decided to make @command{gawk}'s 6973 behavior consistent on all systems and to have it always interpret 6974 the special @value{FN}s itself.} 6975 For example, using @samp{/dev/fd/4} 6976 for output actually writes on file descriptor 4, and not on a new 6977 file descriptor that is @code{dup}'ed from file descriptor 4. Most of 6978 the time this does not matter; however, it is important to @emph{not} 6979 close any of the files related to file descriptors 0, 1, and 2. 6980 Doing so results in unpredictable behavior. 6981 @end itemize 6982 @c ENDOFRANGE gfn 6983 6984 @node Close Files And Pipes 6985 @section Closing Input and Output Redirections 6986 @cindex files, output, See output files 6987 @c STARTOFRANGE ifc 6988 @cindex input files, closing 6989 @c comma before closing is NOT start of tertiary 6990 @c STARTOFRANGE ofc 6991 @cindex output, files, closing 6992 @c STARTOFRANGE pc 6993 @cindex pipes, closing 6994 @c STARTOFRANGE cc 6995 @cindex coprocesses, closing 6996 @c comma before using is NOT start of tertiary 6997 @cindex @code{getline} command, coprocesses, using from 6998 6999 If the same @value{FN} or the same shell command is used with @code{getline} 7000 more than once during the execution of an @command{awk} program 7001 (@pxref{Getline}), 7002 the file is opened (or the command is executed) the first time only. 7003 At that time, the first record of input is read from that file or command. 7004 The next time the same file or command is used with @code{getline}, 7005 another record is read from it, and so on. 7006 7007 Similarly, when a file or pipe is opened for output, the @value{FN} or 7008 command associated with it is remembered by @command{awk}, and subsequent 7009 writes to the same file or command are appended to the previous writes. 7010 The file or pipe stays open until @command{awk} exits. 7011 7012 @cindex @code{close} function 7013 This implies that special steps are necessary in order to read the same 7014 file again from the beginning, or to rerun a shell command (rather than 7015 reading more output from the same command). The @code{close} function 7016 makes these things possible: 7017 7018 @example 7019 close(@var{filename}) 7020 @end example 7021 7022 @noindent 7023 or: 7024 7025 @example 7026 close(@var{command}) 7027 @end example 7028 7029 The argument @var{filename} or @var{command} can be any expression. Its 7030 value must @emph{exactly} match the string that was used to open the file or 7031 start the command (spaces and other ``irrelevant'' characters 7032 included). For example, if you open a pipe with this: 7033 7034 @example 7035 "sort -r names" | getline foo 7036 @end example 7037 7038 @noindent 7039 then you must close it with this: 7040 7041 @example 7042 close("sort -r names") 7043 @end example 7044 7045 Once this function call is executed, the next @code{getline} from that 7046 file or command, or the next @code{print} or @code{printf} to that 7047 file or command, reopens the file or reruns the command. 7048 Because the expression that you use to close a file or pipeline must 7049 exactly match the expression used to open the file or run the command, 7050 it is good practice to use a variable to store the @value{FN} or command. 7051 The previous example becomes the following: 7052 7053 @example 7054 sortcom = "sort -r names" 7055 sortcom | getline foo 7056 @dots{} 7057 close(sortcom) 7058 @end example 7059 7060 @noindent 7061 This helps avoid hard-to-find typographical errors in your @command{awk} 7062 programs. Here are some of the reasons for closing an output file: 7063 7064 @itemize @bullet 7065 @item 7066 To write a file and read it back later on in the same @command{awk} 7067 program. Close the file after writing it, then 7068 begin reading it with @code{getline}. 7069 7070 @item 7071 To write numerous files, successively, in the same @command{awk} 7072 program. If the files aren't closed, eventually @command{awk} may exceed a 7073 system limit on the number of open files in one process. It is best to 7074 close each one when the program has finished writing it. 7075 7076 @item 7077 To make a command finish. When output is redirected through a pipe, 7078 the command reading the pipe normally continues to try to read input 7079 as long as the pipe is open. Often this means the command cannot 7080 really do its work until the pipe is closed. For example, if 7081 output is redirected to the @command{mail} program, the message is not 7082 actually sent until the pipe is closed. 7083 7084 @item 7085 To run the same program a second time, with the same arguments. 7086 This is not the same thing as giving more input to the first run! 7087 7088 For example, suppose a program pipes output to the @command{mail} program. 7089 If it outputs several lines redirected to this pipe without closing 7090 it, they make a single message of several lines. By contrast, if the 7091 program closes the pipe after each line of output, then each line makes 7092 a separate message. 7093 @end itemize 7094 7095 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{close} function 7096 @cindex portability, @code{close} function and 7097 If you use more files than the system allows you to have open, 7098 @command{gawk} attempts to multiplex the available open files among 7099 your @value{DF}s. @command{gawk}'s ability to do this depends upon the 7100 facilities of your operating system, so it may not always work. It is 7101 therefore both good practice and good portability advice to always 7102 use @code{close} on your files when you are done with them. 7103 In fact, if you are using a lot of pipes, it is essential that 7104 you close commands when done. For example, consider something like this: 7105 7106 @example 7107 @{ 7108 @dots{} 7109 command = ("grep " $1 " /some/file | my_prog -q " $3) 7110 while ((command | getline) > 0) @{ 7111 @var{process output of} command 7112 @} 7113 # need close(command) here 7114 @} 7115 @end example 7116 7117 This example creates a new pipeline based on data in @emph{each} record. 7118 Without the call to @code{close} indicated in the comment, @command{awk} 7119 creates child processes to run the commands, until it eventually 7120 runs out of file descriptors for more pipelines. 7121 7122 Even though each command has finished (as indicated by the end-of-file 7123 return status from @code{getline}), the child process is not 7124 terminated;@footnote{The technical terminology is rather morbid. 7125 The finished child is called a ``zombie,'' and cleaning up after 7126 it is referred to as ``reaping.''} 7127 @c Good old UNIX: give the marketing guys fits, that's the ticket 7128 more importantly, the file descriptor for the pipe 7129 is not closed and released until @code{close} is called or 7130 @command{awk} exits. 7131 7132 @code{close} will silently do nothing if given an argument that 7133 does not represent a file, pipe or coprocess that was opened with 7134 a redirection. 7135 7136 Note also that @samp{close(FILENAME)} has no 7137 ``magic'' effects on the implicit loop that reads through the 7138 files named on the command line. It is, more likely, a close 7139 of a file that was never opened, so @command{awk} silently 7140 does nothing. 7141 7142 @c comma is part of tertiary 7143 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O), pipes, closing 7144 When using the @samp{|&} operator to communicate with a coprocess, 7145 it is occasionally useful to be able to close one end of the two-way 7146 pipe without closing the other. 7147 This is done by supplying a second argument to @code{close}. 7148 As in any other call to @code{close}, 7149 the first argument is the name of the command or special file used 7150 to start the coprocess. 7151 The second argument should be a string, with either of the values 7152 @code{"to"} or @code{"from"}. Case does not matter. 7153 As this is an advanced feature, a more complete discussion is 7154 delayed until 7155 @ref{Two-way I/O}, 7156 which discusses it in more detail and gives an example. 7157 7158 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 7159 @subheading Advanced Notes: Using @code{close}'s Return Value 7160 @cindex advanced features, @code{close} function 7161 @cindex dark corner, @code{close} function 7162 @cindex @code{close} function, return values 7163 @c comma does NOT start secondary 7164 @cindex return values, @code{close} function 7165 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{close} function 7166 @cindex Unix @command{awk}, @code{close} function and 7167 7168 In many versions of Unix @command{awk}, the @code{close} function 7169 is actually a statement. It is a syntax error to try and use the return 7170 value from @code{close}: 7171 @value{DARKCORNER} 7172 7173 @example 7174 command = "@dots{}" 7175 command | getline info 7176 retval = close(command) # syntax error in most Unix awks 7177 @end example 7178 7179 @command{gawk} treats @code{close} as a function. 7180 The return value is @minus{}1 if the argument names something 7181 that was never opened with a redirection, or if there is 7182 a system problem closing the file or process. 7183 In these cases, @command{gawk} sets the built-in variable 7184 @code{ERRNO} to a string describing the problem. 7185 7186 In @command{gawk}, 7187 when closing a pipe or coprocess, 7188 the return value is the exit status of the command.@footnote{ 7189 This is a full 16-bit value as returned by the @code{wait} 7190 system call. See the system manual pages for information on 7191 how to decode this value.} 7192 Otherwise, it is the return value from the system's @code{close} or 7193 @code{fclose} C functions when closing input or output 7194 files, respectively. 7195 This value is zero if the close succeeds, or @minus{}1 if 7196 it fails. 7197 7198 The POSIX standard is very vague; it says that @code{close} 7199 returns zero on success and non-zero otherwise. In general, 7200 different implementations vary in what they report when closing 7201 pipes; thus the return value cannot be used portably. 7202 @value{DARKCORNER} 7203 7204 @ignore 7205 @c 4/27/2003: Commenting this out for now, given the above 7206 @c return of 16-bit value 7207 The return value for closing a pipeline is particularly useful. 7208 It allows you to get the output from a command as well as its 7209 exit status. 7210 @c 8/21/2002, FIXME: Maybe the code and this doc should be adjusted to 7211 @c create values indicating death-by-signal? Sigh. 7212 7213 @cindex pipes, closing 7214 @c comma does NOT start tertiary 7215 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, pipes, closing 7216 For POSIX-compliant systems, 7217 if the exit status is a number above 128, then the program 7218 was terminated by a signal. Subtract 128 to get the signal number: 7219 7220 @example 7221 exit_val = close(command) 7222 if (exit_val > 128) 7223 print command, "died with signal", exit_val - 128 7224 else 7225 print command, "exited with code", exit_val 7226 @end example 7227 7228 Currently, in @command{gawk}, this only works for commands 7229 piping into @code{getline}. For commands piped into 7230 from @code{print} or @code{printf}, the 7231 return value from @code{close} is that of the library's 7232 @code{pclose} function. 7233 @end ignore 7234 @c ENDOFRANGE ifc 7235 @c ENDOFRANGE ofc 7236 @c ENDOFRANGE pc 7237 @c ENDOFRANGE cc 7238 @c ENDOFRANGE prnt 7239 7240 @node Expressions 7241 @chapter Expressions 7242 @c STARTOFRANGE exps 7243 @cindex expressions 7244 7245 Expressions are the basic building blocks of @command{awk} patterns 7246 and actions. An expression evaluates to a value that you can print, test, 7247 or pass to a function. Additionally, an expression 7248 can assign a new value to a variable or a field by using an assignment operator. 7249 7250 An expression can serve as a pattern or action statement on its own. 7251 Most other kinds of 7252 statements contain one or more expressions that specify the data on which to 7253 operate. As in other languages, expressions in @command{awk} include 7254 variables, array references, constants, and function calls, as well as 7255 combinations of these with various operators. 7256 7257 @menu 7258 * Constants:: String, numeric and regexp constants. 7259 * Using Constant Regexps:: When and how to use a regexp constant. 7260 * Variables:: Variables give names to values for later use. 7261 * Conversion:: The conversion of strings to numbers and vice 7262 versa. 7263 * Arithmetic Ops:: Arithmetic operations (@samp{+}, @samp{-}, 7264 etc.) 7265 * Concatenation:: Concatenating strings. 7266 * Assignment Ops:: Changing the value of a variable or a field. 7267 * Increment Ops:: Incrementing the numeric value of a variable. 7268 * Truth Values:: What is ``true'' and what is ``false''. 7269 * Typing and Comparison:: How variables acquire types and how this 7270 affects comparison of numbers and strings with 7271 @samp{<}, etc. 7272 * Boolean Ops:: Combining comparison expressions using boolean 7273 operators @samp{||} (``or''), @samp{&&} 7274 (``and'') and @samp{!} (``not''). 7275 * Conditional Exp:: Conditional expressions select between two 7276 subexpressions under control of a third 7277 subexpression. 7278 * Function Calls:: A function call is an expression. 7279 * Precedence:: How various operators nest. 7280 @end menu 7281 7282 @node Constants 7283 @section Constant Expressions 7284 @cindex constants, types of 7285 7286 The simplest type of expression is the @dfn{constant}, which always has 7287 the same value. There are three types of constants: numeric, 7288 string, and regular expression. 7289 7290 Each is used in the appropriate context when you need a data 7291 value that isn't going to change. Numeric constants can 7292 have different forms, but are stored identically internally. 7293 7294 @menu 7295 * Scalar Constants:: Numeric and string constants. 7296 * Nondecimal-numbers:: What are octal and hex numbers. 7297 * Regexp Constants:: Regular Expression constants. 7298 @end menu 7299 7300 @node Scalar Constants 7301 @subsection Numeric and String Constants 7302 7303 @cindex numeric, constants 7304 A @dfn{numeric constant} stands for a number. This number can be an 7305 integer, a decimal fraction, or a number in scientific (exponential) 7306 notation.@footnote{The internal representation of all numbers, 7307 including integers, uses double-precision 7308 floating-point numbers. 7309 On most modern systems, these are in IEEE 754 standard format.} 7310 Here are some examples of numeric constants that all 7311 have the same value: 7312 7313 @example 7314 105 7315 1.05e+2 7316 1050e-1 7317 @end example 7318 7319 @cindex string constants 7320 A string constant consists of a sequence of characters enclosed in 7321 double-quotation marks. For example: 7322 7323 @example 7324 "parrot" 7325 @end example 7326 7327 @noindent 7328 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, strings 7329 @cindex strings, length of 7330 represents the string whose contents are @samp{parrot}. Strings in 7331 @command{gawk} can be of any length, and they can contain any of the possible 7332 eight-bit ASCII characters including ASCII @sc{nul} (character code zero). 7333 Other @command{awk} 7334 implementations may have difficulty with some character codes. 7335 7336 @node Nondecimal-numbers 7337 @subsection Octal and Hexadecimal Numbers 7338 @cindex octal numbers 7339 @cindex hexadecimal numbers 7340 @cindex numbers, octal 7341 @cindex numbers, hexadecimal 7342 7343 In @command{awk}, all numbers are in decimal; i.e., base 10. Many other 7344 programming languages allow you to specify numbers in other bases, often 7345 octal (base 8) and hexadecimal (base 16). 7346 In octal, the numbers go 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, etc. 7347 Just as @samp{11}, in decimal, is 1 times 10 plus 1, so 7348 @samp{11}, in octal, is 1 times 8, plus 1. This equals 9 in decimal. 7349 In hexadecimal, there are 16 digits. Since the everyday decimal 7350 number system only has ten digits (@samp{0}--@samp{9}), the letters 7351 @samp{a} through @samp{f} are used to represent the rest. 7352 (Case in the letters is usually irrelevant; hexadecimal @samp{a} and @samp{A} 7353 have the same value.) 7354 Thus, @samp{11}, in 7355 hexadecimal, is 1 times 16 plus 1, which equals 17 in decimal. 7356 7357 Just by looking at plain @samp{11}, you can't tell what base it's in. 7358 So, in C, C++, and other languages derived from C, 7359 @c such as PERL, but we won't mention that.... 7360 there is a special notation to help signify the base. 7361 Octal numbers start with a leading @samp{0}, 7362 and hexadecimal numbers start with a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}: 7363 7364 @table @code 7365 @item 11 7366 Decimal value 11. 7367 7368 @item 011 7369 Octal 11, decimal value 9. 7370 7371 @item 0x11 7372 Hexadecimal 11, decimal value 17. 7373 @end table 7374 7375 This example shows the difference: 7376 7377 @example 7378 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%d, %d, %d\n", 011, 11, 0x11 @}' 7379 @print{} 9, 11, 17 7380 @end example 7381 7382 Being able to use octal and hexadecimal constants in your programs is most 7383 useful when working with data that cannot be represented conveniently as 7384 characters or as regular numbers, such as binary data of various sorts. 7385 7386 @cindex @command{gawk}, octal numbers and 7387 @cindex @command{gawk}, hexadecimal numbers and 7388 @command{gawk} allows the use of octal and hexadecimal 7389 constants in your program text. However, such numbers in the input data 7390 are not treated differently; doing so by default would break old 7391 programs. 7392 (If you really need to do this, use the @option{--non-decimal-data} 7393 command-line option; 7394 @pxref{Nondecimal Data}.) 7395 If you have octal or hexadecimal data, 7396 you can use the @code{strtonum} function 7397 (@pxref{String Functions}) 7398 to convert the data into a number. 7399 Most of the time, you will want to use octal or hexadecimal constants 7400 when working with the built-in bit manipulation functions; 7401 see @ref{Bitwise Functions}, 7402 for more information. 7403 7404 Unlike some early C implementations, @samp{8} and @samp{9} are not valid 7405 in octal constants; e.g., @command{gawk} treats @samp{018} as decimal 18: 7406 7407 @example 7408 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ print "021 is", 021 ; print 018 @}' 7409 @print{} 021 is 17 7410 @print{} 18 7411 @end example 7412 7413 @cindex compatibility mode (@command{gawk}), octal numbers 7414 @cindex compatibility mode (@command{gawk}), hexadecimal numbers 7415 Octal and hexadecimal source code constants are a @command{gawk} extension. 7416 If @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 7417 (@pxref{Options}), 7418 they are not available. 7419 7420 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 7421 @subheading Advanced Notes: A Constant's Base Does Not Affect Its Value 7422 @c comma before values does NOT start tertiary 7423 @cindex advanced features, constants, values of 7424 7425 Once a numeric constant has 7426 been converted internally into a number, 7427 @command{gawk} no longer remembers 7428 what the original form of the constant was; the internal value is 7429 always used. This has particular consequences for conversion of 7430 numbers to strings: 7431 7432 @example 7433 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ printf "0x11 is <%s>\n", 0x11 @}' 7434 @print{} 0x11 is <17> 7435 @end example 7436 7437 @node Regexp Constants 7438 @subsection Regular Expression Constants 7439 7440 @c STARTOFRANGE rec 7441 @cindex regexp constants 7442 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 7443 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 7444 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 7445 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 7446 A regexp constant is a regular expression description enclosed in 7447 slashes, such as @code{@w{/^beginning and end$/}}. Most regexps used in 7448 @command{awk} programs are constant, but the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} 7449 matching operators can also match computed or ``dynamic'' regexps 7450 (which are just ordinary strings or variables that contain a regexp). 7451 @c ENDOFRANGE cnst 7452 7453 @node Using Constant Regexps 7454 @section Using Regular Expression Constants 7455 7456 @cindex dark corner, regexp constants 7457 When used on the righthand side of the @samp{~} or @samp{!~} 7458 operators, a regexp constant merely stands for the regexp that is to be 7459 matched. 7460 However, regexp constants (such as @code{/foo/}) may be used like simple expressions. 7461 When a 7462 regexp constant appears by itself, it has the same meaning as if it appeared 7463 in a pattern, i.e., @samp{($0 ~ /foo/)} 7464 @value{DARKCORNER} 7465 @xref{Expression Patterns}. 7466 This means that the following two code segments: 7467 7468 @example 7469 if ($0 ~ /barfly/ || $0 ~ /camelot/) 7470 print "found" 7471 @end example 7472 7473 @noindent 7474 and: 7475 7476 @example 7477 if (/barfly/ || /camelot/) 7478 print "found" 7479 @end example 7480 7481 @noindent 7482 are exactly equivalent. 7483 One rather bizarre consequence of this rule is that the following 7484 Boolean expression is valid, but does not do what the user probably 7485 intended: 7486 7487 @example 7488 # note that /foo/ is on the left of the ~ 7489 if (/foo/ ~ $1) print "found foo" 7490 @end example 7491 7492 @c @cindex automatic warnings 7493 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 7494 @cindex @command{gawk}, regexp constants and 7495 @cindex regexp constants, in @command{gawk} 7496 @noindent 7497 This code is ``obviously'' testing @code{$1} for a match against the regexp 7498 @code{/foo/}. But in fact, the expression @samp{/foo/ ~ $1} actually means 7499 @samp{($0 ~ /foo/) ~ $1}. In other words, first match the input record 7500 against the regexp @code{/foo/}. The result is either zero or one, 7501 depending upon the success or failure of the match. That result 7502 is then matched against the first field in the record. 7503 Because it is unlikely that you would ever really want to make this kind of 7504 test, @command{gawk} issues a warning when it sees this construct in 7505 a program. 7506 Another consequence of this rule is that the assignment statement: 7507 7508 @example 7509 matches = /foo/ 7510 @end example 7511 7512 @noindent 7513 assigns either zero or one to the variable @code{matches}, depending 7514 upon the contents of the current input record. 7515 This feature of the language has never been well documented until the 7516 POSIX specification. 7517 7518 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, regexp constants 7519 @cindex dark corner, regexp constants, as arguments to user-defined functions 7520 @cindex @code{gensub} function (@command{gawk}) 7521 @cindex @code{sub} function 7522 @cindex @code{gsub} function 7523 Constant regular expressions are also used as the first argument for 7524 the @code{gensub}, @code{sub}, and @code{gsub} functions, and as the 7525 second argument of the @code{match} function 7526 (@pxref{String Functions}). 7527 Modern implementations of @command{awk}, including @command{gawk}, allow 7528 the third argument of @code{split} to be a regexp constant, but some 7529 older implementations do not. 7530 @value{DARKCORNER} 7531 This can lead to confusion when attempting to use regexp constants 7532 as arguments to user-defined functions 7533 (@pxref{User-defined}). 7534 For example: 7535 7536 @example 7537 function mysub(pat, repl, str, global) 7538 @{ 7539 if (global) 7540 gsub(pat, repl, str) 7541 else 7542 sub(pat, repl, str) 7543 return str 7544 @} 7545 7546 @{ 7547 @dots{} 7548 text = "hi! hi yourself!" 7549 mysub(/hi/, "howdy", text, 1) 7550 @dots{} 7551 @} 7552 @end example 7553 7554 @c @cindex automatic warnings 7555 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 7556 In this example, the programmer wants to pass a regexp constant to the 7557 user-defined function @code{mysub}, which in turn passes it on to 7558 either @code{sub} or @code{gsub}. However, what really happens is that 7559 the @code{pat} parameter is either one or zero, depending upon whether 7560 or not @code{$0} matches @code{/hi/}. 7561 @command{gawk} issues a warning when it sees a regexp constant used as 7562 a parameter to a user-defined function, since passing a truth value in 7563 this way is probably not what was intended. 7564 @c ENDOFRANGE rec 7565 7566 @node Variables 7567 @section Variables 7568 7569 @cindex variables, user-defined 7570 @cindex user-defined, variables 7571 Variables are ways of storing values at one point in your program for 7572 use later in another part of your program. They can be manipulated 7573 entirely within the program text, and they can also be assigned values 7574 on the @command{awk} command line. 7575 7576 @menu 7577 * Using Variables:: Using variables in your programs. 7578 * Assignment Options:: Setting variables on the command-line and a 7579 summary of command-line syntax. This is an 7580 advanced method of input. 7581 @end menu 7582 7583 @node Using Variables 7584 @subsection Using Variables in a Program 7585 7586 Variables let you give names to values and refer to them later. Variables 7587 have already been used in many of the examples. The name of a variable 7588 must be a sequence of letters, digits, or underscores, and it may not begin 7589 with a digit. Case is significant in variable names; @code{a} and @code{A} 7590 are distinct variables. 7591 7592 A variable name is a valid expression by itself; it represents the 7593 variable's current value. Variables are given new values with 7594 @dfn{assignment operators}, @dfn{increment operators}, and 7595 @dfn{decrement operators}. 7596 @xref{Assignment Ops}. 7597 @c NEXT ED: Can also be changed by sub, gsub, split 7598 7599 @cindex variables, built-in 7600 @cindex variables, initializing 7601 A few variables have special built-in meanings, such as @code{FS} (the 7602 field separator), and @code{NF} (the number of fields in the current input 7603 record). @xref{Built-in Variables}, for a list of the built-in variables. 7604 These built-in variables can be used and assigned just like all other 7605 variables, but their values are also used or changed automatically by 7606 @command{awk}. All built-in variables' names are entirely uppercase. 7607 7608 Variables in @command{awk} can be assigned either numeric or string values. 7609 The kind of value a variable holds can change over the life of a program. 7610 By default, variables are initialized to the empty string, which 7611 is zero if converted to a number. There is no need to 7612 ``initialize'' each variable explicitly in @command{awk}, 7613 which is what you would do in C and in most other traditional languages. 7614 7615 @node Assignment Options 7616 @subsection Assigning Variables on the Command Line 7617 @cindex variables, assigning on command line 7618 @c comma before assigning does NOT start tertiary 7619 @cindex command line, variables, assigning on 7620 7621 Any @command{awk} variable can be set by including a @dfn{variable assignment} 7622 among the arguments on the command line when @command{awk} is invoked 7623 (@pxref{Other Arguments}). 7624 Such an assignment has the following form: 7625 7626 @example 7627 @var{variable}=@var{text} 7628 @end example 7629 7630 @c comma before assigning does NOT start tertiary 7631 @cindex @code{-v} option, variables, assigning 7632 @noindent 7633 With it, a variable is set either at the beginning of the 7634 @command{awk} run or in between input files. 7635 When the assignment is preceded with the @option{-v} option, 7636 as in the following: 7637 7638 @example 7639 -v @var{variable}=@var{text} 7640 @end example 7641 7642 @noindent 7643 the variable is set at the very beginning, even before the 7644 @code{BEGIN} rules are run. The @option{-v} option and its assignment 7645 must precede all the @value{FN} arguments, as well as the program text. 7646 (@xref{Options}, for more information about 7647 the @option{-v} option.) 7648 Otherwise, the variable assignment is performed at a time determined by 7649 its position among the input file arguments---after the processing of the 7650 preceding input file argument. For example: 7651 7652 @example 7653 awk '@{ print $n @}' n=4 inventory-shipped n=2 BBS-list 7654 @end example 7655 7656 @noindent 7657 prints the value of field number @code{n} for all input records. Before 7658 the first file is read, the command line sets the variable @code{n} 7659 equal to four. This causes the fourth field to be printed in lines from 7660 the file @file{inventory-shipped}. After the first file has finished, 7661 but before the second file is started, @code{n} is set to two, so that the 7662 second field is printed in lines from @file{BBS-list}: 7663 7664 @example 7665 $ awk '@{ print $n @}' n=4 inventory-shipped n=2 BBS-list 7666 @print{} 15 7667 @print{} 24 7668 @dots{} 7669 @print{} 555-5553 7670 @print{} 555-3412 7671 @dots{} 7672 @end example 7673 7674 @cindex dark corner, command-line arguments 7675 Command-line arguments are made available for explicit examination by 7676 the @command{awk} program in the @code{ARGV} array 7677 (@pxref{ARGC and ARGV}). 7678 @command{awk} processes the values of command-line assignments for escape 7679 sequences 7680 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 7681 @value{DARKCORNER} 7682 7683 @node Conversion 7684 @section Conversion of Strings and Numbers 7685 7686 @cindex converting, strings to numbers 7687 @cindex strings, converting 7688 @cindex numbers, converting 7689 @cindex converting, numbers 7690 Strings are converted to numbers and numbers are converted to strings, if the context 7691 of the @command{awk} program demands it. For example, if the value of 7692 either @code{foo} or @code{bar} in the expression @samp{foo + bar} 7693 happens to be a string, it is converted to a number before the addition 7694 is performed. If numeric values appear in string concatenation, they 7695 are converted to strings. Consider the following: 7696 7697 @example 7698 two = 2; three = 3 7699 print (two three) + 4 7700 @end example 7701 7702 @noindent 7703 This prints the (numeric) value 27. The numeric values of 7704 the variables @code{two} and @code{three} are converted to strings and 7705 concatenated together. The resulting string is converted back to the 7706 number 23, to which 4 is then added. 7707 7708 @cindex null strings, converting numbers to strings 7709 @cindex type conversion 7710 If, for some reason, you need to force a number to be converted to a 7711 string, concatenate the empty string, @code{""}, with that number. 7712 To force a string to be converted to a number, add zero to that string. 7713 A string is converted to a number by interpreting any numeric prefix 7714 of the string as numerals: 7715 @code{"2.5"} converts to 2.5, @code{"1e3"} converts to 1000, and @code{"25fix"} 7716 has a numeric value of 25. 7717 Strings that can't be interpreted as valid numbers convert to zero. 7718 7719 @cindex @code{CONVFMT} variable 7720 The exact manner in which numbers are converted into strings is controlled 7721 by the @command{awk} built-in variable @code{CONVFMT} (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 7722 Numbers are converted using the @code{sprintf} function 7723 with @code{CONVFMT} as the format 7724 specifier 7725 (@pxref{String Functions}). 7726 7727 @code{CONVFMT}'s default value is @code{"%.6g"}, which prints a value with 7728 at least six significant digits. For some applications, you might want to 7729 change it to specify more precision. 7730 On most modern machines, 7731 17 digits is enough to capture a floating-point number's 7732 value exactly, 7733 most of the time.@footnote{Pathological cases can require up to 7734 752 digits (!), but we doubt that you need to worry about this.} 7735 7736 @cindex dark corner, @code{CONVFMT} variable 7737 Strange results can occur if you set @code{CONVFMT} to a string that doesn't 7738 tell @code{sprintf} how to format floating-point numbers in a useful way. 7739 For example, if you forget the @samp{%} in the format, @command{awk} converts 7740 all numbers to the same constant string. 7741 As a special case, if a number is an integer, then the result of converting 7742 it to a string is @emph{always} an integer, no matter what the value of 7743 @code{CONVFMT} may be. Given the following code fragment: 7744 7745 @example 7746 CONVFMT = "%2.2f" 7747 a = 12 7748 b = a "" 7749 @end example 7750 7751 @noindent 7752 @code{b} has the value @code{"12"}, not @code{"12.00"}. 7753 @value{DARKCORNER} 7754 7755 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{OFMT} variable and 7756 @cindex @code{OFMT} variable 7757 @cindex portability, new @command{awk} vs. old @command{awk} 7758 @cindex @command{awk}, new vs. old, @code{OFMT} variable 7759 Prior to the POSIX standard, @command{awk} used the value 7760 of @code{OFMT} for converting numbers to strings. @code{OFMT} 7761 specifies the output format to use when printing numbers with @code{print}. 7762 @code{CONVFMT} was introduced in order to separate the semantics of 7763 conversion from the semantics of printing. Both @code{CONVFMT} and 7764 @code{OFMT} have the same default value: @code{"%.6g"}. In the vast majority 7765 of cases, old @command{awk} programs do not change their behavior. 7766 However, these semantics for @code{OFMT} are something to keep in mind if you must 7767 port your new style program to older implementations of @command{awk}. 7768 We recommend 7769 that instead of changing your programs, just port @command{gawk} itself. 7770 @xref{Print}, 7771 for more information on the @code{print} statement. 7772 7773 Finally, once again, where you are can matter when it comes to 7774 converting between numbers and strings. In 7775 @ref{Locales}, we mentioned that the 7776 local character set and language (the locale) can affect how @command{gawk} matches 7777 characters. The locale also affects numeric formats. In particular, for @command{awk} 7778 programs, it affects the decimal point character. The @code{"C"} locale, and most 7779 English-language locales, use the period character (@samp{.}) as the decimal point. 7780 However, many (if not most) European and non-English locales use the comma (@samp{,}) 7781 as the decimal point character. 7782 7783 The POSIX standard says that @command{awk} always uses the period as the decimal 7784 point when reading the @command{awk} program source code, and for command-line 7785 variable assignments (@pxref{Other Arguments}). 7786 However, when interpreting input data, for @code{print} and @code{printf} output, 7787 and for number to string conversion, the local decimal point character is used. 7788 As of @value{PVERSION} 3.1.3, @command{gawk} fully complies with this aspect 7789 of the standard. Here are some examples indicating the difference in behavior, 7790 on a GNU/Linux system: 7791 7792 @example 7793 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%g\n", 3.1415927 @}' 7794 @print{} 3.14159 7795 $ LC_ALL=en_DK gawk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%g\n", 3.1415927 @}' 7796 @print{} 3,14159 7797 $ echo 4,321 | gawk '@{ print $1 + 1 @}' 7798 @print{} 5 7799 $ echo 4,321 | LC_ALL=en_DK gawk '@{ print $1 + 1 @}' 7800 @print{} 5,321 7801 @end example 7802 7803 @noindent 7804 The @samp{en_DK} locale is for English in Denmark, where the comma acts as 7805 the decimal point separator. In the normal @code{"C"} locale, @command{gawk} 7806 treats @samp{4,321} as @samp{4}, while in the Danish locale, it's treated 7807 as the full number, @samp{4.321}. 7808 7809 @node Arithmetic Ops 7810 @section Arithmetic Operators 7811 @cindex arithmetic operators 7812 @cindex operators, arithmetic 7813 @c @cindex addition 7814 @c @cindex subtraction 7815 @c @cindex multiplication 7816 @c @cindex division 7817 @c @cindex remainder 7818 @c @cindex quotient 7819 @c @cindex exponentiation 7820 7821 The @command{awk} language uses the common arithmetic operators when 7822 evaluating expressions. All of these arithmetic operators follow normal 7823 precedence rules and work as you would expect them to. 7824 7825 The following example uses a file named @file{grades}, which contains 7826 a list of student names as well as three test scores per student (it's 7827 a small class): 7828 7829 @example 7830 Pat 100 97 58 7831 Sandy 84 72 93 7832 Chris 72 92 89 7833 @end example 7834 7835 @noindent 7836 This programs takes the file @file{grades} and prints the average 7837 of the scores: 7838 7839 @example 7840 $ awk '@{ sum = $2 + $3 + $4 ; avg = sum / 3 7841 > print $1, avg @}' grades 7842 @print{} Pat 85 7843 @print{} Sandy 83 7844 @print{} Chris 84.3333 7845 @end example 7846 7847 The following list provides the arithmetic operators in @command{awk}, in order from 7848 the highest precedence to the lowest: 7849 7850 @table @code 7851 @item - @var{x} 7852 Negation. 7853 7854 @item + @var{x} 7855 Unary plus; the expression is converted to a number. 7856 7857 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, arithmetic operators and 7858 @item @var{x} ^ @var{y} 7859 @itemx @var{x} ** @var{y} 7860 Exponentiation; @var{x} raised to the @var{y} power. @samp{2 ^ 3} has 7861 the value eight; the character sequence @samp{**} is equivalent to 7862 @samp{^}. 7863 7864 @item @var{x} * @var{y} 7865 Multiplication. 7866 7867 @cindex troubleshooting, division 7868 @cindex division 7869 @item @var{x} / @var{y} 7870 Division; because all numbers in @command{awk} are floating-point 7871 numbers, the result is @emph{not} rounded to an integer---@samp{3 / 4} has 7872 the value 0.75. (It is a common mistake, especially for C programmers, 7873 to forget that @emph{all} numbers in @command{awk} are floating-point, 7874 and that division of integer-looking constants produces a real number, 7875 not an integer.) 7876 7877 @item @var{x} % @var{y} 7878 Remainder; further discussion is provided in the text, just 7879 after this list. 7880 7881 @item @var{x} + @var{y} 7882 Addition. 7883 7884 @item @var{x} - @var{y} 7885 Subtraction. 7886 @end table 7887 7888 Unary plus and minus have the same precedence, 7889 the multiplication operators all have the same precedence, and 7890 addition and subtraction have the same precedence. 7891 7892 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, trunc-mod operation 7893 @cindex trunc-mod operation 7894 When computing the remainder of @code{@var{x} % @var{y}}, 7895 the quotient is rounded toward zero to an integer and 7896 multiplied by @var{y}. This result is subtracted from @var{x}; 7897 this operation is sometimes known as ``trunc-mod.'' The following 7898 relation always holds: 7899 7900 @example 7901 b * int(a / b) + (a % b) == a 7902 @end example 7903 7904 One possibly undesirable effect of this definition of remainder is that 7905 @code{@var{x} % @var{y}} is negative if @var{x} is negative. Thus: 7906 7907 @example 7908 -17 % 8 = -1 7909 @end example 7910 7911 In other @command{awk} implementations, the signedness of the remainder 7912 may be machine-dependent. 7913 @c !!! what does posix say? 7914 7915 @cindex portability, @code{**} operator and 7916 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**} operator 7917 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**} operator 7918 @strong{Note:} 7919 The POSIX standard only specifies the use of @samp{^} 7920 for exponentiation. 7921 For maximum portability, do not use the @samp{**} operator. 7922 7923 @node Concatenation 7924 @section String Concatenation 7925 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 7926 @quotation 7927 @i{It seemed like a good idea at the time.}@* 7928 Brian Kernighan 7929 @end quotation 7930 7931 @cindex string operators 7932 @cindex operators, string 7933 @cindex concatenating 7934 There is only one string operation: concatenation. It does not have a 7935 specific operator to represent it. Instead, concatenation is performed by 7936 writing expressions next to one another, with no operator. For example: 7937 7938 @example 7939 $ awk '@{ print "Field number one: " $1 @}' BBS-list 7940 @print{} Field number one: aardvark 7941 @print{} Field number one: alpo-net 7942 @dots{} 7943 @end example 7944 7945 Without the space in the string constant after the @samp{:}, the line 7946 runs together. For example: 7947 7948 @example 7949 $ awk '@{ print "Field number one:" $1 @}' BBS-list 7950 @print{} Field number one:aardvark 7951 @print{} Field number one:alpo-net 7952 @dots{} 7953 @end example 7954 7955 @cindex troubleshooting, string concatenation 7956 Because string concatenation does not have an explicit operator, it is 7957 often necessary to insure that it happens at the right time by using 7958 parentheses to enclose the items to concatenate. For example, the 7959 following code fragment does not concatenate @code{file} and @code{name} 7960 as you might expect: 7961 7962 @example 7963 file = "file" 7964 name = "name" 7965 print "something meaningful" > file name 7966 @end example 7967 7968 @noindent 7969 It is necessary to use the following: 7970 7971 @example 7972 print "something meaningful" > (file name) 7973 @end example 7974 7975 @cindex order of evaluation, concatenation 7976 @cindex evaluation order, concatenation 7977 @cindex side effects 7978 Parentheses should be used around concatenation in all but the 7979 most common contexts, such as on the righthand side of @samp{=}. 7980 Be careful about the kinds of expressions used in string concatenation. 7981 In particular, the order of evaluation of expressions used for concatenation 7982 is undefined in the @command{awk} language. Consider this example: 7983 7984 @example 7985 BEGIN @{ 7986 a = "don't" 7987 print (a " " (a = "panic")) 7988 @} 7989 @end example 7990 7991 @noindent 7992 It is not defined whether the assignment to @code{a} happens 7993 before or after the value of @code{a} is retrieved for producing the 7994 concatenated value. The result could be either @samp{don't panic}, 7995 or @samp{panic panic}. 7996 @c see test/nasty.awk for a worse example 7997 The precedence of concatenation, when mixed with other operators, is often 7998 counter-intuitive. Consider this example: 7999 8000 @ignore 8001 > To: bug-gnu-utils@@gnu.org 8002 > CC: arnold (a] gnu.org 8003 > Subject: gawk 3.0.4 bug with {print -12 " " -24} 8004 > From: Russell Schulz <Russell_Schulz (a] locutus.ofB.ORG> 8005 > Date: Tue, 8 Feb 2000 19:56:08 -0700 8006 > 8007 > gawk 3.0.4 on NT gives me: 8008 > 8009 > prompt> cat bad.awk 8010 > BEGIN { print -12 " " -24; } 8011 > 8012 > prompt> gawk -f bad.awk 8013 > -12-24 8014 > 8015 > when I would expect 8016 > 8017 > -12 -24 8018 > 8019 > I have not investigated the source, or other implementations. The 8020 > bug is there on my NT and DOS versions 2.15.6 . 8021 @end ignore 8022 8023 @example 8024 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print -12 " " -24 @}' 8025 @print{} -12-24 8026 @end example 8027 8028 This ``obviously'' is concatenating @minus{}12, a space, and @minus{}24. 8029 But where did the space disappear to? 8030 The answer lies in the combination of operator precedences and 8031 @command{awk}'s automatic conversion rules. To get the desired result, 8032 write the program in the following manner: 8033 8034 @example 8035 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print -12 " " (-24) @}' 8036 @print{} -12 -24 8037 @end example 8038 8039 This forces @command{awk} to treat the @samp{-} on the @samp{-24} as unary. 8040 Otherwise, it's parsed as follows: 8041 8042 @display 8043 @minus{}12 (@code{"@ "} @minus{} 24) 8044 @result{} @minus{}12 (0 @minus{} 24) 8045 @result{} @minus{}12 (@minus{}24) 8046 @result{} @minus{}12@minus{}24 8047 @end display 8048 8049 As mentioned earlier, 8050 when doing concatenation, @emph{parenthesize}. Otherwise, 8051 you're never quite sure what you'll get. 8052 8053 @node Assignment Ops 8054 @section Assignment Expressions 8055 @c STARTOFRANGE asop 8056 @cindex assignment operators 8057 @c STARTOFRANGE opas 8058 @cindex operators, assignment 8059 @c STARTOFRANGE exas 8060 @cindex expressions, assignment 8061 @cindex @code{=} (equals sign), @code{=} operator 8062 @cindex equals sign (@code{=}), @code{=} operator 8063 An @dfn{assignment} is an expression that stores a (usually different) 8064 value into a variable. For example, let's assign the value one to the variable 8065 @code{z}: 8066 8067 @example 8068 z = 1 8069 @end example 8070 8071 After this expression is executed, the variable @code{z} has the value one. 8072 Whatever old value @code{z} had before the assignment is forgotten. 8073 8074 Assignments can also store string values. For example, the 8075 following stores 8076 the value @code{"this food is good"} in the variable @code{message}: 8077 8078 @example 8079 thing = "food" 8080 predicate = "good" 8081 message = "this " thing " is " predicate 8082 @end example 8083 8084 @noindent 8085 @cindex side effects, assignment expressions 8086 This also illustrates string concatenation. 8087 The @samp{=} sign is called an @dfn{assignment operator}. It is the 8088 simplest assignment operator because the value of the righthand 8089 operand is stored unchanged. 8090 Most operators (addition, concatenation, and so on) have no effect 8091 except to compute a value. If the value isn't used, there's no reason to 8092 use the operator. An assignment operator is different; it does 8093 produce a value, but even if you ignore it, the assignment still 8094 makes itself felt through the alteration of the variable. We call this 8095 a @dfn{side effect}. 8096 8097 @cindex lvalues/rvalues 8098 @cindex rvalues/lvalues 8099 @cindex assignment operators, lvalues/rvalues 8100 @cindex operators, assignment 8101 The lefthand operand of an assignment need not be a variable 8102 (@pxref{Variables}); it can also be a field 8103 (@pxref{Changing Fields}) or 8104 an array element (@pxref{Arrays}). 8105 These are all called @dfn{lvalues}, 8106 which means they can appear on the lefthand side of an assignment operator. 8107 The righthand operand may be any expression; it produces the new value 8108 that the assignment stores in the specified variable, field, or array 8109 element. (Such values are called @dfn{rvalues}.) 8110 8111 @cindex variables, types of 8112 It is important to note that variables do @emph{not} have permanent types. 8113 A variable's type is simply the type of whatever value it happens 8114 to hold at the moment. In the following program fragment, the variable 8115 @code{foo} has a numeric value at first, and a string value later on: 8116 8117 @example 8118 foo = 1 8119 print foo 8120 foo = "bar" 8121 print foo 8122 @end example 8123 8124 @noindent 8125 When the second assignment gives @code{foo} a string value, the fact that 8126 it previously had a numeric value is forgotten. 8127 8128 String values that do not begin with a digit have a numeric value of 8129 zero. After executing the following code, the value of @code{foo} is five: 8130 8131 @example 8132 foo = "a string" 8133 foo = foo + 5 8134 @end example 8135 8136 @noindent 8137 @strong{Note:} Using a variable as a number and then later as a string 8138 can be confusing and is poor programming style. The previous two examples 8139 illustrate how @command{awk} works, @emph{not} how you should write your 8140 programs! 8141 8142 An assignment is an expression, so it has a value---the same value that 8143 is assigned. Thus, @samp{z = 1} is an expression with the value one. 8144 One consequence of this is that you can write multiple assignments together, 8145 such as: 8146 8147 @example 8148 x = y = z = 5 8149 @end example 8150 8151 @noindent 8152 This example stores the value five in all three variables 8153 (@code{x}, @code{y}, and @code{z}). 8154 It does so because the 8155 value of @samp{z = 5}, which is five, is stored into @code{y} and then 8156 the value of @samp{y = z = 5}, which is five, is stored into @code{x}. 8157 8158 Assignments may be used anywhere an expression is called for. For 8159 example, it is valid to write @samp{x != (y = 1)} to set @code{y} to one, 8160 and then test whether @code{x} equals one. But this style tends to make 8161 programs hard to read; such nesting of assignments should be avoided, 8162 except perhaps in a one-shot program. 8163 8164 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{+=} operator 8165 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{+=} operator 8166 Aside from @samp{=}, there are several other assignment operators that 8167 do arithmetic with the old value of the variable. For example, the 8168 operator @samp{+=} computes a new value by adding the righthand value 8169 to the old value of the variable. Thus, the following assignment adds 8170 five to the value of @code{foo}: 8171 8172 @example 8173 foo += 5 8174 @end example 8175 8176 @noindent 8177 This is equivalent to the following: 8178 8179 @example 8180 foo = foo + 5 8181 @end example 8182 8183 @noindent 8184 Use whichever makes the meaning of your program clearer. 8185 8186 There are situations where using @samp{+=} (or any assignment operator) 8187 is @emph{not} the same as simply repeating the lefthand operand in the 8188 righthand expression. For example: 8189 8190 @cindex Rankin, Pat 8191 @example 8192 # Thanks to Pat Rankin for this example 8193 BEGIN @{ 8194 foo[rand()] += 5 8195 for (x in foo) 8196 print x, foo[x] 8197 8198 bar[rand()] = bar[rand()] + 5 8199 for (x in bar) 8200 print x, bar[x] 8201 @} 8202 @end example 8203 8204 @cindex operators, assignment, evaluation order 8205 @cindex assignment operators, evaluation order 8206 @noindent 8207 The indices of @code{bar} are practically guaranteed to be different, because 8208 @code{rand} returns different values each time it is called. 8209 (Arrays and the @code{rand} function haven't been covered yet. 8210 @xref{Arrays}, 8211 and see @ref{Numeric Functions}, for more information). 8212 This example illustrates an important fact about assignment 8213 operators: the lefthand expression is only evaluated @emph{once}. 8214 It is up to the implementation as to which expression is evaluated 8215 first, the lefthand or the righthand. 8216 Consider this example: 8217 8218 @example 8219 i = 1 8220 a[i += 2] = i + 1 8221 @end example 8222 8223 @noindent 8224 The value of @code{a[3]} could be either two or four. 8225 8226 Here is a table of the arithmetic assignment operators. In each 8227 case, the righthand operand is an expression whose value is converted 8228 to a number. 8229 8230 @ignore 8231 @table @code 8232 @item @var{lvalue} += @var{increment} 8233 Adds @var{increment} to the value of @var{lvalue}. 8234 8235 @item @var{lvalue} -= @var{decrement} 8236 Subtracts @var{decrement} from the value of @var{lvalue}. 8237 8238 @item @var{lvalue} *= @var{coefficient} 8239 Multiplies the value of @var{lvalue} by @var{coefficient}. 8240 8241 @item @var{lvalue} /= @var{divisor} 8242 Divides the value of @var{lvalue} by @var{divisor}. 8243 8244 @item @var{lvalue} %= @var{modulus} 8245 Sets @var{lvalue} to its remainder by @var{modulus}. 8246 8247 @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 8248 @cindex POSIX @command{awk} 8249 @item @var{lvalue} ^= @var{power} 8250 @itemx @var{lvalue} **= @var{power} 8251 Raises @var{lvalue} to the power @var{power}. 8252 (Only the @samp{^=} operator is specified by POSIX.) 8253 @end table 8254 @end ignore 8255 8256 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{-=} operator 8257 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{-=} operator 8258 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{*=} operator 8259 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{*=} operator 8260 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash), @code{/=} operator 8261 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}), @code{/=} operator 8262 @cindex @code{%} (percent sign), @code{%=} operator 8263 @cindex percent sign (@code{%}), @code{%=} operator 8264 @cindex @code{^} (caret), @code{^=} operator 8265 @cindex caret (@code{^}), @code{^=} operator 8266 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**=} operator 8267 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**=} operator 8268 @multitable {@var{lvalue} *= @var{coefficient}} {Subtracts @var{decrement} from the value of @var{lvalue}.} 8269 @item @var{lvalue} @code{+=} @var{increment} @tab Adds @var{increment} to the value of @var{lvalue}. 8270 8271 @item @var{lvalue} @code{-=} @var{decrement} @tab Subtracts @var{decrement} from the value of @var{lvalue}. 8272 8273 @item @var{lvalue} @code{*=} @var{coefficient} @tab Multiplies the value of @var{lvalue} by @var{coefficient}. 8274 8275 @item @var{lvalue} @code{/=} @var{divisor} @tab Divides the value of @var{lvalue} by @var{divisor}. 8276 8277 @item @var{lvalue} @code{%=} @var{modulus} @tab Sets @var{lvalue} to its remainder by @var{modulus}. 8278 8279 @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 8280 @cindex POSIX @command{awk} 8281 @item @var{lvalue} @code{^=} @var{power} @tab 8282 @item @var{lvalue} @code{**=} @var{power} @tab Raises @var{lvalue} to the power @var{power}. 8283 @end multitable 8284 8285 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{**=} operator and 8286 @cindex portability, @code{**=} operator and 8287 @strong{Note:} 8288 Only the @samp{^=} operator is specified by POSIX. 8289 For maximum portability, do not use the @samp{**=} operator. 8290 8291 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 8292 @subheading Advanced Notes: Syntactic Ambiguities Between @samp{/=} and Regular Expressions 8293 @cindex advanced features, regexp constants 8294 @cindex dark corner, regexp constants, @code{/=} operator and 8295 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash), @code{/=} operator, vs. @code{/=@dots{}/} regexp constant 8296 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}), @code{/=} operator, vs. @code{/=@dots{}/} regexp constant 8297 @cindex regexp constants, @code{/=@dots{}/}, @code{/=} operator and 8298 8299 @c derived from email from "Nelson H. F. Beebe" <beebe (a] math.utah.edu> 8300 @c Date: Mon, 1 Sep 1997 13:38:35 -0600 (MDT) 8301 8302 @cindex dark corner 8303 @cindex ambiguity, syntactic: @code{/=} operator vs. @code{/=@dots{}/} regexp constant 8304 @cindex syntactic ambiguity: @code{/=} operator vs. @code{/=@dots{}/} regexp constant 8305 @cindex @code{/=} operator vs. @code{/=@dots{}/} regexp constant 8306 There is a syntactic ambiguity between the @samp{/=} assignment 8307 operator and regexp constants whose first character is an @samp{=}. 8308 @value{DARKCORNER} 8309 This is most notable in commercial @command{awk} versions. 8310 For example: 8311 8312 @example 8313 $ awk /==/ /dev/null 8314 @error{} awk: syntax error at source line 1 8315 @error{} context is 8316 @error{} >>> /= <<< 8317 @error{} awk: bailing out at source line 1 8318 @end example 8319 8320 @noindent 8321 A workaround is: 8322 8323 @example 8324 awk '/[=]=/' /dev/null 8325 @end example 8326 8327 @command{gawk} does not have this problem, 8328 nor do the other 8329 freely available versions described in 8330 @ref{Other Versions}. 8331 @c ENDOFRANGE exas 8332 @c ENDOFRANGE opas 8333 @c ENDOFRANGE asop 8334 8335 @node Increment Ops 8336 @section Increment and Decrement Operators 8337 8338 @c STARTOFRANGE inop 8339 @cindex increment operators 8340 @c STARTOFRANGE opde 8341 @cindex operators, decrement/increment 8342 @dfn{Increment} and @dfn{decrement operators} increase or decrease the value of 8343 a variable by one. An assignment operator can do the same thing, so 8344 the increment operators add no power to the @command{awk} language; however, they 8345 are convenient abbreviations for very common operations. 8346 8347 @cindex side effects 8348 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), decrement/increment operators 8349 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), decrement/increment operators 8350 @cindex side effects, decrement/increment operators 8351 The operator used for adding one is written @samp{++}. It can be used to increment 8352 a variable either before or after taking its value. 8353 To pre-increment a variable @code{v}, write @samp{++v}. This adds 8354 one to the value of @code{v}---that new value is also the value of the 8355 expression. (The assignment expression @samp{v += 1} is completely 8356 equivalent.) 8357 Writing the @samp{++} after the variable specifies post-increment. This 8358 increments the variable value just the same; the difference is that the 8359 value of the increment expression itself is the variable's @emph{old} 8360 value. Thus, if @code{foo} has the value four, then the expression @samp{foo++} 8361 has the value four, but it changes the value of @code{foo} to five. 8362 In other words, the operator returns the old value of the variable, 8363 but with the side effect of incrementing it. 8364 8365 The post-increment @samp{foo++} is nearly the same as writing @samp{(foo 8366 += 1) - 1}. It is not perfectly equivalent because all numbers in 8367 @command{awk} are floating-point---in floating-point, @samp{foo + 1 - 1} does 8368 not necessarily equal @code{foo}. But the difference is minute as 8369 long as you stick to numbers that are fairly small (less than 10e12). 8370 8371 @cindex @code{$} (dollar sign), incrementing fields and arrays 8372 @cindex dollar sign (@code{$}), incrementing fields and arrays 8373 Fields and array elements are incremented 8374 just like variables. (Use @samp{$(i++)} when you want to do a field reference 8375 and a variable increment at the same time. The parentheses are necessary 8376 because of the precedence of the field reference operator @samp{$}.) 8377 8378 @cindex decrement operators 8379 The decrement operator @samp{--} works just like @samp{++}, except that 8380 it subtracts one instead of adding it. As with @samp{++}, it can be used before 8381 the lvalue to pre-decrement or after it to post-decrement. 8382 Following is a summary of increment and decrement expressions: 8383 8384 @table @code 8385 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{++} operator 8386 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{++} operator 8387 @item ++@var{lvalue} 8388 This expression increments @var{lvalue}, and the new value becomes the 8389 value of the expression. 8390 8391 @item @var{lvalue}++ 8392 This expression increments @var{lvalue}, but 8393 the value of the expression is the @emph{old} value of @var{lvalue}. 8394 8395 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{--} operator 8396 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{--} operator 8397 @item --@var{lvalue} 8398 This expression is 8399 like @samp{++@var{lvalue}}, but instead of adding, it subtracts. It 8400 decrements @var{lvalue} and delivers the value that is the result. 8401 8402 @item @var{lvalue}-- 8403 This expression is 8404 like @samp{@var{lvalue}++}, but instead of adding, it subtracts. It 8405 decrements @var{lvalue}. The value of the expression is the @emph{old} 8406 value of @var{lvalue}. 8407 @end table 8408 8409 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 8410 @subheading Advanced Notes: Operator Evaluation Order 8411 @c comma before precedence does NOT start tertiary 8412 @cindex advanced features, operators, precedence 8413 @cindex precedence 8414 @cindex operators, precedence 8415 @cindex portability, operators 8416 @cindex evaluation order 8417 @cindex Marx, Groucho 8418 @quotation 8419 @i{Doctor, doctor! It hurts when I do this!@* 8420 So don't do that!}@* 8421 Groucho Marx 8422 @end quotation 8423 8424 @noindent 8425 What happens for something like the following? 8426 8427 @example 8428 b = 6 8429 print b += b++ 8430 @end example 8431 8432 @noindent 8433 Or something even stranger? 8434 8435 @example 8436 b = 6 8437 b += ++b + b++ 8438 print b 8439 @end example 8440 8441 @cindex side effects 8442 In other words, when do the various side effects prescribed by the 8443 postfix operators (@samp{b++}) take effect? 8444 When side effects happen is @dfn{implementation defined}. 8445 In other words, it is up to the particular version of @command{awk}. 8446 The result for the first example may be 12 or 13, and for the second, it 8447 may be 22 or 23. 8448 8449 In short, doing things like this is not recommended and definitely 8450 not anything that you can rely upon for portability. 8451 You should avoid such things in your own programs. 8452 @c You'll sleep better at night and be able to look at yourself 8453 @c in the mirror in the morning. 8454 @c ENDOFRANGE inop 8455 @c ENDOFRANGE opde 8456 @c ENDOFRANGE deop 8457 8458 @node Truth Values 8459 @section True and False in @command{awk} 8460 @cindex truth values 8461 @cindex logical false/true 8462 @cindex false, logical 8463 @cindex true, logical 8464 8465 @cindex null strings 8466 Many programming languages have a special representation for the concepts 8467 of ``true'' and ``false.'' Such languages usually use the special 8468 constants @code{true} and @code{false}, or perhaps their uppercase 8469 equivalents. 8470 However, @command{awk} is different. 8471 It borrows a very simple concept of true and 8472 false from C. In @command{awk}, any nonzero numeric value @emph{or} any 8473 nonempty string value is true. Any other value (zero or the null 8474 string @code{""}) is false. The following program prints @samp{A strange 8475 truth value} three times: 8476 8477 @example 8478 BEGIN @{ 8479 if (3.1415927) 8480 print "A strange truth value" 8481 if ("Four Score And Seven Years Ago") 8482 print "A strange truth value" 8483 if (j = 57) 8484 print "A strange truth value" 8485 @} 8486 @end example 8487 8488 @cindex dark corner 8489 There is a surprising consequence of the ``nonzero or non-null'' rule: 8490 the string constant @code{"0"} is actually true, because it is non-null. 8491 @value{DARKCORNER} 8492 8493 @node Typing and Comparison 8494 @section Variable Typing and Comparison Expressions 8495 @quotation 8496 @i{The Guide is definitive. Reality is frequently inaccurate.}@* 8497 The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy 8498 @end quotation 8499 8500 @c STARTOFRANGE comex 8501 @cindex comparison expressions 8502 @c STARTOFRANGE excom 8503 @cindex expressions, comparison 8504 @cindex expressions, matching, See comparison expressions 8505 @cindex matching, expressions, See comparison expressions 8506 @cindex relational operators, See comparison operators 8507 @c comma is part of See 8508 @cindex operators, relational, See operators, comparison 8509 @c STARTOFRANGE varting 8510 @cindex variable typing 8511 @c STARTOFRANGE vartypc 8512 @cindex variables, types of, comparison expressions and 8513 Unlike other programming languages, @command{awk} variables do not have a 8514 fixed type. Instead, they can be either a number or a string, depending 8515 upon the value that is assigned to them. 8516 8517 @cindex numeric, strings 8518 @cindex strings, numeric 8519 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, numeric strings and 8520 The 1992 POSIX standard introduced 8521 the concept of a @dfn{numeric string}, which is simply a string that looks 8522 like a number---for example, @code{@w{" +2"}}. This concept is used 8523 for determining the type of a variable. 8524 The type of the variable is important because the types of two variables 8525 determine how they are compared. 8526 In @command{gawk}, variable typing follows these rules: 8527 8528 @itemize @bullet 8529 @item 8530 A numeric constant or the result of a numeric operation has the @var{numeric} 8531 attribute. 8532 8533 @item 8534 A string constant or the result of a string operation has the @var{string} 8535 attribute. 8536 8537 @item 8538 Fields, @code{getline} input, @code{FILENAME}, @code{ARGV} elements, 8539 @code{ENVIRON} elements, and the 8540 elements of an array created by @code{split} that are numeric strings 8541 have the @var{strnum} attribute. Otherwise, they have the @var{string} 8542 attribute. 8543 Uninitialized variables also have the @var{strnum} attribute. 8544 8545 @item 8546 Attributes propagate across assignments but are not changed by 8547 any use. 8548 @c (Although a use may cause the entity to acquire an additional 8549 @c value such that it has both a numeric and string value, this leaves the 8550 @c attribute unchanged.) 8551 @c This is important but not relevant 8552 @end itemize 8553 8554 The last rule is particularly important. In the following program, 8555 @code{a} has numeric type, even though it is later used in a string 8556 operation: 8557 8558 @example 8559 BEGIN @{ 8560 a = 12.345 8561 b = a " is a cute number" 8562 print b 8563 @} 8564 @end example 8565 8566 When two operands are compared, either string comparison or numeric comparison 8567 may be used. This depends upon the attributes of the operands, according to the 8568 following symmetric matrix: 8569 8570 @c thanks to Karl Berry, kb (a] cs.umb.edu, for major help with TeX tables 8571 @tex 8572 \centerline{ 8573 \vbox{\bigskip % space above the table (about 1 linespace) 8574 % Because we have vertical rules, we can't let TeX insert interline space 8575 % in its usual way. 8576 \offinterlineskip 8577 % 8578 % Define the table template. & separates columns, and \cr ends the 8579 % template (and each row). # is replaced by the text of that entry on 8580 % each row. The template for the first column breaks down like this: 8581 % \strut -- a way to make each line have the height and depth 8582 % of a normal line of type, since we turned off interline spacing. 8583 % \hfil -- infinite glue; has the effect of right-justifying in this case. 8584 % # -- replaced by the text (for instance, `STRNUM', in the last row). 8585 % \quad -- about the width of an `M'. Just separates the columns. 8586 % 8587 % The second column (\vrule#) is what generates the vertical rule that 8588 % spans table rows. 8589 % 8590 % The doubled && before the next entry means `repeat the following 8591 % template as many times as necessary on each line' -- in our case, twice. 8592 % 8593 % The template itself, \quad#\hfil, left-justifies with a little space before. 8594 % 8595 \halign{\strut\hfil#\quad&\vrule#&&\quad#\hfil\cr 8596 &&STRING &NUMERIC &STRNUM\cr 8597 % The \omit tells TeX to skip inserting the template for this column on 8598 % this particular row. In this case, we only want a little extra space 8599 % to separate the heading row from the rule below it. the depth 2pt -- 8600 % `\vrule depth 2pt' is that little space. 8601 \omit &depth 2pt\cr 8602 % This is the horizontal rule below the heading. Since it has nothing to 8603 % do with the columns of the table, we use \noalign to get it in there. 8604 \noalign{\hrule} 8605 % Like above, this time a little more space. 8606 \omit &depth 4pt\cr 8607 % The remaining rows have nothing special about them. 8608 STRING &&string &string &string\cr 8609 NUMERIC &&string &numeric &numeric\cr 8610 STRNUM &&string &numeric &numeric\cr 8611 }}} 8612 @end tex 8613 @ifnottex 8614 @display 8615 +---------------------------------------------- 8616 | STRING NUMERIC STRNUM 8617 --------+---------------------------------------------- 8618 | 8619 STRING | string string string 8620 | 8621 NUMERIC | string numeric numeric 8622 | 8623 STRNUM | string numeric numeric 8624 --------+---------------------------------------------- 8625 @end display 8626 @end ifnottex 8627 8628 The basic idea is that user input that looks numeric---and @emph{only} 8629 user input---should be treated as numeric, even though it is actually 8630 made of characters and is therefore also a string. 8631 Thus, for example, the string constant @w{@code{" +3.14"}} 8632 is a string, even though it looks numeric, 8633 and is @emph{never} treated as number for comparison 8634 purposes. 8635 8636 In short, when one operand is a ``pure'' string, such as a string 8637 constant, then a string comparison is performed. Otherwise, a 8638 numeric comparison is performed.@footnote{The POSIX standard is under 8639 revision. The revised standard's rules for typing and comparison are 8640 the same as just described for @command{gawk}.} 8641 8642 @dfn{Comparison expressions} compare strings or numbers for 8643 relationships such as equality. They are written using @dfn{relational 8644 operators}, which are a superset of those in C. Here is a table of 8645 them: 8646 8647 @cindex @code{<} (left angle bracket), @code{<} operator 8648 @cindex left angle bracket (@code{<}), @code{<} operator 8649 @cindex @code{<} (left angle bracket), @code{<=} operator 8650 @cindex left angle bracket (@code{<}), @code{<=} operator 8651 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>=} operator 8652 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>=} operator 8653 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>} operator 8654 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>} operator 8655 @cindex @code{=} (equals sign), @code{==} operator 8656 @cindex equals sign (@code{=}), @code{==} operator 8657 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!=} operator 8658 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!=} operator 8659 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 8660 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 8661 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 8662 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 8663 @cindex @code{in} operator 8664 @table @code 8665 @item @var{x} < @var{y} 8666 True if @var{x} is less than @var{y}. 8667 8668 @item @var{x} <= @var{y} 8669 True if @var{x} is less than or equal to @var{y}. 8670 8671 @item @var{x} > @var{y} 8672 True if @var{x} is greater than @var{y}. 8673 8674 @item @var{x} >= @var{y} 8675 True if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}. 8676 8677 @item @var{x} == @var{y} 8678 True if @var{x} is equal to @var{y}. 8679 8680 @item @var{x} != @var{y} 8681 True if @var{x} is not equal to @var{y}. 8682 8683 @item @var{x} ~ @var{y} 8684 True if the string @var{x} matches the regexp denoted by @var{y}. 8685 8686 @item @var{x} !~ @var{y} 8687 True if the string @var{x} does not match the regexp denoted by @var{y}. 8688 8689 @item @var{subscript} in @var{array} 8690 True if the array @var{array} has an element with the subscript @var{subscript}. 8691 @end table 8692 8693 Comparison expressions have the value one if true and zero if false. 8694 When comparing operands of mixed types, numeric operands are converted 8695 to strings using the value of @code{CONVFMT} 8696 (@pxref{Conversion}). 8697 8698 Strings are compared 8699 by comparing the first character of each, then the second character of each, 8700 and so on. Thus, @code{"10"} is less than @code{"9"}. If there are two 8701 strings where one is a prefix of the other, the shorter string is less than 8702 the longer one. Thus, @code{"abc"} is less than @code{"abcd"}. 8703 8704 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{==} operator 8705 It is very easy to accidentally mistype the @samp{==} operator and 8706 leave off one of the @samp{=} characters. The result is still valid @command{awk} 8707 code, but the program does not do what is intended: 8708 8709 @example 8710 if (a = b) # oops! should be a == b 8711 @dots{} 8712 else 8713 @dots{} 8714 @end example 8715 8716 @noindent 8717 Unless @code{b} happens to be zero or the null string, the @code{if} 8718 part of the test always succeeds. Because the operators are 8719 so similar, this kind of error is very difficult to spot when 8720 scanning the source code. 8721 8722 @cindex @command{gawk}, comparison operators and 8723 The following table of expressions illustrates the kind of comparison 8724 @command{gawk} performs, as well as what the result of the comparison is: 8725 8726 @table @code 8727 @item 1.5 <= 2.0 8728 numeric comparison (true) 8729 8730 @item "abc" >= "xyz" 8731 string comparison (false) 8732 8733 @item 1.5 != " +2" 8734 string comparison (true) 8735 8736 @item "1e2" < "3" 8737 string comparison (true) 8738 8739 @item a = 2; b = "2" 8740 @itemx a == b 8741 string comparison (true) 8742 8743 @item a = 2; b = " +2" 8744 @item a == b 8745 string comparison (false) 8746 @end table 8747 8748 In the next example: 8749 8750 @example 8751 $ echo 1e2 3 | awk '@{ print ($1 < $2) ? "true" : "false" @}' 8752 @print{} false 8753 @end example 8754 8755 @cindex comparison expressions, string vs. regexp 8756 @c @cindex string comparison vs. regexp comparison 8757 @c @cindex regexp comparison vs. string comparison 8758 @noindent 8759 the result is @samp{false} because both @code{$1} and @code{$2} 8760 are user input. They are numeric strings---therefore both have 8761 the @var{strnum} attribute, dictating a numeric comparison. 8762 The purpose of the comparison rules and the use of numeric strings is 8763 to attempt to produce the behavior that is ``least surprising,'' while 8764 still ``doing the right thing.'' 8765 String comparisons and regular expression comparisons are very different. 8766 For example: 8767 8768 @example 8769 x == "foo" 8770 @end example 8771 8772 @noindent 8773 has the value one, or is true if the variable @code{x} 8774 is precisely @samp{foo}. By contrast: 8775 8776 @example 8777 x ~ /foo/ 8778 @end example 8779 8780 @noindent 8781 has the value one if @code{x} contains @samp{foo}, such as 8782 @code{"Oh, what a fool am I!"}. 8783 8784 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 8785 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 8786 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 8787 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 8788 The righthand operand of the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} operators may be 8789 either a regexp constant (@code{/@dots{}/}) or an ordinary 8790 expression. In the latter case, the value of the expression as a string is used as a 8791 dynamic regexp (@pxref{Regexp Usage}; also 8792 @pxref{Computed Regexps}). 8793 8794 @cindex @command{awk}, regexp constants and 8795 @cindex regexp constants 8796 In modern implementations of @command{awk}, a constant regular 8797 expression in slashes by itself is also an expression. The regexp 8798 @code{/@var{regexp}/} is an abbreviation for the following comparison expression: 8799 8800 @example 8801 $0 ~ /@var{regexp}/ 8802 @end example 8803 8804 One special place where @code{/foo/} is @emph{not} an abbreviation for 8805 @samp{$0 ~ /foo/} is when it is the righthand operand of @samp{~} or 8806 @samp{!~}. 8807 @xref{Using Constant Regexps}, 8808 where this is discussed in more detail. 8809 @c ENDOFRANGE comex 8810 @c ENDOFRANGE excom 8811 @c ENDOFRANGE vartypc 8812 @c ENDOFRANGE varting 8813 8814 @node Boolean Ops 8815 @section Boolean Expressions 8816 @cindex and Boolean-logic operator 8817 @cindex or Boolean-logic operator 8818 @cindex not Boolean-logic operator 8819 @c STARTOFRANGE exbo 8820 @cindex expressions, Boolean 8821 @c STARTOFRANGE boex 8822 @cindex Boolean expressions 8823 @cindex operators, Boolean, See Boolean expressions 8824 @cindex Boolean operators, See Boolean expressions 8825 @cindex logical operators, See Boolean expressions 8826 @cindex operators, logical, See Boolean expressions 8827 8828 A @dfn{Boolean expression} is a combination of comparison expressions or 8829 matching expressions, using the Boolean operators ``or'' 8830 (@samp{||}), ``and'' (@samp{&&}), and ``not'' (@samp{!}), along with 8831 parentheses to control nesting. The truth value of the Boolean expression is 8832 computed by combining the truth values of the component expressions. 8833 Boolean expressions are also referred to as @dfn{logical expressions}. 8834 The terms are equivalent. 8835 8836 Boolean expressions can be used wherever comparison and matching 8837 expressions can be used. They can be used in @code{if}, @code{while}, 8838 @code{do}, and @code{for} statements 8839 (@pxref{Statements}). 8840 They have numeric values (one if true, zero if false) that come into play 8841 if the result of the Boolean expression is stored in a variable or 8842 used in arithmetic. 8843 8844 In addition, every Boolean expression is also a valid pattern, so 8845 you can use one as a pattern to control the execution of rules. 8846 The Boolean operators are: 8847 8848 @table @code 8849 @item @var{boolean1} && @var{boolean2} 8850 True if both @var{boolean1} and @var{boolean2} are true. For example, 8851 the following statement prints the current input record if it contains 8852 both @samp{2400} and @samp{foo}: 8853 8854 @example 8855 if ($0 ~ /2400/ && $0 ~ /foo/) print 8856 @end example 8857 8858 @cindex side effects, Boolean operators 8859 The subexpression @var{boolean2} is evaluated only if @var{boolean1} 8860 is true. This can make a difference when @var{boolean2} contains 8861 expressions that have side effects. In the case of @samp{$0 ~ /foo/ && 8862 ($2 == bar++)}, the variable @code{bar} is not incremented if there is 8863 no substring @samp{foo} in the record. 8864 8865 @item @var{boolean1} || @var{boolean2} 8866 True if at least one of @var{boolean1} or @var{boolean2} is true. 8867 For example, the following statement prints all records in the input 8868 that contain @emph{either} @samp{2400} or 8869 @samp{foo} or both: 8870 8871 @example 8872 if ($0 ~ /2400/ || $0 ~ /foo/) print 8873 @end example 8874 8875 The subexpression @var{boolean2} is evaluated only if @var{boolean1} 8876 is false. This can make a difference when @var{boolean2} contains 8877 expressions that have side effects. 8878 8879 @item ! @var{boolean} 8880 True if @var{boolean} is false. For example, 8881 the following program prints @samp{no home!} in 8882 the unusual event that the @env{HOME} environment 8883 variable is not defined: 8884 8885 @example 8886 BEGIN @{ if (! ("HOME" in ENVIRON)) 8887 print "no home!" @} 8888 @end example 8889 8890 (The @code{in} operator is described in 8891 @ref{Reference to Elements}.) 8892 @end table 8893 8894 @cindex short-circuit operators 8895 @cindex operators, short-circuit 8896 @cindex @code{&} (ampersand), @code{&&} operator 8897 @cindex ampersand (@code{&}), @code{&&} operator 8898 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{||} operator 8899 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{||} operator 8900 The @samp{&&} and @samp{||} operators are called @dfn{short-circuit} 8901 operators because of the way they work. Evaluation of the full expression 8902 is ``short-circuited'' if the result can be determined part way through 8903 its evaluation. 8904 8905 @cindex line continuations 8906 Statements that use @samp{&&} or @samp{||} can be continued simply 8907 by putting a newline after them. But you cannot put a newline in front 8908 of either of these operators without using backslash continuation 8909 (@pxref{Statements/Lines}). 8910 8911 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!} operator 8912 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!} operator 8913 @cindex newlines 8914 @cindex variables, flag 8915 @cindex flag variables 8916 The actual value of an expression using the @samp{!} operator is 8917 either one or zero, depending upon the truth value of the expression it 8918 is applied to. 8919 The @samp{!} operator is often useful for changing the sense of a flag 8920 variable from false to true and back again. For example, the following 8921 program is one way to print lines in between special bracketing lines: 8922 8923 @example 8924 $1 == "START" @{ interested = ! interested; next @} 8925 interested == 1 @{ print @} 8926 $1 == "END" @{ interested = ! interested; next @} 8927 @end example 8928 8929 @noindent 8930 The variable @code{interested}, as with all @command{awk} variables, starts 8931 out initialized to zero, which is also false. When a line is seen whose 8932 first field is @samp{START}, the value of @code{interested} is toggled 8933 to true, using @samp{!}. The next rule prints lines as long as 8934 @code{interested} is true. When a line is seen whose first field is 8935 @samp{END}, @code{interested} is toggled back to false. 8936 8937 @ignore 8938 Scott Deifik points out that this program isn't robust against 8939 bogus input data, but the point is to illustrate the use of `!', 8940 so we'll leave well enough alone. 8941 @end ignore 8942 8943 @cindex @code{next} statement 8944 @strong{Note:} The @code{next} statement is discussed in 8945 @ref{Next Statement}. 8946 @code{next} tells @command{awk} to skip the rest of the rules, get the 8947 next record, and start processing the rules over again at the top. 8948 The reason it's there is to avoid printing the bracketing 8949 @samp{START} and @samp{END} lines. 8950 @c ENDOFRANGE exbo 8951 @c ENDOFRANGE boex 8952 8953 @node Conditional Exp 8954 @section Conditional Expressions 8955 @cindex conditional expressions 8956 @cindex expressions, conditional 8957 @cindex expressions, selecting 8958 8959 A @dfn{conditional expression} is a special kind of expression that has 8960 three operands. It allows you to use one expression's value to select 8961 one of two other expressions. 8962 The conditional expression is the same as in the C language, 8963 as shown here: 8964 8965 @example 8966 @var{selector} ? @var{if-true-exp} : @var{if-false-exp} 8967 @end example 8968 8969 @noindent 8970 There are three subexpressions. The first, @var{selector}, is always 8971 computed first. If it is ``true'' (not zero or not null), then 8972 @var{if-true-exp} is computed next and its value becomes the value of 8973 the whole expression. Otherwise, @var{if-false-exp} is computed next 8974 and its value becomes the value of the whole expression. 8975 For example, the following expression produces the absolute value of @code{x}: 8976 8977 @example 8978 x >= 0 ? x : -x 8979 @end example 8980 8981 @cindex side effects, conditional expressions 8982 Each time the conditional expression is computed, only one of 8983 @var{if-true-exp} and @var{if-false-exp} is used; the other is ignored. 8984 This is important when the expressions have side effects. For example, 8985 this conditional expression examines element @code{i} of either array 8986 @code{a} or array @code{b}, and increments @code{i}: 8987 8988 @example 8989 x == y ? a[i++] : b[i++] 8990 @end example 8991 8992 @noindent 8993 This is guaranteed to increment @code{i} exactly once, because each time 8994 only one of the two increment expressions is executed 8995 and the other is not. 8996 @xref{Arrays}, 8997 for more information about arrays. 8998 8999 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, line continuations 9000 @cindex line continuations, @command{gawk} 9001 @cindex @command{gawk}, line continuation in 9002 As a minor @command{gawk} extension, 9003 a statement that uses @samp{?:} can be continued simply 9004 by putting a newline after either character. 9005 However, putting a newline in front 9006 of either character does not work without using backslash continuation 9007 (@pxref{Statements/Lines}). 9008 If @option{--posix} is specified 9009 (@pxref{Options}), then this extension is disabled. 9010 9011 @node Function Calls 9012 @section Function Calls 9013 @cindex function calls 9014 9015 A @dfn{function} is a name for a particular calculation. 9016 This enables you to 9017 ask for it by name at any point in the program. For 9018 example, the function @code{sqrt} computes the square root of a number. 9019 9020 @cindex functions, built-in 9021 A fixed set of functions are @dfn{built-in}, which means they are 9022 available in every @command{awk} program. The @code{sqrt} function is one 9023 of these. @xref{Built-in}, for a list of built-in 9024 functions and their descriptions. In addition, you can define 9025 functions for use in your program. 9026 @xref{User-defined}, 9027 for instructions on how to do this. 9028 9029 @cindex arguments, in function calls 9030 The way to use a function is with a @dfn{function call} expression, 9031 which consists of the function name followed immediately by a list of 9032 @dfn{arguments} in parentheses. The arguments are expressions that 9033 provide the raw materials for the function's calculations. 9034 When there is more than one argument, they are separated by commas. If 9035 there are no arguments, just write @samp{()} after the function name. 9036 The following examples show function calls with and without arguments: 9037 9038 @example 9039 sqrt(x^2 + y^2) @i{one argument} 9040 atan2(y, x) @i{two arguments} 9041 rand() @i{no arguments} 9042 @end example 9043 9044 @cindex troubleshooting, function call syntax 9045 @strong{Caution:} 9046 Do not put any space between the function name and the open-parenthesis! 9047 A user-defined function name looks just like the name of a 9048 variable---a space would make the expression look like concatenation of 9049 a variable with an expression inside parentheses. 9050 9051 With built-in functions, space before the parenthesis is harmless, but 9052 it is best not to get into the habit of using space to avoid mistakes 9053 with user-defined functions. Each function expects a particular number 9054 of arguments. For example, the @code{sqrt} function must be called with 9055 a single argument, the number of which to take the square root: 9056 9057 @example 9058 sqrt(@var{argument}) 9059 @end example 9060 9061 Some of the built-in functions have one or 9062 more optional arguments. 9063 If those arguments are not supplied, the functions 9064 use a reasonable default value. 9065 @xref{Built-in}, for full details. If arguments 9066 are omitted in calls to user-defined functions, then those arguments are 9067 treated as local variables and initialized to the empty string 9068 (@pxref{User-defined}). 9069 9070 @cindex side effects, function calls 9071 Like every other expression, the function call has a value, which is 9072 computed by the function based on the arguments you give it. In this 9073 example, the value of @samp{sqrt(@var{argument})} is the square root of 9074 @var{argument}. A function can also have side effects, such as assigning 9075 values to certain variables or doing I/O. 9076 The following program reads numbers, one number per line, and prints the 9077 square root of each one: 9078 9079 @example 9080 $ awk '@{ print "The square root of", $1, "is", sqrt($1) @}' 9081 1 9082 @print{} The square root of 1 is 1 9083 3 9084 @print{} The square root of 3 is 1.73205 9085 5 9086 @print{} The square root of 5 is 2.23607 9087 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 9088 @end example 9089 9090 @node Precedence 9091 @section Operator Precedence (How Operators Nest) 9092 @c STARTOFRANGE prec 9093 @cindex precedence 9094 @c STARTOFRANGE oppr 9095 @cindex operators, precedence 9096 9097 @dfn{Operator precedence} determines how operators are grouped when 9098 different operators appear close by in one expression. For example, 9099 @samp{*} has higher precedence than @samp{+}; thus, @samp{a + b * c} 9100 means to multiply @code{b} and @code{c}, and then add @code{a} to the 9101 product (i.e., @samp{a + (b * c)}). 9102 9103 The normal precedence of the operators can be overruled by using parentheses. 9104 Think of the precedence rules as saying where the 9105 parentheses are assumed to be. In 9106 fact, it is wise to always use parentheses whenever there is an unusual 9107 combination of operators, because other people who read the program may 9108 not remember what the precedence is in this case. 9109 Even experienced programmers occasionally forget the exact rules, 9110 which leads to mistakes. 9111 Explicit parentheses help prevent 9112 any such mistakes. 9113 9114 When operators of equal precedence are used together, the leftmost 9115 operator groups first, except for the assignment, conditional, and 9116 exponentiation operators, which group in the opposite order. 9117 Thus, @samp{a - b + c} groups as @samp{(a - b) + c} and 9118 @samp{a = b = c} groups as @samp{a = (b = c)}. 9119 9120 The precedence of prefix unary operators does not matter as long as only 9121 unary operators are involved, because there is only one way to interpret 9122 them: innermost first. Thus, @samp{$++i} means @samp{$(++i)} and 9123 @samp{++$x} means @samp{++($x)}. However, when another operator follows 9124 the operand, then the precedence of the unary operators can matter. 9125 @samp{$x^2} means @samp{($x)^2}, but @samp{-x^2} means 9126 @samp{-(x^2)}, because @samp{-} has lower precedence than @samp{^}, 9127 whereas @samp{$} has higher precedence. 9128 This table presents @command{awk}'s operators, in order of highest 9129 to lowest precedence: 9130 9131 @c use @code in the items, looks better in TeX w/o all the quotes 9132 @table @code 9133 @item (@dots{}) 9134 Grouping. 9135 9136 @cindex @code{$} (dollar sign), @code{$} field operator 9137 @cindex dollar sign (@code{$}), @code{$} field operator 9138 @item $ 9139 Field. 9140 9141 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{++} operator 9142 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{++} operator 9143 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{--} (decrement/increment) operator 9144 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{--} (decrement/increment) operators 9145 @item ++ -- 9146 Increment, decrement. 9147 9148 @cindex @code{^} (caret), @code{^} operator 9149 @cindex caret (@code{^}), @code{^} operator 9150 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**} operator 9151 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**} operator 9152 @item ^ ** 9153 Exponentiation. These operators group right-to-left. 9154 9155 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{+} operator 9156 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{+} operator 9157 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{-} operator 9158 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{-} operator 9159 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!} operator 9160 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!} operator 9161 @item + - ! 9162 Unary plus, minus, logical ``not.'' 9163 9164 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{*} operator, as multiplication operator 9165 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{*} operator, as multiplication operator 9166 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash), @code{/} operator 9167 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}), @code{/} operator 9168 @cindex @code{%} (percent sign), @code{%} operator 9169 @cindex percent sign (@code{%}), @code{%} operator 9170 @item * / % 9171 Multiplication, division, modulus. 9172 9173 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{+} operator 9174 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{+} operator 9175 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{-} operator 9176 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{-} operator 9177 @item + - 9178 Addition, subtraction. 9179 9180 @item @r{String Concatenation} 9181 No special symbol is used to indicate concatenation. 9182 The operands are simply written side by side 9183 (@pxref{Concatenation}). 9184 9185 @cindex @code{<} (left angle bracket), @code{<} operator 9186 @cindex left angle bracket (@code{<}), @code{<} operator 9187 @cindex @code{<} (left angle bracket), @code{<=} operator 9188 @cindex left angle bracket (@code{<}), @code{<=} operator 9189 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>=} operator 9190 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>=} operator 9191 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>} operator 9192 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>} operator 9193 @cindex @code{=} (equals sign), @code{==} operator 9194 @cindex equals sign (@code{=}), @code{==} operator 9195 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!=} operator 9196 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!=} operator 9197 @cindex @code{>} (right angle bracket), @code{>>} operator (I/O) 9198 @cindex right angle bracket (@code{>}), @code{>>} operator (I/O) 9199 @cindex operators, input/output 9200 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|} operator (I/O) 9201 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|} operator (I/O) 9202 @cindex operators, input/output 9203 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 9204 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 9205 @cindex operators, input/output 9206 @item < <= == != 9207 @itemx > >= >> | |& 9208 Relational and redirection. 9209 The relational operators and the redirections have the same precedence 9210 level. Characters such as @samp{>} serve both as relationals and as 9211 redirections; the context distinguishes between the two meanings. 9212 9213 @cindex @code{print} statement, I/O operators in 9214 @cindex @code{printf} statement, I/O operators in 9215 Note that the I/O redirection operators in @code{print} and @code{printf} 9216 statements belong to the statement level, not to expressions. The 9217 redirection does not produce an expression that could be the operand of 9218 another operator. As a result, it does not make sense to use a 9219 redirection operator near another operator of lower precedence without 9220 parentheses. Such combinations (for example, @samp{print foo > a ? b : c}), 9221 result in syntax errors. 9222 The correct way to write this statement is @samp{print foo > (a ? b : c)}. 9223 9224 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 9225 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 9226 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 9227 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 9228 @item ~ !~ 9229 Matching, nonmatching. 9230 9231 @cindex @code{in} operator 9232 @item in 9233 Array membership. 9234 9235 @cindex @code{&} (ampersand), @code{&&} operator 9236 @cindex ampersand (@code{&}), @code{&&}operator 9237 @item && 9238 Logical ``and''. 9239 9240 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{||} operator 9241 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{||} operator 9242 @item || 9243 Logical ``or''. 9244 9245 @cindex @code{?} (question mark), @code{?:} operator 9246 @cindex question mark (@code{?}), @code{?:} operator 9247 @item ?: 9248 Conditional. This operator groups right-to-left. 9249 9250 @cindex @code{+} (plus sign), @code{+=} operator 9251 @cindex plus sign (@code{+}), @code{+=} operator 9252 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), @code{-=} operator 9253 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), @code{-=} operator 9254 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{*=} operator 9255 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{*=} operator 9256 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**=} operator 9257 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**=} operator 9258 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash), @code{/=} operator 9259 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}), @code{/=} operator 9260 @cindex @code{%} (percent sign), @code{%=} operator 9261 @cindex percent sign (@code{%}), @code{%=} operator 9262 @cindex @code{^} (caret), @code{^=} operator 9263 @cindex caret (@code{^}), @code{^=} operator 9264 @item = += -= *= 9265 @itemx /= %= ^= **= 9266 Assignment. These operators group right to left. 9267 @end table 9268 9269 @cindex portability, operators, not in POSIX @command{awk} 9270 @strong{Note:} 9271 The @samp{|&}, @samp{**}, and @samp{**=} operators are not specified by POSIX. 9272 For maximum portability, do not use them. 9273 @c ENDOFRANGE prec 9274 @c ENDOFRANGE oppr 9275 @c ENDOFRANGE exps 9276 9277 @node Patterns and Actions 9278 @chapter Patterns, Actions, and Variables 9279 @c STARTOFRANGE pat 9280 @cindex patterns 9281 9282 As you have already seen, each @command{awk} statement consists of 9283 a pattern with an associated action. This @value{CHAPTER} describes how 9284 you build patterns and actions, what kinds of things you can do within 9285 actions, and @command{awk}'s built-in variables. 9286 9287 The pattern-action rules and the statements available for use 9288 within actions form the core of @command{awk} programming. 9289 In a sense, everything covered 9290 up to here has been the foundation 9291 that programs are built on top of. Now it's time to start 9292 building something useful. 9293 9294 @menu 9295 * Pattern Overview:: What goes into a pattern. 9296 * Using Shell Variables:: How to use shell variables with @command{awk}. 9297 * Action Overview:: What goes into an action. 9298 * Statements:: Describes the various control statements in 9299 detail. 9300 * Built-in Variables:: Summarizes the built-in variables. 9301 @end menu 9302 9303 @node Pattern Overview 9304 @section Pattern Elements 9305 9306 @menu 9307 * Regexp Patterns:: Using regexps as patterns. 9308 * Expression Patterns:: Any expression can be used as a pattern. 9309 * Ranges:: Pairs of patterns specify record ranges. 9310 * BEGIN/END:: Specifying initialization and cleanup rules. 9311 * Empty:: The empty pattern, which matches every record. 9312 @end menu 9313 9314 @cindex patterns, types of 9315 Patterns in @command{awk} control the execution of rules---a rule is 9316 executed when its pattern matches the current input record. 9317 The following is a summary of the types of @command{awk} patterns: 9318 9319 @table @code 9320 @item /@var{regular expression}/ 9321 A regular expression. It matches when the text of the 9322 input record fits the regular expression. 9323 (@xref{Regexp}.) 9324 9325 @item @var{expression} 9326 A single expression. It matches when its value 9327 is nonzero (if a number) or non-null (if a string). 9328 (@xref{Expression Patterns}.) 9329 9330 @item @var{pat1}, @var{pat2} 9331 A pair of patterns separated by a comma, specifying a range of records. 9332 The range includes both the initial record that matches @var{pat1} and 9333 the final record that matches @var{pat2}. 9334 (@xref{Ranges}.) 9335 9336 @item BEGIN 9337 @itemx END 9338 Special patterns for you to supply startup or cleanup actions for your 9339 @command{awk} program. 9340 (@xref{BEGIN/END}.) 9341 9342 @item @var{empty} 9343 The empty pattern matches every input record. 9344 (@xref{Empty}.) 9345 @end table 9346 9347 @node Regexp Patterns 9348 @subsection Regular Expressions as Patterns 9349 @cindex patterns, expressions as 9350 @cindex regular expressions, as patterns 9351 9352 Regular expressions are one of the first kinds of patterns presented 9353 in this book. 9354 This kind of pattern is simply a regexp constant in the pattern part of 9355 a rule. Its meaning is @samp{$0 ~ /@var{pattern}/}. 9356 The pattern matches when the input record matches the regexp. 9357 For example: 9358 9359 @example 9360 /foo|bar|baz/ @{ buzzwords++ @} 9361 END @{ print buzzwords, "buzzwords seen" @} 9362 @end example 9363 9364 @node Expression Patterns 9365 @subsection Expressions as Patterns 9366 @cindex expressions, as patterns 9367 9368 Any @command{awk} expression is valid as an @command{awk} pattern. 9369 The pattern matches if the expression's value is nonzero (if a 9370 number) or non-null (if a string). 9371 The expression is reevaluated each time the rule is tested against a new 9372 input record. If the expression uses fields such as @code{$1}, the 9373 value depends directly on the new input record's text; otherwise, it 9374 depends on only what has happened so far in the execution of the 9375 @command{awk} program. 9376 9377 @cindex comparison expressions, as patterns 9378 @cindex patterns, comparison expressions as 9379 Comparison expressions, using the comparison operators described in 9380 @ref{Typing and Comparison}, 9381 are a very common kind of pattern. 9382 Regexp matching and nonmatching are also very common expressions. 9383 The left operand of the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} operators is a string. 9384 The right operand is either a constant regular expression enclosed in 9385 slashes (@code{/@var{regexp}/}), or any expression whose string value 9386 is used as a dynamic regular expression 9387 (@pxref{Computed Regexps}). 9388 The following example prints the second field of each input record 9389 whose first field is precisely @samp{foo}: 9390 9391 @cindex @code{/} (forward slash), patterns and 9392 @cindex forward slash (@code{/}), patterns and 9393 @cindex @code{~} (tilde), @code{~} operator 9394 @cindex tilde (@code{~}), @code{~} operator 9395 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!~} operator 9396 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!~} operator 9397 @example 9398 $ awk '$1 == "foo" @{ print $2 @}' BBS-list 9399 @end example 9400 9401 @noindent 9402 (There is no output, because there is no BBS site with the exact name @samp{foo}.) 9403 Contrast this with the following regular expression match, which 9404 accepts any record with a first field that contains @samp{foo}: 9405 9406 @example 9407 $ awk '$1 ~ /foo/ @{ print $2 @}' BBS-list 9408 @print{} 555-1234 9409 @print{} 555-6699 9410 @print{} 555-6480 9411 @print{} 555-2127 9412 @end example 9413 9414 @cindex regexp constants, as patterns 9415 @cindex patterns, regexp constants as 9416 A regexp constant as a pattern is also a special case of an expression 9417 pattern. The expression @code{/foo/} has the value one if @samp{foo} 9418 appears in the current input record. Thus, as a pattern, @code{/foo/} 9419 matches any record containing @samp{foo}. 9420 9421 @cindex Boolean expressions, as patterns 9422 Boolean expressions are also commonly used as patterns. 9423 Whether the pattern 9424 matches an input record depends on whether its subexpressions match. 9425 For example, the following command prints all the records in 9426 @file{BBS-list} that contain both @samp{2400} and @samp{foo}: 9427 9428 @example 9429 $ awk '/2400/ && /foo/' BBS-list 9430 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 9431 @end example 9432 9433 The following command prints all records in 9434 @file{BBS-list} that contain @emph{either} @samp{2400} or @samp{foo} 9435 (or both, of course): 9436 9437 @example 9438 $ awk '/2400/ || /foo/' BBS-list 9439 @print{} alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A 9440 @print{} bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A 9441 @print{} fooey 555-1234 2400/1200/300 B 9442 @print{} foot 555-6699 1200/300 B 9443 @print{} macfoo 555-6480 1200/300 A 9444 @print{} sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A 9445 @print{} sabafoo 555-2127 1200/300 C 9446 @end example 9447 9448 The following command prints all records in 9449 @file{BBS-list} that do @emph{not} contain the string @samp{foo}: 9450 9451 @example 9452 $ awk '! /foo/' BBS-list 9453 @print{} aardvark 555-5553 1200/300 B 9454 @print{} alpo-net 555-3412 2400/1200/300 A 9455 @print{} barfly 555-7685 1200/300 A 9456 @print{} bites 555-1675 2400/1200/300 A 9457 @print{} camelot 555-0542 300 C 9458 @print{} core 555-2912 1200/300 C 9459 @print{} sdace 555-3430 2400/1200/300 A 9460 @end example 9461 9462 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, Boolean patterns and 9463 @cindex @code{END} pattern, Boolean patterns and 9464 The subexpressions of a Boolean operator in a pattern can be constant regular 9465 expressions, comparisons, or any other @command{awk} expressions. Range 9466 patterns are not expressions, so they cannot appear inside Boolean 9467 patterns. Likewise, the special patterns @code{BEGIN} and @code{END}, 9468 which never match any input record, are not expressions and cannot 9469 appear inside Boolean patterns. 9470 9471 @node Ranges 9472 @subsection Specifying Record Ranges with Patterns 9473 9474 @cindex range patterns 9475 @cindex patterns, ranges in 9476 @cindex lines, matching ranges of 9477 @cindex @code{,} (comma), in range patterns 9478 @cindex comma (@code{,}), in range patterns 9479 A @dfn{range pattern} is made of two patterns separated by a comma, in 9480 the form @samp{@var{begpat}, @var{endpat}}. It is used to match ranges of 9481 consecutive input records. The first pattern, @var{begpat}, controls 9482 where the range begins, while @var{endpat} controls where 9483 the pattern ends. For example, the following: 9484 9485 @example 9486 awk '$1 == "on", $1 == "off"' myfile 9487 @end example 9488 9489 @noindent 9490 prints every record in @file{myfile} between @samp{on}/@samp{off} pairs, inclusive. 9491 9492 A range pattern starts out by matching @var{begpat} against every 9493 input record. When a record matches @var{begpat}, the range pattern is 9494 @dfn{turned on} and the range pattern matches this record as well. As long as 9495 the range pattern stays turned on, it automatically matches every input 9496 record read. The range pattern also matches @var{endpat} against every 9497 input record; when this succeeds, the range pattern is turned off again 9498 for the following record. Then the range pattern goes back to checking 9499 @var{begpat} against each record. 9500 9501 @c last comma does NOT start a tertiary 9502 @cindex @code{if} statement, actions, changing 9503 The record that turns on the range pattern and the one that turns it 9504 off both match the range pattern. If you don't want to operate on 9505 these records, you can write @code{if} statements in the rule's action 9506 to distinguish them from the records you are interested in. 9507 9508 It is possible for a pattern to be turned on and off by the same 9509 record. If the record satisfies both conditions, then the action is 9510 executed for just that record. 9511 For example, suppose there is text between two identical markers (e.g., 9512 the @samp{%} symbol), each on its own line, that should be ignored. 9513 A first attempt would be to 9514 combine a range pattern that describes the delimited text with the 9515 @code{next} statement 9516 (not discussed yet, @pxref{Next Statement}). 9517 This causes @command{awk} to skip any further processing of the current 9518 record and start over again with the next input record. Such a program 9519 looks like this: 9520 9521 @example 9522 /^%$/,/^%$/ @{ next @} 9523 @{ print @} 9524 @end example 9525 9526 @noindent 9527 @cindex lines, skipping between markers 9528 @c @cindex flag variables 9529 This program fails because the range pattern is both turned on and turned off 9530 by the first line, which just has a @samp{%} on it. To accomplish this task, 9531 write the program in the following manner, using a flag: 9532 9533 @cindex @code{!} operator 9534 @example 9535 /^%$/ @{ skip = ! skip; next @} 9536 skip == 1 @{ next @} # skip lines with `skip' set 9537 @end example 9538 9539 In a range pattern, the comma (@samp{,}) has the lowest precedence of 9540 all the operators (i.e., it is evaluated last). Thus, the following 9541 program attempts to combine a range pattern with another, simpler test: 9542 9543 @example 9544 echo Yes | awk '/1/,/2/ || /Yes/' 9545 @end example 9546 9547 The intent of this program is @samp{(/1/,/2/) || /Yes/}. 9548 However, @command{awk} interprets this as @samp{/1/, (/2/ || /Yes/)}. 9549 This cannot be changed or worked around; range patterns do not combine 9550 with other patterns: 9551 9552 @example 9553 $ echo Yes | gawk '(/1/,/2/) || /Yes/' 9554 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:1: (/1/,/2/) || /Yes/ 9555 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:1: ^ parse error 9556 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:2: (/1/,/2/) || /Yes/ 9557 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ unexpected newline 9558 @end example 9559 9560 @node BEGIN/END 9561 @subsection The @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} Special Patterns 9562 9563 @c STARTOFRANGE beg 9564 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern 9565 @c STARTOFRANGE end 9566 @cindex @code{END} pattern 9567 All the patterns described so far are for matching input records. 9568 The @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} special patterns are different. 9569 They supply startup and cleanup actions for @command{awk} programs. 9570 @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules must have actions; there is no default 9571 action for these rules because there is no current record when they run. 9572 @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules are often referred to as 9573 ``@code{BEGIN} and @code{END} blocks'' by long-time @command{awk} 9574 programmers. 9575 9576 @menu 9577 * Using BEGIN/END:: How and why to use BEGIN/END rules. 9578 * I/O And BEGIN/END:: I/O issues in BEGIN/END rules. 9579 @end menu 9580 9581 @node Using BEGIN/END 9582 @subsubsection Startup and Cleanup Actions 9583 9584 A @code{BEGIN} rule is executed once only, before the first input record 9585 is read. Likewise, an @code{END} rule is executed once only, after all the 9586 input is read. For example: 9587 9588 @example 9589 $ awk ' 9590 > BEGIN @{ print "Analysis of \"foo\"" @} 9591 > /foo/ @{ ++n @} 9592 > END @{ print "\"foo\" appears", n, "times." @}' BBS-list 9593 @print{} Analysis of "foo" 9594 @print{} "foo" appears 4 times. 9595 @end example 9596 9597 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, operators and 9598 @cindex @code{END} pattern, operators and 9599 This program finds the number of records in the input file @file{BBS-list} 9600 that contain the string @samp{foo}. The @code{BEGIN} rule prints a title 9601 for the report. There is no need to use the @code{BEGIN} rule to 9602 initialize the counter @code{n} to zero, since @command{awk} does this 9603 automatically (@pxref{Variables}). 9604 The second rule increments the variable @code{n} every time a 9605 record containing the pattern @samp{foo} is read. The @code{END} rule 9606 prints the value of @code{n} at the end of the run. 9607 9608 The special patterns @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} cannot be used in ranges 9609 or with Boolean operators (indeed, they cannot be used with any operators). 9610 An @command{awk} program may have multiple @code{BEGIN} and/or @code{END} 9611 rules. They are executed in the order in which they appear: all the @code{BEGIN} 9612 rules at startup and all the @code{END} rules at termination. 9613 @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules may be intermixed with other rules. 9614 This feature was added in the 1987 version of @command{awk} and is included 9615 in the POSIX standard. 9616 The original (1978) version of @command{awk} 9617 required the @code{BEGIN} rule to be placed at the beginning of the 9618 program, the @code{END} rule to be placed at the end, and only allowed one of 9619 each. 9620 This is no longer required, but it is a good idea to follow this template 9621 in terms of program organization and readability. 9622 9623 Multiple @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules are useful for writing 9624 library functions, because each library file can have its own @code{BEGIN} and/or 9625 @code{END} rule to do its own initialization and/or cleanup. 9626 The order in which library functions are named on the command line 9627 controls the order in which their @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules are 9628 executed. Therefore, you have to be careful when writing such rules in 9629 library files so that the order in which they are executed doesn't matter. 9630 @xref{Options}, for more information on 9631 using library functions. 9632 @xref{Library Functions}, 9633 for a number of useful library functions. 9634 9635 If an @command{awk} program has only a @code{BEGIN} rule and no 9636 other rules, then the program exits after the @code{BEGIN} rule is 9637 run.@footnote{The original version of @command{awk} used to keep 9638 reading and ignoring input until the end of the file was seen.} However, if an 9639 @code{END} rule exists, then the input is read, even if there are 9640 no other rules in the program. This is necessary in case the @code{END} 9641 rule checks the @code{FNR} and @code{NR} variables. 9642 9643 @node I/O And BEGIN/END 9644 @subsubsection Input/Output from @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} Rules 9645 9646 @cindex input/output, from @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} 9647 There are several (sometimes subtle) points to remember when doing I/O 9648 from a @code{BEGIN} or @code{END} rule. 9649 The first has to do with the value of @code{$0} in a @code{BEGIN} 9650 rule. Because @code{BEGIN} rules are executed before any input is read, 9651 there simply is no input record, and therefore no fields, when 9652 executing @code{BEGIN} rules. References to @code{$0} and the fields 9653 yield a null string or zero, depending upon the context. One way 9654 to give @code{$0} a real value is to execute a @code{getline} command 9655 without a variable (@pxref{Getline}). 9656 Another way is simply to assign a value to @code{$0}. 9657 9658 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{BEGIN}/@code{END} patterns 9659 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{BEGIN}/@code{END} patterns 9660 @cindex @code{print} statement, @code{BEGIN}/@code{END} patterns and 9661 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{print} statement and 9662 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @code{print} statement and 9663 The second point is similar to the first but from the other direction. 9664 Traditionally, due largely to implementation issues, @code{$0} and 9665 @code{NF} were @emph{undefined} inside an @code{END} rule. 9666 The POSIX standard specifies that @code{NF} is available in an @code{END} 9667 rule. It contains the number of fields from the last input record. 9668 Most probably due to an oversight, the standard does not say that @code{$0} 9669 is also preserved, although logically one would think that it should be. 9670 In fact, @command{gawk} does preserve the value of @code{$0} for use in 9671 @code{END} rules. Be aware, however, that Unix @command{awk}, and possibly 9672 other implementations, do not. 9673 9674 The third point follows from the first two. The meaning of @samp{print} 9675 inside a @code{BEGIN} or @code{END} rule is the same as always: 9676 @samp{print $0}. If @code{$0} is the null string, then this prints an 9677 empty line. Many long time @command{awk} programmers use an unadorned 9678 @samp{print} in @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules, to mean @samp{@w{print ""}}, 9679 relying on @code{$0} being null. Although one might generally get away with 9680 this in @code{BEGIN} rules, it is a very bad idea in @code{END} rules, 9681 at least in @command{gawk}. It is also poor style, since if an empty 9682 line is needed in the output, the program should print one explicitly. 9683 9684 @cindex @code{next} statement, @code{BEGIN}/@code{END} patterns and 9685 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement, @code{BEGIN}/@code{END} patterns and 9686 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 9687 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 9688 Finally, the @code{next} and @code{nextfile} statements are not allowed 9689 in a @code{BEGIN} rule, because the implicit 9690 read-a-record-and-match-against-the-rules loop has not started yet. Similarly, those statements 9691 are not valid in an @code{END} rule, since all the input has been read. 9692 (@xref{Next Statement}, and see 9693 @ref{Nextfile Statement}.) 9694 @c ENDOFRANGE beg 9695 @c ENDOFRANGE end 9696 9697 @node Empty 9698 @subsection The Empty Pattern 9699 9700 @cindex empty pattern 9701 @cindex patterns, empty 9702 An empty (i.e., nonexistent) pattern is considered to match @emph{every} 9703 input record. For example, the program: 9704 9705 @example 9706 awk '@{ print $1 @}' BBS-list 9707 @end example 9708 9709 @noindent 9710 prints the first field of every record. 9711 @c ENDOFRANGE pat 9712 9713 @node Using Shell Variables 9714 @section Using Shell Variables in Programs 9715 @cindex shells, variables 9716 @cindex @command{awk} programs, shell variables in 9717 @c @cindex shell and @command{awk} interaction 9718 9719 @command{awk} programs are often used as components in larger 9720 programs written in shell. 9721 For example, it is very common to use a shell variable to 9722 hold a pattern that the @command{awk} program searches for. 9723 There are two ways to get the value of the shell variable 9724 into the body of the @command{awk} program. 9725 9726 @cindex shells, quoting 9727 The most common method is to use shell quoting to substitute 9728 the variable's value into the program inside the script. 9729 For example, in the following program: 9730 9731 @example 9732 echo -n "Enter search pattern: " 9733 read pattern 9734 awk "/$pattern/ "'@{ nmatches++ @} 9735 END @{ print nmatches, "found" @}' /path/to/data 9736 @end example 9737 9738 @noindent 9739 the @command{awk} program consists of two pieces of quoted text 9740 that are concatenated together to form the program. 9741 The first part is double-quoted, which allows substitution of 9742 the @code{pattern} variable inside the quotes. 9743 The second part is single-quoted. 9744 9745 Variable substitution via quoting works, but can be potentially 9746 messy. It requires a good understanding of the shell's quoting rules 9747 (@pxref{Quoting}), 9748 and it's often difficult to correctly 9749 match up the quotes when reading the program. 9750 9751 A better method is to use @command{awk}'s variable assignment feature 9752 (@pxref{Assignment Options}) 9753 to assign the shell variable's value to an @command{awk} variable's 9754 value. Then use dynamic regexps to match the pattern 9755 (@pxref{Computed Regexps}). 9756 The following shows how to redo the 9757 previous example using this technique: 9758 9759 @example 9760 echo -n "Enter search pattern: " 9761 read pattern 9762 awk -v pat="$pattern" '$0 ~ pat @{ nmatches++ @} 9763 END @{ print nmatches, "found" @}' /path/to/data 9764 @end example 9765 9766 @noindent 9767 Now, the @command{awk} program is just one single-quoted string. 9768 The assignment @samp{-v pat="$pattern"} still requires double quotes, 9769 in case there is whitespace in the value of @code{$pattern}. 9770 The @command{awk} variable @code{pat} could be named @code{pattern} 9771 too, but that would be more confusing. Using a variable also 9772 provides more flexibility, since the variable can be used anywhere inside 9773 the program---for printing, as an array subscript, or for any other 9774 use---without requiring the quoting tricks at every point in the program. 9775 9776 @node Action Overview 9777 @section Actions 9778 @c @cindex action, definition of 9779 @c @cindex curly braces 9780 @c @cindex action, curly braces 9781 @c @cindex action, separating statements 9782 @cindex actions 9783 9784 An @command{awk} program or script consists of a series of 9785 rules and function definitions interspersed. (Functions are 9786 described later. @xref{User-defined}.) 9787 A rule contains a pattern and an action, either of which (but not 9788 both) may be omitted. The purpose of the @dfn{action} is to tell 9789 @command{awk} what to do once a match for the pattern is found. Thus, 9790 in outline, an @command{awk} program generally looks like this: 9791 9792 @example 9793 @r{[}@var{pattern}@r{]} @r{[}@{ @var{action} @}@r{]} 9794 @r{[}@var{pattern}@r{]} @r{[}@{ @var{action} @}@r{]} 9795 @dots{} 9796 function @var{name}(@var{args}) @{ @dots{} @} 9797 @dots{} 9798 @end example 9799 9800 @cindex @code{@{@}} (braces), actions and 9801 @cindex braces (@code{@{@}}), actions and 9802 @cindex separators, for statements in actions 9803 @cindex newlines, separating statements in actions 9804 @cindex @code{;} (semicolon), separating statements in actions 9805 @cindex semicolon (@code{;}), separating statements in actions 9806 An action consists of one or more @command{awk} @dfn{statements}, enclosed 9807 in curly braces (@samp{@{@dots{}@}}). Each statement specifies one 9808 thing to do. The statements are separated by newlines or semicolons. 9809 The curly braces around an action must be used even if the action 9810 contains only one statement, or if it contains no statements at 9811 all. However, if you omit the action entirely, omit the curly braces as 9812 well. An omitted action is equivalent to @samp{@{ print $0 @}}: 9813 9814 @example 9815 /foo/ @{ @} @i{match @code{foo}, do nothing --- empty action} 9816 /foo/ @i{match @code{foo}, print the record --- omitted action} 9817 @end example 9818 9819 The following types of statements are supported in @command{awk}: 9820 9821 @table @asis 9822 @cindex side effects, statements 9823 @item Expressions 9824 Call functions or assign values to variables 9825 (@pxref{Expressions}). Executing 9826 this kind of statement simply computes the value of the expression. 9827 This is useful when the expression has side effects 9828 (@pxref{Assignment Ops}). 9829 9830 @item Control statements 9831 Specify the control flow of @command{awk} 9832 programs. The @command{awk} language gives you C-like constructs 9833 (@code{if}, @code{for}, @code{while}, and @code{do}) as well as a few 9834 special ones (@pxref{Statements}). 9835 9836 @item Compound statements 9837 Consist of one or more statements enclosed in 9838 curly braces. A compound statement is used in order to put several 9839 statements together in the body of an @code{if}, @code{while}, @code{do}, 9840 or @code{for} statement. 9841 9842 @item Input statements 9843 Use the @code{getline} command 9844 (@pxref{Getline}). 9845 Also supplied in @command{awk} are the @code{next} 9846 statement (@pxref{Next Statement}), 9847 and the @code{nextfile} statement 9848 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 9849 9850 @item Output statements 9851 Such as @code{print} and @code{printf}. 9852 @xref{Printing}. 9853 9854 @item Deletion statements 9855 For deleting array elements. 9856 @xref{Delete}. 9857 @end table 9858 9859 @node Statements 9860 @section Control Statements in Actions 9861 @c STARTOFRANGE csta 9862 @cindex control statements 9863 @c STARTOFRANGE acs 9864 @cindex statements, control, in actions 9865 @c STARTOFRANGE accs 9866 @cindex actions, control statements in 9867 9868 @dfn{Control statements}, such as @code{if}, @code{while}, and so on, 9869 control the flow of execution in @command{awk} programs. Most of the 9870 control statements in @command{awk} are patterned on similar statements in C. 9871 9872 @c the comma here does NOT start a secondary 9873 @cindex compound statements, control statements and 9874 @c the second comma here does NOT start a tertiary 9875 @cindex statements, compound, control statements and 9876 @cindex body, in actions 9877 @cindex @code{@{@}} (braces), statements, grouping 9878 @cindex braces (@code{@{@}}), statements, grouping 9879 @cindex newlines, separating statements in actions 9880 @cindex @code{;} (semicolon), separating statements in actions 9881 @cindex semicolon (@code{;}), separating statements in actions 9882 All the control statements start with special keywords, such as @code{if} 9883 and @code{while}, to distinguish them from simple expressions. 9884 Many control statements contain other statements. For example, the 9885 @code{if} statement contains another statement that may or may not be 9886 executed. The contained statement is called the @dfn{body}. 9887 To include more than one statement in the body, group them into a 9888 single @dfn{compound statement} with curly braces, separating them with 9889 newlines or semicolons. 9890 9891 @menu 9892 * If Statement:: Conditionally execute some @command{awk} 9893 statements. 9894 * While Statement:: Loop until some condition is satisfied. 9895 * Do Statement:: Do specified action while looping until some 9896 condition is satisfied. 9897 * For Statement:: Another looping statement, that provides 9898 initialization and increment clauses. 9899 * Switch Statement:: Switch/case evaluation for conditional 9900 execution of statements based on a value. 9901 * Break Statement:: Immediately exit the innermost enclosing loop. 9902 * Continue Statement:: Skip to the end of the innermost enclosing 9903 loop. 9904 * Next Statement:: Stop processing the current input record. 9905 * Nextfile Statement:: Stop processing the current file. 9906 * Exit Statement:: Stop execution of @command{awk}. 9907 @end menu 9908 9909 @node If Statement 9910 @subsection The @code{if}-@code{else} Statement 9911 9912 @cindex @code{if} statement 9913 The @code{if}-@code{else} statement is @command{awk}'s decision-making 9914 statement. It looks like this: 9915 9916 @example 9917 if (@var{condition}) @var{then-body} @r{[}else @var{else-body}@r{]} 9918 @end example 9919 9920 @noindent 9921 The @var{condition} is an expression that controls what the rest of the 9922 statement does. If the @var{condition} is true, @var{then-body} is 9923 executed; otherwise, @var{else-body} is executed. 9924 The @code{else} part of the statement is 9925 optional. The condition is considered false if its value is zero or 9926 the null string; otherwise, the condition is true. 9927 Refer to the following: 9928 9929 @example 9930 if (x % 2 == 0) 9931 print "x is even" 9932 else 9933 print "x is odd" 9934 @end example 9935 9936 In this example, if the expression @samp{x % 2 == 0} is true (that is, 9937 if the value of @code{x} is evenly divisible by two), then the first 9938 @code{print} statement is executed; otherwise, the second @code{print} 9939 statement is executed. 9940 If the @code{else} keyword appears on the same line as @var{then-body} and 9941 @var{then-body} is not a compound statement (i.e., not surrounded by 9942 curly braces), then a semicolon must separate @var{then-body} from 9943 the @code{else}. 9944 To illustrate this, the previous example can be rewritten as: 9945 9946 @example 9947 if (x % 2 == 0) print "x is even"; else 9948 print "x is odd" 9949 @end example 9950 9951 @noindent 9952 If the @samp{;} is left out, @command{awk} can't interpret the statement and 9953 it produces a syntax error. Don't actually write programs this way, 9954 because a human reader might fail to see the @code{else} if it is not 9955 the first thing on its line. 9956 9957 @node While Statement 9958 @subsection The @code{while} Statement 9959 @cindex @code{while} statement 9960 @cindex loops 9961 @cindex loops, See Also @code{while} statement 9962 9963 In programming, a @dfn{loop} is a part of a program that can 9964 be executed two or more times in succession. 9965 The @code{while} statement is the simplest looping statement in 9966 @command{awk}. It repeatedly executes a statement as long as a condition is 9967 true. For example: 9968 9969 @example 9970 while (@var{condition}) 9971 @var{body} 9972 @end example 9973 9974 @cindex body, in loops 9975 @noindent 9976 @var{body} is a statement called the @dfn{body} of the loop, 9977 and @var{condition} is an expression that controls how long the loop 9978 keeps running. 9979 The first thing the @code{while} statement does is test the @var{condition}. 9980 If the @var{condition} is true, it executes the statement @var{body}. 9981 @ifinfo 9982 (The @var{condition} is true when the value 9983 is not zero and not a null string.) 9984 @end ifinfo 9985 After @var{body} has been executed, 9986 @var{condition} is tested again, and if it is still true, @var{body} is 9987 executed again. This process repeats until the @var{condition} is no longer 9988 true. If the @var{condition} is initially false, the body of the loop is 9989 never executed and @command{awk} continues with the statement following 9990 the loop. 9991 This example prints the first three fields of each record, one per line: 9992 9993 @example 9994 awk '@{ i = 1 9995 while (i <= 3) @{ 9996 print $i 9997 i++ 9998 @} 9999 @}' inventory-shipped 10000 @end example 10001 10002 @noindent 10003 The body of this loop is a compound statement enclosed in braces, 10004 containing two statements. 10005 The loop works in the following manner: first, the value of @code{i} is set to one. 10006 Then, the @code{while} statement tests whether @code{i} is less than or equal to 10007 three. This is true when @code{i} equals one, so the @code{i}-th 10008 field is printed. Then the @samp{i++} increments the value of @code{i} 10009 and the loop repeats. The loop terminates when @code{i} reaches four. 10010 10011 A newline is not required between the condition and the 10012 body; however using one makes the program clearer unless the body is a 10013 compound statement or else is very simple. The newline after the open-brace 10014 that begins the compound statement is not required either, but the 10015 program is harder to read without it. 10016 10017 @node Do Statement 10018 @subsection The @code{do}-@code{while} Statement 10019 @cindex @code{do}-@code{while} statement 10020 10021 The @code{do} loop is a variation of the @code{while} looping statement. 10022 The @code{do} loop executes the @var{body} once and then repeats the 10023 @var{body} as long as the @var{condition} is true. It looks like this: 10024 10025 @example 10026 do 10027 @var{body} 10028 while (@var{condition}) 10029 @end example 10030 10031 Even if the @var{condition} is false at the start, the @var{body} is 10032 executed at least once (and only once, unless executing @var{body} 10033 makes @var{condition} true). Contrast this with the corresponding 10034 @code{while} statement: 10035 10036 @example 10037 while (@var{condition}) 10038 @var{body} 10039 @end example 10040 10041 @noindent 10042 This statement does not execute @var{body} even once if the @var{condition} 10043 is false to begin with. 10044 The following is an example of a @code{do} statement: 10045 10046 @example 10047 @{ i = 1 10048 do @{ 10049 print $0 10050 i++ 10051 @} while (i <= 10) 10052 @} 10053 @end example 10054 10055 @noindent 10056 This program prints each input record 10 times. However, it isn't a very 10057 realistic example, since in this case an ordinary @code{while} would do 10058 just as well. This situation reflects actual experience; only 10059 occasionally is there a real use for a @code{do} statement. 10060 10061 @node For Statement 10062 @subsection The @code{for} Statement 10063 @cindex @code{for} statement 10064 10065 The @code{for} statement makes it more convenient to count iterations of a 10066 loop. The general form of the @code{for} statement looks like this: 10067 10068 @example 10069 for (@var{initialization}; @var{condition}; @var{increment}) 10070 @var{body} 10071 @end example 10072 10073 @noindent 10074 The @var{initialization}, @var{condition}, and @var{increment} parts are 10075 arbitrary @command{awk} expressions, and @var{body} stands for any 10076 @command{awk} statement. 10077 10078 The @code{for} statement starts by executing @var{initialization}. 10079 Then, as long 10080 as the @var{condition} is true, it repeatedly executes @var{body} and then 10081 @var{increment}. Typically, @var{initialization} sets a variable to 10082 either zero or one, @var{increment} adds one to it, and @var{condition} 10083 compares it against the desired number of iterations. 10084 For example: 10085 10086 @example 10087 awk '@{ for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++) 10088 print $i 10089 @}' inventory-shipped 10090 @end example 10091 10092 @noindent 10093 This prints the first three fields of each input record, with one field per 10094 line. 10095 10096 It isn't possible to 10097 set more than one variable in the 10098 @var{initialization} part without using a multiple assignment statement 10099 such as @samp{x = y = 0}. This makes sense only if all the initial values 10100 are equal. (But it is possible to initialize additional variables by writing 10101 their assignments as separate statements preceding the @code{for} loop.) 10102 10103 @c @cindex comma operator, not supported 10104 The same is true of the @var{increment} part. Incrementing additional 10105 variables requires separate statements at the end of the loop. 10106 The C compound expression, using C's comma operator, is useful in 10107 this context but it is not supported in @command{awk}. 10108 10109 Most often, @var{increment} is an increment expression, as in the previous 10110 example. But this is not required; it can be any expression 10111 whatsoever. For example, the following statement prints all the powers of two 10112 between 1 and 100: 10113 10114 @example 10115 for (i = 1; i <= 100; i *= 2) 10116 print i 10117 @end example 10118 10119 If there is nothing to be done, any of the three expressions in the 10120 parentheses following the @code{for} keyword may be omitted. Thus, 10121 @w{@samp{for (; x > 0;)}} is equivalent to @w{@samp{while (x > 0)}}. If the 10122 @var{condition} is omitted, it is treated as true, effectively 10123 yielding an @dfn{infinite loop} (i.e., a loop that never terminates). 10124 10125 In most cases, a @code{for} loop is an abbreviation for a @code{while} 10126 loop, as shown here: 10127 10128 @example 10129 @var{initialization} 10130 while (@var{condition}) @{ 10131 @var{body} 10132 @var{increment} 10133 @} 10134 @end example 10135 10136 @cindex loops, @code{continue} statements and 10137 @noindent 10138 The only exception is when the @code{continue} statement 10139 (@pxref{Continue Statement}) is used 10140 inside the loop. Changing a @code{for} statement to a @code{while} 10141 statement in this way can change the effect of the @code{continue} 10142 statement inside the loop. 10143 10144 The @command{awk} language has a @code{for} statement in addition to a 10145 @code{while} statement because a @code{for} loop is often both less work to 10146 type and more natural to think of. Counting the number of iterations is 10147 very common in loops. It can be easier to think of this counting as part 10148 of looping rather than as something to do inside the loop. 10149 10150 @ifinfo 10151 @cindex @code{in} operator 10152 There is an alternate version of the @code{for} loop, for iterating over 10153 all the indices of an array: 10154 10155 @example 10156 for (i in array) 10157 @var{do something with} array[i] 10158 @end example 10159 10160 @noindent 10161 @xref{Scanning an Array}, 10162 for more information on this version of the @code{for} loop. 10163 @end ifinfo 10164 10165 @node Switch Statement 10166 @subsection The @code{switch} Statement 10167 @cindex @code{switch} statement 10168 @cindex @code{case} keyword 10169 @cindex @code{default} keyword 10170 10171 @strong{NOTE:} This @value{SUBSECTION} describes an experimental feature 10172 added in @command{gawk} 3.1.3. It is @emph{not} enabled by default. To 10173 enable it, use the @option{--enable-switch} option to @command{configure} 10174 when @command{gawk} is being configured and built. 10175 @xref{Additional Configuration Options}, 10176 for more information. 10177 10178 The @code{switch} statement allows the evaluation of an expression and 10179 the execution of statements based on a @code{case} match. Case statements 10180 are checked for a match in the order they are defined. If no suitable 10181 @code{case} is found, the @code{default} section is executed, if supplied. The 10182 general form of the @code{switch} statement looks like this: 10183 10184 @example 10185 switch (@var{expression}) @{ 10186 case @var{value or regular expression}: 10187 @var{case-body} 10188 default: 10189 @var{default-body} 10190 @} 10191 @end example 10192 10193 The @code{switch} statement works as it does in C. Once a match to a given 10194 case is made, case statement bodies are executed until a @code{break}, 10195 @code{continue}, @code{next}, @code{nextfile} or @code{exit} is encountered, 10196 or the end of the @code{switch} statement itself. For example: 10197 10198 @example 10199 switch (NR * 2 + 1) @{ 10200 case 3: 10201 case "11": 10202 print NR - 1 10203 break 10204 10205 case /2[[:digit:]]+/: 10206 print NR 10207 10208 default: 10209 print NR + 1 10210 10211 case -1: 10212 print NR * -1 10213 @} 10214 @end example 10215 10216 Note that if none of the statements specified above halt execution 10217 of a matched @code{case} statement, execution falls through to the 10218 next @code{case} until execution halts. In the above example, for 10219 any case value starting with @samp{2} followed by one or more digits, 10220 the @code{print} statement is executed and then falls through into the 10221 @code{default} section, executing its @code{print} statement. In turn, 10222 the @minus{}1 case will also be executed since the @code{default} does 10223 not halt execution. 10224 10225 @node Break Statement 10226 @subsection The @code{break} Statement 10227 @cindex @code{break} statement 10228 @cindex loops, exiting 10229 10230 The @code{break} statement jumps out of the innermost @code{for}, 10231 @code{while}, or @code{do} loop that encloses it. The following example 10232 finds the smallest divisor of any integer, and also identifies prime 10233 numbers: 10234 10235 @example 10236 # find smallest divisor of num 10237 @{ 10238 num = $1 10239 for (div = 2; div*div <= num; div++) 10240 if (num % div == 0) 10241 break 10242 if (num % div == 0) 10243 printf "Smallest divisor of %d is %d\n", num, div 10244 else 10245 printf "%d is prime\n", num 10246 @} 10247 @end example 10248 10249 When the remainder is zero in the first @code{if} statement, @command{awk} 10250 immediately @dfn{breaks out} of the containing @code{for} loop. This means 10251 that @command{awk} proceeds immediately to the statement following the loop 10252 and continues processing. (This is very different from the @code{exit} 10253 statement, which stops the entire @command{awk} program. 10254 @xref{Exit Statement}.) 10255 10256 Th following program illustrates how the @var{condition} of a @code{for} 10257 or @code{while} statement could be replaced with a @code{break} inside 10258 an @code{if}: 10259 10260 @example 10261 # find smallest divisor of num 10262 @{ 10263 num = $1 10264 for (div = 2; ; div++) @{ 10265 if (num % div == 0) @{ 10266 printf "Smallest divisor of %d is %d\n", num, div 10267 break 10268 @} 10269 if (div*div > num) @{ 10270 printf "%d is prime\n", num 10271 break 10272 @} 10273 @} 10274 @} 10275 @end example 10276 10277 @c @cindex @code{break}, outside of loops 10278 @c @cindex historical features 10279 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 10280 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{break} statement and 10281 @cindex dark corner, @code{break} statement 10282 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{break} statement in 10283 The @code{break} statement has no meaning when 10284 used outside the body of a loop. However, although it was never documented, 10285 historical implementations of @command{awk} treated the @code{break} 10286 statement outside of a loop as if it were a @code{next} statement 10287 (@pxref{Next Statement}). 10288 Recent versions of Unix @command{awk} no longer allow this usage. 10289 @command{gawk} supports this use of @code{break} only 10290 if @option{--traditional} 10291 has been specified on the command line 10292 (@pxref{Options}). 10293 Otherwise, it is treated as an error, since the POSIX standard 10294 specifies that @code{break} should only be used inside the body of a 10295 loop. 10296 @value{DARKCORNER} 10297 10298 @node Continue Statement 10299 @subsection The @code{continue} Statement 10300 10301 @cindex @code{continue} statement 10302 As with @code{break}, the @code{continue} statement is used only inside 10303 @code{for}, @code{while}, and @code{do} loops. It skips 10304 over the rest of the loop body, causing the next cycle around the loop 10305 to begin immediately. Contrast this with @code{break}, which jumps out 10306 of the loop altogether. 10307 10308 The @code{continue} statement in a @code{for} loop directs @command{awk} to 10309 skip the rest of the body of the loop and resume execution with the 10310 increment-expression of the @code{for} statement. The following program 10311 illustrates this fact: 10312 10313 @example 10314 BEGIN @{ 10315 for (x = 0; x <= 20; x++) @{ 10316 if (x == 5) 10317 continue 10318 printf "%d ", x 10319 @} 10320 print "" 10321 @} 10322 @end example 10323 10324 @noindent 10325 This program prints all the numbers from 0 to 20---except for 5, for 10326 which the @code{printf} is skipped. Because the increment @samp{x++} 10327 is not skipped, @code{x} does not remain stuck at 5. Contrast the 10328 @code{for} loop from the previous example with the following @code{while} loop: 10329 10330 @example 10331 BEGIN @{ 10332 x = 0 10333 while (x <= 20) @{ 10334 if (x == 5) 10335 continue 10336 printf "%d ", x 10337 x++ 10338 @} 10339 print "" 10340 @} 10341 @end example 10342 10343 @noindent 10344 This program loops forever once @code{x} reaches 5. 10345 10346 @c @cindex @code{continue}, outside of loops 10347 @c @cindex historical features 10348 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 10349 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{continue} statement and 10350 @cindex dark corner, @code{continue} statement 10351 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{continue} statement in 10352 The @code{continue} statement has no meaning when used outside the body of 10353 a loop. Historical versions of @command{awk} treated a @code{continue} 10354 statement outside a loop the same way they treated a @code{break} 10355 statement outside a loop: as if it were a @code{next} 10356 statement 10357 (@pxref{Next Statement}). 10358 Recent versions of Unix @command{awk} no longer work this way, and 10359 @command{gawk} allows it only if @option{--traditional} is specified on 10360 the command line (@pxref{Options}). Just like the 10361 @code{break} statement, the POSIX standard specifies that @code{continue} 10362 should only be used inside the body of a loop. 10363 @value{DARKCORNER} 10364 10365 @node Next Statement 10366 @subsection The @code{next} Statement 10367 @cindex @code{next} statement 10368 10369 The @code{next} statement forces @command{awk} to immediately stop processing 10370 the current record and go on to the next record. This means that no 10371 further rules are executed for the current record, and the rest of the 10372 current rule's action isn't executed. 10373 10374 Contrast this with the effect of the @code{getline} function 10375 (@pxref{Getline}). That also causes 10376 @command{awk} to read the next record immediately, but it does not alter the 10377 flow of control in any way (i.e., the rest of the current action executes 10378 with a new input record). 10379 10380 @cindex @command{awk} programs, execution of 10381 At the highest level, @command{awk} program execution is a loop that reads 10382 an input record and then tests each rule's pattern against it. If you 10383 think of this loop as a @code{for} statement whose body contains the 10384 rules, then the @code{next} statement is analogous to a @code{continue} 10385 statement. It skips to the end of the body of this implicit loop and 10386 executes the increment (which reads another record). 10387 10388 For example, suppose an @command{awk} program works only on records 10389 with four fields, and it shouldn't fail when given bad input. To avoid 10390 complicating the rest of the program, write a ``weed out'' rule near 10391 the beginning, in the following manner: 10392 10393 @example 10394 NF != 4 @{ 10395 err = sprintf("%s:%d: skipped: NF != 4\n", FILENAME, FNR) 10396 print err > "/dev/stderr" 10397 next 10398 @} 10399 @end example 10400 10401 @noindent 10402 Because of the @code{next} statement, 10403 the program's subsequent rules won't see the bad record. The error 10404 message is redirected to the standard error output stream, as error 10405 messages should be. 10406 For more detail see 10407 @ref{Special Files}. 10408 10409 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 10410 @c @cindex @code{next}, inside a user-defined function 10411 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 10412 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 10413 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 10414 @cindex @code{next} statement, user-defined functions and 10415 @cindex functions, user-defined, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 10416 According to the POSIX standard, the behavior is undefined if 10417 the @code{next} statement is used in a @code{BEGIN} or @code{END} rule. 10418 @command{gawk} treats it as a syntax error. 10419 Although POSIX permits it, 10420 some other @command{awk} implementations don't allow the @code{next} 10421 statement inside function bodies 10422 (@pxref{User-defined}). 10423 Just as with any other @code{next} statement, a @code{next} statement inside a 10424 function body reads the next record and starts processing it with the 10425 first rule in the program. 10426 If the @code{next} statement causes the end of the input to be reached, 10427 then the code in any @code{END} rules is executed. 10428 @xref{BEGIN/END}. 10429 10430 @node Nextfile Statement 10431 @subsection Using @command{gawk}'s @code{nextfile} Statement 10432 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement 10433 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements 10434 10435 @command{gawk} provides the @code{nextfile} statement, 10436 which is similar to the @code{next} statement. 10437 However, instead of abandoning processing of the current record, the 10438 @code{nextfile} statement instructs @command{gawk} to stop processing the 10439 current @value{DF}. 10440 10441 The @code{nextfile} statement is a @command{gawk} extension. 10442 In most other @command{awk} implementations, 10443 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10444 (@pxref{Options}), 10445 @code{nextfile} is not special. 10446 10447 Upon execution of the @code{nextfile} statement, @code{FILENAME} is 10448 updated to the name of the next @value{DF} listed on the command line, 10449 @code{FNR} is reset to one, @code{ARGIND} is incremented, and processing 10450 starts over with the first rule in the program. 10451 (@code{ARGIND} hasn't been introduced yet. @xref{Built-in Variables}.) 10452 If the @code{nextfile} statement causes the end of the input to be reached, 10453 then the code in any @code{END} rules is executed. 10454 @xref{BEGIN/END}. 10455 10456 The @code{nextfile} statement is useful when there are many @value{DF}s 10457 to process but it isn't necessary to process every record in every file. 10458 Normally, in order to move on to the next @value{DF}, a program 10459 has to continue scanning the unwanted records. The @code{nextfile} 10460 statement accomplishes this much more efficiently. 10461 10462 While one might think that @samp{close(FILENAME)} would accomplish 10463 the same as @code{nextfile}, this isn't true. @code{close} is 10464 reserved for closing files, pipes, and coprocesses that are 10465 opened with redirections. It is not related to the main processing that 10466 @command{awk} does with the files listed in @code{ARGV}. 10467 10468 If it's necessary to use an @command{awk} version that doesn't support 10469 @code{nextfile}, see 10470 @ref{Nextfile Function}, 10471 for a user-defined function that simulates the @code{nextfile} 10472 statement. 10473 10474 @cindex functions, user-defined, @code{next}/@code{nextfile} statements and 10475 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement, user-defined functions and 10476 The current version of the Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 10477 (@pxref{Other Versions}) 10478 also supports @code{nextfile}. However, it doesn't allow the @code{nextfile} 10479 statement inside function bodies 10480 (@pxref{User-defined}). 10481 @command{gawk} does; a @code{nextfile} inside a 10482 function body reads the next record and starts processing it with the 10483 first rule in the program, just as any other @code{nextfile} statement. 10484 10485 @cindex @code{next file} statement, in @command{gawk} 10486 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{next file} statement in 10487 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement, in @command{gawk} 10488 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{nextfile} statement in 10489 @strong{Caution:} Versions of @command{gawk} prior to 3.0 used two 10490 words (@samp{next file}) for the @code{nextfile} statement. 10491 In @value{PVERSION} 3.0, this was changed 10492 to one word, because the treatment of @samp{file} was 10493 inconsistent. When it appeared after @code{next}, @samp{file} was a keyword; 10494 otherwise, it was a regular identifier. The old usage is no longer 10495 accepted; @samp{next file} generates a syntax error. 10496 10497 @node Exit Statement 10498 @subsection The @code{exit} Statement 10499 10500 @cindex @code{exit} statement 10501 The @code{exit} statement causes @command{awk} to immediately stop 10502 executing the current rule and to stop processing input; any remaining input 10503 is ignored. The @code{exit} statement is written as follows: 10504 10505 @example 10506 exit @r{[}@var{return code}@r{]} 10507 @end example 10508 10509 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{exit} statement and 10510 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @code{exit} statement and 10511 When an @code{exit} statement is executed from a @code{BEGIN} rule, the 10512 program stops processing everything immediately. No input records are 10513 read. However, if an @code{END} rule is present, 10514 as part of executing the @code{exit} statement, 10515 the @code{END} rule is executed 10516 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 10517 If @code{exit} is used as part of an @code{END} rule, it causes 10518 the program to stop immediately. 10519 10520 An @code{exit} statement that is not part of a @code{BEGIN} or @code{END} 10521 rule stops the execution of any further automatic rules for the current 10522 record, skips reading any remaining input records, and executes the 10523 @code{END} rule if there is one. 10524 10525 In such a case, 10526 if you don't want the @code{END} rule to do its job, set a variable 10527 to nonzero before the @code{exit} statement and check that variable in 10528 the @code{END} rule. 10529 @xref{Assert Function}, 10530 for an example that does this. 10531 10532 @cindex dark corner, @code{exit} statement 10533 If an argument is supplied to @code{exit}, its value is used as the exit 10534 status code for the @command{awk} process. If no argument is supplied, 10535 @code{exit} returns status zero (success). In the case where an argument 10536 is supplied to a first @code{exit} statement, and then @code{exit} is 10537 called a second time from an @code{END} rule with no argument, 10538 @command{awk} uses the previously supplied exit value. 10539 @value{DARKCORNER} 10540 10541 @cindex programming conventions, @code{exit} statement 10542 For example, suppose an error condition occurs that is difficult or 10543 impossible to handle. Conventionally, programs report this by 10544 exiting with a nonzero status. An @command{awk} program can do this 10545 using an @code{exit} statement with a nonzero argument, as shown 10546 in the following example: 10547 10548 @example 10549 BEGIN @{ 10550 if (("date" | getline date_now) <= 0) @{ 10551 print "Can't get system date" > "/dev/stderr" 10552 exit 1 10553 @} 10554 print "current date is", date_now 10555 close("date") 10556 @} 10557 @end example 10558 @c ENDOFRANGE csta 10559 @c ENDOFRANGE acs 10560 @c ENDOFRANGE accs 10561 10562 @node Built-in Variables 10563 @section Built-in Variables 10564 @c STARTOFRANGE bvar 10565 @cindex built-in variables 10566 @c STARTOFRANGE varb 10567 @cindex variables, built-in 10568 10569 Most @command{awk} variables are available to use for your own 10570 purposes; they never change unless your program assigns values to 10571 them, and they never affect anything unless your program examines them. 10572 However, a few variables in @command{awk} have special built-in meanings. 10573 @command{awk} examines some of these automatically, so that they enable you 10574 to tell @command{awk} how to do certain things. Others are set 10575 automatically by @command{awk}, so that they carry information from the 10576 internal workings of @command{awk} to your program. 10577 10578 @cindex @command{gawk}, built-in variables and 10579 This @value{SECTION} documents all the built-in variables of 10580 @command{gawk}, most of which are also documented in the chapters 10581 describing their areas of activity. 10582 10583 @menu 10584 * User-modified:: Built-in variables that you change to control 10585 @command{awk}. 10586 * Auto-set:: Built-in variables where @command{awk} gives 10587 you information. 10588 * ARGC and ARGV:: Ways to use @code{ARGC} and @code{ARGV}. 10589 @end menu 10590 10591 @node User-modified 10592 @subsection Built-in Variables That Control @command{awk} 10593 @c STARTOFRANGE bvaru 10594 @cindex built-in variables, user-modifiable 10595 @c STARTOFRANGE nmbv 10596 @cindex user-modifiable variables 10597 10598 The following is an alphabetical list of variables that you can change to 10599 control how @command{awk} does certain things. The variables that are 10600 specific to @command{gawk} are marked with a pound sign@w{ (@samp{#}).} 10601 10602 @table @code 10603 @cindex @code{BINMODE} variable 10604 @cindex binary input/output 10605 @cindex input/output, binary 10606 @item BINMODE # 10607 On non-POSIX systems, this variable specifies use of binary mode for all I/O. 10608 Numeric values of one, two, or three specify that input files, output files, or 10609 all files, respectively, should use binary I/O. 10610 Alternatively, 10611 string values of @code{"r"} or @code{"w"} specify that input files and 10612 output files, respectively, should use binary I/O. 10613 A string value of @code{"rw"} or @code{"wr"} indicates that all 10614 files should use binary I/O. 10615 Any other string value is equivalent to @code{"rw"}, but @command{gawk} 10616 generates a warning message. 10617 @code{BINMODE} is described in more detail in 10618 @ref{PC Using}. 10619 10620 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{BINMODE} variable 10621 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. 10622 In other @command{awk} implementations 10623 (except @command{mawk}, 10624 @pxref{Other Versions}), 10625 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10626 (@pxref{Options}), 10627 it is not special. 10628 10629 @cindex @code{CONVFMT} variable 10630 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{CONVFMT} variable and 10631 @cindex numbers, converting, to strings 10632 @cindex strings, converting, numbers to 10633 @item CONVFMT 10634 This string controls conversion of numbers to 10635 strings (@pxref{Conversion}). 10636 It works by being passed, in effect, as the first argument to the 10637 @code{sprintf} function 10638 (@pxref{String Functions}). 10639 Its default value is @code{"%.6g"}. 10640 @code{CONVFMT} was introduced by the POSIX standard. 10641 10642 @cindex @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable 10643 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable 10644 @cindex field separators, @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable and 10645 @cindex separators, field, @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable and 10646 @item FIELDWIDTHS # 10647 This is a space-separated list of columns that tells @command{gawk} 10648 how to split input with fixed columnar boundaries. 10649 Assigning a value to @code{FIELDWIDTHS} 10650 overrides the use of @code{FS} for field splitting. 10651 @xref{Constant Size}, for more information. 10652 10653 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable in 10654 If @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10655 (@pxref{Options}), then @code{FIELDWIDTHS} 10656 has no special meaning, and field-splitting operations occur based 10657 exclusively on the value of @code{FS}. 10658 10659 @cindex @code{FS} variable 10660 @cindex separators, field 10661 @cindex field separators 10662 @item FS 10663 This is the input field separator 10664 (@pxref{Field Separators}). 10665 The value is a single-character string or a multi-character regular 10666 expression that matches the separations between fields in an input 10667 record. If the value is the null string (@code{""}), then each 10668 character in the record becomes a separate field. 10669 (This behavior is a @command{gawk} extension. POSIX @command{awk} does not 10670 specify the behavior when @code{FS} is the null string.) 10671 @c NEXT ED: Mark as common extension 10672 10673 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{FS} variable and 10674 The default value is @w{@code{" "}}, a string consisting of a single 10675 space. As a special exception, this value means that any 10676 sequence of spaces, tabs, and/or newlines is a single separator.@footnote{In 10677 POSIX @command{awk}, newline does not count as whitespace.} It also causes 10678 spaces, tabs, and newlines at the beginning and end of a record to be ignored. 10679 10680 You can set the value of @code{FS} on the command line using the 10681 @option{-F} option: 10682 10683 @example 10684 awk -F, '@var{program}' @var{input-files} 10685 @end example 10686 10687 @cindex @command{gawk}, field separators and 10688 If @command{gawk} is using @code{FIELDWIDTHS} for field splitting, 10689 assigning a value to @code{FS} causes @command{gawk} to return to 10690 the normal, @code{FS}-based field splitting. An easy way to do this 10691 is to simply say @samp{FS = FS}, perhaps with an explanatory comment. 10692 10693 @cindex @code{IGNORECASE} variable 10694 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{IGNORECASE} variable 10695 @cindex case sensitivity, string comparisons and 10696 @cindex case sensitivity, regexps and 10697 @cindex regular expressions, case sensitivity 10698 @item IGNORECASE # 10699 If @code{IGNORECASE} is nonzero or non-null, then all string comparisons 10700 and all regular expression matching are case independent. Thus, regexp 10701 matching with @samp{~} and @samp{!~}, as well as the @code{gensub}, 10702 @code{gsub}, @code{index}, @code{match}, @code{split}, and @code{sub} 10703 functions, record termination with @code{RS}, and field splitting with 10704 @code{FS}, all ignore case when doing their particular regexp operations. 10705 However, the value of @code{IGNORECASE} does @emph{not} affect array subscripting 10706 and it does not affect field splitting when using a single-character 10707 field separator. 10708 @xref{Case-sensitivity}. 10709 10710 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{IGNORECASE} variable in 10711 If @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10712 (@pxref{Options}), 10713 then @code{IGNORECASE} has no special meaning. Thus, string 10714 and regexp operations are always case-sensitive. 10715 10716 @cindex @code{LINT} variable 10717 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{LINT} variable 10718 @cindex lint checking 10719 @item LINT # 10720 When this variable is true (nonzero or non-null), @command{gawk} 10721 behaves as if the @option{--lint} command-line option is in effect. 10722 (@pxref{Options}). 10723 With a value of @code{"fatal"}, lint warnings become fatal errors. 10724 With a value of @code{"invalid"}, only warnings about things that are 10725 actually invalid are issued. (This is not fully implemented yet.) 10726 Any other true value prints nonfatal warnings. 10727 Assigning a false value to @code{LINT} turns off the lint warnings. 10728 10729 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{LINT} variable in 10730 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. It is not special 10731 in other @command{awk} implementations. Unlike the other special variables, 10732 changing @code{LINT} does affect the production of lint warnings, 10733 even if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode. Much as 10734 the @option{--lint} and @option{--traditional} options independently 10735 control different aspects of @command{gawk}'s behavior, the control 10736 of lint warnings during program execution is independent of the flavor 10737 of @command{awk} being executed. 10738 10739 @cindex @code{OFMT} variable 10740 @cindex numbers, converting, to strings 10741 @cindex strings, converting, numbers to 10742 @item OFMT 10743 This string controls conversion of numbers to 10744 strings (@pxref{Conversion}) for 10745 printing with the @code{print} statement. It works by being passed 10746 as the first argument to the @code{sprintf} function 10747 (@pxref{String Functions}). 10748 Its default value is @code{"%.6g"}. Earlier versions of @command{awk} 10749 also used @code{OFMT} to specify the format for converting numbers to 10750 strings in general expressions; this is now done by @code{CONVFMT}. 10751 10752 @cindex @code{sprintf} function, @code{OFMT} variable and 10753 @cindex @code{print} statement, @code{OFMT} variable and 10754 @cindex @code{OFS} variable 10755 @cindex separators, field 10756 @cindex field separators 10757 @item OFS 10758 This is the output field separator (@pxref{Output Separators}). It is 10759 output between the fields printed by a @code{print} statement. Its 10760 default value is @w{@code{" "}}, a string consisting of a single space. 10761 10762 @cindex @code{ORS} variable 10763 @item ORS 10764 This is the output record separator. It is output at the end of every 10765 @code{print} statement. Its default value is @code{"\n"}, the newline 10766 character. (@xref{Output Separators}.) 10767 10768 @cindex @code{RS} variable 10769 @cindex separators, record 10770 @cindex record separators 10771 @item RS 10772 This is @command{awk}'s input record separator. Its default value is a string 10773 containing a single newline character, which means that an input record 10774 consists of a single line of text. 10775 It can also be the null string, in which case records are separated by 10776 runs of blank lines. 10777 If it is a regexp, records are separated by 10778 matches of the regexp in the input text. 10779 (@xref{Records}.) 10780 10781 The ability for @code{RS} to be a regular expression 10782 is a @command{gawk} extension. 10783 In most other @command{awk} implementations, 10784 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10785 (@pxref{Options}), 10786 just the first character of @code{RS}'s value is used. 10787 10788 @cindex @code{SUBSEP} variable 10789 @cindex separators, subscript 10790 @cindex subscript separators 10791 @item SUBSEP 10792 This is the subscript separator. It has the default value of 10793 @code{"\034"} and is used to separate the parts of the indices of a 10794 multidimensional array. Thus, the expression @code{@w{foo["A", "B"]}} 10795 really accesses @code{foo["A\034B"]} 10796 (@pxref{Multi-dimensional}). 10797 10798 @cindex @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable 10799 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable 10800 @cindex internationalization, localization 10801 @item TEXTDOMAIN # 10802 This variable is used for internationalization of programs at the 10803 @command{awk} level. It sets the default text domain for specially 10804 marked string constants in the source text, as well as for the 10805 @code{dcgettext}, @code{dcngettext} and @code{bindtextdomain} functions 10806 (@pxref{Internationalization}). 10807 The default value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN} is @code{"messages"}. 10808 10809 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. 10810 In other @command{awk} implementations, 10811 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10812 (@pxref{Options}), 10813 it is not special. 10814 @end table 10815 @c ENDOFRANGE bvar 10816 @c ENDOFRANGE varb 10817 @c ENDOFRANGE bvaru 10818 @c ENDOFRANGE nmbv 10819 10820 @node Auto-set 10821 @subsection Built-in Variables That Convey Information 10822 10823 @c STARTOFRANGE bvconi 10824 @cindex built-in variables, conveying information 10825 @c STARTOFRANGE vbconi 10826 @cindex variables, built-in, conveying information 10827 The following is an alphabetical list of variables that @command{awk} 10828 sets automatically on certain occasions in order to provide 10829 information to your program. The variables that are specific to 10830 @command{gawk} are marked with a pound sign@w{ (@samp{#}).} 10831 10832 @table @code 10833 @cindex @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables 10834 @cindex arguments, command-line 10835 @cindex command line, arguments 10836 @item ARGC@r{,} ARGV 10837 The command-line arguments available to @command{awk} programs are stored in 10838 an array called @code{ARGV}. @code{ARGC} is the number of command-line 10839 arguments present. @xref{Other Arguments}. 10840 Unlike most @command{awk} arrays, 10841 @code{ARGV} is indexed from 0 to @code{ARGC} @minus{} 1. 10842 In the following example: 10843 10844 @example 10845 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 10846 > for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++) 10847 > print ARGV[i] 10848 > @}' inventory-shipped BBS-list 10849 @print{} awk 10850 @print{} inventory-shipped 10851 @print{} BBS-list 10852 @end example 10853 10854 @noindent 10855 @code{ARGV[0]} contains @code{"awk"}, @code{ARGV[1]} 10856 contains @code{"inventory-shipped"}, and @code{ARGV[2]} contains 10857 @code{"BBS-list"}. The value of @code{ARGC} is three, one more than the 10858 index of the last element in @code{ARGV}, because the elements are numbered 10859 from zero. 10860 10861 @cindex programming conventions, @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables 10862 The names @code{ARGC} and @code{ARGV}, as well as the convention of indexing 10863 the array from 0 to @code{ARGC} @minus{} 1, are derived from the C language's 10864 method of accessing command-line arguments. 10865 10866 The value of @code{ARGV[0]} can vary from system to system. 10867 Also, you should note that the program text is @emph{not} included in 10868 @code{ARGV}, nor are any of @command{awk}'s command-line options. 10869 @xref{ARGC and ARGV}, for information 10870 about how @command{awk} uses these variables. 10871 10872 @cindex @code{ARGIND} variable 10873 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{ARGIND} variable 10874 @item ARGIND # 10875 The index in @code{ARGV} of the current file being processed. 10876 Every time @command{gawk} opens a new @value{DF} for processing, it sets 10877 @code{ARGIND} to the index in @code{ARGV} of the @value{FN}. 10878 When @command{gawk} is processing the input files, 10879 @samp{FILENAME == ARGV[ARGIND]} is always true. 10880 10881 @c comma before ARGIND does NOT mark a tertiary 10882 @cindex files, processing, @code{ARGIND} variable and 10883 This variable is useful in file processing; it allows you to tell how far 10884 along you are in the list of @value{DF}s as well as to distinguish between 10885 successive instances of the same @value{FN} on the command line. 10886 10887 @cindex @value{FN}s, distinguishing 10888 While you can change the value of @code{ARGIND} within your @command{awk} 10889 program, @command{gawk} automatically sets it to a new value when the 10890 next file is opened. 10891 10892 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. 10893 In other @command{awk} implementations, 10894 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10895 (@pxref{Options}), 10896 it is not special. 10897 10898 @cindex @code{ENVIRON} variable 10899 @cindex environment variables 10900 @item ENVIRON 10901 An associative array that contains the values of the environment. The array 10902 indices are the environment variable names; the elements are the values of 10903 the particular environment variables. For example, 10904 @code{ENVIRON["HOME"]} might be @file{/home/arnold}. Changing this array 10905 does not affect the environment passed on to any programs that 10906 @command{awk} may spawn via redirection or the @code{system} function. 10907 @c (In a future version of @command{gawk}, it may do so.) 10908 10909 Some operating systems may not have environment variables. 10910 On such systems, the @code{ENVIRON} array is empty (except for 10911 @w{@code{ENVIRON["AWKPATH"]}}, 10912 @pxref{AWKPATH Variable}). 10913 10914 @cindex @code{ERRNO} variable 10915 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{ERRNO} variable 10916 @cindex error handling, @code{ERRNO} variable and 10917 @item ERRNO # 10918 If a system error occurs during a redirection for @code{getline}, 10919 during a read for @code{getline}, or during a @code{close} operation, 10920 then @code{ERRNO} contains a string describing the error. 10921 10922 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. 10923 In other @command{awk} implementations, 10924 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 10925 (@pxref{Options}), 10926 it is not special. 10927 10928 @cindex @code{FILENAME} variable 10929 @cindex dark corner, @code{FILENAME} variable 10930 @item FILENAME 10931 The name of the file that @command{awk} is currently reading. 10932 When no @value{DF}s are listed on the command line, @command{awk} reads 10933 from the standard input and @code{FILENAME} is set to @code{"-"}. 10934 @code{FILENAME} is changed each time a new file is read 10935 (@pxref{Reading Files}). 10936 Inside a @code{BEGIN} rule, the value of @code{FILENAME} is 10937 @code{""}, since there are no input files being processed 10938 yet.@footnote{Some early implementations of Unix @command{awk} initialized 10939 @code{FILENAME} to @code{"-"}, even if there were @value{DF}s to be 10940 processed. This behavior was incorrect and should not be relied 10941 upon in your programs.} 10942 @value{DARKCORNER} 10943 Note, though, that using @code{getline} 10944 (@pxref{Getline}) 10945 inside a @code{BEGIN} rule can give 10946 @code{FILENAME} a value. 10947 10948 @cindex @code{FNR} variable 10949 @item FNR 10950 The current record number in the current file. @code{FNR} is 10951 incremented each time a new record is read 10952 (@pxref{Getline}). It is reinitialized 10953 to zero each time a new input file is started. 10954 10955 @cindex @code{NF} variable 10956 @item NF 10957 The number of fields in the current input record. 10958 @code{NF} is set each time a new record is read, when a new field is 10959 created or when @code{$0} changes (@pxref{Fields}). 10960 10961 Unlike most of the variables described in this 10962 @ifnotinfo 10963 section, 10964 @end ifnotinfo 10965 @ifinfo 10966 node, 10967 @end ifinfo 10968 assigning a value to @code{NF} has the potential to affect 10969 @command{awk}'s internal workings. In particular, assignments 10970 to @code{NF} can be used to create or remove fields from the 10971 current record: @xref{Changing Fields}. 10972 10973 @cindex @code{NR} variable 10974 @item NR 10975 The number of input records @command{awk} has processed since 10976 the beginning of the program's execution 10977 (@pxref{Records}). 10978 @code{NR} is incremented each time a new record is read. 10979 10980 @cindex @code{PROCINFO} array 10981 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{PROCINFO} array 10982 @item PROCINFO # 10983 The elements of this array provide access to information about the 10984 running @command{awk} program. 10985 The following elements (listed alphabetically) 10986 are guaranteed to be available: 10987 10988 @table @code 10989 @item PROCINFO["egid"] 10990 The value of the @code{getegid} system call. 10991 10992 @item PROCINFO["euid"] 10993 The value of the @code{geteuid} system call. 10994 10995 @item PROCINFO["FS"] 10996 This is 10997 @code{"FS"} if field splitting with @code{FS} is in effect, or it is 10998 @code{"FIELDWIDTHS"} if field splitting with @code{FIELDWIDTHS} is in effect. 10999 11000 @item PROCINFO["gid"] 11001 The value of the @code{getgid} system call. 11002 11003 @item PROCINFO["pgrpid"] 11004 The process group ID of the current process. 11005 11006 @item PROCINFO["pid"] 11007 The process ID of the current process. 11008 11009 @item PROCINFO["ppid"] 11010 The parent process ID of the current process. 11011 11012 @item PROCINFO["uid"] 11013 The value of the @code{getuid} system call. 11014 @end table 11015 11016 On some systems, there may be elements in the array, @code{"group1"} 11017 through @code{"group@var{N}"} for some @var{N}. @var{N} is the number of 11018 supplementary groups that the process has. Use the @code{in} operator 11019 to test for these elements 11020 (@pxref{Reference to Elements}). 11021 11022 This array is a @command{gawk} extension. 11023 In other @command{awk} implementations, 11024 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 11025 (@pxref{Options}), 11026 it is not special. 11027 11028 @cindex @code{RLENGTH} variable 11029 @item RLENGTH 11030 The length of the substring matched by the 11031 @code{match} function 11032 (@pxref{String Functions}). 11033 @code{RLENGTH} is set by invoking the @code{match} function. Its value 11034 is the length of the matched string, or @minus{}1 if no match is found. 11035 11036 @cindex @code{RSTART} variable 11037 @item RSTART 11038 The start-index in characters of the substring that is matched by the 11039 @code{match} function 11040 (@pxref{String Functions}). 11041 @code{RSTART} is set by invoking the @code{match} function. Its value 11042 is the position of the string where the matched substring starts, or zero 11043 if no match was found. 11044 11045 @cindex @code{RT} variable 11046 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{RT} variable 11047 @item RT # 11048 This is set each time a record is read. It contains the input text 11049 that matched the text denoted by @code{RS}, the record separator. 11050 11051 This variable is a @command{gawk} extension. 11052 In other @command{awk} implementations, 11053 or if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode 11054 (@pxref{Options}), 11055 it is not special. 11056 @end table 11057 @c ENDOFRANGE bvconi 11058 @c ENDOFRANGE vbconi 11059 11060 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 11061 @subheading Advanced Notes: Changing @code{NR} and @code{FNR} 11062 @cindex @code{NR} variable, changing 11063 @cindex @code{FNR} variable, changing 11064 @cindex advanced features, @code{FNR}/@code{NR} variables 11065 @cindex dark corner, @code{FNR}/@code{NR} variables 11066 @command{awk} increments @code{NR} and @code{FNR} 11067 each time it reads a record, instead of setting them to the absolute 11068 value of the number of records read. This means that a program can 11069 change these variables and their new values are incremented for 11070 each record. 11071 @value{DARKCORNER} 11072 This is demonstrated in the following example: 11073 11074 @example 11075 $ echo '1 11076 > 2 11077 > 3 11078 > 4' | awk 'NR == 2 @{ NR = 17 @} 11079 > @{ print NR @}' 11080 @print{} 1 11081 @print{} 17 11082 @print{} 18 11083 @print{} 19 11084 @end example 11085 11086 @noindent 11087 Before @code{FNR} was added to the @command{awk} language 11088 (@pxref{V7/SVR3.1}), 11089 many @command{awk} programs used this feature to track the number of 11090 records in a file by resetting @code{NR} to zero when @code{FILENAME} 11091 changed. 11092 11093 @node ARGC and ARGV 11094 @subsection Using @code{ARGC} and @code{ARGV} 11095 @cindex @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables 11096 @cindex arguments, command-line 11097 @cindex command line, arguments 11098 11099 @ref{Auto-set}, 11100 presented the following program describing the information contained in @code{ARGC} 11101 and @code{ARGV}: 11102 11103 @example 11104 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 11105 > for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++) 11106 > print ARGV[i] 11107 > @}' inventory-shipped BBS-list 11108 @print{} awk 11109 @print{} inventory-shipped 11110 @print{} BBS-list 11111 @end example 11112 11113 @noindent 11114 In this example, @code{ARGV[0]} contains @samp{awk}, @code{ARGV[1]} 11115 contains @samp{inventory-shipped}, and @code{ARGV[2]} contains 11116 @samp{BBS-list}. 11117 Notice that the @command{awk} program is not entered in @code{ARGV}. The 11118 other special command-line options, with their arguments, are also not 11119 entered. This includes variable assignments done with the @option{-v} 11120 option (@pxref{Options}). 11121 Normal variable assignments on the command line @emph{are} 11122 treated as arguments and do show up in the @code{ARGV} array: 11123 11124 @example 11125 $ cat showargs.awk 11126 @print{} BEGIN @{ 11127 @print{} printf "A=%d, B=%d\n", A, B 11128 @print{} for (i = 0; i < ARGC; i++) 11129 @print{} printf "\tARGV[%d] = %s\n", i, ARGV[i] 11130 @print{} @} 11131 @print{} END @{ printf "A=%d, B=%d\n", A, B @} 11132 $ awk -v A=1 -f showargs.awk B=2 /dev/null 11133 @print{} A=1, B=0 11134 @print{} ARGV[0] = awk 11135 @print{} ARGV[1] = B=2 11136 @print{} ARGV[2] = /dev/null 11137 @print{} A=1, B=2 11138 @end example 11139 11140 A program can alter @code{ARGC} and the elements of @code{ARGV}. 11141 Each time @command{awk} reaches the end of an input file, it uses the next 11142 element of @code{ARGV} as the name of the next input file. By storing a 11143 different string there, a program can change which files are read. 11144 Use @code{"-"} to represent the standard input. Storing 11145 additional elements and incrementing @code{ARGC} causes 11146 additional files to be read. 11147 11148 If the value of @code{ARGC} is decreased, that eliminates input files 11149 from the end of the list. By recording the old value of @code{ARGC} 11150 elsewhere, a program can treat the eliminated arguments as 11151 something other than @value{FN}s. 11152 11153 To eliminate a file from the middle of the list, store the null string 11154 (@code{""}) into @code{ARGV} in place of the file's name. As a 11155 special feature, @command{awk} ignores @value{FN}s that have been 11156 replaced with the null string. 11157 Another option is to 11158 use the @code{delete} statement to remove elements from 11159 @code{ARGV} (@pxref{Delete}). 11160 11161 All of these actions are typically done in the @code{BEGIN} rule, 11162 before actual processing of the input begins. 11163 @xref{Split Program}, and see 11164 @ref{Tee Program}, for examples 11165 of each way of removing elements from @code{ARGV}. 11166 The following fragment processes @code{ARGV} in order to examine, and 11167 then remove, command-line options: 11168 @c NEXT ED: Add xref to rewind() function 11169 11170 @example 11171 BEGIN @{ 11172 for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) @{ 11173 if (ARGV[i] == "-v") 11174 verbose = 1 11175 else if (ARGV[i] == "-d") 11176 debug = 1 11177 else if (ARGV[i] ~ /^-?/) @{ 11178 e = sprintf("%s: unrecognized option -- %c", 11179 ARGV[0], substr(ARGV[i], 1, ,1)) 11180 print e > "/dev/stderr" 11181 @} else 11182 break 11183 delete ARGV[i] 11184 @} 11185 @} 11186 @end example 11187 11188 To actually get the options into the @command{awk} program, 11189 end the @command{awk} options with @option{--} and then supply 11190 the @command{awk} program's options, in the following manner: 11191 11192 @example 11193 awk -f myprog -- -v -d file1 file2 @dots{} 11194 @end example 11195 11196 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables 11197 This is not necessary in @command{gawk}. Unless @option{--posix} has 11198 been specified, @command{gawk} silently puts any unrecognized options 11199 into @code{ARGV} for the @command{awk} program to deal with. As soon 11200 as it sees an unknown option, @command{gawk} stops looking for other 11201 options that it might otherwise recognize. The previous example with 11202 @command{gawk} would be: 11203 11204 @example 11205 gawk -f myprog -d -v file1 file2 @dots{} 11206 @end example 11207 11208 @noindent 11209 Because @option{-d} is not a valid @command{gawk} option, 11210 it and the following @option{-v} 11211 are passed on to the @command{awk} program. 11212 11213 @node Arrays 11214 @chapter Arrays in @command{awk} 11215 @c STARTOFRANGE arrs 11216 @cindex arrays 11217 11218 An @dfn{array} is a table of values called @dfn{elements}. The 11219 elements of an array are distinguished by their indices. @dfn{Indices} 11220 may be either numbers or strings. 11221 11222 This @value{CHAPTER} describes how arrays work in @command{awk}, 11223 how to use array elements, how to scan through every element in an array, 11224 and how to remove array elements. 11225 It also describes how @command{awk} simulates multidimensional 11226 arrays, as well as some of the less obvious points about array usage. 11227 The @value{CHAPTER} finishes with a discussion of @command{gawk}'s facility 11228 for sorting an array based on its indices. 11229 11230 @cindex variables, names of 11231 @cindex functions, names of 11232 @cindex arrays, names of 11233 @cindex names, arrays/variables 11234 @cindex namespace issues 11235 @command{awk} maintains a single set 11236 of names that may be used for naming variables, arrays, and functions 11237 (@pxref{User-defined}). 11238 Thus, you cannot have a variable and an array with the same name in the 11239 same @command{awk} program. 11240 11241 @menu 11242 * Array Intro:: Introduction to Arrays 11243 * Reference to Elements:: How to examine one element of an array. 11244 * Assigning Elements:: How to change an element of an array. 11245 * Array Example:: Basic Example of an Array 11246 * Scanning an Array:: A variation of the @code{for} statement. It 11247 loops through the indices of an array's 11248 existing elements. 11249 * Delete:: The @code{delete} statement removes an element 11250 from an array. 11251 * Numeric Array Subscripts:: How to use numbers as subscripts in 11252 @command{awk}. 11253 * Uninitialized Subscripts:: Using Uninitialized variables as subscripts. 11254 * Multi-dimensional:: Emulating multidimensional arrays in 11255 @command{awk}. 11256 * Multi-scanning:: Scanning multidimensional arrays. 11257 * Array Sorting:: Sorting array values and indices. 11258 @end menu 11259 11260 @node Array Intro 11261 @section Introduction to Arrays 11262 11263 The @command{awk} language provides one-dimensional arrays 11264 for storing groups of related strings or numbers. 11265 Every @command{awk} array must have a name. Array names have the same 11266 syntax as variable names; any valid variable name would also be a valid 11267 array name. But one name cannot be used in both ways (as an array and 11268 as a variable) in the same @command{awk} program. 11269 11270 Arrays in @command{awk} superficially resemble arrays in other programming 11271 languages, but there are fundamental differences. In @command{awk}, it 11272 isn't necessary to specify the size of an array before starting to use it. 11273 Additionally, any number or string in @command{awk}, not just consecutive integers, 11274 may be used as an array index. 11275 11276 In most other languages, arrays must be @dfn{declared} before use, 11277 including a specification of 11278 how many elements or components they contain. In such languages, the 11279 declaration causes a contiguous block of memory to be allocated for that 11280 many elements. Usually, an index in the array must be a positive integer. 11281 For example, the index zero specifies the first element in the array, which is 11282 actually stored at the beginning of the block of memory. Index one 11283 specifies the second element, which is stored in memory right after the 11284 first element, and so on. It is impossible to add more elements to the 11285 array, because it has room only for as many elements as given in 11286 the declaration. 11287 (Some languages allow arbitrary starting and ending 11288 indices---e.g., @samp{15 .. 27}---but the size of the array is still fixed when 11289 the array is declared.) 11290 11291 A contiguous array of four elements might look like the following example, 11292 conceptually, if the element values are 8, @code{"foo"}, 11293 @code{""}, and 30: 11294 11295 @c NEXT ED: Use real images here 11296 @iftex 11297 @c from Karl Berry, much thanks for the help. 11298 @tex 11299 \bigskip % space above the table (about 1 linespace) 11300 \offinterlineskip 11301 \newdimen\width \width = 1.5cm 11302 \newdimen\hwidth \hwidth = 4\width \advance\hwidth by 2pt % 5 * 0.4pt 11303 \centerline{\vbox{ 11304 \halign{\strut\hfil\ignorespaces#&&\vrule#&\hbox to\width{\hfil#\unskip\hfil}\cr 11305 \noalign{\hrule width\hwidth} 11306 &&{\tt 8} &&{\tt "foo"} &&{\tt ""} &&{\tt 30} &&\quad Value\cr 11307 \noalign{\hrule width\hwidth} 11308 \noalign{\smallskip} 11309 &\omit&0&\omit &1 &\omit&2 &\omit&3 &\omit&\quad Index\cr 11310 } 11311 }} 11312 @end tex 11313 @end iftex 11314 @ifinfo 11315 @example 11316 +---------+---------+--------+---------+ 11317 | 8 | "foo" | "" | 30 | @r{Value} 11318 +---------+---------+--------+---------+ 11319 0 1 2 3 @r{Index} 11320 @end example 11321 @end ifinfo 11322 @ifxml 11323 @example 11324 +---------+---------+--------+---------+ 11325 | 8 | "foo" | "" | 30 | @r{Value} 11326 +---------+---------+--------+---------+ 11327 0 1 2 3 @r{Index} 11328 @end example 11329 @end ifxml 11330 11331 @noindent 11332 Only the values are stored; the indices are implicit from the order of 11333 the values. Here, 8 is the value at index zero, because 8 appears in the 11334 position with zero elements before it. 11335 11336 @c STARTOFRANGE arrin 11337 @cindex arrays, indexing 11338 @c STARTOFRANGE inarr 11339 @cindex indexing arrays 11340 @cindex associative arrays 11341 @cindex arrays, associative 11342 Arrays in @command{awk} are different---they are @dfn{associative}. This means 11343 that each array is a collection of pairs: an index and its corresponding 11344 array element value: 11345 11346 @example 11347 @r{Element} 3 @r{Value} 30 11348 @r{Element} 1 @r{Value} "foo" 11349 @r{Element} 0 @r{Value} 8 11350 @r{Element} 2 @r{Value} "" 11351 @end example 11352 11353 @noindent 11354 The pairs are shown in jumbled order because their order is irrelevant. 11355 11356 One advantage of associative arrays is that new pairs can be added 11357 at any time. For example, suppose a tenth element is added to the array 11358 whose value is @w{@code{"number ten"}}. The result is: 11359 11360 @example 11361 @r{Element} 10 @r{Value} "number ten" 11362 @r{Element} 3 @r{Value} 30 11363 @r{Element} 1 @r{Value} "foo" 11364 @r{Element} 0 @r{Value} 8 11365 @r{Element} 2 @r{Value} "" 11366 @end example 11367 11368 @noindent 11369 @cindex sparse arrays 11370 @cindex arrays, sparse 11371 Now the array is @dfn{sparse}, which just means some indices are missing. 11372 It has elements 0--3 and 10, but doesn't have elements 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9. 11373 11374 Another consequence of associative arrays is that the indices don't 11375 have to be positive integers. Any number, or even a string, can be 11376 an index. For example, the following is an array that translates words from 11377 English to French: 11378 11379 @example 11380 @r{Element} "dog" @r{Value} "chien" 11381 @r{Element} "cat" @r{Value} "chat" 11382 @r{Element} "one" @r{Value} "un" 11383 @r{Element} 1 @r{Value} "un" 11384 @end example 11385 11386 @noindent 11387 Here we decided to translate the number one in both spelled-out and 11388 numeric form---thus illustrating that a single array can have both 11389 numbers and strings as indices. 11390 In fact, array subscripts are always strings; this is discussed 11391 in more detail in 11392 @ref{Numeric Array Subscripts}. 11393 Here, the number @code{1} isn't double-quoted, since @command{awk} 11394 automatically converts it to a string. 11395 11396 @cindex case sensitivity, array indices and 11397 @cindex arrays, @code{IGNORECASE} variable and 11398 @cindex @code{IGNORECASE} variable, array subscripts and 11399 The value of @code{IGNORECASE} has no effect upon array subscripting. 11400 The identical string value used to store an array element must be used 11401 to retrieve it. 11402 When @command{awk} creates an array (e.g., with the @code{split} 11403 built-in function), 11404 that array's indices are consecutive integers starting at one. 11405 (@xref{String Functions}.) 11406 11407 @command{awk}'s arrays are efficient---the time to access an element 11408 is independent of the number of elements in the array. 11409 @c ENDOFRANGE arrin 11410 @c ENDOFRANGE inarr 11411 11412 @node Reference to Elements 11413 @section Referring to an Array Element 11414 @cindex arrays, elements, referencing 11415 @cindex elements in arrays 11416 11417 The principal way to use an array is to refer to one of its elements. 11418 An array reference is an expression as follows: 11419 11420 @example 11421 @var{array}[@var{index}] 11422 @end example 11423 11424 @noindent 11425 Here, @var{array} is the name of an array. The expression @var{index} is 11426 the index of the desired element of the array. 11427 11428 The value of the array reference is the current value of that array 11429 element. For example, @code{foo[4.3]} is an expression for the element 11430 of array @code{foo} at index @samp{4.3}. 11431 11432 A reference to an array element that has no recorded value yields a value of 11433 @code{""}, the null string. This includes elements 11434 that have not been assigned any value as well as elements that have been 11435 deleted (@pxref{Delete}). Such a reference 11436 automatically creates that array element, with the null string as its value. 11437 (In some cases, this is unfortunate, because it might waste memory inside 11438 @command{awk}.) 11439 11440 @c @cindex arrays, @code{in} operator and 11441 @cindex @code{in} operator, arrays and 11442 To determine whether an element exists in an array at a certain index, use 11443 the following expression: 11444 11445 @example 11446 @var{index} in @var{array} 11447 @end example 11448 11449 @cindex side effects, array indexing 11450 @noindent 11451 This expression tests whether the particular index exists, 11452 without the side effect of creating that element if it is not present. 11453 The expression has the value one (true) if @code{@var{array}[@var{index}]} 11454 exists and zero (false) if it does not exist. 11455 For example, this statement tests whether the array @code{frequencies} 11456 contains the index @samp{2}: 11457 11458 @example 11459 if (2 in frequencies) 11460 print "Subscript 2 is present." 11461 @end example 11462 11463 Note that this is @emph{not} a test of whether the array 11464 @code{frequencies} contains an element whose @emph{value} is two. 11465 There is no way to do that except to scan all the elements. Also, this 11466 @emph{does not} create @code{frequencies[2]}, while the following 11467 (incorrect) alternative does: 11468 11469 @example 11470 if (frequencies[2] != "") 11471 print "Subscript 2 is present." 11472 @end example 11473 11474 @node Assigning Elements 11475 @section Assigning Array Elements 11476 @cindex arrays, elements, assigning 11477 @cindex elements in arrays, assigning 11478 11479 Array elements can be assigned values just like 11480 @command{awk} variables: 11481 11482 @example 11483 @var{array}[@var{subscript}] = @var{value} 11484 @end example 11485 11486 @noindent 11487 @var{array} is the name of an array. The expression 11488 @var{subscript} is the index of the element of the array that is 11489 assigned a value. The expression @var{value} is the value to 11490 assign to that element of the array. 11491 11492 @node Array Example 11493 @section Basic Array Example 11494 11495 The following program takes a list of lines, each beginning with a line 11496 number, and prints them out in order of line number. The line numbers 11497 are not in order when they are first read---instead they 11498 are scrambled. This program sorts the lines by making an array using 11499 the line numbers as subscripts. The program then prints out the lines 11500 in sorted order of their numbers. It is a very simple program and gets 11501 confused upon encountering repeated numbers, gaps, or lines that don't 11502 begin with a number: 11503 11504 @example 11505 @c file eg/misc/arraymax.awk 11506 @{ 11507 if ($1 > max) 11508 max = $1 11509 arr[$1] = $0 11510 @} 11511 11512 END @{ 11513 for (x = 1; x <= max; x++) 11514 print arr[x] 11515 @} 11516 @c endfile 11517 @end example 11518 11519 The first rule keeps track of the largest line number seen so far; 11520 it also stores each line into the array @code{arr}, at an index that 11521 is the line's number. 11522 The second rule runs after all the input has been read, to print out 11523 all the lines. 11524 When this program is run with the following input: 11525 11526 @example 11527 @c file eg/misc/arraymax.data 11528 5 I am the Five man 11529 2 Who are you? The new number two! 11530 4 . . . And four on the floor 11531 1 Who is number one? 11532 3 I three you. 11533 @c endfile 11534 @end example 11535 11536 @noindent 11537 Its output is: 11538 11539 @example 11540 1 Who is number one? 11541 2 Who are you? The new number two! 11542 3 I three you. 11543 4 . . . And four on the floor 11544 5 I am the Five man 11545 @end example 11546 11547 If a line number is repeated, the last line with a given number overrides 11548 the others. 11549 Gaps in the line numbers can be handled with an easy improvement to the 11550 program's @code{END} rule, as follows: 11551 11552 @example 11553 END @{ 11554 for (x = 1; x <= max; x++) 11555 if (x in arr) 11556 print arr[x] 11557 @} 11558 @end example 11559 11560 @node Scanning an Array 11561 @section Scanning All Elements of an Array 11562 @cindex elements in arrays, scanning 11563 @cindex arrays, scanning 11564 11565 In programs that use arrays, it is often necessary to use a loop that 11566 executes once for each element of an array. In other languages, where 11567 arrays are contiguous and indices are limited to positive integers, 11568 this is easy: all the valid indices can be found by counting from 11569 the lowest index up to the highest. This technique won't do the job 11570 in @command{awk}, because any number or string can be an array index. 11571 So @command{awk} has a special kind of @code{for} statement for scanning 11572 an array: 11573 11574 @example 11575 for (@var{var} in @var{array}) 11576 @var{body} 11577 @end example 11578 11579 @noindent 11580 @cindex @code{in} operator, arrays and 11581 This loop executes @var{body} once for each index in @var{array} that the 11582 program has previously used, with the variable @var{var} set to that index. 11583 11584 @cindex arrays, @code{for} statement and 11585 @cindex @code{for} statement, in arrays 11586 The following program uses this form of the @code{for} statement. The 11587 first rule scans the input records and notes which words appear (at 11588 least once) in the input, by storing a one into the array @code{used} with 11589 the word as index. The second rule scans the elements of @code{used} to 11590 find all the distinct words that appear in the input. It prints each 11591 word that is more than 10 characters long and also prints the number of 11592 such words. 11593 @xref{String Functions}, 11594 for more information on the built-in function @code{length}. 11595 11596 @example 11597 # Record a 1 for each word that is used at least once 11598 @{ 11599 for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) 11600 used[$i] = 1 11601 @} 11602 11603 # Find number of distinct words more than 10 characters long 11604 END @{ 11605 for (x in used) 11606 if (length(x) > 10) @{ 11607 ++num_long_words 11608 print x 11609 @} 11610 print num_long_words, "words longer than 10 characters" 11611 @} 11612 @end example 11613 11614 @noindent 11615 @xref{Word Sorting}, 11616 for a more detailed example of this type. 11617 11618 @cindex arrays, elements, order of 11619 @cindex elements in arrays, order of 11620 The order in which elements of the array are accessed by this statement 11621 is determined by the internal arrangement of the array elements within 11622 @command{awk} and cannot be controlled or changed. This can lead to 11623 problems if new elements are added to @var{array} by statements in 11624 the loop body; it is not predictable whether the @code{for} loop will 11625 reach them. Similarly, changing @var{var} inside the loop may produce 11626 strange results. It is best to avoid such things. 11627 11628 @node Delete 11629 @section The @code{delete} Statement 11630 @cindex @code{delete} statement 11631 @cindex deleting elements in arrays 11632 @cindex arrays, elements, deleting 11633 @cindex elements in arrays, deleting 11634 11635 To remove an individual element of an array, use the @code{delete} 11636 statement: 11637 11638 @example 11639 delete @var{array}[@var{index}] 11640 @end example 11641 11642 Once an array element has been deleted, any value the element once 11643 had is no longer available. It is as if the element had never 11644 been referred to or had been given a value. 11645 The following is an example of deleting elements in an array: 11646 11647 @example 11648 for (i in frequencies) 11649 delete frequencies[i] 11650 @end example 11651 11652 @noindent 11653 This example removes all the elements from the array @code{frequencies}. 11654 Once an element is deleted, a subsequent @code{for} statement to scan the array 11655 does not report that element and the @code{in} operator to check for 11656 the presence of that element returns zero (i.e., false): 11657 11658 @example 11659 delete foo[4] 11660 if (4 in foo) 11661 print "This will never be printed" 11662 @end example 11663 11664 @cindex null strings, array elements and 11665 It is important to note that deleting an element is @emph{not} the 11666 same as assigning it a null value (the empty string, @code{""}). 11667 For example: 11668 11669 @example 11670 foo[4] = "" 11671 if (4 in foo) 11672 print "This is printed, even though foo[4] is empty" 11673 @end example 11674 11675 @cindex lint checking, array elements 11676 It is not an error to delete an element that does not exist. 11677 If @option{--lint} is provided on the command line 11678 (@pxref{Options}), 11679 @command{gawk} issues a warning message when an element that 11680 is not in the array is deleted. 11681 11682 @cindex arrays, deleting entire contents 11683 @cindex deleting entire arrays 11684 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, array elements, deleting 11685 All the elements of an array may be deleted with a single statement 11686 by leaving off the subscript in the @code{delete} statement, 11687 as follows: 11688 11689 @example 11690 delete @var{array} 11691 @end example 11692 11693 This ability is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not available in 11694 compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 11695 11696 Using this version of the @code{delete} statement is about three times 11697 more efficient than the equivalent loop that deletes each element one 11698 at a time. 11699 11700 @cindex portability, deleting array elements 11701 @cindex Brennan, Michael 11702 The following statement provides a portable but nonobvious way to clear 11703 out an array:@footnote{Thanks to Michael Brennan for pointing this out.} 11704 11705 @example 11706 split("", array) 11707 @end example 11708 11709 @c comma before deleting does NOT start a tertiary 11710 @cindex @code{split} function, array elements, deleting 11711 The @code{split} function 11712 (@pxref{String Functions}) 11713 clears out the target array first. This call asks it to split 11714 apart the null string. Because there is no data to split out, the 11715 function simply clears the array and then returns. 11716 11717 @strong{Caution:} Deleting an array does not change its type; you cannot 11718 delete an array and then use the array's name as a scalar 11719 (i.e., a regular variable). For example, the following does not work: 11720 11721 @example 11722 a[1] = 3; delete a; a = 3 11723 @end example 11724 11725 @node Numeric Array Subscripts 11726 @section Using Numbers to Subscript Arrays 11727 11728 @cindex numbers, as array subscripts 11729 @cindex arrays, subscripts 11730 @cindex subscripts in arrays, numbers as 11731 @cindex @code{CONVFMT} variable, array subscripts and 11732 An important aspect about arrays to remember is that @emph{array subscripts 11733 are always strings}. When a numeric value is used as a subscript, 11734 it is converted to a string value before being used for subscripting 11735 (@pxref{Conversion}). 11736 This means that the value of the built-in variable @code{CONVFMT} can 11737 affect how your program accesses elements of an array. For example: 11738 11739 @example 11740 xyz = 12.153 11741 data[xyz] = 1 11742 CONVFMT = "%2.2f" 11743 if (xyz in data) 11744 printf "%s is in data\n", xyz 11745 else 11746 printf "%s is not in data\n", xyz 11747 @end example 11748 11749 @noindent 11750 This prints @samp{12.15 is not in data}. The first statement gives 11751 @code{xyz} a numeric value. Assigning to 11752 @code{data[xyz]} subscripts @code{data} with the string value @code{"12.153"} 11753 (using the default conversion value of @code{CONVFMT}, @code{"%.6g"}). 11754 Thus, the array element @code{data["12.153"]} is assigned the value one. 11755 The program then changes 11756 the value of @code{CONVFMT}. The test @samp{(xyz in data)} generates a new 11757 string value from @code{xyz}---this time @code{"12.15"}---because the value of 11758 @code{CONVFMT} only allows two significant digits. This test fails, 11759 since @code{"12.15"} is a different string from @code{"12.153"}. 11760 11761 @cindex converting, during subscripting 11762 According to the rules for conversions 11763 (@pxref{Conversion}), integer 11764 values are always converted to strings as integers, no matter what the 11765 value of @code{CONVFMT} may happen to be. So the usual case of 11766 the following works: 11767 11768 @example 11769 for (i = 1; i <= maxsub; i++) 11770 @i{do something with} array[i] 11771 @end example 11772 11773 The ``integer values always convert to strings as integers'' rule 11774 has an additional consequence for array indexing. 11775 Octal and hexadecimal constants 11776 (@pxref{Nondecimal-numbers}) 11777 are converted internally into numbers, and their original form 11778 is forgotten. 11779 This means, for example, that 11780 @code{array[17]}, 11781 @code{array[021]}, 11782 and 11783 @code{array[0x11]} 11784 all refer to the same element! 11785 11786 As with many things in @command{awk}, the majority of the time 11787 things work as one would expect them to. But it is useful to have a precise 11788 knowledge of the actual rules which sometimes can have a subtle 11789 effect on your programs. 11790 11791 @node Uninitialized Subscripts 11792 @section Using Uninitialized Variables as Subscripts 11793 11794 @c last comma does NOT start a tertiary 11795 @cindex variables, uninitialized, as array subscripts 11796 @cindex uninitialized variables, as array subscripts 11797 @cindex subscripts in arrays, uninitialized variables as 11798 @cindex arrays, subscripts, uninitialized variables as 11799 Suppose it's necessary to write a program 11800 to print the input data in reverse order. 11801 A reasonable attempt to do so (with some test 11802 data) might look like this: 11803 11804 @example 11805 $ echo 'line 1 11806 > line 2 11807 > line 3' | awk '@{ l[lines] = $0; ++lines @} 11808 > END @{ 11809 > for (i = lines-1; i >= 0; --i) 11810 > print l[i] 11811 > @}' 11812 @print{} line 3 11813 @print{} line 2 11814 @end example 11815 11816 Unfortunately, the very first line of input data did not come out in the 11817 output! 11818 11819 At first glance, this program should have worked. The variable @code{lines} 11820 is uninitialized, and uninitialized variables have the numeric value zero. 11821 So, @command{awk} should have printed the value of @code{l[0]}. 11822 11823 The issue here is that subscripts for @command{awk} arrays are @emph{always} 11824 strings. Uninitialized variables, when used as strings, have the 11825 value @code{""}, not zero. Thus, @samp{line 1} ends up stored in 11826 @code{l[""]}. 11827 The following version of the program works correctly: 11828 11829 @example 11830 @{ l[lines++] = $0 @} 11831 END @{ 11832 for (i = lines - 1; i >= 0; --i) 11833 print l[i] 11834 @} 11835 @end example 11836 11837 Here, the @samp{++} forces @code{lines} to be numeric, thus making 11838 the ``old value'' numeric zero. This is then converted to @code{"0"} 11839 as the array subscript. 11840 11841 @cindex null strings, as array subscripts 11842 @cindex dark corner, array subscripts 11843 @cindex lint checking, array subscripts 11844 Even though it is somewhat unusual, the null string 11845 (@code{""}) is a valid array subscript. 11846 @value{DARKCORNER} 11847 @command{gawk} warns about the use of the null string as a subscript 11848 if @option{--lint} is provided 11849 on the command line (@pxref{Options}). 11850 11851 @node Multi-dimensional 11852 @section Multidimensional Arrays 11853 11854 @cindex subscripts in arrays, multidimensional 11855 @cindex arrays, multidimensional 11856 A multidimensional array is an array in which an element is identified 11857 by a sequence of indices instead of a single index. For example, a 11858 two-dimensional array requires two indices. The usual way (in most 11859 languages, including @command{awk}) to refer to an element of a 11860 two-dimensional array named @code{grid} is with 11861 @code{grid[@var{x},@var{y}]}. 11862 11863 @cindex @code{SUBSEP} variable, multidimensional arrays 11864 Multidimensional arrays are supported in @command{awk} through 11865 concatenation of indices into one string. 11866 @command{awk} converts the indices into strings 11867 (@pxref{Conversion}) and 11868 concatenates them together, with a separator between them. This creates 11869 a single string that describes the values of the separate indices. The 11870 combined string is used as a single index into an ordinary, 11871 one-dimensional array. The separator used is the value of the built-in 11872 variable @code{SUBSEP}. 11873 11874 For example, suppose we evaluate the expression @samp{foo[5,12] = "value"} 11875 when the value of @code{SUBSEP} is @code{"@@"}. The numbers 5 and 12 are 11876 converted to strings and 11877 concatenated with an @samp{@@} between them, yielding @code{"5@@12"}; thus, 11878 the array element @code{foo["5@@12"]} is set to @code{"value"}. 11879 11880 Once the element's value is stored, @command{awk} has no record of whether 11881 it was stored with a single index or a sequence of indices. The two 11882 expressions @samp{foo[5,12]} and @w{@samp{foo[5 SUBSEP 12]}} are always 11883 equivalent. 11884 11885 The default value of @code{SUBSEP} is the string @code{"\034"}, 11886 which contains a nonprinting character that is unlikely to appear in an 11887 @command{awk} program or in most input data. 11888 The usefulness of choosing an unlikely character comes from the fact 11889 that index values that contain a string matching @code{SUBSEP} can lead to 11890 combined strings that are ambiguous. Suppose that @code{SUBSEP} is 11891 @code{"@@"}; then @w{@samp{foo["a@@b", "c"]}} and @w{@samp{foo["a", 11892 "b@@c"]}} are indistinguishable because both are actually 11893 stored as @samp{foo["a@@b@@c"]}. 11894 11895 To test whether a particular index sequence exists in a 11896 multidimensional array, use the same operator (@samp{in}) that is 11897 used for single dimensional arrays. Write the whole sequence of indices 11898 in parentheses, separated by commas, as the left operand: 11899 11900 @example 11901 (@var{subscript1}, @var{subscript2}, @dots{}) in @var{array} 11902 @end example 11903 11904 The following example treats its input as a two-dimensional array of 11905 fields; it rotates this array 90 degrees clockwise and prints the 11906 result. It assumes that all lines have the same number of 11907 elements: 11908 11909 @example 11910 @{ 11911 if (max_nf < NF) 11912 max_nf = NF 11913 max_nr = NR 11914 for (x = 1; x <= NF; x++) 11915 vector[x, NR] = $x 11916 @} 11917 11918 END @{ 11919 for (x = 1; x <= max_nf; x++) @{ 11920 for (y = max_nr; y >= 1; --y) 11921 printf("%s ", vector[x, y]) 11922 printf("\n") 11923 @} 11924 @} 11925 @end example 11926 11927 @noindent 11928 When given the input: 11929 11930 @example 11931 1 2 3 4 5 6 11932 2 3 4 5 6 1 11933 3 4 5 6 1 2 11934 4 5 6 1 2 3 11935 @end example 11936 11937 @noindent 11938 the program produces the following output: 11939 11940 @example 11941 4 3 2 1 11942 5 4 3 2 11943 6 5 4 3 11944 1 6 5 4 11945 2 1 6 5 11946 3 2 1 6 11947 @end example 11948 11949 @node Multi-scanning 11950 @section Scanning Multidimensional Arrays 11951 11952 There is no special @code{for} statement for scanning a 11953 ``multidimensional'' array. There cannot be one, because, in truth, there 11954 are no multidimensional arrays or elements---there is only a 11955 multidimensional @emph{way of accessing} an array. 11956 11957 @cindex subscripts in arrays, multidimensional, scanning 11958 @cindex arrays, multidimensional, scanning 11959 However, if your program has an array that is always accessed as 11960 multidimensional, you can get the effect of scanning it by combining 11961 the scanning @code{for} statement 11962 (@pxref{Scanning an Array}) with the 11963 built-in @code{split} function 11964 (@pxref{String Functions}). 11965 It works in the following manner: 11966 11967 @example 11968 for (combined in array) @{ 11969 split(combined, separate, SUBSEP) 11970 @dots{} 11971 @} 11972 @end example 11973 11974 @noindent 11975 This sets the variable @code{combined} to 11976 each concatenated combined index in the array, and splits it 11977 into the individual indices by breaking it apart where the value of 11978 @code{SUBSEP} appears. The individual indices then become the elements of 11979 the array @code{separate}. 11980 11981 Thus, if a value is previously stored in @code{array[1, "foo"]}; then 11982 an element with index @code{"1\034foo"} exists in @code{array}. (Recall 11983 that the default value of @code{SUBSEP} is the character with code 034.) 11984 Sooner or later, the @code{for} statement finds that index and does an 11985 iteration with the variable @code{combined} set to @code{"1\034foo"}. 11986 Then the @code{split} function is called as follows: 11987 11988 @example 11989 split("1\034foo", separate, "\034") 11990 @end example 11991 11992 @noindent 11993 The result is to set @code{separate[1]} to @code{"1"} and 11994 @code{separate[2]} to @code{"foo"}. Presto! The original sequence of 11995 separate indices is recovered. 11996 11997 @node Array Sorting 11998 @section Sorting Array Values and Indices with @command{gawk} 11999 12000 @cindex arrays, sorting 12001 @cindex @code{asort} function (@command{gawk}) 12002 @c last comma does NOT start a tertiary 12003 @cindex @code{asort} function (@command{gawk}), arrays, sorting 12004 @cindex sort function, arrays, sorting 12005 The order in which an array is scanned with a @samp{for (i in array)} 12006 loop is essentially arbitrary. 12007 In most @command{awk} implementations, sorting an array requires 12008 writing a @code{sort} function. 12009 While this can be educational for exploring different sorting algorithms, 12010 usually that's not the point of the program. 12011 @command{gawk} provides the built-in @code{asort} 12012 and @code{asorti} functions 12013 (@pxref{String Functions}) 12014 for sorting arrays. For example: 12015 12016 @example 12017 @var{populate the array} data 12018 n = asort(data) 12019 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 12020 @var{do something with} data[i] 12021 @end example 12022 12023 After the call to @code{asort}, the array @code{data} is indexed from 1 12024 to some number @var{n}, the total number of elements in @code{data}. 12025 (This count is @code{asort}'s return value.) 12026 @code{data[1]} @value{LEQ} @code{data[2]} @value{LEQ} @code{data[3]}, and so on. 12027 The comparison of array elements is done 12028 using @command{gawk}'s usual comparison rules 12029 (@pxref{Typing and Comparison}). 12030 12031 @cindex side effects, @code{asort} function 12032 An important side effect of calling @code{asort} is that 12033 @emph{the array's original indices are irrevocably lost}. 12034 As this isn't always desirable, @code{asort} accepts a 12035 second argument: 12036 12037 @example 12038 @var{populate the array} source 12039 n = asort(source, dest) 12040 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 12041 @var{do something with} dest[i] 12042 @end example 12043 12044 In this case, @command{gawk} copies the @code{source} array into the 12045 @code{dest} array and then sorts @code{dest}, destroying its indices. 12046 However, the @code{source} array is not affected. 12047 12048 Often, what's needed is to sort on the values of the @emph{indices} 12049 instead of the values of the elements. 12050 To do that, starting with @command{gawk} 3.1.2, use the 12051 @code{asorti} function. The interface is identical to that of 12052 @code{asort}, except that the index values are used for sorting, and 12053 become the values of the result array: 12054 12055 @example 12056 @{ source[$0] = some_func($0) @} 12057 12058 END @{ 12059 n = asorti(source, dest) 12060 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 12061 @var{do something with} dest[i] 12062 @} 12063 @end example 12064 12065 If your version of @command{gawk} is 3.1.0 or 3.1.1, you don't 12066 have @code{asorti}. Instead, use a helper array 12067 to hold the sorted index values, and then access the original array's 12068 elements. It works in the following way: 12069 12070 @example 12071 @var{populate the array} data 12072 # copy indices 12073 j = 1 12074 for (i in data) @{ 12075 ind[j] = i # index value becomes element value 12076 j++ 12077 @} 12078 n = asort(ind) # index values are now sorted 12079 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 12080 @var{do something with} data[ind[i]] 12081 @end example 12082 12083 Sorting the array by replacing the indices provides maximal flexibility. 12084 To traverse the elements in decreasing order, use a loop that goes from 12085 @var{n} down to 1, either over the elements or over the indices. 12086 12087 @cindex reference counting, sorting arrays 12088 Copying array indices and elements isn't expensive in terms of memory. 12089 Internally, @command{gawk} maintains @dfn{reference counts} to data. 12090 For example, when @code{asort} copies the first array to the second one, 12091 there is only one copy of the original array elements' data, even though 12092 both arrays use the values. Similarly, when copying the indices from 12093 @code{data} to @code{ind}, there is only one copy of the actual index 12094 strings. 12095 12096 @c Document It And Call It A Feature. Sigh. 12097 @cindex arrays, sorting, @code{IGNORECASE} variable and 12098 @cindex @code{IGNORECASE} variable, array sorting and 12099 We said previously that comparisons are done using @command{gawk}'s 12100 ``usual comparison rules.'' Because @code{IGNORECASE} affects 12101 string comparisons, the value of @code{IGNORECASE} also 12102 affects sorting for both @code{asort} and @code{asorti}. 12103 Caveat Emptor. 12104 @c ENDOFRANGE arrs 12105 12106 @node Functions 12107 @chapter Functions 12108 12109 @c STARTOFRANGE funcbi 12110 @cindex functions, built-in 12111 @c STARTOFRANGE bifunc 12112 @cindex built-in functions 12113 This @value{CHAPTER} describes @command{awk}'s built-in functions, 12114 which fall into three categories: numeric, string, and I/O. 12115 @command{gawk} provides additional groups of functions 12116 to work with values that represent time, do 12117 bit manipulation, and internationalize and localize programs. 12118 12119 Besides the built-in functions, @command{awk} has provisions for 12120 writing new functions that the rest of a program can use. 12121 The second half of this @value{CHAPTER} describes these 12122 @dfn{user-defined} functions. 12123 12124 @menu 12125 * Built-in:: Summarizes the built-in functions. 12126 * User-defined:: Describes User-defined functions in detail. 12127 @end menu 12128 12129 @node Built-in 12130 @section Built-in Functions 12131 12132 @c 2e: USE TEXINFO-2 FUNCTION DEFINITION STUFF!!!!!!!!!!!!! 12133 @dfn{Built-in} functions are always available for 12134 your @command{awk} program to call. This @value{SECTION} defines all 12135 the built-in 12136 functions in @command{awk}; some of these are mentioned in other sections 12137 but are summarized here for your convenience. 12138 12139 @menu 12140 * Calling Built-in:: How to call built-in functions. 12141 * Numeric Functions:: Functions that work with numbers, including 12142 @code{int}, @code{sin} and @code{rand}. 12143 * String Functions:: Functions for string manipulation, such as 12144 @code{split}, @code{match} and @code{sprintf}. 12145 * I/O Functions:: Functions for files and shell commands. 12146 * Time Functions:: Functions for dealing with timestamps. 12147 * Bitwise Functions:: Functions for bitwise operations. 12148 * I18N Functions:: Functions for string translation. 12149 @end menu 12150 12151 @node Calling Built-in 12152 @subsection Calling Built-in Functions 12153 12154 To call one of @command{awk}'s built-in functions, write the name of 12155 the function followed 12156 by arguments in parentheses. For example, @samp{atan2(y + z, 1)} 12157 is a call to the function @code{atan2} and has two arguments. 12158 12159 @cindex programming conventions, functions, calling 12160 @c last comma does NOT start a tertiary 12161 @cindex whitespace, functions, calling 12162 Whitespace is ignored between the built-in function name and the 12163 open parenthesis, and it is good practice to avoid using whitespace 12164 there. User-defined functions do not permit whitespace in this way, and 12165 it is easier to avoid mistakes by following a simple 12166 convention that always works---no whitespace after a function name. 12167 12168 @c last comma is part of tertiary 12169 @cindex troubleshooting, @command{gawk}, fatal errors, function arguments 12170 @cindex @command{gawk}, function arguments and 12171 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, function arguments (@command{gawk}) 12172 Each built-in function accepts a certain number of arguments. 12173 In some cases, arguments can be omitted. The defaults for omitted 12174 arguments vary from function to function and are described under the 12175 individual functions. In some @command{awk} implementations, extra 12176 arguments given to built-in functions are ignored. However, in @command{gawk}, 12177 it is a fatal error to give extra arguments to a built-in function. 12178 12179 When a function is called, expressions that create the function's actual 12180 parameters are evaluated completely before the call is performed. 12181 For example, in the following code fragment: 12182 12183 @example 12184 i = 4 12185 j = sqrt(i++) 12186 @end example 12187 12188 @cindex evaluation order, functions 12189 @cindex functions, built-in, evaluation order 12190 @cindex built-in functions, evaluation order 12191 @noindent 12192 the variable @code{i} is incremented to the value five before @code{sqrt} 12193 is called with a value of four for its actual parameter. 12194 The order of evaluation of the expressions used for the function's 12195 parameters is undefined. Thus, avoid writing programs that 12196 assume that parameters are evaluated from left to right or from 12197 right to left. For example: 12198 12199 @example 12200 i = 5 12201 j = atan2(i++, i *= 2) 12202 @end example 12203 12204 If the order of evaluation is left to right, then @code{i} first becomes 12205 6, and then 12, and @code{atan2} is called with the two arguments 6 12206 and 12. But if the order of evaluation is right to left, @code{i} 12207 first becomes 10, then 11, and @code{atan2} is called with the 12208 two arguments 11 and 10. 12209 12210 @node Numeric Functions 12211 @subsection Numeric Functions 12212 12213 The following list describes all of 12214 the built-in functions that work with numbers. 12215 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets@w{ ([ ]):} 12216 12217 @table @code 12218 @item int(@var{x}) 12219 @cindex @code{int} function 12220 This returns the nearest integer to @var{x}, located between @var{x} and zero and 12221 truncated toward zero. 12222 12223 For example, @code{int(3)} is 3, @code{int(3.9)} is 3, @code{int(-3.9)} 12224 is @minus{}3, and @code{int(-3)} is @minus{}3 as well. 12225 12226 @item sqrt(@var{x}) 12227 @cindex @code{sqrt} function 12228 This returns the positive square root of @var{x}. 12229 @command{gawk} reports an error 12230 if @var{x} is negative. Thus, @code{sqrt(4)} is 2. 12231 12232 @item exp(@var{x}) 12233 @cindex @code{exp} function 12234 This returns the exponential of @var{x} (@code{e ^ @var{x}}) or reports 12235 an error if @var{x} is out of range. The range of values @var{x} can have 12236 depends on your machine's floating-point representation. 12237 12238 @item log(@var{x}) 12239 @cindex @code{log} function 12240 This returns the natural logarithm of @var{x}, if @var{x} is positive; 12241 otherwise, it reports an error. 12242 12243 @item sin(@var{x}) 12244 @cindex @code{sin} function 12245 This returns the sine of @var{x}, with @var{x} in radians. 12246 12247 @item cos(@var{x}) 12248 @cindex @code{cos} function 12249 This returns the cosine of @var{x}, with @var{x} in radians. 12250 12251 @item atan2(@var{y}, @var{x}) 12252 @cindex @code{atan2} function 12253 This returns the arctangent of @code{@var{y} / @var{x}} in radians. 12254 12255 @item rand() 12256 @cindex @code{rand} function 12257 @cindex random numbers, @code{rand}/@code{srand} functions 12258 This returns a random number. The values of @code{rand} are 12259 uniformly distributed between zero and one. 12260 The value could be zero but is never one.@footnote{The C version of @code{rand} 12261 is known to produce fairly poor sequences of random numbers. 12262 However, nothing requires that an @command{awk} implementation use the C 12263 @code{rand} to implement the @command{awk} version of @code{rand}. 12264 In fact, @command{gawk} uses the BSD @code{random} function, which is 12265 considerably better than @code{rand}, to produce random numbers.} 12266 12267 Often random integers are needed instead. Following is a user-defined function 12268 that can be used to obtain a random non-negative integer less than @var{n}: 12269 12270 @example 12271 function randint(n) @{ 12272 return int(n * rand()) 12273 @} 12274 @end example 12275 12276 @noindent 12277 The multiplication produces a random number greater than zero and less 12278 than @code{n}. Using @code{int}, this result is made into 12279 an integer between zero and @code{n} @minus{} 1, inclusive. 12280 12281 The following example uses a similar function to produce random integers 12282 between one and @var{n}. This program prints a new random number for 12283 each input record: 12284 12285 @example 12286 # Function to roll a simulated die. 12287 function roll(n) @{ return 1 + int(rand() * n) @} 12288 12289 # Roll 3 six-sided dice and 12290 # print total number of points. 12291 @{ 12292 printf("%d points\n", 12293 roll(6)+roll(6)+roll(6)) 12294 @} 12295 @end example 12296 12297 @cindex numbers, random 12298 @cindex random numbers, seed of 12299 @c MAWK uses a different seed each time. 12300 @strong{Caution:} In most @command{awk} implementations, including @command{gawk}, 12301 @code{rand} starts generating numbers from the same 12302 starting number, or @dfn{seed}, each time you run @command{awk}. Thus, 12303 a program generates the same results each time you run it. 12304 The numbers are random within one @command{awk} run but predictable 12305 from run to run. This is convenient for debugging, but if you want 12306 a program to do different things each time it is used, you must change 12307 the seed to a value that is different in each run. To do this, 12308 use @code{srand}. 12309 12310 @item srand(@r{[}@var{x}@r{]}) 12311 @cindex @code{srand} function 12312 The function @code{srand} sets the starting point, or seed, 12313 for generating random numbers to the value @var{x}. 12314 12315 Each seed value leads to a particular sequence of random 12316 numbers.@footnote{Computer-generated random numbers really are not truly 12317 random. They are technically known as ``pseudorandom.'' This means 12318 that while the numbers in a sequence appear to be random, you can in 12319 fact generate the same sequence of random numbers over and over again.} 12320 Thus, if the seed is set to the same value a second time, 12321 the same sequence of random numbers is produced again. 12322 12323 Different @command{awk} implementations use different random-number 12324 generators internally. Don't expect the same @command{awk} program 12325 to produce the same series of random numbers when executed by 12326 different versions of @command{awk}. 12327 12328 If the argument @var{x} is omitted, as in @samp{srand()}, then the current 12329 date and time of day are used for a seed. This is the way to get random 12330 numbers that are truly unpredictable. 12331 12332 The return value of @code{srand} is the previous seed. This makes it 12333 easy to keep track of the seeds in case you need to consistently reproduce 12334 sequences of random numbers. 12335 @end table 12336 12337 @node String Functions 12338 @subsection String-Manipulation Functions 12339 12340 The functions in this @value{SECTION} look at or change the text of one or more 12341 strings. 12342 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets@w{ ([ ]).} 12343 Those functions that are 12344 specific to @command{gawk} are marked with a pound sign@w{ (@samp{#}):} 12345 12346 @menu 12347 * Gory Details:: More than you want to know about @samp{\} and 12348 @samp{&} with @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, and 12349 @code{gensub}. 12350 @end menu 12351 12352 @table @code 12353 @item asort(@var{source} @r{[}, @var{dest}@r{]}) # 12354 @cindex arrays, elements, retrieving number of 12355 @cindex @code{asort} function (@command{gawk}) 12356 @code{asort} is a @command{gawk}-specific extension, returning the number of 12357 elements in the array @var{source}. The contents of @var{source} are 12358 sorted using @command{gawk}'s normal rules for comparing values 12359 (in particular, @code{IGNORECASE} affects the sorting) 12360 and the indices 12361 of the sorted values of @var{source} are replaced with sequential 12362 integers starting with one. If the optional array @var{dest} is specified, 12363 then @var{source} is duplicated into @var{dest}. @var{dest} is then 12364 sorted, leaving the indices of @var{source} unchanged. 12365 For example, if the contents of @code{a} are as follows: 12366 12367 @example 12368 a["last"] = "de" 12369 a["first"] = "sac" 12370 a["middle"] = "cul" 12371 @end example 12372 12373 @noindent 12374 A call to @code{asort}: 12375 12376 @example 12377 asort(a) 12378 @end example 12379 12380 @noindent 12381 results in the following contents of @code{a}: 12382 12383 @example 12384 a[1] = "cul" 12385 a[2] = "de" 12386 a[3] = "sac" 12387 @end example 12388 12389 The @code{asort} function is described in more detail in 12390 @ref{Array Sorting}. 12391 @code{asort} is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not available 12392 in compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 12393 12394 @item asorti(@var{source} @r{[}, @var{dest}@r{]}) # 12395 @cindex @code{asorti} function (@command{gawk}) 12396 @code{asorti} is a @command{gawk}-specific extension, returning the number of 12397 elements in the array @var{source}. 12398 It works similarly to @code{asort}, however, the @emph{indices} 12399 are sorted, instead of the values. As array indices are always strings, 12400 the comparison performed is always a string comparison. (Here too, 12401 @code{IGNORECASE} affects the sorting.) 12402 12403 The @code{asorti} function is described in more detail in 12404 @ref{Array Sorting}. 12405 It was added in @command{gawk} 3.1.2. 12406 @code{asorti} is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not available 12407 in compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 12408 12409 @item index(@var{in}, @var{find}) 12410 @cindex @code{index} function 12411 @cindex searching 12412 This searches the string @var{in} for the first occurrence of the string 12413 @var{find}, and returns the position in characters where that occurrence 12414 begins in the string @var{in}. Consider the following example: 12415 12416 @example 12417 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ print index("peanut", "an") @}' 12418 @print{} 3 12419 @end example 12420 12421 @noindent 12422 If @var{find} is not found, @code{index} returns zero. 12423 (Remember that string indices in @command{awk} start at one.) 12424 12425 @item length(@r{[}@var{string}@r{]}) 12426 @cindex @code{length} function 12427 This returns the number of characters in @var{string}. If 12428 @var{string} is a number, the length of the digit string representing 12429 that number is returned. For example, @code{length("abcde")} is 5. By 12430 contrast, @code{length(15 * 35)} works out to 3. In this example, 15 * 35 = 12431 525, and 525 is then converted to the string @code{"525"}, which has 12432 three characters. 12433 12434 If no argument is supplied, @code{length} returns the length of @code{$0}. 12435 12436 @c @cindex historical features 12437 @cindex portability, @code{length} function 12438 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, functions and, @code{length} 12439 @strong{Note:} 12440 In older versions of @command{awk}, the @code{length} function could 12441 be called 12442 without any parentheses. Doing so is marked as ``deprecated'' in the 12443 POSIX standard. This means that while a program can do this, 12444 it is a feature that can eventually be removed from a future 12445 version of the standard. Therefore, for programs to be maximally portable, 12446 always supply the parentheses. 12447 12448 @item match(@var{string}, @var{regexp} @r{[}, @var{array}@r{]}) 12449 @cindex @code{match} function 12450 The @code{match} function searches @var{string} for the 12451 longest, leftmost substring matched by the regular expression, 12452 @var{regexp}. It returns the character position, or @dfn{index}, 12453 at which that substring begins (one, if it starts at the beginning of 12454 @var{string}). If no match is found, it returns zero. 12455 12456 The @var{regexp} argument may be either a regexp constant 12457 (@samp{/@dots{}/}) or a string constant (@var{"@dots{}"}). 12458 In the latter case, the string is treated as a regexp to be matched. 12459 @ref{Computed Regexps}, for a 12460 discussion of the difference between the two forms, and the 12461 implications for writing your program correctly. 12462 12463 The order of the first two arguments is backwards from most other string 12464 functions that work with regular expressions, such as 12465 @code{sub} and @code{gsub}. It might help to remember that 12466 for @code{match}, the order is the same as for the @samp{~} operator: 12467 @samp{@var{string} ~ @var{regexp}}. 12468 12469 @cindex @code{RSTART} variable, @code{match} function and 12470 @cindex @code{RLENGTH} variable, @code{match} function and 12471 @cindex @code{match} function, @code{RSTART}/@code{RLENGTH} variables 12472 The @code{match} function sets the built-in variable @code{RSTART} to 12473 the index. It also sets the built-in variable @code{RLENGTH} to the 12474 length in characters of the matched substring. If no match is found, 12475 @code{RSTART} is set to zero, and @code{RLENGTH} to @minus{}1. 12476 12477 For example: 12478 12479 @example 12480 @c file eg/misc/findpat.awk 12481 @{ 12482 if ($1 == "FIND") 12483 regex = $2 12484 else @{ 12485 where = match($0, regex) 12486 if (where != 0) 12487 print "Match of", regex, "found at", 12488 where, "in", $0 12489 @} 12490 @} 12491 @c endfile 12492 @end example 12493 12494 @noindent 12495 This program looks for lines that match the regular expression stored in 12496 the variable @code{regex}. This regular expression can be changed. If the 12497 first word on a line is @samp{FIND}, @code{regex} is changed to be the 12498 second word on that line. Therefore, if given: 12499 12500 @example 12501 @c file eg/misc/findpat.data 12502 FIND ru+n 12503 My program runs 12504 but not very quickly 12505 FIND Melvin 12506 JF+KM 12507 This line is property of Reality Engineering Co. 12508 Melvin was here. 12509 @c endfile 12510 @end example 12511 12512 @noindent 12513 @command{awk} prints: 12514 12515 @example 12516 Match of ru+n found at 12 in My program runs 12517 Match of Melvin found at 1 in Melvin was here. 12518 @end example 12519 12520 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{match} function 12521 If @var{array} is present, it is cleared, and then the 0th element 12522 of @var{array} is set to the entire portion of @var{string} 12523 matched by @var{regexp}. If @var{regexp} contains parentheses, 12524 the integer-indexed elements of @var{array} are set to contain the 12525 portion of @var{string} matching the corresponding parenthesized 12526 subexpression. 12527 For example: 12528 12529 @example 12530 $ echo foooobazbarrrrr | 12531 > gawk '@{ match($0, /(fo+).+(bar*)/, arr) 12532 > print arr[1], arr[2] @}' 12533 @print{} foooo barrrrr 12534 @end example 12535 12536 In addition, 12537 beginning with @command{gawk} 3.1.2, 12538 multidimensional subscripts are available providing 12539 the start index and length of each matched subexpression: 12540 12541 @example 12542 $ echo foooobazbarrrrr | 12543 > gawk '@{ match($0, /(fo+).+(bar*)/, arr) 12544 > print arr[1], arr[2] 12545 > print arr[1, "start"], arr[1, "length"] 12546 > print arr[2, "start"], arr[2, "length"] 12547 > @}' 12548 @print{} foooo barrrrr 12549 @print{} 1 5 12550 @print{} 9 7 12551 @end example 12552 12553 There may not be subscripts for the start and index for every parenthesized 12554 subexpressions, since they may not all have matched text; thus they 12555 should be tested for with the @code{in} operator 12556 (@pxref{Reference to Elements}). 12557 12558 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{match} function 12559 The @var{array} argument to @code{match} is a 12560 @command{gawk} extension. In compatibility mode 12561 (@pxref{Options}), 12562 using a third argument is a fatal error. 12563 12564 @item split(@var{string}, @var{array} @r{[}, @var{fieldsep}@r{]}) 12565 @cindex @code{split} function 12566 This function divides @var{string} into pieces separated by @var{fieldsep} 12567 and stores the pieces in @var{array}. The first piece is stored in 12568 @code{@var{array}[1]}, the second piece in @code{@var{array}[2]}, and so 12569 forth. The string value of the third argument, @var{fieldsep}, is 12570 a regexp describing where to split @var{string} (much as @code{FS} can 12571 be a regexp describing where to split input records). If 12572 @var{fieldsep} is omitted, the value of @code{FS} is used. 12573 @code{split} returns the number of elements created. 12574 12575 The @code{split} function splits strings into pieces in a 12576 manner similar to the way input lines are split into fields. For example: 12577 12578 @example 12579 split("cul-de-sac", a, "-") 12580 @end example 12581 12582 @noindent 12583 @cindex strings, splitting 12584 splits the string @samp{cul-de-sac} into three fields using @samp{-} as the 12585 separator. It sets the contents of the array @code{a} as follows: 12586 12587 @example 12588 a[1] = "cul" 12589 a[2] = "de" 12590 a[3] = "sac" 12591 @end example 12592 12593 @noindent 12594 The value returned by this call to @code{split} is three. 12595 12596 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{split} function 12597 As with input field-splitting, when the value of @var{fieldsep} is 12598 @w{@code{" "}}, leading and trailing whitespace is ignored, and the elements 12599 are separated by runs of whitespace. 12600 Also as with input field-splitting, if @var{fieldsep} is the null string, each 12601 individual character in the string is split into its own array element. 12602 (This is a @command{gawk}-specific extension.) 12603 12604 Note, however, that @code{RS} has no effect on the way @code{split} 12605 works. Even though @samp{RS = ""} causes newline to also be an input 12606 field separator, this does not affect how @code{split} splits strings. 12607 12608 @cindex dark corner, @code{split} function 12609 Modern implementations of @command{awk}, including @command{gawk}, allow 12610 the third argument to be a regexp constant (@code{/abc/}) as well as a 12611 string. 12612 @value{DARKCORNER} 12613 The POSIX standard allows this as well. 12614 @ref{Computed Regexps}, for a 12615 discussion of the difference between using a string constant or a regexp constant, 12616 and the implications for writing your program correctly. 12617 12618 Before splitting the string, @code{split} deletes any previously existing 12619 elements in the array @var{array}. 12620 12621 If @var{string} is null, the array has no elements. (So this is a portable 12622 way to delete an entire array with one statement. 12623 @xref{Delete}.) 12624 12625 If @var{string} does not match @var{fieldsep} at all (but is not null), 12626 @var{array} has one element only. The value of that element is the original 12627 @var{string}. 12628 12629 @item sprintf(@var{format}, @var{expression1}, @dots{}) 12630 @cindex @code{sprintf} function 12631 This returns (without printing) the string that @code{printf} would 12632 have printed out with the same arguments 12633 (@pxref{Printf}). 12634 For example: 12635 12636 @example 12637 pival = sprintf("pi = %.2f (approx.)", 22/7) 12638 @end example 12639 12640 @noindent 12641 assigns the string @w{@code{"pi = 3.14 (approx.)"}} to the variable @code{pival}. 12642 12643 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{strtonum} function (@command{gawk}) 12644 @cindex @code{strtonum} function (@command{gawk}) 12645 @item strtonum(@var{str}) # 12646 Examines @var{str} and returns its numeric value. If @var{str} 12647 begins with a leading @samp{0}, @code{strtonum} assumes that @var{str} 12648 is an octal number. If @var{str} begins with a leading @samp{0x} or 12649 @samp{0X}, @code{strtonum} assumes that @var{str} is a hexadecimal number. 12650 For example: 12651 12652 @example 12653 $ echo 0x11 | 12654 > gawk '@{ printf "%d\n", strtonum($1) @}' 12655 @print{} 17 12656 @end example 12657 12658 Using the @code{strtonum} function is @emph{not} the same as adding zero 12659 to a string value; the automatic coercion of strings to numbers 12660 works only for decimal data, not for octal or hexadecimal.@footnote{Unless 12661 you use the @option{--non-decimal-data} option, which isn't recommended. 12662 @xref{Nondecimal Data}, for more information.} 12663 12664 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{strtonum} function (@command{gawk}) 12665 @code{strtonum} is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not available 12666 in compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 12667 12668 @item sub(@var{regexp}, @var{replacement} @r{[}, @var{target}@r{]}) 12669 @cindex @code{sub} function 12670 The @code{sub} function alters the value of @var{target}. 12671 It searches this value, which is treated as a string, for the 12672 leftmost, longest substring matched by the regular expression @var{regexp}. 12673 Then the entire string is 12674 changed by replacing the matched text with @var{replacement}. 12675 The modified string becomes the new value of @var{target}. 12676 12677 The @var{regexp} argument may be either a regexp constant 12678 (@samp{/@dots{}/}) or a string constant (@var{"@dots{}"}). 12679 In the latter case, the string is treated as a regexp to be matched. 12680 @ref{Computed Regexps}, for a 12681 discussion of the difference between the two forms, and the 12682 implications for writing your program correctly. 12683 12684 This function is peculiar because @var{target} is not simply 12685 used to compute a value, and not just any expression will do---it 12686 must be a variable, field, or array element so that @code{sub} can 12687 store a modified value there. If this argument is omitted, then the 12688 default is to use and alter @code{$0}.@footnote{Note that this means 12689 that the record will first be regenerated using the value of @code{OFS} if 12690 any fields have been changed, and that the fields will be updated 12691 after the substituion, even if the operation is a ``no-op'' such 12692 as @samp{sub(/^/, "")}.} 12693 For example: 12694 12695 @example 12696 str = "water, water, everywhere" 12697 sub(/at/, "ith", str) 12698 @end example 12699 12700 @noindent 12701 sets @code{str} to @w{@code{"wither, water, everywhere"}}, by replacing the 12702 leftmost longest occurrence of @samp{at} with @samp{ith}. 12703 12704 The @code{sub} function returns the number of substitutions made (either 12705 one or zero). 12706 12707 If the special character @samp{&} appears in @var{replacement}, it 12708 stands for the precise substring that was matched by @var{regexp}. (If 12709 the regexp can match more than one string, then this precise substring 12710 may vary.) For example: 12711 12712 @example 12713 @{ sub(/candidate/, "& and his wife"); print @} 12714 @end example 12715 12716 @noindent 12717 changes the first occurrence of @samp{candidate} to @samp{candidate 12718 and his wife} on each input line. 12719 Here is another example: 12720 12721 @example 12722 $ awk 'BEGIN @{ 12723 > str = "daabaaa" 12724 > sub(/a+/, "C&C", str) 12725 > print str 12726 > @}' 12727 @print{} dCaaCbaaa 12728 @end example 12729 12730 @noindent 12731 This shows how @samp{&} can represent a nonconstant string and also 12732 illustrates the ``leftmost, longest'' rule in regexp matching 12733 (@pxref{Leftmost Longest}). 12734 12735 The effect of this special character (@samp{&}) can be turned off by putting a 12736 backslash before it in the string. As usual, to insert one backslash in 12737 the string, you must write two backslashes. Therefore, write @samp{\\&} 12738 in a string constant to include a literal @samp{&} in the replacement. 12739 For example, the following shows how to replace the first @samp{|} on each line with 12740 an @samp{&}: 12741 12742 @example 12743 @{ sub(/\|/, "\\&"); print @} 12744 @end example 12745 12746 @cindex @code{sub} function, arguments of 12747 @cindex @code{gsub} function, arguments of 12748 As mentioned, the third argument to @code{sub} must 12749 be a variable, field or array reference. 12750 Some versions of @command{awk} allow the third argument to 12751 be an expression that is not an lvalue. In such a case, @code{sub} 12752 still searches for the pattern and returns zero or one, but the result of 12753 the substitution (if any) is thrown away because there is no place 12754 to put it. Such versions of @command{awk} accept expressions 12755 such as the following: 12756 12757 @example 12758 sub(/USA/, "United States", "the USA and Canada") 12759 @end example 12760 12761 @noindent 12762 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{gsub}/@code{sub} functions 12763 For historical compatibility, @command{gawk} accepts erroneous code, 12764 such as in the previous example. However, using any other nonchangeable 12765 object as the third parameter causes a fatal error and your program 12766 will not run. 12767 12768 Finally, if the @var{regexp} is not a regexp constant, it is converted into a 12769 string, and then the value of that string is treated as the regexp to match. 12770 12771 @item gsub(@var{regexp}, @var{replacement} @r{[}, @var{target}@r{]}) 12772 @cindex @code{gsub} function 12773 This is similar to the @code{sub} function, except @code{gsub} replaces 12774 @emph{all} of the longest, leftmost, @emph{nonoverlapping} matching 12775 substrings it can find. The @samp{g} in @code{gsub} stands for 12776 ``global,'' which means replace everywhere. For example: 12777 12778 @example 12779 @{ gsub(/Britain/, "United Kingdom"); print @} 12780 @end example 12781 12782 @noindent 12783 replaces all occurrences of the string @samp{Britain} with @samp{United 12784 Kingdom} for all input records. 12785 12786 The @code{gsub} function returns the number of substitutions made. If 12787 the variable to search and alter (@var{target}) is 12788 omitted, then the entire input record (@code{$0}) is used. 12789 As in @code{sub}, the characters @samp{&} and @samp{\} are special, 12790 and the third argument must be assignable. 12791 12792 @item gensub(@var{regexp}, @var{replacement}, @var{how} @r{[}, @var{target}@r{]}) # 12793 @cindex @code{gensub} function (@command{gawk}) 12794 @code{gensub} is a general substitution function. Like @code{sub} and 12795 @code{gsub}, it searches the target string @var{target} for matches of 12796 the regular expression @var{regexp}. Unlike @code{sub} and @code{gsub}, 12797 the modified string is returned as the result of the function and the 12798 original target string is @emph{not} changed. If @var{how} is a string 12799 beginning with @samp{g} or @samp{G}, then it replaces all matches of 12800 @var{regexp} with @var{replacement}. Otherwise, @var{how} is treated 12801 as a number that indicates which match of @var{regexp} to replace. If 12802 no @var{target} is supplied, @code{$0} is used. 12803 12804 @code{gensub} provides an additional feature that is not available 12805 in @code{sub} or @code{gsub}: the ability to specify components of a 12806 regexp in the replacement text. This is done by using parentheses in 12807 the regexp to mark the components and then specifying @samp{\@var{N}} 12808 in the replacement text, where @var{N} is a digit from 1 to 9. 12809 For example: 12810 12811 @example 12812 $ gawk ' 12813 > BEGIN @{ 12814 > a = "abc def" 12815 > b = gensub(/(.+) (.+)/, "\\2 \\1", "g", a) 12816 > print b 12817 > @}' 12818 @print{} def abc 12819 @end example 12820 12821 @noindent 12822 As with @code{sub}, you must type two backslashes in order 12823 to get one into the string. 12824 In the replacement text, the sequence @samp{\0} represents the entire 12825 matched text, as does the character @samp{&}. 12826 12827 The following example shows how you can use the third argument to control 12828 which match of the regexp should be changed: 12829 12830 @example 12831 $ echo a b c a b c | 12832 > gawk '@{ print gensub(/a/, "AA", 2) @}' 12833 @print{} a b c AA b c 12834 @end example 12835 12836 In this case, @code{$0} is used as the default target string. 12837 @code{gensub} returns the new string as its result, which is 12838 passed directly to @code{print} for printing. 12839 12840 @c @cindex automatic warnings 12841 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 12842 If the @var{how} argument is a string that does not begin with @samp{g} or 12843 @samp{G}, or if it is a number that is less than or equal to zero, only one 12844 substitution is performed. If @var{how} is zero, @command{gawk} issues 12845 a warning message. 12846 12847 If @var{regexp} does not match @var{target}, @code{gensub}'s return value 12848 is the original unchanged value of @var{target}. 12849 12850 @code{gensub} is a @command{gawk} extension; it is not available 12851 in compatibility mode (@pxref{Options}). 12852 12853 @item substr(@var{string}, @var{start} @r{[}, @var{length}@r{]}) 12854 @cindex @code{substr} function 12855 This returns a @var{length}-character-long substring of @var{string}, 12856 starting at character number @var{start}. The first character of a 12857 string is character number one.@footnote{This is different from 12858 C and C++, in which the first character is number zero.} 12859 For example, @code{substr("washington", 5, 3)} returns @code{"ing"}. 12860 12861 If @var{length} is not present, this function returns the whole suffix of 12862 @var{string} that begins at character number @var{start}. For example, 12863 @code{substr("washington", 5)} returns @code{"ington"}. The whole 12864 suffix is also returned 12865 if @var{length} is greater than the number of characters remaining 12866 in the string, counting from character @var{start}. 12867 12868 If @var{start} is less than one, @code{substr} treats it as 12869 if it was one. (POSIX doesn't specify what to do in this case: 12870 Unix @command{awk} acts this way, and therefore @command{gawk} 12871 does too.) 12872 If @var{start} is greater than the number of characters 12873 in the string, @code{substr} returns the null string. 12874 Similarly, if @var{length} is present but less than or equal to zero, 12875 the null string is returned. 12876 12877 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{substr} function 12878 The string returned by @code{substr} @emph{cannot} be 12879 assigned. Thus, it is a mistake to attempt to change a portion of 12880 a string, as shown in the following example: 12881 12882 @example 12883 string = "abcdef" 12884 # try to get "abCDEf", won't work 12885 substr(string, 3, 3) = "CDE" 12886 @end example 12887 12888 @noindent 12889 It is also a mistake to use @code{substr} as the third argument 12890 of @code{sub} or @code{gsub}: 12891 12892 @example 12893 gsub(/xyz/, "pdq", substr($0, 5, 20)) # WRONG 12894 @end example 12895 12896 @cindex portability, @code{substr} function 12897 (Some commercial versions of @command{awk} do in fact let you use 12898 @code{substr} this way, but doing so is not portable.) 12899 12900 If you need to replace bits and pieces of a string, combine @code{substr} 12901 with string concatenation, in the following manner: 12902 12903 @example 12904 string = "abcdef" 12905 @dots{} 12906 string = substr(string, 1, 2) "CDE" substr(string, 6) 12907 @end example 12908 12909 @cindex case sensitivity, converting case 12910 @cindex converting, case 12911 @item tolower(@var{string}) 12912 @cindex @code{tolower} function 12913 This returns a copy of @var{string}, with each uppercase character 12914 in the string replaced with its corresponding lowercase character. 12915 Nonalphabetic characters are left unchanged. For example, 12916 @code{tolower("MiXeD cAsE 123")} returns @code{"mixed case 123"}. 12917 12918 @item toupper(@var{string}) 12919 @cindex @code{toupper} function 12920 This returns a copy of @var{string}, with each lowercase character 12921 in the string replaced with its corresponding uppercase character. 12922 Nonalphabetic characters are left unchanged. For example, 12923 @code{toupper("MiXeD cAsE 123")} returns @code{"MIXED CASE 123"}. 12924 @end table 12925 12926 @node Gory Details 12927 @subsubsection More About @samp{\} and @samp{&} with @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, and @code{gensub} 12928 12929 @cindex escape processing, @code{gsub}/@code{gensub}/@code{sub} functions 12930 @cindex @code{sub} function, escape processing 12931 @cindex @code{gsub} function, escape processing 12932 @cindex @code{gensub} function (@command{gawk}), escape processing 12933 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), @code{gsub}/@code{gensub}/@code{sub} functions and 12934 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), @code{gsub}/@code{gensub}/@code{sub} functions and 12935 @cindex @code{&} (ampersand), @code{gsub}/@code{gensub}/@code{sub} functions and 12936 @cindex ampersand (@code{&}), @code{gsub}/@code{gensub}/@code{sub} functions and 12937 When using @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, or @code{gensub}, and trying to get literal 12938 backslashes and ampersands into the replacement text, you need to remember 12939 that there are several levels of @dfn{escape processing} going on. 12940 12941 First, there is the @dfn{lexical} level, which is when @command{awk} reads 12942 your program 12943 and builds an internal copy of it that can be executed. 12944 Then there is the runtime level, which is when @command{awk} actually scans the 12945 replacement string to determine what to generate. 12946 12947 At both levels, @command{awk} looks for a defined set of characters that 12948 can come after a backslash. At the lexical level, it looks for the 12949 escape sequences listed in @ref{Escape Sequences}. 12950 Thus, for every @samp{\} that @command{awk} processes at the runtime 12951 level, type two backslashes at the lexical level. 12952 When a character that is not valid for an escape sequence follows the 12953 @samp{\}, Unix @command{awk} and @command{gawk} both simply remove the initial 12954 @samp{\} and put the next character into the string. Thus, for 12955 example, @code{"a\qb"} is treated as @code{"aqb"}. 12956 12957 At the runtime level, the various functions handle sequences of 12958 @samp{\} and @samp{&} differently. The situation is (sadly) somewhat complex. 12959 Historically, the @code{sub} and @code{gsub} functions treated the two 12960 character sequence @samp{\&} specially; this sequence was replaced in 12961 the generated text with a single @samp{&}. Any other @samp{\} within 12962 the @var{replacement} string that did not precede an @samp{&} was passed 12963 through unchanged. To illustrate with a table: 12964 12965 @c Thank to Karl Berry for help with the TeX stuff. 12966 @tex 12967 \vbox{\bigskip 12968 % This table has lots of &'s and \'s, so unspecialize them. 12969 \catcode`\& = \other \catcode`\\ = \other 12970 % But then we need character for escape and tab. 12971 @catcode`! = 4 12972 @halign{@hfil#!@qquad@hfil#!@qquad#@hfil@cr 12973 You type!@code{sub} sees!@code{sub} generates@cr 12974 @hrulefill!@hrulefill!@hrulefill@cr 12975 @code{\&}! @code{&}!the matched text@cr 12976 @code{\\&}! @code{\&}!a literal @samp{&}@cr 12977 @code{\\\&}! @code{\&}!a literal @samp{&}@cr 12978 @code{\\\\&}! @code{\\&}!a literal @samp{\&}@cr 12979 @code{\\\\\&}! @code{\\&}!a literal @samp{\&}@cr 12980 @code{\\\\\\&}! @code{\\\&}!a literal @samp{\\&}@cr 12981 @code{\\q}! @code{\q}!a literal @samp{\q}@cr 12982 } 12983 @bigskip} 12984 @end tex 12985 @ifnottex 12986 @display 12987 You type @code{sub} sees @code{sub} generates 12988 -------- ---------- --------------- 12989 @code{\&} @code{&} the matched text 12990 @code{\\&} @code{\&} a literal @samp{&} 12991 @code{\\\&} @code{\&} a literal @samp{&} 12992 @code{\\\\&} @code{\\&} a literal @samp{\&} 12993 @code{\\\\\&} @code{\\&} a literal @samp{\&} 12994 @code{\\\\\\&} @code{\\\&} a literal @samp{\\&} 12995 @code{\\q} @code{\q} a literal @samp{\q} 12996 @end display 12997 @end ifnottex 12998 12999 @noindent 13000 This table shows both the lexical-level processing, where 13001 an odd number of backslashes becomes an even number at the runtime level, 13002 as well as the runtime processing done by @code{sub}. 13003 (For the sake of simplicity, the rest of the following tables only show the 13004 case of even numbers of backslashes entered at the lexical level.) 13005 13006 The problem with the historical approach is that there is no way to get 13007 a literal @samp{\} followed by the matched text. 13008 13009 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 13010 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, functions and, @code{gsub}/@code{sub} 13011 The 1992 POSIX standard attempted to fix this problem. The standard 13012 says that @code{sub} and @code{gsub} look for either a @samp{\} or an @samp{&} 13013 after the @samp{\}. If either one follows a @samp{\}, that character is 13014 output literally. The interpretation of @samp{\} and @samp{&} then becomes: 13015 13016 @c thanks to Karl Berry for formatting this table 13017 @tex 13018 \vbox{\bigskip 13019 % This table has lots of &'s and \'s, so unspecialize them. 13020 \catcode`\& = \other \catcode`\\ = \other 13021 % But then we need character for escape and tab. 13022 @catcode`! = 4 13023 @halign{@hfil#!@qquad@hfil#!@qquad#@hfil@cr 13024 You type!@code{sub} sees!@code{sub} generates@cr 13025 @hrulefill!@hrulefill!@hrulefill@cr 13026 @code{&}! @code{&}!the matched text@cr 13027 @code{\\&}! @code{\&}!a literal @samp{&}@cr 13028 @code{\\\\&}! @code{\\&}!a literal @samp{\}, then the matched text@cr 13029 @code{\\\\\\&}! @code{\\\&}!a literal @samp{\&}@cr 13030 } 13031 @bigskip} 13032 @end tex 13033 @ifnottex 13034 @display 13035 You type @code{sub} sees @code{sub} generates 13036 -------- ---------- --------------- 13037 @code{&} @code{&} the matched text 13038 @code{\\&} @code{\&} a literal @samp{&} 13039 @code{\\\\&} @code{\\&} a literal @samp{\}, then the matched text 13040 @code{\\\\\\&} @code{\\\&} a literal @samp{\&} 13041 @end display 13042 @end ifnottex 13043 13044 @noindent 13045 This appears to solve the problem. 13046 Unfortunately, the phrasing of the standard is unusual. It 13047 says, in effect, that @samp{\} turns off the special meaning of any 13048 following character, but for anything other than @samp{\} and @samp{&}, 13049 such special meaning is undefined. This wording leads to two problems: 13050 13051 @itemize @bullet 13052 @item 13053 Backslashes must now be doubled in the @var{replacement} string, breaking 13054 historical @command{awk} programs. 13055 13056 @item 13057 To make sure that an @command{awk} program is portable, @emph{every} character 13058 in the @var{replacement} string must be preceded with a 13059 backslash.@footnote{This consequence was certainly unintended.} 13060 @c I can say that, 'cause I was involved in making this change 13061 @end itemize 13062 13063 The POSIX standard is under revision. 13064 Because of the problems just listed, proposed text for the revised standard 13065 reverts to rules that correspond more closely to the original existing 13066 practice. The proposed rules have special cases that make it possible 13067 to produce a @samp{\} preceding the matched text: 13068 13069 @tex 13070 \vbox{\bigskip 13071 % This table has lots of &'s and \'s, so unspecialize them. 13072 \catcode`\& = \other \catcode`\\ = \other 13073 % But then we need character for escape and tab. 13074 @catcode`! = 4 13075 @halign{@hfil#!@qquad@hfil#!@qquad#@hfil@cr 13076 You type!@code{sub} sees!@code{sub} generates@cr 13077 @hrulefill!@hrulefill!@hrulefill@cr 13078 @code{\\\\\\&}! @code{\\\&}!a literal @samp{\&}@cr 13079 @code{\\\\&}! @code{\\&}!a literal @samp{\}, followed by the matched text@cr 13080 @code{\\&}! @code{\&}!a literal @samp{&}@cr 13081 @code{\\q}! @code{\q}!a literal @samp{\q}@cr 13082 } 13083 @bigskip} 13084 @end tex 13085 @ifinfo 13086 @display 13087 You type @code{sub} sees @code{sub} generates 13088 -------- ---------- --------------- 13089 @code{\\\\\\&} @code{\\\&} a literal @samp{\&} 13090 @code{\\\\&} @code{\\&} a literal @samp{\}, followed by the matched text 13091 @code{\\&} @code{\&} a literal @samp{&} 13092 @code{\\q} @code{\q} a literal @samp{\q} 13093 @end display 13094 @end ifinfo 13095 13096 In a nutshell, at the runtime level, there are now three special sequences 13097 of characters (@samp{\\\&}, @samp{\\&} and @samp{\&}) whereas historically 13098 there was only one. However, as in the historical case, any @samp{\} that 13099 is not part of one of these three sequences is not special and appears 13100 in the output literally. 13101 13102 @command{gawk} 3.0 and 3.1 follow these proposed POSIX rules for @code{sub} and 13103 @code{gsub}. 13104 @c As much as we think it's a lousy idea. You win some, you lose some. Sigh. 13105 Whether these proposed rules will actually become codified into the 13106 standard is unknown at this point. Subsequent @command{gawk} releases will 13107 track the standard and implement whatever the final version specifies; 13108 this @value{DOCUMENT} will be updated as 13109 well.@footnote{As this @value{DOCUMENT} was being finalized, 13110 we learned that the POSIX standard will not use these rules. 13111 However, it was too late to change @command{gawk} for the 3.1 release. 13112 @command{gawk} behaves as described here.} 13113 13114 The rules for @code{gensub} are considerably simpler. At the runtime 13115 level, whenever @command{gawk} sees a @samp{\}, if the following character 13116 is a digit, then the text that matched the corresponding parenthesized 13117 subexpression is placed in the generated output. Otherwise, 13118 no matter what character follows the @samp{\}, it 13119 appears in the generated text and the @samp{\} does not: 13120 13121 @tex 13122 \vbox{\bigskip 13123 % This table has lots of &'s and \'s, so unspecialize them. 13124 \catcode`\& = \other \catcode`\\ = \other 13125 % But then we need character for escape and tab. 13126 @catcode`! = 4 13127 @halign{@hfil#!@qquad@hfil#!@qquad#@hfil@cr 13128 You type!@code{gensub} sees!@code{gensub} generates@cr 13129 @hrulefill!@hrulefill!@hrulefill@cr 13130 @code{&}! @code{&}!the matched text@cr 13131 @code{\\&}! @code{\&}!a literal @samp{&}@cr 13132 @code{\\\\}! @code{\\}!a literal @samp{\}@cr 13133 @code{\\\\&}! @code{\\&}!a literal @samp{\}, then the matched text@cr 13134 @code{\\\\\\&}! @code{\\\&}!a literal @samp{\&}@cr 13135 @code{\\q}! @code{\q}!a literal @samp{q}@cr 13136 } 13137 @bigskip} 13138 @end tex 13139 @ifnottex 13140 @display 13141 You type @code{gensub} sees @code{gensub} generates 13142 -------- ------------- ------------------ 13143 @code{&} @code{&} the matched text 13144 @code{\\&} @code{\&} a literal @samp{&} 13145 @code{\\\\} @code{\\} a literal @samp{\} 13146 @code{\\\\&} @code{\\&} a literal @samp{\}, then the matched text 13147 @code{\\\\\\&} @code{\\\&} a literal @samp{\&} 13148 @code{\\q} @code{\q} a literal @samp{q} 13149 @end display 13150 @end ifnottex 13151 13152 Because of the complexity of the lexical and runtime level processing 13153 and the special cases for @code{sub} and @code{gsub}, 13154 we recommend the use of @command{gawk} and @code{gensub} when you have 13155 to do substitutions. 13156 13157 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 13158 @subheading Advanced Notes: Matching the Null String 13159 @c last comma does NOT start tertiary 13160 @cindex advanced features, null strings, matching 13161 @cindex matching, null strings 13162 @cindex null strings, matching 13163 @c last comma in next two is part of tertiary 13164 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{*} operator, null strings, matching 13165 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{*} operator, null strings, matching 13166 13167 In @command{awk}, the @samp{*} operator can match the null string. 13168 This is particularly important for the @code{sub}, @code{gsub}, 13169 and @code{gensub} functions. For example: 13170 13171 @example 13172 $ echo abc | awk '@{ gsub(/m*/, "X"); print @}' 13173 @print{} XaXbXcX 13174 @end example 13175 13176 @noindent 13177 Although this makes a certain amount of sense, it can be surprising. 13178 13179 @node I/O Functions 13180 @subsection Input/Output Functions 13181 13182 The following functions relate to input/output (I/O). 13183 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]): 13184 13185 @table @code 13186 @item close(@var{filename} @r{[}, @var{how}@r{]}) 13187 @cindex @code{close} function 13188 @cindex files, closing 13189 Close the file @var{filename} for input or output. Alternatively, the 13190 argument may be a shell command that was used for creating a coprocess, or 13191 for redirecting to or from a pipe; then the coprocess or pipe is closed. 13192 @xref{Close Files And Pipes}, 13193 for more information. 13194 13195 When closing a coprocess, it is occasionally useful to first close 13196 one end of the two-way pipe and then to close the other. This is done 13197 by providing a second argument to @code{close}. This second argument 13198 should be one of the two string values @code{"to"} or @code{"from"}, 13199 indicating which end of the pipe to close. Case in the string does 13200 not matter. 13201 @xref{Two-way I/O}, 13202 which discusses this feature in more detail and gives an example. 13203 13204 @item fflush(@r{[}@var{filename}@r{]}) 13205 @cindex @code{fflush} function 13206 Flush any buffered output associated with @var{filename}, which is either a 13207 file opened for writing or a shell command for redirecting output to 13208 a pipe or coprocess. 13209 13210 @cindex portability, @code{fflush} function and 13211 @cindex buffers, flushing 13212 @cindex output, buffering 13213 Many utility programs @dfn{buffer} their output; i.e., they save information 13214 to write to a disk file or terminal in memory until there is enough 13215 for it to be worthwhile to send the data to the output device. 13216 This is often more efficient than writing 13217 every little bit of information as soon as it is ready. However, sometimes 13218 it is necessary to force a program to @dfn{flush} its buffers; that is, 13219 write the information to its destination, even if a buffer is not full. 13220 This is the purpose of the @code{fflush} function---@command{gawk} also 13221 buffers its output and the @code{fflush} function forces 13222 @command{gawk} to flush its buffers. 13223 13224 @code{fflush} was added to the Bell Laboratories research 13225 version of @command{awk} in 1994; it is not part of the POSIX standard and is 13226 not available if @option{--posix} has been specified on the 13227 command line (@pxref{Options}). 13228 13229 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{fflush} function in 13230 @command{gawk} extends the @code{fflush} function in two ways. The first 13231 is to allow no argument at all. In this case, the buffer for the 13232 standard output is flushed. The second is to allow the null string 13233 (@w{@code{""}}) as the argument. In this case, the buffers for 13234 @emph{all} open output files and pipes are flushed. 13235 13236 @c @cindex automatic warnings 13237 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 13238 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{fflush} function 13239 @code{fflush} returns zero if the buffer is successfully flushed; 13240 otherwise, it returns @minus{}1. 13241 In the case where all buffers are flushed, the return value is zero 13242 only if all buffers were flushed successfully. Otherwise, it is 13243 @minus{}1, and @command{gawk} warns about the problem @var{filename}. 13244 13245 @command{gawk} also issues a warning message if you attempt to flush 13246 a file or pipe that was opened for reading (such as with @code{getline}), 13247 or if @var{filename} is not an open file, pipe, or coprocess. 13248 In such a case, @code{fflush} returns @minus{}1, as well. 13249 13250 @item system(@var{command}) 13251 @cindex @code{system} function 13252 @cindex interacting with other programs 13253 Executes operating-system 13254 commands and then returns to the @command{awk} program. The @code{system} 13255 function executes the command given by the string @var{command}. 13256 It returns the status returned by the command that was executed as 13257 its value. 13258 13259 For example, if the following fragment of code is put in your @command{awk} 13260 program: 13261 13262 @example 13263 END @{ 13264 system("date | mail -s 'awk run done' root") 13265 @} 13266 @end example 13267 13268 @noindent 13269 the system administrator is sent mail when the @command{awk} program 13270 finishes processing input and begins its end-of-input processing. 13271 13272 Note that redirecting @code{print} or @code{printf} into a pipe is often 13273 enough to accomplish your task. If you need to run many commands, it 13274 is more efficient to simply print them down a pipeline to the shell: 13275 13276 @example 13277 while (@var{more stuff to do}) 13278 print @var{command} | "/bin/sh" 13279 close("/bin/sh") 13280 @end example 13281 13282 @noindent 13283 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{system} function 13284 However, if your @command{awk} 13285 program is interactive, @code{system} is useful for cranking up large 13286 self-contained programs, such as a shell or an editor. 13287 Some operating systems cannot implement the @code{system} function. 13288 @code{system} causes a fatal error if it is not supported. 13289 @end table 13290 13291 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 13292 @subheading Advanced Notes: Interactive Versus Noninteractive Buffering 13293 @cindex advanced features, buffering 13294 @cindex buffering, interactive vs. noninteractive 13295 13296 As a side point, buffering issues can be even more confusing, depending 13297 upon whether your program is @dfn{interactive}, i.e., communicating 13298 with a user sitting at a keyboard.@footnote{A program is interactive 13299 if the standard output is connected 13300 to a terminal device.} 13301 13302 @c Thanks to Walter.Mecky (a] dresdnerbank.de for this example, and for 13303 @c motivating me to write this section. 13304 Interactive programs generally @dfn{line buffer} their output; i.e., they 13305 write out every line. Noninteractive programs wait until they have 13306 a full buffer, which may be many lines of output. 13307 Here is an example of the difference: 13308 13309 @example 13310 $ awk '@{ print $1 + $2 @}' 13311 1 1 13312 @print{} 2 13313 2 3 13314 @print{} 5 13315 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 13316 @end example 13317 13318 @noindent 13319 Each line of output is printed immediately. Compare that behavior 13320 with this example: 13321 13322 @example 13323 $ awk '@{ print $1 + $2 @}' | cat 13324 1 1 13325 2 3 13326 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 13327 @print{} 2 13328 @print{} 5 13329 @end example 13330 13331 @noindent 13332 Here, no output is printed until after the @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} is typed, because 13333 it is all buffered and sent down the pipe to @command{cat} in one shot. 13334 13335 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 13336 @subheading Advanced Notes: Controlling Output Buffering with @code{system} 13337 @cindex advanced features, buffering 13338 @cindex buffers, flushing 13339 @cindex buffering, input/output 13340 @cindex output, buffering 13341 13342 The @code{fflush} function provides explicit control over output buffering for 13343 individual files and pipes. However, its use is not portable to many other 13344 @command{awk} implementations. An alternative method to flush output 13345 buffers is to call @code{system} with a null string as its argument: 13346 13347 @example 13348 system("") # flush output 13349 @end example 13350 13351 @noindent 13352 @command{gawk} treats this use of the @code{system} function as a special 13353 case and is smart enough not to run a shell (or other command 13354 interpreter) with the empty command. Therefore, with @command{gawk}, this 13355 idiom is not only useful, it is also efficient. While this method should work 13356 with other @command{awk} implementations, it does not necessarily avoid 13357 starting an unnecessary shell. (Other implementations may only 13358 flush the buffer associated with the standard output and not necessarily 13359 all buffered output.) 13360 13361 If you think about what a programmer expects, it makes sense that 13362 @code{system} should flush any pending output. The following program: 13363 13364 @example 13365 BEGIN @{ 13366 print "first print" 13367 system("echo system echo") 13368 print "second print" 13369 @} 13370 @end example 13371 13372 @noindent 13373 must print: 13374 13375 @example 13376 first print 13377 system echo 13378 second print 13379 @end example 13380 13381 @noindent 13382 and not: 13383 13384 @example 13385 system echo 13386 first print 13387 second print 13388 @end example 13389 13390 If @command{awk} did not flush its buffers before calling @code{system}, 13391 you would see the latter (undesirable) output. 13392 13393 @node Time Functions 13394 @subsection Using @command{gawk}'s Timestamp Functions 13395 13396 @c STARTOFRANGE tst 13397 @cindex timestamps 13398 @c STARTOFRANGE logftst 13399 @cindex log files, timestamps in 13400 @c last comma does NOT start tertiary 13401 @c STARTOFRANGE filogtst 13402 @cindex files, log, timestamps in 13403 @c STARTOFRANGE gawtst 13404 @cindex @command{gawk}, timestamps 13405 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, timestamps and 13406 @code{awk} programs are commonly used to process log files 13407 containing timestamp information, indicating when a 13408 particular log record was written. Many programs log their timestamp 13409 in the form returned by the @code{time} system call, which is the 13410 number of seconds since a particular epoch. On POSIX-compliant systems, 13411 it is the number of seconds since 13412 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, not counting leap seconds.@footnote{@xref{Glossary}, 13413 especially the entries ``Epoch'' and ``UTC.''} 13414 All known POSIX-compliant systems support timestamps from 0 through 13415 @math{2^31 - 1}, which is sufficient to represent times through 13416 2038-01-19 03:14:07 UTC. Many systems support a wider range of timestamps, 13417 including negative timestamps that represent times before the 13418 epoch. 13419 13420 @cindex @command{date} utility, GNU 13421 @cindex time, retrieving 13422 In order to make it easier to process such log files and to produce 13423 useful reports, @command{gawk} provides the following functions for 13424 working with timestamps. They are @command{gawk} extensions; they are 13425 not specified in the POSIX standard, nor are they in any other known 13426 version of @command{awk}.@footnote{The GNU @command{date} utility can 13427 also do many of the things described here. Its use may be preferable 13428 for simple time-related operations in shell scripts.} 13429 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]): 13430 13431 @table @code 13432 @item systime() 13433 @cindex @code{systime} function (@command{gawk}) 13434 @cindex timestamps 13435 This function returns the current time as the number of seconds since 13436 the system epoch. On POSIX systems, this is the number of seconds 13437 since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC, not counting leap seconds. 13438 It may be a different number on 13439 other systems. 13440 13441 @item mktime(@var{datespec}) 13442 @cindex @code{mktime} function (@command{gawk}) 13443 This function turns @var{datespec} into a timestamp in the same form 13444 as is returned by @code{systime}. It is similar to the function of the 13445 same name in ISO C. The argument, @var{datespec}, is a string of the form 13446 @w{@code{"@var{YYYY} @var{MM} @var{DD} @var{HH} @var{MM} @var{SS} [@var{DST}]"}}. 13447 The string consists of six or seven numbers representing, respectively, 13448 the full year including century, the month from 1 to 12, the day of the month 13449 from 1 to 31, the hour of the day from 0 to 23, the minute from 0 to 13450 59, the second from 0 to 60,@footnote{Occasionally there are 13451 minutes in a year with a leap second, which is why the 13452 seconds can go up to 60.} 13453 and an optional daylight-savings flag. 13454 13455 The values of these numbers need not be within the ranges specified; 13456 for example, an hour of @minus{}1 means 1 hour before midnight. 13457 The origin-zero Gregorian calendar is assumed, with year 0 preceding 13458 year 1 and year @minus{}1 preceding year 0. 13459 The time is assumed to be in the local timezone. 13460 If the daylight-savings flag is positive, the time is assumed to be 13461 daylight savings time; if zero, the time is assumed to be standard 13462 time; and if negative (the default), @code{mktime} attempts to determine 13463 whether daylight savings time is in effect for the specified time. 13464 13465 If @var{datespec} does not contain enough elements or if the resulting time 13466 is out of range, @code{mktime} returns @minus{}1. 13467 13468 @item strftime(@r{[}@var{format} @r{[}, @var{timestamp}@r{]]}) 13469 @c STARTOFRANGE strf 13470 @cindex @code{strftime} function (@command{gawk}) 13471 This function returns a string. It is similar to the function of the 13472 same name in ISO C. The time specified by @var{timestamp} is used to 13473 produce a string, based on the contents of the @var{format} string. 13474 The @var{timestamp} is in the same format as the value returned by the 13475 @code{systime} function. If no @var{timestamp} argument is supplied, 13476 @command{gawk} uses the current time of day as the timestamp. 13477 If no @var{format} argument is supplied, @code{strftime} uses 13478 @code{@w{"%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y"}}. This format string produces 13479 output that is (almost) equivalent to that of the @command{date} utility. 13480 (Versions of @command{gawk} prior to 3.0 require the @var{format} argument.) 13481 @end table 13482 13483 The @code{systime} function allows you to compare a timestamp from a 13484 log file with the current time of day. In particular, it is easy to 13485 determine how long ago a particular record was logged. It also allows 13486 you to produce log records using the ``seconds since the epoch'' format. 13487 13488 @cindex converting, dates to timestamps 13489 @cindex dates, converting to timestamps 13490 @cindex timestamps, converting dates to 13491 The @code{mktime} function allows you to convert a textual representation 13492 of a date and time into a timestamp. This makes it easy to do before/after 13493 comparisons of dates and times, particularly when dealing with date and 13494 time data coming from an external source, such as a log file. 13495 13496 The @code{strftime} function allows you to easily turn a timestamp 13497 into human-readable information. It is similar in nature to the @code{sprintf} 13498 function 13499 (@pxref{String Functions}), 13500 in that it copies nonformat specification characters verbatim to the 13501 returned string, while substituting date and time values for format 13502 specifications in the @var{format} string. 13503 13504 @cindex format specifiers, @code{strftime} function (@command{gawk}) 13505 @code{strftime} is guaranteed by the 1999 ISO C standard@footnote{As this 13506 is a recent standard, not every system's @code{strftime} necessarily 13507 supports all of the conversions listed here.} 13508 to support the following date format specifications: 13509 13510 @table @code 13511 @item %a 13512 The locale's abbreviated weekday name. 13513 13514 @item %A 13515 The locale's full weekday name. 13516 13517 @item %b 13518 The locale's abbreviated month name. 13519 13520 @item %B 13521 The locale's full month name. 13522 13523 @item %c 13524 The locale's ``appropriate'' date and time representation. 13525 (This is @samp{%A %B %d %T %Y} in the @code{"C"} locale.) 13526 13527 @item %C 13528 The century. This is the year divided by 100 and truncated to the next 13529 lower integer. 13530 13531 @item %d 13532 The day of the month as a decimal number (01--31). 13533 13534 @item %D 13535 Equivalent to specifying @samp{%m/%d/%y}. 13536 13537 @item %e 13538 The day of the month, padded with a space if it is only one digit. 13539 13540 @item %F 13541 Equivalent to specifying @samp{%Y-%m-%d}. 13542 This is the ISO 8601 date format. 13543 13544 @item %g 13545 The year modulo 100 of the ISO week number, as a decimal number (00--99). 13546 For example, January 1, 1993 is in week 53 of 1992. Thus, the year 13547 of its ISO week number is 1992, even though its year is 1993. 13548 Similarly, December 31, 1973 is in week 1 of 1974. Thus, the year 13549 of its ISO week number is 1974, even though its year is 1973. 13550 13551 @item %G 13552 The full year of the ISO week number, as a decimal number. 13553 13554 @item %h 13555 Equivalent to @samp{%b}. 13556 13557 @item %H 13558 The hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (00--23). 13559 13560 @item %I 13561 The hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (01--12). 13562 13563 @item %j 13564 The day of the year as a decimal number (001--366). 13565 13566 @item %m 13567 The month as a decimal number (01--12). 13568 13569 @item %M 13570 The minute as a decimal number (00--59). 13571 13572 @item %n 13573 A newline character (ASCII LF). 13574 13575 @item %p 13576 The locale's equivalent of the AM/PM designations associated 13577 with a 12-hour clock. 13578 13579 @item %r 13580 The locale's 12-hour clock time. 13581 (This is @samp{%I:%M:%S %p} in the @code{"C"} locale.) 13582 13583 @item %R 13584 Equivalent to specifying @samp{%H:%M}. 13585 13586 @item %S 13587 The second as a decimal number (00--60). 13588 13589 @item %t 13590 A TAB character. 13591 13592 @item %T 13593 Equivalent to specifying @samp{%H:%M:%S}. 13594 13595 @item %u 13596 The weekday as a decimal number (1--7). Monday is day one. 13597 13598 @item %U 13599 The week number of the year (the first Sunday as the first day of week one) 13600 as a decimal number (00--53). 13601 13602 @c @cindex ISO 8601 13603 @item %V 13604 The week number of the year (the first Monday as the first 13605 day of week one) as a decimal number (01--53). 13606 The method for determining the week number is as specified by ISO 8601. 13607 (To wit: if the week containing January 1 has four or more days in the 13608 new year, then it is week one; otherwise it is week 53 of the previous year 13609 and the next week is week one.) 13610 13611 @item %w 13612 The weekday as a decimal number (0--6). Sunday is day zero. 13613 13614 @item %W 13615 The week number of the year (the first Monday as the first day of week one) 13616 as a decimal number (00--53). 13617 13618 @item %x 13619 The locale's ``appropriate'' date representation. 13620 (This is @samp{%A %B %d %Y} in the @code{"C"} locale.) 13621 13622 @item %X 13623 The locale's ``appropriate'' time representation. 13624 (This is @samp{%T} in the @code{"C"} locale.) 13625 13626 @item %y 13627 The year modulo 100 as a decimal number (00--99). 13628 13629 @item %Y 13630 The full year as a decimal number (e.g., 1995). 13631 13632 @c @cindex RFC 822 13633 @c @cindex RFC 1036 13634 @item %z 13635 The timezone offset in a +HHMM format (e.g., the format necessary to 13636 produce RFC 822/RFC 1036 date headers). 13637 13638 @item %Z 13639 The time zone name or abbreviation; no characters if 13640 no time zone is determinable. 13641 13642 @item %Ec %EC %Ex %EX %Ey %EY %Od %Oe %OH 13643 @itemx %OI %Om %OM %OS %Ou %OU %OV %Ow %OW %Oy 13644 ``Alternate representations'' for the specifications 13645 that use only the second letter (@samp{%c}, @samp{%C}, 13646 and so on).@footnote{If you don't understand any of this, don't worry about 13647 it; these facilities are meant to make it easier to ``internationalize'' 13648 programs. 13649 Other internationalization features are described in 13650 @ref{Internationalization}.} 13651 (These facilitate compliance with the POSIX @command{date} utility.) 13652 13653 @item %% 13654 A literal @samp{%}. 13655 @end table 13656 13657 If a conversion specifier is not one of the above, the behavior is 13658 undefined.@footnote{This is because ISO C leaves the 13659 behavior of the C version of @code{strftime} undefined and @command{gawk} 13660 uses the system's version of @code{strftime} if it's there. 13661 Typically, the conversion specifier either does not appear in the 13662 returned string or appears literally.} 13663 13664 @c @cindex locale, definition of 13665 Informally, a @dfn{locale} is the geographic place in which a program 13666 is meant to run. For example, a common way to abbreviate the date 13667 September 4, 1991 in the United States is ``9/4/91.'' 13668 In many countries in Europe, however, it is abbreviated ``4.9.91.'' 13669 Thus, the @samp{%x} specification in a @code{"US"} locale might produce 13670 @samp{9/4/91}, while in a @code{"EUROPE"} locale, it might produce 13671 @samp{4.9.91}. The ISO C standard defines a default @code{"C"} 13672 locale, which is an environment that is typical of what most C programmers 13673 are used to. 13674 13675 A public-domain C version of @code{strftime} is supplied with @command{gawk} 13676 for systems that are not yet fully standards-compliant. 13677 It supports all of the just listed format specifications. 13678 If that version is 13679 used to compile @command{gawk} (@pxref{Installation}), 13680 then the following additional format specifications are available: 13681 13682 @table @code 13683 @item %k 13684 The hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (0--23). 13685 Single-digit numbers are padded with a space. 13686 13687 @item %l 13688 The hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (1--12). 13689 Single-digit numbers are padded with a space. 13690 13691 @item %N 13692 The ``Emperor/Era'' name. 13693 Equivalent to @code{%C}. 13694 13695 @item %o 13696 The ``Emperor/Era'' year. 13697 Equivalent to @code{%y}. 13698 13699 @item %s 13700 The time as a decimal timestamp in seconds since the epoch. 13701 13702 @item %v 13703 The date in VMS format (e.g., @samp{20-JUN-1991}). 13704 @end table 13705 @c ENDOFRANGE strf 13706 13707 Additionally, the alternate representations are recognized but their 13708 normal representations are used. 13709 13710 @cindex @code{date} utility, POSIX 13711 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{date} utility and 13712 This example is an @command{awk} implementation of the POSIX 13713 @command{date} utility. Normally, the @command{date} utility prints the 13714 current date and time of day in a well-known format. However, if you 13715 provide an argument to it that begins with a @samp{+}, @command{date} 13716 copies nonformat specifier characters to the standard output and 13717 interprets the current time according to the format specifiers in 13718 the string. For example: 13719 13720 @example 13721 $ date '+Today is %A, %B %d, %Y.' 13722 @print{} Today is Thursday, September 14, 2000. 13723 @end example 13724 13725 Here is the @command{gawk} version of the @command{date} utility. 13726 It has a shell ``wrapper'' to handle the @option{-u} option, 13727 which requires that @command{date} run as if the time zone 13728 is set to UTC: 13729 13730 @example 13731 #! /bin/sh 13732 # 13733 # date --- approximate the P1003.2 'date' command 13734 13735 case $1 in 13736 -u) TZ=UTC0 # use UTC 13737 export TZ 13738 shift ;; 13739 esac 13740 13741 @c FIXME: One day, change %d to %e, when C 99 is common. 13742 gawk 'BEGIN @{ 13743 format = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" 13744 exitval = 0 13745 13746 if (ARGC > 2) 13747 exitval = 1 13748 else if (ARGC == 2) @{ 13749 format = ARGV[1] 13750 if (format ~ /^\+/) 13751 format = substr(format, 2) # remove leading + 13752 @} 13753 print strftime(format) 13754 exit exitval 13755 @}' "$@@" 13756 @end example 13757 @c ENDOFRANGE tst 13758 @c ENDOFRANGE logftst 13759 @c ENDOFRANGE filogtst 13760 @c ENDOFRANGE gawtst 13761 13762 @node Bitwise Functions 13763 @subsection Bit-Manipulation Functions of @command{gawk} 13764 @c STARTOFRANGE bit 13765 @cindex bitwise, operations 13766 @c STARTOFRANGE and 13767 @cindex AND bitwise operation 13768 @c STARTOFRANGE oro 13769 @cindex OR bitwise operation 13770 @c STARTOFRANGE xor 13771 @cindex XOR bitwise operation 13772 @c STARTOFRANGE opbit 13773 @cindex operations, bitwise 13774 @quotation 13775 @i{I can explain it for you, but I can't understand it for you.}@* 13776 Anonymous 13777 @end quotation 13778 13779 Many languages provide the ability to perform @dfn{bitwise} operations 13780 on two integer numbers. In other words, the operation is performed on 13781 each successive pair of bits in the operands. 13782 Three common operations are bitwise AND, OR, and XOR. 13783 The operations are described by the following table: 13784 13785 @ifnottex 13786 @display 13787 Bit Operator 13788 | AND | OR | XOR 13789 |---+---+---+---+---+--- 13790 Operands | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 1 13791 ----------+---+---+---+---+---+--- 13792 0 | 0 0 | 0 1 | 0 1 13793 1 | 0 1 | 1 1 | 1 0 13794 @end display 13795 @end ifnottex 13796 @tex 13797 \centerline{ 13798 \vbox{\bigskip % space above the table (about 1 linespace) 13799 % Because we have vertical rules, we can't let TeX insert interline space 13800 % in its usual way. 13801 \offinterlineskip 13802 \halign{\strut\hfil#\quad\hfil % operands 13803 &\vrule#&\quad#\quad % rule, 0 (of and) 13804 &\vrule#&\quad#\quad % rule, 1 (of and) 13805 &\vrule# % rule between and and or 13806 &\quad#\quad % 0 (of or) 13807 &\vrule#&\quad#\quad % rule, 1 (of of) 13808 &\vrule# % rule between or and xor 13809 &\quad#\quad % 0 of xor 13810 &\vrule#&\quad#\quad % rule, 1 of xor 13811 \cr 13812 &\omit&\multispan{11}\hfil\bf Bit operator\hfil\cr 13813 \noalign{\smallskip} 13814 & &\multispan3\hfil AND\hfil&&\multispan3\hfil OR\hfil 13815 &&\multispan3\hfil XOR\hfil\cr 13816 \bf Operands&&0&&1&&0&&1&&0&&1\cr 13817 \noalign{\hrule} 13818 \omit&height 2pt&&\omit&&&&\omit&&&&\omit\cr 13819 \noalign{\hrule height0pt}% without this the rule does not extend; why? 13820 0&&0&\omit&0&&0&\omit&1&&0&\omit&1\cr 13821 1&&0&\omit&1&&1&\omit&1&&1&\omit&0\cr 13822 }}} 13823 @end tex 13824 13825 @cindex bitwise, complement 13826 @cindex complement, bitwise 13827 As you can see, the result of an AND operation is 1 only when @emph{both} 13828 bits are 1. 13829 The result of an OR operation is 1 if @emph{either} bit is 1. 13830 The result of an XOR operation is 1 if either bit is 1, 13831 but not both. 13832 The next operation is the @dfn{complement}; the complement of 1 is 0 and 13833 the complement of 0 is 1. Thus, this operation ``flips'' all the bits 13834 of a given value. 13835 13836 @cindex bitwise, shift 13837 @cindex left shift, bitwise 13838 @cindex right shift, bitwise 13839 @cindex shift, bitwise 13840 Finally, two other common operations are to shift the bits left or right. 13841 For example, if you have a bit string @samp{10111001} and you shift it 13842 right by three bits, you end up with @samp{00010111}.@footnote{This example 13843 shows that 0's come in on the left side. For @command{gawk}, this is 13844 always true, but in some languages, it's possible to have the left side 13845 fill with 1's. Caveat emptor.} 13846 @c Purposely decided to use 0's and 1's here. 2/2001. 13847 If you start over 13848 again with @samp{10111001} and shift it left by three bits, you end up 13849 with @samp{11001000}. 13850 @command{gawk} provides built-in functions that implement the 13851 bitwise operations just described. They are: 13852 13853 @ignore 13854 @table @code 13855 @cindex @code{and} function (@command{gawk}) 13856 @item and(@var{v1}, @var{v2}) 13857 Return the bitwise AND of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13858 13859 @cindex @code{or} function (@command{gawk}) 13860 @item or(@var{v1}, @var{v2}) 13861 Return the bitwise OR of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13862 13863 @cindex @code{xor} function (@command{gawk}) 13864 @item xor(@var{v1}, @var{v2}) 13865 Return the bitwise XOR of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13866 13867 @cindex @code{compl} function (@command{gawk}) 13868 @item compl(@var{val}) 13869 Return the bitwise complement of @var{val}. 13870 13871 @cindex @code{lshift} function (@command{gawk}) 13872 @item lshift(@var{val}, @var{count}) 13873 Return the value of @var{val}, shifted left by @var{count} bits. 13874 13875 @cindex @code{rshift} function (@command{gawk}) 13876 @item rshift(@var{val}, @var{count}) 13877 Return the value of @var{val}, shifted right by @var{count} bits. 13878 @end table 13879 @end ignore 13880 13881 @cindex @command{gawk}, bitwise operations in 13882 @multitable {@code{rshift(@var{val}, @var{count})}} {Return the value of @var{val}, shifted right by @var{count} bits.} 13883 @cindex @code{and} function (@command{gawk}) 13884 @item @code{and(@var{v1}, @var{v2})} 13885 @tab Returns the bitwise AND of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13886 13887 @cindex @code{or} function (@command{gawk}) 13888 @item @code{or(@var{v1}, @var{v2})} 13889 @tab Returns the bitwise OR of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13890 13891 @cindex @code{xor} function (@command{gawk}) 13892 @item @code{xor(@var{v1}, @var{v2})} 13893 @tab Returns the bitwise XOR of the values provided by @var{v1} and @var{v2}. 13894 13895 @cindex @code{compl} function (@command{gawk}) 13896 @item @code{compl(@var{val})} 13897 @tab Returns the bitwise complement of @var{val}. 13898 13899 @cindex @code{lshift} function (@command{gawk}) 13900 @item @code{lshift(@var{val}, @var{count})} 13901 @tab Returns the value of @var{val}, shifted left by @var{count} bits. 13902 13903 @cindex @code{rshift} function (@command{gawk}) 13904 @item @code{rshift(@var{val}, @var{count})} 13905 @tab Returns the value of @var{val}, shifted right by @var{count} bits. 13906 @end multitable 13907 13908 For all of these functions, first the double-precision floating-point value is 13909 converted to the widest C unsigned integer type, then the bitwise operation is 13910 performed and then the result is converted back into a C @code{double}. (If 13911 you don't understand this paragraph, don't worry about it.) 13912 13913 Here is a user-defined function 13914 (@pxref{User-defined}) 13915 that illustrates the use of these functions: 13916 13917 @cindex @code{bits2str} user-defined function 13918 @cindex @code{testbits.awk} program 13919 @smallexample 13920 @group 13921 @c file eg/lib/bits2str.awk 13922 # bits2str --- turn a byte into readable 1's and 0's 13923 13924 function bits2str(bits, data, mask) 13925 @{ 13926 if (bits == 0) 13927 return "0" 13928 13929 mask = 1 13930 for (; bits != 0; bits = rshift(bits, 1)) 13931 data = (and(bits, mask) ? "1" : "0") data 13932 13933 while ((length(data) % 8) != 0) 13934 data = "0" data 13935 13936 return data 13937 @} 13938 @c endfile 13939 @end group 13940 13941 @c this is a hack to make testbits.awk self-contained 13942 @ignore 13943 @c file eg/prog/testbits.awk 13944 # bits2str --- turn a byte into readable 1's and 0's 13945 13946 function bits2str(bits, data, mask) 13947 @{ 13948 if (bits == 0) 13949 return "0" 13950 13951 mask = 1 13952 for (; bits != 0; bits = rshift(bits, 1)) 13953 data = (and(bits, mask) ? "1" : "0") data 13954 13955 while ((length(data) % 8) != 0) 13956 data = "0" data 13957 13958 return data 13959 @} 13960 @c endfile 13961 @end ignore 13962 @c file eg/prog/testbits.awk 13963 BEGIN @{ 13964 printf "123 = %s\n", bits2str(123) 13965 printf "0123 = %s\n", bits2str(0123) 13966 printf "0x99 = %s\n", bits2str(0x99) 13967 comp = compl(0x99) 13968 printf "compl(0x99) = %#x = %s\n", comp, bits2str(comp) 13969 shift = lshift(0x99, 2) 13970 printf "lshift(0x99, 2) = %#x = %s\n", shift, bits2str(shift) 13971 shift = rshift(0x99, 2) 13972 printf "rshift(0x99, 2) = %#x = %s\n", shift, bits2str(shift) 13973 @} 13974 @c endfile 13975 @end smallexample 13976 13977 @noindent 13978 This program produces the following output when run: 13979 13980 @smallexample 13981 $ gawk -f testbits.awk 13982 @print{} 123 = 01111011 13983 @print{} 0123 = 01010011 13984 @print{} 0x99 = 10011001 13985 @print{} compl(0x99) = 0xffffff66 = 11111111111111111111111101100110 13986 @print{} lshift(0x99, 2) = 0x264 = 0000001001100100 13987 @print{} rshift(0x99, 2) = 0x26 = 00100110 13988 @end smallexample 13989 13990 @cindex numbers, converting, to strings 13991 @cindex strings, converting, numbers to 13992 @cindex converting, numbers, to strings 13993 The @code{bits2str} function turns a binary number into a string. 13994 The number @code{1} represents a binary value where the rightmost bit 13995 is set to 1. Using this mask, 13996 the function repeatedly checks the rightmost bit. 13997 ANDing the mask with the value indicates whether the 13998 rightmost bit is 1 or not. If so, a @code{"1"} is concatenated onto the front 13999 of the string. 14000 Otherwise, a @code{"0"} is added. 14001 The value is then shifted right by one bit and the loop continues 14002 until there are no more 1 bits. 14003 14004 If the initial value is zero it returns a simple @code{"0"}. 14005 Otherwise, at the end, it pads the value with zeros to represent multiples 14006 of 8-bit quantities. This is typical in modern computers. 14007 14008 The main code in the @code{BEGIN} rule shows the difference between the 14009 decimal and octal values for the same numbers 14010 (@pxref{Nondecimal-numbers}), 14011 and then demonstrates the 14012 results of the @code{compl}, @code{lshift}, and @code{rshift} functions. 14013 @c ENDOFRANGE bit 14014 @c ENDOFRANGE and 14015 @c ENDOFRANGE oro 14016 @c ENDOFRANGE xor 14017 @c ENDOFRANGE opbit 14018 14019 @node I18N Functions 14020 @subsection Using @command{gawk}'s String-Translation Functions 14021 @cindex @command{gawk}, string-translation functions 14022 @cindex functions, string-translation 14023 @cindex internationalization 14024 @cindex @command{awk} programs, internationalizing 14025 14026 @command{gawk} provides facilities for internationalizing @command{awk} programs. 14027 These include the functions described in the following list. 14028 The descriptions here are purposely brief. 14029 @xref{Internationalization}, 14030 for the full story. 14031 Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets ([ ]): 14032 14033 @table @code 14034 @cindex @code{dcgettext} function (@command{gawk}) 14035 @item dcgettext(@var{string} @r{[}, @var{domain} @r{[}, @var{category}@r{]]}) 14036 This function returns the translation of @var{string} in 14037 text domain @var{domain} for locale category @var{category}. 14038 The default value for @var{domain} is the current value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14039 The default value for @var{category} is @code{"LC_MESSAGES"}. 14040 14041 @cindex @code{dcngettext} function (@command{gawk}) 14042 @item dcngettext(@var{string1}, @var{string2}, @var{number} @r{[}, @var{domain} @r{[}, @var{category}@r{]]}) 14043 This function returns the plural form used for @var{number} of the 14044 translation of @var{string1} and @var{string2} in text domain 14045 @var{domain} for locale category @var{category}. @var{string1} is the 14046 English singular variant of a message, and @var{string2} the English plural 14047 variant of the same message. 14048 The default value for @var{domain} is the current value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14049 The default value for @var{category} is @code{"LC_MESSAGES"}. 14050 14051 @cindex @code{bindtextdomain} function (@command{gawk}) 14052 @item bindtextdomain(@var{directory} @r{[}, @var{domain}@r{]}) 14053 This function allows you to specify the directory in which 14054 @command{gawk} will look for message translation files, in case they 14055 will not or cannot be placed in the ``standard'' locations 14056 (e.g., during testing). 14057 It returns the directory in which @var{domain} is ``bound.'' 14058 14059 The default @var{domain} is the value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14060 If @var{directory} is the null string (@code{""}), then 14061 @code{bindtextdomain} returns the current binding for the 14062 given @var{domain}. 14063 @end table 14064 @c ENDOFRANGE funcbi 14065 @c ENDOFRANGE bifunc 14066 14067 @node User-defined 14068 @section User-Defined Functions 14069 14070 @c STARTOFRANGE udfunc 14071 @cindex user-defined, functions 14072 @c STARTOFRANGE funcud 14073 @cindex functions, user-defined 14074 Complicated @command{awk} programs can often be simplified by defining 14075 your own functions. User-defined functions can be called just like 14076 built-in ones (@pxref{Function Calls}), but it is up to you to define 14077 them, i.e., to tell @command{awk} what they should do. 14078 14079 @menu 14080 * Definition Syntax:: How to write definitions and what they mean. 14081 * Function Example:: An example function definition and what it 14082 does. 14083 * Function Caveats:: Things to watch out for. 14084 * Return Statement:: Specifying the value a function returns. 14085 * Dynamic Typing:: How variable types can change at runtime. 14086 @end menu 14087 14088 @node Definition Syntax 14089 @subsection Function Definition Syntax 14090 14091 @c STARTOFRANGE fdef 14092 @cindex functions, defining 14093 Definitions of functions can appear anywhere between the rules of an 14094 @command{awk} program. Thus, the general form of an @command{awk} program is 14095 extended to include sequences of rules @emph{and} user-defined function 14096 definitions. 14097 There is no need to put the definition of a function 14098 before all uses of the function. This is because @command{awk} reads the 14099 entire program before starting to execute any of it. 14100 14101 The definition of a function named @var{name} looks like this: 14102 @c NEXT ED: put [ ] around parameter list 14103 14104 @example 14105 function @var{name}(@var{parameter-list}) 14106 @{ 14107 @var{body-of-function} 14108 @} 14109 @end example 14110 14111 @cindex names, functions 14112 @cindex functions, names of 14113 @cindex namespace issues, functions 14114 @noindent 14115 @var{name} is the name of the function to define. A valid function 14116 name is like a valid variable name: a sequence of letters, digits, and 14117 underscores that doesn't start with a digit. 14118 Within a single @command{awk} program, any particular name can only be 14119 used as a variable, array, or function. 14120 14121 @c NEXT ED: parameter-list is an OPTIONAL list of ... 14122 @var{parameter-list} is a list of the function's arguments and local 14123 variable names, separated by commas. When the function is called, 14124 the argument names are used to hold the argument values given in 14125 the call. The local variables are initialized to the empty string. 14126 A function cannot have two parameters with the same name, nor may it 14127 have a parameter with the same name as the function itself. 14128 14129 The @var{body-of-function} consists of @command{awk} statements. It is the 14130 most important part of the definition, because it says what the function 14131 should actually @emph{do}. The argument names exist to give the body a 14132 way to talk about the arguments; local variables exist to give the body 14133 places to keep temporary values. 14134 14135 Argument names are not distinguished syntactically from local variable 14136 names. Instead, the number of arguments supplied when the function is 14137 called determines how many argument variables there are. Thus, if three 14138 argument values are given, the first three names in @var{parameter-list} 14139 are arguments and the rest are local variables. 14140 14141 It follows that if the number of arguments is not the same in all calls 14142 to the function, some of the names in @var{parameter-list} may be 14143 arguments on some occasions and local variables on others. Another 14144 way to think of this is that omitted arguments default to the 14145 null string. 14146 14147 @cindex programming conventions, functions, writing 14148 Usually when you write a function, you know how many names you intend to 14149 use for arguments and how many you intend to use as local variables. It is 14150 conventional to place some extra space between the arguments and 14151 the local variables, in order to document how your function is supposed to be used. 14152 14153 @cindex variables, shadowing 14154 During execution of the function body, the arguments and local variable 14155 values hide, or @dfn{shadow}, any variables of the same names used in the 14156 rest of the program. The shadowed variables are not accessible in the 14157 function definition, because there is no way to name them while their 14158 names have been taken away for the local variables. All other variables 14159 used in the @command{awk} program can be referenced or set normally in the 14160 function's body. 14161 14162 The arguments and local variables last only as long as the function body 14163 is executing. Once the body finishes, you can once again access the 14164 variables that were shadowed while the function was running. 14165 14166 @cindex recursive functions 14167 @cindex functions, recursive 14168 The function body can contain expressions that call functions. They 14169 can even call this function, either directly or by way of another 14170 function. When this happens, we say the function is @dfn{recursive}. 14171 The act of a function calling itself is called @dfn{recursion}. 14172 14173 @c @cindex @command{awk} language, POSIX version 14174 @c @cindex POSIX @command{awk} 14175 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, @code{function} keyword in 14176 In many @command{awk} implementations, including @command{gawk}, 14177 the keyword @code{function} may be 14178 abbreviated @code{func}. However, POSIX only specifies the use of 14179 the keyword @code{function}. This actually has some practical implications. 14180 If @command{gawk} is in POSIX-compatibility mode 14181 (@pxref{Options}), then the following 14182 statement does @emph{not} define a function: 14183 14184 @example 14185 func foo() @{ a = sqrt($1) ; print a @} 14186 @end example 14187 14188 @noindent 14189 Instead it defines a rule that, for each record, concatenates the value 14190 of the variable @samp{func} with the return value of the function @samp{foo}. 14191 If the resulting string is non-null, the action is executed. 14192 This is probably not what is desired. (@command{awk} accepts this input as 14193 syntactically valid, because functions may be used before they are defined 14194 in @command{awk} programs.) 14195 @c NEXT ED: This won't actually run, since foo() is undefined ... 14196 14197 @c last comma does NOT start tertiary 14198 @cindex portability, functions, defining 14199 To ensure that your @command{awk} programs are portable, always use the 14200 keyword @code{function} when defining a function. 14201 14202 @node Function Example 14203 @subsection Function Definition Examples 14204 14205 Here is an example of a user-defined function, called @code{myprint}, that 14206 takes a number and prints it in a specific format: 14207 14208 @example 14209 function myprint(num) 14210 @{ 14211 printf "%6.3g\n", num 14212 @} 14213 @end example 14214 14215 @noindent 14216 To illustrate, here is an @command{awk} rule that uses our @code{myprint} 14217 function: 14218 14219 @example 14220 $3 > 0 @{ myprint($3) @} 14221 @end example 14222 14223 @noindent 14224 This program prints, in our special format, all the third fields that 14225 contain a positive number in our input. Therefore, when given the following: 14226 14227 @example 14228 1.2 3.4 5.6 7.8 14229 9.10 11.12 -13.14 15.16 14230 17.18 19.20 21.22 23.24 14231 @end example 14232 14233 @noindent 14234 this program, using our function to format the results, prints: 14235 14236 @example 14237 5.6 14238 21.2 14239 @end example 14240 14241 This function deletes all the elements in an array: 14242 14243 @example 14244 function delarray(a, i) 14245 @{ 14246 for (i in a) 14247 delete a[i] 14248 @} 14249 @end example 14250 14251 When working with arrays, it is often necessary to delete all the elements 14252 in an array and start over with a new list of elements 14253 (@pxref{Delete}). 14254 Instead of having 14255 to repeat this loop everywhere that you need to clear out 14256 an array, your program can just call @code{delarray}. 14257 (This guarantees portability. The use of @samp{delete @var{array}} to delete 14258 the contents of an entire array is a nonstandard extension.) 14259 14260 The following is an example of a recursive function. It takes a string 14261 as an input parameter and returns the string in backwards order. 14262 Recursive functions must always have a test that stops the recursion. 14263 In this case, the recursion terminates when the starting position 14264 is zero, i.e., when there are no more characters left in the string. 14265 14266 @cindex @code{rev} user-defined function 14267 @example 14268 function rev(str, start) 14269 @{ 14270 if (start == 0) 14271 return "" 14272 14273 return (substr(str, start, 1) rev(str, start - 1)) 14274 @} 14275 @end example 14276 14277 If this function is in a file named @file{rev.awk}, it can be tested 14278 this way: 14279 14280 @example 14281 $ echo "Don't Panic!" | 14282 > gawk --source '@{ print rev($0, length($0)) @}' -f rev.awk 14283 @print{} !cinaP t'noD 14284 @end example 14285 14286 The C @code{ctime} function takes a timestamp and returns it in a string, 14287 formatted in a well-known fashion. 14288 The following example uses the built-in @code{strftime} function 14289 (@pxref{Time Functions}) 14290 to create an @command{awk} version of @code{ctime}: 14291 14292 @cindex @code{ctime} user-defined function 14293 @c FIXME: One day, change %d to %e, when C 99 is common. 14294 @example 14295 @c file eg/lib/ctime.awk 14296 # ctime.awk 14297 # 14298 # awk version of C ctime(3) function 14299 14300 function ctime(ts, format) 14301 @{ 14302 format = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" 14303 if (ts == 0) 14304 ts = systime() # use current time as default 14305 return strftime(format, ts) 14306 @} 14307 @c endfile 14308 @end example 14309 @c ENDOFRANGE fdef 14310 14311 @node Function Caveats 14312 @subsection Calling User-Defined Functions 14313 14314 @c STARTOFRANGE fudc 14315 @cindex functions, user-defined, calling 14316 @dfn{Calling a function} means causing the function to run and do its job. 14317 A function call is an expression and its value is the value returned by 14318 the function. 14319 14320 A function call consists of the function name followed by the arguments 14321 in parentheses. @command{awk} expressions are what you write in the 14322 call for the arguments. Each time the call is executed, these 14323 expressions are evaluated, and the values are the actual arguments. For 14324 example, here is a call to @code{foo} with three arguments (the first 14325 being a string concatenation): 14326 14327 @example 14328 foo(x y, "lose", 4 * z) 14329 @end example 14330 14331 @strong{Caution:} Whitespace characters (spaces and tabs) are not allowed 14332 between the function name and the open-parenthesis of the argument list. 14333 If you write whitespace by mistake, @command{awk} might think that you mean 14334 to concatenate a variable with an expression in parentheses. However, it 14335 notices that you used a function name and not a variable name, and reports 14336 an error. 14337 14338 @cindex call by value 14339 When a function is called, it is given a @emph{copy} of the values of 14340 its arguments. This is known as @dfn{call by value}. The caller may use 14341 a variable as the expression for the argument, but the called function 14342 does not know this---it only knows what value the argument had. For 14343 example, if you write the following code: 14344 14345 @example 14346 foo = "bar" 14347 z = myfunc(foo) 14348 @end example 14349 14350 @noindent 14351 then you should not think of the argument to @code{myfunc} as being 14352 ``the variable @code{foo}.'' Instead, think of the argument as the 14353 string value @code{"bar"}. 14354 If the function @code{myfunc} alters the values of its local variables, 14355 this has no effect on any other variables. Thus, if @code{myfunc} 14356 does this: 14357 14358 @example 14359 function myfunc(str) 14360 @{ 14361 print str 14362 str = "zzz" 14363 print str 14364 @} 14365 @end example 14366 14367 @noindent 14368 to change its first argument variable @code{str}, it does @emph{not} 14369 change the value of @code{foo} in the caller. The role of @code{foo} in 14370 calling @code{myfunc} ended when its value (@code{"bar"}) was computed. 14371 If @code{str} also exists outside of @code{myfunc}, the function body 14372 cannot alter this outer value, because it is shadowed during the 14373 execution of @code{myfunc} and cannot be seen or changed from there. 14374 14375 @cindex call by reference 14376 @cindex arrays, as parameters to functions 14377 @cindex functions, arrays as parameters to 14378 However, when arrays are the parameters to functions, they are @emph{not} 14379 copied. Instead, the array itself is made available for direct manipulation 14380 by the function. This is usually called @dfn{call by reference}. 14381 Changes made to an array parameter inside the body of a function @emph{are} 14382 visible outside that function. 14383 14384 @strong{Note:} Changing an array parameter inside a function 14385 can be very dangerous if you do not watch what you are doing. 14386 For example: 14387 14388 @example 14389 function changeit(array, ind, nvalue) 14390 @{ 14391 array[ind] = nvalue 14392 @} 14393 14394 BEGIN @{ 14395 a[1] = 1; a[2] = 2; a[3] = 3 14396 changeit(a, 2, "two") 14397 printf "a[1] = %s, a[2] = %s, a[3] = %s\n", 14398 a[1], a[2], a[3] 14399 @} 14400 @end example 14401 14402 @noindent 14403 prints @samp{a[1] = 1, a[2] = two, a[3] = 3}, because 14404 @code{changeit} stores @code{"two"} in the second element of @code{a}. 14405 14406 @cindex undefined functions 14407 @cindex functions, undefined 14408 Some @command{awk} implementations allow you to call a function that 14409 has not been defined. They only report a problem at runtime when the 14410 program actually tries to call the function. For example: 14411 14412 @example 14413 BEGIN @{ 14414 if (0) 14415 foo() 14416 else 14417 bar() 14418 @} 14419 function bar() @{ @dots{} @} 14420 # note that `foo' is not defined 14421 @end example 14422 14423 @noindent 14424 Because the @samp{if} statement will never be true, it is not really a 14425 problem that @code{foo} has not been defined. Usually, though, it is a 14426 problem if a program calls an undefined function. 14427 14428 @cindex lint checking, undefined functions 14429 If @option{--lint} is specified 14430 (@pxref{Options}), 14431 @command{gawk} reports calls to undefined functions. 14432 14433 @cindex portability, @code{next} statement in user-defined functions 14434 Some @command{awk} implementations generate a runtime 14435 error if you use the @code{next} statement 14436 (@pxref{Next Statement}) 14437 inside a user-defined function. 14438 @command{gawk} does not have this limitation. 14439 @c ENDOFRANGE fudc 14440 14441 @node Return Statement 14442 @subsection The @code{return} Statement 14443 @c comma does NOT start a secondary 14444 @cindex @code{return} statement, user-defined functions 14445 14446 The body of a user-defined function can contain a @code{return} statement. 14447 This statement returns control to the calling part of the @command{awk} program. It 14448 can also be used to return a value for use in the rest of the @command{awk} 14449 program. It looks like this: 14450 14451 @example 14452 return @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]} 14453 @end example 14454 14455 The @var{expression} part is optional. If it is omitted, then the returned 14456 value is undefined, and therefore, unpredictable. 14457 14458 A @code{return} statement with no value expression is assumed at the end of 14459 every function definition. So if control reaches the end of the function 14460 body, then the function returns an unpredictable value. @command{awk} 14461 does @emph{not} warn you if you use the return value of such a function. 14462 14463 Sometimes, you want to write a function for what it does, not for 14464 what it returns. Such a function corresponds to a @code{void} function 14465 in C or to a @code{procedure} in Pascal. Thus, it may be appropriate to not 14466 return any value; simply bear in mind that if you use the return 14467 value of such a function, you do so at your own risk. 14468 14469 The following is an example of a user-defined function that returns a value 14470 for the largest number among the elements of an array: 14471 14472 @example 14473 function maxelt(vec, i, ret) 14474 @{ 14475 for (i in vec) @{ 14476 if (ret == "" || vec[i] > ret) 14477 ret = vec[i] 14478 @} 14479 return ret 14480 @} 14481 @end example 14482 14483 @cindex programming conventions, function parameters 14484 @noindent 14485 You call @code{maxelt} with one argument, which is an array name. The local 14486 variables @code{i} and @code{ret} are not intended to be arguments; 14487 while there is nothing to stop you from passing more than one argument 14488 to @code{maxelt}, the results would be strange. The extra space before 14489 @code{i} in the function parameter list indicates that @code{i} and 14490 @code{ret} are not supposed to be arguments. 14491 You should follow this convention when defining functions. 14492 14493 The following program uses the @code{maxelt} function. It loads an 14494 array, calls @code{maxelt}, and then reports the maximum number in that 14495 array: 14496 14497 @example 14498 function maxelt(vec, i, ret) 14499 @{ 14500 for (i in vec) @{ 14501 if (ret == "" || vec[i] > ret) 14502 ret = vec[i] 14503 @} 14504 return ret 14505 @} 14506 14507 # Load all fields of each record into nums. 14508 @{ 14509 for(i = 1; i <= NF; i++) 14510 nums[NR, i] = $i 14511 @} 14512 14513 END @{ 14514 print maxelt(nums) 14515 @} 14516 @end example 14517 14518 Given the following input: 14519 14520 @example 14521 1 5 23 8 16 14522 44 3 5 2 8 26 14523 256 291 1396 2962 100 14524 -6 467 998 1101 14525 99385 11 0 225 14526 @end example 14527 14528 @noindent 14529 the program reports (predictably) that @code{99385} is the largest number 14530 in the array. 14531 14532 @node Dynamic Typing 14533 @subsection Functions and Their Effects on Variable Typing 14534 14535 @command{awk} is a very fluid language. 14536 It is possible that @command{awk} can't tell if an identifier 14537 represents a regular variable or an array until runtime. 14538 Here is an annotated sample program: 14539 14540 @example 14541 function foo(a) 14542 @{ 14543 a[1] = 1 # parameter is an array 14544 @} 14545 14546 BEGIN @{ 14547 b = 1 14548 foo(b) # invalid: fatal type mismatch 14549 14550 foo(x) # x uninitialized, becomes an array dynamically 14551 x = 1 # now not allowed, runtime error 14552 @} 14553 @end example 14554 14555 Usually, such things aren't a big issue, but it's worth 14556 being aware of them. 14557 @c ENDOFRANGE udfunc 14558 @c ENDOFRANGE funcud 14559 14560 @node Internationalization 14561 @chapter Internationalization with @command{gawk} 14562 14563 Once upon a time, computer makers 14564 wrote software that worked only in English. 14565 Eventually, hardware and software vendors noticed that if their 14566 systems worked in the native languages of non-English-speaking 14567 countries, they were able to sell more systems. 14568 As a result, internationalization and localization 14569 of programs and software systems became a common practice. 14570 14571 @c STARTOFRANGE inloc 14572 @cindex internationalization, localization 14573 @cindex @command{gawk}, internationalization and, See internationalization 14574 @cindex internationalization, localization, @command{gawk} and 14575 Until recently, the ability to provide internationalization 14576 was largely restricted to programs written in C and C++. 14577 This @value{CHAPTER} describes the underlying library @command{gawk} 14578 uses for internationalization, as well as how 14579 @command{gawk} makes internationalization 14580 features available at the @command{awk} program level. 14581 Having internationalization available at the @command{awk} level 14582 gives software developers additional flexibility---they are no 14583 longer required to write in C when internationalization is 14584 a requirement. 14585 14586 @menu 14587 * I18N and L10N:: Internationalization and Localization. 14588 * Explaining gettext:: How GNU @code{gettext} works. 14589 * Programmer i18n:: Features for the programmer. 14590 * Translator i18n:: Features for the translator. 14591 * I18N Example:: A simple i18n example. 14592 * Gawk I18N:: @command{gawk} is also internationalized. 14593 @end menu 14594 14595 @node I18N and L10N 14596 @section Internationalization and Localization 14597 14598 @cindex internationalization 14599 @c comma is part of see 14600 @cindex localization, See internationalization, localization 14601 @cindex localization 14602 @dfn{Internationalization} means writing (or modifying) a program once, 14603 in such a way that it can use multiple languages without requiring 14604 further source-code changes. 14605 @dfn{Localization} means providing the data necessary for an 14606 internationalized program to work in a particular language. 14607 Most typically, these terms refer to features such as the language 14608 used for printing error messages, the language used to read 14609 responses, and information related to how numerical and 14610 monetary values are printed and read. 14611 14612 @node Explaining gettext 14613 @section GNU @code{gettext} 14614 14615 @cindex internationalizing a program 14616 @c STARTOFRANGE gettex 14617 @cindex @code{gettext} library 14618 The facilities in GNU @code{gettext} focus on messages; strings printed 14619 by a program, either directly or via formatting with @code{printf} or 14620 @code{sprintf}.@footnote{For some operating systems, the @command{gawk} 14621 port doesn't support GNU @code{gettext}. This applies most notably to 14622 the PC operating systems. As such, these features are not available 14623 if you are using one of those operating systems. Sorry.} 14624 14625 @cindex portability, @code{gettext} library and 14626 When using GNU @code{gettext}, each application has its own 14627 @dfn{text domain}. This is a unique name, such as @samp{kpilot} or @samp{gawk}, 14628 that identifies the application. 14629 A complete application may have multiple components---programs written 14630 in C or C++, as well as scripts written in @command{sh} or @command{awk}. 14631 All of the components use the same text domain. 14632 14633 To make the discussion concrete, assume we're writing an application 14634 named @command{guide}. Internationalization consists of the 14635 following steps, in this order: 14636 14637 @enumerate 14638 @item 14639 The programmer goes 14640 through the source for all of @command{guide}'s components 14641 and marks each string that is a candidate for translation. 14642 For example, @code{"`-F': option required"} is a good candidate for translation. 14643 A table with strings of option names is not (e.g., @command{gawk}'s 14644 @option{--profile} option should remain the same, no matter what the local 14645 language). 14646 14647 @cindex @code{textdomain} function (C library) 14648 @item 14649 The programmer indicates the application's text domain 14650 (@code{"guide"}) to the @code{gettext} library, 14651 by calling the @code{textdomain} function. 14652 14653 @item 14654 Messages from the application are extracted from the source code and 14655 collected into a portable object file (@file{guide.po}), 14656 which lists the strings and their translations. 14657 The translations are initially empty. 14658 The original (usually English) messages serve as the key for 14659 lookup of the translations. 14660 14661 @cindex @code{.po} files 14662 @cindex files, @code{.po} 14663 @cindex portable object files 14664 @cindex files, portable object 14665 @item 14666 For each language with a translator, @file{guide.po} 14667 is copied and translations are created and shipped with the application. 14668 14669 @cindex @code{.mo} files 14670 @cindex files, @code{.mo} 14671 @cindex message object files 14672 @cindex files, message object 14673 @item 14674 Each language's @file{.po} file is converted into a binary 14675 message object (@file{.mo}) file. 14676 A message object file contains the original messages and their 14677 translations in a binary format that allows fast lookup of translations 14678 at runtime. 14679 14680 @item 14681 When @command{guide} is built and installed, the binary translation files 14682 are installed in a standard place. 14683 14684 @cindex @code{bindtextdomain} function (C library) 14685 @item 14686 For testing and development, it is possible to tell @code{gettext} 14687 to use @file{.mo} files in a different directory than the standard 14688 one by using the @code{bindtextdomain} function. 14689 14690 @cindex @code{.mo} files, specifying directory of 14691 @cindex files, @code{.mo}, specifying directory of 14692 @cindex message object files, specifying directory of 14693 @cindex files, message object, specifying directory of 14694 @item 14695 At runtime, @command{guide} looks up each string via a call 14696 to @code{gettext}. The returned string is the translated string 14697 if available, or the original string if not. 14698 14699 @item 14700 If necessary, it is possible to access messages from a different 14701 text domain than the one belonging to the application, without 14702 having to switch the application's default text domain back 14703 and forth. 14704 @end enumerate 14705 14706 @cindex @code{gettext} function (C library) 14707 In C (or C++), the string marking and dynamic translation lookup 14708 are accomplished by wrapping each string in a call to @code{gettext}: 14709 14710 @example 14711 printf(gettext("Don't Panic!\n")); 14712 @end example 14713 14714 The tools that extract messages from source code pull out all 14715 strings enclosed in calls to @code{gettext}. 14716 14717 @cindex @code{_} (underscore), @code{_} C macro 14718 @cindex underscore (@code{_}), @code{_} C macro 14719 The GNU @code{gettext} developers, recognizing that typing 14720 @samp{gettext} over and over again is both painful and ugly to look 14721 at, use the macro @samp{_} (an underscore) to make things easier: 14722 14723 @example 14724 /* In the standard header file: */ 14725 #define _(str) gettext(str) 14726 14727 /* In the program text: */ 14728 printf(_("Don't Panic!\n")); 14729 @end example 14730 14731 @cindex internationalization, localization, locale categories 14732 @cindex @code{gettext} library, locale categories 14733 @cindex locale categories 14734 @noindent 14735 This reduces the typing overhead to just three extra characters per string 14736 and is considerably easier to read as well. 14737 There are locale @dfn{categories} 14738 for different types of locale-related information. 14739 The defined locale categories that @code{gettext} knows about are: 14740 14741 @table @code 14742 @cindex @code{LC_MESSAGES} locale category 14743 @item LC_MESSAGES 14744 Text messages. This is the default category for @code{gettext} 14745 operations, but it is possible to supply a different one explicitly, 14746 if necessary. (It is almost never necessary to supply a different category.) 14747 14748 @cindex sorting characters in different languages 14749 @cindex @code{LC_COLLATE} locale category 14750 @item LC_COLLATE 14751 Text-collation information; i.e., how different characters 14752 and/or groups of characters sort in a given language. 14753 14754 @cindex @code{LC_CTYPE} locale category 14755 @item LC_CTYPE 14756 Character-type information (alphabetic, digit, upper- or lowercase, and 14757 so on). 14758 This information is accessed via the 14759 POSIX character classes in regular expressions, 14760 such as @code{/[[:alnum:]]/} 14761 (@pxref{Regexp Operators}). 14762 14763 @cindex monetary information, localization 14764 @cindex currency symbols, localization 14765 @cindex @code{LC_MONETARY} locale category 14766 @item LC_MONETARY 14767 Monetary information, such as the currency symbol, and whether the 14768 symbol goes before or after a number. 14769 14770 @cindex @code{LC_NUMERIC} locale category 14771 @item LC_NUMERIC 14772 Numeric information, such as which characters to use for the decimal 14773 point and the thousands separator.@footnote{Americans 14774 use a comma every three decimal places and a period for the decimal 14775 point, while many Europeans do exactly the opposite: 14776 @code{1,234.56} versus @code{1.234,56}.} 14777 14778 @cindex @code{LC_RESPONSE} locale category 14779 @item LC_RESPONSE 14780 Response information, such as how ``yes'' and ``no'' appear in the 14781 local language, and possibly other information as well. 14782 14783 @cindex time, localization and 14784 @c last comma does NOT start a tertiary 14785 @cindex dates, information related to, localization 14786 @cindex @code{LC_TIME} locale category 14787 @item LC_TIME 14788 Time- and date-related information, such as 12- or 24-hour clock, month printed 14789 before or after day in a date, local month abbreviations, and so on. 14790 14791 @cindex @code{LC_ALL} locale category 14792 @item LC_ALL 14793 All of the above. (Not too useful in the context of @code{gettext}.) 14794 @end table 14795 @c ENDOFRANGE gettex 14796 14797 @node Programmer i18n 14798 @section Internationalizing @command{awk} Programs 14799 @c STARTOFRANGE inap 14800 @cindex @command{awk} programs, internationalizing 14801 14802 @command{gawk} provides the following variables and functions for 14803 internationalization: 14804 14805 @table @code 14806 @cindex @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable 14807 @item TEXTDOMAIN 14808 This variable indicates the application's text domain. 14809 For compatibility with GNU @code{gettext}, the default 14810 value is @code{"messages"}. 14811 14812 @cindex internationalization, localization, marked strings 14813 @cindex strings, for localization 14814 @item _"your message here" 14815 String constants marked with a leading underscore 14816 are candidates for translation at runtime. 14817 String constants without a leading underscore are not translated. 14818 14819 @cindex @code{dcgettext} function (@command{gawk}) 14820 @item dcgettext(@var{string} @r{[}, @var{domain} @r{[}, @var{category}@r{]]}) 14821 This built-in function returns the translation of @var{string} in 14822 text domain @var{domain} for locale category @var{category}. 14823 The default value for @var{domain} is the current value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14824 The default value for @var{category} is @code{"LC_MESSAGES"}. 14825 14826 If you supply a value for @var{category}, it must be a string equal to 14827 one of the known locale categories described in 14828 @ifnotinfo 14829 the previous @value{SECTION}. 14830 @end ifnotinfo 14831 @ifinfo 14832 @ref{Explaining gettext}. 14833 @end ifinfo 14834 You must also supply a text domain. Use @code{TEXTDOMAIN} if 14835 you want to use the current domain. 14836 14837 @strong{Caution:} The order of arguments to the @command{awk} version 14838 of the @code{dcgettext} function is purposely different from the order for 14839 the C version. The @command{awk} version's order was 14840 chosen to be simple and to allow for reasonable @command{awk}-style 14841 default arguments. 14842 14843 @cindex @code{dcngettext} function (@command{gawk}) 14844 @item dcngettext(@var{string1}, @var{string2}, @var{number} @r{[}, @var{domain} @r{[}, @var{category}@r{]]}) 14845 This built-in function returns the plural form used for @var{number} of the 14846 translation of @var{string1} and @var{string2} in text domain 14847 @var{domain} for locale category @var{category}. @var{string1} is the 14848 English singular variant of a message, and @var{string2} the English plural 14849 variant of the same message. 14850 The default value for @var{domain} is the current value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14851 The default value for @var{category} is @code{"LC_MESSAGES"}. 14852 14853 The same remarks as for the @code{dcgettext} function apply. 14854 14855 @cindex @code{.mo} files, specifying directory of 14856 @cindex files, @code{.mo}, specifying directory of 14857 @cindex message object files, specifying directory of 14858 @cindex files, message object, specifying directory of 14859 @cindex @code{bindtextdomain} function (@command{gawk}) 14860 @item bindtextdomain(@var{directory} @r{[}, @var{domain}@r{]}) 14861 This built-in function allows you to specify the directory in which 14862 @code{gettext} looks for @file{.mo} files, in case they 14863 will not or cannot be placed in the standard locations 14864 (e.g., during testing). 14865 It returns the directory in which @var{domain} is ``bound.'' 14866 14867 The default @var{domain} is the value of @code{TEXTDOMAIN}. 14868 If @var{directory} is the null string (@code{""}), then 14869 @code{bindtextdomain} returns the current binding for the 14870 given @var{domain}. 14871 @end table 14872 14873 To use these facilities in your @command{awk} program, follow the steps 14874 outlined in 14875 @ifnotinfo 14876 the previous @value{SECTION}, 14877 @end ifnotinfo 14878 @ifinfo 14879 @ref{Explaining gettext}, 14880 @end ifinfo 14881 like so: 14882 14883 @enumerate 14884 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable and 14885 @cindex @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable, @code{BEGIN} pattern and 14886 @item 14887 Set the variable @code{TEXTDOMAIN} to the text domain of 14888 your program. This is best done in a @code{BEGIN} rule 14889 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}), 14890 or it can also be done via the @option{-v} command-line 14891 option (@pxref{Options}): 14892 14893 @example 14894 BEGIN @{ 14895 TEXTDOMAIN = "guide" 14896 @dots{} 14897 @} 14898 @end example 14899 14900 @cindex @code{_} (underscore), translatable string 14901 @cindex underscore (@code{_}), translatable string 14902 @item 14903 Mark all translatable strings with a leading underscore (@samp{_}) 14904 character. It @emph{must} be adjacent to the opening 14905 quote of the string. For example: 14906 14907 @example 14908 print _"hello, world" 14909 x = _"you goofed" 14910 printf(_"Number of users is %d\n", nusers) 14911 @end example 14912 14913 @item 14914 If you are creating strings dynamically, you can 14915 still translate them, using the @code{dcgettext} 14916 built-in function: 14917 14918 @example 14919 message = nusers " users logged in" 14920 message = dcgettext(message, "adminprog") 14921 print message 14922 @end example 14923 14924 Here, the call to @code{dcgettext} supplies a different 14925 text domain (@code{"adminprog"}) in which to find the 14926 message, but it uses the default @code{"LC_MESSAGES"} category. 14927 14928 @cindex @code{LC_MESSAGES} locale category, @code{bindtextdomain} function (@command{gawk}) 14929 @item 14930 During development, you might want to put the @file{.mo} 14931 file in a private directory for testing. This is done 14932 with the @code{bindtextdomain} built-in function: 14933 14934 @example 14935 BEGIN @{ 14936 TEXTDOMAIN = "guide" # our text domain 14937 if (Testing) @{ 14938 # where to find our files 14939 bindtextdomain("testdir") 14940 # joe is in charge of adminprog 14941 bindtextdomain("../joe/testdir", "adminprog") 14942 @} 14943 @dots{} 14944 @} 14945 @end example 14946 14947 @end enumerate 14948 14949 @xref{I18N Example}, 14950 for an example program showing the steps to create 14951 and use translations from @command{awk}. 14952 14953 @node Translator i18n 14954 @section Translating @command{awk} Programs 14955 14956 @cindex @code{.po} files 14957 @cindex files, @code{.po} 14958 @cindex portable object files 14959 @cindex files, portable object 14960 Once a program's translatable strings have been marked, they must 14961 be extracted to create the initial @file{.po} file. 14962 As part of translation, it is often helpful to rearrange the order 14963 in which arguments to @code{printf} are output. 14964 14965 @command{gawk}'s @option{--gen-po} command-line option extracts 14966 the messages and is discussed next. 14967 After that, @code{printf}'s ability to 14968 rearrange the order for @code{printf} arguments at runtime 14969 is covered. 14970 14971 @menu 14972 * String Extraction:: Extracting marked strings. 14973 * Printf Ordering:: Rearranging @code{printf} arguments. 14974 * I18N Portability:: @command{awk}-level portability issues. 14975 @end menu 14976 14977 @node String Extraction 14978 @subsection Extracting Marked Strings 14979 @cindex strings, extracting 14980 @c comma does NOT start secondary 14981 @cindex marked strings, extracting 14982 @cindex @code{--gen-po} option 14983 @cindex command-line options, string extraction 14984 @cindex string extraction (internationalization) 14985 @cindex marked string extraction (internationalization) 14986 @cindex extraction, of marked strings (internationalization) 14987 14988 @cindex @code{--gen-po} option 14989 Once your @command{awk} program is working, and all the strings have 14990 been marked and you've set (and perhaps bound) the text domain, 14991 it is time to produce translations. 14992 First, use the @option{--gen-po} command-line option to create 14993 the initial @file{.po} file: 14994 14995 @example 14996 $ gawk --gen-po -f guide.awk > guide.po 14997 @end example 14998 14999 @cindex @code{xgettext} utility 15000 When run with @option{--gen-po}, @command{gawk} does not execute your 15001 program. Instead, it parses it as usual and prints all marked strings 15002 to standard output in the format of a GNU @code{gettext} Portable Object 15003 file. Also included in the output are any constant strings that 15004 appear as the first argument to @code{dcgettext} or as the first and 15005 second argument to @code{dcngettext}.@footnote{Starting with @code{gettext} 15006 version 0.11.5, the @command{xgettext} utility that comes with GNU 15007 @code{gettext} can handle @file{.awk} files.} 15008 @xref{I18N Example}, 15009 for the full list of steps to go through to create and test 15010 translations for @command{guide}. 15011 15012 @node Printf Ordering 15013 @subsection Rearranging @code{printf} Arguments 15014 15015 @cindex @code{printf} statement, positional specifiers 15016 @c comma does NOT start secondary 15017 @cindex positional specifiers, @code{printf} statement 15018 Format strings for @code{printf} and @code{sprintf} 15019 (@pxref{Printf}) 15020 present a special problem for translation. 15021 Consider the following:@footnote{This example is borrowed 15022 from the GNU @code{gettext} manual.} 15023 15024 @c line broken here only for smallbook format 15025 @example 15026 printf(_"String `%s' has %d characters\n", 15027 string, length(string))) 15028 @end example 15029 15030 A possible German translation for this might be: 15031 15032 @example 15033 "%d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%s'\n" 15034 @end example 15035 15036 The problem should be obvious: the order of the format 15037 specifications is different from the original! 15038 Even though @code{gettext} can return the translated string 15039 at runtime, 15040 it cannot change the argument order in the call to @code{printf}. 15041 15042 To solve this problem, @code{printf} format specificiers may have 15043 an additional optional element, which we call a @dfn{positional specifier}. 15044 For example: 15045 15046 @example 15047 "%2$d Zeichen lang ist die Zeichenkette `%1$s'\n" 15048 @end example 15049 15050 Here, the positional specifier consists of an integer count, which indicates which 15051 argument to use, and a @samp{$}. Counts are one-based, and the 15052 format string itself is @emph{not} included. Thus, in the following 15053 example, @samp{string} is the first argument and @samp{length(string)} is the second: 15054 15055 @example 15056 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ 15057 > string = "Dont Panic" 15058 > printf _"%2$d characters live in \"%1$s\"\n", 15059 > string, length(string) 15060 > @}' 15061 @print{} 10 characters live in "Dont Panic" 15062 @end example 15063 15064 If present, positional specifiers come first in the format specification, 15065 before the flags, the field width, and/or the precision. 15066 15067 Positional specifiers can be used with the dynamic field width and 15068 precision capability: 15069 15070 @example 15071 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ 15072 > printf("%*.*s\n", 10, 20, "hello") 15073 > printf("%3$*2$.*1$s\n", 20, 10, "hello") 15074 > @}' 15075 @print{} hello 15076 @print{} hello 15077 @end example 15078 15079 @noindent 15080 @strong{Note:} When using @samp{*} with a positional specifier, the @samp{*} 15081 comes first, then the integer position, and then the @samp{$}. 15082 This is somewhat counterintutive. 15083 15084 @cindex @code{printf} statement, positional specifiers, mixing with regular formats 15085 @c first comma does is part of primary 15086 @cindex positional specifiers, @code{printf} statement, mixing with regular formats 15087 @cindex format specifiers, mixing regular with positional specifiers 15088 @command{gawk} does not allow you to mix regular format specifiers 15089 and those with positional specifiers in the same string: 15090 15091 @smallexample 15092 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ printf _"%d %3$s\n", 1, 2, "hi" @}' 15093 @error{} gawk: cmd. line:1: fatal: must use `count$' on all formats or none 15094 @end smallexample 15095 15096 @strong{Note:} There are some pathological cases that @command{gawk} may fail to 15097 diagnose. In such cases, the output may not be what you expect. 15098 It's still a bad idea to try mixing them, even if @command{gawk} 15099 doesn't detect it. 15100 15101 Although positional specifiers can be used directly in @command{awk} programs, 15102 their primary purpose is to help in producing correct translations of 15103 format strings into languages different from the one in which the program 15104 is first written. 15105 15106 @node I18N Portability 15107 @subsection @command{awk} Portability Issues 15108 15109 @cindex portability, internationalization and 15110 @cindex internationalization, localization, portability and 15111 @command{gawk}'s internationalization features were purposely chosen to 15112 have as little impact as possible on the portability of @command{awk} 15113 programs that use them to other versions of @command{awk}. 15114 Consider this program: 15115 15116 @example 15117 BEGIN @{ 15118 TEXTDOMAIN = "guide" 15119 if (Test_Guide) # set with -v 15120 bindtextdomain("/test/guide/messages") 15121 print _"don't panic!" 15122 @} 15123 @end example 15124 15125 @noindent 15126 As written, it won't work on other versions of @command{awk}. 15127 However, it is actually almost portable, requiring very little 15128 change: 15129 15130 @itemize @bullet 15131 @cindex @code{TEXTDOMAIN} variable, portability and 15132 @item 15133 Assignments to @code{TEXTDOMAIN} won't have any effect, 15134 since @code{TEXTDOMAIN} is not special in other @command{awk} implementations. 15135 15136 @item 15137 Non-GNU versions of @command{awk} treat marked strings 15138 as the concatenation of a variable named @code{_} with the string 15139 following it.@footnote{This is good fodder for an ``Obfuscated 15140 @command{awk}'' contest.} Typically, the variable @code{_} has 15141 the null string (@code{""}) as its value, leaving the original string constant as 15142 the result. 15143 15144 @item 15145 By defining ``dummy'' functions to replace @code{dcgettext}, @code{dcngettext} 15146 and @code{bindtextdomain}, the @command{awk} program can be made to run, but 15147 all the messages are output in the original language. 15148 For example: 15149 15150 @cindex @code{bindtextdomain} function (@command{gawk}), portability and 15151 @cindex @code{dcgettext} function (@command{gawk}), portability and 15152 @cindex @code{dcngettext} function (@command{gawk}), portability and 15153 @example 15154 @c file eg/lib/libintl.awk 15155 function bindtextdomain(dir, domain) 15156 @{ 15157 return dir 15158 @} 15159 15160 function dcgettext(string, domain, category) 15161 @{ 15162 return string 15163 @} 15164 15165 function dcngettext(string1, string2, number, domain, category) 15166 @{ 15167 return (number == 1 ? string1 : string2) 15168 @} 15169 @c endfile 15170 @end example 15171 15172 @item 15173 The use of positional specifications in @code{printf} or 15174 @code{sprintf} is @emph{not} portable. 15175 To support @code{gettext} at the C level, many systems' C versions of 15176 @code{sprintf} do support positional specifiers. But it works only if 15177 enough arguments are supplied in the function call. Many versions of 15178 @command{awk} pass @code{printf} formats and arguments unchanged to the 15179 underlying C library version of @code{sprintf}, but only one format and 15180 argument at a time. What happens if a positional specification is 15181 used is anybody's guess. 15182 However, since the positional specifications are primarily for use in 15183 @emph{translated} format strings, and since non-GNU @command{awk}s never 15184 retrieve the translated string, this should not be a problem in practice. 15185 @end itemize 15186 @c ENDOFRANGE inap 15187 15188 @node I18N Example 15189 @section A Simple Internationalization Example 15190 15191 Now let's look at a step-by-step example of how to internationalize and 15192 localize a simple @command{awk} program, using @file{guide.awk} as our 15193 original source: 15194 15195 @example 15196 @c file eg/prog/guide.awk 15197 BEGIN @{ 15198 TEXTDOMAIN = "guide" 15199 bindtextdomain(".") # for testing 15200 print _"Don't Panic" 15201 print _"The Answer Is", 42 15202 print "Pardon me, Zaphod who?" 15203 @} 15204 @c endfile 15205 @end example 15206 15207 @noindent 15208 Run @samp{gawk --gen-po} to create the @file{.po} file: 15209 15210 @example 15211 $ gawk --gen-po -f guide.awk > guide.po 15212 @end example 15213 15214 @noindent 15215 This produces: 15216 15217 @example 15218 @c file eg/data/guide.po 15219 #: guide.awk:4 15220 msgid "Don't Panic" 15221 msgstr "" 15222 15223 #: guide.awk:5 15224 msgid "The Answer Is" 15225 msgstr "" 15226 15227 @c endfile 15228 @end example 15229 15230 This original portable object file is saved and reused for each language 15231 into which the application is translated. The @code{msgid} 15232 is the original string and the @code{msgstr} is the translation. 15233 15234 @strong{Note:} Strings not marked with a leading underscore do not 15235 appear in the @file{guide.po} file. 15236 15237 Next, the messages must be translated. 15238 Here is a translation to a hypothetical dialect of English, 15239 called ``Mellow'':@footnote{Perhaps it would be better if it were 15240 called ``Hippy.'' Ah, well.} 15241 15242 @example 15243 @group 15244 $ cp guide.po guide-mellow.po 15245 @var{Add translations to} guide-mellow.po @dots{} 15246 @end group 15247 @end example 15248 15249 @noindent 15250 Following are the translations: 15251 15252 @example 15253 @c file eg/data/guide-mellow.po 15254 #: guide.awk:4 15255 msgid "Don't Panic" 15256 msgstr "Hey man, relax!" 15257 15258 #: guide.awk:5 15259 msgid "The Answer Is" 15260 msgstr "Like, the scoop is" 15261 15262 @c endfile 15263 @end example 15264 15265 @cindex Linux 15266 @cindex GNU/Linux 15267 The next step is to make the directory to hold the binary message object 15268 file and then to create the @file{guide.mo} file. 15269 The directory layout shown here is standard for GNU @code{gettext} on 15270 GNU/Linux systems. Other versions of @code{gettext} may use a different 15271 layout: 15272 15273 @example 15274 $ mkdir en_US en_US/LC_MESSAGES 15275 @end example 15276 15277 @cindex @code{.po} files, converting to @code{.mo} 15278 @cindex files, @code{.po}, converting to @code{.mo} 15279 @cindex @code{.mo} files, converting from @code{.po} 15280 @cindex files, @code{.mo}, converting from @code{.po} 15281 @cindex portable object files, converting to message object files 15282 @cindex files, portable object, converting to message object files 15283 @cindex message object files, converting from portable object files 15284 @cindex files, message object, converting from portable object files 15285 @cindex @command{msgfmt} utility 15286 The @command{msgfmt} utility does the conversion from human-readable 15287 @file{.po} file to machine-readable @file{.mo} file. 15288 By default, @command{msgfmt} creates a file named @file{messages}. 15289 This file must be renamed and placed in the proper directory so that 15290 @command{gawk} can find it: 15291 15292 @example 15293 $ msgfmt guide-mellow.po 15294 $ mv messages en_US/LC_MESSAGES/guide.mo 15295 @end example 15296 15297 Finally, we run the program to test it: 15298 15299 @example 15300 $ gawk -f guide.awk 15301 @print{} Hey man, relax! 15302 @print{} Like, the scoop is 42 15303 @print{} Pardon me, Zaphod who? 15304 @end example 15305 15306 If the three replacement functions for @code{dcgettext}, @code{dcngettext} 15307 and @code{bindtextdomain} 15308 (@pxref{I18N Portability}) 15309 are in a file named @file{libintl.awk}, 15310 then we can run @file{guide.awk} unchanged as follows: 15311 15312 @example 15313 $ gawk --posix -f guide.awk -f libintl.awk 15314 @print{} Don't Panic 15315 @print{} The Answer Is 42 15316 @print{} Pardon me, Zaphod who? 15317 @end example 15318 15319 @node Gawk I18N 15320 @section @command{gawk} Can Speak Your Language 15321 15322 As of @value{PVERSION} 3.1, @command{gawk} itself has been internationalized 15323 using the GNU @code{gettext} package. 15324 @ifinfo 15325 (GNU @code{gettext} is described in 15326 complete detail in 15327 @ref{Top}.) 15328 @end ifinfo 15329 @ifnotinfo 15330 (GNU @code{gettext} is described in 15331 complete detail in 15332 @cite{GNU gettext tools}.) 15333 @end ifnotinfo 15334 As of this writing, the latest version of GNU @code{gettext} is 15335 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.11.5.tar.gz, @value{PVERSION} 0.11.5}. 15336 15337 If a translation of @command{gawk}'s messages exists, 15338 then @command{gawk} produces usage messages, warnings, 15339 and fatal errors in the local language. 15340 15341 @cindex @code{--with-included-gettext} configuration option 15342 @cindex configuration option, @code{--with-included-gettext} 15343 On systems that do not use @value{PVERSION} 2 (or later) of the GNU C library, you should 15344 configure @command{gawk} with the @option{--with-included-gettext} option 15345 before compiling and installing it. 15346 @xref{Additional Configuration Options}, 15347 for more information. 15348 @c ENDOFRANGE inloc 15349 15350 @node Advanced Features 15351 @chapter Advanced Features of @command{gawk} 15352 @cindex advanced features, network connections, See Also networks, connections 15353 @c STARTOFRANGE gawadv 15354 @cindex @command{gawk}, features, advanced 15355 @c STARTOFRANGE advgaw 15356 @cindex advanced features, @command{gawk} 15357 @ignore 15358 Contributed by: Peter Langston <pud!psl (a] bellcore.bellcore.com> 15359 15360 Found in Steve English's "signature" line: 15361 15362 "Write documentation as if whoever reads it is a violent psychopath 15363 who knows where you live." 15364 @end ignore 15365 @quotation 15366 @i{Write documentation as if whoever reads it is 15367 a violent psychopath who knows where you live.}@* 15368 Steve English, as quoted by Peter Langston 15369 @end quotation 15370 15371 This @value{CHAPTER} discusses advanced features in @command{gawk}. 15372 It's a bit of a ``grab bag'' of items that are otherwise unrelated 15373 to each other. 15374 First, a command-line option allows @command{gawk} to recognize 15375 nondecimal numbers in input data, not just in @command{awk} 15376 programs. Next, two-way I/O, discussed briefly in earlier parts of this 15377 @value{DOCUMENT}, is described in full detail, along with the basics 15378 of TCP/IP networking and BSD portal files. Finally, @command{gawk} 15379 can @dfn{profile} an @command{awk} program, making it possible to tune 15380 it for performance. 15381 15382 @ref{Dynamic Extensions}, 15383 discusses the ability to dynamically add new built-in functions to 15384 @command{gawk}. As this feature is still immature and likely to change, 15385 its description is relegated to an appendix. 15386 15387 @menu 15388 * Nondecimal Data:: Allowing nondecimal input data. 15389 * Two-way I/O:: Two-way communications with another process. 15390 * TCP/IP Networking:: Using @command{gawk} for network programming. 15391 * Portal Files:: Using @command{gawk} with BSD portals. 15392 * Profiling:: Profiling your @command{awk} programs. 15393 @end menu 15394 15395 @node Nondecimal Data 15396 @section Allowing Nondecimal Input Data 15397 @cindex @code{--non-decimal-data} option 15398 @cindex advanced features, @command{gawk}, nondecimal input data 15399 @c last comma does NOT start tertiary 15400 @cindex input, data, nondecimal 15401 @cindex constants, nondecimal 15402 15403 If you run @command{gawk} with the @option{--non-decimal-data} option, 15404 you can have nondecimal constants in your input data: 15405 15406 @c line break here for small book format 15407 @example 15408 $ echo 0123 123 0x123 | 15409 > gawk --non-decimal-data '@{ printf "%d, %d, %d\n", 15410 > $1, $2, $3 @}' 15411 @print{} 83, 123, 291 15412 @end example 15413 15414 For this feature to work, write your program so that 15415 @command{gawk} treats your data as numeric: 15416 15417 @example 15418 $ echo 0123 123 0x123 | gawk '@{ print $1, $2, $3 @}' 15419 @print{} 0123 123 0x123 15420 @end example 15421 15422 @noindent 15423 The @code{print} statement treats its expressions as strings. 15424 Although the fields can act as numbers when necessary, 15425 they are still strings, so @code{print} does not try to treat them 15426 numerically. You may need to add zero to a field to force it to 15427 be treated as a number. For example: 15428 15429 @example 15430 $ echo 0123 123 0x123 | gawk --non-decimal-data ' 15431 > @{ print $1, $2, $3 15432 > print $1 + 0, $2 + 0, $3 + 0 @}' 15433 @print{} 0123 123 0x123 15434 @print{} 83 123 291 15435 @end example 15436 15437 Because it is common to have decimal data with leading zeros, and because 15438 using it could lead to surprising results, the default is to leave this 15439 facility disabled. If you want it, you must explicitly request it. 15440 15441 @cindex programming conventions, @code{--non-decimal-data} option 15442 @cindex @code{--non-decimal-data} option, @code{strtonum} function and 15443 @cindex @code{strtonum} function (@command{gawk}), @code{--non-decimal-data} option and 15444 @strong{Caution:} 15445 @emph{Use of this option is not recommended.} 15446 It can break old programs very badly. 15447 Instead, use the @code{strtonum} function to convert your data 15448 (@pxref{Nondecimal-numbers}). 15449 This makes your programs easier to write and easier to read, and 15450 leads to less surprising results. 15451 15452 @node Two-way I/O 15453 @section Two-Way Communications with Another Process 15454 @cindex Brennan, Michael 15455 @cindex programmers, attractiveness of 15456 @smallexample 15457 @c Path: cssun.mathcs.emory.edu!gatech!newsxfer3.itd.umich.edu!news-peer.sprintlink.net!news-sea-19.sprintlink.net!news-in-west.sprintlink.net!news.sprintlink.net!Sprint!204.94.52.5!news.whidbey.com!brennan 15458 From: brennan@@whidbey.com (Mike Brennan) 15459 Newsgroups: comp.lang.awk 15460 Subject: Re: Learn the SECRET to Attract Women Easily 15461 Date: 4 Aug 1997 17:34:46 GMT 15462 @c Organization: WhidbeyNet 15463 @c Lines: 12 15464 Message-ID: <5s53rm$eca@@news.whidbey.com> 15465 @c References: <5s20dn$2e1 (a] chronicle.concentric.net> 15466 @c Reply-To: brennan (a] whidbey.com 15467 @c NNTP-Posting-Host: asn202.whidbey.com 15468 @c X-Newsreader: slrn (0.9.4.1 UNIX) 15469 @c Xref: cssun.mathcs.emory.edu comp.lang.awk:5403 15470 15471 On 3 Aug 1997 13:17:43 GMT, Want More Dates??? 15472 <tracy78@@kilgrona.com> wrote: 15473 >Learn the SECRET to Attract Women Easily 15474 > 15475 >The SCENT(tm) Pheromone Sex Attractant For Men to Attract Women 15476 15477 The scent of awk programmers is a lot more attractive to women than 15478 the scent of perl programmers. 15479 -- 15480 Mike Brennan 15481 @c brennan@@whidbey.com 15482 @end smallexample 15483 15484 @c final comma is part of tertiary 15485 @cindex advanced features, @command{gawk}, processes, communicating with 15486 @cindex processes, two-way communications with 15487 It is often useful to be able to 15488 send data to a separate program for 15489 processing and then read the result. This can always be 15490 done with temporary files: 15491 15492 @example 15493 # write the data for processing 15494 tempfile = ("mydata." PROCINFO["pid"]) 15495 while (@var{not done with data}) 15496 print @var{data} | ("subprogram > " tempfile) 15497 close("subprogram > " tempfile) 15498 15499 # read the results, remove tempfile when done 15500 while ((getline newdata < tempfile) > 0) 15501 @var{process} newdata @var{appropriately} 15502 close(tempfile) 15503 system("rm " tempfile) 15504 @end example 15505 15506 @noindent 15507 This works, but not elegantly. Among other things, it requires that 15508 the program be run in a directory that cannot be shared among users; 15509 for example, @file{/tmp} will not do, as another user might happen 15510 to be using a temporary file with the same name. 15511 15512 @cindex coprocesses 15513 @cindex input/output, two-way 15514 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O) 15515 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|&} I/O operator (I/O) 15516 @cindex @command{csh} utility, @code{|&} operator, comparison with 15517 Starting with @value{PVERSION} 3.1 of @command{gawk}, it is possible to 15518 open a @emph{two-way} pipe to another process. The second process is 15519 termed a @dfn{coprocess}, since it runs in parallel with @command{gawk}. 15520 The two-way connection is created using the new @samp{|&} operator 15521 (borrowed from the Korn shell, @command{ksh}):@footnote{This is very 15522 different from the same operator in the C shell, @command{csh}.} 15523 15524 @example 15525 do @{ 15526 print @var{data} |& "subprogram" 15527 "subprogram" |& getline results 15528 @} while (@var{data left to process}) 15529 close("subprogram") 15530 @end example 15531 15532 The first time an I/O operation is executed using the @samp{|&} 15533 operator, @command{gawk} creates a two-way pipeline to a child process 15534 that runs the other program. Output created with @code{print} 15535 or @code{printf} is written to the program's standard input, and 15536 output from the program's standard output can be read by the @command{gawk} 15537 program using @code{getline}. 15538 As is the case with processes started by @samp{|}, the subprogram 15539 can be any program, or pipeline of programs, that can be started by 15540 the shell. 15541 15542 There are some cautionary items to be aware of: 15543 15544 @itemize @bullet 15545 @item 15546 As the code inside @command{gawk} currently stands, the coprocess's 15547 standard error goes to the same place that the parent @command{gawk}'s 15548 standard error goes. It is not possible to read the child's 15549 standard error separately. 15550 15551 @cindex deadlocks 15552 @cindex buffering, input/output 15553 @cindex @code{getline} command, deadlock and 15554 @item 15555 I/O buffering may be a problem. @command{gawk} automatically 15556 flushes all output down the pipe to the child process. 15557 However, if the coprocess does not flush its output, 15558 @command{gawk} may hang when doing a @code{getline} in order to read 15559 the coprocess's results. This could lead to a situation 15560 known as @dfn{deadlock}, where each process is waiting for the 15561 other one to do something. 15562 @end itemize 15563 15564 @cindex @code{close} function, two-way pipes and 15565 It is possible to close just one end of the two-way pipe to 15566 a coprocess, by supplying a second argument to the @code{close} 15567 function of either @code{"to"} or @code{"from"} 15568 (@pxref{Close Files And Pipes}). 15569 These strings tell @command{gawk} to close the end of the pipe 15570 that sends data to the process or the end that reads from it, 15571 respectively. 15572 15573 @cindex @command{sort} utility, coprocesses and 15574 This is particularly necessary in order to use 15575 the system @command{sort} utility as part of a coprocess; 15576 @command{sort} must read @emph{all} of its input 15577 data before it can produce any output. 15578 The @command{sort} program does not receive an end-of-file indication 15579 until @command{gawk} closes the write end of the pipe. 15580 15581 When you have finished writing data to the @command{sort} 15582 utility, you can close the @code{"to"} end of the pipe, and 15583 then start reading sorted data via @code{getline}. 15584 For example: 15585 15586 @example 15587 BEGIN @{ 15588 command = "LC_ALL=C sort" 15589 n = split("abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz", a, "") 15590 15591 for (i = n; i > 0; i--) 15592 print a[i] |& command 15593 close(command, "to") 15594 15595 while ((command |& getline line) > 0) 15596 print "got", line 15597 close(command) 15598 @} 15599 @end example 15600 15601 This program writes the letters of the alphabet in reverse order, one 15602 per line, down the two-way pipe to @command{sort}. It then closes the 15603 write end of the pipe, so that @command{sort} receives an end-of-file 15604 indication. This causes @command{sort} to sort the data and write the 15605 sorted data back to the @command{gawk} program. Once all of the data 15606 has been read, @command{gawk} terminates the coprocess and exits. 15607 15608 As a side note, the assignment @samp{LC_ALL=C} in the @command{sort} 15609 command ensures traditional Unix (ASCII) sorting from @command{sort}. 15610 15611 Beginning with @command{gawk} 3.1.2, you may use Pseudo-ttys (ptys) for 15612 two-way communication instead of pipes, if your system supports them. 15613 This is done on a per-command basis, by setting a special element 15614 in the @code{PROCINFO} array 15615 (@pxref{Auto-set}), 15616 like so: 15617 15618 @example 15619 command = "sort -nr" # command, saved in variable for convenience 15620 PROCINFO[command, "pty"] = 1 # update PROCINFO 15621 print @dots{} |& command # start two-way pipe 15622 @dots{} 15623 @end example 15624 15625 @noindent 15626 Using ptys avoids the buffer deadlock issues described earlier, at some 15627 loss in performance. If your system does not have ptys, or if all the 15628 system's ptys are in use, @command{gawk} automatically falls back to 15629 using regular pipes. 15630 15631 @node TCP/IP Networking 15632 @section Using @command{gawk} for Network Programming 15633 @cindex advanced features, @command{gawk}, network programming 15634 @cindex networks, programming 15635 @c STARTOFRANGE tcpip 15636 @cindex TCP/IP 15637 @cindex @code{/inet/} files (@command{gawk}) 15638 @cindex files, @code{/inet/} (@command{gawk}) 15639 @cindex @code{EMISTERED} 15640 @quotation 15641 @code{EMISTERED}: @i{A host is a host from coast to coast,@* 15642 and no-one can talk to host that's close,@* 15643 unless the host that isn't close@* 15644 is busy hung or dead.} 15645 @end quotation 15646 15647 In addition to being able to open a two-way pipeline to a coprocess 15648 on the same system 15649 (@pxref{Two-way I/O}), 15650 it is possible to make a two-way connection to 15651 another process on another system across an IP networking connection. 15652 15653 You can think of this as just a @emph{very long} two-way pipeline to 15654 a coprocess. 15655 The way @command{gawk} decides that you want to use TCP/IP networking is 15656 by recognizing special @value{FN}s that begin with @samp{/inet/}. 15657 15658 The full syntax of the special @value{FN} is 15659 @file{/inet/@var{protocol}/@var{local-port}/@var{remote-host}/@var{remote-port}}. 15660 The components are: 15661 15662 @table @var 15663 @item protocol 15664 The protocol to use over IP. This must be either @samp{tcp}, 15665 @samp{udp}, or @samp{raw}, for a TCP, UDP, or raw IP connection, 15666 respectively. The use of TCP is recommended for most applications. 15667 15668 @cindex raw sockets 15669 @cindex sockets 15670 @strong{Caution:} The use of raw sockets is not currently supported 15671 in @value{PVERSION} 3.1 of @command{gawk}. 15672 15673 @item local-port 15674 @cindex @code{getservbyname} function (C library) 15675 The local TCP or UDP port number to use. Use a port number of @samp{0} 15676 when you want the system to pick a port. This is what you should do 15677 when writing a TCP or UDP client. 15678 You may also use a well-known service name, such as @samp{smtp} 15679 or @samp{http}, in which case @command{gawk} attempts to determine 15680 the predefined port number using the C @code{getservbyname} function. 15681 15682 @item remote-host 15683 The IP address or fully-qualified domain name of the Internet 15684 host to which you want to connect. 15685 15686 @item remote-port 15687 The TCP or UDP port number to use on the given @var{remote-host}. 15688 Again, use @samp{0} if you don't care, or else a well-known 15689 service name. 15690 @end table 15691 15692 Consider the following very simple example: 15693 15694 @example 15695 BEGIN @{ 15696 Service = "/inet/tcp/0/localhost/daytime" 15697 Service |& getline 15698 print $0 15699 close(Service) 15700 @} 15701 @end example 15702 15703 This program reads the current date and time from the local system's 15704 TCP @samp{daytime} server. 15705 It then prints the results and closes the connection. 15706 15707 Because this topic is extensive, the use of @command{gawk} for 15708 TCP/IP programming is documented separately. 15709 @ifinfo 15710 @xref{Top}, 15711 @end ifinfo 15712 @ifnotinfo 15713 See @cite{TCP/IP Internetworking with @command{gawk}}, 15714 which comes as part of the @command{gawk} distribution, 15715 @end ifnotinfo 15716 for a much more complete introduction and discussion, as well as 15717 extensive examples. 15718 15719 @node Portal Files 15720 @section Using @command{gawk} with BSD Portals 15721 @cindex advanced features, @command{gawk}, BSD portals 15722 @cindex portal files 15723 @cindex files, portal 15724 @cindex BSD portals 15725 @cindex @code{/p} files (@command{gawk}) 15726 @cindex files, @code{/p} (@command{gawk}) 15727 @cindex @code{--enable-portals} configuration option 15728 @cindex operating systems, BSD-based 15729 15730 Similar to the @file{/inet} special files, if @command{gawk} 15731 is configured with the @option{--enable-portals} option 15732 (@pxref{Quick Installation}), 15733 then @command{gawk} treats 15734 files whose pathnames begin with @code{/p} as 4.4 BSD-style portals. 15735 15736 @cindex @code{|} (vertical bar), @code{|&} operator (I/O), two-way communications 15737 @cindex vertical bar (@code{|}), @code{|&} operator (I/O), two-way communications 15738 When used with the @samp{|&} operator, @command{gawk} opens the file 15739 for two-way communications. The operating system's portal mechanism 15740 then manages creating the process associated with the portal and 15741 the corresponding communications with the portal's process. 15742 @c ENDOFRANGE tcpip 15743 15744 @node Profiling 15745 @section Profiling Your @command{awk} Programs 15746 @c STARTOFRANGE awkp 15747 @cindex @command{awk} programs, profiling 15748 @c STARTOFRANGE proawk 15749 @cindex profiling @command{awk} programs 15750 @c STARTOFRANGE pgawk 15751 @cindex @command{pgawk} program 15752 @cindex profiling @command{gawk}, See @command{pgawk} program 15753 15754 Beginning with @value{PVERSION} 3.1 of @command{gawk}, you may produce execution 15755 traces of your @command{awk} programs. 15756 This is done with a specially compiled version of @command{gawk}, 15757 called @command{pgawk} (``profiling @command{gawk}''). 15758 15759 @cindex @code{awkprof.out} file 15760 @cindex files, @code{awkprof.out} 15761 @cindex @command{pgawk} program, @code{awkprof.out} file 15762 @command{pgawk} is identical in every way to @command{gawk}, except that when 15763 it has finished running, it creates a profile of your program in a file 15764 named @file{awkprof.out}. 15765 Because it is profiling, it also executes up to 45% slower than 15766 @command{gawk} normally does. 15767 15768 @cindex @code{--profile} option 15769 As shown in the following example, 15770 the @option{--profile} option can be used to change the name of the file 15771 where @command{pgawk} will write the profile: 15772 15773 @example 15774 $ pgawk --profile=myprog.prof -f myprog.awk data1 data2 15775 @end example 15776 15777 @noindent 15778 In the above example, @command{pgawk} places the profile in 15779 @file{myprog.prof} instead of in @file{awkprof.out}. 15780 15781 Regular @command{gawk} also accepts this option. When called with just 15782 @option{--profile}, @command{gawk} ``pretty prints'' the program into 15783 @file{awkprof.out}, without any execution counts. You may supply an 15784 option to @option{--profile} to change the @value{FN}. Here is a sample 15785 session showing a simple @command{awk} program, its input data, and the 15786 results from running @command{pgawk}. First, the @command{awk} program: 15787 15788 @example 15789 BEGIN @{ print "First BEGIN rule" @} 15790 15791 END @{ print "First END rule" @} 15792 15793 /foo/ @{ 15794 print "matched /foo/, gosh" 15795 for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++) 15796 sing() 15797 @} 15798 15799 @{ 15800 if (/foo/) 15801 print "if is true" 15802 else 15803 print "else is true" 15804 @} 15805 15806 BEGIN @{ print "Second BEGIN rule" @} 15807 15808 END @{ print "Second END rule" @} 15809 15810 function sing( dummy) 15811 @{ 15812 print "I gotta be me!" 15813 @} 15814 @end example 15815 15816 Following is the input data: 15817 15818 @example 15819 foo 15820 bar 15821 baz 15822 foo 15823 junk 15824 @end example 15825 15826 Here is the @file{awkprof.out} that results from running @command{pgawk} 15827 on this program and data (this example also illustrates that @command{awk} 15828 programmers sometimes have to work late): 15829 15830 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @command{pgawk} program 15831 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @command{pgawk} program 15832 @example 15833 # gawk profile, created Sun Aug 13 00:00:15 2000 15834 15835 # BEGIN block(s) 15836 15837 BEGIN @{ 15838 1 print "First BEGIN rule" 15839 1 print "Second BEGIN rule" 15840 @} 15841 15842 # Rule(s) 15843 15844 5 /foo/ @{ # 2 15845 2 print "matched /foo/, gosh" 15846 6 for (i = 1; i <= 3; i++) @{ 15847 6 sing() 15848 @} 15849 @} 15850 15851 5 @{ 15852 5 if (/foo/) @{ # 2 15853 2 print "if is true" 15854 3 @} else @{ 15855 3 print "else is true" 15856 @} 15857 @} 15858 15859 # END block(s) 15860 15861 END @{ 15862 1 print "First END rule" 15863 1 print "Second END rule" 15864 @} 15865 15866 # Functions, listed alphabetically 15867 15868 6 function sing(dummy) 15869 @{ 15870 6 print "I gotta be me!" 15871 @} 15872 @end example 15873 15874 This example illustrates many of the basic rules for profiling output. 15875 The rules are as follows: 15876 15877 @itemize @bullet 15878 @item 15879 The program is printed in the order @code{BEGIN} rule, 15880 pattern/action rules, @code{END} rule and functions, listed 15881 alphabetically. 15882 Multiple @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules are merged together. 15883 15884 @cindex patterns, counts 15885 @item 15886 Pattern-action rules have two counts. 15887 The first count, to the left of the rule, shows how many times 15888 the rule's pattern was @emph{tested}. 15889 The second count, to the right of the rule's opening left brace 15890 in a comment, 15891 shows how many times the rule's action was @emph{executed}. 15892 The difference between the two indicates how many times the rule's 15893 pattern evaluated to false. 15894 15895 @item 15896 Similarly, 15897 the count for an @code{if}-@code{else} statement shows how many times 15898 the condition was tested. 15899 To the right of the opening left brace for the @code{if}'s body 15900 is a count showing how many times the condition was true. 15901 The count for the @code{else} 15902 indicates how many times the test failed. 15903 15904 @cindex loops, count for header 15905 @item 15906 The count for a loop header (such as @code{for} 15907 or @code{while}) shows how many times the loop test was executed. 15908 (Because of this, you can't just look at the count on the first 15909 statement in a rule to determine how many times the rule was executed. 15910 If the first statement is a loop, the count is misleading.) 15911 15912 @cindex functions, user-defined, counts 15913 @cindex user-defined, functions, counts 15914 @item 15915 For user-defined functions, the count next to the @code{function} 15916 keyword indicates how many times the function was called. 15917 The counts next to the statements in the body show how many times 15918 those statements were executed. 15919 15920 @cindex @code{@{@}} (braces), @command{pgawk} program 15921 @cindex braces (@code{@{@}}), @command{pgawk} program 15922 @item 15923 The layout uses ``K&R'' style with tabs. 15924 Braces are used everywhere, even when 15925 the body of an @code{if}, @code{else}, or loop is only a single statement. 15926 15927 @cindex @code{()} (parentheses), @command{pgawk} program 15928 @cindex parentheses @code{()}, @command{pgawk} program 15929 @item 15930 Parentheses are used only where needed, as indicated by the structure 15931 of the program and the precedence rules. 15932 @c extra verbiage here satisfies the copyeditor. ugh. 15933 For example, @samp{(3 + 5) * 4} means add three plus five, then multiply 15934 the total by four. However, @samp{3 + 5 * 4} has no parentheses, and 15935 means @samp{3 + (5 * 4)}. 15936 15937 @item 15938 All string concatenations are parenthesized too. 15939 (This could be made a bit smarter.) 15940 15941 @item 15942 Parentheses are used around the arguments to @code{print} 15943 and @code{printf} only when 15944 the @code{print} or @code{printf} statement is followed by a redirection. 15945 Similarly, if 15946 the target of a redirection isn't a scalar, it gets parenthesized. 15947 15948 @item 15949 @command{pgawk} supplies leading comments in 15950 front of the @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules, 15951 the pattern/action rules, and the functions. 15952 15953 @end itemize 15954 15955 The profiled version of your program may not look exactly like what you 15956 typed when you wrote it. This is because @command{pgawk} creates the 15957 profiled version by ``pretty printing'' its internal representation of 15958 the program. The advantage to this is that @command{pgawk} can produce 15959 a standard representation. The disadvantage is that all source-code 15960 comments are lost, as are the distinctions among multiple @code{BEGIN} 15961 and @code{END} rules. Also, things such as: 15962 15963 @example 15964 /foo/ 15965 @end example 15966 15967 @noindent 15968 come out as: 15969 15970 @example 15971 /foo/ @{ 15972 print $0 15973 @} 15974 @end example 15975 15976 @noindent 15977 which is correct, but possibly surprising. 15978 15979 @cindex profiling @command{awk} programs, dynamically 15980 @cindex @command{pgawk} program, dynamic profiling 15981 Besides creating profiles when a program has completed, 15982 @command{pgawk} can produce a profile while it is running. 15983 This is useful if your @command{awk} program goes into an 15984 infinite loop and you want to see what has been executed. 15985 To use this feature, run @command{pgawk} in the background: 15986 15987 @example 15988 $ pgawk -f myprog & 15989 [1] 13992 15990 @end example 15991 15992 @c comma does NOT start secondary 15993 @cindex @command{kill} command, dynamic profiling 15994 @cindex @code{USR1} signal 15995 @cindex signals, @code{USR1}/@code{SIGUSR1} 15996 @noindent 15997 The shell prints a job number and process ID number; in this case, 13992. 15998 Use the @command{kill} command to send the @code{USR1} signal 15999 to @command{pgawk}: 16000 16001 @example 16002 $ kill -USR1 13992 16003 @end example 16004 16005 @noindent 16006 As usual, the profiled version of the program is written to 16007 @file{awkprof.out}, or to a different file if you use the @option{--profile} 16008 option. 16009 16010 Along with the regular profile, as shown earlier, the profile 16011 includes a trace of any active functions: 16012 16013 @example 16014 # Function Call Stack: 16015 16016 # 3. baz 16017 # 2. bar 16018 # 1. foo 16019 # -- main -- 16020 @end example 16021 16022 You may send @command{pgawk} the @code{USR1} signal as many times as you like. 16023 Each time, the profile and function call trace are appended to the output 16024 profile file. 16025 16026 @cindex @code{HUP} signal 16027 @cindex signals, @code{HUP}/@code{SIGHUP} 16028 If you use the @code{HUP} signal instead of the @code{USR1} signal, 16029 @command{pgawk} produces the profile and the function call trace and then exits. 16030 16031 @cindex @code{INT} signal (MS-DOS) 16032 @cindex signals, @code{INT}/@code{SIGINT} (MS-DOS) 16033 @cindex @code{QUIT} signal (MS-DOS) 16034 @cindex signals, @code{QUIT}/@code{SIGQUIT} (MS-DOS) 16035 When @command{pgawk} runs on MS-DOS or MS-Windows, it uses the 16036 @code{INT} and @code{QUIT} signals for producing the profile and, in 16037 the case of the @code{INT} signal, @command{pgawk} exits. This is 16038 because these systems don't support the @command{kill} command, so the 16039 only signals you can deliver to a program are those generated by the 16040 keyboard. The @code{INT} signal is generated by the 16041 @kbd{@value{CTL}-@key{C}} or @kbd{@value{CTL}-@key{BREAK}} key, while the 16042 @code{QUIT} signal is generated by the @kbd{@value{CTL}-@key{\}} key. 16043 @c ENDOFRANGE advgaw 16044 @c ENDOFRANGE gawadv 16045 @c ENDOFRANGE pgawk 16046 @c ENDOFRANGE awkp 16047 @c ENDOFRANGE proawk 16048 16049 @node Invoking Gawk 16050 @chapter Running @command{awk} and @command{gawk} 16051 16052 This @value{CHAPTER} covers how to run awk, both POSIX-standard 16053 and @command{gawk}-specific command-line options, and what 16054 @command{awk} and 16055 @command{gawk} do with non-option arguments. 16056 It then proceeds to cover how @command{gawk} searches for source files, 16057 obsolete options and/or features, and known bugs in @command{gawk}. 16058 This @value{CHAPTER} rounds out the discussion of @command{awk} 16059 as a program and as a language. 16060 16061 While a number of the options and features described here were 16062 discussed in passing earlier in the book, this @value{CHAPTER} provides the 16063 full details. 16064 16065 @menu 16066 * Command Line:: How to run @command{awk}. 16067 * Options:: Command-line options and their meanings. 16068 * Other Arguments:: Input file names and variable assignments. 16069 * AWKPATH Variable:: Searching directories for @command{awk} 16070 programs. 16071 * Obsolete:: Obsolete Options and/or features. 16072 * Undocumented:: Undocumented Options and Features. 16073 * Known Bugs:: Known Bugs in @command{gawk}. 16074 @end menu 16075 16076 @node Command Line 16077 @section Invoking @command{awk} 16078 @cindex command line, invoking @command{awk} from 16079 @cindex @command{awk}, invoking 16080 @cindex arguments, command-line, invoking @command{awk} 16081 @cindex options, command-line, invoking @command{awk} 16082 16083 There are two ways to run @command{awk}---with an explicit program or with 16084 one or more program files. Here are templates for both of them; items 16085 enclosed in [@dots{}] in these templates are optional: 16086 16087 @example 16088 awk @r{[@var{options}]} -f progfile @r{[@code{--}]} @var{file} @dots{} 16089 awk @r{[@var{options}]} @r{[@code{--}]} '@var{program}' @var{file} @dots{} 16090 @end example 16091 16092 @cindex GNU long options 16093 @cindex long options 16094 @cindex options, long 16095 Besides traditional one-letter POSIX-style options, @command{gawk} also 16096 supports GNU long options. 16097 16098 @cindex dark corner, invoking @command{awk} 16099 @cindex lint checking, empty programs 16100 It is possible to invoke @command{awk} with an empty program: 16101 16102 @example 16103 awk '' datafile1 datafile2 16104 @end example 16105 16106 @cindex @code{--lint} option 16107 @noindent 16108 Doing so makes little sense, though; @command{awk} exits 16109 silently when given an empty program. 16110 @value{DARKCORNER} 16111 If @option{--lint} has 16112 been specified on the command line, @command{gawk} issues a 16113 warning that the program is empty. 16114 16115 @node Options 16116 @section Command-Line Options 16117 @c STARTOFRANGE ocl 16118 @cindex options, command-line 16119 @c STARTOFRANGE clo 16120 @cindex command line, options 16121 @c STARTOFRANGE gnulo 16122 @cindex GNU long options 16123 @c STARTOFRANGE longo 16124 @cindex options, long 16125 16126 Options begin with a dash and consist of a single character. 16127 GNU-style long options consist of two dashes and a keyword. 16128 The keyword can be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation allows the option 16129 to be uniquely identified. If the option takes an argument, then the 16130 keyword is either immediately followed by an equals sign (@samp{=}) and the 16131 argument's value, or the keyword and the argument's value are separated 16132 by whitespace. 16133 If a particular option with a value is given more than once, it is the 16134 last value that counts. 16135 16136 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, GNU long options and 16137 Each long option for @command{gawk} has a corresponding 16138 POSIX-style option. 16139 The long and short options are 16140 interchangeable in all contexts. 16141 The options and their meanings are as follows: 16142 16143 @table @code 16144 @item -F @var{fs} 16145 @itemx --field-separator @var{fs} 16146 @cindex @code{-F} option 16147 @cindex @code{--field-separator} option 16148 @cindex @code{FS} variable, @code{--field-separator} option and 16149 Sets the @code{FS} variable to @var{fs} 16150 (@pxref{Field Separators}). 16151 16152 @item -f @var{source-file} 16153 @itemx --file @var{source-file} 16154 @cindex @code{-f} option 16155 @cindex @code{--file} option 16156 @cindex @command{awk} programs, location of 16157 Indicates that the @command{awk} program is to be found in @var{source-file} 16158 instead of in the first non-option argument. 16159 16160 @item -v @var{var}=@var{val} 16161 @itemx --assign @var{var}=@var{val} 16162 @cindex @code{-v} option 16163 @cindex @code{--assign} option 16164 @cindex variables, setting 16165 Sets the variable @var{var} to the value @var{val} @emph{before} 16166 execution of the program begins. Such variable values are available 16167 inside the @code{BEGIN} rule 16168 (@pxref{Other Arguments}). 16169 16170 The @option{-v} option can only set one variable, but it can be used 16171 more than once, setting another variable each time, like this: 16172 @samp{awk @w{-v foo=1} @w{-v bar=2} @dots{}}. 16173 16174 @c last comma is part of secondary 16175 @cindex built-in variables, @code{-v} option, setting with 16176 @c last comma is part of tertiary 16177 @cindex variables, built-in, @code{-v} option, setting with 16178 @strong{Caution:} Using @option{-v} to set the values of the built-in 16179 variables may lead to surprising results. @command{awk} will reset the 16180 values of those variables as it needs to, possibly ignoring any 16181 predefined value you may have given. 16182 16183 @item -mf @var{N} 16184 @itemx -mr @var{N} 16185 @cindex @code{-mf}/@code{-mr} options 16186 @cindex memory, setting limits 16187 Sets various memory limits to the value @var{N}. The @samp{f} flag sets 16188 the maximum number of fields and the @samp{r} flag sets the maximum 16189 record size. These two flags and the @option{-m} option are from the 16190 Bell Laboratories research version of Unix @command{awk}. They are provided 16191 for compatibility but otherwise ignored by 16192 @command{gawk}, since @command{gawk} has no predefined limits. 16193 (The Bell Laboratories @command{awk} no longer needs these options; 16194 it continues to accept them to avoid breaking old programs.) 16195 16196 @item -W @var{gawk-opt} 16197 @cindex @code{-W} option 16198 Following the POSIX standard, implementation-specific 16199 options are supplied as arguments to the @option{-W} option. These options 16200 also have corresponding GNU-style long options. 16201 Note that the long options may be abbreviated, as long as 16202 the abbreviations remain unique. 16203 The full list of @command{gawk}-specific options is provided next. 16204 16205 @item -- 16206 @cindex command line, options, end of 16207 @cindex options, command-line, end of 16208 Signals the end of the command-line options. The following arguments 16209 are not treated as options even if they begin with @samp{-}. This 16210 interpretation of @option{--} follows the POSIX argument parsing 16211 conventions. 16212 16213 @cindex @code{-} (hyphen), filenames beginning with 16214 @cindex hyphen (@code{-}), filenames beginning with 16215 This is useful if you have @value{FN}s that start with @samp{-}, 16216 or in shell scripts, if you have @value{FN}s that will be specified 16217 by the user that could start with @samp{-}. 16218 @end table 16219 @c ENDOFRANGE gnulo 16220 @c ENDOFRANGE longo 16221 16222 The previous list described options mandated by the POSIX standard, 16223 as well as options available in the Bell Laboratories version of @command{awk}. 16224 The following list describes @command{gawk}-specific options: 16225 16226 @table @code 16227 @item -W compat 16228 @itemx -W traditional 16229 @itemx --compat 16230 @itemx --traditional 16231 @cindex @code{--compat} option 16232 @cindex @code{--traditional} option 16233 @cindex compatibility mode (@command{gawk}), specifying 16234 Specifies @dfn{compatibility mode}, in which the GNU extensions to 16235 the @command{awk} language are disabled, so that @command{gawk} behaves just 16236 like the Bell Laboratories research version of Unix @command{awk}. 16237 @option{--traditional} is the preferred form of this option. 16238 @xref{POSIX/GNU}, 16239 which summarizes the extensions. Also see 16240 @ref{Compatibility Mode}. 16241 16242 @item -W copyright 16243 @itemx --copyright 16244 @cindex @code{--copyright} option 16245 @cindex GPL (General Public License), printing 16246 Print the short version of the General Public License and then exit. 16247 16248 @item -W copyleft 16249 @itemx --copyleft 16250 @cindex @code{--copyleft} option 16251 Just like @option{--copyright}. 16252 This option may disappear in a future version of @command{gawk}. 16253 16254 @cindex @code{--dump-variables} option 16255 @cindex @code{awkvars.out} file 16256 @cindex files, @code{awkvars.out} 16257 @cindex variables, global, printing list of 16258 @item -W dump-variables@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} 16259 @itemx --dump-variables@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} 16260 Prints a sorted list of global variables, their types, and final values 16261 to @var{file}. If no @var{file} is provided, @command{gawk} prints this 16262 list to the file named @file{awkvars.out} in the current directory. 16263 16264 @c last comma is part of secondary 16265 @cindex troubleshooting, typographical errors, global variables 16266 Having a list of all global variables is a good way to look for 16267 typographical errors in your programs. 16268 You would also use this option if you have a large program with a lot of 16269 functions, and you want to be sure that your functions don't 16270 inadvertently use global variables that you meant to be local. 16271 (This is a particularly easy mistake to make with simple variable 16272 names like @code{i}, @code{j}, etc.) 16273 16274 @item -W gen-po 16275 @itemx --gen-po 16276 @cindex @code{--gen-po} option 16277 @cindex portable object files, generating 16278 @cindex files, portable object, generating 16279 Analyzes the source program and 16280 generates a GNU @code{gettext} Portable Object file on standard 16281 output for all string constants that have been marked for translation. 16282 @xref{Internationalization}, 16283 for information about this option. 16284 16285 @item -W help 16286 @itemx -W usage 16287 @itemx --help 16288 @itemx --usage 16289 @cindex @code{--help} option 16290 @cindex @code{--usage} option 16291 @cindex GNU long options, printing list of 16292 @cindex options, printing list of 16293 @cindex printing, list of options 16294 Prints a ``usage'' message summarizing the short and long style options 16295 that @command{gawk} accepts and then exit. 16296 16297 @item -W lint@r{[}=fatal@r{]} 16298 @itemx --lint@r{[}=fatal@r{]} 16299 @cindex @code{--lint} option 16300 @cindex lint checking, issuing warnings 16301 @cindex warnings, issuing 16302 Warns about constructs that are dubious or nonportable to 16303 other @command{awk} implementations. 16304 Some warnings are issued when @command{gawk} first reads your program. Others 16305 are issued at runtime, as your program executes. 16306 With an optional argument of @samp{fatal}, 16307 lint warnings become fatal errors. 16308 This may be drastic, but its use will certainly encourage the 16309 development of cleaner @command{awk} programs. 16310 With an optional argument of @samp{invalid}, only warnings about things that are 16311 actually invalid are issued. (This is not fully implemented yet.) 16312 16313 @item -W lint-old 16314 @itemx --lint-old 16315 @cindex @code{--lint-old} option 16316 Warns about constructs that are not available in the original version of 16317 @command{awk} from Version 7 Unix 16318 (@pxref{V7/SVR3.1}). 16319 16320 @item -W non-decimal-data 16321 @itemx --non-decimal-data 16322 @cindex @code{--non-decimal-data} option 16323 @cindex hexadecimal, values, enabling interpretation of 16324 @c comma is part of primary 16325 @cindex octal values, enabling interpretation of 16326 Enable automatic interpretation of octal and hexadecimal 16327 values in input data 16328 (@pxref{Nondecimal Data}). 16329 16330 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{--non-decimal-data} option 16331 @strong{Caution:} This option can severely break old programs. 16332 Use with care. 16333 16334 @item -W posix 16335 @itemx --posix 16336 @cindex @code{--posix} option 16337 @cindex POSIX mode 16338 @c last comma is part of tertiary 16339 @cindex @command{gawk}, extensions, disabling 16340 Operates in strict POSIX mode. This disables all @command{gawk} 16341 extensions (just like @option{--traditional}) and adds the following additional 16342 restrictions: 16343 16344 @c IMPORTANT! Keep this list in sync with the one in node POSIX 16345 16346 @itemize @bullet 16347 @cindex escape sequences, unrecognized 16348 @item 16349 @code{\x} escape sequences are not recognized 16350 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 16351 16352 @cindex newlines 16353 @cindex whitespace, newlines as 16354 @item 16355 Newlines do not act as whitespace to separate fields when @code{FS} is 16356 equal to a single space 16357 (@pxref{Fields}). 16358 16359 @item 16360 Newlines are not allowed after @samp{?} or @samp{:} 16361 (@pxref{Conditional Exp}). 16362 16363 @item 16364 The synonym @code{func} for the keyword @code{function} is not 16365 recognized (@pxref{Definition Syntax}). 16366 16367 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**} operator 16368 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**} operator 16369 @cindex @code{*} (asterisk), @code{**=} operator 16370 @cindex asterisk (@code{*}), @code{**=} operator 16371 @cindex @code{^} (caret), @code{^} operator 16372 @cindex caret (@code{^}), @code{^} operator 16373 @cindex @code{^} (caret), @code{^=} operator 16374 @cindex caret (@code{^}), @code{^=} operator 16375 @item 16376 The @samp{**} and @samp{**=} operators cannot be used in 16377 place of @samp{^} and @samp{^=} (@pxref{Arithmetic Ops}, 16378 and also @pxref{Assignment Ops}). 16379 16380 @cindex @code{FS} variable, as TAB character 16381 @item 16382 Specifying @samp{-Ft} on the command-line does not set the value 16383 of @code{FS} to be a single TAB character 16384 (@pxref{Field Separators}). 16385 16386 @c comma does not start secondary 16387 @cindex @code{fflush} function, unsupported 16388 @item 16389 The @code{fflush} built-in function is not supported 16390 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 16391 @end itemize 16392 16393 @c @cindex automatic warnings 16394 @c @cindex warnings, automatic 16395 @cindex @code{--traditional} option, @code{--posix} option and 16396 @cindex @code{--posix} option, @code{--traditional} option and 16397 If you supply both @option{--traditional} and @option{--posix} on the 16398 command line, @option{--posix} takes precedence. @command{gawk} 16399 also issues a warning if both options are supplied. 16400 16401 @item -W profile@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} 16402 @itemx --profile@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} 16403 @cindex @code{--profile} option 16404 @cindex @command{awk} programs, profiling, enabling 16405 Enable profiling of @command{awk} programs 16406 (@pxref{Profiling}). 16407 By default, profiles are created in a file named @file{awkprof.out}. 16408 The optional @var{file} argument allows you to specify a different 16409 @value{FN} for the profile file. 16410 16411 When run with @command{gawk}, the profile is just a ``pretty printed'' version 16412 of the program. When run with @command{pgawk}, the profile contains execution 16413 counts for each statement in the program in the left margin, and function 16414 call counts for each function. 16415 16416 @item -W re-interval 16417 @itemx --re-interval 16418 @cindex @code{--re-interval} option 16419 @cindex regular expressions, interval expressions and 16420 Allows interval expressions 16421 (@pxref{Regexp Operators}) 16422 in regexps. 16423 Because interval expressions were traditionally not available in @command{awk}, 16424 @command{gawk} does not provide them by default. This prevents old @command{awk} 16425 programs from breaking. 16426 16427 @item -W source @var{program-text} 16428 @itemx --source @var{program-text} 16429 @cindex @code{--source} option 16430 @cindex source code, mixing 16431 Allows you to mix source code in files with source 16432 code that you enter on the command line. 16433 Program source code is taken from the @var{program-text}. 16434 This is particularly useful 16435 when you have library functions that you want to use from your command-line 16436 programs (@pxref{AWKPATH Variable}). 16437 16438 @item -W version 16439 @itemx --version 16440 @cindex @code{--version} option 16441 @c last comma is part of tertiary 16442 @cindex @command{gawk}, versions of, information about, printing 16443 Prints version information for this particular copy of @command{gawk}. 16444 This allows you to determine if your copy of @command{gawk} is up to date 16445 with respect to whatever the Free Software Foundation is currently 16446 distributing. 16447 It is also useful for bug reports 16448 (@pxref{Bugs}). 16449 @end table 16450 16451 As long as program text has been supplied, 16452 any other options are flagged as invalid with a warning message but 16453 are otherwise ignored. 16454 16455 @cindex @code{-F} option, @code{-Ft} sets @code{FS} to TAB 16456 In compatibility mode, as a special case, if the value of @var{fs} supplied 16457 to the @option{-F} option is @samp{t}, then @code{FS} is set to the TAB 16458 character (@code{"\t"}). This is true only for @option{--traditional} and not 16459 for @option{--posix} 16460 (@pxref{Field Separators}). 16461 16462 @cindex @code{-f} option, on command line 16463 The @option{-f} option may be used more than once on the command line. 16464 If it is, @command{awk} reads its program source from all of the named files, as 16465 if they had been concatenated together into one big file. This is 16466 useful for creating libraries of @command{awk} functions. These functions 16467 can be written once and then retrieved from a standard place, instead 16468 of having to be included into each individual program. 16469 (As mentioned in 16470 @ref{Definition Syntax}, 16471 function names must be unique.) 16472 16473 Library functions can still be used, even if the program is entered at the terminal, 16474 by specifying @samp{-f /dev/tty}. After typing your program, 16475 type @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} (the end-of-file character) to terminate it. 16476 (You may also use @samp{-f -} to read program source from the standard 16477 input but then you will not be able to also use the standard input as a 16478 source of data.) 16479 16480 Because it is clumsy using the standard @command{awk} mechanisms to mix source 16481 file and command-line @command{awk} programs, @command{gawk} provides the 16482 @option{--source} option. This does not require you to pre-empt the standard 16483 input for your source code; it allows you to easily mix command-line 16484 and library source code 16485 (@pxref{AWKPATH Variable}). 16486 16487 @cindex @code{--source} option 16488 If no @option{-f} or @option{--source} option is specified, then @command{gawk} 16489 uses the first non-option command-line argument as the text of the 16490 program source code. 16491 16492 @cindex @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable 16493 @cindex lint checking, @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable 16494 @cindex POSIX mode 16495 If the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} exists, 16496 then @command{gawk} behaves in strict POSIX mode, exactly as if 16497 you had supplied the @option{--posix} command-line option. 16498 Many GNU programs look for this environment variable to turn on 16499 strict POSIX mode. If @option{--lint} is supplied on the command line 16500 and @command{gawk} turns on POSIX mode because of @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}, 16501 then it issues a warning message indicating that POSIX 16502 mode is in effect. 16503 You would typically set this variable in your shell's startup file. 16504 For a Bourne-compatible shell (such as @command{bash}), you would add these 16505 lines to the @file{.profile} file in your home directory: 16506 16507 @example 16508 POSIXLY_CORRECT=true 16509 export POSIXLY_CORRECT 16510 @end example 16511 16512 @cindex @command{csh} utility, @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable 16513 For a @command{csh}-compatible 16514 shell,@footnote{Not recommended.} 16515 you would add this line to the @file{.login} file in your home directory: 16516 16517 @example 16518 setenv POSIXLY_CORRECT true 16519 @end example 16520 16521 @cindex portability, @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable 16522 Having @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} set is not recommended for daily use, 16523 but it is good for testing the portability of your programs to other 16524 environments. 16525 @c ENDOFRANGE ocl 16526 @c ENDOFRANGE clo 16527 16528 @node Other Arguments 16529 @section Other Command-Line Arguments 16530 @cindex command line, arguments 16531 @cindex arguments, command-line 16532 16533 Any additional arguments on the command line are normally treated as 16534 input files to be processed in the order specified. However, an 16535 argument that has the form @code{@var{var}=@var{value}}, assigns 16536 the value @var{value} to the variable @var{var}---it does not specify a 16537 file at all. 16538 (This was discussed earlier in 16539 @ref{Assignment Options}.) 16540 16541 @cindex @code{ARGIND} variable, command-line arguments 16542 @cindex @code{ARGC}/@code{ARGV} variables, command-line arguments 16543 All these arguments are made available to your @command{awk} program in the 16544 @code{ARGV} array (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). Command-line options 16545 and the program text (if present) are omitted from @code{ARGV}. 16546 All other arguments, including variable assignments, are 16547 included. As each element of @code{ARGV} is processed, @command{gawk} 16548 sets the variable @code{ARGIND} to the index in @code{ARGV} of the 16549 current element. 16550 16551 @cindex input files, variable assignments and 16552 The distinction between @value{FN} arguments and variable-assignment 16553 arguments is made when @command{awk} is about to open the next input file. 16554 At that point in execution, it checks the @value{FN} to see whether 16555 it is really a variable assignment; if so, @command{awk} sets the variable 16556 instead of reading a file. 16557 16558 Therefore, the variables actually receive the given values after all 16559 previously specified files have been read. In particular, the values of 16560 variables assigned in this fashion are @emph{not} available inside a 16561 @code{BEGIN} rule 16562 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}), 16563 because such rules are run before @command{awk} begins scanning the argument list. 16564 16565 @cindex dark corner, escape sequences 16566 The variable values given on the command line are processed for escape 16567 sequences (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 16568 @value{DARKCORNER} 16569 16570 In some earlier implementations of @command{awk}, when a variable assignment 16571 occurred before any @value{FN}s, the assignment would happen @emph{before} 16572 the @code{BEGIN} rule was executed. @command{awk}'s behavior was thus 16573 inconsistent; some command-line assignments were available inside the 16574 @code{BEGIN} rule, while others were not. Unfortunately, 16575 some applications came to depend 16576 upon this ``feature.'' When @command{awk} was changed to be more consistent, 16577 the @option{-v} option was added to accommodate applications that depended 16578 upon the old behavior. 16579 16580 The variable assignment feature is most useful for assigning to variables 16581 such as @code{RS}, @code{OFS}, and @code{ORS}, which control input and 16582 output formats before scanning the @value{DF}s. It is also useful for 16583 controlling state if multiple passes are needed over a @value{DF}. For 16584 example: 16585 16586 @cindex files, multiple passes over 16587 @example 16588 awk 'pass == 1 @{ @var{pass 1 stuff} @} 16589 pass == 2 @{ @var{pass 2 stuff} @}' pass=1 mydata pass=2 mydata 16590 @end example 16591 16592 Given the variable assignment feature, the @option{-F} option for setting 16593 the value of @code{FS} is not 16594 strictly necessary. It remains for historical compatibility. 16595 16596 @node AWKPATH Variable 16597 @section The @env{AWKPATH} Environment Variable 16598 @cindex @env{AWKPATH} environment variable 16599 @cindex directories, searching 16600 @cindex search paths, for source files 16601 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{AWKPATH} environment variable 16602 @ifinfo 16603 The previous @value{SECTION} described how @command{awk} program files can be named 16604 on the command-line with the @option{-f} option. 16605 @end ifinfo 16606 In most @command{awk} 16607 implementations, you must supply a precise path name for each program 16608 file, unless the file is in the current directory. 16609 But in @command{gawk}, if the @value{FN} supplied to the @option{-f} option 16610 does not contain a @samp{/}, then @command{gawk} searches a list of 16611 directories (called the @dfn{search path}), one by one, looking for a 16612 file with the specified name. 16613 16614 The search path is a string consisting of directory names 16615 separated by colons. @command{gawk} gets its search path from the 16616 @env{AWKPATH} environment variable. If that variable does not exist, 16617 @command{gawk} uses a default path, 16618 @samp{.:/usr/local/share/awk}.@footnote{Your version of @command{gawk} 16619 may use a different directory; it 16620 will depend upon how @command{gawk} was built and installed. The actual 16621 directory is the value of @samp{$(datadir)} generated when 16622 @command{gawk} was configured. You probably don't need to worry about this, 16623 though.} (Programs written for use by 16624 system administrators should use an @env{AWKPATH} variable that 16625 does not include the current directory, @file{.}.) 16626 16627 The search path feature is particularly useful for building libraries 16628 of useful @command{awk} functions. The library files can be placed in a 16629 standard directory in the default path and then specified on 16630 the command line with a short @value{FN}. Otherwise, the full @value{FN} 16631 would have to be typed for each file. 16632 16633 By using both the @option{--source} and @option{-f} options, your command-line 16634 @command{awk} programs can use facilities in @command{awk} library files 16635 (@pxref{Library Functions}). 16636 Path searching is not done if @command{gawk} is in compatibility mode. 16637 This is true for both @option{--traditional} and @option{--posix}. 16638 @xref{Options}. 16639 16640 @strong{Note:} If you want files in the current directory to be found, 16641 you must include the current directory in the path, either by including 16642 @file{.} explicitly in the path or by writing a null entry in the 16643 path. (A null entry is indicated by starting or ending the path with a 16644 colon or by placing two colons next to each other (@samp{::}).) If the 16645 current directory is not included in the path, then files cannot be 16646 found in the current directory. This path search mechanism is identical 16647 to the shell's. 16648 @c someday, @cite{The Bourne Again Shell}.... 16649 16650 Starting with @value{PVERSION} 3.0, if @env{AWKPATH} is not defined in the 16651 environment, @command{gawk} places its default search path into 16652 @code{ENVIRON["AWKPATH"]}. This makes it easy to determine 16653 the actual search path that @command{gawk} will use 16654 from within an @command{awk} program. 16655 16656 While you can change @code{ENVIRON["AWKPATH"]} within your @command{awk} 16657 program, this has no effect on the running program's behavior. This makes 16658 sense: the @env{AWKPATH} environment variable is used to find the program 16659 source files. Once your program is running, all the files have been 16660 found, and @command{gawk} no longer needs to use @env{AWKPATH}. 16661 16662 @node Obsolete 16663 @section Obsolete Options and/or Features 16664 16665 @cindex features, advanced, See advanced features 16666 @cindex options, deprecated 16667 @cindex features, deprecated 16668 @cindex obsolete features 16669 This @value{SECTION} describes features and/or command-line options from 16670 previous releases of @command{gawk} that are either not available in the 16671 current version or that are still supported but deprecated (meaning that 16672 they will @emph{not} be in the next release). 16673 16674 @c update this section for each release! 16675 16676 @cindex @code{next file} statement, deprecated 16677 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement, @code{next file} statement and 16678 For @value{PVERSION} @value{VERSION} of @command{gawk}, there are no 16679 deprecated command-line options 16680 @c or other deprecated features 16681 from the previous version of @command{gawk}. 16682 The use of @samp{next file} (two words) for @code{nextfile} was deprecated 16683 in @command{gawk} 3.0 but still worked. Starting with @value{PVERSION} 3.1, the 16684 two-word usage is no longer accepted. 16685 16686 The process-related special files described in 16687 @ref{Special Process}, 16688 work as described, but 16689 are now considered deprecated. 16690 @command{gawk} prints a warning message every time they are used. 16691 (Use @code{PROCINFO} instead; see 16692 @ref{Auto-set}.) 16693 They will be removed from the next release of @command{gawk}. 16694 16695 @ignore 16696 This @value{SECTION} 16697 is thus essentially a place holder, 16698 in case some option becomes obsolete in a future version of @command{gawk}. 16699 @end ignore 16700 16701 @node Undocumented 16702 @section Undocumented Options and Features 16703 @cindex undocumented features 16704 @cindex features, undocumented 16705 @cindex Skywalker, Luke 16706 @cindex Kenobi, Obi-Wan 16707 @cindex Jedi knights 16708 @cindex Knights, jedi 16709 @quotation 16710 @i{Use the Source, Luke!}@* 16711 Obi-Wan 16712 @end quotation 16713 16714 This @value{SECTION} intentionally left 16715 blank. 16716 16717 @ignore 16718 @c If these came out in the Info file or TeX document, then they wouldn't 16719 @c be undocumented, would they? 16720 16721 @command{gawk} has one undocumented option: 16722 16723 @table @code 16724 @item -W nostalgia 16725 @itemx --nostalgia 16726 Print the message @code{"awk: bailing out near line 1"} and dump core. 16727 This option was inspired by the common behavior of very early versions of 16728 Unix @command{awk} and by a t--shirt. 16729 The message is @emph{not} subject to translation in non-English locales. 16730 @c so there! nyah, nyah. 16731 @end table 16732 16733 Early versions of @command{awk} used to not require any separator (either 16734 a newline or @samp{;}) between the rules in @command{awk} programs. Thus, 16735 it was common to see one-line programs like: 16736 16737 @example 16738 awk '@{ sum += $1 @} END @{ print sum @}' 16739 @end example 16740 16741 @command{gawk} actually supports this but it is purposely undocumented 16742 because it is considered bad style. The correct way to write such a program 16743 is either 16744 16745 @example 16746 awk '@{ sum += $1 @} ; END @{ print sum @}' 16747 @end example 16748 16749 @noindent 16750 or 16751 16752 @example 16753 awk '@{ sum += $1 @} 16754 END @{ print sum @}' data 16755 @end example 16756 16757 @noindent 16758 @xref{Statements/Lines}, for a fuller 16759 explanation. 16760 16761 You can insert newlines after the @samp{;} in @code{for} loops. 16762 This seems to have been a long-undocumented feature in Unix @command{awk}. 16763 16764 Similarly, you may use @code{print} or @code{printf} statements in the 16765 @var{init} and @var{increment} parts of a @code{for} loop. This is another 16766 long-undocumented ``feature'' of Unix @code{awk}. 16767 16768 If the environment variable @env{WHINY_USERS} exists 16769 when @command{gawk} is run, 16770 then the associative @code{for} loop will go through the array 16771 indices in sorted order. 16772 The comparison used for sorting is simple string comparison; 16773 any non-English or non-ASCII locales are not taken into account. 16774 @code{IGNORECASE} does not affect the comparison either. 16775 16776 In addition, if @env{WHINY_USERS} is set, the profiled version of a 16777 program generated by @option{--profile} will print all 8-bit characters 16778 verbatim, instead of using the octal equivalent. 16779 16780 @end ignore 16781 16782 @node Known Bugs 16783 @section Known Bugs in @command{gawk} 16784 @cindex @command{gawk}, debugging 16785 @cindex debugging @command{gawk} 16786 @cindex troubleshooting, @command{gawk} 16787 16788 @itemize @bullet 16789 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{-F} option 16790 @cindex @code{-F} option, troubleshooting 16791 @cindex @code{FS} variable, changing value of 16792 @item 16793 The @option{-F} option for changing the value of @code{FS} 16794 (@pxref{Options}) 16795 is not necessary given the command-line variable 16796 assignment feature; it remains only for backward compatibility. 16797 16798 @item 16799 Syntactically invalid single-character programs tend to overflow 16800 the parse stack, generating a rather unhelpful message. Such programs 16801 are surprisingly difficult to diagnose in the completely general case, 16802 and the effort to do so really is not worth it. 16803 @end itemize 16804 16805 @ignore 16806 @c Try this 16807 @iftex 16808 @page 16809 @headings off 16810 @majorheading II@ @ @ Using @command{awk} and @command{gawk} 16811 Part II shows how to use @command{awk} and @command{gawk} for problem solving. 16812 There is lots of code here for you to read and learn from. 16813 It contains the following chapters: 16814 16815 @itemize @bullet 16816 @item 16817 @ref{Library Functions}. 16818 16819 @item 16820 @ref{Sample Programs}. 16821 16822 @end itemize 16823 16824 @page 16825 @evenheading @thispage@ @ @ @strong{@value{TITLE}} @| @| 16826 @oddheading @| @| @strong{@thischapter}@ @ @ @thispage 16827 @end iftex 16828 @end ignore 16829 16830 @node Library Functions 16831 @chapter A Library of @command{awk} Functions 16832 @c STARTOFRANGE libf 16833 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions 16834 @c STARTOFRANGE flib 16835 @cindex functions, library 16836 @c STARTOFRANGE fudlib 16837 @cindex functions, user-defined, library of 16838 16839 @ref{User-defined}, describes how to write 16840 your own @command{awk} functions. Writing functions is important, because 16841 it allows you to encapsulate algorithms and program tasks in a single 16842 place. It simplifies programming, making program development more 16843 manageable, and making programs more readable. 16844 16845 One valuable way to learn a new programming language is to @emph{read} 16846 programs in that language. To that end, this @value{CHAPTER} 16847 and @ref{Sample Programs}, 16848 provide a good-sized body of code for you to read, 16849 and hopefully, to learn from. 16850 16851 @c 2e: USE TEXINFO-2 FUNCTION DEFINITION STUFF!!!!!!!!!!!!! 16852 This @value{CHAPTER} presents a library of useful @command{awk} functions. 16853 Many of the sample programs presented later in this @value{DOCUMENT} 16854 use these functions. 16855 The functions are presented here in a progression from simple to complex. 16856 16857 @cindex Texinfo 16858 @ref{Extract Program}, 16859 presents a program that you can use to extract the source code for 16860 these example library functions and programs from the Texinfo source 16861 for this @value{DOCUMENT}. 16862 (This has already been done as part of the @command{gawk} distribution.) 16863 16864 If you have written one or more useful, general-purpose @command{awk} functions 16865 and would like to contribute them to the author's collection of @command{awk} 16866 programs, see 16867 @ref{How To Contribute}, for more information. 16868 16869 @cindex portability, example programs 16870 The programs in this @value{CHAPTER} and in 16871 @ref{Sample Programs}, 16872 freely use features that are @command{gawk}-specific. 16873 Rewriting these programs for different implementations of awk is pretty straightforward. 16874 16875 Diagnostic error messages are sent to @file{/dev/stderr}. 16876 Use @samp{| "cat 1>&2"} instead of @samp{> "/dev/stderr"} if your system 16877 does not have a @file{/dev/stderr}, or if you cannot use @command{gawk}. 16878 16879 A number of programs use @code{nextfile} 16880 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}) 16881 to skip any remaining input in the input file. 16882 @ref{Nextfile Function}, 16883 shows you how to write a function that does the same thing. 16884 16885 @c 12/2000: Thanks to Nelson Beebe for pointing out the output issue. 16886 @cindex case sensitivity, example programs 16887 @cindex @code{IGNORECASE} variable, in example programs 16888 Finally, some of the programs choose to ignore upper- and lowercase 16889 distinctions in their input. They do so by assigning one to @code{IGNORECASE}. 16890 You can achieve almost the same effect@footnote{The effects are 16891 not identical. Output of the transformed 16892 record will be in all lowercase, while @code{IGNORECASE} preserves the original 16893 contents of the input record.} by adding the following rule to the 16894 beginning of the program: 16895 16896 @example 16897 # ignore case 16898 @{ $0 = tolower($0) @} 16899 @end example 16900 16901 @noindent 16902 Also, verify that all regexp and string constants used in 16903 comparisons use only lowercase letters. 16904 16905 @menu 16906 * Library Names:: How to best name private global variables in 16907 library functions. 16908 * General Functions:: Functions that are of general use. 16909 * Data File Management:: Functions for managing command-line data 16910 files. 16911 * Getopt Function:: A function for processing command-line 16912 arguments. 16913 * Passwd Functions:: Functions for getting user information. 16914 * Group Functions:: Functions for getting group information. 16915 @end menu 16916 16917 @node Library Names 16918 @section Naming Library Function Global Variables 16919 16920 @cindex names, arrays/variables 16921 @cindex names, functions 16922 @cindex namespace issues 16923 @cindex @command{awk} programs, documenting 16924 @cindex documentation, of @command{awk} programs 16925 Due to the way the @command{awk} language evolved, variables are either 16926 @dfn{global} (usable by the entire program) or @dfn{local} (usable just by 16927 a specific function). There is no intermediate state analogous to 16928 @code{static} variables in C. 16929 16930 @cindex variables, global, for library functions 16931 @cindex private variables 16932 @cindex variables, private 16933 Library functions often need to have global variables that they can use to 16934 preserve state information between calls to the function---for example, 16935 @code{getopt}'s variable @code{_opti} 16936 (@pxref{Getopt Function}). 16937 Such variables are called @dfn{private}, since the only functions that need to 16938 use them are the ones in the library. 16939 16940 When writing a library function, you should try to choose names for your 16941 private variables that will not conflict with any variables used by 16942 either another library function or a user's main program. For example, a 16943 name like @samp{i} or @samp{j} is not a good choice, because user programs 16944 often use variable names like these for their own purposes. 16945 16946 @cindex programming conventions, private variable names 16947 The example programs shown in this @value{CHAPTER} all start the names of their 16948 private variables with an underscore (@samp{_}). Users generally don't use 16949 leading underscores in their variable names, so this convention immediately 16950 decreases the chances that the variable name will be accidentally shared 16951 with the user's program. 16952 16953 @cindex @code{_} (underscore), in names of private variables 16954 @cindex underscore (@code{_}), in names of private variables 16955 In addition, several of the library functions use a prefix that helps 16956 indicate what function or set of functions use the variables---for example, 16957 @code{_pw_byname} in the user database routines 16958 (@pxref{Passwd Functions}). 16959 This convention is recommended, since it even further decreases the 16960 chance of inadvertent conflict among variable names. Note that this 16961 convention is used equally well for variable names and for private 16962 function names as well.@footnote{While all the library routines could have 16963 been rewritten to use this convention, this was not done, in order to 16964 show how my own @command{awk} programming style has evolved and to 16965 provide some basis for this discussion.} 16966 16967 As a final note on variable naming, if a function makes global variables 16968 available for use by a main program, it is a good convention to start that 16969 variable's name with a capital letter---for 16970 example, @code{getopt}'s @code{Opterr} and @code{Optind} variables 16971 (@pxref{Getopt Function}). 16972 The leading capital letter indicates that it is global, while the fact that 16973 the variable name is not all capital letters indicates that the variable is 16974 not one of @command{awk}'s built-in variables, such as @code{FS}. 16975 16976 @cindex @code{--dump-variables} option 16977 It is also important that @emph{all} variables in library 16978 functions that do not need to save state are, in fact, declared 16979 local.@footnote{@command{gawk}'s @option{--dump-variables} command-line 16980 option is useful for verifying this.} If this is not done, the variable 16981 could accidentally be used in the user's program, leading to bugs that 16982 are very difficult to track down: 16983 16984 @example 16985 function lib_func(x, y, l1, l2) 16986 @{ 16987 @dots{} 16988 @var{use variable} some_var # some_var should be local 16989 @dots{} # but is not by oversight 16990 @} 16991 @end example 16992 16993 @cindex arrays, associative, library functions and 16994 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, associative arrays and 16995 @cindex functions, library, associative arrays and 16996 @cindex Tcl 16997 A different convention, common in the Tcl community, is to use a single 16998 associative array to hold the values needed by the library function(s), or 16999 ``package.'' This significantly decreases the number of actual global names 17000 in use. For example, the functions described in 17001 @ref{Passwd Functions}, 17002 might have used array elements @code{@w{PW_data["inited"]}}, @code{@w{PW_data["total"]}}, 17003 @code{@w{PW_data["count"]}}, and @code{@w{PW_data["awklib"]}}, instead of 17004 @code{@w{_pw_inited}}, @code{@w{_pw_awklib}}, @code{@w{_pw_total}}, 17005 and @code{@w{_pw_count}}. 17006 17007 The conventions presented in this @value{SECTION} are exactly 17008 that: conventions. You are not required to write your programs this 17009 way---we merely recommend that you do so. 17010 17011 @node General Functions 17012 @section General Programming 17013 17014 This @value{SECTION} presents a number of functions that are of general 17015 programming use. 17016 17017 @menu 17018 * Nextfile Function:: Two implementations of a @code{nextfile} 17019 function. 17020 * Assert Function:: A function for assertions in @command{awk} 17021 programs. 17022 * Round Function:: A function for rounding if @code{sprintf} does 17023 not do it correctly. 17024 * Cliff Random Function:: The Cliff Random Number Generator. 17025 * Ordinal Functions:: Functions for using characters as numbers and 17026 vice versa. 17027 * Join Function:: A function to join an array into a string. 17028 * Gettimeofday Function:: A function to get formatted times. 17029 @end menu 17030 17031 @node Nextfile Function 17032 @subsection Implementing @code{nextfile} as a Function 17033 17034 @cindex input files, skipping 17035 @c STARTOFRANGE libfnex 17036 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, @code{nextfile} statement 17037 @c STARTOFRANGE flibnex 17038 @cindex functions, library, @code{nextfile} statement 17039 @c STARTOFRANGE nexim 17040 @cindex @code{nextfile} statement, implementing 17041 @cindex @command{gawk}, @code{nextfile} statement in 17042 The @code{nextfile} statement, presented in 17043 @ref{Nextfile Statement}, 17044 is a @command{gawk}-specific extension---it is not available in most other 17045 implementations of @command{awk}. This @value{SECTION} shows two versions of a 17046 @code{nextfile} function that you can use to simulate @command{gawk}'s 17047 @code{nextfile} statement if you cannot use @command{gawk}. 17048 17049 A first attempt at writing a @code{nextfile} function is as follows: 17050 17051 @example 17052 # nextfile --- skip remaining records in current file 17053 # this should be read in before the "main" awk program 17054 17055 function nextfile() @{ _abandon_ = FILENAME; next @} 17056 _abandon_ == FILENAME @{ next @} 17057 @end example 17058 17059 @cindex programming conventions, @code{nextfile} statement 17060 Because it supplies a rule that must be executed first, this file should 17061 be included before the main program. This rule compares the current 17062 @value{DF}'s name (which is always in the @code{FILENAME} variable) to 17063 a private variable named @code{_abandon_}. If the @value{FN} matches, 17064 then the action part of the rule executes a @code{next} statement to 17065 go on to the next record. (The use of @samp{_} in the variable name is 17066 a convention. It is discussed more fully in 17067 @ref{Library Names}.) 17068 17069 The use of the @code{next} statement effectively creates a loop that reads 17070 all the records from the current @value{DF}. 17071 The end of the file is eventually reached and 17072 a new @value{DF} is opened, changing the value of @code{FILENAME}. 17073 Once this happens, the comparison of @code{_abandon_} to @code{FILENAME} 17074 fails, and execution continues with the first rule of the ``real'' program. 17075 17076 The @code{nextfile} function itself simply sets the value of @code{_abandon_} 17077 and then executes a @code{next} statement to start the 17078 loop. 17079 @ignore 17080 @c If the function can't be used on other versions of awk, this whole 17081 @c section is pointless, no? Sigh. 17082 @footnote{@command{gawk} is the only known @command{awk} implementation 17083 that allows you to 17084 execute @code{next} from within a function body. Some other workaround 17085 is necessary if you are not using @command{gawk}.} 17086 @end ignore 17087 17088 @cindex @code{nextfile} user-defined function 17089 This initial version has a subtle problem. 17090 If the same @value{DF} is listed @emph{twice} on the commandline, 17091 one right after the other 17092 or even with just a variable assignment between them, 17093 this code skips right through the file a second time, even though 17094 it should stop when it gets to the end of the first occurrence. 17095 A second version of @code{nextfile} that remedies this problem 17096 is shown here: 17097 17098 @example 17099 @c file eg/lib/nextfile.awk 17100 # nextfile --- skip remaining records in current file 17101 # correctly handle successive occurrences of the same file 17102 @c endfile 17103 @ignore 17104 @c file eg/lib/nextfile.awk 17105 # 17106 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17107 # May, 1993 17108 17109 @c endfile 17110 @end ignore 17111 @c file eg/lib/nextfile.awk 17112 # this should be read in before the "main" awk program 17113 17114 function nextfile() @{ _abandon_ = FILENAME; next @} 17115 17116 _abandon_ == FILENAME @{ 17117 if (FNR == 1) 17118 _abandon_ = "" 17119 else 17120 next 17121 @} 17122 @c endfile 17123 @end example 17124 17125 The @code{nextfile} function has not changed. It makes @code{_abandon_} 17126 equal to the current @value{FN} and then executes a @code{next} statement. 17127 The @code{next} statement reads the next record and increments @code{FNR} 17128 so that @code{FNR} is guaranteed to have a value of at least two. 17129 However, if @code{nextfile} is called for the last record in the file, 17130 then @command{awk} closes the current @value{DF} and moves on to the next 17131 one. Upon doing so, @code{FILENAME} is set to the name of the new file 17132 and @code{FNR} is reset to one. If this next file is the same as 17133 the previous one, @code{_abandon_} is still equal to @code{FILENAME}. 17134 However, @code{FNR} is equal to one, telling us that this is a new 17135 occurrence of the file and not the one we were reading when the 17136 @code{nextfile} function was executed. In that case, @code{_abandon_} 17137 is reset to the empty string, so that further executions of this rule 17138 fail (until the next time that @code{nextfile} is called). 17139 17140 If @code{FNR} is not one, then we are still in the original @value{DF} 17141 and the program executes a @code{next} statement to skip through it. 17142 17143 An important question to ask at this point is: given that the 17144 functionality of @code{nextfile} can be provided with a library file, 17145 why is it built into @command{gawk}? Adding 17146 features for little reason leads to larger, slower programs that are 17147 harder to maintain. 17148 The answer is that building @code{nextfile} into @command{gawk} provides 17149 significant gains in efficiency. If the @code{nextfile} function is executed 17150 at the beginning of a large @value{DF}, @command{awk} still has to scan the entire 17151 file, splitting it up into records, 17152 @c at least conceptually 17153 just to skip over it. The built-in 17154 @code{nextfile} can simply close the file immediately and proceed to the 17155 next one, which saves a lot of time. This is particularly important in 17156 @command{awk}, because @command{awk} programs are generally I/O-bound (i.e., 17157 they spend most of their time doing input and output, instead of performing 17158 computations). 17159 @c ENDOFRANGE libfnex 17160 @c ENDOFRANGE flibnex 17161 @c ENDOFRANGE nexim 17162 17163 @node Assert Function 17164 @subsection Assertions 17165 17166 @c STARTOFRANGE asse 17167 @cindex assertions 17168 @c STARTOFRANGE assef 17169 @cindex @code{assert} function (C library) 17170 @c STARTOFRANGE libfass 17171 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, assertions 17172 @c STARTOFRANGE flibass 17173 @cindex functions, library, assertions 17174 @cindex @command{awk} programs, lengthy, assertions 17175 When writing large programs, it is often useful to know 17176 that a condition or set of conditions is true. Before proceeding with a 17177 particular computation, you make a statement about what you believe to be 17178 the case. Such a statement is known as an 17179 @dfn{assertion}. The C language provides an @code{<assert.h>} header file 17180 and corresponding @code{assert} macro that the programmer can use to make 17181 assertions. If an assertion fails, the @code{assert} macro arranges to 17182 print a diagnostic message describing the condition that should have 17183 been true but was not, and then it kills the program. In C, using 17184 @code{assert} looks this: 17185 17186 @example 17187 #include <assert.h> 17188 17189 int myfunc(int a, double b) 17190 @{ 17191 assert(a <= 5 && b >= 17.1); 17192 @dots{} 17193 @} 17194 @end example 17195 17196 If the assertion fails, the program prints a message similar to this: 17197 17198 @example 17199 prog.c:5: assertion failed: a <= 5 && b >= 17.1 17200 @end example 17201 17202 @cindex @code{assert} user-defined function 17203 The C language makes it possible to turn the condition into a string for use 17204 in printing the diagnostic message. This is not possible in @command{awk}, so 17205 this @code{assert} function also requires a string version of the condition 17206 that is being tested. 17207 Following is the function: 17208 17209 @example 17210 @c file eg/lib/assert.awk 17211 # assert --- assert that a condition is true. Otherwise exit. 17212 @c endfile 17213 @ignore 17214 @c file eg/lib/assert.awk 17215 17216 # 17217 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17218 # May, 1993 17219 17220 @c endfile 17221 @end ignore 17222 @c file eg/lib/assert.awk 17223 function assert(condition, string) 17224 @{ 17225 if (! condition) @{ 17226 printf("%s:%d: assertion failed: %s\n", 17227 FILENAME, FNR, string) > "/dev/stderr" 17228 _assert_exit = 1 17229 exit 1 17230 @} 17231 @} 17232 17233 @group 17234 END @{ 17235 if (_assert_exit) 17236 exit 1 17237 @} 17238 @end group 17239 @c endfile 17240 @end example 17241 17242 The @code{assert} function tests the @code{condition} parameter. If it 17243 is false, it prints a message to standard error, using the @code{string} 17244 parameter to describe the failed condition. It then sets the variable 17245 @code{_assert_exit} to one and executes the @code{exit} statement. 17246 The @code{exit} statement jumps to the @code{END} rule. If the @code{END} 17247 rules finds @code{_assert_exit} to be true, it exits immediately. 17248 17249 The purpose of the test in the @code{END} rule is to 17250 keep any other @code{END} rules from running. When an assertion fails, the 17251 program should exit immediately. 17252 If no assertions fail, then @code{_assert_exit} is still 17253 false when the @code{END} rule is run normally, and the rest of the 17254 program's @code{END} rules execute. 17255 For all of this to work correctly, @file{assert.awk} must be the 17256 first source file read by @command{awk}. 17257 The function can be used in a program in the following way: 17258 17259 @example 17260 function myfunc(a, b) 17261 @{ 17262 assert(a <= 5 && b >= 17.1, "a <= 5 && b >= 17.1") 17263 @dots{} 17264 @} 17265 @end example 17266 17267 @noindent 17268 If the assertion fails, you see a message similar to the following: 17269 17270 @example 17271 mydata:1357: assertion failed: a <= 5 && b >= 17.1 17272 @end example 17273 17274 @cindex @code{END} pattern, @code{assert} user-defined function and 17275 There is a small problem with this version of @code{assert}. 17276 An @code{END} rule is automatically added 17277 to the program calling @code{assert}. Normally, if a program consists 17278 of just a @code{BEGIN} rule, the input files and/or standard input are 17279 not read. However, now that the program has an @code{END} rule, @command{awk} 17280 attempts to read the input @value{DF}s or standard input 17281 (@pxref{Using BEGIN/END}), 17282 most likely causing the program to hang as it waits for input. 17283 17284 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{assert} user-defined function and 17285 There is a simple workaround to this: 17286 make sure the @code{BEGIN} rule always ends 17287 with an @code{exit} statement. 17288 @c ENDOFRANGE asse 17289 @c ENDOFRANGE assef 17290 @c ENDOFRANGE flibass 17291 @c ENDOFRANGE libfass 17292 17293 @node Round Function 17294 @subsection Rounding Numbers 17295 17296 @cindex rounding 17297 @cindex rounding numbers 17298 @cindex numbers, rounding 17299 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, rounding numbers 17300 @cindex functions, library, rounding numbers 17301 @cindex @code{print} statement, @code{sprintf} function and 17302 @cindex @code{printf} statement, @code{sprintf} function and 17303 @cindex @code{sprintf} function, @code{print}/@code{printf} statements and 17304 The way @code{printf} and @code{sprintf} 17305 (@pxref{Printf}) 17306 perform rounding often depends upon the system's C @code{sprintf} 17307 subroutine. On many machines, @code{sprintf} rounding is ``unbiased,'' 17308 which means it doesn't always round a trailing @samp{.5} up, contrary 17309 to naive expectations. In unbiased rounding, @samp{.5} rounds to even, 17310 rather than always up, so 1.5 rounds to 2 but 4.5 rounds to 4. This means 17311 that if you are using a format that does rounding (e.g., @code{"%.0f"}), 17312 you should check what your system does. The following function does 17313 traditional rounding; it might be useful if your awk's @code{printf} 17314 does unbiased rounding: 17315 17316 @cindex @code{round} user-defined function 17317 @example 17318 @c file eg/lib/round.awk 17319 # round.awk --- do normal rounding 17320 @c endfile 17321 @ignore 17322 @c file eg/lib/round.awk 17323 # 17324 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17325 # August, 1996 17326 17327 @c endfile 17328 @end ignore 17329 @c file eg/lib/round.awk 17330 function round(x, ival, aval, fraction) 17331 @{ 17332 ival = int(x) # integer part, int() truncates 17333 17334 # see if fractional part 17335 if (ival == x) # no fraction 17336 return x 17337 17338 if (x < 0) @{ 17339 aval = -x # absolute value 17340 ival = int(aval) 17341 fraction = aval - ival 17342 if (fraction >= .5) 17343 return int(x) - 1 # -2.5 --> -3 17344 else 17345 return int(x) # -2.3 --> -2 17346 @} else @{ 17347 fraction = x - ival 17348 if (fraction >= .5) 17349 return ival + 1 17350 else 17351 return ival 17352 @} 17353 @} 17354 17355 # test harness 17356 @{ print $0, round($0) @} 17357 @c endfile 17358 @end example 17359 17360 @node Cliff Random Function 17361 @subsection The Cliff Random Number Generator 17362 @cindex random numbers, Cliff 17363 @cindex Cliff random numbers 17364 @cindex numbers, Cliff random 17365 @cindex functions, library, Cliff random numbers 17366 17367 The Cliff random number 17368 generator@footnote{@uref{http://mathworld.wolfram.com/CliffRandomNumberGenerator.hmtl}} 17369 is a very simple random number generator that ``passes the noise sphere test 17370 for randomness by showing no structure.'' 17371 It is easily programmed, in less than 10 lines of @command{awk} code: 17372 17373 @cindex @code{cliff_rand} user-defined function 17374 @example 17375 @c file eg/lib/cliff_rand.awk 17376 # cliff_rand.awk --- generate Cliff random numbers 17377 @c endfile 17378 @ignore 17379 @c file eg/lib/cliff_rand.awk 17380 # 17381 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17382 # December 2000 17383 17384 @c endfile 17385 @end ignore 17386 @c file eg/lib/cliff_rand.awk 17387 BEGIN @{ _cliff_seed = 0.1 @} 17388 17389 function cliff_rand() 17390 @{ 17391 _cliff_seed = (100 * log(_cliff_seed)) % 1 17392 if (_cliff_seed < 0) 17393 _cliff_seed = - _cliff_seed 17394 return _cliff_seed 17395 @} 17396 @c endfile 17397 @end example 17398 17399 This algorithm requires an initial ``seed'' of 0.1. Each new value 17400 uses the current seed as input for the calculation. 17401 If the built-in @code{rand} function 17402 (@pxref{Numeric Functions}) 17403 isn't random enough, you might try using this function instead. 17404 17405 @node Ordinal Functions 17406 @subsection Translating Between Characters and Numbers 17407 17408 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, character values as numbers 17409 @cindex functions, library, character values as numbers 17410 @cindex characters, values of as numbers 17411 @cindex numbers, as values of characters 17412 One commercial implementation of @command{awk} supplies a built-in function, 17413 @code{ord}, which takes a character and returns the numeric value for that 17414 character in the machine's character set. If the string passed to 17415 @code{ord} has more than one character, only the first one is used. 17416 17417 The inverse of this function is @code{chr} (from the function of the same 17418 name in Pascal), which takes a number and returns the corresponding character. 17419 Both functions are written very nicely in @command{awk}; there is no real 17420 reason to build them into the @command{awk} interpreter: 17421 17422 @cindex @code{ord} user-defined function 17423 @cindex @code{chr} user-defined function 17424 @example 17425 @c file eg/lib/ord.awk 17426 # ord.awk --- do ord and chr 17427 17428 # Global identifiers: 17429 # _ord_: numerical values indexed by characters 17430 # _ord_init: function to initialize _ord_ 17431 @c endfile 17432 @ignore 17433 @c file eg/lib/ord.awk 17434 # 17435 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17436 # 16 January, 1992 17437 # 20 July, 1992, revised 17438 17439 @c endfile 17440 @end ignore 17441 @c file eg/lib/ord.awk 17442 BEGIN @{ _ord_init() @} 17443 17444 function _ord_init( low, high, i, t) 17445 @{ 17446 low = sprintf("%c", 7) # BEL is ascii 7 17447 if (low == "\a") @{ # regular ascii 17448 low = 0 17449 high = 127 17450 @} else if (sprintf("%c", 128 + 7) == "\a") @{ 17451 # ascii, mark parity 17452 low = 128 17453 high = 255 17454 @} else @{ # ebcdic(!) 17455 low = 0 17456 high = 255 17457 @} 17458 17459 for (i = low; i <= high; i++) @{ 17460 t = sprintf("%c", i) 17461 _ord_[t] = i 17462 @} 17463 @} 17464 @c endfile 17465 @end example 17466 17467 @cindex character sets 17468 @cindex character encodings 17469 @cindex ASCII 17470 @cindex EBCDIC 17471 @cindex mark parity 17472 Some explanation of the numbers used by @code{chr} is worthwhile. 17473 The most prominent character set in use today is ASCII. Although an 17474 8-bit byte can hold 256 distinct values (from 0 to 255), ASCII only 17475 defines characters that use the values from 0 to 127.@footnote{ASCII 17476 has been extended in many countries to use the values from 128 to 255 17477 for country-specific characters. If your system uses these extensions, 17478 you can simplify @code{_ord_init} to simply loop from 0 to 255.} 17479 In the now distant past, 17480 at least one minicomputer manufacturer 17481 @c Pr1me, blech 17482 used ASCII, but with mark parity, meaning that the leftmost bit in the byte 17483 is always 1. This means that on those systems, characters 17484 have numeric values from 128 to 255. 17485 Finally, large mainframe systems use the EBCDIC character set, which 17486 uses all 256 values. 17487 While there are other character sets in use on some older systems, 17488 they are not really worth worrying about: 17489 17490 @example 17491 @c file eg/lib/ord.awk 17492 function ord(str, c) 17493 @{ 17494 # only first character is of interest 17495 c = substr(str, 1, 1) 17496 return _ord_[c] 17497 @} 17498 17499 function chr(c) 17500 @{ 17501 # force c to be numeric by adding 0 17502 return sprintf("%c", c + 0) 17503 @} 17504 @c endfile 17505 17506 #### test code #### 17507 # BEGIN \ 17508 # @{ 17509 # for (;;) @{ 17510 # printf("enter a character: ") 17511 # if (getline var <= 0) 17512 # break 17513 # printf("ord(%s) = %d\n", var, ord(var)) 17514 # @} 17515 # @} 17516 @c endfile 17517 @end example 17518 17519 An obvious improvement to these functions is to move the code for the 17520 @code{@w{_ord_init}} function into the body of the @code{BEGIN} rule. It was 17521 written this way initially for ease of development. 17522 There is a ``test program'' in a @code{BEGIN} rule, to test the 17523 function. It is commented out for production use. 17524 17525 @node Join Function 17526 @subsection Merging an Array into a String 17527 17528 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, merging arrays into strings 17529 @cindex functions, library, merging arrays into strings 17530 @cindex strings, merging arrays into 17531 @cindex arrays, merging into strings 17532 When doing string processing, it is often useful to be able to join 17533 all the strings in an array into one long string. The following function, 17534 @code{join}, accomplishes this task. It is used later in several of 17535 the application programs 17536 (@pxref{Sample Programs}). 17537 17538 Good function design is important; this function needs to be general but it 17539 should also have a reasonable default behavior. It is called with an array 17540 as well as the beginning and ending indices of the elements in the array to be 17541 merged. This assumes that the array indices are numeric---a reasonable 17542 assumption since the array was likely created with @code{split} 17543 (@pxref{String Functions}): 17544 17545 @cindex @code{join} user-defined function 17546 @example 17547 @c file eg/lib/join.awk 17548 # join.awk --- join an array into a string 17549 @c endfile 17550 @ignore 17551 @c file eg/lib/join.awk 17552 # 17553 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17554 # May 1993 17555 17556 @c endfile 17557 @end ignore 17558 @c file eg/lib/join.awk 17559 function join(array, start, end, sep, result, i) 17560 @{ 17561 if (sep == "") 17562 sep = " " 17563 else if (sep == SUBSEP) # magic value 17564 sep = "" 17565 result = array[start] 17566 for (i = start + 1; i <= end; i++) 17567 result = result sep array[i] 17568 return result 17569 @} 17570 @c endfile 17571 @end example 17572 17573 An optional additional argument is the separator to use when joining the 17574 strings back together. If the caller supplies a nonempty value, 17575 @code{join} uses it; if it is not supplied, it has a null 17576 value. In this case, @code{join} uses a single blank as a default 17577 separator for the strings. If the value is equal to @code{SUBSEP}, 17578 then @code{join} joins the strings with no separator between them. 17579 @code{SUBSEP} serves as a ``magic'' value to indicate that there should 17580 be no separation between the component strings.@footnote{It would 17581 be nice if @command{awk} had an assignment operator for concatenation. 17582 The lack of an explicit operator for concatenation makes string operations 17583 more difficult than they really need to be.} 17584 17585 @node Gettimeofday Function 17586 @subsection Managing the Time of Day 17587 17588 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, managing, time 17589 @cindex functions, library, managing time 17590 @cindex timestamps, formatted 17591 @cindex time, managing 17592 The @code{systime} and @code{strftime} functions described in 17593 @ref{Time Functions}, 17594 provide the minimum functionality necessary for dealing with the time of day 17595 in human readable form. While @code{strftime} is extensive, the control 17596 formats are not necessarily easy to remember or intuitively obvious when 17597 reading a program. 17598 17599 The following function, @code{gettimeofday}, populates a user-supplied array 17600 with preformatted time information. It returns a string with the current 17601 time formatted in the same way as the @command{date} utility: 17602 17603 @cindex @code{gettimeofday} user-defined function 17604 @example 17605 @c file eg/lib/gettime.awk 17606 # gettimeofday.awk --- get the time of day in a usable format 17607 @c endfile 17608 @ignore 17609 @c file eg/lib/gettime.awk 17610 # 17611 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain, May 1993 17612 # 17613 @c endfile 17614 @end ignore 17615 @c file eg/lib/gettime.awk 17616 17617 # Returns a string in the format of output of date(1) 17618 # Populates the array argument time with individual values: 17619 # time["second"] -- seconds (0 - 59) 17620 # time["minute"] -- minutes (0 - 59) 17621 # time["hour"] -- hours (0 - 23) 17622 # time["althour"] -- hours (0 - 12) 17623 # time["monthday"] -- day of month (1 - 31) 17624 # time["month"] -- month of year (1 - 12) 17625 # time["monthname"] -- name of the month 17626 # time["shortmonth"] -- short name of the month 17627 # time["year"] -- year modulo 100 (0 - 99) 17628 # time["fullyear"] -- full year 17629 # time["weekday"] -- day of week (Sunday = 0) 17630 # time["altweekday"] -- day of week (Monday = 0) 17631 # time["dayname"] -- name of weekday 17632 # time["shortdayname"] -- short name of weekday 17633 # time["yearday"] -- day of year (0 - 365) 17634 # time["timezone"] -- abbreviation of timezone name 17635 # time["ampm"] -- AM or PM designation 17636 # time["weeknum"] -- week number, Sunday first day 17637 # time["altweeknum"] -- week number, Monday first day 17638 17639 function gettimeofday(time, ret, now, i) 17640 @{ 17641 # get time once, avoids unnecessary system calls 17642 now = systime() 17643 17644 # return date(1)-style output 17645 ret = strftime("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y", now) 17646 17647 # clear out target array 17648 delete time 17649 17650 # fill in values, force numeric values to be 17651 # numeric by adding 0 17652 time["second"] = strftime("%S", now) + 0 17653 time["minute"] = strftime("%M", now) + 0 17654 time["hour"] = strftime("%H", now) + 0 17655 time["althour"] = strftime("%I", now) + 0 17656 time["monthday"] = strftime("%d", now) + 0 17657 time["month"] = strftime("%m", now) + 0 17658 time["monthname"] = strftime("%B", now) 17659 time["shortmonth"] = strftime("%b", now) 17660 time["year"] = strftime("%y", now) + 0 17661 time["fullyear"] = strftime("%Y", now) + 0 17662 time["weekday"] = strftime("%w", now) + 0 17663 time["altweekday"] = strftime("%u", now) + 0 17664 time["dayname"] = strftime("%A", now) 17665 time["shortdayname"] = strftime("%a", now) 17666 time["yearday"] = strftime("%j", now) + 0 17667 time["timezone"] = strftime("%Z", now) 17668 time["ampm"] = strftime("%p", now) 17669 time["weeknum"] = strftime("%U", now) + 0 17670 time["altweeknum"] = strftime("%W", now) + 0 17671 17672 return ret 17673 @} 17674 @c endfile 17675 @end example 17676 17677 The string indices are easier to use and read than the various formats 17678 required by @code{strftime}. The @code{alarm} program presented in 17679 @ref{Alarm Program}, 17680 uses this function. 17681 A more general design for the @code{gettimeofday} function would have 17682 allowed the user to supply an optional timestamp value to use instead 17683 of the current time. 17684 17685 @node Data File Management 17686 @section @value{DDF} Management 17687 17688 @c STARTOFRANGE dataf 17689 @cindex files, managing 17690 @c STARTOFRANGE libfdataf 17691 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, managing, @value{DF}s 17692 @c STARTOFRANGE flibdataf 17693 @cindex functions, library, managing @value{DF}s 17694 This @value{SECTION} presents functions that are useful for managing 17695 command-line @value{DF}s. 17696 17697 @menu 17698 * Filetrans Function:: A function for handling data file transitions. 17699 * Rewind Function:: A function for rereading the current file. 17700 * File Checking:: Checking that data files are readable. 17701 * Empty Files:: Checking for zero-length files. 17702 * Ignoring Assigns:: Treating assignments as file names. 17703 @end menu 17704 17705 @node Filetrans Function 17706 @subsection Noting @value{DDF} Boundaries 17707 17708 @cindex files, managing, @value{DF} boundaries 17709 @cindex files, initialization and cleanup 17710 The @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules are each executed exactly once at 17711 the beginning and end of your @command{awk} program, respectively 17712 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 17713 We (the @command{gawk} authors) once had a user who mistakenly thought that the 17714 @code{BEGIN} rule is executed at the beginning of each @value{DF} and the 17715 @code{END} rule is executed at the end of each @value{DF}. When informed 17716 that this was not the case, the user requested that we add new special 17717 patterns to @command{gawk}, named @code{BEGIN_FILE} and @code{END_FILE}, that 17718 would have the desired behavior. He even supplied us the code to do so. 17719 17720 Adding these special patterns to @command{gawk} wasn't necessary; 17721 the job can be done cleanly in @command{awk} itself, as illustrated 17722 by the following library program. 17723 It arranges to call two user-supplied functions, @code{beginfile} and 17724 @code{endfile}, at the beginning and end of each @value{DF}. 17725 Besides solving the problem in only nine(!) lines of code, it does so 17726 @emph{portably}; this works with any implementation of @command{awk}: 17727 17728 @example 17729 # transfile.awk 17730 # 17731 # Give the user a hook for filename transitions 17732 # 17733 # The user must supply functions beginfile() and endfile() 17734 # that each take the name of the file being started or 17735 # finished, respectively. 17736 @c # 17737 @c # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17738 @c # January 1992 17739 17740 FILENAME != _oldfilename \ 17741 @{ 17742 if (_oldfilename != "") 17743 endfile(_oldfilename) 17744 _oldfilename = FILENAME 17745 beginfile(FILENAME) 17746 @} 17747 17748 END @{ endfile(FILENAME) @} 17749 @end example 17750 17751 This file must be loaded before the user's ``main'' program, so that the 17752 rule it supplies is executed first. 17753 17754 This rule relies on @command{awk}'s @code{FILENAME} variable that 17755 automatically changes for each new @value{DF}. The current @value{FN} is 17756 saved in a private variable, @code{_oldfilename}. If @code{FILENAME} does 17757 not equal @code{_oldfilename}, then a new @value{DF} is being processed and 17758 it is necessary to call @code{endfile} for the old file. Because 17759 @code{endfile} should only be called if a file has been processed, the 17760 program first checks to make sure that @code{_oldfilename} is not the null 17761 string. The program then assigns the current @value{FN} to 17762 @code{_oldfilename} and calls @code{beginfile} for the file. 17763 Because, like all @command{awk} variables, @code{_oldfilename} is 17764 initialized to the null string, this rule executes correctly even for the 17765 first @value{DF}. 17766 17767 The program also supplies an @code{END} rule to do the final processing for 17768 the last file. Because this @code{END} rule comes before any @code{END} rules 17769 supplied in the ``main'' program, @code{endfile} is called first. Once 17770 again the value of multiple @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules should be clear. 17771 17772 @cindex @code{beginfile} user-defined function 17773 @cindex @code{endfile} user-defined function 17774 This version has same problem as the first version of @code{nextfile} 17775 (@pxref{Nextfile Function}). 17776 If the same @value{DF} occurs twice in a row on the command line, then 17777 @code{endfile} and @code{beginfile} are not executed at the end of the 17778 first pass and at the beginning of the second pass. 17779 The following version solves the problem: 17780 17781 @example 17782 @c file eg/lib/ftrans.awk 17783 # ftrans.awk --- handle data file transitions 17784 # 17785 # user supplies beginfile() and endfile() functions 17786 @c endfile 17787 @ignore 17788 @c file eg/lib/ftrans.awk 17789 # 17790 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17791 # November 1992 17792 17793 @c endfile 17794 @end ignore 17795 @c file eg/lib/ftrans.awk 17796 FNR == 1 @{ 17797 if (_filename_ != "") 17798 endfile(_filename_) 17799 _filename_ = FILENAME 17800 beginfile(FILENAME) 17801 @} 17802 17803 END @{ endfile(_filename_) @} 17804 @c endfile 17805 @end example 17806 17807 @ref{Wc Program}, 17808 shows how this library function can be used and 17809 how it simplifies writing the main program. 17810 17811 @node Rewind Function 17812 @subsection Rereading the Current File 17813 17814 @cindex files, reading 17815 Another request for a new built-in function was for a @code{rewind} 17816 function that would make it possible to reread the current file. 17817 The requesting user didn't want to have to use @code{getline} 17818 (@pxref{Getline}) 17819 inside a loop. 17820 17821 However, as long as you are not in the @code{END} rule, it is 17822 quite easy to arrange to immediately close the current input file 17823 and then start over with it from the top. 17824 For lack of a better name, we'll call it @code{rewind}: 17825 17826 @cindex @code{rewind} user-defined function 17827 @example 17828 @c file eg/lib/rewind.awk 17829 # rewind.awk --- rewind the current file and start over 17830 @c endfile 17831 @ignore 17832 @c file eg/lib/rewind.awk 17833 # 17834 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17835 # September 2000 17836 17837 @c endfile 17838 @end ignore 17839 @c file eg/lib/rewind.awk 17840 function rewind( i) 17841 @{ 17842 # shift remaining arguments up 17843 for (i = ARGC; i > ARGIND; i--) 17844 ARGV[i] = ARGV[i-1] 17845 17846 # make sure gawk knows to keep going 17847 ARGC++ 17848 17849 # make current file next to get done 17850 ARGV[ARGIND+1] = FILENAME 17851 17852 # do it 17853 nextfile 17854 @} 17855 @c endfile 17856 @end example 17857 17858 This code relies on the @code{ARGIND} variable 17859 (@pxref{Auto-set}), 17860 which is specific to @command{gawk}. 17861 If you are not using 17862 @command{gawk}, you can use ideas presented in 17863 @ifnotinfo 17864 the previous @value{SECTION} 17865 @end ifnotinfo 17866 @ifinfo 17867 @ref{Filetrans Function}, 17868 @end ifinfo 17869 to either update @code{ARGIND} on your own 17870 or modify this code as appropriate. 17871 17872 The @code{rewind} function also relies on the @code{nextfile} keyword 17873 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 17874 @xref{Nextfile Function}, 17875 for a function version of @code{nextfile}. 17876 17877 @node File Checking 17878 @subsection Checking for Readable @value{DDF}s 17879 17880 @cindex troubleshooting, readable @value{DF}s 17881 @c comma is part of primary 17882 @cindex readable @value{DF}s, checking 17883 @cindex files, skipping 17884 Normally, if you give @command{awk} a @value{DF} that isn't readable, 17885 it stops with a fatal error. There are times when you 17886 might want to just ignore such files and keep going. You can 17887 do this by prepending the following program to your @command{awk} 17888 program: 17889 17890 @cindex @code{readable.awk} program 17891 @example 17892 @c file eg/lib/readable.awk 17893 # readable.awk --- library file to skip over unreadable files 17894 @c endfile 17895 @ignore 17896 @c file eg/lib/readable.awk 17897 # 17898 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17899 # October 2000 17900 17901 @c endfile 17902 @end ignore 17903 @c file eg/lib/readable.awk 17904 BEGIN @{ 17905 for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) @{ 17906 if (ARGV[i] ~ /^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*=.*/ \ 17907 || ARGV[i] == "-") 17908 continue # assignment or standard input 17909 else if ((getline junk < ARGV[i]) < 0) # unreadable 17910 delete ARGV[i] 17911 else 17912 close(ARGV[i]) 17913 @} 17914 @} 17915 @c endfile 17916 @end example 17917 17918 @cindex troubleshooting, @code{getline} function 17919 In @command{gawk}, the @code{getline} won't be fatal (unless 17920 @option{--posix} is in force). 17921 Removing the element from @code{ARGV} with @code{delete} 17922 skips the file (since it's no longer in the list). 17923 17924 @c This doesn't handle /dev/stdin etc. Not worth the hassle to mention or fix. 17925 17926 @node Empty Files 17927 @subsection Checking For Zero-length Files 17928 17929 All known @command{awk} implementations silently skip over zero-length files. 17930 This is a by-product of @command{awk}'s implicit 17931 read-a-record-and-match-against-the-rules loop: when @command{awk} 17932 tries to read a record from an empty file, it immediately receives an 17933 end of file indication, closes the file, and proceeds on to the next 17934 command-line @value{DF}, @emph{without} executing any user-level 17935 @command{awk} program code. 17936 17937 Using @command{gawk}'s @code{ARGIND} variable 17938 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}), it is possible to detect when an empty 17939 @value{DF} has been skipped. Similar to the library file presented 17940 in @ref{Filetrans Function}, the following library file calls a function named 17941 @code{zerofile} that the user must provide. The arguments passed are 17942 the @value{FN} and the position in @code{ARGV} where it was found: 17943 17944 @cindex @code{zerofile.awk} program 17945 @example 17946 @c file eg/lib/zerofile.awk 17947 # zerofile.awk --- library file to process empty input files 17948 @c endfile 17949 @ignore 17950 @c file eg/lib/zerofile.awk 17951 # 17952 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 17953 # June 2003 17954 17955 @c endfile 17956 @end ignore 17957 @c file eg/lib/zerofile.awk 17958 BEGIN @{ Argind = 0 @} 17959 17960 ARGIND > Argind + 1 @{ 17961 for (Argind++; Argind < ARGIND; Argind++) 17962 zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind) 17963 @} 17964 17965 ARGIND != Argind @{ Argind = ARGIND @} 17966 17967 END @{ 17968 if (ARGIND > Argind) 17969 for (Argind++; Argind <= ARGIND; Argind++) 17970 zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind) 17971 @} 17972 @c endfile 17973 @end example 17974 17975 The user-level variable @code{Argind} allows the @command{awk} program 17976 to track its progress through @code{ARGV}. Whenever the program detects 17977 that @code{ARGIND} is greater than @samp{Argind + 1}, it means that one or 17978 more empty files were skipped. The action then calls @code{zerofile} for 17979 each such file, incrementing @code{Argind} along the way. 17980 17981 The @samp{Argind != ARGIND} rule simply keeps @code{Argind} up to date 17982 in the normal case. 17983 17984 Finally, the @code{END} rule catches the case of any empty files at 17985 the end of the command-line arguments. Note that the test in the 17986 condition of the @code{for} loop uses the @samp{<=} operator, 17987 not @code{<}. 17988 17989 As an exercise, you might consider whether this same problem can 17990 be solved without relying on @command{gawk}'s @code{ARGIND} variable. 17991 17992 As a second exercise, revise this code to handle the case where 17993 an intervening value in @code{ARGV} is a variable assignment. 17994 17995 @ignore 17996 # zerofile2.awk --- same thing, portably 17997 BEGIN @{ 17998 ARGIND = Argind = 0 17999 for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) 18000 Fnames[ARGV[i]]++ 18001 18002 @} 18003 FNR == 1 @{ 18004 while (ARGV[ARGIND] != FILENAME) 18005 ARGIND++ 18006 Seen[FILENAME]++ 18007 if (Seen[FILENAME] == Fnames[FILENAME]) 18008 do 18009 ARGIND++ 18010 while (ARGV[ARGIND] != FILENAME) 18011 @} 18012 ARGIND > Argind + 1 @{ 18013 for (Argind++; Argind < ARGIND; Argind++) 18014 zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind) 18015 @} 18016 ARGIND != Argind @{ 18017 Argind = ARGIND 18018 @} 18019 END @{ 18020 if (ARGIND < ARGC - 1) 18021 ARGIND = ARGC - 1 18022 if (ARGIND > Argind) 18023 for (Argind++; Argind <= ARGIND; Argind++) 18024 zerofile(ARGV[Argind], Argind) 18025 @} 18026 @end ignore 18027 18028 @node Ignoring Assigns 18029 @subsection Treating Assignments as @value{FFN}s 18030 18031 @cindex assignments as filenames 18032 @cindex filenames, assignments as 18033 Occasionally, you might not want @command{awk} to process command-line 18034 variable assignments 18035 (@pxref{Assignment Options}). 18036 In particular, if you have @value{FN}s that contain an @samp{=} character, 18037 @command{awk} treats the @value{FN} as an assignment, and does not process it. 18038 18039 Some users have suggested an additional command-line option for @command{gawk} 18040 to disable command-line assignments. However, some simple programming with 18041 a library file does the trick: 18042 18043 @cindex @code{noassign.awk} program 18044 @example 18045 @c file eg/lib/noassign.awk 18046 # noassign.awk --- library file to avoid the need for a 18047 # special option that disables command-line assignments 18048 @c endfile 18049 @ignore 18050 @c file eg/lib/noassign.awk 18051 # 18052 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 18053 # October 1999 18054 18055 @c endfile 18056 @end ignore 18057 @c file eg/lib/noassign.awk 18058 function disable_assigns(argc, argv, i) 18059 @{ 18060 for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) 18061 if (argv[i] ~ /^[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z_0-9]*=.*/) 18062 argv[i] = ("./" argv[i]) 18063 @} 18064 18065 BEGIN @{ 18066 if (No_command_assign) 18067 disable_assigns(ARGC, ARGV) 18068 @} 18069 @c endfile 18070 @end example 18071 18072 You then run your program this way: 18073 18074 @example 18075 awk -v No_command_assign=1 -f noassign.awk -f yourprog.awk * 18076 @end example 18077 18078 The function works by looping through the arguments. 18079 It prepends @samp{./} to 18080 any argument that matches the form 18081 of a variable assignment, turning that argument into a @value{FN}. 18082 18083 The use of @code{No_command_assign} allows you to disable command-line 18084 assignments at invocation time, by giving the variable a true value. 18085 When not set, it is initially zero (i.e., false), so the command-line arguments 18086 are left alone. 18087 @c ENDOFRANGE dataf 18088 @c ENDOFRANGE flibdataf 18089 @c ENDOFRANGE libfdataf 18090 18091 @node Getopt Function 18092 @section Processing Command-Line Options 18093 18094 @c STARTOFRANGE libfclo 18095 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, command-line options 18096 @c STARTOFRANGE flibclo 18097 @cindex functions, library, command-line options 18098 @c STARTOFRANGE clop 18099 @cindex command-line options, processing 18100 @c STARTOFRANGE oclp 18101 @cindex options, command-line, processing 18102 @c STARTOFRANGE clibf 18103 @cindex functions, library, C library 18104 @cindex arguments, processing 18105 Most utilities on POSIX compatible systems take options, or ``switches,'' on 18106 the command line that can be used to change the way a program behaves. 18107 @command{awk} is an example of such a program 18108 (@pxref{Options}). 18109 Often, options take @dfn{arguments}; i.e., data that the program needs to 18110 correctly obey the command-line option. For example, @command{awk}'s 18111 @option{-F} option requires a string to use as the field separator. 18112 The first occurrence on the command line of either @option{--} or a 18113 string that does not begin with @samp{-} ends the options. 18114 18115 @cindex @code{getopt} function (C library) 18116 Modern Unix systems provide a C function named @code{getopt} for processing 18117 command-line arguments. The programmer provides a string describing the 18118 one-letter options. If an option requires an argument, it is followed in the 18119 string with a colon. @code{getopt} is also passed the 18120 count and values of the command-line arguments and is called in a loop. 18121 @code{getopt} processes the command-line arguments for option letters. 18122 Each time around the loop, it returns a single character representing the 18123 next option letter that it finds, or @samp{?} if it finds an invalid option. 18124 When it returns @minus{}1, there are no options left on the command line. 18125 18126 When using @code{getopt}, options that do not take arguments can be 18127 grouped together. Furthermore, options that take arguments require that the 18128 argument is present. The argument can immediately follow the option letter, 18129 or it can be a separate command-line argument. 18130 18131 Given a hypothetical program that takes 18132 three command-line options, @option{-a}, @option{-b}, and @option{-c}, where 18133 @option{-b} requires an argument, all of the following are valid ways of 18134 invoking the program: 18135 18136 @example 18137 prog -a -b foo -c data1 data2 data3 18138 prog -ac -bfoo -- data1 data2 data3 18139 prog -acbfoo data1 data2 data3 18140 @end example 18141 18142 Notice that when the argument is grouped with its option, the rest of 18143 the argument is considered to be the option's argument. 18144 In this example, @option{-acbfoo} indicates that all of the 18145 @option{-a}, @option{-b}, and @option{-c} options were supplied, 18146 and that @samp{foo} is the argument to the @option{-b} option. 18147 18148 @code{getopt} provides four external variables that the programmer can use: 18149 18150 @table @code 18151 @item optind 18152 The index in the argument value array (@code{argv}) where the first 18153 nonoption command-line argument can be found. 18154 18155 @item optarg 18156 The string value of the argument to an option. 18157 18158 @item opterr 18159 Usually @code{getopt} prints an error message when it finds an invalid 18160 option. Setting @code{opterr} to zero disables this feature. (An 18161 application might want to print its own error message.) 18162 18163 @item optopt 18164 The letter representing the command-line option. 18165 @c While not usually documented, most versions supply this variable. 18166 @end table 18167 18168 The following C fragment shows how @code{getopt} might process command-line 18169 arguments for @command{awk}: 18170 18171 @example 18172 int 18173 main(int argc, char *argv[]) 18174 @{ 18175 @dots{} 18176 /* print our own message */ 18177 opterr = 0; 18178 while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "v:f:F:W:")) != -1) @{ 18179 switch (c) @{ 18180 case 'f': /* file */ 18181 @dots{} 18182 break; 18183 case 'F': /* field separator */ 18184 @dots{} 18185 break; 18186 case 'v': /* variable assignment */ 18187 @dots{} 18188 break; 18189 case 'W': /* extension */ 18190 @dots{} 18191 break; 18192 case '?': 18193 default: 18194 usage(); 18195 break; 18196 @} 18197 @} 18198 @dots{} 18199 @} 18200 @end example 18201 18202 As a side point, @command{gawk} actually uses the GNU @code{getopt_long} 18203 function to process both normal and GNU-style long options 18204 (@pxref{Options}). 18205 18206 The abstraction provided by @code{getopt} is very useful and is quite 18207 handy in @command{awk} programs as well. Following is an @command{awk} 18208 version of @code{getopt}. This function highlights one of the 18209 greatest weaknesses in @command{awk}, which is that it is very poor at 18210 manipulating single characters. Repeated calls to @code{substr} are 18211 necessary for accessing individual characters 18212 (@pxref{String Functions}).@footnote{This 18213 function was written before @command{gawk} acquired the ability to 18214 split strings into single characters using @code{""} as the separator. 18215 We have left it alone, since using @code{substr} is more portable.} 18216 18217 The discussion that follows walks through the code a bit at a time: 18218 18219 @cindex @code{getopt} user-defined function 18220 @example 18221 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18222 # getopt.awk --- do C library getopt(3) function in awk 18223 @c endfile 18224 @ignore 18225 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18226 # 18227 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 18228 # 18229 # Initial version: March, 1991 18230 # Revised: May, 1993 18231 18232 @c endfile 18233 @end ignore 18234 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18235 # External variables: 18236 # Optind -- index in ARGV of first nonoption argument 18237 # Optarg -- string value of argument to current option 18238 # Opterr -- if nonzero, print our own diagnostic 18239 # Optopt -- current option letter 18240 18241 # Returns: 18242 # -1 at end of options 18243 # ? for unrecognized option 18244 # <c> a character representing the current option 18245 18246 # Private Data: 18247 # _opti -- index in multi-flag option, e.g., -abc 18248 @c endfile 18249 @end example 18250 18251 The function starts out with 18252 a list of the global variables it uses, 18253 what the return values are, what they mean, and any global variables that 18254 are ``private'' to this library function. Such documentation is essential 18255 for any program, and particularly for library functions. 18256 18257 The @code{getopt} function first checks that it was indeed called with a string of options 18258 (the @code{options} parameter). If @code{options} has a zero length, 18259 @code{getopt} immediately returns @minus{}1: 18260 18261 @cindex @code{getopt} user-defined function 18262 @example 18263 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18264 function getopt(argc, argv, options, thisopt, i) 18265 @{ 18266 if (length(options) == 0) # no options given 18267 return -1 18268 18269 @group 18270 if (argv[Optind] == "--") @{ # all done 18271 Optind++ 18272 _opti = 0 18273 return -1 18274 @end group 18275 @} else if (argv[Optind] !~ /^-[^: \t\n\f\r\v\b]/) @{ 18276 _opti = 0 18277 return -1 18278 @} 18279 @c endfile 18280 @end example 18281 18282 The next thing to check for is the end of the options. A @option{--} 18283 ends the command-line options, as does any command-line argument that 18284 does not begin with a @samp{-}. @code{Optind} is used to step through 18285 the array of command-line arguments; it retains its value across calls 18286 to @code{getopt}, because it is a global variable. 18287 18288 The regular expression that is used, @code{@w{/^-[^: \t\n\f\r\v\b]/}}, is 18289 perhaps a bit of overkill; it checks for a @samp{-} followed by anything 18290 that is not whitespace and not a colon. 18291 If the current command-line argument does not match this pattern, 18292 it is not an option, and it ends option processing: 18293 18294 @example 18295 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18296 if (_opti == 0) 18297 _opti = 2 18298 thisopt = substr(argv[Optind], _opti, 1) 18299 Optopt = thisopt 18300 i = index(options, thisopt) 18301 if (i == 0) @{ 18302 if (Opterr) 18303 printf("%c -- invalid option\n", 18304 thisopt) > "/dev/stderr" 18305 if (_opti >= length(argv[Optind])) @{ 18306 Optind++ 18307 _opti = 0 18308 @} else 18309 _opti++ 18310 return "?" 18311 @} 18312 @c endfile 18313 @end example 18314 18315 The @code{_opti} variable tracks the position in the current command-line 18316 argument (@code{argv[Optind]}). If multiple options are 18317 grouped together with one @samp{-} (e.g., @option{-abx}), it is necessary 18318 to return them to the user one at a time. 18319 18320 If @code{_opti} is equal to zero, it is set to two, which is the index in 18321 the string of the next character to look at (we skip the @samp{-}, which 18322 is at position one). The variable @code{thisopt} holds the character, 18323 obtained with @code{substr}. It is saved in @code{Optopt} for the main 18324 program to use. 18325 18326 If @code{thisopt} is not in the @code{options} string, then it is an 18327 invalid option. If @code{Opterr} is nonzero, @code{getopt} prints an error 18328 message on the standard error that is similar to the message from the C 18329 version of @code{getopt}. 18330 18331 Because the option is invalid, it is necessary to skip it and move on to the 18332 next option character. If @code{_opti} is greater than or equal to the 18333 length of the current command-line argument, it is necessary to move on 18334 to the next argument, so @code{Optind} is incremented and @code{_opti} is reset 18335 to zero. Otherwise, @code{Optind} is left alone and @code{_opti} is merely 18336 incremented. 18337 18338 In any case, because the option is invalid, @code{getopt} returns @samp{?}. 18339 The main program can examine @code{Optopt} if it needs to know what the 18340 invalid option letter actually is. Continuing on: 18341 18342 @example 18343 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18344 if (substr(options, i + 1, 1) == ":") @{ 18345 # get option argument 18346 if (length(substr(argv[Optind], _opti + 1)) > 0) 18347 Optarg = substr(argv[Optind], _opti + 1) 18348 else 18349 Optarg = argv[++Optind] 18350 _opti = 0 18351 @} else 18352 Optarg = "" 18353 @c endfile 18354 @end example 18355 18356 If the option requires an argument, the option letter is followed by a colon 18357 in the @code{options} string. If there are remaining characters in the 18358 current command-line argument (@code{argv[Optind]}), then the rest of that 18359 string is assigned to @code{Optarg}. Otherwise, the next command-line 18360 argument is used (@samp{-xFOO} versus @samp{@w{-x FOO}}). In either case, 18361 @code{_opti} is reset to zero, because there are no more characters left to 18362 examine in the current command-line argument. Continuing: 18363 18364 @example 18365 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18366 if (_opti == 0 || _opti >= length(argv[Optind])) @{ 18367 Optind++ 18368 _opti = 0 18369 @} else 18370 _opti++ 18371 return thisopt 18372 @} 18373 @c endfile 18374 @end example 18375 18376 Finally, if @code{_opti} is either zero or greater than the length of the 18377 current command-line argument, it means this element in @code{argv} is 18378 through being processed, so @code{Optind} is incremented to point to the 18379 next element in @code{argv}. If neither condition is true, then only 18380 @code{_opti} is incremented, so that the next option letter can be processed 18381 on the next call to @code{getopt}. 18382 18383 The @code{BEGIN} rule initializes both @code{Opterr} and @code{Optind} to one. 18384 @code{Opterr} is set to one, since the default behavior is for @code{getopt} 18385 to print a diagnostic message upon seeing an invalid option. @code{Optind} 18386 is set to one, since there's no reason to look at the program name, which is 18387 in @code{ARGV[0]}: 18388 18389 @example 18390 @c file eg/lib/getopt.awk 18391 BEGIN @{ 18392 Opterr = 1 # default is to diagnose 18393 Optind = 1 # skip ARGV[0] 18394 18395 # test program 18396 if (_getopt_test) @{ 18397 while ((_go_c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "ab:cd")) != -1) 18398 printf("c = <%c>, optarg = <%s>\n", 18399 _go_c, Optarg) 18400 printf("non-option arguments:\n") 18401 for (; Optind < ARGC; Optind++) 18402 printf("\tARGV[%d] = <%s>\n", 18403 Optind, ARGV[Optind]) 18404 @} 18405 @} 18406 @c endfile 18407 @end example 18408 18409 The rest of the @code{BEGIN} rule is a simple test program. Here is the 18410 result of two sample runs of the test program: 18411 18412 @example 18413 $ awk -f getopt.awk -v _getopt_test=1 -- -a -cbARG bax -x 18414 @print{} c = <a>, optarg = <> 18415 @print{} c = <c>, optarg = <> 18416 @print{} c = <b>, optarg = <ARG> 18417 @print{} non-option arguments: 18418 @print{} ARGV[3] = <bax> 18419 @print{} ARGV[4] = <-x> 18420 18421 $ awk -f getopt.awk -v _getopt_test=1 -- -a -x -- xyz abc 18422 @print{} c = <a>, optarg = <> 18423 @error{} x -- invalid option 18424 @print{} c = <?>, optarg = <> 18425 @print{} non-option arguments: 18426 @print{} ARGV[4] = <xyz> 18427 @print{} ARGV[5] = <abc> 18428 @end example 18429 18430 In both runs, 18431 the first @option{--} terminates the arguments to @command{awk}, so that it does 18432 not try to interpret the @option{-a}, etc., as its own options. 18433 Several of the sample programs presented in 18434 @ref{Sample Programs}, 18435 use @code{getopt} to process their arguments. 18436 @c ENDOFRANGE libfclo 18437 @c ENDOFRANGE flibclo 18438 @c ENDOFRANGE clop 18439 @c ENDOFRANGE oclp 18440 18441 @node Passwd Functions 18442 @section Reading the User Database 18443 18444 @c STARTOFRANGE libfudata 18445 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, user database, reading 18446 @c STARTOFRANGE flibudata 18447 @cindex functions, library, user database, reading 18448 @c last comma is part of primary 18449 @c STARTOFRANGE udatar 18450 @cindex user database, reading 18451 @c last comma is part of secondary 18452 @c STARTOFRANGE dataur 18453 @cindex database, users, reading 18454 @cindex @code{PROCINFO} array 18455 The @code{PROCINFO} array 18456 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}) 18457 provides access to the current user's real and effective user and group ID 18458 numbers, and if available, the user's supplementary group set. 18459 However, because these are numbers, they do not provide very useful 18460 information to the average user. There needs to be some way to find the 18461 user information associated with the user and group ID numbers. This 18462 @value{SECTION} presents a suite of functions for retrieving information from the 18463 user database. @xref{Group Functions}, 18464 for a similar suite that retrieves information from the group database. 18465 18466 @cindex @code{getpwent} function (C library) 18467 @cindex @code{getpwent} user-defined function 18468 @cindex users, information about, retrieving 18469 @cindex login information 18470 @cindex account information 18471 @cindex password file 18472 @cindex files, password 18473 The POSIX standard does not define the file where user information is 18474 kept. Instead, it provides the @code{<pwd.h>} header file 18475 and several C language subroutines for obtaining user information. 18476 The primary function is @code{getpwent}, for ``get password entry.'' 18477 The ``password'' comes from the original user database file, 18478 @file{/etc/passwd}, which stores user information, along with the 18479 encrypted passwords (hence the name). 18480 18481 @cindex @command{pwcat} program 18482 While an @command{awk} program could simply read @file{/etc/passwd} 18483 directly, this file may not contain complete information about the 18484 system's set of users.@footnote{It is often the case that password 18485 information is stored in a network database.} To be sure you are able to 18486 produce a readable and complete version of the user database, it is necessary 18487 to write a small C program that calls @code{getpwent}. @code{getpwent} 18488 is defined as returning a pointer to a @code{struct passwd}. Each time it 18489 is called, it returns the next entry in the database. When there are 18490 no more entries, it returns @code{NULL}, the null pointer. When this 18491 happens, the C program should call @code{endpwent} to close the database. 18492 Following is @command{pwcat}, a C program that ``cats'' the password database: 18493 18494 @c Use old style function header for portability to old systems (SunOS, HP/UX). 18495 18496 @example 18497 @c file eg/lib/pwcat.c 18498 /* 18499 * pwcat.c 18500 * 18501 * Generate a printable version of the password database 18502 */ 18503 @c endfile 18504 @ignore 18505 @c file eg/lib/pwcat.c 18506 /* 18507 * Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, May 1993 18508 * Public Domain 18509 */ 18510 18511 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H 18512 #include <config.h> 18513 #endif 18514 18515 @c endfile 18516 @end ignore 18517 @c file eg/lib/pwcat.c 18518 #include <stdio.h> 18519 #include <pwd.h> 18520 18521 @c endfile 18522 @ignore 18523 @c file eg/lib/pwcat.c 18524 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) 18525 #include <stdlib.h> 18526 #endif 18527 18528 @c endfile 18529 @end ignore 18530 @c file eg/lib/pwcat.c 18531 int 18532 main(argc, argv) 18533 int argc; 18534 char **argv; 18535 @{ 18536 struct passwd *p; 18537 18538 while ((p = getpwent()) != NULL) 18539 printf("%s:%s:%ld:%ld:%s:%s:%s\n", 18540 p->pw_name, p->pw_passwd, (long) p->pw_uid, 18541 (long) p->pw_gid, p->pw_gecos, p->pw_dir, p->pw_shell); 18542 18543 endpwent(); 18544 return 0; 18545 @} 18546 @c endfile 18547 @end example 18548 18549 If you don't understand C, don't worry about it. 18550 The output from @command{pwcat} is the user database, in the traditional 18551 @file{/etc/passwd} format of colon-separated fields. The fields are: 18552 18553 @ignore 18554 @table @asis 18555 @item Login name 18556 The user's login name. 18557 18558 @item Encrypted password 18559 The user's encrypted password. This may not be available on some systems. 18560 18561 @item User-ID 18562 The user's numeric user ID number. 18563 (On some systems it's a C @code{long}, and not an @code{int}. Thus 18564 we cast it to @code{long} for all cases.) 18565 18566 @item Group-ID 18567 The user's numeric group ID number. 18568 (Similar comments about @code{long} vs.@: @code{int} apply here.) 18569 18570 @item Full name 18571 The user's full name, and perhaps other information associated with the 18572 user. 18573 18574 @item Home directory 18575 The user's login (or ``home'') directory (familiar to shell programmers as 18576 @code{$HOME}). 18577 18578 @item Login shell 18579 The program that is run when the user logs in. This is usually a 18580 shell, such as @command{bash}. 18581 @end table 18582 @end ignore 18583 18584 @multitable {Encrypted password} {1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456} 18585 @item Login name @tab The user's login name. 18586 18587 @item Encrypted password @tab The user's encrypted password. This may not be available on some systems. 18588 18589 @item User-ID @tab The user's numeric user ID number. 18590 18591 @item Group-ID @tab The user's numeric group ID number. 18592 18593 @item Full name @tab The user's full name, and perhaps other information associated with the 18594 user. 18595 18596 @item Home directory @tab The user's login (or ``home'') directory (familiar to shell programmers as 18597 @code{$HOME}). 18598 18599 @item Login shell @tab The program that is run when the user logs in. This is usually a 18600 shell, such as @command{bash}. 18601 @end multitable 18602 18603 A few lines representative of @command{pwcat}'s output are as follows: 18604 18605 @cindex Jacobs, Andrew 18606 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 18607 @cindex Robbins, Miriam 18608 @example 18609 $ pwcat 18610 @print{} root:3Ov02d5VaUPB6:0:1:Operator:/:/bin/sh 18611 @print{} nobody:*:65534:65534::/: 18612 @print{} daemon:*:1:1::/: 18613 @print{} sys:*:2:2::/:/bin/csh 18614 @print{} bin:*:3:3::/bin: 18615 @print{} arnold:xyzzy:2076:10:Arnold Robbins:/home/arnold:/bin/sh 18616 @print{} miriam:yxaay:112:10:Miriam Robbins:/home/miriam:/bin/sh 18617 @print{} andy:abcca2:113:10:Andy Jacobs:/home/andy:/bin/sh 18618 @dots{} 18619 @end example 18620 18621 With that introduction, following is a group of functions for getting user 18622 information. There are several functions here, corresponding to the C 18623 functions of the same names: 18624 18625 @c Exercise: simplify all these functions that return values. 18626 @c Answer: return foo[key] returns "" if key not there, no need to check with `in'. 18627 18628 @cindex @code{_pw_init} user-defined function 18629 @example 18630 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18631 # passwd.awk --- access password file information 18632 @c endfile 18633 @ignore 18634 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18635 # 18636 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 18637 # May 1993 18638 # Revised October 2000 18639 18640 @c endfile 18641 @end ignore 18642 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18643 BEGIN @{ 18644 # tailor this to suit your system 18645 _pw_awklib = "/usr/local/libexec/awk/" 18646 @} 18647 18648 function _pw_init( oldfs, oldrs, olddol0, pwcat, using_fw) 18649 @{ 18650 if (_pw_inited) 18651 return 18652 18653 oldfs = FS 18654 oldrs = RS 18655 olddol0 = $0 18656 using_fw = (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FIELDWIDTHS") 18657 FS = ":" 18658 RS = "\n" 18659 18660 pwcat = _pw_awklib "pwcat" 18661 while ((pwcat | getline) > 0) @{ 18662 _pw_byname[$1] = $0 18663 _pw_byuid[$3] = $0 18664 _pw_bycount[++_pw_total] = $0 18665 @} 18666 close(pwcat) 18667 _pw_count = 0 18668 _pw_inited = 1 18669 FS = oldfs 18670 if (using_fw) 18671 FIELDWIDTHS = FIELDWIDTHS 18672 RS = oldrs 18673 $0 = olddol0 18674 @} 18675 @c endfile 18676 @end example 18677 18678 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, @code{pwcat} program 18679 The @code{BEGIN} rule sets a private variable to the directory where 18680 @command{pwcat} is stored. Because it is used to help out an @command{awk} library 18681 routine, we have chosen to put it in @file{/usr/local/libexec/awk}; 18682 however, you might want it to be in a different directory on your system. 18683 18684 The function @code{_pw_init} keeps three copies of the user information 18685 in three associative arrays. The arrays are indexed by username 18686 (@code{_pw_byname}), by user ID number (@code{_pw_byuid}), and by order of 18687 occurrence (@code{_pw_bycount}). 18688 The variable @code{_pw_inited} is used for efficiency; @code{_pw_init} 18689 needs only to be called once. 18690 18691 @cindex @code{getline} command, @code{_pw_init} function 18692 Because this function uses @code{getline} to read information from 18693 @command{pwcat}, it first saves the values of @code{FS}, @code{RS}, and @code{$0}. 18694 It notes in the variable @code{using_fw} whether field splitting 18695 with @code{FIELDWIDTHS} is in effect or not. 18696 Doing so is necessary, since these functions could be called 18697 from anywhere within a user's program, and the user may have his 18698 or her 18699 own way of splitting records and fields. 18700 18701 The @code{using_fw} variable checks @code{PROCINFO["FS"]}, which 18702 is @code{"FIELDWIDTHS"} if field splitting is being done with 18703 @code{FIELDWIDTHS}. This makes it possible to restore the correct 18704 field-splitting mechanism later. The test can only be true for 18705 @command{gawk}. It is false if using @code{FS} or on some other 18706 @command{awk} implementation. 18707 18708 The main part of the function uses a loop to read database lines, split 18709 the line into fields, and then store the line into each array as necessary. 18710 When the loop is done, @code{@w{_pw_init}} cleans up by closing the pipeline, 18711 setting @code{@w{_pw_inited}} to one, and restoring @code{FS} (and @code{FIELDWIDTHS} 18712 if necessary), @code{RS}, and @code{$0}. 18713 The use of @code{@w{_pw_count}} is explained shortly. 18714 18715 @c NEXT ED: All of these functions don't need the ... in ... test. Just 18716 @c return the array element, which will be "" if not already there. Duh. 18717 @cindex @code{getpwnam} function (C library) 18718 The @code{getpwnam} function takes a username as a string argument. If that 18719 user is in the database, it returns the appropriate line. Otherwise, it 18720 returns the null string: 18721 18722 @cindex @code{getpwnam} user-defined function 18723 @example 18724 @group 18725 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18726 function getpwnam(name) 18727 @{ 18728 _pw_init() 18729 if (name in _pw_byname) 18730 return _pw_byname[name] 18731 return "" 18732 @} 18733 @c endfile 18734 @end group 18735 @end example 18736 18737 @cindex @code{getpwuid} function (C library) 18738 Similarly, 18739 the @code{getpwuid} function takes a user ID number argument. If that 18740 user number is in the database, it returns the appropriate line. Otherwise, it 18741 returns the null string: 18742 18743 @cindex @code{getpwuid} user-defined function 18744 @example 18745 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18746 function getpwuid(uid) 18747 @{ 18748 _pw_init() 18749 if (uid in _pw_byuid) 18750 return _pw_byuid[uid] 18751 return "" 18752 @} 18753 @c endfile 18754 @end example 18755 18756 @cindex @code{getpwent} function (C library) 18757 The @code{getpwent} function simply steps through the database, one entry at 18758 a time. It uses @code{_pw_count} to track its current position in the 18759 @code{_pw_bycount} array: 18760 18761 @cindex @code{getpwent} user-defined function 18762 @example 18763 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18764 function getpwent() 18765 @{ 18766 _pw_init() 18767 if (_pw_count < _pw_total) 18768 return _pw_bycount[++_pw_count] 18769 return "" 18770 @} 18771 @c endfile 18772 @end example 18773 18774 @cindex @code{endpwent} function (C library) 18775 The @code{@w{endpwent}} function resets @code{@w{_pw_count}} to zero, so that 18776 subsequent calls to @code{getpwent} start over again: 18777 18778 @cindex @code{endpwent} user-defined function 18779 @example 18780 @c file eg/lib/passwdawk.in 18781 function endpwent() 18782 @{ 18783 _pw_count = 0 18784 @} 18785 @c endfile 18786 @end example 18787 18788 A conscious design decision in this suite was made that each subroutine calls 18789 @code{@w{_pw_init}} to initialize the database arrays. The overhead of running 18790 a separate process to generate the user database, and the I/O to scan it, 18791 are only incurred if the user's main program actually calls one of these 18792 functions. If this library file is loaded along with a user's program, but 18793 none of the routines are ever called, then there is no extra runtime overhead. 18794 (The alternative is move the body of @code{@w{_pw_init}} into a 18795 @code{BEGIN} rule, which always runs @command{pwcat}. This simplifies the 18796 code but runs an extra process that may never be needed.) 18797 18798 In turn, calling @code{_pw_init} is not too expensive, because the 18799 @code{_pw_inited} variable keeps the program from reading the data more than 18800 once. If you are worried about squeezing every last cycle out of your 18801 @command{awk} program, the check of @code{_pw_inited} could be moved out of 18802 @code{_pw_init} and duplicated in all the other functions. In practice, 18803 this is not necessary, since most @command{awk} programs are I/O-bound, and it 18804 clutters up the code. 18805 18806 The @command{id} program in @ref{Id Program}, 18807 uses these functions. 18808 @c ENDOFRANGE libfudata 18809 @c ENDOFRANGE flibudata 18810 @c ENDOFRANGE udatar 18811 @c ENDOFRANGE dataur 18812 18813 @node Group Functions 18814 @section Reading the Group Database 18815 18816 @c STARTOFRANGE libfgdata 18817 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, group database, reading 18818 @c STARTOFRANGE flibgdata 18819 @cindex functions, library, group database, reading 18820 @c STARTOFRANGE gdatar 18821 @cindex group database, reading 18822 @c STARTOFRANGE datagr 18823 @cindex database, group, reading 18824 @cindex @code{PROCINFO} array 18825 @cindex @code{getgrent} function (C library) 18826 @cindex @code{getgrent} user-defined function 18827 @c comma is part of primary 18828 @cindex groups, information about 18829 @cindex account information 18830 @cindex group file 18831 @cindex files, group 18832 Much of the discussion presented in 18833 @ref{Passwd Functions}, 18834 applies to the group database as well. Although there has traditionally 18835 been a well-known file (@file{/etc/group}) in a well-known format, the POSIX 18836 standard only provides a set of C library routines 18837 (@code{<grp.h>} and @code{getgrent}) 18838 for accessing the information. 18839 Even though this file may exist, it likely does not have 18840 complete information. Therefore, as with the user database, it is necessary 18841 to have a small C program that generates the group database as its output. 18842 18843 @cindex @command{grcat} program 18844 @command{grcat}, a C program that ``cats'' the group database, 18845 is as follows: 18846 18847 @example 18848 @c file eg/lib/grcat.c 18849 /* 18850 * grcat.c 18851 * 18852 * Generate a printable version of the group database 18853 */ 18854 @c endfile 18855 @ignore 18856 @c file eg/lib/grcat.c 18857 /* 18858 * Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, May 1993 18859 * Public Domain 18860 */ 18861 18862 /* For OS/2, do nothing. */ 18863 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H 18864 #include <config.h> 18865 #endif 18866 18867 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) 18868 #include <stdlib.h> 18869 #endif 18870 18871 #ifndef HAVE_GETGRENT 18872 int main() { return 0; } 18873 #else 18874 @c endfile 18875 @end ignore 18876 @c file eg/lib/grcat.c 18877 #include <stdio.h> 18878 #include <grp.h> 18879 18880 int 18881 main(argc, argv) 18882 int argc; 18883 char **argv; 18884 @{ 18885 struct group *g; 18886 int i; 18887 18888 while ((g = getgrent()) != NULL) @{ 18889 printf("%s:%s:%ld:", g->gr_name, g->gr_passwd, 18890 (long) g->gr_gid); 18891 for (i = 0; g->gr_mem[i] != NULL; i++) @{ 18892 printf("%s", g->gr_mem[i]); 18893 @group 18894 if (g->gr_mem[i+1] != NULL) 18895 putchar(','); 18896 @} 18897 @end group 18898 putchar('\n'); 18899 @} 18900 endgrent(); 18901 return 0; 18902 @} 18903 @c endfile 18904 @end example 18905 @ignore 18906 @c file eg/lib/grcat.c 18907 #endif /* HAVE_GETGRENT */ 18908 @c endfile 18909 @end ignore 18910 18911 Each line in the group database represents one group. The fields are 18912 separated with colons and represent the following information: 18913 18914 @ignore 18915 @table @asis 18916 @item Group Name 18917 The name of the group. 18918 18919 @item Group Password 18920 The encrypted group password. In practice, this field is never used. It is 18921 usually empty or set to @samp{*}. 18922 18923 @item Group ID Number 18924 The numeric group ID number. This number is unique within the file. 18925 (On some systems it's a C @code{long}, and not an @code{int}. Thus 18926 we cast it to @code{long} for all cases.) 18927 18928 @item Group Member List 18929 A comma-separated list of usernames. These users are members of the group. 18930 Modern Unix systems allow users to be members of several groups 18931 simultaneously. If your system does, then there are elements 18932 @code{"group1"} through @code{"group@var{N}"} in @code{PROCINFO} 18933 for those group ID numbers. 18934 (Note that @code{PROCINFO} is a @command{gawk} extension; 18935 @pxref{Built-in Variables}.) 18936 @end table 18937 @end ignore 18938 18939 @multitable {Encrypted password} {1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456} 18940 @item Group name @tab The group's name. 18941 18942 @item Group password @tab The group's encrypted password. In practice, this field is never used; 18943 it is usually empty or set to @samp{*}. 18944 18945 @item Group-ID @tab 18946 The group's numeric group ID number; this number should be unique within the file. 18947 18948 @item Group member list @tab 18949 A comma-separated list of usernames. These users are members of the group. 18950 Modern Unix systems allow users to be members of several groups 18951 simultaneously. If your system does, then there are elements 18952 @code{"group1"} through @code{"group@var{N}"} in @code{PROCINFO} 18953 for those group ID numbers. 18954 (Note that @code{PROCINFO} is a @command{gawk} extension; 18955 @pxref{Built-in Variables}.) 18956 @end multitable 18957 18958 Here is what running @command{grcat} might produce: 18959 18960 @example 18961 $ grcat 18962 @print{} wheel:*:0:arnold 18963 @print{} nogroup:*:65534: 18964 @print{} daemon:*:1: 18965 @print{} kmem:*:2: 18966 @print{} staff:*:10:arnold,miriam,andy 18967 @print{} other:*:20: 18968 @dots{} 18969 @end example 18970 18971 Here are the functions for obtaining information from the group database. 18972 There are several, modeled after the C library functions of the same names: 18973 18974 @cindex @code{getline} command, @code{_gr_init} user-defined function 18975 @cindex @code{_gr_init} user-defined function 18976 @example 18977 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 18978 # group.awk --- functions for dealing with the group file 18979 @c endfile 18980 @ignore 18981 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 18982 # 18983 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 18984 # May 1993 18985 # Revised October 2000 18986 18987 @c endfile 18988 @end ignore 18989 @c line break on _gr_init for smallbook 18990 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 18991 BEGIN \ 18992 @{ 18993 # Change to suit your system 18994 _gr_awklib = "/usr/local/libexec/awk/" 18995 @} 18996 18997 function _gr_init( oldfs, oldrs, olddol0, grcat, 18998 using_fw, n, a, i) 18999 @{ 19000 if (_gr_inited) 19001 return 19002 19003 oldfs = FS 19004 oldrs = RS 19005 olddol0 = $0 19006 using_fw = (PROCINFO["FS"] == "FIELDWIDTHS") 19007 FS = ":" 19008 RS = "\n" 19009 19010 grcat = _gr_awklib "grcat" 19011 while ((grcat | getline) > 0) @{ 19012 if ($1 in _gr_byname) 19013 _gr_byname[$1] = _gr_byname[$1] "," $4 19014 else 19015 _gr_byname[$1] = $0 19016 if ($3 in _gr_bygid) 19017 _gr_bygid[$3] = _gr_bygid[$3] "," $4 19018 else 19019 _gr_bygid[$3] = $0 19020 19021 n = split($4, a, "[ \t]*,[ \t]*") 19022 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 19023 if (a[i] in _gr_groupsbyuser) 19024 _gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] = \ 19025 _gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] " " $1 19026 else 19027 _gr_groupsbyuser[a[i]] = $1 19028 19029 _gr_bycount[++_gr_count] = $0 19030 @} 19031 close(grcat) 19032 _gr_count = 0 19033 _gr_inited++ 19034 FS = oldfs 19035 if (using_fw) 19036 FIELDWIDTHS = FIELDWIDTHS 19037 RS = oldrs 19038 $0 = olddol0 19039 @} 19040 @c endfile 19041 @end example 19042 19043 The @code{BEGIN} rule sets a private variable to the directory where 19044 @command{grcat} is stored. Because it is used to help out an @command{awk} library 19045 routine, we have chosen to put it in @file{/usr/local/libexec/awk}. You might 19046 want it to be in a different directory on your system. 19047 19048 These routines follow the same general outline as the user database routines 19049 (@pxref{Passwd Functions}). 19050 The @code{@w{_gr_inited}} variable is used to 19051 ensure that the database is scanned no more than once. 19052 The @code{@w{_gr_init}} function first saves @code{FS}, @code{FIELDWIDTHS}, @code{RS}, and 19053 @code{$0}, and then sets @code{FS} and @code{RS} to the correct values for 19054 scanning the group information. 19055 19056 The group information is stored is several associative arrays. 19057 The arrays are indexed by group name (@code{@w{_gr_byname}}), by group ID number 19058 (@code{@w{_gr_bygid}}), and by position in the database (@code{@w{_gr_bycount}}). 19059 There is an additional array indexed by username (@code{@w{_gr_groupsbyuser}}), 19060 which is a space-separated list of groups to which each user belongs. 19061 19062 Unlike the user database, it is possible to have multiple records in the 19063 database for the same group. This is common when a group has a large number 19064 of members. A pair of such entries might look like the following: 19065 19066 @example 19067 tvpeople:*:101:johnny,jay,arsenio 19068 tvpeople:*:101:david,conan,tom,joan 19069 @end example 19070 19071 For this reason, @code{_gr_init} looks to see if a group name or 19072 group ID number is already seen. If it is, then the usernames are 19073 simply concatenated onto the previous list of users. (There is actually a 19074 subtle problem with the code just presented. Suppose that 19075 the first time there were no names. This code adds the names with 19076 a leading comma. It also doesn't check that there is a @code{$4}.) 19077 19078 Finally, @code{_gr_init} closes the pipeline to @command{grcat}, restores 19079 @code{FS} (and @code{FIELDWIDTHS} if necessary), @code{RS}, and @code{$0}, 19080 initializes @code{_gr_count} to zero 19081 (it is used later), and makes @code{_gr_inited} nonzero. 19082 19083 @cindex @code{getgrnam} function (C library) 19084 The @code{getgrnam} function takes a group name as its argument, and if that 19085 group exists, it is returned. Otherwise, @code{getgrnam} returns the null 19086 string: 19087 19088 @cindex @code{getgrnam} user-defined function 19089 @example 19090 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 19091 function getgrnam(group) 19092 @{ 19093 _gr_init() 19094 if (group in _gr_byname) 19095 return _gr_byname[group] 19096 return "" 19097 @} 19098 @c endfile 19099 @end example 19100 19101 @cindex @code{getgrgid} function (C library) 19102 The @code{getgrgid} function is similar, it takes a numeric group ID and 19103 looks up the information associated with that group ID: 19104 19105 @cindex @code{getgrgid} user-defined function 19106 @example 19107 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 19108 function getgrgid(gid) 19109 @{ 19110 _gr_init() 19111 if (gid in _gr_bygid) 19112 return _gr_bygid[gid] 19113 return "" 19114 @} 19115 @c endfile 19116 @end example 19117 19118 @cindex @code{getgruser} function (C library) 19119 The @code{getgruser} function does not have a C counterpart. It takes a 19120 username and returns the list of groups that have the user as a member: 19121 19122 @cindex @code{getgruser} function, user-defined 19123 @example 19124 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 19125 function getgruser(user) 19126 @{ 19127 _gr_init() 19128 if (user in _gr_groupsbyuser) 19129 return _gr_groupsbyuser[user] 19130 return "" 19131 @} 19132 @c endfile 19133 @end example 19134 19135 @cindex @code{getgrent} function (C library) 19136 The @code{getgrent} function steps through the database one entry at a time. 19137 It uses @code{_gr_count} to track its position in the list: 19138 19139 @cindex @code{getgrent} user-defined function 19140 @example 19141 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 19142 function getgrent() 19143 @{ 19144 _gr_init() 19145 if (++_gr_count in _gr_bycount) 19146 return _gr_bycount[_gr_count] 19147 return "" 19148 @} 19149 @c endfile 19150 @end example 19151 @c ENDOFRANGE clibf 19152 19153 @cindex @code{endgrent} function (C library) 19154 The @code{endgrent} function resets @code{_gr_count} to zero so that @code{getgrent} can 19155 start over again: 19156 19157 @cindex @code{endgrent} user-defined function 19158 @example 19159 @c file eg/lib/groupawk.in 19160 function endgrent() 19161 @{ 19162 _gr_count = 0 19163 @} 19164 @c endfile 19165 @end example 19166 19167 As with the user database routines, each function calls @code{_gr_init} to 19168 initialize the arrays. Doing so only incurs the extra overhead of running 19169 @command{grcat} if these functions are used (as opposed to moving the body of 19170 @code{_gr_init} into a @code{BEGIN} rule). 19171 19172 Most of the work is in scanning the database and building the various 19173 associative arrays. The functions that the user calls are themselves very 19174 simple, relying on @command{awk}'s associative arrays to do work. 19175 19176 The @command{id} program in @ref{Id Program}, 19177 uses these functions. 19178 @c ENDOFRANGE libfgdata 19179 @c ENDOFRANGE flibgdata 19180 @c ENDOFRANGE gdatar 19181 @c ENDOFRANGE libf 19182 @c ENDOFRANGE flib 19183 @c ENDOFRANGE fudlib 19184 @c ENDOFRANGE datagr 19185 19186 @node Sample Programs 19187 @chapter Practical @command{awk} Programs 19188 @c STARTOFRANGE awkpex 19189 @cindex @command{awk} programs, examples of 19190 19191 @ref{Library Functions}, 19192 presents the idea that reading programs in a language contributes to 19193 learning that language. This @value{CHAPTER} continues that theme, 19194 presenting a potpourri of @command{awk} programs for your reading 19195 enjoyment. 19196 @ifnotinfo 19197 There are three sections. 19198 The first describes how to run the programs presented 19199 in this @value{CHAPTER}. 19200 19201 The second presents @command{awk} 19202 versions of several common POSIX utilities. 19203 These are programs that you are hopefully already familiar with, 19204 and therefore, whose problems are understood. 19205 By reimplementing these programs in @command{awk}, 19206 you can focus on the @command{awk}-related aspects of solving 19207 the programming problem. 19208 19209 The third is a grab bag of interesting programs. 19210 These solve a number of different data-manipulation and management 19211 problems. Many of the programs are short, which emphasizes @command{awk}'s 19212 ability to do a lot in just a few lines of code. 19213 @end ifnotinfo 19214 19215 Many of these programs use the library functions presented in 19216 @ref{Library Functions}. 19217 19218 @menu 19219 * Running Examples:: How to run these examples. 19220 * Clones:: Clones of common utilities. 19221 * Miscellaneous Programs:: Some interesting @command{awk} programs. 19222 @end menu 19223 19224 @node Running Examples 19225 @section Running the Example Programs 19226 19227 To run a given program, you would typically do something like this: 19228 19229 @example 19230 awk -f @var{program} -- @var{options} @var{files} 19231 @end example 19232 19233 @noindent 19234 Here, @var{program} is the name of the @command{awk} program (such as 19235 @file{cut.awk}), @var{options} are any command-line options for the 19236 program that start with a @samp{-}, and @var{files} are the actual @value{DF}s. 19237 19238 If your system supports the @samp{#!} executable interpreter mechanism 19239 (@pxref{Executable Scripts}), 19240 you can instead run your program directly: 19241 19242 @example 19243 cut.awk -c1-8 myfiles > results 19244 @end example 19245 19246 If your @command{awk} is not @command{gawk}, you may instead need to use this: 19247 19248 @example 19249 cut.awk -- -c1-8 myfiles > results 19250 @end example 19251 19252 @node Clones 19253 @section Reinventing Wheels for Fun and Profit 19254 @c last comma is part of secondary 19255 @c STARTOFRANGE posimawk 19256 @cindex POSIX, programs, implementing in @command{awk} 19257 19258 This @value{SECTION} presents a number of POSIX utilities that are implemented in 19259 @command{awk}. Reinventing these programs in @command{awk} is often enjoyable, 19260 because the algorithms can be very clearly expressed, and the code is usually 19261 very concise and simple. This is true because @command{awk} does so much for you. 19262 19263 It should be noted that these programs are not necessarily intended to 19264 replace the installed versions on your system. Instead, their 19265 purpose is to illustrate @command{awk} language programming for ``real world'' 19266 tasks. 19267 19268 The programs are presented in alphabetical order. 19269 19270 @menu 19271 * Cut Program:: The @command{cut} utility. 19272 * Egrep Program:: The @command{egrep} utility. 19273 * Id Program:: The @command{id} utility. 19274 * Split Program:: The @command{split} utility. 19275 * Tee Program:: The @command{tee} utility. 19276 * Uniq Program:: The @command{uniq} utility. 19277 * Wc Program:: The @command{wc} utility. 19278 @end menu 19279 19280 @node Cut Program 19281 @subsection Cutting out Fields and Columns 19282 19283 @cindex @command{cut} utility 19284 @c STARTOFRANGE cut 19285 @cindex @command{cut} utility 19286 @c STARTOFRANGE ficut 19287 @cindex fields, cutting 19288 @c STARTOFRANGE colcut 19289 @cindex columns, cutting 19290 The @command{cut} utility selects, or ``cuts,'' characters or fields 19291 from its standard input and sends them to its standard output. 19292 Fields are separated by tabs by default, 19293 but you may supply a command-line option to change the field 19294 @dfn{delimiter} (i.e., the field-separator character). @command{cut}'s 19295 definition of fields is less general than @command{awk}'s. 19296 19297 A common use of @command{cut} might be to pull out just the login name of 19298 logged-on users from the output of @command{who}. For example, the following 19299 pipeline generates a sorted, unique list of the logged-on users: 19300 19301 @example 19302 who | cut -c1-8 | sort | uniq 19303 @end example 19304 19305 The options for @command{cut} are: 19306 19307 @table @code 19308 @item -c @var{list} 19309 Use @var{list} as the list of characters to cut out. Items within the list 19310 may be separated by commas, and ranges of characters can be separated with 19311 dashes. The list @samp{1-8,15,22-35} specifies characters 1 through 19312 8, 15, and 22 through 35. 19313 19314 @item -f @var{list} 19315 Use @var{list} as the list of fields to cut out. 19316 19317 @item -d @var{delim} 19318 Use @var{delim} as the field-separator character instead of the tab 19319 character. 19320 19321 @item -s 19322 Suppress printing of lines that do not contain the field delimiter. 19323 @end table 19324 19325 The @command{awk} implementation of @command{cut} uses the @code{getopt} library 19326 function (@pxref{Getopt Function}) 19327 and the @code{join} library function 19328 (@pxref{Join Function}). 19329 19330 The program begins with a comment describing the options, the library 19331 functions needed, and a @code{usage} function that prints out a usage 19332 message and exits. @code{usage} is called if invalid arguments are 19333 supplied: 19334 19335 @cindex @code{cut.awk} program 19336 @example 19337 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19338 # cut.awk --- implement cut in awk 19339 @c endfile 19340 @ignore 19341 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19342 # 19343 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 19344 # May 1993 19345 19346 @c endfile 19347 @end ignore 19348 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19349 # Options: 19350 # -f list Cut fields 19351 # -d c Field delimiter character 19352 # -c list Cut characters 19353 # 19354 # -s Suppress lines without the delimiter 19355 # 19356 # Requires getopt and join library functions 19357 19358 @group 19359 function usage( e1, e2) 19360 @{ 19361 e1 = "usage: cut [-f list] [-d c] [-s] [files...]" 19362 e2 = "usage: cut [-c list] [files...]" 19363 print e1 > "/dev/stderr" 19364 print e2 > "/dev/stderr" 19365 exit 1 19366 @} 19367 @end group 19368 @c endfile 19369 @end example 19370 19371 @noindent 19372 The variables @code{e1} and @code{e2} are used so that the function 19373 fits nicely on the 19374 @ifnotinfo 19375 page. 19376 @end ifnotinfo 19377 @ifnottex 19378 screen. 19379 @end ifnottex 19380 19381 @cindex @code{BEGIN} pattern, running @command{awk} programs and 19382 @cindex @code{FS} variable, running @command{awk} programs and 19383 Next comes a @code{BEGIN} rule that parses the command-line options. 19384 It sets @code{FS} to a single TAB character, because that is @command{cut}'s 19385 default field separator. The output field separator is also set to be the 19386 same as the input field separator. Then @code{getopt} is used to step 19387 through the command-line options. Exactly one of the variables 19388 @code{by_fields} or @code{by_chars} is set to true, to indicate that 19389 processing should be done by fields or by characters, respectively. 19390 When cutting by characters, the output field separator is set to the null 19391 string: 19392 19393 @example 19394 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19395 BEGIN \ 19396 @{ 19397 FS = "\t" # default 19398 OFS = FS 19399 while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "sf:c:d:")) != -1) @{ 19400 if (c == "f") @{ 19401 by_fields = 1 19402 fieldlist = Optarg 19403 @} else if (c == "c") @{ 19404 by_chars = 1 19405 fieldlist = Optarg 19406 OFS = "" 19407 @} else if (c == "d") @{ 19408 if (length(Optarg) > 1) @{ 19409 printf("Using first character of %s" \ 19410 " for delimiter\n", Optarg) > "/dev/stderr" 19411 Optarg = substr(Optarg, 1, 1) 19412 @} 19413 FS = Optarg 19414 OFS = FS 19415 if (FS == " ") # defeat awk semantics 19416 FS = "[ ]" 19417 @} else if (c == "s") 19418 suppress++ 19419 else 19420 usage() 19421 @} 19422 19423 for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++) 19424 ARGV[i] = "" 19425 @c endfile 19426 @end example 19427 19428 @cindex field separators, spaces as 19429 Special care is taken when the field delimiter is a space. Using 19430 a single space (@code{@w{" "}}) for the value of @code{FS} is 19431 incorrect---@command{awk} would separate fields with runs of spaces, 19432 tabs, and/or newlines, and we want them to be separated with individual 19433 spaces. Also, note that after @code{getopt} is through, we have to 19434 clear out all the elements of @code{ARGV} from 1 to @code{Optind}, 19435 so that @command{awk} does not try to process the command-line options 19436 as @value{FN}s. 19437 19438 After dealing with the command-line options, the program verifies that the 19439 options make sense. Only one or the other of @option{-c} and @option{-f} 19440 should be used, and both require a field list. Then the program calls 19441 either @code{set_fieldlist} or @code{set_charlist} to pull apart the 19442 list of fields or characters: 19443 19444 @example 19445 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19446 if (by_fields && by_chars) 19447 usage() 19448 19449 if (by_fields == 0 && by_chars == 0) 19450 by_fields = 1 # default 19451 19452 if (fieldlist == "") @{ 19453 print "cut: needs list for -c or -f" > "/dev/stderr" 19454 exit 1 19455 @} 19456 19457 if (by_fields) 19458 set_fieldlist() 19459 else 19460 set_charlist() 19461 @} 19462 @c endfile 19463 @end example 19464 19465 @code{set_fieldlist} is used to split the field list apart at the commas 19466 and into an array. Then, for each element of the array, it looks to 19467 see if it is actually a range, and if so, splits it apart. The range 19468 is verified to make sure the first number is smaller than the second. 19469 Each number in the list is added to the @code{flist} array, which 19470 simply lists the fields that will be printed. Normal field splitting 19471 is used. The program lets @command{awk} handle the job of doing the 19472 field splitting: 19473 19474 @example 19475 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19476 function set_fieldlist( n, m, i, j, k, f, g) 19477 @{ 19478 n = split(fieldlist, f, ",") 19479 j = 1 # index in flist 19480 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) @{ 19481 if (index(f[i], "-") != 0) @{ # a range 19482 m = split(f[i], g, "-") 19483 @group 19484 if (m != 2 || g[1] >= g[2]) @{ 19485 printf("bad field list: %s\n", 19486 f[i]) > "/dev/stderr" 19487 exit 1 19488 @} 19489 @end group 19490 for (k = g[1]; k <= g[2]; k++) 19491 flist[j++] = k 19492 @} else 19493 flist[j++] = f[i] 19494 @} 19495 nfields = j - 1 19496 @} 19497 @c endfile 19498 @end example 19499 19500 The @code{set_charlist} function is more complicated than @code{set_fieldlist}. 19501 The idea here is to use @command{gawk}'s @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable 19502 (@pxref{Constant Size}), 19503 which describes constant-width input. When using a character list, that is 19504 exactly what we have. 19505 19506 Setting up @code{FIELDWIDTHS} is more complicated than simply listing the 19507 fields that need to be printed. We have to keep track of the fields to 19508 print and also the intervening characters that have to be skipped. 19509 For example, suppose you wanted characters 1 through 8, 15, and 19510 22 through 35. You would use @samp{-c 1-8,15,22-35}. The necessary value 19511 for @code{FIELDWIDTHS} is @code{@w{"8 6 1 6 14"}}. This yields five 19512 fields, and the fields to print 19513 are @code{$1}, @code{$3}, and @code{$5}. 19514 The intermediate fields are @dfn{filler}, 19515 which is stuff in between the desired data. 19516 @code{flist} lists the fields to print, and @code{t} tracks the 19517 complete field list, including filler fields: 19518 19519 @example 19520 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19521 function set_charlist( field, i, j, f, g, t, 19522 filler, last, len) 19523 @{ 19524 field = 1 # count total fields 19525 n = split(fieldlist, f, ",") 19526 j = 1 # index in flist 19527 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) @{ 19528 if (index(f[i], "-") != 0) @{ # range 19529 m = split(f[i], g, "-") 19530 if (m != 2 || g[1] >= g[2]) @{ 19531 printf("bad character list: %s\n", 19532 f[i]) > "/dev/stderr" 19533 exit 1 19534 @} 19535 len = g[2] - g[1] + 1 19536 if (g[1] > 1) # compute length of filler 19537 filler = g[1] - last - 1 19538 else 19539 filler = 0 19540 @group 19541 if (filler) 19542 t[field++] = filler 19543 @end group 19544 t[field++] = len # length of field 19545 last = g[2] 19546 flist[j++] = field - 1 19547 @} else @{ 19548 if (f[i] > 1) 19549 filler = f[i] - last - 1 19550 else 19551 filler = 0 19552 if (filler) 19553 t[field++] = filler 19554 t[field++] = 1 19555 last = f[i] 19556 flist[j++] = field - 1 19557 @} 19558 @} 19559 FIELDWIDTHS = join(t, 1, field - 1) 19560 nfields = j - 1 19561 @} 19562 @c endfile 19563 @end example 19564 19565 Next is the rule that actually processes the data. If the @option{-s} option 19566 is given, then @code{suppress} is true. The first @code{if} statement 19567 makes sure that the input record does have the field separator. If 19568 @command{cut} is processing fields, @code{suppress} is true, and the field 19569 separator character is not in the record, then the record is skipped. 19570 19571 If the record is valid, then @command{gawk} has split the data 19572 into fields, either using the character in @code{FS} or using fixed-length 19573 fields and @code{FIELDWIDTHS}. The loop goes through the list of fields 19574 that should be printed. The corresponding field is printed if it contains data. 19575 If the next field also has data, then the separator character is 19576 written out between the fields: 19577 19578 @example 19579 @c file eg/prog/cut.awk 19580 @{ 19581 if (by_fields && suppress && index($0, FS) != 0) 19582 next 19583 19584 for (i = 1; i <= nfields; i++) @{ 19585 if ($flist[i] != "") @{ 19586 printf "%s", $flist[i] 19587 if (i < nfields && $flist[i+1] != "") 19588 printf "%s", OFS 19589 @} 19590 @} 19591 print "" 19592 @} 19593 @c endfile 19594 @end example 19595 19596 This version of @command{cut} relies on @command{gawk}'s @code{FIELDWIDTHS} 19597 variable to do the character-based cutting. While it is possible in 19598 other @command{awk} implementations to use @code{substr} 19599 (@pxref{String Functions}), 19600 it is also extremely painful. 19601 The @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable supplies an elegant solution to the problem 19602 of picking the input line apart by characters. 19603 @c ENDOFRANGE cut 19604 @c ENDOFRANGE ficut 19605 @c ENDOFRANGE colcut 19606 19607 @c Exercise: Rewrite using split with "". 19608 19609 @node Egrep Program 19610 @subsection Searching for Regular Expressions in Files 19611 19612 @c STARTOFRANGE regexps 19613 @cindex regular expressions, searching for 19614 @c STARTOFRANGE sfregexp 19615 @cindex searching, files for regular expressions 19616 @c STARTOFRANGE fsregexp 19617 @cindex files, searching for regular expressions 19618 @cindex @command{egrep} utility 19619 The @command{egrep} utility searches files for patterns. It uses regular 19620 expressions that are almost identical to those available in @command{awk} 19621 (@pxref{Regexp}). 19622 It is used in the following manner: 19623 19624 @example 19625 egrep @r{[} @var{options} @r{]} '@var{pattern}' @var{files} @dots{} 19626 @end example 19627 19628 The @var{pattern} is a regular expression. In typical usage, the regular 19629 expression is quoted to prevent the shell from expanding any of the 19630 special characters as @value{FN} wildcards. Normally, @command{egrep} 19631 prints the lines that matched. If multiple @value{FN}s are provided on 19632 the command line, each output line is preceded by the name of the file 19633 and a colon. 19634 19635 The options to @command{egrep} are as follows: 19636 19637 @table @code 19638 @item -c 19639 Print out a count of the lines that matched the pattern, instead of the 19640 lines themselves. 19641 19642 @item -s 19643 Be silent. No output is produced and the exit value indicates whether 19644 the pattern was matched. 19645 19646 @item -v 19647 Invert the sense of the test. @command{egrep} prints the lines that do 19648 @emph{not} match the pattern and exits successfully if the pattern is not 19649 matched. 19650 19651 @item -i 19652 Ignore case distinctions in both the pattern and the input data. 19653 19654 @item -l 19655 Only print (list) the names of the files that matched, not the lines that matched. 19656 19657 @item -e @var{pattern} 19658 Use @var{pattern} as the regexp to match. The purpose of the @option{-e} 19659 option is to allow patterns that start with a @samp{-}. 19660 @end table 19661 19662 This version uses the @code{getopt} library function 19663 (@pxref{Getopt Function}) 19664 and the file transition library program 19665 (@pxref{Filetrans Function}). 19666 19667 The program begins with a descriptive comment and then a @code{BEGIN} rule 19668 that processes the command-line arguments with @code{getopt}. The @option{-i} 19669 (ignore case) option is particularly easy with @command{gawk}; we just use the 19670 @code{IGNORECASE} built-in variable 19671 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}): 19672 19673 @cindex @code{egrep.awk} program 19674 @example 19675 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19676 # egrep.awk --- simulate egrep in awk 19677 @c endfile 19678 @ignore 19679 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19680 # 19681 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 19682 # May 1993 19683 19684 @c endfile 19685 @end ignore 19686 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19687 # Options: 19688 # -c count of lines 19689 # -s silent - use exit value 19690 # -v invert test, success if no match 19691 # -i ignore case 19692 # -l print filenames only 19693 # -e argument is pattern 19694 # 19695 # Requires getopt and file transition library functions 19696 19697 BEGIN @{ 19698 while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "ce:svil")) != -1) @{ 19699 if (c == "c") 19700 count_only++ 19701 else if (c == "s") 19702 no_print++ 19703 else if (c == "v") 19704 invert++ 19705 else if (c == "i") 19706 IGNORECASE = 1 19707 else if (c == "l") 19708 filenames_only++ 19709 else if (c == "e") 19710 pattern = Optarg 19711 else 19712 usage() 19713 @} 19714 @c endfile 19715 @end example 19716 19717 Next comes the code that handles the @command{egrep}-specific behavior. If no 19718 pattern is supplied with @option{-e}, the first nonoption on the 19719 command line is used. The @command{awk} command-line arguments up to @code{ARGV[Optind]} 19720 are cleared, so that @command{awk} won't try to process them as files. If no 19721 files are specified, the standard input is used, and if multiple files are 19722 specified, we make sure to note this so that the @value{FN}s can precede the 19723 matched lines in the output: 19724 19725 @example 19726 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19727 if (pattern == "") 19728 pattern = ARGV[Optind++] 19729 19730 for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++) 19731 ARGV[i] = "" 19732 if (Optind >= ARGC) @{ 19733 ARGV[1] = "-" 19734 ARGC = 2 19735 @} else if (ARGC - Optind > 1) 19736 do_filenames++ 19737 19738 # if (IGNORECASE) 19739 # pattern = tolower(pattern) 19740 @} 19741 @c endfile 19742 @end example 19743 19744 The last two lines are commented out, since they are not needed in 19745 @command{gawk}. They should be uncommented if you have to use another version 19746 of @command{awk}. 19747 19748 The next set of lines should be uncommented if you are not using 19749 @command{gawk}. This rule translates all the characters in the input line 19750 into lowercase if the @option{-i} option is specified.@footnote{It 19751 also introduces a subtle bug; 19752 if a match happens, we output the translated line, not the original.} 19753 The rule is 19754 commented out since it is not necessary with @command{gawk}: 19755 19756 @c Exercise: Fix this, w/array and new line as key to original line 19757 19758 @example 19759 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19760 #@{ 19761 # if (IGNORECASE) 19762 # $0 = tolower($0) 19763 #@} 19764 @c endfile 19765 @end example 19766 19767 The @code{beginfile} function is called by the rule in @file{ftrans.awk} 19768 when each new file is processed. In this case, it is very simple; all it 19769 does is initialize a variable @code{fcount} to zero. @code{fcount} tracks 19770 how many lines in the current file matched the pattern 19771 (naming the parameter @code{junk} shows we know that @code{beginfile} 19772 is called with a parameter, but that we're not interested in its value): 19773 19774 @example 19775 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19776 function beginfile(junk) 19777 @{ 19778 fcount = 0 19779 @} 19780 @c endfile 19781 @end example 19782 19783 The @code{endfile} function is called after each file has been processed. 19784 It affects the output only when the user wants a count of the number of lines that 19785 matched. @code{no_print} is true only if the exit status is desired. 19786 @code{count_only} is true if line counts are desired. @command{egrep} 19787 therefore only prints line counts if printing and counting are enabled. 19788 The output format must be adjusted depending upon the number of files to 19789 process. Finally, @code{fcount} is added to @code{total}, so that we 19790 know the total number of lines that matched the pattern: 19791 19792 @example 19793 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19794 function endfile(file) 19795 @{ 19796 if (! no_print && count_only) 19797 if (do_filenames) 19798 print file ":" fcount 19799 else 19800 print fcount 19801 19802 total += fcount 19803 @} 19804 @c endfile 19805 @end example 19806 19807 The following rule does most of the work of matching lines. The variable 19808 @code{matches} is true if the line matched the pattern. If the user 19809 wants lines that did not match, the sense of @code{matches} is inverted 19810 using the @samp{!} operator. @code{fcount} is incremented with the value of 19811 @code{matches}, which is either one or zero, depending upon a 19812 successful or unsuccessful match. If the line does not match, the 19813 @code{next} statement just moves on to the next record. 19814 19815 @cindex @code{!} (exclamation point), @code{!} operator 19816 @cindex exclamation point (@code{!}), @code{!} operator 19817 A number of additional tests are made, but they are only done if we 19818 are not counting lines. First, if the user only wants exit status 19819 (@code{no_print} is true), then it is enough to know that @emph{one} 19820 line in this file matched, and we can skip on to the next file with 19821 @code{nextfile}. Similarly, if we are only printing @value{FN}s, we can 19822 print the @value{FN}, and then skip to the next file with @code{nextfile}. 19823 Finally, each line is printed, with a leading @value{FN} and colon 19824 if necessary: 19825 19826 @cindex @code{!} operator 19827 @example 19828 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19829 @{ 19830 matches = ($0 ~ pattern) 19831 if (invert) 19832 matches = ! matches 19833 19834 fcount += matches # 1 or 0 19835 19836 if (! matches) 19837 next 19838 19839 if (! count_only) @{ 19840 if (no_print) 19841 nextfile 19842 19843 if (filenames_only) @{ 19844 print FILENAME 19845 nextfile 19846 @} 19847 19848 if (do_filenames) 19849 print FILENAME ":" $0 19850 else 19851 print 19852 @} 19853 @} 19854 @c endfile 19855 @end example 19856 19857 The @code{END} rule takes care of producing the correct exit status. If 19858 there are no matches, the exit status is one; otherwise it is zero: 19859 19860 @example 19861 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19862 END \ 19863 @{ 19864 if (total == 0) 19865 exit 1 19866 exit 0 19867 @} 19868 @c endfile 19869 @end example 19870 19871 The @code{usage} function prints a usage message in case of invalid options, 19872 and then exits: 19873 19874 @example 19875 @c file eg/prog/egrep.awk 19876 function usage( e) 19877 @{ 19878 e = "Usage: egrep [-csvil] [-e pat] [files ...]" 19879 e = e "\n\tegrep [-csvil] pat [files ...]" 19880 print e > "/dev/stderr" 19881 exit 1 19882 @} 19883 @c endfile 19884 @end example 19885 19886 The variable @code{e} is used so that the function fits nicely 19887 on the printed page. 19888 19889 @cindex @code{END} pattern, backslash continuation and 19890 @cindex @code{\} (backslash), continuing lines and 19891 @cindex backslash (@code{\}), continuing lines and 19892 Just a note on programming style: you may have noticed that the @code{END} 19893 rule uses backslash continuation, with the open brace on a line by 19894 itself. This is so that it more closely resembles the way functions 19895 are written. Many of the examples 19896 in this @value{CHAPTER} 19897 use this style. You can decide for yourself if you like writing 19898 your @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules this way 19899 or not. 19900 @c ENDOFRANGE regexps 19901 @c ENDOFRANGE sfregexp 19902 @c ENDOFRANGE fsregexp 19903 19904 @node Id Program 19905 @subsection Printing out User Information 19906 19907 @cindex printing, user information 19908 @cindex users, information about, printing 19909 @cindex @command{id} utility 19910 The @command{id} utility lists a user's real and effective user ID numbers, 19911 real and effective group ID numbers, and the user's group set, if any. 19912 @command{id} only prints the effective user ID and group ID if they are 19913 different from the real ones. If possible, @command{id} also supplies the 19914 corresponding user and group names. The output might look like this: 19915 19916 @example 19917 $ id 19918 @print{} uid=2076(arnold) gid=10(staff) groups=10(staff),4(tty) 19919 @end example 19920 19921 This information is part of what is provided by @command{gawk}'s 19922 @code{PROCINFO} array (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 19923 However, the @command{id} utility provides a more palatable output than just 19924 individual numbers. 19925 19926 Here is a simple version of @command{id} written in @command{awk}. 19927 It uses the user database library functions 19928 (@pxref{Passwd Functions}) 19929 and the group database library functions 19930 (@pxref{Group Functions}): 19931 19932 The program is fairly straightforward. All the work is done in the 19933 @code{BEGIN} rule. The user and group ID numbers are obtained from 19934 @code{PROCINFO}. 19935 The code is repetitive. The entry in the user database for the real user ID 19936 number is split into parts at the @samp{:}. The name is the first field. 19937 Similar code is used for the effective user ID number and the group 19938 numbers: 19939 19940 @cindex @code{id.awk} program 19941 @example 19942 @c file eg/prog/id.awk 19943 # id.awk --- implement id in awk 19944 # 19945 # Requires user and group library functions 19946 @c endfile 19947 @ignore 19948 @c file eg/prog/id.awk 19949 # 19950 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 19951 # May 1993 19952 # Revised February 1996 19953 19954 @c endfile 19955 @end ignore 19956 @c file eg/prog/id.awk 19957 # output is: 19958 # uid=12(foo) euid=34(bar) gid=3(baz) \ 19959 # egid=5(blat) groups=9(nine),2(two),1(one) 19960 19961 @group 19962 BEGIN \ 19963 @{ 19964 uid = PROCINFO["uid"] 19965 euid = PROCINFO["euid"] 19966 gid = PROCINFO["gid"] 19967 egid = PROCINFO["egid"] 19968 @end group 19969 19970 printf("uid=%d", uid) 19971 pw = getpwuid(uid) 19972 if (pw != "") @{ 19973 split(pw, a, ":") 19974 printf("(%s)", a[1]) 19975 @} 19976 19977 if (euid != uid) @{ 19978 printf(" euid=%d", euid) 19979 pw = getpwuid(euid) 19980 if (pw != "") @{ 19981 split(pw, a, ":") 19982 printf("(%s)", a[1]) 19983 @} 19984 @} 19985 19986 printf(" gid=%d", gid) 19987 pw = getgrgid(gid) 19988 if (pw != "") @{ 19989 split(pw, a, ":") 19990 printf("(%s)", a[1]) 19991 @} 19992 19993 if (egid != gid) @{ 19994 printf(" egid=%d", egid) 19995 pw = getgrgid(egid) 19996 if (pw != "") @{ 19997 split(pw, a, ":") 19998 printf("(%s)", a[1]) 19999 @} 20000 @} 20001 20002 for (i = 1; ("group" i) in PROCINFO; i++) @{ 20003 if (i == 1) 20004 printf(" groups=") 20005 group = PROCINFO["group" i] 20006 printf("%d", group) 20007 pw = getgrgid(group) 20008 if (pw != "") @{ 20009 split(pw, a, ":") 20010 printf("(%s)", a[1]) 20011 @} 20012 if (("group" (i+1)) in PROCINFO) 20013 printf(",") 20014 @} 20015 20016 print "" 20017 @} 20018 @c endfile 20019 @end example 20020 20021 @cindex @code{in} operator 20022 The test in the @code{for} loop is worth noting. 20023 Any supplementary groups in the @code{PROCINFO} array have the 20024 indices @code{"group1"} through @code{"group@var{N}"} for some 20025 @var{N}, i.e., the total number of supplementary groups. 20026 However, we don't know in advance how many of these groups 20027 there are. 20028 20029 This loop works by starting at one, concatenating the value with 20030 @code{"group"}, and then using @code{in} to see if that value is 20031 in the array. Eventually, @code{i} is incremented past 20032 the last group in the array and the loop exits. 20033 20034 The loop is also correct if there are @emph{no} supplementary 20035 groups; then the condition is false the first time it's 20036 tested, and the loop body never executes. 20037 20038 @c exercise!!! 20039 @ignore 20040 The POSIX version of @command{id} takes arguments that control which 20041 information is printed. Modify this version to accept the same 20042 arguments and perform in the same way. 20043 @end ignore 20044 20045 @node Split Program 20046 @subsection Splitting a Large File into Pieces 20047 20048 @c STARTOFRANGE filspl 20049 @cindex files, splitting 20050 @cindex @code{split} utility 20051 The @code{split} program splits large text files into smaller pieces. 20052 Usage is as follows: 20053 20054 @example 20055 split @r{[}-@var{count}@r{]} file @r{[} @var{prefix} @r{]} 20056 @end example 20057 20058 By default, 20059 the output files are named @file{xaa}, @file{xab}, and so on. Each file has 20060 1000 lines in it, with the likely exception of the last file. To change the 20061 number of lines in each file, supply a number on the command line 20062 preceded with a minus; e.g., @samp{-500} for files with 500 lines in them 20063 instead of 1000. To change the name of the output files to something like 20064 @file{myfileaa}, @file{myfileab}, and so on, supply an additional 20065 argument that specifies the @value{FN} prefix. 20066 20067 Here is a version of @code{split} in @command{awk}. It uses the @code{ord} and 20068 @code{chr} functions presented in 20069 @ref{Ordinal Functions}. 20070 20071 The program first sets its defaults, and then tests to make sure there are 20072 not too many arguments. It then looks at each argument in turn. The 20073 first argument could be a minus sign followed by a number. If it is, this happens 20074 to look like a negative number, so it is made positive, and that is the 20075 count of lines. The data @value{FN} is skipped over and the final argument 20076 is used as the prefix for the output @value{FN}s: 20077 20078 @cindex @code{split.awk} program 20079 @example 20080 @c file eg/prog/split.awk 20081 # split.awk --- do split in awk 20082 # 20083 # Requires ord and chr library functions 20084 @c endfile 20085 @ignore 20086 @c file eg/prog/split.awk 20087 # 20088 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20089 # May 1993 20090 20091 @c endfile 20092 @end ignore 20093 @c file eg/prog/split.awk 20094 # usage: split [-num] [file] [outname] 20095 20096 BEGIN @{ 20097 outfile = "x" # default 20098 count = 1000 20099 if (ARGC > 4) 20100 usage() 20101 20102 i = 1 20103 if (ARGV[i] ~ /^-[0-9]+$/) @{ 20104 count = -ARGV[i] 20105 ARGV[i] = "" 20106 i++ 20107 @} 20108 # test argv in case reading from stdin instead of file 20109 if (i in ARGV) 20110 i++ # skip data file name 20111 if (i in ARGV) @{ 20112 outfile = ARGV[i] 20113 ARGV[i] = "" 20114 @} 20115 20116 s1 = s2 = "a" 20117 out = (outfile s1 s2) 20118 @} 20119 @c endfile 20120 @end example 20121 20122 The next rule does most of the work. @code{tcount} (temporary count) tracks 20123 how many lines have been printed to the output file so far. If it is greater 20124 than @code{count}, it is time to close the current file and start a new one. 20125 @code{s1} and @code{s2} track the current suffixes for the @value{FN}. If 20126 they are both @samp{z}, the file is just too big. Otherwise, @code{s1} 20127 moves to the next letter in the alphabet and @code{s2} starts over again at 20128 @samp{a}: 20129 20130 @c else on separate line here for page breaking 20131 @example 20132 @c file eg/prog/split.awk 20133 @{ 20134 if (++tcount > count) @{ 20135 close(out) 20136 if (s2 == "z") @{ 20137 if (s1 == "z") @{ 20138 printf("split: %s is too large to split\n", 20139 FILENAME) > "/dev/stderr" 20140 exit 1 20141 @} 20142 s1 = chr(ord(s1) + 1) 20143 s2 = "a" 20144 @} 20145 @group 20146 else 20147 s2 = chr(ord(s2) + 1) 20148 @end group 20149 out = (outfile s1 s2) 20150 tcount = 1 20151 @} 20152 print > out 20153 @} 20154 @c endfile 20155 @end example 20156 20157 @c Exercise: do this with just awk builtin functions, index("abc..."), substr, etc. 20158 20159 @noindent 20160 The @code{usage} function simply prints an error message and exits: 20161 20162 @example 20163 @c file eg/prog/split.awk 20164 function usage( e) 20165 @{ 20166 e = "usage: split [-num] [file] [outname]" 20167 print e > "/dev/stderr" 20168 exit 1 20169 @} 20170 @c endfile 20171 @end example 20172 20173 @noindent 20174 The variable @code{e} is used so that the function 20175 fits nicely on the 20176 @ifinfo 20177 screen. 20178 @end ifinfo 20179 @ifnotinfo 20180 page. 20181 @end ifnotinfo 20182 20183 This program is a bit sloppy; it relies on @command{awk} to automatically close the last file 20184 instead of doing it in an @code{END} rule. 20185 It also assumes that letters are contiguous in the character set, 20186 which isn't true for EBCDIC systems. 20187 @c BFD... 20188 @c ENDOFRANGE filspl 20189 20190 @node Tee Program 20191 @subsection Duplicating Output into Multiple Files 20192 20193 @c last comma is part of secondary 20194 @cindex files, multiple, duplicating output into 20195 @cindex output, duplicating into files 20196 @cindex @code{tee} utility 20197 The @code{tee} program is known as a ``pipe fitting.'' @code{tee} copies 20198 its standard input to its standard output and also duplicates it to the 20199 files named on the command line. Its usage is as follows: 20200 20201 @example 20202 tee @r{[}-a@r{]} file @dots{} 20203 @end example 20204 20205 The @option{-a} option tells @code{tee} to append to the named files, instead of 20206 truncating them and starting over. 20207 20208 The @code{BEGIN} rule first makes a copy of all the command-line arguments 20209 into an array named @code{copy}. 20210 @code{ARGV[0]} is not copied, since it is not needed. 20211 @code{tee} cannot use @code{ARGV} directly, since @command{awk} attempts to 20212 process each @value{FN} in @code{ARGV} as input data. 20213 20214 @cindex flag variables 20215 If the first argument is @option{-a}, then the flag variable 20216 @code{append} is set to true, and both @code{ARGV[1]} and 20217 @code{copy[1]} are deleted. If @code{ARGC} is less than two, then no 20218 @value{FN}s were supplied and @code{tee} prints a usage message and exits. 20219 Finally, @command{awk} is forced to read the standard input by setting 20220 @code{ARGV[1]} to @code{"-"} and @code{ARGC} to two: 20221 20222 @c NEXT ED: Add more leading commentary in this program 20223 @cindex @code{tee.awk} program 20224 @example 20225 @c file eg/prog/tee.awk 20226 # tee.awk --- tee in awk 20227 @c endfile 20228 @ignore 20229 @c file eg/prog/tee.awk 20230 # 20231 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20232 # May 1993 20233 # Revised December 1995 20234 20235 @c endfile 20236 @end ignore 20237 @c file eg/prog/tee.awk 20238 BEGIN \ 20239 @{ 20240 for (i = 1; i < ARGC; i++) 20241 copy[i] = ARGV[i] 20242 20243 if (ARGV[1] == "-a") @{ 20244 append = 1 20245 delete ARGV[1] 20246 delete copy[1] 20247 ARGC-- 20248 @} 20249 if (ARGC < 2) @{ 20250 print "usage: tee [-a] file ..." > "/dev/stderr" 20251 exit 1 20252 @} 20253 ARGV[1] = "-" 20254 ARGC = 2 20255 @} 20256 @c endfile 20257 @end example 20258 20259 The single rule does all the work. Since there is no pattern, it is 20260 executed for each line of input. The body of the rule simply prints the 20261 line into each file on the command line, and then to the standard output: 20262 20263 @example 20264 @c file eg/prog/tee.awk 20265 @{ 20266 # moving the if outside the loop makes it run faster 20267 if (append) 20268 for (i in copy) 20269 print >> copy[i] 20270 else 20271 for (i in copy) 20272 print > copy[i] 20273 print 20274 @} 20275 @c endfile 20276 @end example 20277 20278 @noindent 20279 It is also possible to write the loop this way: 20280 20281 @example 20282 for (i in copy) 20283 if (append) 20284 print >> copy[i] 20285 else 20286 print > copy[i] 20287 @end example 20288 20289 @noindent 20290 This is more concise but it is also less efficient. The @samp{if} is 20291 tested for each record and for each output file. By duplicating the loop 20292 body, the @samp{if} is only tested once for each input record. If there are 20293 @var{N} input records and @var{M} output files, the first method only 20294 executes @var{N} @samp{if} statements, while the second executes 20295 @var{N}@code{*}@var{M} @samp{if} statements. 20296 20297 Finally, the @code{END} rule cleans up by closing all the output files: 20298 20299 @example 20300 @c file eg/prog/tee.awk 20301 END \ 20302 @{ 20303 for (i in copy) 20304 close(copy[i]) 20305 @} 20306 @c endfile 20307 @end example 20308 20309 @node Uniq Program 20310 @subsection Printing Nonduplicated Lines of Text 20311 20312 @c STARTOFRANGE prunt 20313 @cindex printing, unduplicated lines of text 20314 @c first comma is part of primary 20315 @c STARTOFRANGE tpul 20316 @cindex text, printing, unduplicated lines of 20317 @cindex @command{uniq} utility 20318 The @command{uniq} utility reads sorted lines of data on its standard 20319 input, and by default removes duplicate lines. In other words, it only 20320 prints unique lines---hence the name. @command{uniq} has a number of 20321 options. The usage is as follows: 20322 20323 @example 20324 uniq @r{[}-udc @r{[}-@var{n}@r{]]} @r{[}+@var{n}@r{]} @r{[} @var{input file} @r{[} @var{output file} @r{]]} 20325 @end example 20326 20327 The options for @command{uniq} are: 20328 20329 @table @code 20330 @item -d 20331 Pnly print only repeated lines. 20332 20333 @item -u 20334 Print only nonrepeated lines. 20335 20336 @item -c 20337 Count lines. This option overrides @option{-d} and @option{-u}. Both repeated 20338 and nonrepeated lines are counted. 20339 20340 @item -@var{n} 20341 Skip @var{n} fields before comparing lines. The definition of fields 20342 is similar to @command{awk}'s default: nonwhitespace characters separated 20343 by runs of spaces and/or tabs. 20344 20345 @item +@var{n} 20346 Skip @var{n} characters before comparing lines. Any fields specified with 20347 @samp{-@var{n}} are skipped first. 20348 20349 @item @var{input file} 20350 Data is read from the input file named on the command line, instead of from 20351 the standard input. 20352 20353 @item @var{output file} 20354 The generated output is sent to the named output file, instead of to the 20355 standard output. 20356 @end table 20357 20358 Normally @command{uniq} behaves as if both the @option{-d} and 20359 @option{-u} options are provided. 20360 20361 @command{uniq} uses the 20362 @code{getopt} library function 20363 (@pxref{Getopt Function}) 20364 and the @code{join} library function 20365 (@pxref{Join Function}). 20366 20367 The program begins with a @code{usage} function and then a brief outline of 20368 the options and their meanings in a comment. 20369 The @code{BEGIN} rule deals with the command-line arguments and options. It 20370 uses a trick to get @code{getopt} to handle options of the form @samp{-25}, 20371 treating such an option as the option letter @samp{2} with an argument of 20372 @samp{5}. If indeed two or more digits are supplied (@code{Optarg} looks 20373 like a number), @code{Optarg} is 20374 concatenated with the option digit and then the result is added to zero to make 20375 it into a number. If there is only one digit in the option, then 20376 @code{Optarg} is not needed. In this case, @code{Optind} must be decremented so that 20377 @code{getopt} processes it next time. This code is admittedly a bit 20378 tricky. 20379 20380 If no options are supplied, then the default is taken, to print both 20381 repeated and nonrepeated lines. The output file, if provided, is assigned 20382 to @code{outputfile}. Early on, @code{outputfile} is initialized to the 20383 standard output, @file{/dev/stdout}: 20384 20385 @cindex @code{uniq.awk} program 20386 @example 20387 @c file eg/prog/uniq.awk 20388 @group 20389 # uniq.awk --- do uniq in awk 20390 # 20391 # Requires getopt and join library functions 20392 @end group 20393 @c endfile 20394 @ignore 20395 @c file eg/prog/uniq.awk 20396 # 20397 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20398 # May 1993 20399 20400 @c endfile 20401 @end ignore 20402 @c file eg/prog/uniq.awk 20403 function usage( e) 20404 @{ 20405 e = "Usage: uniq [-udc [-n]] [+n] [ in [ out ]]" 20406 print e > "/dev/stderr" 20407 exit 1 20408 @} 20409 20410 # -c count lines. overrides -d and -u 20411 # -d only repeated lines 20412 # -u only non-repeated lines 20413 # -n skip n fields 20414 # +n skip n characters, skip fields first 20415 20416 BEGIN \ 20417 @{ 20418 count = 1 20419 outputfile = "/dev/stdout" 20420 opts = "udc0:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8:9:" 20421 while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, opts)) != -1) @{ 20422 if (c == "u") 20423 non_repeated_only++ 20424 else if (c == "d") 20425 repeated_only++ 20426 else if (c == "c") 20427 do_count++ 20428 else if (index("0123456789", c) != 0) @{ 20429 # getopt requires args to options 20430 # this messes us up for things like -5 20431 if (Optarg ~ /^[0-9]+$/) 20432 fcount = (c Optarg) + 0 20433 else @{ 20434 fcount = c + 0 20435 Optind-- 20436 @} 20437 @} else 20438 usage() 20439 @} 20440 20441 if (ARGV[Optind] ~ /^\+[0-9]+$/) @{ 20442 charcount = substr(ARGV[Optind], 2) + 0 20443 Optind++ 20444 @} 20445 20446 for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++) 20447 ARGV[i] = "" 20448 20449 if (repeated_only == 0 && non_repeated_only == 0) 20450 repeated_only = non_repeated_only = 1 20451 20452 if (ARGC - Optind == 2) @{ 20453 outputfile = ARGV[ARGC - 1] 20454 ARGV[ARGC - 1] = "" 20455 @} 20456 @} 20457 @c endfile 20458 @end example 20459 20460 The following function, @code{are_equal}, compares the current line, 20461 @code{$0}, to the 20462 previous line, @code{last}. It handles skipping fields and characters. 20463 If no field count and no character count are specified, @code{are_equal} 20464 simply returns one or zero depending upon the result of a simple string 20465 comparison of @code{last} and @code{$0}. Otherwise, things get more 20466 complicated. 20467 If fields have to be skipped, each line is broken into an array using 20468 @code{split} 20469 (@pxref{String Functions}); 20470 the desired fields are then joined back into a line using @code{join}. 20471 The joined lines are stored in @code{clast} and @code{cline}. 20472 If no fields are skipped, @code{clast} and @code{cline} are set to 20473 @code{last} and @code{$0}, respectively. 20474 Finally, if characters are skipped, @code{substr} is used to strip off the 20475 leading @code{charcount} characters in @code{clast} and @code{cline}. The 20476 two strings are then compared and @code{are_equal} returns the result: 20477 20478 @example 20479 @c file eg/prog/uniq.awk 20480 function are_equal( n, m, clast, cline, alast, aline) 20481 @{ 20482 if (fcount == 0 && charcount == 0) 20483 return (last == $0) 20484 20485 if (fcount > 0) @{ 20486 n = split(last, alast) 20487 m = split($0, aline) 20488 clast = join(alast, fcount+1, n) 20489 cline = join(aline, fcount+1, m) 20490 @} else @{ 20491 clast = last 20492 cline = $0 20493 @} 20494 if (charcount) @{ 20495 clast = substr(clast, charcount + 1) 20496 cline = substr(cline, charcount + 1) 20497 @} 20498 20499 return (clast == cline) 20500 @} 20501 @c endfile 20502 @end example 20503 20504 The following two rules are the body of the program. The first one is 20505 executed only for the very first line of data. It sets @code{last} equal to 20506 @code{$0}, so that subsequent lines of text have something to be compared to. 20507 20508 The second rule does the work. The variable @code{equal} is one or zero, 20509 depending upon the results of @code{are_equal}'s comparison. If @command{uniq} 20510 is counting repeated lines, and the lines are equal, then it increments the @code{count} variable. 20511 Otherwise, it prints the line and resets @code{count}, 20512 since the two lines are not equal. 20513 20514 If @command{uniq} is not counting, and if the lines are equal, @code{count} is incremented. 20515 Nothing is printed, since the point is to remove duplicates. 20516 Otherwise, if @command{uniq} is counting repeated lines and more than 20517 one line is seen, or if @command{uniq} is counting nonrepeated lines 20518 and only one line is seen, then the line is printed, and @code{count} 20519 is reset. 20520 20521 Finally, similar logic is used in the @code{END} rule to print the final 20522 line of input data: 20523 20524 @example 20525 @c file eg/prog/uniq.awk 20526 NR == 1 @{ 20527 last = $0 20528 next 20529 @} 20530 20531 @{ 20532 equal = are_equal() 20533 20534 if (do_count) @{ # overrides -d and -u 20535 if (equal) 20536 count++ 20537 else @{ 20538 printf("%4d %s\n", count, last) > outputfile 20539 last = $0 20540 count = 1 # reset 20541 @} 20542 next 20543 @} 20544 20545 if (equal) 20546 count++ 20547 else @{ 20548 if ((repeated_only && count > 1) || 20549 (non_repeated_only && count == 1)) 20550 print last > outputfile 20551 last = $0 20552 count = 1 20553 @} 20554 @} 20555 20556 END @{ 20557 if (do_count) 20558 printf("%4d %s\n", count, last) > outputfile 20559 else if ((repeated_only && count > 1) || 20560 (non_repeated_only && count == 1)) 20561 print last > outputfile 20562 @} 20563 @c endfile 20564 @end example 20565 @c ENDOFRANGE prunt 20566 @c ENDOFRANGE tpul 20567 20568 @node Wc Program 20569 @subsection Counting Things 20570 20571 @c STARTOFRANGE count 20572 @cindex counting 20573 @c STARTOFRANGE infco 20574 @cindex input files, counting elements in 20575 @c STARTOFRANGE woco 20576 @cindex words, counting 20577 @c STARTOFRANGE chco 20578 @cindex characters, counting 20579 @c STARTOFRANGE lico 20580 @cindex lines, counting 20581 @cindex @command{wc} utility 20582 The @command{wc} (word count) utility counts lines, words, and characters in 20583 one or more input files. Its usage is as follows: 20584 20585 @example 20586 wc @r{[}-lwc@r{]} @r{[} @var{files} @dots{} @r{]} 20587 @end example 20588 20589 If no files are specified on the command line, @command{wc} reads its standard 20590 input. If there are multiple files, it also prints total counts for all 20591 the files. The options and their meanings are shown in the following list: 20592 20593 @table @code 20594 @item -l 20595 Count only lines. 20596 20597 @item -w 20598 Count only words. 20599 A ``word'' is a contiguous sequence of nonwhitespace characters, separated 20600 by spaces and/or tabs. Luckily, this is the normal way @command{awk} separates 20601 fields in its input data. 20602 20603 @item -c 20604 Count only characters. 20605 @end table 20606 20607 Implementing @command{wc} in @command{awk} is particularly elegant, 20608 since @command{awk} does a lot of the work for us; it splits lines into 20609 words (i.e., fields) and counts them, it counts lines (i.e., records), 20610 and it can easily tell us how long a line is. 20611 20612 This uses the @code{getopt} library function 20613 (@pxref{Getopt Function}) 20614 and the file-transition functions 20615 (@pxref{Filetrans Function}). 20616 20617 This version has one notable difference from traditional versions of 20618 @command{wc}: it always prints the counts in the order lines, words, 20619 and characters. Traditional versions note the order of the @option{-l}, 20620 @option{-w}, and @option{-c} options on the command line, and print the 20621 counts in that order. 20622 20623 The @code{BEGIN} rule does the argument processing. The variable 20624 @code{print_total} is true if more than one file is named on the 20625 command line: 20626 20627 @cindex @code{wc.awk} program 20628 @example 20629 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20630 # wc.awk --- count lines, words, characters 20631 @c endfile 20632 @ignore 20633 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20634 # 20635 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20636 # May 1993 20637 @c endfile 20638 @end ignore 20639 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20640 20641 # Options: 20642 # -l only count lines 20643 # -w only count words 20644 # -c only count characters 20645 # 20646 # Default is to count lines, words, characters 20647 # 20648 # Requires getopt and file transition library functions 20649 20650 BEGIN @{ 20651 # let getopt print a message about 20652 # invalid options. we ignore them 20653 while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "lwc")) != -1) @{ 20654 if (c == "l") 20655 do_lines = 1 20656 else if (c == "w") 20657 do_words = 1 20658 else if (c == "c") 20659 do_chars = 1 20660 @} 20661 for (i = 1; i < Optind; i++) 20662 ARGV[i] = "" 20663 20664 # if no options, do all 20665 if (! do_lines && ! do_words && ! do_chars) 20666 do_lines = do_words = do_chars = 1 20667 20668 print_total = (ARGC - i > 2) 20669 @} 20670 @c endfile 20671 @end example 20672 20673 The @code{beginfile} function is simple; it just resets the counts of lines, 20674 words, and characters to zero, and saves the current @value{FN} in 20675 @code{fname}: 20676 20677 @c NEXT ED: make it lines = words = chars = 0 20678 @example 20679 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20680 function beginfile(file) 20681 @{ 20682 chars = lines = words = 0 20683 fname = FILENAME 20684 @} 20685 @c endfile 20686 @end example 20687 20688 The @code{endfile} function adds the current file's numbers to the running 20689 totals of lines, words, and characters.@footnote{@command{wc} can't just use the value of 20690 @code{FNR} in @code{endfile}. If you examine 20691 the code in 20692 @ref{Filetrans Function} 20693 you will see that 20694 @code{FNR} has already been reset by the time 20695 @code{endfile} is called.} It then prints out those numbers 20696 for the file that was just read. It relies on @code{beginfile} to reset the 20697 numbers for the following @value{DF}: 20698 @c ONE DAY: make the above footnote an exercise, instead of giving away the answer. 20699 20700 @c NEXT ED: make order for += be lines, words, chars 20701 @example 20702 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20703 function endfile(file) 20704 @{ 20705 tchars += chars 20706 tlines += lines 20707 twords += words 20708 if (do_lines) 20709 printf "\t%d", lines 20710 @group 20711 if (do_words) 20712 printf "\t%d", words 20713 @end group 20714 if (do_chars) 20715 printf "\t%d", chars 20716 printf "\t%s\n", fname 20717 @} 20718 @c endfile 20719 @end example 20720 20721 There is one rule that is executed for each line. It adds the length of 20722 the record, plus one, to @code{chars}. Adding one plus the record length 20723 is needed because the newline character separating records (the value 20724 of @code{RS}) is not part of the record itself, and thus not included 20725 in its length. Next, @code{lines} is incremented for each line read, 20726 and @code{words} is incremented by the value of @code{NF}, which is the 20727 number of ``words'' on this line: 20728 20729 @example 20730 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20731 # do per line 20732 @{ 20733 chars += length($0) + 1 # get newline 20734 lines++ 20735 words += NF 20736 @} 20737 @c endfile 20738 @end example 20739 20740 Finally, the @code{END} rule simply prints the totals for all the files: 20741 20742 @example 20743 @c file eg/prog/wc.awk 20744 END @{ 20745 if (print_total) @{ 20746 if (do_lines) 20747 printf "\t%d", tlines 20748 if (do_words) 20749 printf "\t%d", twords 20750 if (do_chars) 20751 printf "\t%d", tchars 20752 print "\ttotal" 20753 @} 20754 @} 20755 @c endfile 20756 @end example 20757 @c ENDOFRANGE count 20758 @c ENDOFRANGE infco 20759 @c ENDOFRANGE lico 20760 @c ENDOFRANGE woco 20761 @c ENDOFRANGE chco 20762 @c ENDOFRANGE posimawk 20763 20764 @node Miscellaneous Programs 20765 @section A Grab Bag of @command{awk} Programs 20766 20767 This @value{SECTION} is a large ``grab bag'' of miscellaneous programs. 20768 We hope you find them both interesting and enjoyable. 20769 20770 @menu 20771 * Dupword Program:: Finding duplicated words in a document. 20772 * Alarm Program:: An alarm clock. 20773 * Translate Program:: A program similar to the @command{tr} utility. 20774 * Labels Program:: Printing mailing labels. 20775 * Word Sorting:: A program to produce a word usage count. 20776 * History Sorting:: Eliminating duplicate entries from a history 20777 file. 20778 * Extract Program:: Pulling out programs from Texinfo source 20779 files. 20780 * Simple Sed:: A Simple Stream Editor. 20781 * Igawk Program:: A wrapper for @command{awk} that includes 20782 files. 20783 @end menu 20784 20785 @node Dupword Program 20786 @subsection Finding Duplicated Words in a Document 20787 20788 @c last comma is part of secondary 20789 @cindex words, duplicate, searching for 20790 @cindex searching, for words 20791 @c first comma is part of primary 20792 @cindex documents, searching 20793 A common error when writing large amounts of prose is to accidentally 20794 duplicate words. Typically you will see this in text as something like ``the 20795 the program does the following@dots{}'' When the text is online, often 20796 the duplicated words occur at the end of one line and the beginning of 20797 another, making them very difficult to spot. 20798 @c as here! 20799 20800 This program, @file{dupword.awk}, scans through a file one line at a time 20801 and looks for adjacent occurrences of the same word. It also saves the last 20802 word on a line (in the variable @code{prev}) for comparison with the first 20803 word on the next line. 20804 20805 @cindex Texinfo 20806 The first two statements make sure that the line is all lowercase, 20807 so that, for example, ``The'' and ``the'' compare equal to each other. 20808 The next statement replaces nonalphanumeric and nonwhitespace characters 20809 with spaces, so that punctuation does not affect the comparison either. 20810 The characters are replaced with spaces so that formatting controls 20811 don't create nonsense words (e.g., the Texinfo @samp{@@code@{NF@}} 20812 becomes @samp{codeNF} if punctuation is simply deleted). The record is 20813 then resplit into fields, yielding just the actual words on the line, 20814 and ensuring that there are no empty fields. 20815 20816 If there are no fields left after removing all the punctuation, the 20817 current record is skipped. Otherwise, the program loops through each 20818 word, comparing it to the previous one: 20819 20820 @cindex @code{dupword.awk} program 20821 @example 20822 @c file eg/prog/dupword.awk 20823 # dupword.awk --- find duplicate words in text 20824 @c endfile 20825 @ignore 20826 @c file eg/prog/dupword.awk 20827 # 20828 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20829 # December 1991 20830 # Revised October 2000 20831 20832 @c endfile 20833 @end ignore 20834 @c file eg/prog/dupword.awk 20835 @{ 20836 $0 = tolower($0) 20837 gsub(/[^[:alnum:][:blank:]]/, " "); 20838 $0 = $0 # re-split 20839 if (NF == 0) 20840 next 20841 if ($1 == prev) 20842 printf("%s:%d: duplicate %s\n", 20843 FILENAME, FNR, $1) 20844 for (i = 2; i <= NF; i++) 20845 if ($i == $(i-1)) 20846 printf("%s:%d: duplicate %s\n", 20847 FILENAME, FNR, $i) 20848 prev = $NF 20849 @} 20850 @c endfile 20851 @end example 20852 20853 @node Alarm Program 20854 @subsection An Alarm Clock Program 20855 @cindex insomnia, cure for 20856 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 20857 @quotation 20858 @i{Nothing cures insomnia like a ringing alarm clock.}@* 20859 Arnold Robbins 20860 @end quotation 20861 20862 @c STARTOFRANGE tialarm 20863 @cindex time, alarm clock example program 20864 @c STARTOFRANGE alaex 20865 @cindex alarm clock example program 20866 The following program is a simple ``alarm clock'' program. 20867 You give it a time of day and an optional message. At the specified time, 20868 it prints the message on the standard output. In addition, you can give it 20869 the number of times to repeat the message as well as a delay between 20870 repetitions. 20871 20872 This program uses the @code{gettimeofday} function from 20873 @ref{Gettimeofday Function}. 20874 20875 All the work is done in the @code{BEGIN} rule. The first part is argument 20876 checking and setting of defaults: the delay, the count, and the message to 20877 print. If the user supplied a message without the ASCII BEL 20878 character (known as the ``alert'' character, @code{"\a"}), then it is added to 20879 the message. (On many systems, printing the ASCII BEL generates an 20880 audible alert. Thus when the alarm goes off, the system calls attention 20881 to itself in case the user is not looking at the computer or terminal.) 20882 Here is the program: 20883 20884 @cindex @code{alarm.awk} program 20885 @example 20886 @c file eg/prog/alarm.awk 20887 # alarm.awk --- set an alarm 20888 # 20889 # Requires gettimeofday library function 20890 @c endfile 20891 @ignore 20892 @c file eg/prog/alarm.awk 20893 # 20894 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 20895 # May 1993 20896 20897 @c endfile 20898 @end ignore 20899 @c file eg/prog/alarm.awk 20900 # usage: alarm time [ "message" [ count [ delay ] ] ] 20901 20902 BEGIN \ 20903 @{ 20904 # Initial argument sanity checking 20905 usage1 = "usage: alarm time ['message' [count [delay]]]" 20906 usage2 = sprintf("\t(%s) time ::= hh:mm", ARGV[1]) 20907 20908 if (ARGC < 2) @{ 20909 print usage1 > "/dev/stderr" 20910 print usage2 > "/dev/stderr" 20911 exit 1 20912 @} else if (ARGC == 5) @{ 20913 delay = ARGV[4] + 0 20914 count = ARGV[3] + 0 20915 message = ARGV[2] 20916 @} else if (ARGC == 4) @{ 20917 count = ARGV[3] + 0 20918 message = ARGV[2] 20919 @} else if (ARGC == 3) @{ 20920 message = ARGV[2] 20921 @} else if (ARGV[1] !~ /[0-9]?[0-9]:[0-9][0-9]/) @{ 20922 print usage1 > "/dev/stderr" 20923 print usage2 > "/dev/stderr" 20924 exit 1 20925 @} 20926 20927 # set defaults for once we reach the desired time 20928 if (delay == 0) 20929 delay = 180 # 3 minutes 20930 @group 20931 if (count == 0) 20932 count = 5 20933 @end group 20934 if (message == "") 20935 message = sprintf("\aIt is now %s!\a", ARGV[1]) 20936 else if (index(message, "\a") == 0) 20937 message = "\a" message "\a" 20938 @c endfile 20939 @end example 20940 20941 The next @value{SECTION} of code turns the alarm time into hours and minutes, 20942 converts it (if necessary) to a 24-hour clock, and then turns that 20943 time into a count of the seconds since midnight. Next it turns the current 20944 time into a count of seconds since midnight. The difference between the two 20945 is how long to wait before setting off the alarm: 20946 20947 @example 20948 @c file eg/prog/alarm.awk 20949 # split up alarm time 20950 split(ARGV[1], atime, ":") 20951 hour = atime[1] + 0 # force numeric 20952 minute = atime[2] + 0 # force numeric 20953 20954 # get current broken down time 20955 gettimeofday(now) 20956 20957 # if time given is 12-hour hours and it's after that 20958 # hour, e.g., `alarm 5:30' at 9 a.m. means 5:30 p.m., 20959 # then add 12 to real hour 20960 if (hour < 12 && now["hour"] > hour) 20961 hour += 12 20962 20963 # set target time in seconds since midnight 20964 target = (hour * 60 * 60) + (minute * 60) 20965 20966 # get current time in seconds since midnight 20967 current = (now["hour"] * 60 * 60) + \ 20968 (now["minute"] * 60) + now["second"] 20969 20970 # how long to sleep for 20971 naptime = target - current 20972 if (naptime <= 0) @{ 20973 print "time is in the past!" > "/dev/stderr" 20974 exit 1 20975 @} 20976 @c endfile 20977 @end example 20978 20979 @cindex @command{sleep} utility 20980 Finally, the program uses the @code{system} function 20981 (@pxref{I/O Functions}) 20982 to call the @command{sleep} utility. The @command{sleep} utility simply pauses 20983 for the given number of seconds. If the exit status is not zero, 20984 the program assumes that @command{sleep} was interrupted and exits. If 20985 @command{sleep} exited with an OK status (zero), then the program prints the 20986 message in a loop, again using @command{sleep} to delay for however many 20987 seconds are necessary: 20988 20989 @example 20990 @c file eg/prog/alarm.awk 20991 # zzzzzz..... go away if interrupted 20992 if (system(sprintf("sleep %d", naptime)) != 0) 20993 exit 1 20994 20995 # time to notify! 20996 command = sprintf("sleep %d", delay) 20997 for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) @{ 20998 print message 20999 # if sleep command interrupted, go away 21000 if (system(command) != 0) 21001 break 21002 @} 21003 21004 exit 0 21005 @} 21006 @c endfile 21007 @end example 21008 @c ENDOFRANGE tialarm 21009 @c ENDOFRANGE alaex 21010 21011 @node Translate Program 21012 @subsection Transliterating Characters 21013 21014 @c STARTOFRANGE chtra 21015 @cindex characters, transliterating 21016 @cindex @command{tr} utility 21017 The system @command{tr} utility transliterates characters. For example, it is 21018 often used to map uppercase letters into lowercase for further processing: 21019 21020 @example 21021 @var{generate data} | tr 'A-Z' 'a-z' | @var{process data} @dots{} 21022 @end example 21023 21024 @command{tr} requires two lists of characters.@footnote{On some older 21025 System V systems, 21026 @ifset ORA 21027 including Solaris, 21028 @end ifset 21029 @command{tr} may require that the lists be written as 21030 range expressions enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[a-z]}) and quoted, 21031 to prevent the shell from attempting a @value{FN} expansion. This is 21032 not a feature.} When processing the input, the first character in the 21033 first list is replaced with the first character in the second list, 21034 the second character in the first list is replaced with the second 21035 character in the second list, and so on. If there are more characters 21036 in the ``from'' list than in the ``to'' list, the last character of the 21037 ``to'' list is used for the remaining characters in the ``from'' list. 21038 21039 Some time ago, 21040 @c early or mid-1989! 21041 a user proposed that a transliteration function should 21042 be added to @command{gawk}. 21043 @c Wishing to avoid gratuitous new features, 21044 @c at least theoretically 21045 The following program was written to 21046 prove that character transliteration could be done with a user-level 21047 function. This program is not as complete as the system @command{tr} utility 21048 but it does most of the job. 21049 21050 The @command{translate} program demonstrates one of the few weaknesses 21051 of standard @command{awk}: dealing with individual characters is very 21052 painful, requiring repeated use of the @code{substr}, @code{index}, 21053 and @code{gsub} built-in functions 21054 (@pxref{String Functions}).@footnote{This 21055 program was written before @command{gawk} acquired the ability to 21056 split each character in a string into separate array elements.} 21057 @c Exercise: How might you use this new feature to simplify the program? 21058 There are two functions. The first, @code{stranslate}, takes three 21059 arguments: 21060 21061 @table @code 21062 @item from 21063 A list of characters from which to translate. 21064 21065 @item to 21066 A list of characters to which to translate. 21067 21068 @item target 21069 The string on which to do the translation. 21070 @end table 21071 21072 Associative arrays make the translation part fairly easy. @code{t_ar} holds 21073 the ``to'' characters, indexed by the ``from'' characters. Then a simple 21074 loop goes through @code{from}, one character at a time. For each character 21075 in @code{from}, if the character appears in @code{target}, @code{gsub} 21076 is used to change it to the corresponding @code{to} character. 21077 21078 The @code{translate} function simply calls @code{stranslate} using @code{$0} 21079 as the target. The main program sets two global variables, @code{FROM} and 21080 @code{TO}, from the command line, and then changes @code{ARGV} so that 21081 @command{awk} reads from the standard input. 21082 21083 Finally, the processing rule simply calls @code{translate} for each record: 21084 21085 @cindex @code{translate.awk} program 21086 @example 21087 @c file eg/prog/translate.awk 21088 # translate.awk --- do tr-like stuff 21089 @c endfile 21090 @ignore 21091 @c file eg/prog/translate.awk 21092 # 21093 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 21094 # August 1989 21095 21096 @c endfile 21097 @end ignore 21098 @c file eg/prog/translate.awk 21099 # Bugs: does not handle things like: tr A-Z a-z, it has 21100 # to be spelled out. However, if `to' is shorter than `from', 21101 # the last character in `to' is used for the rest of `from'. 21102 21103 function stranslate(from, to, target, lf, lt, t_ar, i, c) 21104 @{ 21105 lf = length(from) 21106 lt = length(to) 21107 for (i = 1; i <= lt; i++) 21108 t_ar[substr(from, i, 1)] = substr(to, i, 1) 21109 if (lt < lf) 21110 for (; i <= lf; i++) 21111 t_ar[substr(from, i, 1)] = substr(to, lt, 1) 21112 for (i = 1; i <= lf; i++) @{ 21113 c = substr(from, i, 1) 21114 if (index(target, c) > 0) 21115 gsub(c, t_ar[c], target) 21116 @} 21117 return target 21118 @} 21119 21120 function translate(from, to) 21121 @{ 21122 return $0 = stranslate(from, to, $0) 21123 @} 21124 21125 # main program 21126 BEGIN @{ 21127 @group 21128 if (ARGC < 3) @{ 21129 print "usage: translate from to" > "/dev/stderr" 21130 exit 21131 @} 21132 @end group 21133 FROM = ARGV[1] 21134 TO = ARGV[2] 21135 ARGC = 2 21136 ARGV[1] = "-" 21137 @} 21138 21139 @{ 21140 translate(FROM, TO) 21141 print 21142 @} 21143 @c endfile 21144 @end example 21145 21146 While it is possible to do character transliteration in a user-level 21147 function, it is not necessarily efficient, and we (the @command{gawk} 21148 authors) started to consider adding a built-in function. However, 21149 shortly after writing this program, we learned that the System V Release 4 21150 @command{awk} had added the @code{toupper} and @code{tolower} functions 21151 (@pxref{String Functions}). 21152 These functions handle the vast majority of the 21153 cases where character transliteration is necessary, and so we chose to 21154 simply add those functions to @command{gawk} as well and then leave well 21155 enough alone. 21156 21157 An obvious improvement to this program would be to set up the 21158 @code{t_ar} array only once, in a @code{BEGIN} rule. However, this 21159 assumes that the ``from'' and ``to'' lists 21160 will never change throughout the lifetime of the program. 21161 @c ENDOFRANGE chtra 21162 21163 @node Labels Program 21164 @subsection Printing Mailing Labels 21165 21166 @c STARTOFRANGE prml 21167 @cindex printing, mailing labels 21168 @c comma is part of primary 21169 @c STARTOFRANGE mlprint 21170 @cindex mailing labels, printing 21171 Here is a ``real world''@footnote{``Real world'' is defined as 21172 ``a program actually used to get something done.''} 21173 program. This 21174 script reads lists of names and 21175 addresses and generates mailing labels. Each page of labels has 20 labels 21176 on it, 2 across and 10 down. The addresses are guaranteed to be no more 21177 than 5 lines of data. Each address is separated from the next by a blank 21178 line. 21179 21180 The basic idea is to read 20 labels worth of data. Each line of each label 21181 is stored in the @code{line} array. The single rule takes care of filling 21182 the @code{line} array and printing the page when 20 labels have been read. 21183 21184 The @code{BEGIN} rule simply sets @code{RS} to the empty string, so that 21185 @command{awk} splits records at blank lines 21186 (@pxref{Records}). 21187 It sets @code{MAXLINES} to 100, since 100 is the maximum number 21188 of lines on the page (20 * 5 = 100). 21189 21190 Most of the work is done in the @code{printpage} function. 21191 The label lines are stored sequentially in the @code{line} array. But they 21192 have to print horizontally; @code{line[1]} next to @code{line[6]}, 21193 @code{line[2]} next to @code{line[7]}, and so on. Two loops are used to 21194 accomplish this. The outer loop, controlled by @code{i}, steps through 21195 every 10 lines of data; this is each row of labels. The inner loop, 21196 controlled by @code{j}, goes through the lines within the row. 21197 As @code{j} goes from 0 to 4, @samp{i+j} is the @code{j}-th line in 21198 the row, and @samp{i+j+5} is the entry next to it. The output ends up 21199 looking something like this: 21200 21201 @example 21202 line 1 line 6 21203 line 2 line 7 21204 line 3 line 8 21205 line 4 line 9 21206 line 5 line 10 21207 @dots{} 21208 @end example 21209 21210 As a final note, an extra blank line is printed at lines 21 and 61, to keep 21211 the output lined up on the labels. This is dependent on the particular 21212 brand of labels in use when the program was written. You will also note 21213 that there are 2 blank lines at the top and 2 blank lines at the bottom. 21214 21215 The @code{END} rule arranges to flush the final page of labels; there may 21216 not have been an even multiple of 20 labels in the data: 21217 21218 @cindex @code{labels.awk} program 21219 @example 21220 @c file eg/prog/labels.awk 21221 # labels.awk --- print mailing labels 21222 @c endfile 21223 @ignore 21224 @c file eg/prog/labels.awk 21225 # 21226 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 21227 # June 1992 21228 @c endfile 21229 @end ignore 21230 @c file eg/prog/labels.awk 21231 21232 # Each label is 5 lines of data that may have blank lines. 21233 # The label sheets have 2 blank lines at the top and 2 at 21234 # the bottom. 21235 21236 BEGIN @{ RS = "" ; MAXLINES = 100 @} 21237 21238 function printpage( i, j) 21239 @{ 21240 if (Nlines <= 0) 21241 return 21242 21243 printf "\n\n" # header 21244 21245 for (i = 1; i <= Nlines; i += 10) @{ 21246 if (i == 21 || i == 61) 21247 print "" 21248 for (j = 0; j < 5; j++) @{ 21249 if (i + j > MAXLINES) 21250 break 21251 printf " %-41s %s\n", line[i+j], line[i+j+5] 21252 @} 21253 print "" 21254 @} 21255 21256 printf "\n\n" # footer 21257 21258 for (i in line) 21259 line[i] = "" 21260 @} 21261 21262 # main rule 21263 @{ 21264 if (Count >= 20) @{ 21265 printpage() 21266 Count = 0 21267 Nlines = 0 21268 @} 21269 n = split($0, a, "\n") 21270 for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) 21271 line[++Nlines] = a[i] 21272 for (; i <= 5; i++) 21273 line[++Nlines] = "" 21274 Count++ 21275 @} 21276 21277 END \ 21278 @{ 21279 printpage() 21280 @} 21281 @c endfile 21282 @end example 21283 @c ENDOFRANGE prml 21284 @c ENDOFRANGE mlprint 21285 21286 @node Word Sorting 21287 @subsection Generating Word-Usage Counts 21288 21289 @c last comma is part of secondary 21290 @c STARTOFRANGE worus 21291 @cindex words, usage counts, generating 21292 @c NEXT ED: Rewrite this whole section and example 21293 The following @command{awk} program prints 21294 the number of occurrences of each word in its input. It illustrates the 21295 associative nature of @command{awk} arrays by using strings as subscripts. It 21296 also demonstrates the @samp{for @var{index} in @var{array}} mechanism. 21297 Finally, it shows how @command{awk} is used in conjunction with other 21298 utility programs to do a useful task of some complexity with a minimum of 21299 effort. Some explanations follow the program listing: 21300 21301 @example 21302 # Print list of word frequencies 21303 @{ 21304 for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) 21305 freq[$i]++ 21306 @} 21307 21308 END @{ 21309 for (word in freq) 21310 printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word] 21311 @} 21312 @end example 21313 21314 @c Exercise: Use asort() here 21315 21316 This program has two rules. The 21317 first rule, because it has an empty pattern, is executed for every input line. 21318 It uses @command{awk}'s field-accessing mechanism 21319 (@pxref{Fields}) to pick out the individual words from 21320 the line, and the built-in variable @code{NF} (@pxref{Built-in Variables}) 21321 to know how many fields are available. 21322 For each input word, it increments an element of the array @code{freq} to 21323 reflect that the word has been seen an additional time. 21324 21325 The second rule, because it has the pattern @code{END}, is not executed 21326 until the input has been exhausted. It prints out the contents of the 21327 @code{freq} table that has been built up inside the first action. 21328 This program has several problems that would prevent it from being 21329 useful by itself on real text files: 21330 21331 @itemize @bullet 21332 @item 21333 Words are detected using the @command{awk} convention that fields are 21334 separated just by whitespace. Other characters in the input (except 21335 newlines) don't have any special meaning to @command{awk}. This means that 21336 punctuation characters count as part of words. 21337 21338 @item 21339 The @command{awk} language considers upper- and lowercase characters to be 21340 distinct. Therefore, ``bartender'' and ``Bartender'' are not treated 21341 as the same word. This is undesirable, since in normal text, words 21342 are capitalized if they begin sentences, and a frequency analyzer should not 21343 be sensitive to capitalization. 21344 21345 @item 21346 The output does not come out in any useful order. You're more likely to be 21347 interested in which words occur most frequently or in having an alphabetized 21348 table of how frequently each word occurs. 21349 @end itemize 21350 21351 @cindex @command{sort} utility 21352 The way to solve these problems is to use some of @command{awk}'s more advanced 21353 features. First, we use @code{tolower} to remove 21354 case distinctions. Next, we use @code{gsub} to remove punctuation 21355 characters. Finally, we use the system @command{sort} utility to process the 21356 output of the @command{awk} script. Here is the new version of 21357 the program: 21358 21359 @cindex @code{wordfreq.awk} program 21360 @example 21361 @c file eg/prog/wordfreq.awk 21362 # wordfreq.awk --- print list of word frequencies 21363 21364 @{ 21365 $0 = tolower($0) # remove case distinctions 21366 # remove punctuation 21367 gsub(/[^[:alnum:]_[:blank:]]/, "", $0) 21368 for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) 21369 freq[$i]++ 21370 @} 21371 21372 END @{ 21373 for (word in freq) 21374 printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word] 21375 @} 21376 @c endfile 21377 @end example 21378 21379 Assuming we have saved this program in a file named @file{wordfreq.awk}, 21380 and that the data is in @file{file1}, the following pipeline: 21381 21382 @example 21383 awk -f wordfreq.awk file1 | sort -k 2nr 21384 @end example 21385 21386 @noindent 21387 produces a table of the words appearing in @file{file1} in order of 21388 decreasing frequency. The @command{awk} program suitably massages the 21389 data and produces a word frequency table, which is not ordered. 21390 21391 The @command{awk} script's output is then sorted by the @command{sort} 21392 utility and printed on the terminal. The options given to @command{sort} 21393 specify a sort that uses the second field of each input line (skipping 21394 one field), that the sort keys should be treated as numeric quantities 21395 (otherwise @samp{15} would come before @samp{5}), and that the sorting 21396 should be done in descending (reverse) order. 21397 21398 The @command{sort} could even be done from within the program, by changing 21399 the @code{END} action to: 21400 21401 @example 21402 @c file eg/prog/wordfreq.awk 21403 END @{ 21404 sort = "sort -k 2nr" 21405 for (word in freq) 21406 printf "%s\t%d\n", word, freq[word] | sort 21407 close(sort) 21408 @} 21409 @c endfile 21410 @end example 21411 21412 This way of sorting must be used on systems that do not 21413 have true pipes at the command-line (or batch-file) level. 21414 See the general operating system documentation for more information on how 21415 to use the @command{sort} program. 21416 @c ENDOFRANGE worus 21417 21418 @node History Sorting 21419 @subsection Removing Duplicates from Unsorted Text 21420 21421 @c last comma is part of secondary 21422 @c STARTOFRANGE lidu 21423 @cindex lines, duplicate, removing 21424 The @command{uniq} program 21425 (@pxref{Uniq Program}), 21426 removes duplicate lines from @emph{sorted} data. 21427 21428 Suppose, however, you need to remove duplicate lines from a @value{DF} but 21429 that you want to preserve the order the lines are in. A good example of 21430 this might be a shell history file. The history file keeps a copy of all 21431 the commands you have entered, and it is not unusual to repeat a command 21432 several times in a row. Occasionally you might want to compact the history 21433 by removing duplicate entries. Yet it is desirable to maintain the order 21434 of the original commands. 21435 21436 This simple program does the job. It uses two arrays. The @code{data} 21437 array is indexed by the text of each line. 21438 For each line, @code{data[$0]} is incremented. 21439 If a particular line has not 21440 been seen before, then @code{data[$0]} is zero. 21441 In this case, the text of the line is stored in @code{lines[count]}. 21442 Each element of @code{lines} is a unique command, and the indices of 21443 @code{lines} indicate the order in which those lines are encountered. 21444 The @code{END} rule simply prints out the lines, in order: 21445 21446 @cindex Rakitzis, Byron 21447 @cindex @code{histsort.awk} program 21448 @example 21449 @c file eg/prog/histsort.awk 21450 # histsort.awk --- compact a shell history file 21451 # Thanks to Byron Rakitzis for the general idea 21452 @c endfile 21453 @ignore 21454 @c file eg/prog/histsort.awk 21455 # 21456 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 21457 # May 1993 21458 21459 @c endfile 21460 @end ignore 21461 @c file eg/prog/histsort.awk 21462 @group 21463 @{ 21464 if (data[$0]++ == 0) 21465 lines[++count] = $0 21466 @} 21467 @end group 21468 21469 END @{ 21470 for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) 21471 print lines[i] 21472 @} 21473 @c endfile 21474 @end example 21475 21476 This program also provides a foundation for generating other useful 21477 information. For example, using the following @code{print} statement in the 21478 @code{END} rule indicates how often a particular command is used: 21479 21480 @example 21481 print data[lines[i]], lines[i] 21482 @end example 21483 21484 This works because @code{data[$0]} is incremented each time a line is 21485 seen. 21486 @c ENDOFRANGE lidu 21487 21488 @node Extract Program 21489 @subsection Extracting Programs from Texinfo Source Files 21490 21491 @c STARTOFRANGE texse 21492 @cindex Texinfo, extracting programs from source files 21493 @c last comma is part of secondary 21494 @c STARTOFRANGE fitex 21495 @cindex files, Texinfo, extracting programs from 21496 @ifnotinfo 21497 Both this chapter and the previous chapter 21498 (@ref{Library Functions}) 21499 present a large number of @command{awk} programs. 21500 @end ifnotinfo 21501 @ifinfo 21502 The nodes 21503 @ref{Library Functions}, 21504 and @ref{Sample Programs}, 21505 are the top level nodes for a large number of @command{awk} programs. 21506 @end ifinfo 21507 If you want to experiment with these programs, it is tedious to have to type 21508 them in by hand. Here we present a program that can extract parts of a 21509 Texinfo input file into separate files. 21510 21511 @cindex Texinfo 21512 This @value{DOCUMENT} is written in Texinfo, the GNU project's document 21513 formatting 21514 language. 21515 A single Texinfo source file can be used to produce both 21516 printed and online documentation. 21517 @ifnotinfo 21518 Texinfo is fully documented in the book 21519 @cite{Texinfo---The GNU Documentation Format}, 21520 available from the Free Software Foundation. 21521 @end ifnotinfo 21522 @ifinfo 21523 The Texinfo language is described fully, starting with 21524 @ref{Top}. 21525 @end ifinfo 21526 21527 For our purposes, it is enough to know three things about Texinfo input 21528 files: 21529 21530 @itemize @bullet 21531 @item 21532 The ``at'' symbol (@samp{@@}) is special in Texinfo, much as 21533 the backslash (@samp{\}) is in C 21534 or @command{awk}. Literal @samp{@@} symbols are represented in Texinfo source 21535 files as @samp{@@@@}. 21536 21537 @item 21538 Comments start with either @samp{@@c} or @samp{@@comment}. 21539 The file-extraction program works by using special comments that start 21540 at the beginning of a line. 21541 21542 @item 21543 Lines containing @samp{@@group} and @samp{@@end group} commands bracket 21544 example text that should not be split across a page boundary. 21545 (Unfortunately, @TeX{} isn't always smart enough to do things exactly right, 21546 and we have to give it some help.) 21547 @end itemize 21548 21549 The following program, @file{extract.awk}, reads through a Texinfo source 21550 file and does two things, based on the special comments. 21551 Upon seeing @samp{@w{@@c system @dots{}}}, 21552 it runs a command, by extracting the command text from the 21553 control line and passing it on to the @code{system} function 21554 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 21555 Upon seeing @samp{@@c file @var{filename}}, each subsequent line is sent to 21556 the file @var{filename}, until @samp{@@c endfile} is encountered. 21557 The rules in @file{extract.awk} match either @samp{@@c} or 21558 @samp{@@comment} by letting the @samp{omment} part be optional. 21559 Lines containing @samp{@@group} and @samp{@@end group} are simply removed. 21560 @file{extract.awk} uses the @code{join} library function 21561 (@pxref{Join Function}). 21562 21563 The example programs in the online Texinfo source for @cite{@value{TITLE}} 21564 (@file{gawk.texi}) have all been bracketed inside @samp{file} and 21565 @samp{endfile} lines. The @command{gawk} distribution uses a copy of 21566 @file{extract.awk} to extract the sample programs and install many 21567 of them in a standard directory where @command{gawk} can find them. 21568 The Texinfo file looks something like this: 21569 21570 @example 21571 @dots{} 21572 This program has a @@code@{BEGIN@} rule, 21573 that prints a nice message: 21574 21575 @@example 21576 @@c file examples/messages.awk 21577 BEGIN @@@{ print "Don't panic!" @@@} 21578 @@c end file 21579 @@end example 21580 21581 It also prints some final advice: 21582 21583 @@example 21584 @@c file examples/messages.awk 21585 END @@@{ print "Always avoid bored archeologists!" @@@} 21586 @@c end file 21587 @@end example 21588 @dots{} 21589 @end example 21590 21591 @file{extract.awk} begins by setting @code{IGNORECASE} to one, so that 21592 mixed upper- and lowercase letters in the directives won't matter. 21593 21594 The first rule handles calling @code{system}, checking that a command is 21595 given (@code{NF} is at least three) and also checking that the command 21596 exits with a zero exit status, signifying OK: 21597 21598 @cindex @code{extract.awk} program 21599 @example 21600 @c file eg/prog/extract.awk 21601 # extract.awk --- extract files and run programs 21602 # from texinfo files 21603 @c endfile 21604 @ignore 21605 @c file eg/prog/extract.awk 21606 # 21607 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 21608 # May 1993 21609 # Revised September 2000 21610 21611 @c endfile 21612 @end ignore 21613 @c file eg/prog/extract.awk 21614 BEGIN @{ IGNORECASE = 1 @} 21615 21616 /^@@c(omment)?[ \t]+system/ \ 21617 @{ 21618 if (NF < 3) @{ 21619 e = (FILENAME ":" FNR) 21620 e = (e ": badly formed `system' line") 21621 print e > "/dev/stderr" 21622 next 21623 @} 21624 $1 = "" 21625 $2 = "" 21626 stat = system($0) 21627 if (stat != 0) @{ 21628 e = (FILENAME ":" FNR) 21629 e = (e ": warning: system returned " stat) 21630 print e > "/dev/stderr" 21631 @} 21632 @} 21633 @c endfile 21634 @end example 21635 21636 @noindent 21637 The variable @code{e} is used so that the function 21638 fits nicely on the 21639 @ifnotinfo 21640 page. 21641 @end ifnotinfo 21642 @ifnottex 21643 screen. 21644 @end ifnottex 21645 21646 The second rule handles moving data into files. It verifies that a 21647 @value{FN} is given in the directive. If the file named is not the 21648 current file, then the current file is closed. Keeping the current file 21649 open until a new file is encountered allows the use of the @samp{>} 21650 redirection for printing the contents, keeping open file management 21651 simple. 21652 21653 The @samp{for} loop does the work. It reads lines using @code{getline} 21654 (@pxref{Getline}). 21655 For an unexpected end of file, it calls the @code{@w{unexpected_eof}} 21656 function. If the line is an ``endfile'' line, then it breaks out of 21657 the loop. 21658 If the line is an @samp{@@group} or @samp{@@end group} line, then it 21659 ignores it and goes on to the next line. 21660 Similarly, comments within examples are also ignored. 21661 21662 Most of the work is in the following few lines. If the line has no @samp{@@} 21663 symbols, the program can print it directly. 21664 Otherwise, each leading @samp{@@} must be stripped off. 21665 To remove the @samp{@@} symbols, the line is split into separate elements of 21666 the array @code{a}, using the @code{split} function 21667 (@pxref{String Functions}). 21668 The @samp{@@} symbol is used as the separator character. 21669 Each element of @code{a} that is empty indicates two successive @samp{@@} 21670 symbols in the original line. For each two empty elements (@samp{@@@@} in 21671 the original file), we have to add a single @samp{@@} symbol back in. 21672 21673 When the processing of the array is finished, @code{join} is called with the 21674 value of @code{SUBSEP}, to rejoin the pieces back into a single 21675 line. That line is then printed to the output file: 21676 21677 @example 21678 @c file eg/prog/extract.awk 21679 /^@@c(omment)?[ \t]+file/ \ 21680 @{ 21681 if (NF != 3) @{ 21682 e = (FILENAME ":" FNR ": badly formed `file' line") 21683 print e > "/dev/stderr" 21684 next 21685 @} 21686 if ($3 != curfile) @{ 21687 if (curfile != "") 21688 close(curfile) 21689 curfile = $3 21690 @} 21691 21692 for (;;) @{ 21693 if ((getline line) <= 0) 21694 unexpected_eof() 21695 if (line ~ /^@@c(omment)?[ \t]+endfile/) 21696 break 21697 else if (line ~ /^@@(end[ \t]+)?group/) 21698 continue 21699 else if (line ~ /^@@c(omment+)?[ \t]+/) 21700 continue 21701 if (index(line, "@@") == 0) @{ 21702 print line > curfile 21703 continue 21704 @} 21705 n = split(line, a, "@@") 21706 # if a[1] == "", means leading @@, 21707 # don't add one back in. 21708 for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) @{ 21709 if (a[i] == "") @{ # was an @@@@ 21710 a[i] = "@@" 21711 if (a[i+1] == "") 21712 i++ 21713 @} 21714 @} 21715 print join(a, 1, n, SUBSEP) > curfile 21716 @} 21717 @} 21718 @c endfile 21719 @end example 21720 21721 An important thing to note is the use of the @samp{>} redirection. 21722 Output done with @samp{>} only opens the file once; it stays open and 21723 subsequent output is appended to the file 21724 (@pxref{Redirection}). 21725 This makes it easy to mix program text and explanatory prose for the same 21726 sample source file (as has been done here!) without any hassle. The file is 21727 only closed when a new data @value{FN} is encountered or at the end of the 21728 input file. 21729 21730 Finally, the function @code{@w{unexpected_eof}} prints an appropriate 21731 error message and then exits. 21732 The @code{END} rule handles the final cleanup, closing the open file: 21733 21734 @c function lb put on same line for page breaking. sigh 21735 @example 21736 @c file eg/prog/extract.awk 21737 @group 21738 function unexpected_eof() @{ 21739 printf("%s:%d: unexpected EOF or error\n", 21740 FILENAME, FNR) > "/dev/stderr" 21741 exit 1 21742 @} 21743 @end group 21744 21745 END @{ 21746 if (curfile) 21747 close(curfile) 21748 @} 21749 @c endfile 21750 @end example 21751 @c ENDOFRANGE texse 21752 @c ENDOFRANGE fitex 21753 21754 @node Simple Sed 21755 @subsection A Simple Stream Editor 21756 21757 @cindex @command{sed} utility 21758 @cindex stream editors 21759 The @command{sed} utility is a stream editor, a program that reads a 21760 stream of data, makes changes to it, and passes it on. 21761 It is often used to make global changes to a large file or to a stream 21762 of data generated by a pipeline of commands. 21763 While @command{sed} is a complicated program in its own right, its most common 21764 use is to perform global substitutions in the middle of a pipeline: 21765 21766 @example 21767 command1 < orig.data | sed 's/old/new/g' | command2 > result 21768 @end example 21769 21770 Here, @samp{s/old/new/g} tells @command{sed} to look for the regexp 21771 @samp{old} on each input line and globally replace it with the text 21772 @samp{new}, i.e., all the occurrences on a line. This is similar to 21773 @command{awk}'s @code{gsub} function 21774 (@pxref{String Functions}). 21775 21776 The following program, @file{awksed.awk}, accepts at least two command-line 21777 arguments: the pattern to look for and the text to replace it with. Any 21778 additional arguments are treated as data @value{FN}s to process. If none 21779 are provided, the standard input is used: 21780 21781 @cindex Brennan, Michael 21782 @cindex @command{awksed.awk} program 21783 @c @cindex simple stream editor 21784 @c @cindex stream editor, simple 21785 @example 21786 @c file eg/prog/awksed.awk 21787 # awksed.awk --- do s/foo/bar/g using just print 21788 # Thanks to Michael Brennan for the idea 21789 @c endfile 21790 @ignore 21791 @c file eg/prog/awksed.awk 21792 # 21793 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 21794 # August 1995 21795 21796 @c endfile 21797 @end ignore 21798 @c file eg/prog/awksed.awk 21799 function usage() 21800 @{ 21801 print "usage: awksed pat repl [files...]" > "/dev/stderr" 21802 exit 1 21803 @} 21804 21805 BEGIN @{ 21806 # validate arguments 21807 if (ARGC < 3) 21808 usage() 21809 21810 RS = ARGV[1] 21811 ORS = ARGV[2] 21812 21813 # don't use arguments as files 21814 ARGV[1] = ARGV[2] = "" 21815 @} 21816 21817 @group 21818 # look ma, no hands! 21819 @{ 21820 if (RT == "") 21821 printf "%s", $0 21822 else 21823 print 21824 @} 21825 @end group 21826 @c endfile 21827 @end example 21828 21829 The program relies on @command{gawk}'s ability to have @code{RS} be a regexp, 21830 as well as on the setting of @code{RT} to the actual text that terminates the 21831 record (@pxref{Records}). 21832 21833 The idea is to have @code{RS} be the pattern to look for. @command{gawk} 21834 automatically sets @code{$0} to the text between matches of the pattern. 21835 This is text that we want to keep, unmodified. Then, by setting @code{ORS} 21836 to the replacement text, a simple @code{print} statement outputs the 21837 text we want to keep, followed by the replacement text. 21838 21839 There is one wrinkle to this scheme, which is what to do if the last record 21840 doesn't end with text that matches @code{RS}. Using a @code{print} 21841 statement unconditionally prints the replacement text, which is not correct. 21842 However, if the file did not end in text that matches @code{RS}, @code{RT} 21843 is set to the null string. In this case, we can print @code{$0} using 21844 @code{printf} 21845 (@pxref{Printf}). 21846 21847 The @code{BEGIN} rule handles the setup, checking for the right number 21848 of arguments and calling @code{usage} if there is a problem. Then it sets 21849 @code{RS} and @code{ORS} from the command-line arguments and sets 21850 @code{ARGV[1]} and @code{ARGV[2]} to the null string, so that they are 21851 not treated as @value{FN}s 21852 (@pxref{ARGC and ARGV}). 21853 21854 The @code{usage} function prints an error message and exits. 21855 Finally, the single rule handles the printing scheme outlined above, 21856 using @code{print} or @code{printf} as appropriate, depending upon the 21857 value of @code{RT}. 21858 21859 @ignore 21860 Exercise, compare the performance of this version with the more 21861 straightforward: 21862 21863 BEGIN { 21864 pat = ARGV[1] 21865 repl = ARGV[2] 21866 ARGV[1] = ARGV[2] = "" 21867 } 21868 21869 { gsub(pat, repl); print } 21870 21871 Exercise: what are the advantages and disadvantages of this version versus sed? 21872 Advantage: egrep regexps 21873 speed (?) 21874 Disadvantage: no & in replacement text 21875 21876 Others? 21877 @end ignore 21878 21879 @node Igawk Program 21880 @subsection An Easy Way to Use Library Functions 21881 21882 @c STARTOFRANGE libfex 21883 @cindex libraries of @command{awk} functions, example program for using 21884 @c STARTOFRANGE flibex 21885 @cindex functions, library, example program for using 21886 Using library functions in @command{awk} can be very beneficial. It 21887 encourages code reuse and the writing of general functions. Programs are 21888 smaller and therefore clearer. 21889 However, using library functions is only easy when writing @command{awk} 21890 programs; it is painful when running them, requiring multiple @option{-f} 21891 options. If @command{gawk} is unavailable, then so too is the @env{AWKPATH} 21892 environment variable and the ability to put @command{awk} functions into a 21893 library directory (@pxref{Options}). 21894 It would be nice to be able to write programs in the following manner: 21895 21896 @example 21897 # library functions 21898 @@include getopt.awk 21899 @@include join.awk 21900 @dots{} 21901 21902 # main program 21903 BEGIN @{ 21904 while ((c = getopt(ARGC, ARGV, "a:b:cde")) != -1) 21905 @dots{} 21906 @dots{} 21907 @} 21908 @end example 21909 21910 The following program, @file{igawk.sh}, provides this service. 21911 It simulates @command{gawk}'s searching of the @env{AWKPATH} variable 21912 and also allows @dfn{nested} includes; i.e., a file that is included 21913 with @samp{@@include} can contain further @samp{@@include} statements. 21914 @command{igawk} makes an effort to only include files once, so that nested 21915 includes don't accidentally include a library function twice. 21916 21917 @command{igawk} should behave just like @command{gawk} externally. This 21918 means it should accept all of @command{gawk}'s command-line arguments, 21919 including the ability to have multiple source files specified via 21920 @option{-f}, and the ability to mix command-line and library source files. 21921 21922 The program is written using the POSIX Shell (@command{sh}) command 21923 language.@footnote{Fully explaining the @command{sh} language is beyond 21924 the scope of this book. We provide some minimal explanations, but see 21925 a good shell programming book if you wish to understand things in more 21926 depth.} It works as follows: 21927 21928 @enumerate 21929 @item 21930 Loop through the arguments, saving anything that doesn't represent 21931 @command{awk} source code for later, when the expanded program is run. 21932 21933 @item 21934 For any arguments that do represent @command{awk} text, put the arguments into 21935 a shell variable that will be expanded. There are two cases: 21936 21937 @enumerate a 21938 @item 21939 Literal text, provided with @option{--source} or @option{--source=}. This 21940 text is just appended directly. 21941 21942 @item 21943 Source @value{FN}s, provided with @option{-f}. We use a neat trick and append 21944 @samp{@@include @var{filename}} to the shell variable's contents. Since the file-inclusion 21945 program works the way @command{gawk} does, this gets the text 21946 of the file included into the program at the correct point. 21947 @end enumerate 21948 21949 @item 21950 Run an @command{awk} program (naturally) over the shell variable's contents to expand 21951 @samp{@@include} statements. The expanded program is placed in a second 21952 shell variable. 21953 21954 @item 21955 Run the expanded program with @command{gawk} and any other original command-line 21956 arguments that the user supplied (such as the data @value{FN}s). 21957 @end enumerate 21958 21959 This program uses shell variables extensively; for storing command line arguments, 21960 the text of the @command{awk} program that will expand the user's program, for the 21961 user's original program, and for the expanded program. Doing so removes some 21962 potential problems that might arise were we to use temporary files instead, 21963 at the cost of making the script somewhat more complicated. 21964 21965 The initial part of the program turns on shell tracing if the first 21966 argument is @samp{debug}. 21967 21968 The next part loops through all the command-line arguments. 21969 There are several cases of interest: 21970 21971 @table @code 21972 @item -- 21973 This ends the arguments to @command{igawk}. Anything else should be passed on 21974 to the user's @command{awk} program without being evaluated. 21975 21976 @item -W 21977 This indicates that the next option is specific to @command{gawk}. To make 21978 argument processing easier, the @option{-W} is appended to the front of the 21979 remaining arguments and the loop continues. (This is an @command{sh} 21980 programming trick. Don't worry about it if you are not familiar with 21981 @command{sh}.) 21982 21983 @item -v@r{,} -F 21984 These are saved and passed on to @command{gawk}. 21985 21986 @item -f@r{,} --file@r{,} --file=@r{,} -Wfile= 21987 The @value{FN} is appended to the shell variable @code{program} with an 21988 @samp{@@include} statement. 21989 The @command{expr} utility is used to remove the leading option part of the 21990 argument (e.g., @samp{--file=}). 21991 (Typical @command{sh} usage would be to use the @command{echo} and @command{sed} 21992 utilities to do this work. Unfortunately, some versions of @command{echo} evaluate 21993 escape sequences in their arguments, possibly mangling the program text. 21994 Using @command{expr} avoids this problem.) 21995 21996 @item --source@r{,} --source=@r{,} -Wsource= 21997 The source text is appended to @code{program}. 21998 21999 @item --version@r{,} -Wversion 22000 @command{igawk} prints its version number, runs @samp{gawk --version} 22001 to get the @command{gawk} version information, and then exits. 22002 @end table 22003 22004 If none of the @option{-f}, @option{--file}, @option{-Wfile}, @option{--source}, 22005 or @option{-Wsource} arguments are supplied, then the first nonoption argument 22006 should be the @command{awk} program. If there are no command-line 22007 arguments left, @command{igawk} prints an error message and exits. 22008 Otherwise, the first argument is appended to @code{program}. 22009 In any case, after the arguments have been processed, 22010 @code{program} contains the complete text of the original @command{awk} 22011 program. 22012 22013 The program is as follows: 22014 22015 @cindex @code{igawk.sh} program 22016 @example 22017 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22018 #! /bin/sh 22019 # igawk --- like gawk but do @@include processing 22020 @c endfile 22021 @ignore 22022 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22023 # 22024 # Arnold Robbins, arnold@@gnu.org, Public Domain 22025 # July 1993 22026 22027 @c endfile 22028 @end ignore 22029 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22030 if [ "$1" = debug ] 22031 then 22032 set -x 22033 shift 22034 fi 22035 22036 # A literal newline, so that program text is formmatted correctly 22037 n=' 22038 ' 22039 22040 # Initialize variables to empty 22041 program= 22042 opts= 22043 22044 while [ $# -ne 0 ] # loop over arguments 22045 do 22046 case $1 in 22047 --) shift; break;; 22048 22049 -W) shift 22050 # The $@{x?'message here'@} construct prints a 22051 # diagnostic if $x is the null string 22052 set -- -W"$@{@@?'missing operand'@}" 22053 continue;; 22054 22055 -[vF]) opts="$opts $1 '$@{2?'missing operand'@}'" 22056 shift;; 22057 22058 -[vF]*) opts="$opts '$1'" ;; 22059 22060 -f) program="$program$n@@include $@{2?'missing operand'@}" 22061 shift;; 22062 22063 -f*) f=`expr "$1" : '-f\(.*\)'` 22064 program="$program$n@@include $f";; 22065 22066 -[W-]file=*) 22067 f=`expr "$1" : '-.file=\(.*\)'` 22068 program="$program$n@@include $f";; 22069 22070 -[W-]file) 22071 program="$program$n@@include $@{2?'missing operand'@}" 22072 shift;; 22073 22074 -[W-]source=*) 22075 t=`expr "$1" : '-.source=\(.*\)'` 22076 program="$program$n$t";; 22077 22078 -[W-]source) 22079 program="$program$n$@{2?'missing operand'@}" 22080 shift;; 22081 22082 -[W-]version) 22083 echo igawk: version 2.0 1>&2 22084 gawk --version 22085 exit 0 ;; 22086 22087 -[W-]*) opts="$opts '$1'" ;; 22088 22089 *) break;; 22090 esac 22091 shift 22092 done 22093 22094 if [ -z "$program" ] 22095 then 22096 program=$@{1?'missing program'@} 22097 shift 22098 fi 22099 22100 # At this point, `program' has the program. 22101 @c endfile 22102 @end example 22103 22104 The @command{awk} program to process @samp{@@include} directives 22105 is stored in the shell variable @code{expand_prog}. Doing this keeps 22106 the shell script readable. The @command{awk} program 22107 reads through the user's program, one line at a time, using @code{getline} 22108 (@pxref{Getline}). The input 22109 @value{FN}s and @samp{@@include} statements are managed using a stack. 22110 As each @samp{@@include} is encountered, the current @value{FN} is 22111 ``pushed'' onto the stack and the file named in the @samp{@@include} 22112 directive becomes the current @value{FN}. As each file is finished, 22113 the stack is ``popped,'' and the previous input file becomes the current 22114 input file again. The process is started by making the original file 22115 the first one on the stack. 22116 22117 The @code{pathto} function does the work of finding the full path to 22118 a file. It simulates @command{gawk}'s behavior when searching the 22119 @env{AWKPATH} environment variable 22120 (@pxref{AWKPATH Variable}). 22121 If a @value{FN} has a @samp{/} in it, no path search is done. Otherwise, 22122 the @value{FN} is concatenated with the name of each directory in 22123 the path, and an attempt is made to open the generated @value{FN}. 22124 The only way to test if a file can be read in @command{awk} is to go 22125 ahead and try to read it with @code{getline}; this is what @code{pathto} 22126 does.@footnote{On some very old versions of @command{awk}, the test 22127 @samp{getline junk < t} can loop forever if the file exists but is empty. 22128 Caveat emptor.} If the file can be read, it is closed and the @value{FN} 22129 is returned: 22130 22131 @ignore 22132 An alternative way to test for the file's existence would be to call 22133 @samp{system("test -r " t)}, which uses the @command{test} utility to 22134 see if the file exists and is readable. The disadvantage to this method 22135 is that it requires creating an extra process and can thus be slightly 22136 slower. 22137 @end ignore 22138 22139 @example 22140 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22141 expand_prog=' 22142 22143 function pathto(file, i, t, junk) 22144 @{ 22145 if (index(file, "/") != 0) 22146 return file 22147 22148 for (i = 1; i <= ndirs; i++) @{ 22149 t = (pathlist[i] "/" file) 22150 @group 22151 if ((getline junk < t) > 0) @{ 22152 # found it 22153 close(t) 22154 return t 22155 @} 22156 @end group 22157 @} 22158 return "" 22159 @} 22160 @c endfile 22161 @end example 22162 22163 The main program is contained inside one @code{BEGIN} rule. The first thing it 22164 does is set up the @code{pathlist} array that @code{pathto} uses. After 22165 splitting the path on @samp{:}, null elements are replaced with @code{"."}, 22166 which represents the current directory: 22167 22168 @example 22169 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22170 BEGIN @{ 22171 path = ENVIRON["AWKPATH"] 22172 ndirs = split(path, pathlist, ":") 22173 for (i = 1; i <= ndirs; i++) @{ 22174 if (pathlist[i] == "") 22175 pathlist[i] = "." 22176 @} 22177 @c endfile 22178 @end example 22179 22180 The stack is initialized with @code{ARGV[1]}, which will be @file{/dev/stdin}. 22181 The main loop comes next. Input lines are read in succession. Lines that 22182 do not start with @samp{@@include} are printed verbatim. 22183 If the line does start with @samp{@@include}, the @value{FN} is in @code{$2}. 22184 @code{pathto} is called to generate the full path. If it cannot, then we 22185 print an error message and continue. 22186 22187 The next thing to check is if the file is included already. The 22188 @code{processed} array is indexed by the full @value{FN} of each included 22189 file and it tracks this information for us. If the file is 22190 seen again, a warning message is printed. Otherwise, the new @value{FN} is 22191 pushed onto the stack and processing continues. 22192 22193 Finally, when @code{getline} encounters the end of the input file, the file 22194 is closed and the stack is popped. When @code{stackptr} is less than zero, 22195 the program is done: 22196 22197 @example 22198 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22199 stackptr = 0 22200 input[stackptr] = ARGV[1] # ARGV[1] is first file 22201 22202 for (; stackptr >= 0; stackptr--) @{ 22203 while ((getline < input[stackptr]) > 0) @{ 22204 if (tolower($1) != "@@include") @{ 22205 print 22206 continue 22207 @} 22208 fpath = pathto($2) 22209 @group 22210 if (fpath == "") @{ 22211 printf("igawk:%s:%d: cannot find %s\n", 22212 input[stackptr], FNR, $2) > "/dev/stderr" 22213 continue 22214 @} 22215 @end group 22216 if (! (fpath in processed)) @{ 22217 processed[fpath] = input[stackptr] 22218 input[++stackptr] = fpath # push onto stack 22219 @} else 22220 print $2, "included in", input[stackptr], 22221 "already included in", 22222 processed[fpath] > "/dev/stderr" 22223 @} 22224 close(input[stackptr]) 22225 @} 22226 @}' # close quote ends `expand_prog' variable 22227 22228 processed_program=`gawk -- "$expand_prog" /dev/stdin <<EOF 22229 $program 22230 EOF 22231 ` 22232 @c endfile 22233 @end example 22234 22235 The shell construct @samp{@var{command} << @var{marker}} is called a @dfn{here document}. 22236 Everything in the shell script up to the @var{marker} is fed to @var{command} as input. 22237 The shell processes the contents of the here document for variable and command substitution 22238 (and possibly other things as well, depending upon the shell). 22239 22240 The shell construct @samp{`@dots{}`} is called @dfn{command substitution}. 22241 The output of the command between the two backquotes (grave accents) is substituted 22242 into the command line. It is saved as a single string, even if the results 22243 contain whitespace. 22244 22245 The expanded program is saved in the variable @code{processed_program}. 22246 It's done in these steps: 22247 22248 @enumerate 22249 @item 22250 Run @command{gawk} with the @samp{@@include}-processing program (the 22251 value of the @code{expand_prog} shell variable) on standard input. 22252 22253 @item 22254 Standard input is the contents of the user's program, from the shell variable @code{program}. 22255 Its contents are fed to @command{gawk} via a here document. 22256 22257 @item 22258 The results of this processing are saved in the shell variable @code{processed_program} by using command substitution. 22259 @end enumerate 22260 22261 The last step is to call @command{gawk} with the expanded program, 22262 along with the original 22263 options and command-line arguments that the user supplied. 22264 22265 @c this causes more problems than it solves, so leave it out. 22266 @ignore 22267 The special file @file{/dev/null} is passed as a @value{DF} to @command{gawk} 22268 to handle an interesting case. Suppose that the user's program only has 22269 a @code{BEGIN} rule and there are no @value{DF}s to read. 22270 The program should exit without reading any @value{DF}s. 22271 However, suppose that an included library file defines an @code{END} 22272 rule of its own. In this case, @command{gawk} will hang, reading standard 22273 input. In order to avoid this, @file{/dev/null} is explicitly added to the 22274 command-line. Reading from @file{/dev/null} always returns an immediate 22275 end of file indication. 22276 22277 @c Hmm. Add /dev/null if $# is 0? Still messes up ARGV. Sigh. 22278 @end ignore 22279 22280 @example 22281 @c file eg/prog/igawk.sh 22282 eval gawk $opts -- '"$processed_program"' '"$@@"' 22283 @c endfile 22284 @end example 22285 22286 The @command{eval} command is a shell construct that reruns the shell's parsing 22287 process. This keeps things properly quoted. 22288 22289 This version of @command{igawk} represents my fourth attempt at this program. 22290 There are four key simplifications that make the program work better: 22291 22292 @itemize @bullet 22293 @item 22294 Using @samp{@@include} even for the files named with @option{-f} makes building 22295 the initial collected @command{awk} program much simpler; all the 22296 @samp{@@include} processing can be done once. 22297 22298 @item 22299 Not trying to save the line read with @code{getline} 22300 in the @code{pathto} function when testing for the 22301 file's accessibility for use with the main program simplifies things 22302 considerably. 22303 @c what problem does this engender though - exercise 22304 @c answer, reading from "-" or /dev/stdin 22305 22306 @item 22307 Using a @code{getline} loop in the @code{BEGIN} rule does it all in one 22308 place. It is not necessary to call out to a separate loop for processing 22309 nested @samp{@@include} statements. 22310 22311 @item 22312 Instead of saving the expanded program in a temporary file, putting it in a shell variable 22313 avoids some potential security problems. 22314 This has the disadvantage that the script relies upon more features 22315 of the @command{sh} language, making it harder to follow for those who 22316 aren't familiar with @command{sh}. 22317 @end itemize 22318 22319 Also, this program illustrates that it is often worthwhile to combine 22320 @command{sh} and @command{awk} programming together. You can usually 22321 accomplish quite a lot, without having to resort to low-level programming 22322 in C or C++, and it is frequently easier to do certain kinds of string 22323 and argument manipulation using the shell than it is in @command{awk}. 22324 22325 Finally, @command{igawk} shows that it is not always necessary to add new 22326 features to a program; they can often be layered on top. With @command{igawk}, 22327 there is no real reason to build @samp{@@include} processing into 22328 @command{gawk} itself. 22329 22330 @cindex search paths, for source files 22331 @c comma is part of primary 22332 @cindex source files, search path for 22333 @c last comma is part of secondary 22334 @cindex files, source, search path for 22335 @cindex directories, searching 22336 As an additional example of this, consider the idea of having two 22337 files in a directory in the search path: 22338 22339 @table @file 22340 @item default.awk 22341 This file contains a set of default library functions, such 22342 as @code{getopt} and @code{assert}. 22343 22344 @item site.awk 22345 This file contains library functions that are specific to a site or 22346 installation; i.e., locally developed functions. 22347 Having a separate file allows @file{default.awk} to change with 22348 new @command{gawk} releases, without requiring the system administrator to 22349 update it each time by adding the local functions. 22350 @end table 22351 22352 One user 22353 @c Karl Berry, karl (a] ileaf.com, 10/95 22354 suggested that @command{gawk} be modified to automatically read these files 22355 upon startup. Instead, it would be very simple to modify @command{igawk} 22356 to do this. Since @command{igawk} can process nested @samp{@@include} 22357 directives, @file{default.awk} could simply contain @samp{@@include} 22358 statements for the desired library functions. 22359 @c ENDOFRANGE libfex 22360 @c ENDOFRANGE flibex 22361 @c ENDOFRANGE awkpex 22362 22363 @c Exercise: make this change 22364 22365 @ignore 22366 @c Try this 22367 @iftex 22368 @page 22369 @headings off 22370 @majorheading III@ @ @ Appendixes 22371 Part III provides the appendixes, the Glossary, and two licenses that cover 22372 the @command{gawk} source code and this @value{DOCUMENT}, respectively. 22373 It contains the following appendixes: 22374 22375 @itemize @bullet 22376 @item 22377 @ref{Language History}. 22378 22379 @item 22380 @ref{Installation}. 22381 22382 @item 22383 @ref{Notes}. 22384 22385 @item 22386 @ref{Basic Concepts}. 22387 22388 @item 22389 @ref{Glossary}. 22390 22391 @item 22392 @ref{Copying}. 22393 22394 @item 22395 @ref{GNU Free Documentation License}. 22396 @end itemize 22397 22398 @page 22399 @evenheading @thispage@ @ @ @strong{@value{TITLE}} @| @| 22400 @oddheading @| @| @strong{@thischapter}@ @ @ @thispage 22401 @end iftex 22402 @end ignore 22403 22404 @node Language History 22405 @appendix The Evolution of the @command{awk} Language 22406 22407 This @value{DOCUMENT} describes the GNU implementation of @command{awk}, which follows 22408 the POSIX specification. 22409 Many long-time @command{awk} users learned @command{awk} programming 22410 with the original @command{awk} implementation in Version 7 Unix. 22411 (This implementation was the basis for @command{awk} in Berkeley Unix, 22412 through 4.3-Reno. Subsequent versions of Berkeley Unix, and systems 22413 derived from 4.4BSD-Lite, use various versions of @command{gawk} 22414 for their @command{awk}.) 22415 This @value{CHAPTER} briefly describes the 22416 evolution of the @command{awk} language, with cross-references to other parts 22417 of the @value{DOCUMENT} where you can find more information. 22418 22419 @menu 22420 * V7/SVR3.1:: The major changes between V7 and System V 22421 Release 3.1. 22422 * SVR4:: Minor changes between System V Releases 3.1 22423 and 4. 22424 * POSIX:: New features from the POSIX standard. 22425 * BTL:: New features from the Bell Laboratories 22426 version of @command{awk}. 22427 * POSIX/GNU:: The extensions in @command{gawk} not in POSIX 22428 @command{awk}. 22429 * Contributors:: The major contributors to @command{gawk}. 22430 @end menu 22431 22432 @node V7/SVR3.1 22433 @appendixsec Major Changes Between V7 and SVR3.1 22434 @c STARTOFRANGE gawkv 22435 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of 22436 @c STARTOFRANGE gawkv1 22437 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of, changes between V7 and SVR3.1 22438 22439 The @command{awk} language evolved considerably between the release of 22440 Version 7 Unix (1978) and the new version that was first made generally available in 22441 System V Release 3.1 (1987). This @value{SECTION} summarizes the changes, with 22442 cross-references to further details: 22443 22444 @itemize @bullet 22445 @item 22446 The requirement for @samp{;} to separate rules on a line 22447 (@pxref{Statements/Lines}). 22448 22449 @item 22450 User-defined functions and the @code{return} statement 22451 (@pxref{User-defined}). 22452 22453 @item 22454 The @code{delete} statement (@pxref{Delete}). 22455 22456 @item 22457 The @code{do}-@code{while} statement 22458 (@pxref{Do Statement}). 22459 22460 @item 22461 The built-in functions @code{atan2}, @code{cos}, @code{sin}, @code{rand}, and 22462 @code{srand} (@pxref{Numeric Functions}). 22463 22464 @item 22465 The built-in functions @code{gsub}, @code{sub}, and @code{match} 22466 (@pxref{String Functions}). 22467 22468 @item 22469 The built-in functions @code{close} and @code{system} 22470 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 22471 22472 @item 22473 The @code{ARGC}, @code{ARGV}, @code{FNR}, @code{RLENGTH}, @code{RSTART}, 22474 and @code{SUBSEP} built-in variables (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22475 22476 @item 22477 The conditional expression using the ternary operator @samp{?:} 22478 (@pxref{Conditional Exp}). 22479 22480 @item 22481 The exponentiation operator @samp{^} 22482 (@pxref{Arithmetic Ops}) and its assignment operator 22483 form @samp{^=} (@pxref{Assignment Ops}). 22484 22485 @item 22486 C-compatible operator precedence, which breaks some old @command{awk} 22487 programs (@pxref{Precedence}). 22488 22489 @item 22490 Regexps as the value of @code{FS} 22491 (@pxref{Field Separators}) and as the 22492 third argument to the @code{split} function 22493 (@pxref{String Functions}). 22494 22495 @item 22496 Dynamic regexps as operands of the @samp{~} and @samp{!~} operators 22497 (@pxref{Regexp Usage}). 22498 22499 @item 22500 The escape sequences @samp{\b}, @samp{\f}, and @samp{\r} 22501 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 22502 (Some vendors have updated their old versions of @command{awk} to 22503 recognize @samp{\b}, @samp{\f}, and @samp{\r}, but this is not 22504 something you can rely on.) 22505 22506 @item 22507 Redirection of input for the @code{getline} function 22508 (@pxref{Getline}). 22509 22510 @item 22511 Multiple @code{BEGIN} and @code{END} rules 22512 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 22513 22514 @item 22515 Multidimensional arrays 22516 (@pxref{Multi-dimensional}). 22517 @end itemize 22518 @c ENDOFRANGE gawkv1 22519 22520 @node SVR4 22521 @appendixsec Changes Between SVR3.1 and SVR4 22522 22523 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of, changes between SVR3.1 and SVR4 22524 The System V Release 4 (1989) version of Unix @command{awk} added these features 22525 (some of which originated in @command{gawk}): 22526 22527 @itemize @bullet 22528 @item 22529 The @code{ENVIRON} variable (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22530 @c gawk and MKS awk 22531 22532 @item 22533 Multiple @option{-f} options on the command line 22534 (@pxref{Options}). 22535 @c MKS awk 22536 22537 @item 22538 The @option{-v} option for assigning variables before program execution begins 22539 (@pxref{Options}). 22540 @c GNU, Bell Laboratories & MKS together 22541 22542 @item 22543 The @option{--} option for terminating command-line options. 22544 22545 @item 22546 The @samp{\a}, @samp{\v}, and @samp{\x} escape sequences 22547 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 22548 @c GNU, for ANSI C compat 22549 22550 @item 22551 A defined return value for the @code{srand} built-in function 22552 (@pxref{Numeric Functions}). 22553 22554 @item 22555 The @code{toupper} and @code{tolower} built-in string functions 22556 for case translation 22557 (@pxref{String Functions}). 22558 22559 @item 22560 A cleaner specification for the @samp{%c} format-control letter in the 22561 @code{printf} function 22562 (@pxref{Control Letters}). 22563 22564 @item 22565 The ability to dynamically pass the field width and precision (@code{"%*.*d"}) 22566 in the argument list of the @code{printf} function 22567 (@pxref{Control Letters}). 22568 22569 @item 22570 The use of regexp constants, such as @code{/foo/}, as expressions, where 22571 they are equivalent to using the matching operator, as in @samp{$0 ~ /foo/} 22572 (@pxref{Using Constant Regexps}). 22573 22574 @item 22575 Processing of escape sequences inside command-line variable assignments 22576 (@pxref{Assignment Options}). 22577 @end itemize 22578 22579 @node POSIX 22580 @appendixsec Changes Between SVR4 and POSIX @command{awk} 22581 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of, changes between SVR4 and POSIX @command{awk} 22582 @cindex POSIX @command{awk}, changes in @command{awk} versions 22583 22584 The POSIX Command Language and Utilities standard for @command{awk} (1992) 22585 introduced the following changes into the language: 22586 22587 @itemize @bullet 22588 @item 22589 The use of @option{-W} for implementation-specific options 22590 (@pxref{Options}). 22591 22592 @item 22593 The use of @code{CONVFMT} for controlling the conversion of numbers 22594 to strings (@pxref{Conversion}). 22595 22596 @item 22597 The concept of a numeric string and tighter comparison rules to go 22598 with it (@pxref{Typing and Comparison}). 22599 22600 @item 22601 More complete documentation of many of the previously undocumented 22602 features of the language. 22603 @end itemize 22604 22605 The following common extensions are not permitted by the POSIX 22606 standard: 22607 22608 @c IMPORTANT! Keep this list in sync with the one in node Options 22609 22610 @itemize @bullet 22611 @item 22612 @code{\x} escape sequences are not recognized 22613 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 22614 22615 @item 22616 Newlines do not act as whitespace to separate fields when @code{FS} is 22617 equal to a single space 22618 (@pxref{Fields}). 22619 22620 @item 22621 Newlines are not allowed after @samp{?} or @samp{:} 22622 (@pxref{Conditional Exp}). 22623 22624 @item 22625 The synonym @code{func} for the keyword @code{function} is not 22626 recognized (@pxref{Definition Syntax}). 22627 22628 @item 22629 The operators @samp{**} and @samp{**=} cannot be used in 22630 place of @samp{^} and @samp{^=} (@pxref{Arithmetic Ops}, 22631 and @ref{Assignment Ops}). 22632 22633 @item 22634 Specifying @samp{-Ft} on the command line does not set the value 22635 of @code{FS} to be a single TAB character 22636 (@pxref{Field Separators}). 22637 22638 @item 22639 The @code{fflush} built-in function is not supported 22640 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 22641 @end itemize 22642 @c ENDOFRANGE gawkv 22643 22644 @node BTL 22645 @appendixsec Extensions in the Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 22646 22647 @cindex @command{awk}, versions of, See Also Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 22648 @cindex extensions, Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 22649 @cindex Bell Laboratories @command{awk} extensions 22650 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 22651 Brian Kernighan, one of the original designers of Unix @command{awk}, 22652 has made his version available via his home page 22653 (@pxref{Other Versions}). 22654 This @value{SECTION} describes extensions in his version of @command{awk} that are 22655 not in POSIX @command{awk}: 22656 22657 @itemize @bullet 22658 @item 22659 The @samp{-mf @var{N}} and @samp{-mr @var{N}} command-line options 22660 to set the maximum number of fields and the maximum 22661 record size, respectively 22662 (@pxref{Options}). 22663 As a side note, his @command{awk} no longer needs these options; 22664 it continues to accept them to avoid breaking old programs. 22665 22666 @item 22667 The @code{fflush} built-in function for flushing buffered output 22668 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 22669 22670 @item 22671 The @samp{**} and @samp{**=} operators 22672 (@pxref{Arithmetic Ops} 22673 and 22674 @ref{Assignment Ops}). 22675 22676 @item 22677 The use of @code{func} as an abbreviation for @code{function} 22678 (@pxref{Definition Syntax}). 22679 22680 @ignore 22681 @item 22682 The @code{SYMTAB} array, that allows access to @command{awk}'s internal symbol 22683 table. This feature is not documented, largely because 22684 it is somewhat shakily implemented. For instance, you cannot access arrays 22685 or array elements through it. 22686 @end ignore 22687 @end itemize 22688 22689 The Bell Laboratories @command{awk} also incorporates the following extensions, 22690 originally developed for @command{gawk}: 22691 22692 @itemize @bullet 22693 @item 22694 The @samp{\x} escape sequence 22695 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 22696 22697 @item 22698 The @file{/dev/stdin}, @file{/dev/stdout}, and @file{/dev/stderr} 22699 special files 22700 (@pxref{Special Files}). 22701 22702 @item 22703 The ability for @code{FS} and for the third 22704 argument to @code{split} to be null strings 22705 (@pxref{Single Character Fields}). 22706 22707 @item 22708 The @code{nextfile} statement 22709 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 22710 22711 @item 22712 The ability to delete all of an array at once with @samp{delete @var{array}} 22713 (@pxref{Delete}). 22714 @end itemize 22715 22716 @node POSIX/GNU 22717 @appendixsec Extensions in @command{gawk} Not in POSIX @command{awk} 22718 22719 @ignore 22720 I've tried to follow this general order, esp. for the 3.0 and 3.1 sections: 22721 variables 22722 special files 22723 language changes (e.g., hex constants) 22724 differences in standard awk functions 22725 new gawk functions 22726 new keywords 22727 new command-line options 22728 new ports 22729 Within each category, be alphabetical. 22730 @end ignore 22731 22732 @c STARTOFRANGE fripls 22733 @cindex compatibility mode (@command{gawk}), extensions 22734 @c STARTOFRANGE exgnot 22735 @cindex extensions, in @command{gawk}, not in POSIX @command{awk} 22736 @c STARTOFRANGE posnot 22737 @cindex POSIX, @command{gawk} extensions not included in 22738 The GNU implementation, @command{gawk}, adds a large number of features. 22739 This @value{SECTION} lists them in the order they were added to @command{gawk}. 22740 They can all be disabled with either the @option{--traditional} or 22741 @option{--posix} options 22742 (@pxref{Options}). 22743 22744 Version 2.10 of @command{gawk} introduced the following features: 22745 22746 @itemize @bullet 22747 @item 22748 The @env{AWKPATH} environment variable for specifying a path search for 22749 the @option{-f} command-line option 22750 (@pxref{Options}). 22751 22752 @item 22753 The @code{IGNORECASE} variable and its effects 22754 (@pxref{Case-sensitivity}). 22755 22756 @item 22757 The @file{/dev/stdin}, @file{/dev/stdout}, @file{/dev/stderr} and 22758 @file{/dev/fd/@var{N}} special @value{FN}s 22759 (@pxref{Special Files}). 22760 @end itemize 22761 22762 Version 2.13 of @command{gawk} introduced the following features: 22763 22764 @itemize @bullet 22765 @item 22766 The @code{FIELDWIDTHS} variable and its effects 22767 (@pxref{Constant Size}). 22768 22769 @item 22770 The @code{systime} and @code{strftime} built-in functions for obtaining 22771 and printing timestamps 22772 (@pxref{Time Functions}). 22773 22774 @item 22775 The @option{-W lint} option to provide error and portability checking 22776 for both the source code and at runtime 22777 (@pxref{Options}). 22778 22779 @item 22780 The @option{-W compat} option to turn off the GNU extensions 22781 (@pxref{Options}). 22782 22783 @item 22784 The @option{-W posix} option for full POSIX compliance 22785 (@pxref{Options}). 22786 @end itemize 22787 22788 Version 2.14 of @command{gawk} introduced the following feature: 22789 22790 @itemize @bullet 22791 @item 22792 The @code{next file} statement for skipping to the next @value{DF} 22793 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 22794 @end itemize 22795 22796 Version 2.15 of @command{gawk} introduced the following features: 22797 22798 @itemize @bullet 22799 @item 22800 The @code{ARGIND} variable, which tracks the movement of @code{FILENAME} 22801 through @code{ARGV} (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22802 22803 @item 22804 The @code{ERRNO} variable, which contains the system error message when 22805 @code{getline} returns @minus{}1 or @code{close} fails 22806 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22807 22808 @item 22809 The @file{/dev/pid}, @file{/dev/ppid}, @file{/dev/pgrpid}, and 22810 @file{/dev/user} @value{FN} interpretation 22811 (@pxref{Special Files}). 22812 22813 @item 22814 The ability to delete all of an array at once with @samp{delete @var{array}} 22815 (@pxref{Delete}). 22816 22817 @item 22818 The ability to use GNU-style long-named options that start with @option{--} 22819 (@pxref{Options}). 22820 22821 @item 22822 The @option{--source} option for mixing command-line and library-file 22823 source code 22824 (@pxref{Options}). 22825 @end itemize 22826 22827 Version 3.0 of @command{gawk} introduced the following features: 22828 22829 @itemize @bullet 22830 @item 22831 @code{IGNORECASE} changed, now applying to string comparison as well 22832 as regexp operations 22833 (@pxref{Case-sensitivity}). 22834 22835 @item 22836 The @code{RT} variable that contains the input text that 22837 matched @code{RS} 22838 (@pxref{Records}). 22839 22840 @item 22841 Full support for both POSIX and GNU regexps 22842 (@pxref{Regexp}). 22843 22844 @item 22845 The @code{gensub} function for more powerful text manipulation 22846 (@pxref{String Functions}). 22847 22848 @item 22849 The @code{strftime} function acquired a default time format, 22850 allowing it to be called with no arguments 22851 (@pxref{Time Functions}). 22852 22853 @item 22854 The ability for @code{FS} and for the third 22855 argument to @code{split} to be null strings 22856 (@pxref{Single Character Fields}). 22857 22858 @item 22859 The ability for @code{RS} to be a regexp 22860 (@pxref{Records}). 22861 22862 @item 22863 The @code{next file} statement became @code{nextfile} 22864 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 22865 22866 @item 22867 The @option{--lint-old} option to 22868 warn about constructs that are not available in 22869 the original Version 7 Unix version of @command{awk} 22870 (@pxref{V7/SVR3.1}). 22871 22872 @item 22873 The @option{-m} option and the @code{fflush} function from the 22874 Bell Laboratories research version of @command{awk} 22875 (@pxref{Options}; also 22876 @pxref{I/O Functions}). 22877 22878 @item 22879 The @option{--re-interval} option to provide interval expressions in regexps 22880 (@pxref{Regexp Operators}). 22881 22882 @item 22883 The @option{--traditional} option was added as a better name for 22884 @option{--compat} (@pxref{Options}). 22885 22886 @item 22887 The use of GNU Autoconf to control the configuration process 22888 (@pxref{Quick Installation}). 22889 22890 @item 22891 Amiga support 22892 (@pxref{Amiga Installation}). 22893 22894 @end itemize 22895 22896 Version 3.1 of @command{gawk} introduced the following features: 22897 22898 @itemize @bullet 22899 @item 22900 The @code{BINMODE} special variable for non-POSIX systems, 22901 which allows binary I/O for input and/or output files 22902 (@pxref{PC Using}). 22903 22904 @item 22905 The @code{LINT} special variable, which dynamically controls lint warnings 22906 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22907 22908 @item 22909 The @code{PROCINFO} array for providing process-related information 22910 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}). 22911 22912 @item 22913 The @code{TEXTDOMAIN} special variable for setting an application's 22914 internationalization text domain 22915 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}, 22916 and 22917 @ref{Internationalization}). 22918 22919 @item 22920 The ability to use octal and hexadecimal constants in @command{awk} 22921 program source code 22922 (@pxref{Nondecimal-numbers}). 22923 22924 @item 22925 The @samp{|&} operator for two-way I/O to a coprocess 22926 (@pxref{Two-way I/O}). 22927 22928 @item 22929 The @file{/inet} special files for TCP/IP networking using @samp{|&} 22930 (@pxref{TCP/IP Networking}). 22931 22932 @item 22933 The optional second argument to @code{close} that allows closing one end 22934 of a two-way pipe to a coprocess 22935 (@pxref{Two-way I/O}). 22936 22937 @item 22938 The optional third argument to the @code{match} function 22939 for capturing text-matching subexpressions within a regexp 22940 (@pxref{String Functions}). 22941 22942 @item 22943 Positional specifiers in @code{printf} formats for 22944 making translations easier 22945 (@pxref{Printf Ordering}). 22946 22947 @item 22948 The @code{asort} and @code{asorti} functions for sorting arrays 22949 (@pxref{Array Sorting}). 22950 22951 @item 22952 The @code{bindtextdomain}, @code{dcgettext} and @code{dcngettext} functions 22953 for internationalization 22954 (@pxref{Programmer i18n}). 22955 22956 @item 22957 The @code{extension} built-in function and the ability to add 22958 new built-in functions dynamically 22959 (@pxref{Dynamic Extensions}). 22960 22961 @item 22962 The @code{mktime} built-in function for creating timestamps 22963 (@pxref{Time Functions}). 22964 22965 @item 22966 The 22967 @code{and}, 22968 @code{or}, 22969 @code{xor}, 22970 @code{compl}, 22971 @code{lshift}, 22972 @code{rshift}, 22973 and 22974 @code{strtonum} built-in 22975 functions 22976 (@pxref{Bitwise Functions}). 22977 22978 @item 22979 @cindex @code{next file} statement 22980 The support for @samp{next file} as two words was removed completely 22981 (@pxref{Nextfile Statement}). 22982 22983 @item 22984 The @option{--dump-variables} option to print a list of all global variables 22985 (@pxref{Options}). 22986 22987 @item 22988 The @option{--gen-po} command-line option and the use of a leading 22989 underscore to mark strings that should be translated 22990 (@pxref{String Extraction}). 22991 22992 @item 22993 The @option{--non-decimal-data} option to allow non-decimal 22994 input data 22995 (@pxref{Nondecimal Data}). 22996 22997 @item 22998 The @option{--profile} option and @command{pgawk}, the 22999 profiling version of @command{gawk}, for producing execution 23000 profiles of @command{awk} programs 23001 (@pxref{Profiling}). 23002 23003 @item 23004 The @option{--enable-portals} configuration option to enable special treatment of 23005 pathnames that begin with @file{/p} as BSD portals 23006 (@pxref{Portal Files}). 23007 23008 @item 23009 The use of GNU Automake to help in standardizing the configuration process 23010 (@pxref{Quick Installation}). 23011 23012 @item 23013 The use of GNU @code{gettext} for @command{gawk}'s own message output 23014 (@pxref{Gawk I18N}). 23015 23016 @item 23017 BeOS support 23018 (@pxref{BeOS Installation}). 23019 23020 @item 23021 Tandem support 23022 (@pxref{Tandem Installation}). 23023 23024 @item 23025 The Atari port became officially unsupported 23026 (@pxref{Atari Installation}). 23027 23028 @item 23029 The source code now uses new-style function definitions, with 23030 @command{ansi2knr} to convert the code on systems with old compilers. 23031 23032 @item 23033 The @option{--disable-lint} configuration option to disable lint checking 23034 at compile time 23035 (@pxref{Additional Configuration Options}). 23036 23037 @end itemize 23038 23039 @c XXX ADD MORE STUFF HERE 23040 23041 @c ENDOFRANGE fripls 23042 @c ENDOFRANGE exgnot 23043 @c ENDOFRANGE posnot 23044 23045 @node Contributors 23046 @appendixsec Major Contributors to @command{gawk} 23047 @cindex @command{gawk}, list of contributors to 23048 @quotation 23049 @i{Always give credit where credit is due.}@* 23050 Anonymous 23051 @end quotation 23052 23053 This @value{SECTION} names the major contributors to @command{gawk} 23054 and/or this @value{DOCUMENT}, in approximate chronological order: 23055 23056 @itemize @bullet 23057 @item 23058 @cindex Aho, Alfred 23059 @cindex Weinberger, Peter 23060 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 23061 Dr.@: Alfred V.@: Aho, 23062 Dr.@: Peter J.@: Weinberger, and 23063 Dr.@: Brian W.@: Kernighan, all of Bell Laboratories, 23064 designed and implemented Unix @command{awk}, 23065 from which @command{gawk} gets the majority of its feature set. 23066 23067 @item 23068 @cindex Rubin, Paul 23069 Paul Rubin 23070 did the initial design and implementation in 1986, and wrote 23071 the first draft (around 40 pages) of this @value{DOCUMENT}. 23072 23073 @item 23074 @cindex Fenlason, Jay 23075 Jay Fenlason 23076 finished the initial implementation. 23077 23078 @item 23079 @cindex Close, Diane 23080 Diane Close 23081 revised the first draft of this @value{DOCUMENT}, bringing it 23082 to around 90 pages. 23083 23084 @item 23085 @cindex Stallman, Richard 23086 Richard Stallman 23087 helped finish the implementation and the initial draft of this 23088 @value{DOCUMENT}. 23089 He is also the founder of the FSF and the GNU project. 23090 23091 @item 23092 @cindex Woods, John 23093 John Woods 23094 contributed parts of the code (mostly fixes) in 23095 the initial version of @command{gawk}. 23096 23097 @item 23098 @cindex Trueman, David 23099 In 1988, 23100 David Trueman 23101 took over primary maintenance of @command{gawk}, 23102 making it compatible with ``new'' @command{awk}, and 23103 greatly improving its performance. 23104 23105 @item 23106 @cindex Rankin, Pat 23107 Pat Rankin 23108 provided the VMS port and its documentation. 23109 23110 @item 23111 @cindex Kwok, Conrad 23112 @cindex Garfinkle, Scott 23113 @cindex Williams, Kent 23114 Conrad Kwok, 23115 Scott Garfinkle, 23116 and 23117 Kent Williams 23118 did the initial ports to MS-DOS with various versions of MSC. 23119 23120 @item 23121 @cindex Peterson, Hal 23122 Hal Peterson 23123 provided help in porting @command{gawk} to Cray systems. 23124 23125 @item 23126 @cindex Rommel, Kai Uwe 23127 Kai Uwe Rommel 23128 provided the initial port to OS/2 and its documentation. 23129 23130 @item 23131 @cindex Jaegermann, Michal 23132 Michal Jaegermann 23133 provided the port to Atari systems and its documentation. 23134 He continues to provide portability checking with DEC Alpha 23135 systems, and has done a lot of work to make sure @command{gawk} 23136 works on non-32-bit systems. 23137 23138 @item 23139 @cindex Fish, Fred 23140 Fred Fish 23141 provided the port to Amiga systems and its documentation. 23142 23143 @item 23144 @cindex Deifik, Scott 23145 Scott Deifik 23146 currently maintains the MS-DOS port. 23147 23148 @item 23149 @cindex Grigera, Juan 23150 Juan Grigera 23151 maintains the port to Windows32 systems. 23152 23153 @item 23154 @cindex Hankerson, Darrel 23155 Dr.@: Darrel Hankerson 23156 acts as coordinator for the various ports to different PC platforms 23157 and creates binary distributions for various PC operating systems. 23158 He is also instrumental in keeping the documentation up to date for 23159 the various PC platforms. 23160 23161 @item 23162 @cindex Zoulas, Christos 23163 Christos Zoulas 23164 provided the @code{extension} 23165 built-in function for dynamically adding new modules. 23166 23167 @item 23168 @cindex Kahrs, J@"urgen 23169 J@"urgen Kahrs 23170 contributed the initial version of the TCP/IP networking 23171 code and documentation, and motivated the inclusion of the @samp{|&} operator. 23172 23173 @item 23174 @cindex Davies, Stephen 23175 Stephen Davies 23176 provided the port to Tandem systems and its documentation. 23177 23178 @item 23179 @cindex Brown, Martin 23180 Martin Brown 23181 provided the port to BeOS and its documentation. 23182 23183 @item 23184 @cindex Peters, Arno 23185 Arno Peters 23186 did the initial work to convert @command{gawk} to use 23187 GNU Automake and @code{gettext}. 23188 23189 @item 23190 @cindex Broder, Alan J.@: 23191 Alan J.@: Broder 23192 provided the initial version of the @code{asort} function 23193 as well as the code for the new optional third argument to the @code{match} function. 23194 23195 @item 23196 @cindex Buening, Andreas 23197 Andreas Buening 23198 updated the @command{gawk} port for OS/2. 23199 23200 @cindex Hasegawa, Isamu 23201 Isamu Hasegawa, 23202 of IBM in Japan, contributed support for multibyte characters. 23203 23204 @cindex Benzinger, Michael 23205 Michael Benzinger contributed the initial code for @code{switch} statements. 23206 23207 @cindex McPhee, Patrick 23208 Patrick T.J.@: McPhee contributed the code for dynamic loading in Windows32 23209 environments. 23210 23211 @item 23212 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 23213 Arnold Robbins 23214 has been working on @command{gawk} since 1988, at first 23215 helping David Trueman, and as the primary maintainer since around 1994. 23216 @end itemize 23217 23218 @node Installation 23219 @appendix Installing @command{gawk} 23220 23221 @c last two commas are part of see also 23222 @cindex operating systems, See Also GNU/Linux, PC operating systems, Unix 23223 @c STARTOFRANGE gligawk 23224 @cindex @command{gawk}, installing 23225 @c STARTOFRANGE ingawk 23226 @cindex installing @command{gawk} 23227 This appendix provides instructions for installing @command{gawk} on the 23228 various platforms that are supported by the developers. The primary 23229 developer supports GNU/Linux (and Unix), whereas the other ports are 23230 contributed. 23231 @xref{Bugs}, 23232 for the electronic mail addresses of the people who did 23233 the respective ports. 23234 23235 @menu 23236 * Gawk Distribution:: What is in the @command{gawk} distribution. 23237 * Unix Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} under various 23238 versions of Unix. 23239 * Non-Unix Installation:: Installation on Other Operating Systems. 23240 * Unsupported:: Systems whose ports are no longer supported. 23241 * Bugs:: Reporting Problems and Bugs. 23242 * Other Versions:: Other freely available @command{awk} 23243 implementations. 23244 @end menu 23245 23246 @node Gawk Distribution 23247 @appendixsec The @command{gawk} Distribution 23248 @cindex source code, @command{gawk} 23249 23250 This @value{SECTION} describes how to get the @command{gawk} 23251 distribution, how to extract it, and then what is in the various files and 23252 subdirectories. 23253 23254 @menu 23255 * Getting:: How to get the distribution. 23256 * Extracting:: How to extract the distribution. 23257 * Distribution contents:: What is in the distribution. 23258 @end menu 23259 23260 @node Getting 23261 @appendixsubsec Getting the @command{gawk} Distribution 23262 @c last comma is part of secondary 23263 @cindex @command{gawk}, source code, obtaining 23264 There are three ways to get GNU software: 23265 23266 @itemize @bullet 23267 @item 23268 Copy it from someone else who already has it. 23269 23270 @cindex FSF (Free Software Foundation) 23271 @cindex Free Software Foundation (FSF) 23272 @item 23273 Order @command{gawk} directly from the Free Software Foundation. 23274 Software distributions are available for 23275 Gnu/Linux, Unix, and MS-Windows, in several CD packages. 23276 Their address is: 23277 23278 @display 23279 Free Software Foundation 23280 59 Temple Place, Suite 330 23281 Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA 23282 Phone: +1-617-542-5942 23283 Fax (including Japan): +1-617-542-2652 23284 Email: @email{gnu@@gnu.org} 23285 URL: @uref{http://www.gnu.org} 23286 @end display 23287 23288 @noindent 23289 Ordering from the FSF directly contributes to the support of the foundation 23290 and to the production of more free software. 23291 23292 @item 23293 Retrieve @command{gawk} by using anonymous @command{ftp} to the Internet host 23294 @code{ftp.gnu.org}, in the directory @file{/gnu/gawk}. 23295 @end itemize 23296 23297 The GNU software archive is mirrored around the world. 23298 The up-to-date list of mirror sites is available from 23299 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html, the main FSF web site}. 23300 Try to use one of the mirrors; they 23301 will be less busy, and you can usually find one closer to your site. 23302 23303 @node Extracting 23304 @appendixsubsec Extracting the Distribution 23305 @command{gawk} is distributed as a @code{tar} file compressed with the 23306 GNU Zip program, @code{gzip}. 23307 23308 Once you have the distribution (for example, 23309 @file{gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL}.tar.gz}), 23310 use @code{gzip} to expand the 23311 file and then use @code{tar} to extract it. You can use the following 23312 pipeline to produce the @command{gawk} distribution: 23313 23314 @example 23315 # Under System V, add 'o' to the tar options 23316 gzip -d -c gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL}.tar.gz | tar -xvpf - 23317 @end example 23318 23319 @noindent 23320 This creates a directory named @file{gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL}} 23321 in the current directory. 23322 23323 The distribution @value{FN} is of the form 23324 @file{gawk-@var{V}.@var{R}.@var{P}.tar.gz}. 23325 The @var{V} represents the major version of @command{gawk}, 23326 the @var{R} represents the current release of version @var{V}, and 23327 the @var{P} represents a @dfn{patch level}, meaning that minor bugs have 23328 been fixed in the release. The current patch level is @value{PATCHLEVEL}, 23329 but when retrieving distributions, you should get the version with the highest 23330 version, release, and patch level. (Note, however, that patch levels greater than 23331 or equal to 80 denote ``beta'' or nonproduction software; you might not want 23332 to retrieve such a version unless you don't mind experimenting.) 23333 If you are not on a Unix system, you need to make other arrangements 23334 for getting and extracting the @command{gawk} distribution. You should consult 23335 a local expert. 23336 23337 @node Distribution contents 23338 @appendixsubsec Contents of the @command{gawk} Distribution 23339 @c STARTOFRANGE gawdis 23340 @cindex @command{gawk}, distribution 23341 23342 The @command{gawk} distribution has a number of C source files, 23343 documentation files, 23344 subdirectories, and files related to the configuration process 23345 (@pxref{Unix Installation}), 23346 as well as several subdirectories related to different non-Unix 23347 operating systems: 23348 23349 @table @asis 23350 @item Various @samp{.c}, @samp{.y}, and @samp{.h} files 23351 The actual @command{gawk} source code. 23352 @end table 23353 23354 @table @file 23355 @item README 23356 @itemx README_d/README.* 23357 Descriptive files: @file{README} for @command{gawk} under Unix and the 23358 rest for the various hardware and software combinations. 23359 23360 @item INSTALL 23361 A file providing an overview of the configuration and installation process. 23362 23363 @item ChangeLog 23364 A detailed list of source code changes as bugs are fixed or improvements made. 23365 23366 @item NEWS 23367 A list of changes to @command{gawk} since the last release or patch. 23368 23369 @item COPYING 23370 The GNU General Public License. 23371 23372 @item FUTURES 23373 A brief list of features and changes being contemplated for future 23374 releases, with some indication of the time frame for the feature, based 23375 on its difficulty. 23376 23377 @item LIMITATIONS 23378 A list of those factors that limit @command{gawk}'s performance. 23379 Most of these depend on the hardware or operating system software and 23380 are not limits in @command{gawk} itself. 23381 23382 @item POSIX.STD 23383 A description of one area in which the POSIX standard for @command{awk} is 23384 incorrect as well as how @command{gawk} handles the problem. 23385 23386 @c comma is part of primary 23387 @cindex artificial intelligence, @command{gawk} and 23388 @item doc/awkforai.txt 23389 A short article describing why @command{gawk} is a good language for 23390 AI (Artificial Intelligence) programming. 23391 23392 @item doc/README.card 23393 @itemx doc/ad.block 23394 @itemx doc/awkcard.in 23395 @itemx doc/cardfonts 23396 @itemx doc/colors 23397 @itemx doc/macros 23398 @itemx doc/no.colors 23399 @itemx doc/setter.outline 23400 The @command{troff} source for a five-color @command{awk} reference card. 23401 A modern version of @command{troff} such as GNU @command{troff} (@command{groff}) is 23402 needed to produce the color version. See the file @file{README.card} 23403 for instructions if you have an older @command{troff}. 23404 23405 @item doc/gawk.1 23406 The @command{troff} source for a manual page describing @command{gawk}. 23407 This is distributed for the convenience of Unix users. 23408 23409 @cindex Texinfo 23410 @item doc/gawk.texi 23411 The Texinfo source file for this @value{DOCUMENT}. 23412 It should be processed with @TeX{} to produce a printed document, and 23413 with @command{makeinfo} to produce an Info or HTML file. 23414 23415 @item doc/awk.info 23416 The generated Info file for this @value{DOCUMENT}. 23417 23418 @item doc/gawkinet.texi 23419 The Texinfo source file for 23420 @ifinfo 23421 @xref{Top}. 23422 @end ifinfo 23423 @ifnotinfo 23424 @cite{TCP/IP Internetworking with @command{gawk}}. 23425 @end ifnotinfo 23426 It should be processed with @TeX{} to produce a printed document and 23427 with @command{makeinfo} to produce an Info or HTML file. 23428 23429 @item doc/gawkinet.info 23430 The generated Info file for 23431 @cite{TCP/IP Internetworking with @command{gawk}}. 23432 23433 @item doc/igawk.1 23434 The @command{troff} source for a manual page describing the @command{igawk} 23435 program presented in 23436 @ref{Igawk Program}. 23437 23438 @item doc/Makefile.in 23439 The input file used during the configuration process to generate the 23440 actual @file{Makefile} for creating the documentation. 23441 23442 @item Makefile.am 23443 @itemx */Makefile.am 23444 Files used by the GNU @command{automake} software for generating 23445 the @file{Makefile.in} files used by @command{autoconf} and 23446 @command{configure}. 23447 23448 @item Makefile.in 23449 @itemx acconfig.h 23450 @itemx acinclude.m4 23451 @itemx aclocal.m4 23452 @itemx configh.in 23453 @itemx configure.in 23454 @itemx configure 23455 @itemx custom.h 23456 @itemx missing_d/* 23457 @itemx m4/* 23458 These files and subdirectories are used when configuring @command{gawk} 23459 for various Unix systems. They are explained in 23460 @ref{Unix Installation}. 23461 23462 @item intl/* 23463 @itemx po/* 23464 The @file{intl} directory provides the GNU @code{gettext} library, which implements 23465 @command{gawk}'s internationalization features, while the @file{po} library 23466 contains message translations. 23467 23468 @item awklib/extract.awk 23469 @itemx awklib/Makefile.am 23470 @itemx awklib/Makefile.in 23471 @itemx awklib/eg/* 23472 The @file{awklib} directory contains a copy of @file{extract.awk} 23473 (@pxref{Extract Program}), 23474 which can be used to extract the sample programs from the Texinfo 23475 source file for this @value{DOCUMENT}. It also contains a @file{Makefile.in} file, which 23476 @command{configure} uses to generate a @file{Makefile}. 23477 @file{Makefile.am} is used by GNU Automake to create @file{Makefile.in}. 23478 The library functions from 23479 @ref{Library Functions}, 23480 and the @command{igawk} program from 23481 @ref{Igawk Program}, 23482 are included as ready-to-use files in the @command{gawk} distribution. 23483 They are installed as part of the installation process. 23484 The rest of the programs in this @value{DOCUMENT} are available in appropriate 23485 subdirectories of @file{awklib/eg}. 23486 23487 @item unsupported/atari/* 23488 Files needed for building @command{gawk} on an Atari ST 23489 (@pxref{Atari Installation}, for details). 23490 23491 @item unsupported/tandem/* 23492 Files needed for building @command{gawk} on a Tandem 23493 (@pxref{Tandem Installation}, for details). 23494 23495 @item posix/* 23496 Files needed for building @command{gawk} on POSIX-compliant systems. 23497 23498 @item pc/* 23499 Files needed for building @command{gawk} under MS-DOS, MS Windows and OS/2 23500 (@pxref{PC Installation}, for details). 23501 23502 @item vms/* 23503 Files needed for building @command{gawk} under VMS 23504 (@pxref{VMS Installation}, for details). 23505 23506 @item test/* 23507 A test suite for 23508 @command{gawk}. You can use @samp{make check} from the top-level @command{gawk} 23509 directory to run your version of @command{gawk} against the test suite. 23510 If @command{gawk} successfully passes @samp{make check}, then you can 23511 be confident of a successful port. 23512 @end table 23513 @c ENDOFRANGE gawdis 23514 23515 @node Unix Installation 23516 @appendixsec Compiling and Installing @command{gawk} on Unix 23517 23518 Usually, you can compile and install @command{gawk} by typing only two 23519 commands. However, if you use an unusual system, you may need 23520 to configure @command{gawk} for your system yourself. 23521 23522 @menu 23523 * Quick Installation:: Compiling @command{gawk} under Unix. 23524 * Additional Configuration Options:: Other compile-time options. 23525 * Configuration Philosophy:: How it's all supposed to work. 23526 @end menu 23527 23528 @node Quick Installation 23529 @appendixsubsec Compiling @command{gawk} for Unix 23530 23531 @c @cindex installation, unix 23532 After you have extracted the @command{gawk} distribution, @command{cd} 23533 to @file{gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL}}. Like most GNU software, 23534 @command{gawk} is configured 23535 automatically for your Unix system by running the @command{configure} program. 23536 This program is a Bourne shell script that is generated automatically using 23537 GNU @command{autoconf}. 23538 @ifnotinfo 23539 (The @command{autoconf} software is 23540 described fully in 23541 @cite{Autoconf---Generating Automatic Configuration Scripts}, 23542 which is available from the Free Software Foundation.) 23543 @end ifnotinfo 23544 @ifinfo 23545 (The @command{autoconf} software is described fully starting with 23546 @ref{Top}.) 23547 @end ifinfo 23548 23549 To configure @command{gawk}, simply run @command{configure}: 23550 23551 @example 23552 sh ./configure 23553 @end example 23554 23555 This produces a @file{Makefile} and @file{config.h} tailored to your system. 23556 The @file{config.h} file describes various facts about your system. 23557 You might want to edit the @file{Makefile} to 23558 change the @code{CFLAGS} variable, which controls 23559 the command-line options that are passed to the C compiler (such as 23560 optimization levels or compiling for debugging). 23561 23562 Alternatively, you can add your own values for most @command{make} 23563 variables on the command line, such as @code{CC} and @code{CFLAGS}, when 23564 running @command{configure}: 23565 23566 @example 23567 CC=cc CFLAGS=-g sh ./configure 23568 @end example 23569 23570 @noindent 23571 See the file @file{INSTALL} in the @command{gawk} distribution for 23572 all the details. 23573 23574 After you have run @command{configure} and possibly edited the @file{Makefile}, 23575 type: 23576 23577 @example 23578 make 23579 @end example 23580 23581 @noindent 23582 Shortly thereafter, you should have an executable version of @command{gawk}. 23583 That's all there is to it! 23584 To verify that @command{gawk} is working properly, 23585 run @samp{make check}. All of the tests should succeed. 23586 If these steps do not work, or if any of the tests fail, 23587 check the files in the @file{README_d} directory to see if you've 23588 found a known problem. If the failure is not described there, 23589 please send in a bug report 23590 (@pxref{Bugs}.) 23591 23592 @node Additional Configuration Options 23593 @appendixsubsec Additional Configuration Options 23594 @cindex @command{gawk}, configuring, options 23595 @c comma is part of primary 23596 @cindex configuration options, @command{gawk} 23597 23598 There are several additional options you may use on the @command{configure} 23599 command line when compiling @command{gawk} from scratch, including: 23600 23601 @table @code 23602 @cindex @code{--enable-portals} configuration option 23603 @cindex configuration option, @code{--enable-portals} 23604 @item --enable-portals 23605 Treat pathnames that begin 23606 with @file{/p} as BSD portal files when doing two-way I/O with 23607 the @samp{|&} operator 23608 (@pxref{Portal Files}). 23609 23610 @cindex @code{--enable-switch} configuration option 23611 @cindex configuration option, @code{--enable-switch} 23612 @item --enable-switch 23613 Enable the recognition and execution of C-style @code{switch} statements 23614 in @command{awk} programs 23615 (@pxref{Switch Statement}.) 23616 23617 @cindex Linux 23618 @cindex GNU/Linux 23619 @cindex @code{--with-included-gettext} configuration option 23620 @cindex @code{--with-included-gettext} configuration option, configuring @command{gawk} with 23621 @cindex configuration option, @code{--with-included-gettext} 23622 @item --with-included-gettext 23623 Use the version of the @code{gettext} library that comes with @command{gawk}. 23624 This option should be used on systems that do @emph{not} use @value{PVERSION} 2 (or later) 23625 of the GNU C library. 23626 All known modern GNU/Linux systems use Glibc 2. Use this option on any other system. 23627 23628 @cindex @code{--disable-lint} configuration option 23629 @cindex configuration option, @code{--disable-lint} 23630 @item --disable-lint 23631 This option disables all lint checking within @code{gawk}. The 23632 @option{--lint} and @option{--lint-old} options 23633 (@pxref{Options}) 23634 are accepted, but silently do nothing. 23635 Similarly, setting the @code{LINT} variable 23636 (@pxref{User-modified}) 23637 has no effect on the running @command{awk} program. 23638 23639 When used with GCC's automatic dead-code-elimination, this option 23640 cuts almost 200K bytes off the size of the @command{gawk} 23641 executable on GNU/Linux x86 systems. Results on other systems and 23642 with other compilers are likely to vary. 23643 Using this option may bring you some slight performance improvement. 23644 23645 Using this option will cause some of the tests in the test suite 23646 to fail. This option may be removed at a later date. 23647 23648 @cindex @code{--disable-nls} configuration option 23649 @cindex configuration option, @code{--disable-nls} 23650 @item --disable-nls 23651 Disable all message-translation facilities. 23652 This is usually not desirable, but it may bring you some slight performance 23653 improvement. 23654 You should also use this option if @option{--with-included-gettext} 23655 doesn't work on your system. 23656 @end table 23657 23658 @node Configuration Philosophy 23659 @appendixsubsec The Configuration Process 23660 23661 @cindex @command{gawk}, configuring 23662 This @value{SECTION} is of interest only if you know something about using the 23663 C language and the Unix operating system. 23664 23665 The source code for @command{gawk} generally attempts to adhere to formal 23666 standards wherever possible. This means that @command{gawk} uses library 23667 routines that are specified by the ISO C standard and by the POSIX 23668 operating system interface standard. When using an ISO C compiler, 23669 function prototypes are used to help improve the compile-time checking. 23670 23671 Many Unix systems do not support all of either the ISO or the 23672 POSIX standards. The @file{missing_d} subdirectory in the @command{gawk} 23673 distribution contains replacement versions of those functions that are 23674 most likely to be missing. 23675 23676 The @file{config.h} file that @command{configure} creates contains 23677 definitions that describe features of the particular operating system 23678 where you are attempting to compile @command{gawk}. The three things 23679 described by this file are: what header files are available, so that 23680 they can be correctly included, what (supposedly) standard functions 23681 are actually available in your C libraries, and various miscellaneous 23682 facts about your variant of Unix. For example, there may not be an 23683 @code{st_blksize} element in the @code{stat} structure. In this case, 23684 @samp{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is undefined. 23685 23686 @cindex @code{custom.h} file 23687 It is possible for your C compiler to lie to @command{configure}. It may 23688 do so by not exiting with an error when a library function is not 23689 available. To get around this, edit the file @file{custom.h}. 23690 Use an @samp{#ifdef} that is appropriate for your system, and either 23691 @code{#define} any constants that @command{configure} should have defined but 23692 didn't, or @code{#undef} any constants that @command{configure} defined and 23693 should not have. @file{custom.h} is automatically included by 23694 @file{config.h}. 23695 23696 It is also possible that the @command{configure} program generated by 23697 @command{autoconf} will not work on your system in some other fashion. 23698 If you do have a problem, the file @file{configure.in} is the input for 23699 @command{autoconf}. You may be able to change this file and generate a 23700 new version of @command{configure} that works on your system 23701 (@pxref{Bugs}, 23702 for information on how to report problems in configuring @command{gawk}). 23703 The same mechanism may be used to send in updates to @file{configure.in} 23704 and/or @file{custom.h}. 23705 23706 @node Non-Unix Installation 23707 @appendixsec Installation on Other Operating Systems 23708 23709 This @value{SECTION} describes how to install @command{gawk} on 23710 various non-Unix systems. 23711 23712 @menu 23713 * Amiga Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on an Amiga. 23714 * BeOS Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on BeOS. 23715 * PC Installation:: Installing and Compiling @command{gawk} on 23716 MS-DOS and OS/2. 23717 * VMS Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on VMS. 23718 @end menu 23719 23720 @node Amiga Installation 23721 @appendixsubsec Installing @command{gawk} on an Amiga 23722 23723 @cindex amiga 23724 @cindex installation, amiga 23725 You can install @command{gawk} on an Amiga system using a Unix emulation 23726 environment, available via anonymous @command{ftp} from 23727 @code{ftp.ninemoons.com} in the directory @file{pub/ade/current}. 23728 This includes a shell based on @command{pdksh}. The primary component of 23729 this environment is a Unix emulation library, @file{ixemul.lib}. 23730 @c could really use more background here, who wrote this, etc. 23731 23732 A more complete distribution for the Amiga is available on 23733 the Geek Gadgets CD-ROM, available from: 23734 23735 @display 23736 CRONUS 23737 1840 E. Warner Road #105-265 23738 Tempe, AZ 85284 USA 23739 US Toll Free: (800) 804-0833 23740 Phone: +1-602-491-0442 23741 FAX: +1-602-491-0048 23742 Email: @email{info@@ninemoons.com} 23743 WWW: @uref{http://www.ninemoons.com} 23744 Anonymous @command{ftp} site: @code{ftp.ninemoons.com} 23745 @end display 23746 23747 Once you have the distribution, you can configure @command{gawk} simply by 23748 running @command{configure}: 23749 23750 @example 23751 configure -v m68k-amigaos 23752 @end example 23753 23754 Then run @command{make} and you should be all set! 23755 If these steps do not work, please send in a bug report 23756 (@pxref{Bugs}). 23757 23758 @node BeOS Installation 23759 @appendixsubsec Installing @command{gawk} on BeOS 23760 @cindex BeOS 23761 @cindex installation, beos 23762 23763 @c From email contributed by Martin Brown, mc (a] whoever.com 23764 Since BeOS DR9, all the tools that you should need to build @code{gawk} are 23765 included with BeOS. The process is basically identical to the Unix process 23766 of running @command{configure} and then @command{make}. Full instructions are given below. 23767 23768 You can compile @command{gawk} under BeOS by extracting the standard sources 23769 and running @command{configure}. You @emph{must} specify the location 23770 prefix for the installation directory. For BeOS DR9 and beyond, the best directory to 23771 use is @file{/boot/home/config}, so the @command{configure} command is: 23772 23773 @example 23774 configure --prefix=/boot/home/config 23775 @end example 23776 23777 This installs the compiled application into @file{/boot/home/config/bin}, 23778 which is already specified in the standard @env{PATH}. 23779 23780 Once the configuration process is completed, you can run @command{make}, 23781 and then @samp{make install}: 23782 23783 @example 23784 $ make 23785 @dots{} 23786 $ make install 23787 @end example 23788 23789 BeOS uses @command{bash} as its shell; thus, you use @command{gawk} the same way you would 23790 under Unix. 23791 If these steps do not work, please send in a bug report 23792 (@pxref{Bugs}). 23793 23794 @c Rewritten by Scott Deifik <scottd (a] amgen.com> 23795 @c and Darrel Hankerson <hankedr (a] mail.auburn.edu> 23796 23797 @node PC Installation 23798 @appendixsubsec Installation on PC Operating Systems 23799 23800 @c first comma is part of primary 23801 @cindex PC operating systems, @command{gawk} on, installing 23802 @c {PC, gawk on} is the secondary term 23803 @cindex operating systems, PC, @command{gawk} on, installing 23804 This @value{SECTION} covers installation and usage of @command{gawk} on x86 machines 23805 running DOS, any version of Windows, or OS/2. 23806 In this @value{SECTION}, the term ``Windows32'' 23807 refers to any of Windows-95/98/ME/NT/2000. 23808 23809 The limitations of DOS (and DOS shells under Windows or OS/2) has meant 23810 that various ``DOS extenders'' are often used with programs such as 23811 @command{gawk}. The varying capabilities of Microsoft Windows 3.1 23812 and Windows32 can add to the confusion. For an overview of the 23813 considerations, please refer to @file{README_d/README.pc} in the 23814 distribution. 23815 23816 @menu 23817 * PC Binary Installation:: Installing a prepared distribution. 23818 * PC Compiling:: Compiling @command{gawk} for MS-DOS, Windows32, 23819 and OS/2. 23820 * PC Dynamic:: Compiling @command{gawk} for dynamic libraries. 23821 * PC Using:: Running @command{gawk} on MS-DOS, Windows32 and 23822 OS/2. 23823 * Cygwin:: Building and running @command{gawk} for 23824 Cygwin. 23825 @end menu 23826 23827 @node PC Binary Installation 23828 @appendixsubsubsec Installing a Prepared Distribution for PC Systems 23829 23830 If you have received a binary distribution prepared by the DOS 23831 maintainers, then @command{gawk} and the necessary support files appear 23832 under the @file{gnu} directory, with executables in @file{gnu/bin}, 23833 libraries in @file{gnu/lib/awk}, and manual pages under @file{gnu/man}. 23834 This is designed for easy installation to a @file{/gnu} directory on your 23835 drive---however, the files can be installed anywhere provided @env{AWKPATH} is 23836 set properly. Regardless of the installation directory, the first line of 23837 @file{igawk.cmd} and @file{igawk.bat} (in @file{gnu/bin}) may need to be 23838 edited. 23839 23840 The binary distribution contains a separate file describing the 23841 contents. In particular, it may include more than one version of the 23842 @command{gawk} executable. 23843 23844 OS/2 (32 bit, EMX) binary distributions are prepared for the @file{/usr} 23845 directory of your preferred drive. Set @env{UNIXROOT} to your installation 23846 drive (e.g., @samp{e:}) if you want to install @command{gawk} onto another drive 23847 than the hardcoded default @samp{c:}. Executables appear in @file{/usr/bin}, 23848 libraries under @file{/usr/share/awk}, manual pages under @file{/usr/man}, 23849 Texinfo documentation under @file{/usr/info} and NLS files under @file{/usr/share/locale}. 23850 If you already have a file @file{/usr/info/dir} from another package 23851 @emph{do not overwrite it!} Instead enter the following commands at your prompt 23852 (replace @samp{x:} by your installation drive): 23853 23854 @example 23855 install-info --info-dir=x:/usr/info x:/usr/info/awk.info 23856 install-info --info-dir=x:/usr/info x:/usr/info/gawkinet.info 23857 @end example 23858 23859 However, the files can be installed anywhere provided @env{AWKPATH} is 23860 set properly. 23861 23862 The binary distribution may contain a separate file containing additional 23863 or more detailed installation instructions. 23864 23865 @node PC Compiling 23866 @appendixsubsubsec Compiling @command{gawk} for PC Operating Systems 23867 23868 @command{gawk} can be compiled for MS-DOS, Windows32, and OS/2 using the GNU 23869 development tools from DJ Delorie (DJGPP; MS-DOS only) or Eberhard 23870 Mattes (EMX; MS-DOS, Windows32 and OS/2). Microsoft Visual C/C++ can be used 23871 to build a Windows32 version, and Microsoft C/C++ can be 23872 used to build 16-bit versions for MS-DOS and OS/2. 23873 @c FIXME: 23874 (As of @command{gawk} 3.1.2, the MSC version doesn't work. However, 23875 the maintainer is working on fixing it.) 23876 The file 23877 @file{README_d/README.pc} in the @command{gawk} distribution contains 23878 additional notes, and @file{pc/Makefile} contains important information on 23879 compilation options. 23880 23881 To build @command{gawk} for MS-DOS, Windows32, and OS/2 (16 bit only; for 32 bit 23882 (EMX) you can use the @command{configure} script and skip the following paragraphs; 23883 for details see below), copy the files in the @file{pc} directory (@emph{except} 23884 for @file{ChangeLog}) to the directory with the rest of the @command{gawk} 23885 sources. The @file{Makefile} contains a configuration section with comments and 23886 may need to be edited in order to work with your @command{make} utility. 23887 23888 The @file{Makefile} contains a number of targets for building various MS-DOS, 23889 Windows32, and OS/2 versions. A list of targets is printed if the @command{make} 23890 command is given without a target. As an example, to build @command{gawk} 23891 using the DJGPP tools, enter @samp{make djgpp}. 23892 23893 Using @command{make} to run the standard tests and to install @command{gawk} 23894 requires additional Unix-like tools, including @command{sh}, @command{sed}, and 23895 @command{cp}. In order to run the tests, the @file{test/*.ok} files may need to 23896 be converted so that they have the usual DOS-style end-of-line markers. Most 23897 of the tests work properly with Stewartson's shell along with the 23898 companion utilities or appropriate GNU utilities. However, some editing of 23899 @file{test/Makefile} is required. It is recommended that you copy the file 23900 @file{pc/Makefile.tst} over the file @file{test/Makefile} as a 23901 replacement. Details can be found in @file{README_d/README.pc} 23902 and in the file @file{pc/Makefile.tst}. 23903 23904 The 32 bit EMX version of @command{gawk} works ``out of the box'' under OS/2. 23905 In principle, it is possible to compile @command{gawk} the following way: 23906 23907 @example 23908 $ ./configure 23909 $ make 23910 @end example 23911 23912 This is not recommended, though. To get an OMF executable you should 23913 use the following commands at your @command{sh} prompt: 23914 23915 @example 23916 $ CPPFLAGS="-D__ST_MT_ERRNO__" 23917 $ export CPPFLAGS 23918 $ CFLAGS="-O2 -Zomf -Zmt" 23919 $ export CFLAGS 23920 $ LDFLAGS="-s -Zcrtdll -Zlinker /exepack:2 -Zlinker /pm:vio -Zstack 0x8000" 23921 $ export LDFLAGS 23922 $ RANLIB="echo" 23923 $ export RANLIB 23924 $ ./configure --prefix=c:/usr --without-included-gettext 23925 $ make AR=emxomfar 23926 @end example 23927 23928 These are just suggestions. You may use any other set of (self-consistent) 23929 environment variables and compiler flags. 23930 23931 To get an FHS-compliant file hierarchy it is recommended to use the additional 23932 @command{configure} options @option{--infodir=c:/usr/share/info}, @option{--mandir=c:/usr/share/man} 23933 and @option{--libexecdir=c:/usr/lib}. 23934 23935 The internal @code{gettext} library tends to be problematic. It is therefore recommended 23936 to use either an external one (@option{--without-included-gettext}) or to disable 23937 NLS entirely (@option{--disable-nls}). 23938 23939 If you use GCC 2.95 or newer it is recommended to use also: 23940 23941 @example 23942 $ LIBS="-lgcc" 23943 $ export LIBS 23944 @end example 23945 23946 You can also get an @code{a.out} executable if you prefer: 23947 23948 @example 23949 $ CPPFLAGS="-D__ST_MT_ERRNO__" 23950 $ export CPPFLAGS 23951 $ CFLAGS="-O2 -Zmt" 23952 $ export CFLAGS 23953 $ LDFLAGS="-s -Zstack 0x8000" 23954 $ LIBS="-lgcc" 23955 $ unset RANLIB 23956 $ ./configure --prefix=c:/usr --without-included-gettext 23957 $ make 23958 @end example 23959 23960 @strong{Note:} Even if the compiled @command{gawk.exe} (@code{a.out}) executable 23961 contains a DOS header, it does @emph{not} work under DOS. To compile an executable 23962 that runs under DOS, @code{"-DPIPES_SIMULATED"} must be added to @env{CPPFLAGS}. 23963 But then some nonstandard extensions of @command{gawk} (e.g., @samp{|&}) do not work! 23964 23965 After compilation the internal tests can be performed. Enter 23966 @samp{make check CMP="diff -a"} at your command prompt. All tests 23967 but the @code{pid} test are expected to work properly. The @code{pid} 23968 test fails because child processes are not started by @code{fork()}. 23969 23970 @samp{make install} works as expected. 23971 23972 @strong{Note:} Most OS/2 ports of GNU @command{make} are not able to handle 23973 the Makefiles of this package. If you encounter any problems with @command{make} 23974 try GNU Make 3.79.1 or later versions. You should find the latest 23975 version on @uref{http://www.unixos2.org/sw/pub/binary/make/} or on 23976 @uref{ftp://hobbes.nmsu.edu/pub/os2/}. 23977 23978 @node PC Dynamic 23979 @appendixsubsubsec Compiling @command{gawk} For Dynamic Libraries 23980 23981 @c From README_d/README.pcdynamic 23982 @c 11 June 2003 23983 23984 To compile @command{gawk} with dynamic extension support, 23985 uncomment the definitions of @code{DYN_FLAGS}, @code{DYN_EXP}, 23986 @code{DYN_OBJ}, and @code{DYN_MAKEXP} in the configuration section of 23987 the @file{Makefile}. There are two definitions for @code{DYN_MAKEXP}: 23988 pick the one that matches your target. 23989 23990 To build some of the example extension libraries, @command{cd} to the 23991 extension directory and copy @file{Makefile.pc} to @file{Makefile}. You 23992 can then build using the same two targets. To run the example 23993 @command{awk} scripts, you'll need to either change the call to 23994 the @code{extension} function to match the name of the library (for 23995 instance, change @code{"./ordchr.so"} to @code{"ordchr.dll"} or simply 23996 @code{"ordchr"}), or rename the library to match the call (for instance, 23997 rename @file{ordchr.dll} to @file{ordchr.so}). 23998 23999 If you build @command{gawk.exe} with one compiler but want to build 24000 an extension library with the other, you need to copy the import 24001 library. Visual C uses a library called @file{gawk.lib}, while MinGW uses 24002 a library called @file{libgawk.a}. These files are equivalent and will 24003 interoperate if you give them the correct name. The resulting shared 24004 libraries are also interoperable. 24005 24006 To create your own extension library, you can use the examples as models, 24007 but you're essentially on your own. Post to @code{comp.lang.awk} or 24008 send electronic mail to @email{ptjm@@interlog.com} if you have problems getting 24009 started. If you need to access functions or variables which are not 24010 exported by @command{gawk.exe}, add them to @file{gawkw32.def} and 24011 rebuild. You should also add @code{ATTRIBUTE_EXPORTED} to the declaration 24012 in @file{awk.h} of any variables you add to @file{gawkw32.def}. 24013 24014 Note that extension libraries have the name of the @command{awk} 24015 executable embedded in them at link time, so they will work only 24016 with @command{gawk.exe}. In particular, they won't work if you 24017 rename @command{gawk.exe} to @command{awk.exe} or if you try to use 24018 @command{pgawk.exe}. You can perform profiling by temporarily renaming 24019 @command{pgawk.exe} to @command{gawk.exe}. You can resolve this problem 24020 by changing the program name in the definition of @code{DYN_MAKEXP} 24021 for your compiler. 24022 24023 On Windows32, libraries are sought first in the current directory, then in 24024 the directory containing @command{gawk.exe}, and finally through the 24025 @env{PATH} environment variable. 24026 24027 @node PC Using 24028 @appendixsubsubsec Using @command{gawk} on PC Operating Systems 24029 @c STARTOFRANGE opgawx 24030 @cindex operating systems, PC, @command{gawk} on 24031 @c STARTOFRANGE pcgawon 24032 @cindex PC operating systems, @command{gawk} on 24033 24034 With the exception of the Cygwin environment, 24035 the @samp{|&} operator and TCP/IP networking 24036 (@pxref{TCP/IP Networking}) 24037 are not supported for MS-DOS or MS-Windows. EMX (OS/2 only) does support 24038 at least the @samp{|&} operator. 24039 24040 @cindex search paths 24041 @cindex @command{gawk}, OS/2 version of 24042 @cindex @command{gawk}, MS-DOS version of 24043 @cindex @code{;} (semicolon), @code{AWKPATH} variable and 24044 @cindex semicolon (@code{;}), @code{AWKPATH} variable and 24045 @cindex @code{AWKPATH} environment variable 24046 The OS/2 and MS-DOS versions of @command{gawk} search for program files as 24047 described in @ref{AWKPATH Variable}. 24048 However, semicolons (rather than colons) separate elements 24049 in the @env{AWKPATH} variable. If @env{AWKPATH} is not set or is empty, 24050 then the default search path for OS/2 (16 bit) and MS-DOS versions is 24051 @code{@w{".;c:/lib/awk;c:/gnu/lib/awk"}}. 24052 24053 The search path for OS/2 (32 bit, EMX) is determined by the prefix directory 24054 (most likely @file{/usr} or @file{c:/usr}) that has been specified as an option of 24055 the @command{configure} script like it is the case for the Unix versions. 24056 If @file{c:/usr} is the prefix directory then the default search path contains @file{.} 24057 and @file{c:/usr/share/awk}. 24058 Additionally, to support binary distributions of @command{gawk} for OS/2 24059 systems whose drive @samp{c:} might not support long file names or might not exist 24060 at all, there is a special environment variable. If @env{UNIXROOT} specifies 24061 a drive then this specific drive is also searched for program files. 24062 E.g., if @env{UNIXROOT} is set to @file{e:} the complete default search path is 24063 @code{@w{".;c:/usr/share/awk;e:/usr/share/awk"}}. 24064 24065 An @command{sh}-like shell (as opposed to @command{command.com} under MS-DOS 24066 or @command{cmd.exe} under OS/2) may be useful for @command{awk} programming. 24067 Ian Stewartson has written an excellent shell for MS-DOS and OS/2, 24068 Daisuke Aoyama has ported GNU @command{bash} to MS-DOS using the DJGPP tools, 24069 and several shells are available for OS/2, including @command{ksh}. The file 24070 @file{README_d/README.pc} in the @command{gawk} distribution contains 24071 information on these shells. Users of Stewartson's shell on DOS should 24072 examine its documentation for handling command lines; in particular, 24073 the setting for @command{gawk} in the shell configuration may need to be 24074 changed and the @code{ignoretype} option may also be of interest. 24075 24076 @cindex differences in @command{awk} and @command{gawk}, @code{BINMODE} variable 24077 @cindex @code{BINMODE} variable 24078 Under OS/2 and DOS, @command{gawk} (and many other text programs) silently 24079 translate end-of-line @code{"\r\n"} to @code{"\n"} on input and @code{"\n"} 24080 to @code{"\r\n"} on output. A special @code{BINMODE} variable allows 24081 control over these translations and is interpreted as follows: 24082 24083 @itemize @bullet 24084 @item 24085 If @code{BINMODE} is @samp{"r"}, or 24086 @code{(BINMODE & 1)} is nonzero, then 24087 binary mode is set on read (i.e., no translations on reads). 24088 24089 @item 24090 If @code{BINMODE} is @code{"w"}, or 24091 @code{(BINMODE & 2)} is nonzero, then 24092 binary mode is set on write (i.e., no translations on writes). 24093 24094 @item 24095 If @code{BINMODE} is @code{"rw"} or @code{"wr"}, 24096 binary mode is set for both read and write 24097 (same as @code{(BINMODE & 3)}). 24098 24099 @item 24100 @code{BINMODE=@var{non-null-string}} is 24101 the same as @samp{BINMODE=3} (i.e., no translations on 24102 reads or writes). However, @command{gawk} issues a warning 24103 message if the string is not one of @code{"rw"} or @code{"wr"}. 24104 @end itemize 24105 24106 @noindent 24107 The modes for standard input and standard output are set one time 24108 only (after the 24109 command line is read, but before processing any of the @command{awk} program). 24110 Setting @code{BINMODE} for standard input or 24111 standard output is accomplished by using an 24112 appropriate @samp{-v BINMODE=@var{N}} option on the command line. 24113 @code{BINMODE} is set at the time a file or pipe is opened and cannot be 24114 changed mid-stream. 24115 24116 The name @code{BINMODE} was chosen to match @command{mawk} 24117 (@pxref{Other Versions}). 24118 Both @command{mawk} and @command{gawk} handle @code{BINMODE} similarly; however, 24119 @command{mawk} adds a @samp{-W BINMODE=@var{N}} option and an environment 24120 variable that can set @code{BINMODE}, @code{RS}, and @code{ORS}. The 24121 files @file{binmode[1-3].awk} (under @file{gnu/lib/awk} in some of the 24122 prepared distributions) have been chosen to match @command{mawk}'s @samp{-W 24123 BINMODE=@var{N}} option. These can be changed or discarded; in particular, 24124 the setting of @code{RS} giving the fewest ``surprises'' is open to debate. 24125 @command{mawk} uses @samp{RS = "\r\n"} if binary mode is set on read, which is 24126 appropriate for files with the DOS-style end-of-line. 24127 24128 To illustrate, the following examples set binary mode on writes for standard 24129 output and other files, and set @code{ORS} as the ``usual'' DOS-style 24130 end-of-line: 24131 24132 @example 24133 gawk -v BINMODE=2 -v ORS="\r\n" @dots{} 24134 @end example 24135 24136 @noindent 24137 or: 24138 24139 @example 24140 gawk -v BINMODE=w -f binmode2.awk @dots{} 24141 @end example 24142 24143 @noindent 24144 These give the same result as the @samp{-W BINMODE=2} option in 24145 @command{mawk}. 24146 The following changes the record separator to @code{"\r\n"} and sets binary 24147 mode on reads, but does not affect the mode on standard input: 24148 24149 @example 24150 gawk -v RS="\r\n" --source "BEGIN @{ BINMODE = 1 @}" @dots{} 24151 @end example 24152 24153 @noindent 24154 or: 24155 24156 @example 24157 gawk -f binmode1.awk @dots{} 24158 @end example 24159 24160 @noindent 24161 With proper quoting, in the first example the setting of @code{RS} can be 24162 moved into the @code{BEGIN} rule. 24163 24164 @node Cygwin 24165 @appendixsubsubsec Using @command{gawk} In The Cygwin Environment 24166 24167 @command{gawk} can be used ``out of the box'' under Windows if you are 24168 using the Cygwin environment.@footnote{@uref{http://www.cygwin.com}} 24169 This environment provides an excellent simulation of Unix, using the 24170 GNU tools, such as @command{bash}, the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), 24171 GNU Make, and other GNU tools. Compilation and installation for Cygwin 24172 is the same as for a Unix system: 24173 24174 @example 24175 tar -xvpzf gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL}.tar.gz 24176 cd gawk-@value{VERSION}.@value{PATCHLEVEL} 24177 ./configure 24178 make 24179 @end example 24180 24181 When compared to GNU/Linux on the same system, the @samp{configure} 24182 step on Cygwin takes considerably longer. However, it does finish, 24183 and then the @samp{make} proceeds as usual. 24184 24185 @strong{Note:} The @samp{|&} operator and TCP/IP networking 24186 (@pxref{TCP/IP Networking}) 24187 are fully supported in the Cygwin environment. This is not true 24188 for any other environment for MS-DOS or MS-Windows. 24189 24190 @node VMS Installation 24191 @appendixsubsec How to Compile and Install @command{gawk} on VMS 24192 24193 @c based on material from Pat Rankin <rankin (a] eql.caltech.edu> 24194 @c now rankin (a] pactechdata.com 24195 24196 @cindex installation, vms 24197 This @value{SUBSECTION} describes how to compile and install @command{gawk} under VMS. 24198 24199 @menu 24200 * VMS Compilation:: How to compile @command{gawk} under VMS. 24201 * VMS Installation Details:: How to install @command{gawk} under VMS. 24202 * VMS Running:: How to run @command{gawk} under VMS. 24203 * VMS POSIX:: Alternate instructions for VMS POSIX. 24204 @end menu 24205 24206 @node VMS Compilation 24207 @appendixsubsubsec Compiling @command{gawk} on VMS 24208 24209 To compile @command{gawk} under VMS, there is a @code{DCL} command procedure that 24210 issues all the necessary @code{CC} and @code{LINK} commands. There is 24211 also a @file{Makefile} for use with the @code{MMS} utility. From the source 24212 directory, use either: 24213 24214 @example 24215 $ @@[.VMS]VMSBUILD.COM 24216 @end example 24217 24218 @noindent 24219 or: 24220 24221 @example 24222 $ MMS/DESCRIPTION=[.VMS]DESCRIP.MMS GAWK 24223 @end example 24224 24225 Depending upon which C compiler you are using, follow one of the sets 24226 of instructions in this table: 24227 24228 @table @asis 24229 @item VAX C V3.x 24230 Use either @file{vmsbuild.com} or @file{descrip.mms} as is. These use 24231 @code{CC/OPTIMIZE=NOLINE}, which is essential for Version 3.0. 24232 24233 @item VAX C V2.x 24234 You must have Version 2.3 or 2.4; older ones won't work. Edit either 24235 @file{vmsbuild.com} or @file{descrip.mms} according to the comments in them. 24236 For @file{vmsbuild.com}, this just entails removing two @samp{!} delimiters. 24237 Also edit @file{config.h} (which is a copy of file @file{[.config]vms-conf.h}) 24238 and comment out or delete the two lines @samp{#define __STDC__ 0} and 24239 @samp{#define VAXC_BUILTINS} near the end. 24240 24241 @item GNU C 24242 Edit @file{vmsbuild.com} or @file{descrip.mms}; the changes are different 24243 from those for VAX C V2.x but equally straightforward. No changes to 24244 @file{config.h} are needed. 24245 24246 @item DEC C 24247 Edit @file{vmsbuild.com} or @file{descrip.mms} according to their comments. 24248 No changes to @file{config.h} are needed. 24249 @end table 24250 24251 @command{gawk} has been tested under VAX/VMS 5.5-1 using VAX C V3.2, and 24252 GNU C 1.40 and 2.3. It should work without modifications for VMS V4.6 and up. 24253 24254 @node VMS Installation Details 24255 @appendixsubsubsec Installing @command{gawk} on VMS 24256 24257 To install @command{gawk}, all you need is a ``foreign'' command, which is 24258 a @code{DCL} symbol whose value begins with a dollar sign. For example: 24259 24260 @example 24261 $ GAWK :== $disk1:[gnubin]GAWK 24262 @end example 24263 24264 @noindent 24265 Substitute the actual location of @command{gawk.exe} for 24266 @samp{$disk1:[gnubin]}. The symbol should be placed in the 24267 @file{login.com} of any user who wants to run @command{gawk}, 24268 so that it is defined every time the user logs on. 24269 Alternatively, the symbol may be placed in the system-wide 24270 @file{sylogin.com} procedure, which allows all users 24271 to run @command{gawk}. 24272 24273 Optionally, the help entry can be loaded into a VMS help library: 24274 24275 @example 24276 $ LIBRARY/HELP SYS$HELP:HELPLIB [.VMS]GAWK.HLP 24277 @end example 24278 24279 @noindent 24280 (You may want to substitute a site-specific help library rather than 24281 the standard VMS library @samp{HELPLIB}.) After loading the help text, 24282 the command: 24283 24284 @example 24285 $ HELP GAWK 24286 @end example 24287 24288 @noindent 24289 provides information about both the @command{gawk} implementation and the 24290 @command{awk} programming language. 24291 24292 The logical name @samp{AWK_LIBRARY} can designate a default location 24293 for @command{awk} program files. For the @option{-f} option, if the specified 24294 @value{FN} has no device or directory path information in it, @command{gawk} 24295 looks in the current directory first, then in the directory specified 24296 by the translation of @samp{AWK_LIBRARY} if the file is not found. 24297 If, after searching in both directories, the file still is not found, 24298 @command{gawk} appends the suffix @samp{.awk} to the filename and retries 24299 the file search. If @samp{AWK_LIBRARY} is not defined, that 24300 portion of the file search fails benignly. 24301 24302 @node VMS Running 24303 @appendixsubsubsec Running @command{gawk} on VMS 24304 24305 Command-line parsing and quoting conventions are significantly different 24306 on VMS, so examples in this @value{DOCUMENT} or from other sources often need minor 24307 changes. They @emph{are} minor though, and all @command{awk} programs 24308 should run correctly. 24309 24310 Here are a couple of trivial tests: 24311 24312 @example 24313 $ gawk -- "BEGIN @{print ""Hello, World!""@}" 24314 $ gawk -"W" version 24315 ! could also be -"W version" or "-W version" 24316 @end example 24317 24318 @noindent 24319 Note that uppercase and mixed-case text must be quoted. 24320 24321 The VMS port of @command{gawk} includes a @code{DCL}-style interface in addition 24322 to the original shell-style interface (see the help entry for details). 24323 One side effect of dual command-line parsing is that if there is only a 24324 single parameter (as in the quoted string program above), the command 24325 becomes ambiguous. To work around this, the normally optional @option{--} 24326 flag is required to force Unix style rather than @code{DCL} parsing. If any 24327 other dash-type options (or multiple parameters such as @value{DF}s to 24328 process) are present, there is no ambiguity and @option{--} can be omitted. 24329 24330 @c @cindex directory search 24331 @c @cindex path, search 24332 @cindex search paths 24333 @cindex search paths, for source files 24334 The default search path, when looking for @command{awk} program files specified 24335 by the @option{-f} option, is @code{"SYS$DISK:[],AWK_LIBRARY:"}. The logical 24336 name @samp{AWKPATH} can be used to override this default. The format 24337 of @samp{AWKPATH} is a comma-separated list of directory specifications. 24338 When defining it, the value should be quoted so that it retains a single 24339 translation and not a multitranslation @code{RMS} searchlist. 24340 24341 @node VMS POSIX 24342 @appendixsubsubsec Building and Using @command{gawk} on VMS POSIX 24343 24344 Ignore the instructions above, although @file{vms/gawk.hlp} should still 24345 be made available in a help library. The source tree should be unpacked 24346 into a container file subsystem rather than into the ordinary VMS filesystem. 24347 Make sure that the two scripts, @file{configure} and 24348 @file{vms/posix-cc.sh}, are executable; use @samp{chmod +x} on them if 24349 necessary. Then execute the following two commands: 24350 24351 @example 24352 psx> CC=vms/posix-cc.sh configure 24353 psx> make CC=c89 gawk 24354 @end example 24355 24356 @noindent 24357 The first command constructs files @file{config.h} and @file{Makefile} out 24358 of templates, using a script to make the C compiler fit @command{configure}'s 24359 expectations. The second command compiles and links @command{gawk} using 24360 the C compiler directly; ignore any warnings from @command{make} about being 24361 unable to redefine @code{CC}. @command{configure} takes a very long 24362 time to execute, but at least it provides incremental feedback as it runs. 24363 24364 This has been tested with VAX/VMS V6.2, VMS POSIX V2.0, and DEC C V5.2. 24365 24366 Once built, @command{gawk} works like any other shell utility. Unlike 24367 the normal VMS port of @command{gawk}, no special command-line manipulation is 24368 needed in the VMS POSIX environment. 24369 24370 @node Unsupported 24371 @appendixsec Unsupported Operating System Ports 24372 24373 This sections describes systems for which 24374 the @command{gawk} port is no longer supported. 24375 24376 @menu 24377 * Atari Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on the Atari ST. 24378 * Tandem Installation:: Installing @command{gawk} on a Tandem. 24379 @end menu 24380 24381 @node Atari Installation 24382 @appendixsubsec Installing @command{gawk} on the Atari ST 24383 24384 The Atari port is no longer supported. It is 24385 included for those who might want to use it but it is no longer being 24386 actively maintained. 24387 24388 @c based on material from Michal Jaegermann <michal (a] gortel.phys.ualberta.ca> 24389 @cindex atari 24390 @cindex installation, atari 24391 There are no substantial differences when installing @command{gawk} on 24392 various Atari models. Compiled @command{gawk} executables do not require 24393 a large amount of memory with most @command{awk} programs, and should run on all 24394 Motorola processor-based models (called further ST, even if that is not 24395 exactly right). 24396 24397 In order to use @command{gawk}, you need to have a shell, either text or 24398 graphics, that does not map all the characters of a command line to 24399 uppercase. Maintaining case distinction in option flags is very 24400 important (@pxref{Options}). 24401 These days this is the default and it may only be a problem for some 24402 very old machines. If your system does not preserve the case of option 24403 flags, you need to upgrade your tools. Support for I/O 24404 redirection is necessary to make it easy to import @command{awk} programs 24405 from other environments. Pipes are nice to have but not vital. 24406 24407 @menu 24408 * Atari Compiling:: Compiling @command{gawk} on Atari. 24409 * Atari Using:: Running @command{gawk} on Atari. 24410 @end menu 24411 24412 @node Atari Compiling 24413 @appendixsubsubsec Compiling @command{gawk} on the Atari ST 24414 24415 A proper compilation of @command{gawk} sources when @code{sizeof(int)} 24416 differs from @code{sizeof(void *)} requires an ISO C compiler. An initial 24417 port was done with @command{gcc}. You may actually prefer executables 24418 where @code{int}s are four bytes wide but the other variant works as well. 24419 24420 You may need quite a bit of memory when trying to recompile the @command{gawk} 24421 sources, as some source files (@file{regex.c} in particular) are quite 24422 big. If you run out of memory compiling such a file, try reducing the 24423 optimization level for this particular file, which may help. 24424 24425 @cindex Linux 24426 @cindex GNU/Linux 24427 With a reasonable shell (@command{bash} will do), you have a pretty good chance 24428 that the @command{configure} utility will succeed, and in particular if 24429 you run GNU/Linux, MiNT or a similar operating system. Otherwise 24430 sample versions of @file{config.h} and @file{Makefile.st} are given in the 24431 @file{atari} subdirectory and can be edited and copied to the 24432 corresponding files in the main source directory. Even if 24433 @command{configure} produces something, it might be advisable to compare 24434 its results with the sample versions and possibly make adjustments. 24435 24436 Some @command{gawk} source code fragments depend on a preprocessor define 24437 @samp{atarist}. This basically assumes the TOS environment with @command{gcc}. 24438 Modify these sections as appropriate if they are not right for your 24439 environment. Also see the remarks about @env{AWKPATH} and @code{envsep} in 24440 @ref{Atari Using}. 24441 24442 As shipped, the sample @file{config.h} claims that the @code{system} 24443 function is missing from the libraries, which is not true, and an 24444 alternative implementation of this function is provided in 24445 @file{unsupported/atari/system.c}. 24446 Depending upon your particular combination of 24447 shell and operating system, you might want to change the file to indicate 24448 that @code{system} is available. 24449 24450 @node Atari Using 24451 @appendixsubsubsec Running @command{gawk} on the Atari ST 24452 24453 An executable version of @command{gawk} should be placed, as usual, 24454 anywhere in your @env{PATH} where your shell can find it. 24455 24456 While executing, the Atari version of @command{gawk} creates a number of temporary files. When 24457 using @command{gcc} libraries for TOS, @command{gawk} looks for either of 24458 the environment variables, @env{TEMP} or @env{TMPDIR}, in that order. 24459 If either one is found, its value is assumed to be a directory for 24460 temporary files. This directory must exist, and if you can spare the 24461 memory, it is a good idea to put it on a RAM drive. If neither 24462 @env{TEMP} nor @env{TMPDIR} are found, then @command{gawk} uses the 24463 current directory for its temporary files. 24464 24465 The ST version of @command{gawk} searches for its program files, as described in 24466 @ref{AWKPATH Variable}. 24467 The default value for the @env{AWKPATH} variable is taken from 24468 @code{DEFPATH} defined in @file{Makefile}. The sample @command{gcc}/TOS 24469 @file{Makefile} for the ST in the distribution sets @code{DEFPATH} to 24470 @code{@w{".,c:\lib\awk,c:\gnu\lib\awk"}}. The search path can be 24471 modified by explicitly setting @env{AWKPATH} to whatever you want. 24472 Note that colons cannot be used on the ST to separate elements in the 24473 @env{AWKPATH} variable, since they have another reserved meaning. 24474 Instead, you must use a comma to separate elements in the path. When 24475 recompiling, the separating character can be modified by initializing 24476 the @code{envsep} variable in @file{unsupported/atari/gawkmisc.atr} to another 24477 value. 24478 24479 Although @command{awk} allows great flexibility in doing I/O redirections 24480 from within a program, this facility should be used with care on the ST 24481 running under TOS. In some circumstances, the OS routines for file-handle 24482 pool processing lose track of certain events, causing the 24483 computer to crash and requiring a reboot. Often a warm reboot is 24484 sufficient. Fortunately, this happens infrequently and in rather 24485 esoteric situations. In particular, avoid having one part of an 24486 @command{awk} program using @code{print} statements explicitly redirected 24487 to @file{/dev/stdout}, while other @code{print} statements use the 24488 default standard output, and a calling shell has redirected standard 24489 output to a file. 24490 @c 10/2000: Is this still true, now that gawk does /dev/stdout internally? 24491 24492 When @command{gawk} is compiled with the ST version of @command{gcc} and its 24493 usual libraries, it accepts both @samp{/} and @samp{\} as path separators. 24494 While this is convenient, it should be remembered that this removes one 24495 technically valid character (@samp{/}) from your @value{FN}. 24496 It may also create problems for external programs called via the @code{system} 24497 function, which may not support this convention. Whenever it is possible 24498 that a file created by @command{gawk} will be used by some other program, 24499 use only backslashes. Also remember that in @command{awk}, backslashes in 24500 strings have to be doubled in order to get literal backslashes 24501 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 24502 24503 @node Tandem Installation 24504 @appendixsubsec Installing @command{gawk} on a Tandem 24505 @cindex tandem 24506 @cindex installation, tandem 24507 24508 The Tandem port is only minimally supported. 24509 The port's contributor no longer has access to a Tandem system. 24510 24511 @c This section based on README.Tandem by Stephen Davies (scldad (a] sdc.com.au) 24512 The Tandem port was done on a Cyclone machine running D20. 24513 The port is pretty clean and all facilities seem to work except for 24514 the I/O piping facilities 24515 (@pxref{Getline/Pipe}, 24516 @ref{Getline/Variable/Pipe}, 24517 and 24518 @ref{Redirection}), 24519 which is just too foreign a concept for Tandem. 24520 24521 To build a Tandem executable from source, download all of the files so 24522 that the @value{FN}s on the Tandem box conform to the restrictions of D20. 24523 For example, @file{array.c} becomes @file{ARRAYC}, and @file{awk.h} 24524 becomes @file{AWKH}. The totally Tandem-specific files are in the 24525 @file{tandem} ``subvolume'' (@file{unsupported/tandem} in the @command{gawk} 24526 distribution) and should be copied to the main source directory before 24527 building @command{gawk}. 24528 24529 The file @file{compit} can then be used to compile and bind an executable. 24530 Alas, there is no @command{configure} or @command{make}. 24531 24532 Usage is the same as for Unix, except that D20 requires all @samp{@{} and 24533 @samp{@}} characters to be escaped with @samp{~} on the command line 24534 (but @emph{not} in script files). Also, the standard Tandem syntax for 24535 @samp{/in filename,out filename/} must be used instead of the usual 24536 Unix @samp{<} and @samp{>} for file redirection. (Redirection options 24537 on @code{getline}, @code{print} etc., are supported.) 24538 24539 The @samp{-mr @var{val}} option 24540 (@pxref{Options}) 24541 has been ``stolen'' to enable Tandem users to process fixed-length 24542 records with no ``end-of-line'' character. That is, @samp{-mr 74} tells 24543 @command{gawk} to read the input file as fixed 74-byte records. 24544 @c ENDOFRANGE opgawx 24545 @c ENDOFRANGE pcgawon 24546 24547 @node Bugs 24548 @appendixsec Reporting Problems and Bugs 24549 @cindex archeologists 24550 @quotation 24551 @i{There is nothing more dangerous than a bored archeologist.}@* 24552 The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy 24553 @end quotation 24554 @c the radio show, not the book. :-) 24555 24556 @c STARTOFRANGE dbugg 24557 @cindex debugging @command{gawk}, bug reports 24558 @c STARTOFRANGE tblgawb 24559 @cindex troubleshooting, @command{gawk}, bug reports 24560 If you have problems with @command{gawk} or think that you have found a bug, 24561 please report it to the developers; we cannot promise to do anything 24562 but we might well want to fix it. 24563 24564 Before reporting a bug, make sure you have actually found a real bug. 24565 Carefully reread the documentation and see if it really says you can do 24566 what you're trying to do. If it's not clear whether you should be able 24567 to do something or not, report that too; it's a bug in the documentation! 24568 24569 Before reporting a bug or trying to fix it yourself, try to isolate it 24570 to the smallest possible @command{awk} program and input @value{DF} that 24571 reproduces the problem. Then send us the program and @value{DF}, 24572 some idea of what kind of Unix system you're using, 24573 the compiler you used to compile @command{gawk}, and the exact results 24574 @command{gawk} gave you. Also say what you expected to occur; this helps 24575 us decide whether the problem is really in the documentation. 24576 24577 @cindex @code{bug-gawk@@gnu.org} bug reporting address 24578 @cindex email address for bug reports, @code{bug-gawk@@gnu.org} 24579 @cindex bug reports, email address, @code{bug-gawk@@gnu.org} 24580 Once you have a precise problem, send email to @email{bug-gawk@@gnu.org}. 24581 24582 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 24583 Please include the version number of @command{gawk} you are using. 24584 You can get this information with the command @samp{gawk --version}. 24585 Using this address automatically sends a carbon copy of your 24586 mail to me. If necessary, I can be reached directly at 24587 @email{arnold@@gnu.org}. The bug reporting address is preferred since the 24588 email list is archived at the GNU Project. 24589 @emph{All email should be in English, since that is my native language.} 24590 24591 @cindex @code{comp.lang.awk} newsgroup 24592 @strong{Caution:} Do @emph{not} try to report bugs in @command{gawk} by 24593 posting to the Usenet/Internet newsgroup @code{comp.lang.awk}. 24594 While the @command{gawk} developers do occasionally read this newsgroup, 24595 there is no guarantee that we will see your posting. The steps described 24596 above are the official recognized ways for reporting bugs. 24597 24598 Non-bug suggestions are always welcome as well. If you have questions 24599 about things that are unclear in the documentation or are just obscure 24600 features, ask me; I will try to help you out, although I 24601 may not have the time to fix the problem. You can send me electronic 24602 mail at the Internet address noted previously. 24603 24604 If you find bugs in one of the non-Unix ports of @command{gawk}, please send 24605 an electronic mail message to the person who maintains that port. They 24606 are named in the following list, as well as in the @file{README} file in the @command{gawk} 24607 distribution. Information in the @file{README} file should be considered 24608 authoritative if it conflicts with this @value{DOCUMENT}. 24609 24610 The people maintaining the non-Unix ports of @command{gawk} are 24611 as follows: 24612 24613 @ignore 24614 @table @asis 24615 @cindex Fish, Fred 24616 @item Amiga 24617 Fred Fish, @email{fnf@@ninemoons.com}. 24618 24619 @cindex Brown, Martin 24620 @item BeOS 24621 Martin Brown, @email{mc@@whoever.com}. 24622 24623 @cindex Deifik, Scott 24624 @cindex Hankerson, Darrel 24625 @item MS-DOS 24626 Scott Deifik, @email{scottd@@amgen.com} and 24627 Darrel Hankerson, @email{hankedr@@mail.auburn.edu}. 24628 24629 @cindex Grigera, Juan 24630 @item MS-Windows 24631 Juan Grigera, @email{juan@@biophnet.unlp.edu.ar}. 24632 24633 @item OS/2 24634 The Unix for OS/2 team, @email{gawk-maintainer@@unixos2.org}. 24635 24636 @cindex Davies, Stephen 24637 @item Tandem 24638 Stephen Davies, @email{scldad@@sdc.com.au}. 24639 24640 @cindex Rankin, Pat 24641 @item VMS 24642 Pat Rankin, @email{rankin@@pactechdata.com}. 24643 @end table 24644 @end ignore 24645 24646 @multitable {MS-Windows} {123456789012345678901234567890123456789001234567890} 24647 @cindex Fish, Fred 24648 @item Amiga @tab Fred Fish, @email{fnf@@ninemoons.com}. 24649 24650 @cindex Brown, Martin 24651 @item BeOS @tab Martin Brown, @email{mc@@whoever.com}. 24652 24653 @cindex Deifik, Scott 24654 @cindex Hankerson, Darrel 24655 @item MS-DOS @tab Scott Deifik, @email{scottd@@amgen.com} and 24656 Darrel Hankerson, @email{hankedr@@mail.auburn.edu}. 24657 24658 @cindex Grigera, Juan 24659 @item MS-Windows @tab Juan Grigera, @email{juan@@biophnet.unlp.edu.ar}. 24660 24661 @item OS/2 @tab The Unix for OS/2 team, @email{gawk-maintainer@@unixos2.org}. 24662 24663 @cindex Davies, Stephen 24664 @item Tandem @tab Stephen Davies, @email{scldad@@sdc.com.au}. 24665 24666 @cindex Rankin, Pat 24667 @item VMS @tab Pat Rankin, @email{rankin@@pactechdata.com}. 24668 @end multitable 24669 24670 If your bug is also reproducible under Unix, please send a copy of your 24671 report to the @email{bug-gawk@@gnu.org} email list as well. 24672 @c ENDOFRANGE dbugg 24673 @c ENDOFRANGE tblgawb 24674 24675 @node Other Versions 24676 @appendixsec Other Freely Available @command{awk} Implementations 24677 @c STARTOFRANGE awkim 24678 @cindex @command{awk}, implementations 24679 @ignore 24680 From: emory!amc.com!brennan (Michael Brennan) 24681 Subject: C++ comments in awk programs 24682 To: arnold (a] gnu.ai.mit.edu (Arnold Robbins) 24683 Date: Wed, 4 Sep 1996 08:11:48 -0700 (PDT) 24684 24685 @end ignore 24686 @cindex Brennan, Michael 24687 @quotation 24688 @i{It's kind of fun to put comments like this in your awk code.}@* 24689 @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// Do C++ comments work? answer: yes! of course}@* 24690 Michael Brennan 24691 @end quotation 24692 24693 There are three other freely available @command{awk} implementations. 24694 This @value{SECTION} briefly describes where to get them: 24695 24696 @table @asis 24697 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 24698 @cindex source code, Bell Laboratories @command{awk} 24699 @item Unix @command{awk} 24700 Brian Kernighan has made his implementation of 24701 @command{awk} freely available. 24702 You can retrieve this version via the World Wide Web from 24703 his home page.@footnote{@uref{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/bwk}} 24704 It is available in several archive formats: 24705 24706 @table @asis 24707 @item Shell archive 24708 @uref{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/bwk/awk.shar} 24709 24710 @item Compressed @command{tar} file 24711 @uref{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/bwk/awk.tar.gz} 24712 24713 @item Zip file 24714 @uref{http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/bwk/awk.zip} 24715 @end table 24716 24717 This version requires an ISO C (1990 standard) compiler; 24718 the C compiler from 24719 GCC (the GNU Compiler Collection) 24720 works quite nicely. 24721 24722 @xref{BTL}, 24723 for a list of extensions in this @command{awk} that are not in POSIX @command{awk}. 24724 24725 @cindex Brennan, Michael 24726 @cindex @command{mawk} program 24727 @cindex source code, @command{mawk} 24728 @item @command{mawk} 24729 Michael Brennan has written an independent implementation of @command{awk}, 24730 called @command{mawk}. It is available under the GPL 24731 (@pxref{Copying}), 24732 just as @command{gawk} is. 24733 24734 You can get it via anonymous @command{ftp} to the host 24735 @code{@w{ftp.whidbey.net}}. Change directory to @file{/pub/brennan}. 24736 Use ``binary'' or ``image'' mode, and retrieve @file{mawk1.3.3.tar.gz} 24737 (or the latest version that is there). 24738 24739 @command{gunzip} may be used to decompress this file. Installation 24740 is similar to @command{gawk}'s 24741 (@pxref{Unix Installation}). 24742 24743 @cindex extensions, @command{mawk} 24744 @command{mawk} has the following extensions that are not in POSIX @command{awk}: 24745 24746 @itemize @bullet 24747 @item 24748 The @code{fflush} built-in function for flushing buffered output 24749 (@pxref{I/O Functions}). 24750 24751 @item 24752 The @samp{**} and @samp{**=} operators 24753 (@pxref{Arithmetic Ops} 24754 and also see 24755 @ref{Assignment Ops}). 24756 24757 @item 24758 The use of @code{func} as an abbreviation for @code{function} 24759 (@pxref{Definition Syntax}). 24760 24761 @item 24762 The @samp{\x} escape sequence 24763 (@pxref{Escape Sequences}). 24764 24765 @item 24766 The @file{/dev/stdout}, and @file{/dev/stderr} 24767 special files 24768 (@pxref{Special Files}). 24769 Use @code{"-"} instead of @code{"/dev/stdin"} with @command{mawk}. 24770 24771 @item 24772 The ability for @code{FS} and for the third 24773 argument to @code{split} to be null strings 24774 (@pxref{Single Character Fields}). 24775 24776 @item 24777 The ability to delete all of an array at once with @samp{delete @var{array}} 24778 (@pxref{Delete}). 24779 24780 @item 24781 The ability for @code{RS} to be a regexp 24782 (@pxref{Records}). 24783 24784 @item 24785 The @code{BINMODE} special variable for non-Unix operating systems 24786 (@pxref{PC Using}). 24787 @end itemize 24788 24789 The next version of @command{mawk} will support @code{nextfile}. 24790 24791 @cindex Sumner, Andrew 24792 @cindex @command{awka} compiler for @command{awk} 24793 @cindex source code, @command{awka} 24794 @item @command{awka} 24795 Written by Andrew Sumner, 24796 @command{awka} translates @command{awk} programs into C, compiles them, 24797 and links them with a library of functions that provides the core 24798 @command{awk} functionality. 24799 It also has a number of extensions. 24800 24801 The @command{awk} translator is released under the GPL, and the library 24802 is under the LGPL. 24803 24804 To get @command{awka}, go to @uref{http://awka.sourceforge.net}. 24805 You can reach Andrew Sumner at @email{andrew@@zbcom.net}. 24806 24807 @cindex Beebe, Nelson H.F. 24808 @cindex @command{pawk} profiling Bell Labs @command{awk} 24809 @item @command{pawk} 24810 Nelson H.F.@: Beebe at the University of Utah has modified 24811 the Bell Labs @command{awk} to provide timing and profiling information. 24812 It is different from @command{pgawk} 24813 (@pxref{Profiling}), 24814 in that it uses CPU-based profiling, not line-count 24815 profiling. You may find it at either 24816 @uref{ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/pawk/pawk-20020210.tar.gz} 24817 or 24818 @uref{http://www.math.utah.edu/pub/pawk/pawk-20020210.tar.gz}. 24819 24820 @end table 24821 @c ENDOFRANGE gligawk 24822 @c ENDOFRANGE ingawk 24823 @c ENDOFRANGE awkim 24824 24825 @node Notes 24826 @appendix Implementation Notes 24827 @c STARTOFRANGE gawii 24828 @cindex @command{gawk}, implementation issues 24829 @c STARTOFRANGE impis 24830 @cindex implementation issues, @command{gawk} 24831 24832 This appendix contains information mainly of interest to implementors and 24833 maintainers of @command{gawk}. Everything in it applies specifically to 24834 @command{gawk} and not to other implementations. 24835 24836 @menu 24837 * Compatibility Mode:: How to disable certain @command{gawk} 24838 extensions. 24839 * Additions:: Making Additions To @command{gawk}. 24840 * Dynamic Extensions:: Adding new built-in functions to 24841 @command{gawk}. 24842 * Future Extensions:: New features that may be implemented one day. 24843 @end menu 24844 24845 @node Compatibility Mode 24846 @appendixsec Downward Compatibility and Debugging 24847 @cindex @command{gawk}, implementation issues, downward compatibility 24848 @cindex @command{gawk}, implementation issues, debugging 24849 @cindex troubleshooting, @command{gawk} 24850 @c first comma is part of primary 24851 @cindex implementation issues, @command{gawk}, debugging 24852 24853 @xref{POSIX/GNU}, 24854 for a summary of the GNU extensions to the @command{awk} language and program. 24855 All of these features can be turned off by invoking @command{gawk} with the 24856 @option{--traditional} option or with the @option{--posix} option. 24857 24858 If @command{gawk} is compiled for debugging with @samp{-DDEBUG}, then there 24859 is one more option available on the command line: 24860 24861 @table @code 24862 @item -W parsedebug 24863 @itemx --parsedebug 24864 Prints out the parse stack information as the program is being parsed. 24865 @end table 24866 24867 This option is intended only for serious @command{gawk} developers 24868 and not for the casual user. It probably has not even been compiled into 24869 your version of @command{gawk}, since it slows down execution. 24870 24871 @node Additions 24872 @appendixsec Making Additions to @command{gawk} 24873 24874 If you find that you want to enhance @command{gawk} in a significant 24875 fashion, you are perfectly free to do so. That is the point of having 24876 free software; the source code is available and you are free to change 24877 it as you want (@pxref{Copying}). 24878 24879 This @value{SECTION} discusses the ways you might want to change @command{gawk} 24880 as well as any considerations you should bear in mind. 24881 24882 @menu 24883 * Adding Code:: Adding code to the main body of 24884 @command{gawk}. 24885 * New Ports:: Porting @command{gawk} to a new operating 24886 system. 24887 @end menu 24888 24889 @node Adding Code 24890 @appendixsubsec Adding New Features 24891 24892 @c STARTOFRANGE adfgaw 24893 @cindex adding, features to @command{gawk} 24894 @c STARTOFRANGE fadgaw 24895 @cindex features, adding to @command{gawk} 24896 @c STARTOFRANGE gawadf 24897 @cindex @command{gawk}, features, adding 24898 You are free to add any new features you like to @command{gawk}. 24899 However, if you want your changes to be incorporated into the @command{gawk} 24900 distribution, there are several steps that you need to take in order to 24901 make it possible for me to include your changes: 24902 24903 @enumerate 1 24904 @item 24905 Before building the new feature into @command{gawk} itself, 24906 consider writing it as an extension module 24907 (@pxref{Dynamic Extensions}). 24908 If that's not possible, continue with the rest of the steps in this list. 24909 24910 @item 24911 Get the latest version. 24912 It is much easier for me to integrate changes if they are relative to 24913 the most recent distributed version of @command{gawk}. If your version of 24914 @command{gawk} is very old, I may not be able to integrate them at all. 24915 (@xref{Getting}, 24916 for information on getting the latest version of @command{gawk}.) 24917 24918 @item 24919 @ifnotinfo 24920 Follow the @cite{GNU Coding Standards}. 24921 @end ifnotinfo 24922 @ifinfo 24923 See @inforef{Top, , Version, standards, GNU Coding Standards}. 24924 @end ifinfo 24925 This document describes how GNU software should be written. If you haven't 24926 read it, please do so, preferably @emph{before} starting to modify @command{gawk}. 24927 (The @cite{GNU Coding Standards} are available from 24928 the GNU Project's 24929 @command{ftp} 24930 site, at 24931 @uref{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/GNUinfo/standards.text}. 24932 An HTML version, suitable for reading with a WWW browser, is 24933 available at 24934 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html}. 24935 Texinfo, Info, and DVI versions are also available.) 24936 24937 @cindex @command{gawk}, coding style in 24938 @item 24939 Use the @command{gawk} coding style. 24940 The C code for @command{gawk} follows the instructions in the 24941 @cite{GNU Coding Standards}, with minor exceptions. The code is formatted 24942 using the traditional ``K&R'' style, particularly as regards to the placement 24943 of braces and the use of tabs. In brief, the coding rules for @command{gawk} 24944 are as follows: 24945 24946 @itemize @bullet 24947 @item 24948 Use ANSI/ISO style (prototype) function headers when defining functions. 24949 24950 @item 24951 Put the name of the function at the beginning of its own line. 24952 24953 @item 24954 Put the return type of the function, even if it is @code{int}, on the 24955 line above the line with the name and arguments of the function. 24956 24957 @item 24958 Put spaces around parentheses used in control structures 24959 (@code{if}, @code{while}, @code{for}, @code{do}, @code{switch}, 24960 and @code{return}). 24961 24962 @item 24963 Do not put spaces in front of parentheses used in function calls. 24964 24965 @item 24966 Put spaces around all C operators and after commas in function calls. 24967 24968 @item 24969 Do not use the comma operator to produce multiple side effects, except 24970 in @code{for} loop initialization and increment parts, and in macro bodies. 24971 24972 @item 24973 Use real tabs for indenting, not spaces. 24974 24975 @item 24976 Use the ``K&R'' brace layout style. 24977 24978 @item 24979 Use comparisons against @code{NULL} and @code{'\0'} in the conditions of 24980 @code{if}, @code{while}, and @code{for} statements, as well as in the @code{case}s 24981 of @code{switch} statements, instead of just the 24982 plain pointer or character value. 24983 24984 @item 24985 Use the @code{TRUE}, @code{FALSE} and @code{NULL} symbolic constants 24986 and the character constant @code{'\0'} where appropriate, instead of @code{1} 24987 and @code{0}. 24988 24989 @item 24990 Use the @code{ISALPHA}, @code{ISDIGIT}, etc.@: macros, instead of the 24991 traditional lowercase versions; these macros are better behaved for 24992 non-ASCII character sets. 24993 24994 @item 24995 Provide one-line descriptive comments for each function. 24996 24997 @item 24998 Do not use @samp{#elif}. Many older Unix C compilers cannot handle it. 24999 25000 @item 25001 Do not use the @code{alloca} function for allocating memory off the stack. 25002 Its use causes more portability trouble than is worth the minor benefit of not having 25003 to free the storage. Instead, use @code{malloc} and @code{free}. 25004 @end itemize 25005 25006 @strong{Note:} 25007 If I have to reformat your code to follow the coding style used in 25008 @command{gawk}, I may not bother to integrate your changes at all. 25009 25010 @item 25011 Be prepared to sign the appropriate paperwork. 25012 In order for the FSF to distribute your changes, you must either place 25013 those changes in the public domain and submit a signed statement to that 25014 effect, or assign the copyright in your changes to the FSF. 25015 Both of these actions are easy to do and @emph{many} people have done so 25016 already. If you have questions, please contact me 25017 (@pxref{Bugs}), 25018 or @email{gnu@@gnu.org}. 25019 25020 @cindex Texinfo 25021 @item 25022 Update the documentation. 25023 Along with your new code, please supply new sections and/or chapters 25024 for this @value{DOCUMENT}. If at all possible, please use real 25025 Texinfo, instead of just supplying unformatted ASCII text (although 25026 even that is better than no documentation at all). 25027 Conventions to be followed in @cite{@value{TITLE}} are provided 25028 after the @samp{@@bye} at the end of the Texinfo source file. 25029 If possible, please update the @command{man} page as well. 25030 25031 You will also have to sign paperwork for your documentation changes. 25032 25033 @item 25034 Submit changes as context diffs or unified diffs. 25035 Use @samp{diff -c -r -N} or @samp{diff -u -r -N} to compare 25036 the original @command{gawk} source tree with your version. 25037 (I find context diffs to be more readable but unified diffs are 25038 more compact.) 25039 I recommend using the GNU version of @command{diff}. 25040 Send the output produced by either run of @command{diff} to me when you 25041 submit your changes. 25042 (@xref{Bugs}, for the electronic mail 25043 information.) 25044 25045 Using this format makes it easy for me to apply your changes to the 25046 master version of the @command{gawk} source code (using @code{patch}). 25047 If I have to apply the changes manually, using a text editor, I may 25048 not do so, particularly if there are lots of changes. 25049 25050 @item 25051 Include an entry for the @file{ChangeLog} file with your submission. 25052 This helps further minimize the amount of work I have to do, 25053 making it easier for me to accept patches. 25054 @end enumerate 25055 25056 Although this sounds like a lot of work, please remember that while you 25057 may write the new code, I have to maintain it and support it. If it 25058 isn't possible for me to do that with a minimum of extra work, then I 25059 probably will not. 25060 @c ENDOFRANGE adfgaw 25061 @c ENDOFRANGE gawadf 25062 @c ENDOFRANGE fadgaw 25063 25064 @node New Ports 25065 @appendixsubsec Porting @command{gawk} to a New Operating System 25066 @cindex portability, @command{gawk} 25067 @cindex operating systems, porting @command{gawk} to 25068 25069 @cindex porting @command{gawk} 25070 If you want to port @command{gawk} to a new operating system, there are 25071 several steps: 25072 25073 @enumerate 1 25074 @item 25075 Follow the guidelines in 25076 @ifinfo 25077 @ref{Adding Code}, 25078 @end ifinfo 25079 @ifnotinfo 25080 the previous @value{SECTION} 25081 @end ifnotinfo 25082 concerning coding style, submission of diffs, and so on. 25083 25084 @item 25085 When doing a port, bear in mind that your code must coexist peacefully 25086 with the rest of @command{gawk} and the other ports. Avoid gratuitous 25087 changes to the system-independent parts of the code. If at all possible, 25088 avoid sprinkling @samp{#ifdef}s just for your port throughout the 25089 code. 25090 25091 If the changes needed for a particular system affect too much of the 25092 code, I probably will not accept them. In such a case, you can, of course, 25093 distribute your changes on your own, as long as you comply 25094 with the GPL 25095 (@pxref{Copying}). 25096 25097 @item 25098 A number of the files that come with @command{gawk} are maintained by other 25099 people at the Free Software Foundation. Thus, you should not change them 25100 unless it is for a very good reason; i.e., changes are not out of the 25101 question, but changes to these files are scrutinized extra carefully. 25102 The files are @file{getopt.h}, @file{getopt.c}, 25103 @file{getopt1.c}, @file{regex.h}, @file{regex.c}, @file{dfa.h}, 25104 @file{dfa.c}, @file{install-sh}, and @file{mkinstalldirs}. 25105 25106 @item 25107 Be willing to continue to maintain the port. 25108 Non-Unix operating systems are supported by volunteers who maintain 25109 the code needed to compile and run @command{gawk} on their systems. If noone 25110 volunteers to maintain a port, it becomes unsupported and it may 25111 be necessary to remove it from the distribution. 25112 25113 @item 25114 Supply an appropriate @file{gawkmisc.???} file. 25115 Each port has its own @file{gawkmisc.???} that implements certain 25116 operating system specific functions. This is cleaner than a plethora of 25117 @samp{#ifdef}s scattered throughout the code. The @file{gawkmisc.c} in 25118 the main source directory includes the appropriate 25119 @file{gawkmisc.???} file from each subdirectory. 25120 Be sure to update it as well. 25121 25122 Each port's @file{gawkmisc.???} file has a suffix reminiscent of the machine 25123 or operating system for the port---for example, @file{pc/gawkmisc.pc} and 25124 @file{vms/gawkmisc.vms}. The use of separate suffixes, instead of plain 25125 @file{gawkmisc.c}, makes it possible to move files from a port's subdirectory 25126 into the main subdirectory, without accidentally destroying the real 25127 @file{gawkmisc.c} file. (Currently, this is only an issue for the 25128 PC operating system ports.) 25129 25130 @item 25131 Supply a @file{Makefile} as well as any other C source and header files that are 25132 necessary for your operating system. All your code should be in a 25133 separate subdirectory, with a name that is the same as, or reminiscent 25134 of, either your operating system or the computer system. If possible, 25135 try to structure things so that it is not necessary to move files out 25136 of the subdirectory into the main source directory. If that is not 25137 possible, then be sure to avoid using names for your files that 25138 duplicate the names of files in the main source directory. 25139 25140 @item 25141 Update the documentation. 25142 Please write a section (or sections) for this @value{DOCUMENT} describing the 25143 installation and compilation steps needed to compile and/or install 25144 @command{gawk} for your system. 25145 25146 @item 25147 Be prepared to sign the appropriate paperwork. 25148 In order for the FSF to distribute your code, you must either place 25149 your code in the public domain and submit a signed statement to that 25150 effect, or assign the copyright in your code to the FSF. 25151 @ifinfo 25152 Both of these actions are easy to do and @emph{many} people have done so 25153 already. If you have questions, please contact me, or 25154 @email{gnu@@gnu.org}. 25155 @end ifinfo 25156 @end enumerate 25157 25158 Following these steps makes it much easier to integrate your changes 25159 into @command{gawk} and have them coexist happily with other 25160 operating systems' code that is already there. 25161 25162 In the code that you supply and maintain, feel free to use a 25163 coding style and brace layout that suits your taste. 25164 25165 @node Dynamic Extensions 25166 @appendixsec Adding New Built-in Functions to @command{gawk} 25167 @cindex Robinson, Will 25168 @cindex robot, the 25169 @cindex Lost In Space 25170 @quotation 25171 @i{Danger Will Robinson! Danger!!@* 25172 Warning! Warning!}@* 25173 The Robot 25174 @end quotation 25175 25176 @c STARTOFRANGE gladfgaw 25177 @cindex @command{gawk}, functions, adding 25178 @c STARTOFRANGE adfugaw 25179 @cindex adding, functions to @command{gawk} 25180 @c STARTOFRANGE fubadgaw 25181 @cindex functions, built-in, adding to @command{gawk} 25182 Beginning with @command{gawk} 3.1, it is possible to add new built-in 25183 functions to @command{gawk} using dynamically loaded libraries. This 25184 facility is available on systems (such as GNU/Linux) that support 25185 the @code{dlopen} and @code{dlsym} functions. 25186 This @value{SECTION} describes how to write and use dynamically 25187 loaded extentions for @command{gawk}. 25188 Experience with programming in 25189 C or C++ is necessary when reading this @value{SECTION}. 25190 25191 @strong{Caution:} The facilities described in this @value{SECTION} 25192 are very much subject to change in the next @command{gawk} release. 25193 Be aware that you may have to re-do everything, perhaps from scratch, 25194 upon the next release. 25195 25196 @menu 25197 * Internals:: A brief look at some @command{gawk} internals. 25198 * Sample Library:: A example of new functions. 25199 @end menu 25200 25201 @node Internals 25202 @appendixsubsec A Minimal Introduction to @command{gawk} Internals 25203 @c STARTOFRANGE gawint 25204 @cindex @command{gawk}, internals 25205 25206 The truth is that @command{gawk} was not designed for simple extensibility. 25207 The facilities for adding functions using shared libraries work, but 25208 are something of a ``bag on the side.'' Thus, this tour is 25209 brief and simplistic; would-be @command{gawk} hackers are encouraged to 25210 spend some time reading the source code before trying to write 25211 extensions based on the material presented here. Of particular note 25212 are the files @file{awk.h}, @file{builtin.c}, and @file{eval.c}. 25213 Reading @file{awk.y} in order to see how the parse tree is built 25214 would also be of use. 25215 25216 @cindex @code{awk.h} file (internal) 25217 With the disclaimers out of the way, the following types, structure 25218 members, functions, and macros are declared in @file{awk.h} and are of 25219 use when writing extensions. The next @value{SECTION} 25220 shows how they are used: 25221 25222 @table @code 25223 @cindex floating-point, numbers, @code{AWKNUM} internal type 25224 @cindex numbers, floating-point, @code{AWKNUM} internal type 25225 @cindex @code{AWKNUM} internal type 25226 @item AWKNUM 25227 An @code{AWKNUM} is the internal type of @command{awk} 25228 floating-point numbers. Typically, it is a C @code{double}. 25229 25230 @cindex @code{NODE} internal type 25231 @cindex strings, @code{NODE} internal type 25232 @cindex numbers, @code{NODE} internal type 25233 @item NODE 25234 Just about everything is done using objects of type @code{NODE}. 25235 These contain both strings and numbers, as well as variables and arrays. 25236 25237 @cindex @code{force_number} internal function 25238 @cindex numeric, values 25239 @item AWKNUM force_number(NODE *n) 25240 This macro forces a value to be numeric. It returns the actual 25241 numeric value contained in the node. 25242 It may end up calling an internal @command{gawk} function. 25243 25244 @cindex @code{force_string} internal function 25245 @item void force_string(NODE *n) 25246 This macro guarantees that a @code{NODE}'s string value is current. 25247 It may end up calling an internal @command{gawk} function. 25248 It also guarantees that the string is zero-terminated. 25249 25250 @c comma is part of primary 25251 @cindex parameters, number of 25252 @cindex @code{param_cnt} internal variable 25253 @item n->param_cnt 25254 The number of parameters actually passed in a function call at runtime. 25255 25256 @cindex @code{stptr} internal variable 25257 @cindex @code{stlen} internal variable 25258 @item n->stptr 25259 @itemx n->stlen 25260 The data and length of a @code{NODE}'s string value, respectively. 25261 The string is @emph{not} guaranteed to be zero-terminated. 25262 If you need to pass the string value to a C library function, save 25263 the value in @code{n->stptr[n->stlen]}, assign @code{'\0'} to it, 25264 call the routine, and then restore the value. 25265 25266 @cindex @code{type} internal variable 25267 @item n->type 25268 The type of the @code{NODE}. This is a C @code{enum}. Values should 25269 be either @code{Node_var} or @code{Node_var_array} for function 25270 parameters. 25271 25272 @cindex @code{vname} internal variable 25273 @item n->vname 25274 The ``variable name'' of a node. This is not of much use inside 25275 externally written extensions. 25276 25277 @cindex arrays, associative, clearing 25278 @cindex @code{assoc_clear} internal function 25279 @item void assoc_clear(NODE *n) 25280 Clears the associative array pointed to by @code{n}. 25281 Make sure that @samp{n->type == Node_var_array} first. 25282 25283 @cindex arrays, elements, installing 25284 @cindex @code{assoc_lookup} internal function 25285 @item NODE **assoc_lookup(NODE *symbol, NODE *subs, int reference) 25286 Finds, and installs if necessary, array elements. 25287 @code{symbol} is the array, @code{subs} is the subscript. 25288 This is usually a value created with @code{tmp_string} (see below). 25289 @code{reference} should be @code{TRUE} if it is an error to use the 25290 value before it is created. Typically, @code{FALSE} is the 25291 correct value to use from extension functions. 25292 25293 @cindex strings 25294 @cindex @code{make_string} internal function 25295 @item NODE *make_string(char *s, size_t len) 25296 Take a C string and turn it into a pointer to a @code{NODE} that 25297 can be stored appropriately. This is permanent storage; understanding 25298 of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25299 25300 @cindex numbers 25301 @cindex @code{make_number} internal function 25302 @item NODE *make_number(AWKNUM val) 25303 Take an @code{AWKNUM} and turn it into a pointer to a @code{NODE} that 25304 can be stored appropriately. This is permanent storage; understanding 25305 of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25306 25307 @cindex @code{tmp_string} internal function 25308 @item NODE *tmp_string(char *s, size_t len); 25309 Take a C string and turn it into a pointer to a @code{NODE} that 25310 can be stored appropriately. This is temporary storage; understanding 25311 of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25312 25313 @cindex @code{tmp_number} internal function 25314 @item NODE *tmp_number(AWKNUM val) 25315 Take an @code{AWKNUM} and turn it into a pointer to a @code{NODE} that 25316 can be stored appropriately. This is temporary storage; 25317 understanding of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25318 25319 @c comma is part of primary 25320 @cindex nodes, duplicating 25321 @cindex @code{dupnode} internal function 25322 @item NODE *dupnode(NODE *n) 25323 Duplicate a node. In most cases, this increments an internal 25324 reference count instead of actually duplicating the entire @code{NODE}; 25325 understanding of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25326 25327 @cindex memory, releasing 25328 @cindex @code{free_temp} internal macro 25329 @item void free_temp(NODE *n) 25330 This macro releases the memory associated with a @code{NODE} 25331 allocated with @code{tmp_string} or @code{tmp_number}. 25332 Understanding of @command{gawk} memory management is helpful. 25333 25334 @cindex @code{make_builtin} internal function 25335 @item void make_builtin(char *name, NODE *(*func)(NODE *), int count) 25336 Register a C function pointed to by @code{func} as new built-in 25337 function @code{name}. @code{name} is a regular C string. @code{count} 25338 is the maximum number of arguments that the function takes. 25339 The function should be written in the following manner: 25340 25341 @example 25342 /* do_xxx --- do xxx function for gawk */ 25343 25344 NODE * 25345 do_xxx(NODE *tree) 25346 @{ 25347 @dots{} 25348 @} 25349 @end example 25350 25351 @cindex arguments, retrieving 25352 @cindex @code{get_argument} internal function 25353 @item NODE *get_argument(NODE *tree, int i) 25354 This function is called from within a C extension function to get 25355 the @code{i}-th argument from the function call. 25356 The first argument is argument zero. 25357 25358 @c last comma is part of secondary 25359 @cindex functions, return values, setting 25360 @cindex @code{set_value} internal function 25361 @item void set_value(NODE *tree) 25362 This function is called from within a C extension function to set 25363 the return value from the extension function. This value is 25364 what the @command{awk} program sees as the return value from the 25365 new @command{awk} function. 25366 25367 @cindex @code{ERRNO} variable 25368 @cindex @code{update_ERRNO} internal function 25369 @item void update_ERRNO(void) 25370 This function is called from within a C extension function to set 25371 the value of @command{gawk}'s @code{ERRNO} variable, based on the current 25372 value of the C @code{errno} variable. 25373 It is provided as a convenience. 25374 @end table 25375 25376 An argument that is supposed to be an array needs to be handled with 25377 some extra code, in case the array being passed in is actually 25378 from a function parameter. 25379 25380 In versions of @command{gawk} up to and including 3.1.2, the 25381 following boilerplate code shows how to do this: 25382 25383 @smallexample 25384 NODE *the_arg; 25385 25386 the_arg = get_argument(tree, 2); /* assume need 3rd arg, 0-based */ 25387 25388 /* if a parameter, get it off the stack */ 25389 if (the_arg->type == Node_param_list) 25390 the_arg = stack_ptr[the_arg->param_cnt]; 25391 25392 /* parameter referenced an array, get it */ 25393 if (the_arg->type == Node_array_ref) 25394 the_arg = the_arg->orig_array; 25395 25396 /* check type */ 25397 if (the_arg->type != Node_var && the_arg->type != Node_var_array) 25398 fatal("newfunc: third argument is not an array"); 25399 25400 /* force it to be an array, if necessary, clear it */ 25401 the_arg->type = Node_var_array; 25402 assoc_clear(the_arg); 25403 @end smallexample 25404 25405 For versions 3.1.3 and later, the internals changed. In particular, 25406 the interface was actually @emph{simplified} drastically. The 25407 following boilerplate code now suffices: 25408 25409 @smallexample 25410 NODE *the_arg; 25411 25412 the_arg = get_argument(tree, 2); /* assume need 3rd arg, 0-based */ 25413 25414 /* force it to be an array: */ 25415 the_arg = get_array(the_arg); 25416 25417 /* if necessary, clear it: */ 25418 assoc_clear(the_arg); 25419 @end smallexample 25420 25421 Again, you should spend time studying the @command{gawk} internals; 25422 don't just blindly copy this code. 25423 @c ENDOFRANGE gawint 25424 25425 @node Sample Library 25426 @appendixsubsec Directory and File Operation Built-ins 25427 @c comma is part of primary 25428 @c STARTOFRANGE chdirg 25429 @cindex @code{chdir} function, implementing in @command{gawk} 25430 @c comma is part of primary 25431 @c STARTOFRANGE statg 25432 @cindex @code{stat} function, implementing in @command{gawk} 25433 @c last comma is part of secondary 25434 @c STARTOFRANGE filre 25435 @cindex files, information about, retrieving 25436 @c STARTOFRANGE dirch 25437 @cindex directories, changing 25438 25439 Two useful functions that are not in @command{awk} are @code{chdir} 25440 (so that an @command{awk} program can change its directory) and 25441 @code{stat} (so that an @command{awk} program can gather information about 25442 a file). 25443 This @value{SECTION} implements these functions for @command{gawk} in an 25444 external extension library. 25445 25446 @menu 25447 * Internal File Description:: What the new functions will do. 25448 * Internal File Ops:: The code for internal file operations. 25449 * Using Internal File Ops:: How to use an external extension. 25450 @end menu 25451 25452 @node Internal File Description 25453 @appendixsubsubsec Using @code{chdir} and @code{stat} 25454 25455 This @value{SECTION} shows how to use the new functions at the @command{awk} 25456 level once they've been integrated into the running @command{gawk} 25457 interpreter. 25458 Using @code{chdir} is very straightforward. It takes one argument, 25459 the new directory to change to: 25460 25461 @example 25462 @dots{} 25463 newdir = "/home/arnold/funstuff" 25464 ret = chdir(newdir) 25465 if (ret < 0) @{ 25466 printf("could not change to %s: %s\n", 25467 newdir, ERRNO) > "/dev/stderr" 25468 exit 1 25469 @} 25470 @dots{} 25471 @end example 25472 25473 The return value is negative if the @code{chdir} failed, 25474 and @code{ERRNO} 25475 (@pxref{Built-in Variables}) 25476 is set to a string indicating the error. 25477 25478 Using @code{stat} is a bit more complicated. 25479 The C @code{stat} function fills in a structure that has a fair 25480 amount of information. 25481 The right way to model this in @command{awk} is to fill in an associative 25482 array with the appropriate information: 25483 25484 @c broke printf for page breaking 25485 @example 25486 file = "/home/arnold/.profile" 25487 fdata[1] = "x" # force `fdata' to be an array 25488 ret = stat(file, fdata) 25489 if (ret < 0) @{ 25490 printf("could not stat %s: %s\n", 25491 file, ERRNO) > "/dev/stderr" 25492 exit 1 25493 @} 25494 printf("size of %s is %d bytes\n", file, fdata["size"]) 25495 @end example 25496 25497 The @code{stat} function always clears the data array, even if 25498 the @code{stat} fails. It fills in the following elements: 25499 25500 @table @code 25501 @item "name" 25502 The name of the file that was @code{stat}'ed. 25503 25504 @item "dev" 25505 @itemx "ino" 25506 The file's device and inode numbers, respectively. 25507 25508 @item "mode" 25509 The file's mode, as a numeric value. This includes both the file's 25510 type and its permissions. 25511 25512 @item "nlink" 25513 The number of hard links (directory entries) the file has. 25514 25515 @item "uid" 25516 @itemx "gid" 25517 The numeric user and group ID numbers of the file's owner. 25518 25519 @item "size" 25520 The size in bytes of the file. 25521 25522 @item "blocks" 25523 The number of disk blocks the file actually occupies. This may not 25524 be a function of the file's size if the file has holes. 25525 25526 @item "atime" 25527 @itemx "mtime" 25528 @itemx "ctime" 25529 The file's last access, modification, and inode update times, 25530 respectively. These are numeric timestamps, suitable for formatting 25531 with @code{strftime} 25532 (@pxref{Built-in}). 25533 25534 @item "pmode" 25535 The file's ``printable mode.'' This is a string representation of 25536 the file's type and permissions, such as what is produced by 25537 @samp{ls -l}---for example, @code{"drwxr-xr-x"}. 25538 25539 @item "type" 25540 A printable string representation of the file's type. The value 25541 is one of the following: 25542 25543 @table @code 25544 @item "blockdev" 25545 @itemx "chardev" 25546 The file is a block or character device (``special file''). 25547 25548 @ignore 25549 @item "door" 25550 The file is a Solaris ``door'' (special file used for 25551 interprocess communications). 25552 @end ignore 25553 25554 @item "directory" 25555 The file is a directory. 25556 25557 @item "fifo" 25558 The file is a named-pipe (also known as a FIFO). 25559 25560 @item "file" 25561 The file is just a regular file. 25562 25563 @item "socket" 25564 The file is an @code{AF_UNIX} (``Unix domain'') socket in the 25565 filesystem. 25566 25567 @item "symlink" 25568 The file is a symbolic link. 25569 @end table 25570 @end table 25571 25572 Several additional elements may be present depending upon the operating 25573 system and the type of the file. You can test for them in your @command{awk} 25574 program by using the @code{in} operator 25575 (@pxref{Reference to Elements}): 25576 25577 @table @code 25578 @item "blksize" 25579 The preferred block size for I/O to the file. This field is not 25580 present on all POSIX-like systems in the C @code{stat} structure. 25581 25582 @item "linkval" 25583 If the file is a symbolic link, this element is the name of the 25584 file the link points to (i.e., the value of the link). 25585 25586 @item "rdev" 25587 @itemx "major" 25588 @itemx "minor" 25589 If the file is a block or character device file, then these values 25590 represent the numeric device number and the major and minor components 25591 of that number, respectively. 25592 @end table 25593 25594 @node Internal File Ops 25595 @appendixsubsubsec C Code for @code{chdir} and @code{stat} 25596 25597 Here is the C code for these extensions. They were written for 25598 GNU/Linux. The code needs some more work for complete portability 25599 to other POSIX-compliant systems:@footnote{This version is edited 25600 slightly for presentation. The complete version can be found in 25601 @file{extension/filefuncs.c} in the @command{gawk} distribution.} 25602 25603 @c break line for page breaking 25604 @example 25605 #include "awk.h" 25606 25607 #include <sys/sysmacros.h> 25608 25609 /* do_chdir --- provide dynamically loaded 25610 chdir() builtin for gawk */ 25611 25612 static NODE * 25613 do_chdir(tree) 25614 NODE *tree; 25615 @{ 25616 NODE *newdir; 25617 int ret = -1; 25618 25619 newdir = get_argument(tree, 0); 25620 @end example 25621 25622 The file includes the @code{"awk.h"} header file for definitions 25623 for the @command{gawk} internals. It includes @code{<sys/sysmacros.h>} 25624 for access to the @code{major} and @code{minor} macros. 25625 25626 @cindex programming conventions, @command{gawk} internals 25627 By convention, for an @command{awk} function @code{foo}, the function that 25628 implements it is called @samp{do_foo}. The function should take 25629 a @samp{NODE *} argument, usually called @code{tree}, that 25630 represents the argument list to the function. The @code{newdir} 25631 variable represents the new directory to change to, retrieved 25632 with @code{get_argument}. Note that the first argument is 25633 numbered zero. 25634 25635 This code actually accomplishes the @code{chdir}. It first forces 25636 the argument to be a string and passes the string value to the 25637 @code{chdir} system call. If the @code{chdir} fails, @code{ERRNO} 25638 is updated. 25639 The result of @code{force_string} has to be freed with @code{free_temp}: 25640 25641 @example 25642 if (newdir != NULL) @{ 25643 (void) force_string(newdir); 25644 ret = chdir(newdir->stptr); 25645 if (ret < 0) 25646 update_ERRNO(); 25647 25648 free_temp(newdir); 25649 @} 25650 @end example 25651 25652 Finally, the function returns the return value to the @command{awk} level, 25653 using @code{set_value}. Then it must return a value from the call to 25654 the new built-in (this value ignored by the interpreter): 25655 25656 @example 25657 /* Set the return value */ 25658 set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret)); 25659 25660 /* Just to make the interpreter happy */ 25661 return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0); 25662 @} 25663 @end example 25664 25665 The @code{stat} built-in is more involved. First comes a function 25666 that turns a numeric mode into a printable representation 25667 (e.g., 644 becomes @samp{-rw-r--r--}). This is omitted here for brevity: 25668 25669 @c break line for page breaking 25670 @example 25671 /* format_mode --- turn a stat mode field 25672 into something readable */ 25673 25674 static char * 25675 format_mode(fmode) 25676 unsigned long fmode; 25677 @{ 25678 @dots{} 25679 @} 25680 @end example 25681 25682 Next comes the actual @code{do_stat} function itself. First come the 25683 variable declarations and argument checking: 25684 25685 @ignore 25686 Changed message for page breaking. Used to be: 25687 "stat: called with incorrect number of arguments (%d), should be 2", 25688 @end ignore 25689 @example 25690 /* do_stat --- provide a stat() function for gawk */ 25691 25692 static NODE * 25693 do_stat(tree) 25694 NODE *tree; 25695 @{ 25696 NODE *file, *array; 25697 struct stat sbuf; 25698 int ret; 25699 char *msg; 25700 NODE **aptr; 25701 char *pmode; /* printable mode */ 25702 char *type = "unknown"; 25703 25704 /* check arg count */ 25705 if (tree->param_cnt != 2) 25706 fatal( 25707 "stat: called with %d arguments, should be 2", 25708 tree->param_cnt); 25709 @end example 25710 25711 Then comes the actual work. First, we get the arguments. 25712 Then, we always clear the array. To get the file information, 25713 we use @code{lstat}, in case the file is a symbolic link. 25714 If there's an error, we set @code{ERRNO} and return: 25715 25716 @c comment made multiline for page breaking 25717 @example 25718 /* 25719 * directory is first arg, 25720 * array to hold results is second 25721 */ 25722 file = get_argument(tree, 0); 25723 array = get_argument(tree, 1); 25724 25725 /* empty out the array */ 25726 assoc_clear(array); 25727 25728 /* lstat the file, if error, set ERRNO and return */ 25729 (void) force_string(file); 25730 ret = lstat(file->stptr, & sbuf); 25731 if (ret < 0) @{ 25732 update_ERRNO(); 25733 25734 set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret)); 25735 25736 free_temp(file); 25737 return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0); 25738 @} 25739 @end example 25740 25741 Now comes the tedious part: filling in the array. Only a few of the 25742 calls are shown here, since they all follow the same pattern: 25743 25744 @example 25745 /* fill in the array */ 25746 aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("name", 4), FALSE); 25747 *aptr = dupnode(file); 25748 25749 aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("mode", 4), FALSE); 25750 *aptr = make_number((AWKNUM) sbuf.st_mode); 25751 25752 aptr = assoc_lookup(array, tmp_string("pmode", 5), FALSE); 25753 pmode = format_mode(sbuf.st_mode); 25754 *aptr = make_string(pmode, strlen(pmode)); 25755 @end example 25756 25757 When done, we free the temporary value containing the @value{FN}, 25758 set the return value, and return: 25759 25760 @example 25761 free_temp(file); 25762 25763 /* Set the return value */ 25764 set_value(tmp_number((AWKNUM) ret)); 25765 25766 /* Just to make the interpreter happy */ 25767 return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0); 25768 @} 25769 @end example 25770 25771 @cindex programming conventions, @command{gawk} internals 25772 Finally, it's necessary to provide the ``glue'' that loads the 25773 new function(s) into @command{gawk}. By convention, each library has 25774 a routine named @code{dlload} that does the job: 25775 25776 @example 25777 /* dlload --- load new builtins in this library */ 25778 25779 NODE * 25780 dlload(tree, dl) 25781 NODE *tree; 25782 void *dl; 25783 @{ 25784 make_builtin("chdir", do_chdir, 1); 25785 make_builtin("stat", do_stat, 2); 25786 return tmp_number((AWKNUM) 0); 25787 @} 25788 @end example 25789 25790 And that's it! As an exercise, consider adding functions to 25791 implement system calls such as @code{chown}, @code{chmod}, and @code{umask}. 25792 25793 @node Using Internal File Ops 25794 @appendixsubsubsec Integrating the Extensions 25795 25796 @c last comma is part of secondary 25797 @cindex @command{gawk}, interpreter, adding code to 25798 Now that the code is written, it must be possible to add it at 25799 runtime to the running @command{gawk} interpreter. First, the 25800 code must be compiled. Assuming that the functions are in 25801 a file named @file{filefuncs.c}, and @var{idir} is the location 25802 of the @command{gawk} include files, 25803 the following steps create 25804 a GNU/Linux shared library: 25805 25806 @example 25807 $ gcc -shared -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -c -O -g -I@var{idir} filefuncs.c 25808 $ ld -o filefuncs.so -shared filefuncs.o 25809 @end example 25810 25811 @cindex @code{extension} function (@command{gawk}) 25812 Once the library exists, it is loaded by calling the @code{extension} 25813 built-in function. 25814 This function takes two arguments: the name of the 25815 library to load and the name of a function to call when the library 25816 is first loaded. This function adds the new functions to @command{gawk}. 25817 It returns the value returned by the initialization function 25818 within the shared library: 25819 25820 @example 25821 # file testff.awk 25822 BEGIN @{ 25823 extension("./filefuncs.so", "dlload") 25824 25825 chdir(".") # no-op 25826 25827 data[1] = 1 # force `data' to be an array 25828 print "Info for testff.awk" 25829 ret = stat("testff.awk", data) 25830 print "ret =", ret 25831 for (i in data) 25832 printf "data[\"%s\"] = %s\n", i, data[i] 25833 print "testff.awk modified:", 25834 strftime("%m %d %y %H:%M:%S", data["mtime"]) 25835 @} 25836 @end example 25837 25838 Here are the results of running the program: 25839 25840 @example 25841 $ gawk -f testff.awk 25842 @print{} Info for testff.awk 25843 @print{} ret = 0 25844 @print{} data["blksize"] = 4096 25845 @print{} data["mtime"] = 932361936 25846 @print{} data["mode"] = 33188 25847 @print{} data["type"] = file 25848 @print{} data["dev"] = 2065 25849 @print{} data["gid"] = 10 25850 @print{} data["ino"] = 878597 25851 @print{} data["ctime"] = 971431797 25852 @print{} data["blocks"] = 2 25853 @print{} data["nlink"] = 1 25854 @print{} data["name"] = testff.awk 25855 @print{} data["atime"] = 971608519 25856 @print{} data["pmode"] = -rw-r--r-- 25857 @print{} data["size"] = 607 25858 @print{} data["uid"] = 2076 25859 @print{} testff.awk modified: 07 19 99 08:25:36 25860 @end example 25861 @c ENDOFRANGE filre 25862 @c ENDOFRANGE dirch 25863 @c ENDOFRANGE statg 25864 @c ENDOFRANGE chdirg 25865 @c ENDOFRANGE gladfgaw 25866 @c ENDOFRANGE adfugaw 25867 @c ENDOFRANGE fubadgaw 25868 25869 @node Future Extensions 25870 @appendixsec Probable Future Extensions 25871 @ignore 25872 From emory!scalpel.netlabs.com!lwall Tue Oct 31 12:43:17 1995 25873 Return-Path: <emory!scalpel.netlabs.com!lwall> 25874 Message-Id: <9510311732.AA28472 (a] scalpel.netlabs.com> 25875 To: arnold (a] skeeve.atl.ga.us (Arnold D. Robbins) 25876 Subject: Re: May I quote you? 25877 In-Reply-To: Your message of "Tue, 31 Oct 95 09:11:00 EST." 25878 <m0tAHPQ-00014MC (a] skeeve.atl.ga.us> 25879 Date: Tue, 31 Oct 95 09:32:46 -0800 25880 From: Larry Wall <emory!scalpel.netlabs.com!lwall> 25881 25882 : Greetings. I am working on the release of gawk 3.0. Part of it will be a 25883 : thoroughly updated manual. One of the sections deals with planned future 25884 : extensions and enhancements. I have the following at the beginning 25885 : of it: 25886 : 25887 : @cindex PERL 25888 : @cindex Wall, Larry 25889 : @display 25890 : @i{AWK is a language similar to PERL, only considerably more elegant.} @* 25891 : Arnold Robbins 25892 : @sp 1 25893 : @i{Hey!} @* 25894 : Larry Wall 25895 : @end display 25896 : 25897 : Before I actually release this for publication, I wanted to get your 25898 : permission to quote you. (Hopefully, in the spirit of much of GNU, the 25899 : implied humor is visible... :-) 25900 25901 I think that would be fine. 25902 25903 Larry 25904 @end ignore 25905 @cindex PERL 25906 @cindex Wall, Larry 25907 @cindex Robbins, Arnold 25908 @quotation 25909 @i{AWK is a language similar to PERL, only considerably more elegant.}@* 25910 Arnold Robbins 25911 25912 @i{Hey!}@* 25913 Larry Wall 25914 @end quotation 25915 25916 This @value{SECTION} briefly lists extensions and possible improvements 25917 that indicate the directions we are 25918 currently considering for @command{gawk}. The file @file{FUTURES} in the 25919 @command{gawk} distribution lists these extensions as well. 25920 25921 Following is a list of probable future changes visible at the 25922 @command{awk} language level: 25923 25924 @c these are ordered by likelihood 25925 @table @asis 25926 @item Loadable module interface 25927 It is not clear that the @command{awk}-level interface to the 25928 modules facility is as good as it should be. The interface needs to be 25929 redesigned, particularly taking namespace issues into account, as 25930 well as possibly including issues such as library search path order 25931 and versioning. 25932 25933 @item @code{RECLEN} variable for fixed-length records 25934 Along with @code{FIELDWIDTHS}, this would speed up the processing of 25935 fixed-length records. 25936 @code{PROCINFO["RS"]} would be @code{"RS"} or @code{"RECLEN"}, 25937 depending upon which kind of record processing is in effect. 25938 25939 @item Additional @code{printf} specifiers 25940 The 1999 ISO C standard added a number of additional @code{printf} 25941 format specifiers. These should be evaluated for possible inclusion 25942 in @command{gawk}. 25943 25944 @ignore 25945 @item A @samp{%'d} flag 25946 Add @samp{%'d} for putting in commas in formatting numeric values. 25947 @end ignore 25948 25949 @item Databases 25950 It may be possible to map a GDBM/NDBM/SDBM file into an @command{awk} array. 25951 25952 @item Large character sets 25953 It would be nice if @command{gawk} could handle UTF-8 and other 25954 character sets that are larger than eight bits. 25955 25956 @item More @code{lint} warnings 25957 There are more things that could be checked for portability. 25958 @end table 25959 25960 Following is a list of probable improvements that will make @command{gawk}'s 25961 source code easier to work with: 25962 25963 @table @asis 25964 @item Loadable module mechanics 25965 The current extension mechanism works 25966 (@pxref{Dynamic Extensions}), 25967 but is rather primitive. It requires a fair amount of manual work 25968 to create and integrate a loadable module. 25969 Nor is the current mechanism as portable as might be desired. 25970 The GNU @command{libtool} package provides a number of features that 25971 would make using loadable modules much easier. 25972 @command{gawk} should be changed to use @command{libtool}. 25973 25974 @item Loadable module internals 25975 The API to its internals that @command{gawk} ``exports'' should be revised. 25976 Too many things are needlessly exposed. A new API should be designed 25977 and implemented to make module writing easier. 25978 25979 @item Better array subscript management 25980 @command{gawk}'s management of array subscript storage could use revamping, 25981 so that using the same value to index multiple arrays only 25982 stores one copy of the index value. 25983 25984 @item Integrating the DBUG library 25985 Integrating Fred Fish's DBUG library would be helpful during development, 25986 but it's a lot of work to do. 25987 @end table 25988 25989 Following is a list of probable improvements that will make @command{gawk} 25990 perform better: 25991 25992 @table @asis 25993 @c NEXT ED: remove this item. awka and mawk do these respectively 25994 @item Compilation of @command{awk} programs 25995 @command{gawk} uses a Bison (YACC-like) 25996 parser to convert the script given it into a syntax tree; the syntax 25997 tree is then executed by a simple recursive evaluator. This method incurs 25998 a lot of overhead, since the recursive evaluator performs many procedure 25999 calls to do even the simplest things. 26000 26001 It should be possible for @command{gawk} to convert the script's parse tree 26002 into a C program which the user would then compile, using the normal 26003 C compiler and a special @command{gawk} library to provide all the needed 26004 functions (regexps, fields, associative arrays, type coercion, and so on). 26005 26006 @c last comma is part of secondary 26007 @cindex @command{gawk}, interpreter, adding code to 26008 An easier possibility might be for an intermediate phase of @command{gawk} to 26009 convert the parse tree into a linear byte code form like the one used 26010 in GNU Emacs Lisp. The recursive evaluator would then be replaced by 26011 a straight line byte code interpreter that would be intermediate in speed 26012 between running a compiled program and doing what @command{gawk} does 26013 now. 26014 @end table 26015 26016 Finally, 26017 the programs in the test suite could use documenting in this @value{DOCUMENT}. 26018 26019 @xref{Additions}, 26020 if you are interested in tackling any of these projects. 26021 @c ENDOFRANGE impis 26022 @c ENDOFRANGE gawii 26023 26024 @node Basic Concepts 26025 @appendix Basic Programming Concepts 26026 @cindex programming, concepts 26027 @c STARTOFRANGE procon 26028 @cindex programming, concepts 26029 26030 This @value{APPENDIX} attempts to define some of the basic concepts 26031 and terms that are used throughout the rest of this @value{DOCUMENT}. 26032 As this @value{DOCUMENT} is specifically about @command{awk}, 26033 and not about computer programming in general, the coverage here 26034 is by necessity fairly cursory and simplistic. 26035 (If you need more background, there are many 26036 other introductory texts that you should refer to instead.) 26037 26038 @menu 26039 * Basic High Level:: The high level view. 26040 * Basic Data Typing:: A very quick intro to data types. 26041 * Floating Point Issues:: Stuff to know about floating-point numbers. 26042 @end menu 26043 26044 @node Basic High Level 26045 @appendixsec What a Program Does 26046 26047 @cindex processing data 26048 At the most basic level, the job of a program is to process 26049 some input data and produce results. 26050 26051 @c NEXT ED: Use real images here 26052 @iftex 26053 @tex 26054 \expandafter\ifx\csname graph\endcsname\relax \csname newbox\endcsname\graph\fi 26055 \expandafter\ifx\csname graphtemp\endcsname\relax \csname newdimen\endcsname\graphtemp\fi 26056 \setbox\graph=\vtop{\vskip 0pt\hbox{% 26057 \special{pn 20}% 26058 \special{pa 2425 200}% 26059 \special{pa 2850 200}% 26060 \special{fp}% 26061 \special{sh 1.000}% 26062 \special{pn 20}% 26063 \special{pa 2750 175}% 26064 \special{pa 2850 200}% 26065 \special{pa 2750 225}% 26066 \special{pa 2750 175}% 26067 \special{fp}% 26068 \special{pn 20}% 26069 \special{pa 850 200}% 26070 \special{pa 1250 200}% 26071 \special{fp}% 26072 \special{sh 1.000}% 26073 \special{pn 20}% 26074 \special{pa 1150 175}% 26075 \special{pa 1250 200}% 26076 \special{pa 1150 225}% 26077 \special{pa 1150 175}% 26078 \special{fp}% 26079 \special{pn 20}% 26080 \special{pa 2950 400}% 26081 \special{pa 3650 400}% 26082 \special{pa 3650 0}% 26083 \special{pa 2950 0}% 26084 \special{pa 2950 400}% 26085 \special{fp}% 26086 \special{pn 10}% 26087 \special{ar 1800 200 450 200 0 6.28319}% 26088 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26089 \rlap{\kern 3.300in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Results\hss}}% 26090 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26091 \rlap{\kern 1.800in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Program\hss}}% 26092 \special{pn 10}% 26093 \special{pa 0 400}% 26094 \special{pa 700 400}% 26095 \special{pa 700 0}% 26096 \special{pa 0 0}% 26097 \special{pa 0 400}% 26098 \special{fp}% 26099 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26100 \rlap{\kern 0.350in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Data\hss}}% 26101 \hbox{\vrule depth0.400in width0pt height 0pt}% 26102 \kern 3.650in 26103 }% 26104 }% 26105 \centerline{\box\graph} 26106 @end tex 26107 @end iftex 26108 @ifnottex 26109 @example 26110 _______ 26111 +------+ / \ +---------+ 26112 | Data | -----> < Program > -----> | Results | 26113 +------+ \_______/ +---------+ 26114 @end example 26115 @end ifnottex 26116 26117 @cindex compiled programs 26118 @cindex interpreted programs 26119 The ``program'' in the figure can be either a compiled 26120 program@footnote{Compiled programs are typically written 26121 in lower-level languages such as C, C++, Fortran, or Ada, 26122 and then translated, or @dfn{compiled}, into a form that 26123 the computer can execute directly.} 26124 (such as @command{ls}), 26125 or it may be @dfn{interpreted}. In the latter case, a machine-executable 26126 program such as @command{awk} reads your program, and then uses the 26127 instructions in your program to process the data. 26128 26129 @cindex programming, basic steps 26130 When you write a program, it usually consists 26131 of the following, very basic set of steps: 26132 26133 @c NEXT ED: Use real images here 26134 @iftex 26135 @tex 26136 \expandafter\ifx\csname graph\endcsname\relax \csname newbox\endcsname\graph\fi 26137 \expandafter\ifx\csname graphtemp\endcsname\relax \csname newdimen\endcsname\graphtemp\fi 26138 \setbox\graph=\vtop{\vskip 0pt\hbox{% 26139 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.600in 26140 \rlap{\kern 2.800in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Yes\hss}}% 26141 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.100in 26142 \rlap{\kern 3.300in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss No\hss}}% 26143 \special{pn 8}% 26144 \special{pa 2100 1000}% 26145 \special{pa 1600 1000}% 26146 \special{pa 1600 1000}% 26147 \special{pa 1600 300}% 26148 \special{fp}% 26149 \special{sh 1.000}% 26150 \special{pn 8}% 26151 \special{pa 1575 400}% 26152 \special{pa 1600 300}% 26153 \special{pa 1625 400}% 26154 \special{pa 1575 400}% 26155 \special{fp}% 26156 \special{pn 8}% 26157 \special{pa 2600 500}% 26158 \special{pa 2600 900}% 26159 \special{fp}% 26160 \special{sh 1.000}% 26161 \special{pn 8}% 26162 \special{pa 2625 800}% 26163 \special{pa 2600 900}% 26164 \special{pa 2575 800}% 26165 \special{pa 2625 800}% 26166 \special{fp}% 26167 \special{pn 8}% 26168 \special{pa 3200 200}% 26169 \special{pa 4000 200}% 26170 \special{fp}% 26171 \special{sh 1.000}% 26172 \special{pn 8}% 26173 \special{pa 3900 175}% 26174 \special{pa 4000 200}% 26175 \special{pa 3900 225}% 26176 \special{pa 3900 175}% 26177 \special{fp}% 26178 \special{pn 8}% 26179 \special{pa 1400 200}% 26180 \special{pa 2100 200}% 26181 \special{fp}% 26182 \special{sh 1.000}% 26183 \special{pn 8}% 26184 \special{pa 2000 175}% 26185 \special{pa 2100 200}% 26186 \special{pa 2000 225}% 26187 \special{pa 2000 175}% 26188 \special{fp}% 26189 \special{pn 8}% 26190 \special{ar 2600 1000 400 100 0 6.28319}% 26191 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 1.000in 26192 \rlap{\kern 2.600in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Process\hss}}% 26193 \special{pn 8}% 26194 \special{pa 2200 400}% 26195 \special{pa 3100 400}% 26196 \special{pa 3100 0}% 26197 \special{pa 2200 0}% 26198 \special{pa 2200 400}% 26199 \special{fp}% 26200 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26201 \rlap{\kern 2.688in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss More Data?\hss}}% 26202 \special{pn 8}% 26203 \special{ar 650 200 650 200 0 6.28319}% 26204 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26205 \rlap{\kern 0.613in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Initialization\hss}}% 26206 \special{pn 8}% 26207 \special{ar 0 200 0 0 0 6.28319}% 26208 \special{pn 8}% 26209 \special{ar 4550 200 450 100 0 6.28319}% 26210 \graphtemp=.5ex\advance\graphtemp by 0.200in 26211 \rlap{\kern 4.600in\lower\graphtemp\hbox to 0pt{\hss Clean Up\hss}}% 26212 \hbox{\vrule depth1.100in width0pt height 0pt}% 26213 \kern 5.000in 26214 }% 26215 }% 26216 \centerline{\box\graph} 26217 @end tex 26218 @end iftex 26219 @ifnottex 26220 @example 26221 ______ 26222 +----------------+ / More \ No +----------+ 26223 | Initialization | -------> < Data > -------> | Clean Up | 26224 +----------------+ ^ \ ? / +----------+ 26225 | +--+-+ 26226 | | Yes 26227 | | 26228 | V 26229 | +---------+ 26230 +-----+ Process | 26231 +---------+ 26232 @end example 26233 @end ifnottex 26234 26235 @table @asis 26236 @item Initialization 26237 These are the things you do before actually starting to process 26238 data, such as checking arguments, initializing any data you need 26239 to work with, and so on. 26240 This step corresponds to @command{awk}'s @code{BEGIN} rule 26241 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 26242 26243 If you were baking a cake, this might consist of laying out all the 26244 mixing bowls and the baking pan, and making sure you have all the 26245 ingredients that you need. 26246 26247 @item Processing 26248 This is where the actual work is done. Your program reads data, 26249 one logical chunk at a time, and processes it as appropriate. 26250 26251 In most programming languages, you have to manually manage the reading 26252 of data, checking to see if there is more each time you read a chunk. 26253 @command{awk}'s pattern-action paradigm 26254 (@pxref{Getting Started}) 26255 handles the mechanics of this for you. 26256 26257 In baking a cake, the processing corresponds to the actual labor: 26258 breaking eggs, mixing the flour, water, and other ingredients, and then putting the cake 26259 into the oven. 26260 26261 @item Clean Up 26262 Once you've processed all the data, you may have things you need to 26263 do before exiting. 26264 This step corresponds to @command{awk}'s @code{END} rule 26265 (@pxref{BEGIN/END}). 26266 26267 After the cake comes out of the oven, you still have to wrap it in 26268 plastic wrap to keep anyone from tasting it, as well as wash 26269 the mixing bowls and utensils. 26270 @end table 26271 26272 @cindex algorithms 26273 An @dfn{algorithm} is a detailed set of instructions necessary to accomplish 26274 a task, or process data. It is much the same as a recipe for baking 26275 a cake. Programs implement algorithms. Often, it is up to you to design 26276 the algorithm and implement it, simultaneously. 26277 26278 @cindex records 26279 @cindex fields 26280 The ``logical chunks'' we talked about previously are called @dfn{records}, 26281 similar to the records a company keeps on employees, a school keeps for 26282 students, or a doctor keeps for patients. 26283 Each record has many component parts, such as first and last names, 26284 date of birth, address, and so on. The component parts are referred 26285 to as the @dfn{fields} of the record. 26286 26287 The act of reading data is termed @dfn{input}, and that of 26288 generating results, not too surprisingly, is termed @dfn{output}. 26289 They are often referred to together as ``input/output,'' 26290 and even more often, as ``I/O'' for short. 26291 (You will also see ``input'' and ``output'' used as verbs.) 26292 26293 @cindex data-driven languages 26294 @c comma is part of primary 26295 @cindex languages, data-driven 26296 @command{awk} manages the reading of data for you, as well as the 26297 breaking it up into records and fields. Your program's job is to 26298 tell @command{awk} what to with the data. You do this by describing 26299 @dfn{patterns} in the data to look for, and @dfn{actions} to execute 26300 when those patterns are seen. This @dfn{data-driven} nature of 26301 @command{awk} programs usually makes them both easier to write 26302 and easier to read. 26303 26304 @node Basic Data Typing 26305 @appendixsec Data Values in a Computer 26306 26307 @cindex variables 26308 In a program, 26309 you keep track of information and values in things called @dfn{variables}. 26310 A variable is just a name for a given value, such as @code{first_name}, 26311 @code{last_name}, @code{address}, and so on. 26312 @command{awk} has several predefined variables, and it has 26313 special names to refer to the current input record 26314 and the fields of the record. 26315 You may also group multiple 26316 associated values under one name, as an array. 26317 26318 @cindex values, numeric 26319 @cindex values, string 26320 @cindex scalar values 26321 Data, particularly in @command{awk}, consists of either numeric 26322 values, such as 42 or 3.1415927, or string values. 26323 String values are essentially anything that's not a number, such as a name. 26324 Strings are sometimes referred to as @dfn{character data}, since they 26325 store the individual characters that comprise them. 26326 Individual variables, as well as numeric and string variables, are 26327 referred to as @dfn{scalar} values. 26328 Groups of values, such as arrays, are not scalars. 26329 26330 @cindex integers 26331 @cindex floating-point, numbers 26332 @cindex numbers, floating-point 26333 Within computers, there are two kinds of numeric values: @dfn{integers} 26334 and @dfn{floating-point}. 26335 In school, integer values were referred to as ``whole'' numbers---that is, 26336 numbers without any fractional part, such as 1, 42, or @minus{}17. 26337 The advantage to integer numbers is that they represent values exactly. 26338 The disadvantage is that their range is limited. On most modern systems, 26339 this range is @minus{}2,147,483,648 to 2,147,483,647. 26340 26341 @cindex unsigned integers 26342 @cindex integers, unsigned 26343 Integer values come in two flavors: @dfn{signed} and @dfn{unsigned}. 26344 Signed values may be negative or positive, with the range of values just 26345 described. 26346 Unsigned values are always positive. On most modern systems, 26347 the range is from 0 to 4,294,967,295. 26348 26349 @cindex double-precision floating-point 26350 @cindex single-precision floating-point 26351 Floating-point numbers represent what are called ``real'' numbers; i.e., 26352 those that do have a fractional part, such as 3.1415927. 26353 The advantage to floating-point numbers is that they 26354 can represent a much larger range of values. 26355 The disadvantage is that there are numbers that they cannot represent 26356 exactly. 26357 @command{awk} uses @dfn{double-precision} floating-point numbers, which 26358 can hold more digits than @dfn{single-precision} 26359 floating-point numbers. 26360 Floating-point issues are discussed more fully in 26361 @ref{Floating Point Issues}. 26362 26363 At the very lowest level, computers store values as groups of binary digits, 26364 or @dfn{bits}. Modern computers group bits into groups of eight, called @dfn{bytes}. 26365 Advanced applications sometimes have to manipulate bits directly, 26366 and @command{gawk} provides functions for doing so. 26367 26368 @cindex null strings 26369 While you are probably used to the idea of a number without a value (i.e., zero), 26370 it takes a bit more getting used to the idea of zero-length character data. 26371 Nevertheless, such a thing exists. 26372 It is called the @dfn{null string}. 26373 The null string is character data that has no value. 26374 In other words, it is empty. It is written in @command{awk} programs 26375 like this: @code{""}. 26376 26377 Humans are used to working in decimal; i.e., base 10. In base 10, 26378 numbers go from 0 to 9, and then ``roll over'' into the next 26379 column. (Remember grade school? 42 is 4 times 10 plus 2.) 26380 26381 There are other number bases though. Computers commonly use base 2 26382 or @dfn{binary}, base 8 or @dfn{octal}, and base 16 or @dfn{hexadecimal}. 26383 In binary, each column represents two times the value in the column to 26384 its right. Each column may contain either a 0 or a 1. 26385 Thus, binary 1010 represents 1 times 8, plus 0 times 4, plus 1 times 2, 26386 plus 0 times 1, or decimal 10. 26387 Octal and hexadecimal are discussed more in 26388 @ref{Nondecimal-numbers}. 26389 26390 Programs are written in programming languages. 26391 Hundreds, if not thousands, of programming languages exist. 26392 One of the most popular is the C programming language. 26393 The C language had a very strong influence on the design of 26394 the @command{awk} language. 26395 26396 @cindex Kernighan, Brian 26397 @cindex Ritchie, Dennis 26398 There have been several versions of C. The first is often referred to 26399 as ``K&R'' C, after the initials of Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie, 26400 the authors of the first book on C. (Dennis Ritchie created the language, 26401 and Brian Kernighan was one of the creators of @command{awk}.) 26402 26403 In the mid-1980s, an effort began to produce an international standard 26404 for C. This work culminated in 1989, with the production of the ANSI 26405 standard for C. This standard became an ISO standard in 1990. 26406 Where it makes sense, POSIX @command{awk} is compatible with 1990 ISO C. 26407 26408 In 1999, a revised ISO C standard was approved and released. 26409 Future versions of @command{gawk} will be as compatible as possible 26410 with this standard. 26411 26412 @node Floating Point Issues 26413 @appendixsec Floating-Point Number Caveats 26414 26415 As mentioned earlier, floating-point numbers represent what are called 26416 ``real'' numbers, i.e., those that have a fractional part. @command{awk} 26417 uses double-precision floating-point numbers to represent all 26418 numeric values. This @value{SECTION} describes some of the issues 26419 involved in using floating-point numbers. 26420 26421 There is a very nice paper on floating-point arithmetic by 26422 David Goldberg, ``What Every 26423 Computer Scientist Should Know About Floating-point Arithmetic,'' 26424 @cite{ACM Computing Surveys} @strong{23}, 1 (1991-03), 26425 5-48.@footnote{@uref{http://www.validlab.com/goldberg/paper.ps}.} 26426 This is worth reading if you are interested in the details, 26427 but it does require a background in computer science. 26428 26429 Internally, @command{awk} keeps both the numeric value 26430 (double-precision floating-point) and the string value for a variable. 26431 Separately, @command{awk} keeps 26432 track of what type the variable has 26433 (@pxref{Typing and Comparison}), 26434 which plays a role in how variables are used in comparisons. 26435 26436 It is important to note that the string value for a number may not 26437 reflect the full value (all the digits) that the numeric value 26438 actually contains. 26439 The following program (@file{values.awk}) illustrates this: 26440 26441 @example 26442 @{ 26443 $1 = $2 + $3 26444 # see it for what it is 26445 printf("$1 = %.12g\n", $1) 26446 # use CONVFMT 26447 a = "<" $1 ">" 26448 print "a =", a 26449 @group 26450 # use OFMT 26451 print "$1 =", $1 26452 @end group 26453 @} 26454 @end example 26455 26456 @noindent 26457 This program shows the full value of the sum of @code{$2} and @code{$3} 26458 using @code{printf}, and then prints the string values obtained 26459 from both automatic conversion (via @code{CONVFMT}) and 26460 from printing (via @code{OFMT}). 26461 26462 Here is what happens when the program is run: 26463 26464 @example 26465 $ echo 2 3.654321 1.2345678 | awk -f values.awk 26466 @print{} $1 = 4.8888888 26467 @print{} a = <4.88889> 26468 @print{} $1 = 4.88889 26469 @end example 26470 26471 This makes it clear that the full numeric value is different from 26472 what the default string representations show. 26473 26474 @code{CONVFMT}'s default value is @code{"%.6g"}, which yields a value with 26475 at least six significant digits. For some applications, you might want to 26476 change it to specify more precision. 26477 On most modern machines, most of the time, 26478 17 digits is enough to capture a floating-point number's 26479 value exactly.@footnote{Pathological cases can require up to 26480 752 digits (!), but we doubt that you need to worry about this.} 26481 26482 @cindex floating-point 26483 Unlike numbers in the abstract sense (such as what you studied in high school 26484 or college math), numbers stored in computers are limited in certain ways. 26485 They cannot represent an infinite number of digits, nor can they always 26486 represent things exactly. 26487 In particular, 26488 floating-point numbers cannot 26489 always represent values exactly. Here is an example: 26490 26491 @example 26492 $ awk '@{ printf("%010d\n", $1 * 100) @}' 26493 515.79 26494 @print{} 0000051579 26495 515.80 26496 @print{} 0000051579 26497 515.81 26498 @print{} 0000051580 26499 515.82 26500 @print{} 0000051582 26501 @kbd{@value{CTL}-d} 26502 @end example 26503 26504 @noindent 26505 This shows that some values can be represented exactly, 26506 whereas others are only approximated. This is not a ``bug'' 26507 in @command{awk}, but simply an artifact of how computers 26508 represent numbers. 26509 26510 @cindex negative zero 26511 @cindex positive zero 26512 @c comma is part of primary 26513 @cindex zero, negative vs.@: positive 26514 Another peculiarity of floating-point numbers on modern systems 26515 is that they often have more than one representation for the number zero! 26516 In particular, it is possible to represent ``minus zero'' as well as 26517 regular, or ``positive'' zero. 26518 26519 This example shows that negative and positive zero are distinct values 26520 when stored internally, but that they are in fact equal to each other, 26521 as well as to ``regular'' zero: 26522 26523 @smallexample 26524 $ gawk 'BEGIN @{ mz = -0 ; pz = 0 26525 > printf "-0 = %g, +0 = %g, (-0 == +0) -> %d\n", mz, pz, mz == pz 26526 > printf "mz == 0 -> %d, pz == 0 -> %d\n", mz == 0, pz == 0 26527 > @}' 26528 @print{} -0 = -0, +0 = 0, (-0 == +0) -> 1 26529 @print{} mz == 0 -> 1, pz == 0 -> 1 26530 @end smallexample 26531 26532 It helps to keep this in mind should you process numeric data 26533 that contains negative zero values; the fact that the zero is negative 26534 is noted and can affect comparisons. 26535 @c ENDOFRANGE procon 26536 26537 @node Glossary 26538 @unnumbered Glossary 26539 26540 @table @asis 26541 @item Action 26542 A series of @command{awk} statements attached to a rule. If the rule's 26543 pattern matches an input record, @command{awk} executes the 26544 rule's action. Actions are always enclosed in curly braces. 26545 (@xref{Action Overview}.) 26546 26547 @cindex Spencer, Henry 26548 @cindex @command{sed} utility 26549 @cindex amazing @command{awk} assembler (@command{aaa}) 26550 @item Amazing @command{awk} Assembler 26551 Henry Spencer at the University of Toronto wrote a retargetable assembler 26552 completely as @command{sed} and @command{awk} scripts. It is thousands 26553 of lines long, including machine descriptions for several eight-bit 26554 microcomputers. It is a good example of a program that would have been 26555 better written in another language. 26556 You can get it from @uref{ftp://ftp.freefriends.org/arnold/Awkstuff/aaa.tgz}. 26557 26558 @cindex amazingly workable formatter (@command{awf}) 26559 @cindex @command{awf} (amazingly workable formatter) program 26560 @item Amazingly Workable Formatter (@command{awf}) 26561 Henry Spencer at the University of Toronto wrote a formatter that accepts 26562 a large subset of the @samp{nroff -ms} and @samp{nroff -man} formatting 26563 commands, using @command{awk} and @command{sh}. 26564 It is available over the Internet 26565 from @uref{ftp://ftp.freefriends.org/arnold/Awkstuff/awf.tgz}. 26566 26567 @item Anchor 26568 The regexp metacharacters @samp{^} and @samp{$}, which force the match 26569 to the beginning or end of the string, respectively. 26570 26571 @cindex ANSI 26572 @item ANSI 26573 The American National Standards Institute. This organization produces 26574 many standards, among them the standards for the C and C++ programming 26575 languages. 26576 These standards often become international standards as well. See also 26577 ``ISO.'' 26578 26579 @item Array 26580 A grouping of multiple values under the same name. 26581 Most languages just provide sequential arrays. 26582 @command{awk} provides associative arrays. 26583 26584 @item Assertion 26585 A statement in a program that a condition is true at this point in the program. 26586 Useful for reasoning about how a program is supposed to behave. 26587 26588 @item Assignment 26589 An @command{awk} expression that changes the value of some @command{awk} 26590 variable or data object. An object that you can assign to is called an 26591 @dfn{lvalue}. The assigned values are called @dfn{rvalues}. 26592 @xref{Assignment Ops}. 26593 26594 @item Associative Array 26595 Arrays in which the indices may be numbers or strings, not just 26596 sequential integers in a fixed range. 26597 26598 @item @command{awk} Language 26599 The language in which @command{awk} programs are written. 26600 26601 @item @command{awk} Program 26602 An @command{awk} program consists of a series of @dfn{patterns} and 26603 @dfn{actions}, collectively known as @dfn{rules}. For each input record 26604 given to the program, the program's rules are all processed in turn. 26605 @command{awk} programs may also contain function definitions. 26606 26607 @item @command{awk} Script 26608 Another name for an @command{awk} program. 26609 26610 @item Bash 26611 The GNU version of the standard shell 26612 @ifnotinfo 26613 (the @b{B}ourne-@b{A}gain @b{SH}ell). 26614 @end ifnotinfo 26615 @ifinfo 26616 (the Bourne-Again SHell). 26617 @end ifinfo 26618 See also ``Bourne Shell.'' 26619 26620 @item BBS 26621 See ``Bulletin Board System.'' 26622 26623 @item Bit 26624 Short for ``Binary Digit.'' 26625 All values in computer memory ultimately reduce to binary digits: values 26626 that are either zero or one. 26627 Groups of bits may be interpreted differently---as integers, 26628 floating-point numbers, character data, addresses of other 26629 memory objects, or other data. 26630 @command{awk} lets you work with floating-point numbers and strings. 26631 @command{gawk} lets you manipulate bit values with the built-in 26632 functions described in 26633 @ref{Bitwise Functions}. 26634 26635 Computers are often defined by how many bits they use to represent integer 26636 values. Typical systems are 32-bit systems, but 64-bit systems are 26637 becoming increasingly popular, and 16-bit systems are waning in 26638 popularity. 26639 26640 @item Boolean Expression 26641 Named after the English mathematician Boole. See also ``Logical Expression.'' 26642 26643 @item Bourne Shell 26644 The standard shell (@file{/bin/sh}) on Unix and Unix-like systems, 26645 originally written by Steven R.@: Bourne. 26646 Many shells (@command{bash}, @command{ksh}, @command{pdksh}, @command{zsh}) are 26647 generally upwardly compatible with the Bourne shell. 26648 26649 @item Built-in Function 26650 The @command{awk} language provides built-in functions that perform various 26651 numerical, I/O-related, and string computations. Examples are 26652 @code{sqrt} (for the square root of a number) and @code{substr} (for a 26653 substring of a string). 26654 @command{gawk} provides functions for timestamp management, bit manipulation, 26655 and runtime string translation. 26656 (@xref{Built-in}.) 26657 26658 @item Built-in Variable 26659 @code{ARGC}, 26660 @code{ARGV}, 26661 @code{CONVFMT}, 26662 @code{ENVIRON}, 26663 @code{FILENAME}, 26664 @code{FNR}, 26665 @code{FS}, 26666 @code{NF}, 26667 @code{NR}, 26668 @code{OFMT}, 26669 @code{OFS}, 26670 @code{ORS}, 26671 @code{RLENGTH}, 26672 @code{RSTART}, 26673 @code{RS}, 26674 and 26675 @code{SUBSEP} 26676 are the variables that have special meaning to @command{awk}. 26677 In addition, 26678 @code{ARGIND}, 26679 @code{BINMODE}, 26680 @code{ERRNO}, 26681 @code{FIELDWIDTHS}, 26682 @code{IGNORECASE}, 26683 @code{LINT}, 26684 @code{PROCINFO}, 26685 @code{RT}, 26686 and 26687 @code{TEXTDOMAIN} 26688 are the variables that have special meaning to @command{gawk}. 26689 Changing some of them affects @command{awk}'s running environment. 26690 (@xref{Built-in Variables}.) 26691 26692 @item Braces 26693 See ``Curly Braces.'' 26694 26695 @item Bulletin Board System 26696 A computer system allowing users to log in and read and/or leave messages 26697 for other users of the system, much like leaving paper notes on a bulletin 26698 board. 26699 26700 @item C 26701 The system programming language that most GNU software is written in. The 26702 @command{awk} programming language has C-like syntax, and this @value{DOCUMENT} 26703 points out similarities between @command{awk} and C when appropriate. 26704 26705 In general, @command{gawk} attempts to be as similar to the 1990 version 26706 of ISO C as makes sense. Future versions of @command{gawk} may adopt features 26707 from the newer 1999 standard, as appropriate. 26708 26709 @item C++ 26710 A popular object-oriented programming language derived from C. 26711 26712 @cindex ISO 8859-1 26713 @cindex ISO Latin-1 26714 @cindex character sets (machine character encodings) 26715 @item Character Set 26716 The set of numeric codes used by a computer system to represent the 26717 characters (letters, numbers, punctuation, etc.) of a particular country 26718 or place. The most common character set in use today is ASCII (American 26719 Standard Code for Information Interchange). Many European 26720 countries use an extension of ASCII known as ISO-8859-1 (ISO Latin-1). 26721 26722 @cindex @command{chem} utility 26723 @item CHEM 26724 A preprocessor for @command{pic} that reads descriptions of molecules 26725 and produces @command{pic} input for drawing them. 26726 It was written in @command{awk} 26727 by Brian Kernighan and Jon Bentley, and is available from 26728 @uref{http://cm.bell-labs.com/netlib/typesetting/chem.gz}. 26729 26730 @item Coprocess 26731 A subordinate program with which two-way communications is possible. 26732 26733 @cindex compiled programs 26734 @item Compiler 26735 A program that translates human-readable source code into 26736 machine-executable object code. The object code is then executed 26737 directly by the computer. 26738 See also ``Interpreter.'' 26739 26740 @item Compound Statement 26741 A series of @command{awk} statements, enclosed in curly braces. Compound 26742 statements may be nested. 26743 (@xref{Statements}.) 26744 26745 @item Concatenation 26746 Concatenating two strings means sticking them together, one after another, 26747 producing a new string. For example, the string @samp{foo} concatenated with 26748 the string @samp{bar} gives the string @samp{foobar}. 26749 (@xref{Concatenation}.) 26750 26751 @item Conditional Expression 26752 An expression using the @samp{?:} ternary operator, such as 26753 @samp{@var{expr1} ? @var{expr2} : @var{expr3}}. The expression 26754 @var{expr1} is evaluated; if the result is true, the value of the whole 26755 expression is the value of @var{expr2}; otherwise the value is 26756 @var{expr3}. In either case, only one of @var{expr2} and @var{expr3} 26757 is evaluated. (@xref{Conditional Exp}.) 26758 26759 @item Comparison Expression 26760 A relation that is either true or false, such as @samp{(a < b)}. 26761 Comparison expressions are used in @code{if}, @code{while}, @code{do}, 26762 and @code{for} 26763 statements, and in patterns to select which input records to process. 26764 (@xref{Typing and Comparison}.) 26765 26766 @item Curly Braces 26767 The characters @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}. Curly braces are used in 26768 @command{awk} for delimiting actions, compound statements, and function 26769 bodies. 26770 26771 @cindex dark corner 26772 @item Dark Corner 26773 An area in the language where specifications often were (or still 26774 are) not clear, leading to unexpected or undesirable behavior. 26775 Such areas are marked in this @value{DOCUMENT} with 26776 @iftex 26777 the picture of a flashlight in the margin 26778 @end iftex 26779 @ifnottex 26780 ``(d.c.)'' in the text 26781 @end ifnottex 26782 and are indexed under the heading ``dark corner.'' 26783 26784 @item Data Driven 26785 A description of @command{awk} programs, where you specify the data you 26786 are interested in processing, and what to do when that data is seen. 26787 26788 @item Data Objects 26789 These are numbers and strings of characters. Numbers are converted into 26790 strings and vice versa, as needed. 26791 (@xref{Conversion}.) 26792 26793 @item Deadlock 26794 The situation in which two communicating processes are each waiting 26795 for the other to perform an action. 26796 26797 @item Double-Precision 26798 An internal representation of numbers that can have fractional parts. 26799 Double-precision numbers keep track of more digits than do single-precision 26800 numbers, but operations on them are sometimes more expensive. This is the way 26801 @command{awk} stores numeric values. It is the C type @code{double}. 26802 26803 @item Dynamic Regular Expression 26804 A dynamic regular expression is a regular expression written as an 26805 ordinary expression. It could be a string constant, such as 26806 @code{"foo"}, but it may also be an expression whose value can vary. 26807 (@xref{Computed Regexps}.) 26808 26809 @item Environment 26810 A collection of strings, of the form @var{name@code{=}val}, that each 26811 program has available to it. Users generally place values into the 26812 environment in order to provide information to various programs. Typical 26813 examples are the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{PATH}. 26814 26815 @item Empty String 26816 See ``Null String.'' 26817 26818 @cindex epoch, definition of 26819 @item Epoch 26820 The date used as the ``beginning of time'' for timestamps. 26821 Time values in Unix systems are represented as seconds since the epoch, 26822 with library functions available for converting these values into 26823 standard date and time formats. 26824 26825 The epoch on Unix and POSIX systems is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC. 26826 See also ``GMT'' and ``UTC.'' 26827 26828 @item Escape Sequences 26829 A special sequence of characters used for describing nonprinting 26830 characters, such as @samp{\n} for newline or @samp{\033} for the ASCII 26831 ESC (Escape) character. (@xref{Escape Sequences}.) 26832 26833 @item FDL 26834 See ``Free Documentation License.'' 26835 26836 @item Field 26837 When @command{awk} reads an input record, it splits the record into pieces 26838 separated by whitespace (or by a separator regexp that you can 26839 change by setting the built-in variable @code{FS}). Such pieces are 26840 called fields. If the pieces are of fixed length, you can use the built-in 26841 variable @code{FIELDWIDTHS} to describe their lengths. 26842 (@xref{Field Separators}, 26843 and 26844 @ref{Constant Size}.) 26845 26846 @item Flag 26847 A variable whose truth value indicates the existence or nonexistence 26848 of some condition. 26849 26850 @item Floating-Point Number 26851 Often referred to in mathematical terms as a ``rational'' or real number, 26852 this is just a number that can have a fractional part. 26853 See also ``Double-Precision'' and ``Single-Precision.'' 26854 26855 @item Format 26856 Format strings are used to control the appearance of output in the 26857 @code{strftime} and @code{sprintf} functions, and are used in the 26858 @code{printf} statement as well. Also, data conversions from numbers to strings 26859 are controlled by the format string contained in the built-in variable 26860 @code{CONVFMT}. (@xref{Control Letters}.) 26861 26862 @item Free Documentation License 26863 This document describes the terms under which this @value{DOCUMENT} 26864 is published and may be copied. (@xref{GNU Free Documentation License}.) 26865 26866 @item Function 26867 A specialized group of statements used to encapsulate general 26868 or program-specific tasks. @command{awk} has a number of built-in 26869 functions, and also allows you to define your own. 26870 (@xref{Functions}.) 26871 26872 @item FSF 26873 See ``Free Software Foundation.'' 26874 26875 @cindex FSF (Free Software Foundation) 26876 @cindex Free Software Foundation (FSF) 26877 @cindex Stallman, Richard 26878 @item Free Software Foundation 26879 A nonprofit organization dedicated 26880 to the production and distribution of freely distributable software. 26881 It was founded by Richard M.@: Stallman, the author of the original 26882 Emacs editor. GNU Emacs is the most widely used version of Emacs today. 26883 26884 @item @command{gawk} 26885 The GNU implementation of @command{awk}. 26886 26887 @cindex GPL (General Public License) 26888 @cindex General Public License (GPL) 26889 @cindex GNU General Public License 26890 @item General Public License 26891 This document describes the terms under which @command{gawk} and its source 26892 code may be distributed. (@xref{Copying}.) 26893 26894 @item GMT 26895 ``Greenwich Mean Time.'' 26896 This is the old term for UTC. 26897 It is the time of day used as the epoch for Unix and POSIX systems. 26898 See also ``Epoch'' and ``UTC.'' 26899 26900 @cindex FSF (Free Software Foundation) 26901 @cindex Free Software Foundation (FSF) 26902 @cindex GNU Project 26903 @item GNU 26904 ``GNU's not Unix''. An on-going project of the Free Software Foundation 26905 to create a complete, freely distributable, POSIX-compliant computing 26906 environment. 26907 26908 @item GNU/Linux 26909 A variant of the GNU system using the Linux kernel, instead of the 26910 Free Software Foundation's Hurd kernel. 26911 Linux is a stable, efficient, full-featured clone of Unix that has 26912 been ported to a variety of architectures. 26913 It is most popular on PC-class systems, but runs well on a variety of 26914 other systems too. 26915 The Linux kernel source code is available under the terms of the GNU General 26916 Public License, which is perhaps its most important aspect. 26917 26918 @item GPL 26919 See ``General Public License.'' 26920 26921 @item Hexadecimal 26922 Base 16 notation, where the digits are @code{0}--@code{9} and 26923 @code{A}--@code{F}, with @samp{A} 26924 representing 10, @samp{B} representing 11, and so on, up to @samp{F} for 15. 26925 Hexadecimal numbers are written in C using a leading @samp{0x}, 26926 to indicate their base. Thus, @code{0x12} is 18 (1 times 16 plus 2). 26927 26928 @item I/O 26929 Abbreviation for ``Input/Output,'' the act of moving data into and/or 26930 out of a running program. 26931 26932 @item Input Record 26933 A single chunk of data that is read in by @command{awk}. Usually, an @command{awk} input 26934 record consists of one line of text. 26935 (@xref{Records}.) 26936 26937 @item Integer 26938 A whole number, i.e., a number that does not have a fractional part. 26939 26940 @item Internationalization 26941 The process of writing or modifying a program so 26942 that it can use multiple languages without requiring 26943 further source code changes. 26944 26945 @cindex interpreted programs 26946 @item Interpreter 26947 A program that reads human-readable source code directly, and uses 26948 the instructions in it to process data and produce results. 26949 @command{awk} is typically (but not always) implemented as an interpreter. 26950 See also ``Compiler.'' 26951 26952 @item Interval Expression 26953 A component of a regular expression that lets you specify repeated matches of 26954 some part of the regexp. Interval expressions were not traditionally available 26955 in @command{awk} programs. 26956 26957 @cindex ISO 26958 @item ISO 26959 The International Standards Organization. 26960 This organization produces international standards for many things, including 26961 programming languages, such as C and C++. 26962 In the computer arena, important standards like those for C, C++, and POSIX 26963 become both American national and ISO international standards simultaneously. 26964 This @value{DOCUMENT} refers to Standard C as ``ISO C'' throughout. 26965 26966 @item Keyword 26967 In the @command{awk} language, a keyword is a word that has special 26968 meaning. Keywords are reserved and may not be used as variable names. 26969 26970 @command{gawk}'s keywords are: 26971 @code{BEGIN}, 26972 @code{END}, 26973 @code{if}, 26974 @code{else}, 26975 @code{while}, 26976 @code{do@dots{}while}, 26977 @code{for}, 26978 @code{for@dots{}in}, 26979 @code{break}, 26980 @code{continue}, 26981 @code{delete}, 26982 @code{next}, 26983 @code{nextfile}, 26984 @code{function}, 26985 @code{func}, 26986 and 26987 @code{exit}. 26988 26989 @cindex LGPL (Lesser General Public License) 26990 @cindex Lesser General Public License (LGPL) 26991 @cindex GNU Lesser General Public License 26992 @item Lesser General Public License 26993 This document describes the terms under which binary library archives 26994 or shared objects, 26995 and their source code may be distributed. 26996 26997 @item Linux 26998 See ``GNU/Linux.'' 26999 27000 @item LGPL 27001 See ``Lesser General Public License.'' 27002 27003 @item Localization 27004 The process of providing the data necessary for an 27005 internationalized program to work in a particular language. 27006 27007 @item Logical Expression 27008 An expression using the operators for logic, AND, OR, and NOT, written 27009 @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, and @samp{!} in @command{awk}. Often called Boolean 27010 expressions, after the mathematician who pioneered this kind of 27011 mathematical logic. 27012 27013 @item Lvalue 27014 An expression that can appear on the left side of an assignment 27015 operator. In most languages, lvalues can be variables or array 27016 elements. In @command{awk}, a field designator can also be used as an 27017 lvalue. 27018 27019 @item Matching 27020 The act of testing a string against a regular expression. If the 27021 regexp describes the contents of the string, it is said to @dfn{match} it. 27022 27023 @item Metacharacters 27024 Characters used within a regexp that do not stand for themselves. 27025 Instead, they denote regular expression operations, such as repetition, 27026 grouping, or alternation. 27027 27028 @item Null String 27029 A string with no characters in it. It is represented explicitly in 27030 @command{awk} programs by placing two double quote characters next to 27031 each other (@code{""}). It can appear in input data by having two successive 27032 occurrences of the field separator appear next to each other. 27033 27034 @item Number 27035 A numeric-valued data object. Modern @command{awk} implementations use 27036 double-precision floating-point to represent numbers. 27037 Very old @command{awk} implementations use single-precision floating-point. 27038 27039 @item Octal 27040 Base-eight notation, where the digits are @code{0}--@code{7}. 27041 Octal numbers are written in C using a leading @samp{0}, 27042 to indicate their base. Thus, @code{013} is 11 (one times 8 plus 3). 27043 27044 @cindex P1003.2 POSIX standard 27045 @item P1003.2 27046 See ``POSIX.'' 27047 27048 @item Pattern 27049 Patterns tell @command{awk} which input records are interesting to which 27050 rules. 27051 27052 A pattern is an arbitrary conditional expression against which input is 27053 tested. If the condition is satisfied, the pattern is said to @dfn{match} 27054 the input record. A typical pattern might compare the input record against 27055 a regular expression. (@xref{Pattern Overview}.) 27056 27057 @item POSIX 27058 The name for a series of standards 27059 @c being developed by the IEEE 27060 that specify a Portable Operating System interface. The ``IX'' denotes 27061 the Unix heritage of these standards. The main standard of interest for 27062 @command{awk} users is 27063 @cite{IEEE Standard for Information Technology, Standard 1003.2-1992, 27064 Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part 2: Shell and Utilities}. 27065 Informally, this standard is often referred to as simply ``P1003.2.'' 27066 27067 @item Precedence 27068 The order in which operations are performed when operators are used 27069 without explicit parentheses. 27070 27071 @item Private 27072 Variables and/or functions that are meant for use exclusively by library 27073 functions and not for the main @command{awk} program. Special care must be 27074 taken when naming such variables and functions. 27075 (@xref{Library Names}.) 27076 27077 @item Range (of input lines) 27078 A sequence of consecutive lines from the input file(s). A pattern 27079 can specify ranges of input lines for @command{awk} to process or it can 27080 specify single lines. (@xref{Pattern Overview}.) 27081 27082 @item Recursion 27083 When a function calls itself, either directly or indirectly. 27084 If this isn't clear, refer to the entry for ``recursion.'' 27085 27086 @item Redirection 27087 Redirection means performing input from something other than the standard input 27088 stream, or performing output to something other than the standard output stream. 27089 27090 You can redirect the output of the @code{print} and @code{printf} statements 27091 to a file or a system command, using the @samp{>}, @samp{>>}, @samp{|}, and @samp{|&} 27092 operators. You can redirect input to the @code{getline} statement using 27093 the @samp{<}, @samp{|}, and @samp{|&} operators. 27094 (@xref{Redirection}, 27095 and @ref{Getline}.) 27096 27097 @item Regexp 27098 Short for @dfn{regular expression}. A regexp is a pattern that denotes a 27099 set of strings, possibly an infinite set. For example, the regexp 27100 @samp{R.*xp} matches any string starting with the letter @samp{R} 27101 and ending with the letters @samp{xp}. In @command{awk}, regexps are 27102 used in patterns and in conditional expressions. Regexps may contain 27103 escape sequences. (@xref{Regexp}.) 27104 27105 @item Regular Expression 27106 See ``regexp.'' 27107 27108 @item Regular Expression Constant 27109 A regular expression constant is a regular expression written within 27110 slashes, such as @code{/foo/}. This regular expression is chosen 27111 when you write the @command{awk} program and cannot be changed during 27112 its execution. (@xref{Regexp Usage}.) 27113 27114 @item Rule 27115 A segment of an @command{awk} program that specifies how to process single 27116 input records. A rule consists of a @dfn{pattern} and an @dfn{action}. 27117 @command{awk} reads an input record; then, for each rule, if the input record 27118 satisfies the rule's pattern, @command{awk} executes the rule's action. 27119 Otherwise, the rule does nothing for that input record. 27120 27121 @item Rvalue 27122 A value that can appear on the right side of an assignment operator. 27123 In @command{awk}, essentially every expression has a value. These values 27124 are rvalues. 27125 27126 @item Scalar 27127 A single value, be it a number or a string. 27128 Regular variables are scalars; arrays and functions are not. 27129 27130 @item Search Path 27131 In @command{gawk}, a list of directories to search for @command{awk} program source files. 27132 In the shell, a list of directories to search for executable programs. 27133 27134 @item Seed 27135 The initial value, or starting point, for a sequence of random numbers. 27136 27137 @item @command{sed} 27138 See ``Stream Editor.'' 27139 27140 @item Shell 27141 The command interpreter for Unix and POSIX-compliant systems. 27142 The shell works both interactively, and as a programming language 27143 for batch files, or shell scripts. 27144 27145 @item Short-Circuit 27146 The nature of the @command{awk} logical operators @samp{&&} and @samp{||}. 27147 If the value of the entire expression is determinable from evaluating just 27148 the lefthand side of these operators, the righthand side is not 27149 evaluated. 27150 (@xref{Boolean Ops}.) 27151 27152 @item Side Effect 27153 A side effect occurs when an expression has an effect aside from merely 27154 producing a value. Assignment expressions, increment and decrement 27155 expressions, and function calls have side effects. 27156 (@xref{Assignment Ops}.) 27157 27158 @item Single-Precision 27159 An internal representation of numbers that can have fractional parts. 27160 Single-precision numbers keep track of fewer digits than do double-precision 27161 numbers, but operations on them are sometimes less expensive in terms of CPU time. 27162 This is the type used by some very old versions of @command{awk} to store 27163 numeric values. It is the C type @code{float}. 27164 27165 @item Space 27166 The character generated by hitting the space bar on the keyboard. 27167 27168 @item Special File 27169 A @value{FN} interpreted internally by @command{gawk}, instead of being handed 27170 directly to the underlying operating system---for example, @file{/dev/stderr}. 27171 (@xref{Special Files}.) 27172 27173 @item Stream Editor 27174 A program that reads records from an input stream and processes them one 27175 or more at a time. This is in contrast with batch programs, which may 27176 expect to read their input files in entirety before starting to do 27177 anything, as well as with interactive programs which require input from the 27178 user. 27179 27180 @item String 27181 A datum consisting of a sequence of characters, such as @samp{I am a 27182 string}. Constant strings are written with double quotes in the 27183 @command{awk} language and may contain escape sequences. 27184 (@xref{Escape Sequences}.) 27185 27186 @item Tab 27187 The character generated by hitting the @kbd{TAB} key on the keyboard. 27188 It usually expands to up to eight spaces upon output. 27189 27190 @item Text Domain 27191 A unique name that identifies an application. 27192 Used for grouping messages that are translated at runtime 27193 into the local language. 27194 27195 @item Timestamp 27196 A value in the ``seconds since the epoch'' format used by Unix 27197 and POSIX systems. Used for the @command{gawk} functions 27198 @code{mktime}, @code{strftime}, and @code{systime}. 27199 See also ``Epoch'' and ``UTC.'' 27200 27201 @cindex Linux 27202 @cindex GNU/Linux 27203 @cindex Unix 27204 @cindex BSD-based operating systems 27205 @cindex NetBSD 27206 @cindex FreeBSD 27207 @cindex OpenBSD 27208 @item Unix 27209 A computer operating system originally developed in the early 1970's at 27210 AT&T Bell Laboratories. It initially became popular in universities around 27211 the world and later moved into commercial environments as a software 27212 development system and network server system. There are many commercial 27213 versions of Unix, as well as several work-alike systems whose source code 27214 is freely available (such as GNU/Linux, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and OpenBSD). 27215 27216 @item UTC 27217 The accepted abbreviation for ``Universal Coordinated Time.'' 27218 This is standard time in Greenwich, England, which is used as a 27219 reference time for day and date calculations. 27220 See also ``Epoch'' and ``GMT.'' 27221 27222 @item Whitespace 27223 A sequence of space, TAB, or newline characters occurring inside an input 27224 record or a string. 27225 @end table 27226 27227 @node Copying 27228 @unnumbered GNU General Public License 27229 @center Version 2, June 1991 27230 27231 @display 27232 Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 27233 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA 27234 27235 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies 27236 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 27237 @end display 27238 27239 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 27240 @unnumberedsec Preamble 27241 27242 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your 27243 freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public 27244 License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free 27245 software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This 27246 General Public License applies to most of the Free Software 27247 Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to 27248 using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by 27249 the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to 27250 your programs, too. 27251 27252 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not 27253 price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you 27254 have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for 27255 this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it 27256 if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it 27257 in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. 27258 27259 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid 27260 anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. 27261 These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you 27262 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. 27263 27264 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether 27265 gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that 27266 you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the 27267 source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their 27268 rights. 27269 27270 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and 27271 (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, 27272 distribute and/or modify the software. 27273 27274 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain 27275 that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free 27276 software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we 27277 want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so 27278 that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original 27279 authors' reputations. 27280 27281 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software 27282 patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free 27283 program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the 27284 program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any 27285 patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. 27286 27287 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and 27288 modification follow. 27289 27290 @ifnotinfo 27291 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 27292 @unnumberedsec Terms and Conditions for Copying, Distribution and Modification 27293 @end ifnotinfo 27294 @ifinfo 27295 @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 27296 @end ifinfo 27297 27298 @enumerate 0 27299 @item 27300 This License applies to any program or other work which contains 27301 a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed 27302 under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, 27303 refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' 27304 means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: 27305 that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, 27306 either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another 27307 language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in 27308 the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''. 27309 27310 Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not 27311 covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of 27312 running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program 27313 is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the 27314 Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). 27315 Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 27316 27317 @item 27318 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's 27319 source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you 27320 conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate 27321 copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the 27322 notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; 27323 and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License 27324 along with the Program. 27325 27326 You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and 27327 you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 27328 27329 @item 27330 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion 27331 of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and 27332 distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 27333 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: 27334 27335 @enumerate a 27336 @item 27337 You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices 27338 stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. 27339 27340 @item 27341 You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in 27342 whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any 27343 part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third 27344 parties under the terms of this License. 27345 27346 @item 27347 If the modified program normally reads commands interactively 27348 when run, you must cause it, when started running for such 27349 interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an 27350 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a 27351 notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide 27352 a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under 27353 these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this 27354 License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but 27355 does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on 27356 the Program is not required to print an announcement.) 27357 @end enumerate 27358 27359 These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If 27360 identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, 27361 and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in 27362 themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those 27363 sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you 27364 distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based 27365 on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of 27366 this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the 27367 entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. 27368 27369 Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest 27370 your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to 27371 exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or 27372 collective works based on the Program. 27373 27374 In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program 27375 with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of 27376 a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under 27377 the scope of this License. 27378 27379 @item 27380 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, 27381 under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of 27382 Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: 27383 27384 @enumerate a 27385 @item 27386 Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable 27387 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 27388 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, 27389 27390 @item 27391 Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three 27392 years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your 27393 cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete 27394 machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be 27395 distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium 27396 customarily used for software interchange; or, 27397 27398 @item 27399 Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer 27400 to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is 27401 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you 27402 received the program in object code or executable form with such 27403 an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) 27404 @end enumerate 27405 27406 The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for 27407 making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source 27408 code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any 27409 associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to 27410 control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a 27411 special exception, the source code distributed need not include 27412 anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary 27413 form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the 27414 operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component 27415 itself accompanies the executable. 27416 27417 If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering 27418 access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent 27419 access to copy the source code from the same place counts as 27420 distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not 27421 compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 27422 27423 @item 27424 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program 27425 except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt 27426 otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is 27427 void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. 27428 However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under 27429 this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such 27430 parties remain in full compliance. 27431 27432 @item 27433 You are not required to accept this License, since you have not 27434 signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or 27435 distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are 27436 prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by 27437 modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the 27438 Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and 27439 all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying 27440 the Program or works based on it. 27441 27442 @item 27443 Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the 27444 Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the 27445 original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to 27446 these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further 27447 restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. 27448 You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to 27449 this License. 27450 27451 @item 27452 If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent 27453 infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), 27454 conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or 27455 otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not 27456 excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot 27457 distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this 27458 License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you 27459 may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent 27460 license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by 27461 all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then 27462 the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to 27463 refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. 27464 27465 If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under 27466 any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to 27467 apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other 27468 circumstances. 27469 27470 It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any 27471 patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any 27472 such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the 27473 integrity of the free software distribution system, which is 27474 implemented by public license practices. Many people have made 27475 generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed 27476 through that system in reliance on consistent application of that 27477 system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing 27478 to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot 27479 impose that choice. 27480 27481 This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to 27482 be a consequence of the rest of this License. 27483 27484 @item 27485 If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in 27486 certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the 27487 original copyright holder who places the Program under this License 27488 may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding 27489 those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among 27490 countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates 27491 the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 27492 27493 @item 27494 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions 27495 of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will 27496 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to 27497 address new problems or concerns. 27498 27499 Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program 27500 specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any 27501 later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions 27502 either of that version or of any later version published by the Free 27503 Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of 27504 this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software 27505 Foundation. 27506 27507 @item 27508 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free 27509 programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author 27510 to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free 27511 Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes 27512 make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals 27513 of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and 27514 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. 27515 27516 @ifnotinfo 27517 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 27518 @heading NO WARRANTY 27519 @end ifnotinfo 27520 @ifinfo 27521 @center NO WARRANTY 27522 @end ifinfo 27523 27524 @item 27525 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY 27526 FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW@. EXCEPT WHEN 27527 OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES 27528 PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED 27529 OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 27530 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@. THE ENTIRE RISK AS 27531 TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU@. SHOULD THE 27532 PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, 27533 REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 27534 27535 @item 27536 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING 27537 WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR 27538 REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, 27539 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING 27540 OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED 27541 TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY 27542 YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER 27543 PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 27544 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 27545 @end enumerate 27546 27547 @ifnotinfo 27548 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 27549 @heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 27550 @end ifnotinfo 27551 @ifinfo 27552 @center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 27553 @end ifinfo 27554 27555 @page 27556 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 27557 @unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs 27558 27559 If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest 27560 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it 27561 free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. 27562 27563 To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest 27564 to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively 27565 convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least 27566 the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. 27567 27568 @smallexample 27569 @var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.} 27570 Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{name of author} 27571 27572 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 27573 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License 27574 as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 27575 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. 27576 27577 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 27578 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 27579 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE@. See the 27580 GNU General Public License for more details. 27581 27582 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 27583 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 27584 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA. 27585 @end smallexample 27586 27587 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. 27588 27589 If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this 27590 when it starts in an interactive mode: 27591 27592 @smallexample 27593 Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{name of author} 27594 Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details 27595 type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome 27596 to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' 27597 for details. 27598 @end smallexample 27599 27600 The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show 27601 the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the 27602 commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and 27603 @samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever 27604 suits your program. 27605 27606 You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your 27607 school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if 27608 necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: 27609 27610 @smallexample 27611 @group 27612 Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright 27613 interest in the program `Gnomovision' 27614 (which makes passes at compilers) written 27615 by James Hacker. 27616 27617 @var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989 27618 Ty Coon, President of Vice 27619 @end group 27620 @end smallexample 27621 27622 This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into 27623 proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may 27624 consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the 27625 library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General 27626 Public License instead of this License. 27627 27628 @node GNU Free Documentation License 27629 @unnumbered GNU Free Documentation License 27630 27631 @cindex FDL (Free Documentation License) 27632 @cindex Free Documentation License (FDL) 27633 @cindex GNU Free Documentation License 27634 @center Version 1.2, November 2002 27635 27636 @display 27637 Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 27638 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA 27639 27640 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies 27641 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 27642 @end display 27643 27644 @enumerate 0 27645 @item 27646 PREAMBLE 27647 27648 The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other 27649 functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to 27650 assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, 27651 with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. 27652 Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way 27653 to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible 27654 for modifications made by others. 27655 27656 This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative 27657 works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It 27658 complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft 27659 license designed for free software. 27660 27661 We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free 27662 software, because free software needs free documentation: a free 27663 program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the 27664 software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; 27665 it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or 27666 whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License 27667 principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 27668 27669 @item 27670 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS 27671 27672 This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that 27673 contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be 27674 distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a 27675 world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that 27676 work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below, 27677 refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a 27678 licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you 27679 copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission 27680 under copyright law. 27681 27682 A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the 27683 Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with 27684 modifications and/or translated into another language. 27685 27686 A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section 27687 of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the 27688 publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall 27689 subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall 27690 directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in 27691 part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain 27692 any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical 27693 connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, 27694 commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding 27695 them. 27696 27697 The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles 27698 are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice 27699 that says that the Document is released under this License. If a 27700 section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not 27701 allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero 27702 Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant 27703 Sections then there are none. 27704 27705 The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed, 27706 as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that 27707 the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may 27708 be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. 27709 27710 A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, 27711 represented in a format whose specification is available to the 27712 general public, that is suitable for revising the document 27713 straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of 27714 pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available 27715 drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or 27716 for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input 27717 to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file 27718 format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart 27719 or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. 27720 An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount 27721 of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''. 27722 27723 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain 27724 @sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input 27725 format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available 27726 @acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML}, 27727 PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples 27728 of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and 27729 @acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be 27730 read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or 27731 @acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are 27732 not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML}, 27733 PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for 27734 output purposes only. 27735 27736 The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself, 27737 plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material 27738 this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in 27739 formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means 27740 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, 27741 preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 27742 27743 A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose 27744 title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following 27745 text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a 27746 specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'', 27747 ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title'' 27748 of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a 27749 section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition. 27750 27751 The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which 27752 states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty 27753 Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this 27754 License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other 27755 implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has 27756 no effect on the meaning of this License. 27757 27758 @item 27759 VERBATIM COPYING 27760 27761 You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either 27762 commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the 27763 copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies 27764 to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other 27765 conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use 27766 technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further 27767 copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept 27768 compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough 27769 number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. 27770 27771 You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and 27772 you may publicly display copies. 27773 27774 @item 27775 COPYING IN QUANTITY 27776 27777 If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have 27778 printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the 27779 Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the 27780 copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover 27781 Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on 27782 the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify 27783 you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present 27784 the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and 27785 visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. 27786 Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve 27787 the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated 27788 as verbatim copying in other respects. 27789 27790 If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit 27791 legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit 27792 reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent 27793 pages. 27794 27795 If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering 27796 more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent 27797 copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy 27798 a computer-network location from which the general network-using 27799 public has access to download using public-standard network protocols 27800 a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. 27801 If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, 27802 when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure 27803 that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated 27804 location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an 27805 Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that 27806 edition to the public. 27807 27808 It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the 27809 Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give 27810 them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 27811 27812 @item 27813 MODIFICATIONS 27814 27815 You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under 27816 the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release 27817 the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified 27818 Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution 27819 and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy 27820 of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: 27821 27822 @enumerate A 27823 @item 27824 Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct 27825 from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions 27826 (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section 27827 of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version 27828 if the original publisher of that version gives permission. 27829 27830 @item 27831 List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities 27832 responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified 27833 Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the 27834 Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), 27835 unless they release you from this requirement. 27836 27837 @item 27838 State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the 27839 Modified Version, as the publisher. 27840 27841 @item 27842 Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. 27843 27844 @item 27845 Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications 27846 adjacent to the other copyright notices. 27847 27848 @item 27849 Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice 27850 giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the 27851 terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. 27852 27853 @item 27854 Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections 27855 and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. 27856 27857 @item 27858 Include an unaltered copy of this License. 27859 27860 @item 27861 Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add 27862 to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and 27863 publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If 27864 there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one 27865 stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as 27866 given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified 27867 Version as stated in the previous sentence. 27868 27869 @item 27870 Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for 27871 public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise 27872 the network locations given in the Document for previous versions 27873 it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section. 27874 You may omit a network location for a work that was published at 27875 least four years before the Document itself, or if the original 27876 publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. 27877 27878 @item 27879 For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve 27880 the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the 27881 substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or 27882 dedications given therein. 27883 27884 @item 27885 Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, 27886 unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers 27887 or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. 27888 27889 @item 27890 Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section 27891 may not be included in the Modified Version. 27892 27893 @item 27894 Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or 27895 to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. 27896 27897 @item 27898 Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. 27899 @end enumerate 27900 27901 If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or 27902 appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material 27903 copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all 27904 of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the 27905 list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. 27906 These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. 27907 27908 You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains 27909 nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various 27910 parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has 27911 been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a 27912 standard. 27913 27914 You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a 27915 passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list 27916 of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of 27917 Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or 27918 through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already 27919 includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or 27920 by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, 27921 you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit 27922 permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. 27923 27924 The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License 27925 give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or 27926 imply endorsement of any Modified Version. 27927 27928 @item 27929 COMBINING DOCUMENTS 27930 27931 You may combine the Document with other documents released under this 27932 License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified 27933 versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the 27934 Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and 27935 list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its 27936 license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. 27937 27938 The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and 27939 multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single 27940 copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but 27941 different contents, make the title of each such section unique by 27942 adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original 27943 author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. 27944 Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of 27945 Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. 27946 27947 In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History'' 27948 in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled 27949 ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', 27950 and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all 27951 sections Entitled ``Endorsements.'' 27952 27953 @item 27954 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS 27955 27956 You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents 27957 released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this 27958 License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in 27959 the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for 27960 verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. 27961 27962 You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute 27963 it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this 27964 License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all 27965 other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 27966 27967 @item 27968 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS 27969 27970 A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate 27971 and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or 27972 distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright 27973 resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights 27974 of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit. 27975 When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not 27976 apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves 27977 derivative works of the Document. 27978 27979 If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these 27980 copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of 27981 the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on 27982 covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the 27983 electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. 27984 Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole 27985 aggregate. 27986 27987 @item 27988 TRANSLATION 27989 27990 Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may 27991 distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. 27992 Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special 27993 permission from their copyright holders, but you may include 27994 translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the 27995 original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a 27996 translation of this License, and all the license notices in the 27997 Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also include 27998 the original English version of this License and the original versions 27999 of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between 28000 the translation and the original version of this License or a notice 28001 or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. 28002 28003 If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'', 28004 ``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve 28005 its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual 28006 title. 28007 28008 @item 28009 TERMINATION 28010 28011 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except 28012 as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to 28013 copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will 28014 automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, 28015 parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this 28016 License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such 28017 parties remain in full compliance. 28018 28019 @item 28020 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE 28021 28022 The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions 28023 of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new 28024 versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may 28025 differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See 28026 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}. 28027 28028 Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. 28029 If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this 28030 License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of 28031 following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or 28032 of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the 28033 Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version 28034 number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not 28035 as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. 28036 @end enumerate 28037 28038 @c fakenode --- for prepinfo 28039 @unnumberedsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents 28040 28041 To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of 28042 the License in the document and put the following copyright and 28043 license notices just after the title page: 28044 28045 @smallexample 28046 @group 28047 Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}. 28048 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document 28049 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 28050 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; 28051 with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. 28052 A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU 28053 Free Documentation License''. 28054 @end group 28055 @end smallexample 28056 28057 If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, 28058 replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this: 28059 28060 @smallexample 28061 @group 28062 with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with 28063 the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts 28064 being @var{list}. 28065 @end group 28066 @end smallexample 28067 28068 If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other 28069 combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the 28070 situation. 28071 28072 If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we 28073 recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of 28074 free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, 28075 to permit their use in free software. 28076 28077 @c Local Variables: 28078 @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict" 28079 @c End: 28080 28081 28082 @node Index 28083 @unnumbered Index 28084 @printindex cp 28085 28086 @bye 28087 28088 Unresolved Issues: 28089 ------------------ 28090 1. From ADR. 28091 28092 Robert J. Chassell points out that awk programs should have some indication 28093 of how to use them. It would be useful to perhaps have a "programming 28094 style" section of the manual that would include this and other tips. 28095 28096 2. The default AWKPATH search path should be configurable via `configure' 28097 The default and how this changes needs to be documented. 28098 28099 Consistency issues: 28100 /.../ regexps are in @code, not @samp 28101 ".." strings are in @code, not @samp 28102 no @print before @dots 28103 values of expressions in the text (@code{x} has the value 15), 28104 should be in roman, not @code 28105 Use TAB and not tab 28106 Use ESC and not ESCAPE 28107 Use space and not blank to describe the space bar's character 28108 The term "blank" is thus basically reserved for "blank lines" etc. 28109 To make dark corners work, the @value{DARKCORNER} has to be outside 28110 closing `.' of a sentence and after (pxref{...}). This is 28111 a change from earlier versions. 28112 " " should have an @w{} around it 28113 Use "non-" only with language names or acronyms, or the words bug and option 28114 Use @command{ftp} when talking about anonymous ftp 28115 Use uppercase and lowercase, not "upper-case" and "lower-case" 28116 or "upper case" and "lower case" 28117 Use "single precision" and "double precision", not "single-precision" or "double-precision" 28118 Use alphanumeric, not alpha-numeric 28119 Use POSIX-compliant, not POSIX compliant 28120 Use --foo, not -Wfoo when describing long options 28121 Use "Bell Laboratories", but not "Bell Labs". 28122 Use "behavior" instead of "behaviour". 28123 Use "zeros" instead of "zeroes". 28124 Use "nonzero" not "non-zero". 28125 Use "runtime" not "run time" or "run-time". 28126 Use "command-line" not "command line". 28127 Use "online" not "on-line". 28128 Use "whitespace" not "white space". 28129 Use "Input/Output", not "input/output". Also "I/O", not "i/o". 28130 Use "lefthand"/"righthand", not "left-hand"/"right-hand". 28131 Use "workaround", not "work-around". 28132 Use "startup"/"cleanup", not "start-up"/"clean-up" 28133 Use @code{do}, and not @code{do}-@code{while}, except where 28134 actually discussing the do-while. 28135 Use "versus" in text and "vs." in index entries 28136 The words "a", "and", "as", "between", "for", "from", "in", "of", 28137 "on", "that", "the", "to", "with", and "without", 28138 should not be capitalized in @chapter, @section etc. 28139 "Into" and "How" should. 28140 Search for @dfn; make sure important items are also indexed. 28141 "e.g." should always be followed by a comma. 28142 "i.e." should always be followed by a comma. 28143 The numbers zero through ten should be spelled out, except when 28144 talking about file descriptor numbers. > 10 and < 0, it's 28145 ok to use numbers. 28146 In tables, put command-line options in @code, while in the text, 28147 put them in @option. 28148 When using @strong, use "Note:" or "Caution:" with colons and 28149 not exclamation points. Do not surround the paragraphs 28150 with @quotation ... @end quotation. 28151 For most cases, do NOT put a comma before "and", "or" or "but". 28152 But exercise taste with this rule. 28153 Don't show the awk command with a program in quotes when it's 28154 just the program. I.e. 28155 28156 { 28157 .... 28158 } 28159 28160 not 28161 awk '{ 28162 ... 28163 }' 28164 28165 Do show it when showing command-line arguments, data files, etc, even 28166 if there is no output shown. 28167 28168 Use numbered lists only to show a sequential series of steps. 28169 28170 Use @code{xxx} for the xxx operator in indexing statements, not @samp. 28171 28172 Date: Wed, 13 Apr 94 15:20:52 -0400 28173 From: rms (a] gnu.org (Richard Stallman) 28174 To: gnu-prog (a] gnu.org 28175 Subject: A reminder: no pathnames in GNU 28176 28177 It's a GNU convention to use the term "file name" for the name of a 28178 file, never "pathname". We use the term "path" for search paths, 28179 which are lists of file names. Using it for a single file name as 28180 well is potentially confusing to users. 28181 28182 So please check any documentation you maintain, if you think you might 28183 have used "pathname". 28184 28185 Note that "file name" should be two words when it appears as ordinary 28186 text. It's ok as one word when it's a metasyntactic variable, though. 28187 28188 ------------------------ 28189 ORA uses filename, thus the macro. 28190 28191 Suggestions: 28192 ------------ 28193 Enhance FIELDWIDTHS with some way to indicate "the rest of the record". 28194 E.g., a length of 0 or -1 or something. May be "n"? 28195 28196 Make FIELDWIDTHS be an array? 28197 28198 % Next edition: 28199 % 1. Talk about common extensions, those in nawk, gawk, mawk 28200 % 2. Use @code{foo} for variables and @code{foo()} for functions 28201 % 3. Standardize the error messages from the functions and programs 28202 % in Chapters 12 and 13. 28203 % 4. Nuke the BBS stuff and use something that won't be obsolete 28204 % 5. Reorg chapters 5 & 7 like so: 28205 %Chapter 5: 28206 % - Constants, Variables, and Conversions 28207 % + Constant Expressions 28208 % + Using Regular Expression Constants 28209 % + Variables 28210 % + Conversion of Strings and Numbers 28211 % - Operators 28212 % + Arithmetic Operators 28213 % + String Concatenation 28214 % + Assignment Expressions 28215 % + Increment and Decrement Operators 28216 % - Truth Values and Conditions 28217 % + True and False in Awk 28218 % + Boolean Expressions 28219 % + Conditional Expressions 28220 % - Function Calls 28221 % - Operator Precedence 28222 % 28223 %Chapter 7: 28224 % - Array Basics 28225 % + Introduction to Arrays 28226 % + Referring to an Array Element 28227 % + Assigning Array Elements 28228 % + Basic Array Example 28229 % + Scanning All Elements of an Array 28230 % - The delete Statement 28231 % - Using Numbers to Subscript Arrays 28232 % - Using Uninitialized Variables as Subscripts 28233 % - Multidimensional Arrays 28234 % + Scanning Multidimensional Arrays 28235 % - Sorting Array Values and Indices with gawk 28236